Rockwell

International

instruction book

- - - -

Collins 479s-6A
VOR/ILS Signal Generator

This instruction book includes:

Description 523-0768882
Operation 523-0768883
Installation 523-0768884
Maintenance 523-0768885
Calibration Verification 523-0768886
IPL 523-0769256
Diagrams 523-076912 1 '

Collins Government
Avionics Division
Avionics Group
Rockwell International
Cedar Rapids, Iowa 52498

Printed in the United States of America

 DIGITALY REMASTERED
OUT OF PRINT- MANUAL SCANS
By
Artek Media
18265 200th St.
Welch, MN 55089
www.artekmedia.com
“High resolution scans of obsolete technical manuals”

If your looking for a quality scanned technical manual in PDF format please visit
our WEB site at www.artekmedia.com or drop us an email at
manuals@artekmedia.com and we will be happy to email you a current list of the
manuals we have available.

If you don’t see the manual you need on the list drop us a line anyway we may
still be able to point you to other sources. If you have an existing manual you
would like scanned please write for details. This can often be done very
reasonably in consideration for adding your manual to our library.

Typically the scans in our manuals are done as follows;

1) Typed text pages are typically scanned in black and white at 300 dpi.
2) Photo pages are typically scanned in gray scale mode at 600 dpi
3) Schematic diagram pages are typically scanned in black and white at 600
dpi unless the original manual had colored high lighting (as is the case for
some 70’s vintage Tektronix manuals).
4) Most manuals are text searchable
5) All manuals are fully bookmarked

All data is guaranteed for life (yours or mine … which ever is shorter). If for ANY
REASON your file becomes corrupted, deleted or lost, Artek Media will replace
the file for the price of shipping, or free via FTP download.

Thanks

Dave & Lynn Henderson

Artek Media
 The material in this manual is subject to change. Before attempting
any maintenance operation on the equipment covered in this manual,
verify t h a t you have complete and up-to-date publications by refer-
ring to the applicable Publications and Service Bulletin Indexes.

We welcome your comments concerning this instruction book. Although every

effort has been made to keep it free of errors, some may occur. When reporting a
specific problem, please describe it briefly and include the instruction book part
number, the paragraph or figure number, and the page number.

Send your comments to: Publications Department

Collins Government
Avionics Division
Rockwell International
Cedar Rapids, Iowa 52406
 Rockwell
lnternatlonal ,*,

Collins 479s-6A ,

VORIILS Signal Generator description

I Collins Government Avionics Division
P
2
Pnnted ~n USA 523-0768882- 102118 %B
2nd Edition, 1 October 1978
1st Revision, 15 October 1980
Zr
cn
cn
table of contents

Paragraph Page Paragraph Poge Paragraph Page

I. Introduction ........................ 1 9. Functional Theory of 10.3.2 Overall Operation .................. 38

Operation ........................... 22 10.3.3 CPU Assembly A2A1 ............... 38
10.3.4 Andlog Board A2A2 ................ 47
2. Desisn Features ..................... 2 9.1 General ............................. 22 10.3.5 T D I ~Board A2A3 .................. 49
9.2 Microprocessor (CPU) 10.4 RF Modulator Assembly A3 . . . . . . . . . . 55
Operation ........................... 22 10.4.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
3. Purpose of Equipment.. ............. 2 9.2.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 10.4.2 RF Strip Line Assembly
9.2.2 Keyboardscan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 A3A1 ............................. 55
9.2.3 Keyboard DATA ENTKY 10.4.3 Demodulator/ALC Assembly
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ...... 22 A3A2 ................... .. 56
4. OperationalCapabilities ............. 2 ...........
9.2.4 Loop Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 10.4.4 Countet.I/O Board A3A3 60
9.3 Front Panel Assembly A1 10.5 Synthesizer Assembly A4 ............ 63
5. Specijications ....................... 3 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 10.5.1 General . . . .:. .....................
9.3.1 General .......................... 22 10.5.2 Variable Ratio Divider
9.3.2 Keyboard Driver Board AlAl . . . . . . . 25 Circuit, P/O A 4 A l A l . . ............. €5
6. Circuit Card and Module 9.3.3 Display Board A1A2 10.5.3 VCXO and TCXO Circuits .......... 68
Assembly Location .................. 3 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 10.5.4 Phase-Frequency Discriminator
9.4 Audio Modulation Generator Circuit ............................ 70
7. 1151230-Volt AC, 50/M)-Hz Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 10.5.5 Level Sbifter (Loop Amplifier)
Operation ........................... 3 9.5 RF Section Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Circuit ............................ 70
9.5.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 10.5.6 Loss-of-Lock Detector Circuit . . . . . . . 70
9.5.2 RF Frequency Selection ............ 10.5.7 Band Selector Circuit.. .............
8. Block Diagram Theory of 9.6 Power Supply Assembly A5 10.5.8 VCO Assembly A4A3 ...............
Operation ........................... 3 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.5.9 RF Output Amplifier Circuit.. ......
9.7 Remote Tune Board A8 .............. 10.5.10 +5- and +20-V DC
8.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 9.8 Store/Kecall Board A9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Voltage Regulators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overall Operation.. .................. 10.6 Power Supply Assembly A5 . . . . . . . . . .
8.2
8.3 Initial Power-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15
17 I 9.9 IEEE 488/1978 Interface
Board.Al0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.7 Remote Tune Board A8 . . . ;. .........
8.4 Self-Test Mode Operation ............ 17 10.7.1 Overall Operation ..................
8.5 VOR Mode Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 10. Detailed Theory of 10.8 Store/Recall Board A9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.6 Localizer (LOC) Mode Operation .......................... 10.8.1 General ...........................
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 10.8.2 Overall Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .,.
8.7 Glideslope (GS) Mode 10.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.9 IEEE-488/1978 Bus Interface
Operation ........................... 20 10.2 Front Panel Assembly A1 ........... Board A10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.8 Marker Beacon (MB) Mode 10.2.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.9.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 10.2.2 Overall Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.9.2 IEEE-488/1978 Bus Operation .......
8.9 VHF Communications (COMM) 10.2.3 Keyboard/Driver Board 10.9.3 Overall Operation (A10 CPN
Mode Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 AlAl ............................ 601-5883-001 only) ..................
8.10 Store/Recall Function ............... 21 10.3 Controller/Audio Assembly 10.9.4 Overall Operation (A10 CPN
8.11 Remote Bus Programming A2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601-2309-001 only) ..................
Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 10.3.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .
 I

List of EIwtive Pages *The asterisk indicates pages changed. added. or deleted by the current change
\

Page No Issue Page No Issue

*Title ......................... 15 Oct 80 *56 thru 57 .................... 1 5Oct8 0

*List of Effective Pages ........ 15 Oct 80 58 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Oct 7 8
*1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Oct 80 59 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Oct
7 8
2 thru 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Oct 78 *60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 5Oct8 0
*4 thru 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Oct 80 61 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Oct
7 8
6 thru 8 ....................... 1 Oct 78 62 Blank ...................... 1 Oct 7 8
*9 thru 11 ... .A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Oct 80 63 thru 69 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Oct 7 8
12 thru 13 ...................... 1 Oct 78 *70 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 5Oct8 0
*14 thru 15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Oct 80 71 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Oct
7 8
16 thru 20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Oct 78 *72 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 5Oct8 0
*21 ............................ 15 Oct 80 73 thru 75 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Oct 7 8
22 ............................. 1 Oct 78 76 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Oct 7 8
*23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Oct 80 77 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Oct
7 8
24 Blank ...................... 1 Oct 78 78 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Oct 7 8
25 thru 26 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Oct 78 *79 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 5Oct8 0
*27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Oct 80 80 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Oct 7 8
28 thru 29 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Oct 78 *81 thru 83 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 5Oct8 0
30 Blank ...................... 1 Oct 78 84 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Oct 7 8
31 thru 39 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Oct 78 *85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 5Oct8 0
40 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Oct 78 86 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Oct 7 8
41 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Oct 78 *87 thru 89 Added . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 5Oct8 0
42 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Oct 78 *90 Blank Added ............... 1 5Oct8 0
43 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Oct 78
44 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Oct 78
45 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Oct 78
46 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Oct 78
47 thru 51 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Oct 78
52 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Oct 78
53 thru 55 .....................1 Oct 78

Record of Revisions .
o h RECEIPT OF REVISIONS INSERT REVISED PAGES IN THE MANUAL .
AN11 ENTER DATE INSERTED AND INITIALS

REV REVISION INSERTION SB NUMBER REV REVISION INSERTION SB NUMBER

NO DATE D ATE/BY INCLUDED NO DATE DATE/BY INCLIIDED

1st Ed 1 Sep 78 None

2nd Ed 1 Oct 78 None

1 15 Oct 80 1 thru 10

C
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

description

1. INTRODUCTION The following nonstandard abbreviations are used

throughout this instruction book:
The 479s-6A VOR/ILS Signal Generator is a solid-
state VOR/ILS signal generator. The signal
generator produces both rf and audio signals for use ABBREVIATION DEFINITION
in testing VOR, localizer, glideslope, marker beacon,
and vhf communications receivers. Refer to figure 1. COMP Composite
1 There are four statuses of 479s-6A VOR/ILS Signal CPU Central processing unit
Generators. The -001 status is the standard signal
generator, the -002 status incorporates a store/recall

I
function, the -003 status incorporates the store/ dBc Decibel below carrier
recall and an IEEE-488/1978 interface function,
and the -004 status incorporates the four IEEE-488/
1978 interface function. Unless noted otherwise, all
information in this instruction book is applicable to DDM Difference in depth of
all four statuses. modulation

4 79s-6A VOR/ILS Signal Generator

Figure I

Renised 15 October 1980

 description 523-0768882 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

Low-noise rf frequency synthesizer allows accurate

selectivity measurements.
DEG Degree
Extended life, digitally controlled attenuator.
DEMOD Demodulation
Preset operation for convenience and time-saving
GS Glideslope test setups.

LSB Least significant bit Complete digital readout of test parameters.

MB Marker beacon Microstrip rf modulator.

MOD Modulation Automatic channel programming for receiver un-

der test.
MSB Most significant bit
Automatic processor memory check upon power-up
PCB Printed circuit board or operator-controlled self-test.

ROM Read only memory Built-in programmable audio oscillator.

PROM Programmable read only Optional growth features add stored programming
memory and/or remote programming (IEEE 488) capabili-

1 EPROM Erasable programmable

read only memory
ty.
3. PURPOSE OF EQUIPMENT

1 RSVD Reserved The 479s-6A VOR/ILS Signal Generator produces all

required audio modulation and rf carrier signals to
TCXO Temperature-compensated test and troubleshoot VOR,ILS, and marker beacon
crystal oscillator receivers. I t can also provide test signals for vhf com-
munication monitor receivers and the receiver por-
T/F tions of vhf communication transceivers.

TI Test instrument 4. OPERATIONAL CAPABILITIES

U/L Preset condition sets signal generator parameters

VCXO Voltage controlled
crystal oscillator
AF Variable frequency
to standard outputs for selected mode of operation.
Standard VOR and ILS localizer frequencies with
50-kHz spacing; standard glideslope frequency
spacing of 150 kHz.

Selectable VOR radials from 000.00 to 359.99

2. DESIGN FEATURES degrees.
Microprocessor control a n d keyboard e n t r y
providing efficiency, versatility, adaptability, and Ability to externally modulate rf section of the un-
convenience. it.

Digital audio waveform synthesizer provides in-
creased accuracy, stability, and longer calibration
intervals.
Synchronous detection and advanced design
modulation loop generates precise, stable modula-
tion levels.
VOR radial adjustable in +30, +lo, -10, +0.01, and
-0.01-degree increments.
Preset 1020-Hz audio tone for identification signal.
Programmable audio signal with a 30-Hz to 14-kHz
range.

Revised 1 October 1978

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
Variable rf output level to check receiver sensitivi-
ty.
Variable rf frequency to check receiver selectivity.
Variable percent modulation to check receiver
response.
Variable DDM in 0.001 increments.
Standard localizer and glideslope rf frequency
pairings.
Single key provides switching between localizer and
glideslope paired frequencies and vice versa.
Standard marker beacon frequency of 75.000 MHz
with provisions for simulation of interference-type
rf frequencies from 74.6 to 75.4 MHz.
Preset 400-Hz (outer marker), 1300-Hz (middle
marker), and 3000-Hz (inner marker) marker
beacon audio tones.
Remote tune output for automatic channel
programming of receiver under test.
Mode discrete outputs provide antenna switching
and mode select/disable logic.
Timing trigger output pulse coincident with any
front panel keystroke for making time response
measurements.
Vhf-COMM receiver frequencies from 118.000 to
151.975 MHz with 25-kHz spacing.
Functionally grouped controls and displays.
115/230-V, 50/60-Hz input power capability.
5. SPECIFICATIONS
Table 1 is a list of the specifications for the 479s-6A
VOR/ILS Signal Generator.
6. CIRCUIT CARD AND MODULE ASSEMBLY
LOCATION (Refer to figure 2.)
The signal generator major subassemblies are: front
panel assembly A l , controller/audio assembly A2, rf
modulator assembly A3, synthesizer assembly A4,
power supply assembly A5, chassis assembly A6,
backplane assembly A7, and remote tune assembly
A8.
Re7liserI 1 October 1978
I
The -002 status contains an A9 store/recall as-
sembly, and the -003 status contains the A9 plus an
A10 IEEE-488/1975 interface assembly.
Front panel assembly A1 consists of driver board
assembly A l A l and display board assembly A1A2.
Controller/audio assembly A2 consists of CPU board
assembly A2A1, analog board assembly A2A2, and
TDM board assembly A2A3. Rf modulator assembly
A3 consists of r f strip-line assembly ~ 3 ~ 1 ,
demodulator/ALC board assembly A3A2, and
counter-I/0 board assembly A3A3. Synthesizer A4
consists of divider board and filter assembly A4A1,
output amplifier board assembly A4A2, vco assembly
A4A3, and tcxo assembly A4A4. Power supply
assembly A5 consists of power supply terminal board
assembly A5A1, power supply PCB assembly A5A2,
'heat sink assembly no 1 A5A3, heat sink assembly
no 2 A5A4, and a blower. Chassis assembly A6 con-
tains the interconnect wiring harness and a digitally
controlled attenuator.
The front panel contains the switches, keyboard, dis-
plays, and type N coaxial connector required for
operation of the signal generator and connection of
receivers to be tested.
The rear of the signal generator contains a COMP
BNC coaxial connector, an AUX BNC coaxial connec-
tor; a DEMOD BNC coaxial connector, an EXT MOD
BNC coaxial connector; a REMOTE TUNE connector;
an IEEE-488/1975 PROGRAM I/O connector; fuse
F1; a 115/230-V ac, 50/60-Hz connector, and an input
power identification plate.
7. 115/230-VOLT AC, 50160-HZ OPERATION
Although the signal generator is shipped from the
factory wired for 115-V ac, 501'60-Hz input power
operation, the power transformer input wiring can be
changed to provide 230-V ac, 50/60-Hz operation. If it
is required to change to 230-V ac operation, refer to
the maintenance section for disassembly and wiring
changes required.
8. BLOCK DIAGRAM THEORY OF OPERATION
(Refer to figure 3.)
8.1 General
The 479s-6A VOR/ILS Signal Generator is a
microprocessor-controlled signal generator t h a t
produces audio-modulated rf signals and ARINC 410
2-of-5 tuning data. The rf output signals are used to
test and troubleshoot VOR, localizer, glideslope,
description 523-0768882 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

Table 1. Equipment Specificatiorts.

- -

CHARACTERISTIC
I SPECIFICATION

Physical and mechanical specifications

Weight 19.95 kg (44 lb)

Dimensions

Width 445 mm (17.5 in)

Height 178 m m (7.0 in)

Length 508 m m (20.0 in)

Connectors

Front panel

R F OUT Type N, female

R e a r panel

AUX, DEMOD, COMP, and EXT MOD Type BNC, female

REMOTE TUNE 37-pin dual-row Cannon type D

IEEE-STD 488/1978 PROGRAM I/O Chassis connector p e r IEEE standard 448-1978

Cooling requirements Internal blower

Environmental specifications

Temperature

Operating

Storage

-001 -20 to +85 "C (-4 t o +I85 OF)

-002/-003 -20 t o +70 "C (-4 to +I58 OF)

Humidity < 95%, relative

Electrical specifications

Power requirements

Voltage 115/230 V a c , *lo%

Frequency 47 t o 63 Hz

Power 300 V A , maximum

Warmup time 30 min, maximum, for specified performance

Rf outputs

Frequencies

VOR/LOC 108.00 t o 117.95 MHz, selectable in 50-kHz steps

Rel~isecl1 5 October 1980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

Table I . Equipment Specifcations (Cont).

CHARACTERISTIC SPECIFICATION

Glideslope (GS) 329.15 to 335.00 MHz, selectable in 150-kHz

steps

Marker beacon 75.0 MHz fixed, 74.6 to 75.4 MHz, selectable

in 25-kHz steps

Vhf communication 118.000 to 151.975 MHz, selectable in 25-kHz

steps

Frequency vernier Capable of varying selected output frequency

up t o hone channel, all bands

Frequency resolution Fixed, 1 kHz; vernier, 100 Hz

Frequency accuracy (fixed mode) < 1 2 ppm, (+lo to +40 "C (+50 to +lo4 OF)),

including aging

Output level

Range

dB mW -6 to -120 dB mW, variable in 1-dB increments

Voltage 112 mV to 0.22 pV, variable in 1-dB increments

Accuracy

pzT
The following parameters apply to
the m a r k e r beacon, VOR/LOC, and
glideslope bands. Performance over
the 118.000- to 151.975-MHz vhf
communication band may be some-
what degraded.

-6 to -60 dB mW +1.5 dB

-60 to -120 dB mW *2.0 dB

Vs wr <1.5:1

External attenuation Not required; microvolt output is "hard

microvolts" and eliminates 6-dB external
attenuation requirement

Spectral purity

pzT
The following parameters apply to
the m a r k e r beacon, VOR/LOC, and
GS bands. Performance over the
118.000- to 151.975-MHz vhf com-
munication band may be somewhat
degraded with respect to the VOR/
LOC band specifications.

R ~ V ~ S 1.5
P IOctober
Z 1980 5
description 523-0768882 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

Table 1. Equipment Specifics fior~s(Cont)

CHARACTERISTIC SPECIFICATION

Harmonics

vOR/LOC m a r k e r beacon >30 d B below c a r r i e r

Glideslope >25 d B below c a r r i e r

Spurious signals (excluding frequencies > 80 d B below c a r r i e r

within *15 kHz of c a r r i e r )

Broadband noise (SSB)

Broadband noise is specified in units

of " d B c / ~ z ~dBc/Hz
~; = d B below c a r r i e r
level m e a s u r e d in a 1-Hz noise band-
width.

74.60 t o 75.40 MHz ( m a r k e r beacon) >I15 dBc/~-lz >40 kHz from c a r r i e r

108.00 t o 117.95 MHz (VOR/LOC) > I l l d B c / ~ z> 1 5 kHz f r o m c a r r i e r

>I17 d B c / ~ z >30 kHz from c a r r i e r
>I22 d B c / ~ z >40 kHz from c a r r i e r

329.15 t o 335.00 MHz (GS) >I12 d B c / ~ z >50 kHz f r o m c a r r i e r

>I19 ~ B C / H Z >80 kHz f r o m c a r r i e r
>I22 dBc/Hz >I20 kHz from c a r r i e r

VOR mode

Modulation tones

Frequencies

Preset 30-Hz r e f e r e n c e , 30-Hz variable, 9960-Hz, and

1020-Hz ident

Variable

30-Hz v a r i a b l e , 30-Hz r e f e r e n c e ,
I Tones variable simultaneously +50/0. Resolution
9960 Hz of the 30-Hz tones i s 0.1 Hz. The 9960-Hz
signal v a r i e s proportionally.

Aux audio Variable from 30 Hz t o 14 kHz (0.1-Hz s t e p s

from 30 Hz to 1 kHz, 1.0-Hz s t e p s from 1 kHz
t o 14 kHz)

Frequency a c c u r a c y , p r e s e t , and variable

Distortion (audio)

P r e s e t mode (304, modulation p e r tone)

30-Hz r e f e r e n c e and 30-Hz variable

9960 Hz and 1020 Hz ident

Aux audio

6 Revised 1 October 1978

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 description 523-0768882

Table 1. Equipment Specificatio~ls(Cont).

CHARACTERISTIC SPECIFICATION

Variable mode (5 to 35% modulation

p e r tone)

30-Hz variable

Aux audio

9960-Hz F M deviation 480 i2-Hz peak

Radial range 000.00 t o 359.99 d e g r e e s (selectable a t each

30-degree heading o r in 0.01-degree increments,
variable in p r e s e t s t e p s of +30 d e g r e e s , i 1 0
d e g r e e s , and i0.01 degree)

Radial accuracy

0" iO.01 d e g r e e (settable to i0.005 degree)

Tracking (000.00 t o 359.99") i0.01 d e g r e e referenced t o 0-degree reading

Audio radial accuracy i s referenced to

accuracy of standard used in calibration.

Amplitude modulation

Range (per tone)

1020-Hz ident 30% fixed

30-Hz variable, 9960-Hz P r e s e t at 30%, variable 5 t o 35% in 0.1%

increments

Aux audio (30 Hz t o 14 kHz) p r e s e t a t 30%, variable 5 t o 35% in 0.1%

increments

Accuracy

1020 Hz (fixed at 30%) i2.5R of indication

30-Hz variable, 9960-Hz

Preset +2.5% of modulation

Variable (5 t o 35%) i 5 q of indication

Aux audio

Preset +59$ of indication

Variable (5 to 35%) 57% of indication

Tone distortion (rf)

P r e s e t (30% modulation)

30-Hz variable

Revised 1 October 1978

description 523-0 768882 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

Table 1. Equipment Specifications (Cont).

CHARACTERISTIC SPECIFICATION

1020-Hz ident

Aux audio (30 Hz to 1 4 k H z )

Variable (5- to 35-O/c modulation)

30-Hz variable

9960 Hz

Aux audio (30 Hz to 1 4 k H z )

Total VOR demodulated e r r o r < *0.05 degree of selected radial (referenced to

accuracy of standard used in calibration)

Localizer mode

Modulation tones

Frequencies

Preset 90-Hz, 150-Hz, and 1020-Hz ident

Variable

90/150 Hz Both tones variable simultaneously +50/c in 0.1-Hz

increments

Aux audio Variable from 3 0 Hz to 4 kHz (0.1-Hz steps

from 3 0 Hz to 1 k H z , I .O-Hz steps from 1 to
4 kHz)

Frequency accuracy

Distortion (audio)

Preset mode

90/150-Hz (20-9. modulation per

tone)

1020-Hz (30-% modulation)

.4ux audio (30-% modulation)

Variable mode

90/150-Hz (5 to 40-9, modulation)

Aux audio (5 to 30-?$ modulation)

90/150-HZ phase

Fixed 0.0 *1 degree

Selectable 6 0 i 2 degrees

8 Retjised I October 1978

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 description 523-0 768882

Table 1. Equipment Specifications (Cont).

Amplitude modulation

Range (per tone)

90 and 1 5 0 Hz

Preset

Variable

1020-Hz ident

Aux audio

Preset

Variable

Accuracy

90 and 150 Hz

Preset

Variable

1020-Hz ident

Aux audio

Preset

Variable

Tone distortion (rf)

90 and 150 Hz

Preset

Variable

1020-Hz ident

Aux audio

Preset

Variable

Reviser1 1 5 October 1980

description 523-0768882 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

Table 1. Equipment Specifics fio~~s

(Cont).

CHARACTERISTIC SPECIFICATION

DDM

Preset 0.000

Selectable settings 0.000, *0.046, +0.093, +0.155, and i0.200

Variable r a n g e 50.400 in 0.001-increments

~ u d i oe r r o r

On c o u r s e 0.0001 DDM

Off c o u r s e 0.0002 to 0.200 DDM

0.0002 +0.05% DDM f r o m 0.201 t o 0.375 DDM
0.25% DDM maximum f r o m 0.376 t o 0.400 DDM

Total s y s t e m e r r o r (audio + modulation)

On c o u r s e 0.00056 DDM

Off c o u r s e 0.00056 DDM + 2.5-% DDM

Glideslope mode

Modulation tones

Frequencies

Preset 90 Hz and 150 Hz

Variable

90/150 Hz Both tones variable simultaneously +5 percent

in 0 .l-Hz i n c r e m e n t s .

Aux audio Variable from 30 Hz t o 4 kHz (0.1-Hz s t e p s

f r o m 30 Hz t o 1 kHz, 1.0-Hz s t e p s f r o m 1 t o
4 kHz)

Frecluency a c c u r a c y *0.005%

Distortion (audio)

P r e s e t mode

90/150 Hz (40-9 modulation p e r <0.25%

tone)

Aux audio ( 3 0 4 modulation) < 1.O%

Variable mode

90/150 HZ (10 t o 80-9$ modulation) <1.09$

A w audio (10 t o 60-1 modulation) < 1.5%

90- and 150-Hz phase

Fixed 0.0 *1 d e g r e e

Selectable 60 +2 d e g r e e s

10 Rer?ised 1.5 October 198O

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 description 523-0768882

Table 1. Equipment Spectfications (Cont)

CHARACTERISTIC 1 SPECIFICATION

The 90- and 150-Hz waveforms pass

through 0 in the same direction, with
0 o r 60 degrees of phase relative to
the 150-Hz component, every half-
cycle of the combined 90- and 150-
Hz waveform.

Amplitude modulation

Range @er tone)

I
90 and 150 Hz

Preset I 40%

Variable
I 1 0 t o 80g, in 0.1-% increments

1I
Aux audio

Preset 30%

Variable
I 10to 60% in 0.1-%increments

Accuracy
I
90 and 150 Hz
I
Preset
I *2.5% of indication

Variable
I 1 5 % of indication

II
Aux audio

Preset 1 5 % of indication

Variable 1 1 7 % of indication

Tone distortion (rf) I

90 and 150 Hz

Preset

Variable

Aux audio

Preset
I1 (2.0%

Variable 1 <3.0%

DDM

Preset

Selectable settings

Variable range
I 0.000, 10.045, i0.091, 10.175, and *0.400

i0.800 in 0.001-increments

Revised 1.5 October 1980 11

descriotion 523-0768882 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

Table 1. Equipment Specifications (Cont).

CHARACTERISTIC SPECIFICATION

Audio e r r o r

On c o u r s e 0.0001 DDM

Off c o u r s e 0.0002 DDM t o 0.400 DDM

0.0002 DDM +0.05% DDM f r o m 0.401 t o 0.750 DDM
0.25 percent DDM maximum f r o m 0.751 t o 0.800
DDM

Total s y s t e m e r r o r (audio + modulation)

On c o u r s e 0.00102 DDM

Off c o u r s e 0.00102 DDM + 2.5% DDM

M a r k e r beacon

Modulation tones

Frequencies

Preset

Outer m a r k e r 400 Hz

Middle m a r k e r 1300 Hz

Inner m a r k e r 3000 Hz

Variable

Aux audio Variable from 100 Hz t o 4 kHz (0.1-Hz s t e p s

f r o m 100 Hz to 1 kHz, 1.0-Hz s t e p s from 1 t o
4 kHz)

Frequency a c c u r a c y *0.0050/0

Distortion (audio) < l%,p r e s e t and variable frequencies, 15- t o

9 7 4 modulation

Amplitude modulation

Range

400, 1300, and 3000 Hz

Preset 95%

Variable 90 t o 97% in 0.1-% i n c r e m e n t s

Aux audio

Preset 95%

Variable 15 t o 97% in 0.1-% increments

12 Reoised 1 October 1.978

 description 523-0768882
Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

Table 1. Equipment Specifications (Cont).

0
CHARACTERISTIC SPECIFICATION

Accuracy
400, 1300, and 3000 Hz
Preset i 5 % of indication
Variable *6.5% of indication
Aux audio
Preset i5.5% of indication
Variable i 7 % of indication
Tone distortion
P r e s e t 400, 1300, and 3000 Hz < 4%
Aux audio 5% maximum
Vhf COMM
Modulation tones
Preset
Variahle I 30 Hz to 10 kHz (0.1-Hz steps from 30 Hz to
1 kHz, 1.0-Hz steps from 1 to 10 kHz)
Frequency accuracy *0.005%
Distortion (audio) < 2.0%, p r e s e t 1020 Hz a t 3094, variable f r e -
quencies from 5 t o 35%
Amplitude modulation
Range
P r e s e t 1020 Hz 30%
Variable 10 Hz t o 10 kHz 5 t o 35% in 0.1-% increments
External modulation
Input impedance 5 kS2 minimum
Maximum modulation depth 90%
Modulation distortion 4% maximum
Modulation bandwidth
Marker beacon DC - 4 kHz
Localizer DC - 4 kHz
Glideslope DC - 4 kHz
VOR DC - 15 kHz
Vhf COMM DC - 15 kHz
Remote tune
Tuning format I 2-of-5 in accordance with ARINC 410
Selection method, tuning, and mode Spst relay closure with maximum contact rating
of 28 V dc a t 1 0 0 mA
Timing t r i g g e r TTI, level positive pulse, coincident with any
keystroke

Revised 1 October 1978 IS

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

PWR SUPPLY HEAT SlNK HEAT SlNK

PCB ASSV ASSY-NO 1 ASSY-NO 2
RLOWER A5A2 A5A3 A5A4

PWR SUPPLY
TERM BD
ASSY A5A1 *

CONTROLLER1
AUDIO ASSY A2

CPL' ZSSY
A2A1
TDkS 3L>
42A3

COMP
BNC \ 1 151230 V AC,
CONN
50160 Hz CO NN

AUX
B NC
DEMOD
BNC
EXT MOD
BNC
REMOTE f i " , ~ ~ l - ~~1~
FUSE INPUT PWR
IDENT PLATE
CONN CONN CONN lgE: PROGRAM 110
CONN

Circuit Card and Module Assembly Locations

Figure 2

Revised 15 October 1980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

I
IEEE-488/1978
1
/
INTERFACE
ASSY A 1 0 C CONT/DATA BUS
0
I
STORE/RECALL
2 OF 5 TUNING DATA

- - - - -- -

FRONT PANEL
-
CONT/DATA BUS
CONTRCLLER/
AUD I 0 ASSY A2
<
ASSY A1
(CPU, AUDIO GEN)

DIGITALLY-CONT
1 RF MOWLATOR ATTENUATOR
/ ASSY A3 P/O CHASSIS ASSY A6
- A \
A ATTEN
CCNT
11 5 / 2 3 0 INTERNAL
POWER SUPPLY OPERATING
ASSY A5 VOLTAGES

I
RF CARRIER S I G
VAR RF TLME VDCTAGE
SYNTHESIZER
RF COLNTER CLK
ASSY A 4
SYNTH CONT S I G rn

NOTES:

@) STORE/RECALL ASSY A9 I N 4 7 9 s - 6 A ' S WlTH OPT l

1 OR 2 INSTALLED.
IE E E - 4 8 8 / 1 9 7 8 IPlTERFACE ASSEHBLY A1 0 I N 4 7 9 s - 6 A ' S
@ WITk OPTION 2 INSTALLED.

4 79s-6A VORIlLS Szgnal Generator, Block D?agt-ani

Fzgure 3

marker beacon, and vhf communication receivers.
Selection of t h e desired rf (carrier) frequency
automatically places the signal generator in the cor-
rect mode of operation and preset condition for that
mode of operation. Two-of-five tuning d a t a is
automatically provided a t the rear connector for tun-
ing the receiver under test to the channel correspon-
ding with the selected rf frequency. When a
glideslope frequency is selected, 2-of-5 tuning data
corresponding to the paired localizer channel is
provided.
8.2 Overall Operation
The receiver under test is connected to the RF OUT
connector on the signal generator front panel. The
signal produced by the signal generator is applied
through the RF OUT connector to the receiver under
test.
Front panel assembly A1 contains a keyboard and
displays that provide the operator interface with the
signal generator. All operator instructions a r e
entered through the keyboard, and all signal
generator test parameters are indicated on the dis-
plays.
Controller/audio a s s e m b l y A2 c o n t a i n s a
microprocessor, memory circuits, and an audio
generator. The microprocessor is interconnected to
the internal signal generator circuits through a
parallel control bus. The parallel control bus consists
of an 8-bit data bus, an &bit address bus, and a 2-line

Revised 1 5 October 1980 15

description 523-0768882 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
I/O read/write bus. The microprocessor executes the
instructions stored in the memory circuits to control
the audio generator and other signal generator func-
tions.
The microprocessor is interrupted with an internally
generated 4-ms interrupt. At each 4-ms interrupt, the
keyboard is scanned to determine if any entries have
been made. After valid keystrokes are recognized, the
microprocessor verifies that the entries are within
the functional capability of the signal generator and/
or program. The microprocessor then transmits
operating instructions over the control bus to the
signal generator circuits.
The audio generator circuits, contained on controller/
audio assembly A2, produce the required AM audio
tones to modulate the rf carrier signal.
The amplitude of the audio signals is adjusted to
provide the required modulation percentage. Audio
signals are combined, when required, to produce com-
posite audio signals to modulate the rf carrier fre-
quency. The composite signal produced in the VOR
mode consists of a combined 30-Hz variable AM
signal and a 9960-Hz FM (30-Hz reference) signal. The
composite signal produced in the ILS mode consists of
a combined 90- and 150-Hz AM signal. The relative
amplitude of the audio signals is adjusted in the ILS
mode to produce the desired difference in depth of
modulation (DDM). Single tones are provided in the
marker beacon and VHF COMM modes. In the VOR
mode, the phase between the audio signals is adjusted
to produce the selected VOR radial.
The audio generator decodes instructions received
from the microprocessor, via the control bus, and
produces the required audio signals with the correct
signal amplitude and phase. The audio, or composite
audio modulation signal, is applied to rf modulator
assembly A3.
Front panel assembly A1 processes the data received
from the microprocessor via the control bus, and
produces displays in the RDL/DDM/MOD and
AUDIO STATUS displays indicating the audio
modulation parameters produced by the audio
generator. The applicable keys are lit for the audio
tones generated.
Rf modulator assembly A3 processes data received
from the microprocessor via the control bus, to
produce rf frequency control signals that are applied
to synthesizer assembly A4 and attenuation control
signals that are supplied to the digitally controlled
attenuator on chassis assembly A6.
Synthesizer assembly A4 uses the rf frequency con-
trol signals to produce the selected rf carrier frequen-
cy. The rf carrier frequency is applied to rf modulator
assembly A3.
Rf modulator assembly A3 combines the carrier fre-
quency with the audio modulation signal, either in-
ternally generated or provided from EXT MOD, to
produce a simulated ground station signal. The
modulated rf signal is supplied to the digitally con-
trolled attenuator on A6.
The control signal supplied to the attenuator deter-
mines the amount of attenuation required to provide
an rf output signal with the selected output level a t
the RF OUT connector.
Rf modulator assembly A3 counts the frequency of
the rf carrier signal generated by A4 and supplies the
information back to the microprocessor over the con-
trol bus. The microprocessor supplies the rf carrier
frequency and rf output level parameter information
to front panel assembly A1 over the control bus.
Front panel assembly A1 uses the information from
the microprocessor to indicate the rf carrier frequen-
cy in the FREQUENCY display, mode of operation in
the MODE display, and rf output level in the RF
LEVEL display.
Rf modulator assembly A3 and synthesizer assembly
A4 produce monitor signals that are transmitted over
the control bus to the microprocessor and from the
microprocessor over the control bus to front panel
assembly Al. The monitor signals are displayed in
the RF STATUS display and indicate that the syn-
thesizer is locked on the selected frequency, and that
the output of the rf modulator is within specific
limits.
The signal is applied from the RF OUT connector to
the receiver under test. Controller/audio assembly
A2 supplies composite and auxiliary signals to con-
nectors on the rear of the signal generator. The com-
posite signal consists of the generated combined
audio modulation signals and the auxiliary signal is a
30-Hz reference signal (VOR mode only).
Rf modulator assembly A3 supplies a demodulation
signal to a connector on the rear of the signal
generator. The demodulation signal is the detected
audio modulation (rf carrier removed).
Remote tune assembly A8 processes the data received
from the microprocessor via the control bus, to
produce 2-of-5 tuning data outputs in the ARINC 410
Revised 1 October 1978
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
tuning format, mode control outputs, and a scope
trigger output. The outputs are available a t the
REMOTE TUNE connector on the rear of the signal
generator for automatic tuning of the receiver under
test. Entry of a glideslope frequency will cause the
paired localizer frequency to be output on the 2-of-5
lines. The 2-of-5 data output remains unchanged
when the selected rf frequency is varied for off-
channel testing. The output logic for the mode control
signals is listed in table 2. Mode select A and B lines
are intended for use in switching rf antenna relays. A
scope trigger pulse output is provided, occurring coin-
cident with front panel keystrokes.
8.3 Initial Power-On
On initial signal generator turn-on, the controller
m e m o r i e s ( R A M ' s a n d ROM1s) a r e checked
automatically. All displays, except SELF TEST light,
are blank during the memory check, unless a memory
output is incorrect. If the outputs from the controller
memories are correct, the signal generator switches
to the VOR mode preset condition with an rf carrier
frequency of 108.000 MHz and a 50-dB mW rf output
level. When the signal generator completes the
memory check and switches to the VOR mode preset
condition, the operator is assured that the signal
generator is programmed correctly and is ready for
testing or troubleshooting VOR, ILS, marker beacon,
or communication receivers. If one of the RAM's has
failed, the R F LEVEL display will indicate the RAM
that has failed (...I). The signal generator will begin
another RAM check and will continue to sequence un-
til malfunction is cleared. If an output from one of the
controller ROM memories is incorrect, the memory
check stops. The RDL/DDM/MOD display will in-
dicate the number of the ROM that is malfunctioning.
Table 2. Mode Control Logic.
MODE COMM
DISABLE
VOR X
I
LOC X
I
COMM 0
I
I X = Relay closure; 0 = relay open.
Revised 1 October 1978
description 523-0768882
The RDL/DDM/MOD display and SELF TEST in-
dicator flash on and off to alert the operator that a
memory (ROM) output is incorrect and that the
memory check has stopped. The signal generator is
inoperable and must be repaired before any further
operations can be performed.
8.4 Self-Test Mode Operation
In the self-test mode, the signal generator checks all
display segments, indicators, and key lamps, and
then performs a check of the controller memory
(ROM) outputs. When the SELF TEST switch on the
front panel is initially depressed, a lamp check is per-
formed; and when the switch'is released, the memory
output (ROM) check is performed. The displays, in-
dicators, and keys remain lit as long as the SELF
TEST switch is held depressed.
During the lamp check, all indicators and key lamps
under designated key caps are lit and the 7-segment
displays indicate 0.8 for each digit in the display. The
memory output (ROM) check is indicated by sequen-
tial indications in the RDL/DDM/MOD display. All
other displays are blank during the memory output
(ROM) check. If the outputs from the controller
memories (ROM's) are correct, the signal generator
switches to the initial power-on status, checks the
RAM'S, rechecks the ROM's, and then switches to the
VOR mode preset condition with an rf carrier fre-
quency of 108.000 MHz and a -50-dB mW rf output
level. (When the signal generator switches to the VOR
mode preset condition, the operator is assured that
the signal generator is programmed correctly and is
ready for testing or troubleshooting VOR,ILS,
marker beacon, or vhf communication receivers.) If a
memory output is incorrect, the indications are the
LOC/GS
ENERGIZE
NAV
DISABLE
MOD
SELECT A
(
I
17
description 523-0768882 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

same a s described during initial power-on in on test requirements. The desired off-channel rf
paragraph 8.3. During self-test, the rf output is carrier frequency may also be selected via the data
automatically disabled (turned off). entry keyboard in 1-kHz increments.

8.5 VOR Mode Operation
When a standard VOR rf carrier frequency is initially
selected, the signal generator automatically switches
to the VOR mode and to the VOR mode preset condi-
tion.
The rf output level is adjustable from -6 to -120 dB
mW to allow operator selection of the output level
required to meet test requirements for receiver
response. The output level can be increased or
decreased in either 1- or 10-dB steps as required by
the operator.

The rf output signal from the signal generator VOR radials are selectable from 000.00 to 359.99
simulates a VOR ground station signal and in the degrees in 0.01-degree steps to provide precise and ac-
preset condition, provides an audio modulated, rf out- curate radials for checking or aligning the receiver
put signal with the following parameters. under test. The radial can be set to major headings a t
SIGNAL every 30 degrees and then stepped from that point in
CHARACTERISTIC OUTPUT PARAMETER +30-, +lo-, -10-degree steps or slewed in f0.01-
degree steps, as required to check the receiver.
VOR rf carrier Selected standard VOR
frequency ground station
frequency
Radials are expressed in degrees and are 180
Rf carrier 30-Hz variable degrees out of phase from the aircraft bear-
modulation AM/9960-HZ FM ing to the station. An RMI bearing indicator
(30-Hz reference) will point to a bearing 180 degrees out of
composite audio phase with the selected radial, thus the tail
signal of the bearing pointer should indicate the
selected radial.
Amplitude (%)
modulation The amplitude (%) modulation of the simulated VOR
signal is adjustable from 5.0 to 35.0 percent in 0.1-
VOR radial 000.00 degree percent increments t o check receiver response.
Independent control for modulation adjustments of
TO or FROM status FROM the 30-Hz VAR and 9960-FM tones is also provided.
indicator
The TO/FROM indication is determined by the phase
Output level -50 dB mW (If the relationship of the composite audio VOR signal and is
output level is changed always a FROM signal on initial selection of the VOR
after initial power-on mode. Through keyboard entry, the FROM signal can
or after self-test, the be changed to a TO signal, which phase shifts the
level remains a t the VOR bearing signal by 180 degrees.
selected level.)
A 1020-Hz audio tone, which simulates an identifica-
Rf channel frequencies are normally entered via the tion signal, can be added to the VOR rf output signal
DATA ENTRY keyboard. Use of the RF FREQ key, a t 30 percent modulation by keyboard entry. Ad-
however, allows selection of sequential VOR channels ditionally, a 1020-Hz or a 30-Hz to 14-kHz auxiliary
using a single keystroke. With modulation on, only audio tone is available. (For specialized tests, entries
consecutive VOR channels are selected. With modula- are allowed down to 10-Hz; however, operation is
tion off, sequential localizer carrier frequencies in the only specified over the 30-Hz to 14-kHz range.) The
108.10- to 111.95-MHz range are also selected. operator may add or remove the signal as required
during receiver checks. The auxiliary audio tone
The rf carrier frequency is variable up to fl- amplitude (%) modulation is adjustable in 0.1-percent
channel spacing for checking receiver selectivity. Us- increments from 5 to 35 percent. The 1020-Hz ident
ing the slew keys, the carrier frequency can be varied tone amplitude (%) modulation, when selected, is fix-
in either direction a t a fast or a slow rate depending ed a t 30 percent.

Revised 1 October 1978

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
Either or both of the 30-Hz variable or 9960-Hz FM
signals can be removed a s required to perform
receiver flag checks.
The frequencies of the 30-Hz variable, 3 0 - ~ z
reference, and 9960-Hz signals are adjustable h5.0
percent. (Entries over a f10-percent range are
allowed for specialized testing; however, operation is
only specified over the f5-percent range.) Selection in
0.1-Hz increments of the 30-Hz variable signal fre-
quency changes the 30-Hz reference the same amount
and also varies the 9960-Hz signal proportionally.
A n y time information displayed in t h e
RDL/DDM/MOD and AUDIO STATUS displays is
changed from the preset condition, the rf carrier fre-
quency is slewed from the selected rf carrier frequen-
cy or the rf output is turned off, and it is desired to
return the signal generator to a preset condition, a
single entry using the STD key returns the signal
generator to the preset condition for the selected rf
carrier frequency. The rf output level is not affected
by the STD key and remains a t the last selected out-
put level.
For detailed operating procedures and detailed infor-
mation on the controls and indicators, refer to the
operation section.
8.6 Localizer (LOC) Mode Operation
When a standard localizer rf carrier frequency is in-
itially selected, the signal generator a;tomatically
switches to the LOC mode and to the LOC mode
preset condition. The rf output signal from the signal
generator simulates a localizer ground station signal
and in the preset condition provides an audio
modulated, rf output signal with the following
parameters.
SIGNAL
OUTPUT PARAMETER
CHARACTERISTIC
Localizer rf Selected standard
carrier frequency localizer ground
station frequency
Rf carrier 90-Hz/150-Hz AM
modulation composite audio
signal
Amplitude (%) 20.0% per tone, on
beam center
modulation
DDM 0.000
U/L (150-Hz) or U/L (150 Hz)
D/R (90-Hz) status
indicators
Revised 1 October 1978
Adjustment of the rf carrier frequency and the rf out-
put level is the same a s described for the VOR mode
of operation in paragraph 8.5, except that stepping rf
carrier frequencies with modulation on will skip over
adjacent 'OR frequencies.
A 1020-Hz audio tone, which simulates an identifica-
tion signal, can be added to the localizer rf output
signal a t 30-percent modulation by keyboard entry.
Additionally a 30-Hz to 4-kHz auxiliary audio tone is
available. (Entries to 10 Hz and up to 10 kHz are also
allowed; however, operation is only specified over the
30-Hz to 4-kHz range.) The operator may add or
remove the signal a s required during receiver checks.
The amplitude (%) modulation of the auxiliary audio
is adjustable in 0.1-percent increments from 5.0 to
30.0 percent. The 1020-Hz ident tone amplitude (5%)
modulation, when selected, is fixed a t 30.
The difference in depth of modulation (DDM) is selec-
table in standard preset DDM steps of 0.000, f0.046,
f0.093, f0.155, and f0.200, or in 0.001 increments to
f0.400 through keyboard entry. The DDM can be
slewed in either direction in f0.001 increments. The
selected DDM's are used to check receiver operation
and accuracy. The amplitude (9%) modulation of the
90/150-Hz tones in the LOC mode is variable from 5.0
to 40.0 percent in 0.1-percent increments to check
receiver response. The % modulation can be varied
only a t beam center.
When the signal generator produces an up or left
signal, the 150-Hz portion of the composite signal is
predominant and when the signal generator produces
a down or right signal, the 90-Hz portion of the com-
posite signal is predominant. All DDM signals
produced by the signal generator are up or left signals
unless changed to a down or right signal through
keyboard entry. The 90- and 150-Hz signals are
balanced a t 0.000 DDM and neither signal is predomi-
nant; however, the signal generator provides a U/L
(150-Hz) indication that indicates the next DDM step
will be in the up or left direction. The DDM cannot be
changed to indicate D/R (90 Hz) a t 0.000 DDM.
Either or both of the 90- and/or 150-Hz audio signals
can be removed a s required to perform receiver flag
checks.
The phase angle between the 90- and 150-Hz tones is
normally fixed a t 0 degree. I t mag be varied to 60
degrees" (referenced to the 150-HZ signal) via
keyboard entry. The 90- and 150-Hz signal frequen-
cies are adjustable f5.0 percent. Adjustment of
either causes a corresponding change in the other.
description 523-0768882 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

The signal generator can be returned to the preset
condition using the STD key the same as described for
the VOR mode in paragraph 8.5.
For detailed operating procedures and detailed infor-
mation on the controls and indicators, refer to the
to the MB mode preset condition. The rf output signal
from the signal generator simulates a marker beacon
ground station and in the preset condition provides
an audio modulated, rf output signal with the follow-
ing parameters. \,

operation section. SIGNAL \

CHARACTERISTIC OUTPUT PARAMETER

8.7 Glideslope (GS) Mode Operation
Marker beacon rf 75.000 MHz
When a standard glideslope (GS) rf carrier frequency carrier frequency
is initially selected, the signal generator automatical-
ly switches to the GS mode and to the GS mode preset Rf carrier 400-Hz AM audio
condition. The rf output signal from the signal modulation signal (outer marker)
generator simulates a glideslope ground station
Amplitude (5%) 95.0%
signal and in the preset condition provides an audio
modulation
modulated rf output signal with the following
parameters. The signal generator provides preset 400-Hz (outer
marker), 1300-Hz (middle marker), and 3000-Hz
SIGNAL (inner marker) audio modulation tones. Auxiliary
CHARACTERISTIC OUTPUT PARAMETER tones from 100 to 4000 H z are available. ( ~ r e ~ u e n c i e i
from 10 to 100 Hz and from 4 to 10 kHz are also
Glideslope rf Selected standard allowed; however, operation is only specified over the
carrier frequency glideslope ground 100- to 4000-Hz range.) The audio tones are selectable
station frequency a s required for testing, troubleshooting, and aligning
a marker beacon receiver. Any tone may be removed
Rf carrier 90-Hz/150-HZ AM if required.
modulation composite audio
signal The amplitude (%) modulation is variable from 15.0 to
97.0 percent for the preset and auxiliary tones. The
40.0% per tone, on preset and auxiliary tones are variable in 0.1-percent
Amplitude (%)
increments.
modulation beam center
The signal generator is capable of producing rf fre-
DDM 0.000 quencies from 74.6 to 75.4 MHz to provide simulation
of interference-type signals.
U/L (150-Hz) or U/L (150 Hz)
D/R (90-HZ) The signal generator produces all the required
status indicator marker beacon rf output signals required for testing a
marker beacon receiver. For detailed operating
The operation in the glideslope mode is the same a s in procedures and detailed information on the controls
the localizer mode described in paragraph 8.6, except and indicators, refer to the operation section.
DDM is selectable in standard preset steps of 0.000,
f0.045, f0.091, f0.175, and k0.400; or in 0.001 in- 8.9 VHF Communications (COMM) Mode
crements to f0.800 through keyboard entry; the Opera tion
DDM can be slewed in either direction in 0.002 in- When a standard vhf communication frequency is
crements; the percent modulation of the 90/150-Hz selected, the signal generator automatically switches
signals is variable from 10.0 to 80.0 percent; the per- to the COMM mode preset condition. The rf output
cent modulation of the auxiliary audio may be varied signal from the signal generator provides an audio
10 to 60 percent; no fixed-amplitude 1020-Hz ident modulated rf output signal with the following
tone is provided. parameters.

8.8 Marker Beacon (MB) Mode Operation

SIGNAL
CHARACTERISTIC
When the standard marker beacon rf carrier frequen- Communication rf
cy of 75.000 MHz is initially selected, the signal carrier frequency
generator automatically switches to the MB mode and
OUTPUT PARAMETER
Selects standard vhf
frequency (118.000 to
151.975 MHz)

Revised 1 October. 1978

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
SIGNAL
CHARACTERISTIC OUTPUT PARAMETER
Rf carrier 1020-Hz audio signal
modulation
Amplitude (%) 30.0%
modulation
Output level -50 dB mW (If the
output level is changed
after initial power-on
or after self-test, the
level remains a t the
selected level.)
The 479s-6A does not provide reverse power
protection. Do not key a communications
transceiver when connected to the signal
generator or extensive damage will result to
the signal generator.
Rf carriers from 118.000 to 151.975 MHz can be
selected in 25-kHz steps.
The rf carrier is variable up to f1-channel spacing
to check receiver selectivity. Using the slew keys, the
carrier frequency can be varied in either direction a t a
fast or a slow rate depending on test requirements.
Consecutive channel frequencies can be selected with
a single keystroke by use of the RF FREQ key. Off-
channel frequencies can be entered via the DATA
ENTRY keyboard in 1-kHz increments.
The rf output level is adjustable from -6 to -120 dB
mW to allow operator selection of the output level
required to meet test requirements for frequency
response. The output level can be increased or
decreased in either 1- or 10-dB steps as required by
the operator.
The audio tone may be switched from the preset 1020
Hz to an auxiliary signal of 30 Hz to 10 kHz. (Entries
to 10 kHz are allowed, however, operation is only
specified over the 30-Hz to 10-kHz range.) Initial
selection of the auxiliary frequency function provides
a tone of 1 kHz. The amplitude (%) modulation of the
auxiliary signal is adjustable from 5.0 to 35.0 percent
in 0.1-percent increments to check receiver response.
For detailed operating procedures and detailed infor-
mation on the controls and indicators, refer to the
operation section.
Revised 15 October 1980
description 523-0768882
8.10 StorelRecall Function (479s-6A V O R /
ILS Signal Generators, -002 o r -003 S t a t u s )
The 479s-6AVOR/ILS Signal Generators, -002 or -003
status, installed have all the basic 479s-6A features
plus the additional capability of the operator pro-
gramming up to 100 front panel setups. Refer to
figure 2 for store/recall assembly A9 location and
figure 3 for a block diagram. Once programmed into
storage, the setups can be recalled upon command
from the operator. Setups can be recalled and changed
a s desired. After a setup is placed in storage, power
can be removed and the data will be retained in-
definitely.
Selection of the store function causes store/recall
assembly A9 to process data received from the
microprocessor via the control bus, and to store it in
the selected location. On a recall command, store/
recall assembly A9 transfers the selected memory
data back to the microprocessor, which in turn
reprograms the signal generator as required.
For detailed operating procedures of the store/recall
function, refer to the operation section.
8.11 R e m o t e Bus Progrartzming Function (479.9-
6.1 VORIILS Signal Genrators, -003 S t a t u s )
The 479s-6A VOR/ILS Signal Generators, -003 sta-
tus, installed have all the basic 479s-6A features, the
store/recall function, plus the capability of being
remotely programmed. For ease of programming, the
store/recall may be programmed first, either locally
or remotely. Only the step numbers for the stored
setups need to be transmitted on the remote bus,
which will then program a complete front panel
setup. Refer to figure 2 for IEEE-488/1978 interface I
assembly A10 location and figure 3 for a system block
diagram.
IEEE-488/1978 interface assembly A10 connects the I
signal generator to the IEEE-488 bus. Subminiature
rocker switches are used to preset a 5-bit address for
the signal generator. The IEEE-488 interface cir-
cuitry is initialized during the CPU's power-up
routine. Subsequently, when a command is received
that agrees with the preselected address of the
generator, a nonmaskable interrupt is generated by
the IEEE-488 circuitry, requesting service from the
CPU. The CPU then processes the remote computer
command, either receiving setup instructions or
replying with status information.
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
9. FUNCTIONAL THEORY OF OPERATION
(Refer to figure 4.)
9.1 General
The functional theory of operation is a discussion of
the 479s-6A VOR/ILS Signal Generator a t the circuit
card assembly level. This discussion provides
assistance to the technician in understanding signal
generator operation for maintenance purposes.
The signal generator consists of the front panel
assembly A l , controller/audio assembly A2, rf
modulator assembly A3, synthesizer assembly A4,
power supply assembly A5, chassis assembly A6, and
backplane assembly A7, which includes the remote
tune circuits A8, store/recall assembly A9 (status -
002 or -003), and I E E E 48811975 program I/O A10
(status -003). Only the digitally controlled attenuator
A6ATI portion of chassis assembly is discussed.
9.2 Rlicroprocessor ( C P U ) Operation
9.2.1 General
The microprocessor (CPU), PROM, and RAM chips
are contained on CPU assembly A2A1. The CPU con-
trols all internal signal generator operations; it is in-
terconnected with the front panel assembly A l , rf
modulator assembly A3, TDM board A2A3, and
backplane assembly A7 by a parallel control bus. The
control bus is capable of handling 8-bit addresses, 8-
bit data, and I/O read and write pulses. The 8-bit ad-
dresses and I/O read/write pulses a r e generated only
in the CPU, while the 8-bit d a t a can be generated by
the CPU or, on request, obtained from AlA1, A2A3,
A3A3, or A9 or A10 (-002 or -003 status units) depen-
ding on 1/0 port addressed.
The 8-b;t address selects the correct I/O port. The 1/0
read pulse strobes d a t a out of the port over the con-
trol bus to the CPU. The I/O write pulse strobes d a t a
from the CPU into the correct I/O port via the con-
trol/data bus.
9.2.2 Keyboard Scan
The CPU is strapped for one interrupt t h a t occurs a t
nnrninal 4-millisecond intervals. At each of these
n o m i n ~ A-millisecond
' intervals, addresses, data, and
I/O write pulses a r e supplied over the control bus to
A l . The I/O port on A1 supplies the data to a
keyboard matrix and the keyboard is scanned to
determine it any keys have been pressed. If, during
the scan, the scan detects a pressed key, d a t a is
returned via the I/O port on A l . On request from the
CPU, the data is returned to the CPU over the control
bus. The CPU stores the returned data until the same
data is returned 12 consecutive times. After the 12th
time, the CPU recognizes the keyboard entry a s valid,
and processes the data. Twelve consecutive d a t a re-
turns from the keyboard are required to ensure t h a t
the entry is,valid and not a n entry due to key bounce.
Since the keyboard is in a matrix, returned data de-
notes the, key position in the matrix.
9.2.3 Keyboard D.4T.4 E,YTRY Keys
When making rf frequency, VOR radial, DDM, and
percent modulation entries through t h e DATA
ENTRY keys, after each numeral is recognized by the
CPU, the information is stored until the DATA
ENTRY - ENTER key is pressed.
When the ENTER key d a t a is recognized by the CPU,
the stored numeral information is processed. If a mis-
take is made during entry of the information on the
numeric keys, pressing the DATA ENTRY - CLEAR
key removes the stored information from the CPU.
The CLEAR key also removes information from the
CPU when an invalid entry is made, producing a
blinking display.
9.2.4 Loop Operation
During periods between interrupts, if all key activity
is finished, the CPU returns to its normal routine. In
normal routine, the CPU monitors the keyboard to
determine if a keystroke h a s been made, requests the
frequency count from A3 to ensure t h a t the frequency
indicated on the display is accurate, requests the
status of synthesizer phase lock from A3 to ensure
t h a t selected synthesizer rf output frequency remains
phase locked to the reference frequency, and requests
rf level calibration status from A3 to ensure t h a t the
rf level is within specified limits. If any of the infor-
mation is not available when requested, the CPU
proceeds through the loop and the information is ob-
tained during the next loop.
9.3 Front Panel Assembly A1 Operation
9.3.1 General
The front panel assembly provides operator interface
with the signal generator. A keyboard that is p a r t of
keyboard driver board A l ~ allows
l the operator to
select the required signal generator outputs for
testing, trocl~leshooting, and/or aligning and ad-
justing the unit under test.
The digital displays and LED indicators on display
board AlA2, plus lighted keys on A1A1, provide the
Revised 1 October 1978
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

1
KEYBOARD
Vl
REMOTE

IEE E-STD
48811978
PROGRAM 110

;76'-6.4 L7OR/ILS Siyrcirl Ge~ic>t.tr

tot,. Fli tic,fioiltrl Ditrqi,ccI,,
Ficjlc rf :
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
operator with a readout of t h e output signal
parameters.
9.3.2 Keyboard Driver Board A l A l
Keyboard driver board A l A l contains the I/O ports,
keyboard, display driver circuits, bar/blanking cir-
cuits, and key light driver circuits. The 1 / 0 ports are
connected to the parallel control bus and receive and
transmit all information via the control bus. When
the I/O port is addressed and an I/O write pulse oc-
curs, the data a t the input to the I/O port is supplied
to the correct circuit on AlA1. When the input is for a
keyboard scan, which occurs a t nominal 4-millisecond
intervals, the data is supplied to the keyboard
switching matrix circuits. If a key is pressed, data is
returned to the I/O port and when the CPU transmits
the correct address and an I/O read pulse, the data is
transmitted over the control bus to the CPU.
When CPU data a t the A l A l I/O port is to light a dis-
play, the data is latched in display driver circuits. The
driver circuits produce display driver signals that are
supplied to AlA2.
When the CPU data a t the A l A l I/O port is to either
bar or blank a digital display, the data is supplied to
the bar/blank circuit that produces the correct bar or
blank signals. The bar/blank signals are supplied to
AlA2.
When CPU data a t the A l A l I/O port is to light a
specific keyboard key, the data is latched in the key
light driver circuit. The driver circuit provides a lamp
drive signal to a lamp located in the key, under the
key cap.
9.3.3 Display Board ..11A2 Operation
Display board A1A2 contains 7-segment digital dis-
plays and LED indicators. The digital displays and
LED indicators indicate rf output signal parameters.
All displays and indicators are driven by signals from
AlAl.
9.4 Audio Modulation Generator Operation
The audio modulation generator consists of TDM
board A2A3 and analog board A2A2. The modulation
generator produces audio signals that are used to
modulate the selected rf carrier signal. The modula-
tion signal requirements depend on the selected rf
frequency (mode of operation).
Revised 1 October 197'8
description 523-0768882
When an rf carrier frequency is selected, the CPU
supplies data over the control bus to the I/O ports on
A2A3. The data programs the modulation generator
to generate the correct audio signals. All internal
audio modulation signals and analog control signals
are generated on A2A3 and supplied to A2A2.
In the VOR mode, A2A3 generates 30-Hz variable AM
and 9960-Hz FM (30-Hz reference) signals that are
both supplied to A2A2. The phase relationship
between the 30-Hz variable and 30-Hz reference
signals determine the VOR radial. TDM board A2A3
generates VOR analog control signals that are
supplied to A2A2. Analog board A2A2 filters the
audio modulation signals and combines the 30-Hz AM
and 9960-Hz FM signals to produce a composite audio
modulation signal t h a t is supplied to
demodulator/ALC assembly A3A2.
Phase information relating to the 30-Hz variable and
30-Hz reference signals is read back to the CPU by
TDM board A2A3 when requested by the CPU. This
phase information is transmitted to the CPU via the
control bus and is used to generate the VOR radial
displayed on the front panel.
In either localizer or glideslope mode, TDM board
A2A3 generates 90- and 150-Hz AM signals. Both
signals are supplied to A2A2 with a localizer or
glideslope mode analog control signal. Analog board
assembly A2A2 filters the 90- and 150-Hz AM signals
to produce the composite audio modulation signal
that is supplied to A3A2.
To change DDM, the CPU reprograms TDM board
assembly A2A3 to modify a s required the amplitudes
of the 90- and 150-Hz tones.
In marker beacon mode, TDM board A2A3 generates
one of three available audio modulation signals,
depending on keyboard selection and subsequent data
from the CPU. When the outer marker tone is
selected, A2A3 generates a 400-Hz audio tone; when
the middle marker tone is selected, A2A3 generates a
1300-Hz audio tone; and when the inner marker tone
is selected, A2A3 generates a 3000-Hz audio tone. A
marker beacon analog control signal is produced on
A2A3 and supplied to A2A2. Analog board A2A2
filters the audio tone and supplies the tone to A3A2.
In VOR and localizer modes, a 1020-Hz audio tone
also can be added to the composite audio modulation
signal. The 1020-Hz audio tone simulates an iden-
tification signal. The 1020-Hz signal is combined with
the other two modulation signals on A2A2.
In VOR mode, the FM signal can be removed from
the standard 9960-Hz FM tone by depressing the
9960-Hz key.
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
Analog board A2A2 also supplies the composite
modulation signal to a COMP connector on the rear
panel and a 30-Hz reference signal (VOR mode only)
to an AUX connector on the rear panel.
9.5 RF Section Operation
9.5.1 General
The rf section consists of rf modulator assembly A3,
synthesizer assembly A4, and digitally-controlled
attenuator A6AT1. The rf modulator assembly con-
s i s t s of r f s t r i p l i n e a s s e m b l y A 3 A 1 ,
demodulator/ALC assembly A3A2, and counter - I/O
board A3A3. The rf section generates selected rf
carrier signal, modulates the carrier signal with the
audio modulation signal, and adjusts rf output level.
The modulated rf signal is applied from the digitally-
controlled attenuator to the RF OUT connector on the
front panel. In addition, an external modulation
signal can be inserted through the rear panel con-
nector into demodulator/ALC assembly A3A2 in
place of the composite audio modulation signal.
Synthesizer assembly A4 generates the rf carrier
signal a t the frequency specified by the rf tune signal
from A3A3. The synthesizer employs a phase-lock
loop to provide a stable rf output frequency. A
variable oscillator in the synthesizer allows frequency
slewing when requested by keyboard entries.
The rf output from A4 is supplied to rf strip line
assembly A3A1. The audio modulation signal from
demodulator/ALC assembly A3A2 is also supplied to
A3A1, and is used to modulate the rf carrier. The
modulated rf signal is supplied to the digitally con-
trolled attenuator, which is set to the correct attenu-
ation for the output level selected.
Counter-I/O board A3A3 contains I/O ports that con-
nect the rf section to the control bus. Board A3A3 also
contains an rf frequency counter that provides rf
frequency information to the CPU to be displayed on
the front panel.
9.5.2 RF Frequency Selection
The CPU transmits rf frequency control data over the
control bus to I/O ports on counter-I/0 board A3A3.
Counter-I/O board A3A3 routes the control bus data
to synthesizer assembly A4.
The bcd rf tune signal tunes A4 to the selected rf
carrier frequency. Synthesizer assembly A4
generates the selected rf carrier frequency and
supplies the signal to rf strip line assembly A3A1.
When the sampled rf carrier frequency is phase-
locked to a 25-kHz loop-lock frequency, a phase-lock
status signal is supplied to A3A3.
The CPU also transmits data over the control bus to
the I/O ports on A3A3, indicating the mode selected.
Counter-I/O board A3A3 converts mode data into I/O
control signals that are supplied to demodulator/ALC
assembly A3A2. The I/O control signals adjust audio
modulation level from A2A2 to the correct level to
provide a standard percent of modulation for each
mode. Percent modulation values other than standard
are obtained by adjustment of the modulation signals
in the audio modulation generator circuits. The level
of the modulation signal is checked and automatically
adjusted on A3A2 and is then supplied to A3A1. The
external modulation signal is not automatically
checked and adjusted for correct modulation levels.
These levels must be calculated and the external
modulation source must be adjusted to provide cor-
rect modulation levels. (Refer to the operation section
for calculation and adjustment of correct external
modulation signal levels.)
The composite audio modulation is combined with the
rf carrier signal on A3A1 to produce a modulated rf
signal that is supplied through the digitally controlled
attenuator to the R F OUT connector on the front pan-
el. The digitally controlled attenuator sets the rf out-
put level.
The CPU also transmits data over the control bus to
the I/O ports on A3A3 to select the desired rf output
level. Counter-I/O board A3A3 routes control bus
data to a digitally controlled attenuator. The binary
control signal sets the attenuator to the correct level
required to produce the selected rf output level a t the
RF OUT connector. When microvolt readings are be-
ing displayed on the RF LEVEL display, an ad-
ditional 6-dB attenuation is inserted, making the
signal output a t the RF OUT connector one-half of the
displayed RF LEVEL value. This results in an output
which is "hard" microvolts, without the use of an ex-
ternal 6-dB pad. When the rf output is being dis-
played in dB mW, the extra 6-dB attenuation is
removed and the rf output level a t the RF OUT con-
nector is absolute (the level indicated in the RF
LEVEL display).
The rf strip line assembly produces an rf signal that
is the rf carrier frequency; it also produces a
demodulator signal that is the modulation signal with
the rf carrier removed. The rf signal is supplied to the
frequency counter on A3A3, and the demodulator
signal is supplied to A3A2.
Revised 1 October 1978
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
Counter-I/O board A3A3 counts the rf signal to deter-
mine the frequency of the output signal and supplies
the count to the rf counter output ports. When the
CPU requests the frequency count, the information is
supplied from the I/O port over the control bus to the
CPU. The CPU uses the frequency count to supply
frequency information over the control bus to A1 for
display in the FREQUENCY display.
When requested by the CPU, the phase-lock informa-
tion is also supplied from an I/O port on A3A3 over
the control bus to the CPU. The CPU data uses the in-
formation to supply data over the control bus to A1
for control of R F STATUS - P H LOCK indicator.
The demodulator signal supplied to A3A2 is used to
level the rf carrier and to linearize the modulation
signal supplied to A3A1. The demodulation signal is
also supplied to the DEMOD connector on the rear
panel. When the rf output is within the specified
limits, a logic 1 level calibration signal is supplied to
an I/O port on A3A3. The level calibration Status in-
formation is continuously sampled and returned over
the control bus to the CPU. The CPU uses the level
calibration information to supply data over the con-
trol bus to A1 for RF STATUS - LEVEL CAL; in-
dicator.
9.6 Power Supply Assembly A5 Operation
The signal generator can be operated on either 115
volts or 230 volts 50160 Hz. The generator is shipped
wired for 115-volt operation. If 230-volt operation is
required, refer to the maintenance section for rewir-
ing information.
The power supply assembly produces +5, +9, +12,
+15, -15, and +24 V dc and 15 V ac, for signal genera-
tor operation.
9.7 R e m o t e Tune Board A8
Remote tune board A8 provides 2-of-5 tuning that
meets ARINC 410. Address and data information is
used to turn on relays that provide grounds and supp-
ly tuning information to the radio under test.
Information is also provided to generate the following
control signals: mode select A, NAV disable, LOC/GS
energize, mode select B, COM disable, and timing
trigger.
9.8 StorelRecall Board A9
CPU address and data bus information, along with
I/O r e a d a n d w r i t e signals, a r e provided t o
Revised 1 5 October 1980
description 523-0768882
store/recall board A9 to allow storage of signal
generator setup's in memory. These setup's can then
be recalled a t any time and used to test a receiver.
Equipment is configured as desired and a 2-digit
memory address is entered on data entry keys.
9.9 IEEE 48811978 Interface Board A10 I
I E E E interface board A10 provides the capability for
control of the signal generator to originate outside the
signal generator. This board conforms to IEEE stan-
dard 488-1978. I
10. DETAILED THEORY OF OPERATION
10.1 Introduction
The detailed theory of operation is a discussion of
the 479s-6A VOR/ILS Signal Generator a t the
functional circuit level on each circuit card or
module assembly. This discussion provides assistance
to the technician in understanding signal generator
operation for maintenance and troubleshooting
purposes.
10.2 Front Panel Assembly A1
10.2.1 General
Front panel assembly A1 provides operator interface
with the signal generator. The front panel keyboard
allows the operator to select the test signal
parameters required to test, troubleshoot, and/or
align VOR, localizer, glideslope, and marker beacon
receivers. The front panel display indicates the signal
g e n e r a t o r rf o u t p u t s i g n a l p a r a m e t e r s a n d
characteristics. Front panel assembly A1 consists of
keyboard/driver board A l A l and display board
AlA2. The keyboard is contained on AlA1; the front
panel display on AlA2.
10.2.2 O v e r ~ l lOperation (Refer t o figure 5.)
C o n t r o l l e r / a u d i o a s s e m b l y A2 c o n t a i n s a
microprocessor that transmits &bit addresses, 8-bit
data, and I/O read/write pulses over a parallel 18-line
control bus to the internal circuits of the signal
generator, including keyboard driver board AlA1.
Addresses and I/O read/write pulses determine
operational functions to be performed, and the data
bits provide the intelligence.
Keyboard switches contained on A l A l are connected
in a switching matrix that uses the inputs to the
description 523-0768882
0 l SPLAYS
/
/
/
/
/ \
/ KEYBOARD W T R l X
I D l SPLAY BOARD
AlA?
I
D I SPLAY
OR l VER
CRI KEYBOARODR I VER
ASSY A2A1 BOARD A l A l
Fro11f Panel Assen, bly A I , Overall Operation
Figure 5
matrix and the switch position in the matrix to deter-
mine the operational function or signal characteristic
selected by the operator. The microprocessor on A2
produces addresses, data, and I/O read/write pulses
which occur a t nominal 4-millisecond intervals, caus-
ing the switching matrix to be scanned. The scan
determines whether the operator has made an entry
on the keyboard. Addresses, data, and I/O read/write
pulse from A2 are transmitted over the parallel con-
trol bus to A l A l . If no keyboard entries have been
made, the keyboard switching matrix produces no
output during the scan and the signal generator
remains in the last selected test condition. If an entry
has been made, the matrix produces a data hit output
during the scan and the data bit is returned to the
microprocessor over the control bus. The data bit in-
dicates the selected function or test characteristic.
Display driver signals are produced on A l A l from in-
formation received from A2 over the parallel control
bus. Driver signals are applied to display board AlA2
and light the applicable indicators for the informa-
tion received from A2. The display provides a visual
indication of signal g e n e r a t o r o u t p u t signal
parameters and characteristics.
Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
C
., J
/
/
10.2.3 KeyboardJDriver Board A l A l
a. Overall Operation (Refer to figure 6.)
The I/O read, I/O write, and address bits A0
through A7 from the parallel address bus and CPU
assembly A2A1 a r e supplied to the address
decoder circuit. The address decoder circuit
decodes the hexadecimal address information to
determine A l A l and A1A2 circuit functions. Refer
to table 3 for hexadecimal-to-decimal conversion.
Decoded addresses OUT 40 through OUT 44 and
OUT 4E are supplied to the RDL/DDM/MOD dis-
play driver circuit. Decoded addresses OUT 45
through OUT 4A and OUT 4F are supplied to the
FREQUENCY display driver circuit. Decoded ad-
dresses OUT 4B through OUT 4D and OUT 50 are
supplied to the R F LEVEL display driver circuit.
Decoded address OUT 51 is supplied to the
bar/blank circuit and OUT 52 through OUT 55 are
supplied to key indicator circuits. All of these ad-
dresses are supplied to their applicable circuits
when an I/O write pulse occurs.
Revised 1 October 197'8
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

D l G l T 1)

RDL/DDM/MOD IND

AUDIO STATUS IND

CPU ADDRESS
I A3

1
BUS DlGlT 1

DlGlT 2

DISPLAY DRIVE S I G -
DISPLAY BD A I A 2

J
DlGlT 5

DlGlT 6

RDL/DDH/MOD I ND

FREQUENCY I ND

MODE IElD

:$ DATA 1 DO
Dl

!i
05
06
07
DlGlT 1

DIGIT 2

DlGlT 3
J
RF LEVEL IND
)

RF STATUS IND
RF LEVEL
DIGITAL
0 1 SPLAY

Keyhoclrcl/Uncer Board A l A I , F~trtctror~trl

Dlccg~.trni
E'zgurp 6

Reviserl 1 October 1.9 78 29/30

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
Table 3. Decimal to Hexadecimal Conversion.
NUMBER
SYSTEM
Decimal 0 1 2 3 4 5
Hexadecimal 0 1 2 3 4 5
Decoded address OUT 56 and IN 5X are supplied to
the keyboard matrix circuit. The OUT 56 address
occurs when an 1 / 0 write pulse occurs and the IN
5X address occurs when an I/O read pulse occurs.
Data bits DBO through DB7 from the parallel data
bus and CPU assembly A2A1 are supplied to the
keyboard matrix, key indicator, bar/blank,
RDL/DDM/MOD display driver, FREQUENCY
display driver, and R F LEVEL display driver cir-
cuits and contain the intelligence for circuit opera-
tion.
Every 4 milliseconds, the data bits and decoded ad-
dresses supplied to the keyboard matrix cause a
complete keyboard scan to determine if any entries
have occurred. When an entry is made on the
keyboard, the IN 5X address causes a data bit to be
returned over the parallel data bus to CPU
assembly A2A1. The data bit indicates the matrix
position of the key and identifies the key function.
When the entry is made on a key that lights, the
CPU supplies data bits and addresses back to
AlA1. The I/O write pulse and the decoded ad-
dress cause the key indicator circuit to accept the
data bits, and the key indicator produces a signal
that lights the key, indicating that the key func-
tion is selected.
Data bits from the parallel data bus and the CPU
are supplied to ,the bar/blank circuit. When the
I/O write pulse occurs with a decoded address of
OUT 51, the bar/blank circuit accepts the data
bits. The data bits cause the circuit to produce
either bar or blank signals that are supplied to the
RDL/DDM/MOD, FREQUENCY, and R F LEVEL
displays. Blank 1, 2, and 3 signals blank the
RDL/DDM/MOD, FREQUENCY, and RF LEVEL
displays respectively. Bar 1 and 2 signals cause the
RDL/DDM/MOD and FREQUENCY displays,
respectively, to display dashes. The bar 3 signal
causes the RF LEVEL display to display OFF.
Data bits determine the specific signal produced
by the bar/blank circuit.
Revised 1 October 1978
description 523-0768882
CODE
6 7 8 9 1 0 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 15
6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
Data bits from the parallel data bus and the CPU,
and the OUT 40 through OUT 45 and the OUT 4E
decoded addresses from the address decoder cir-
cuit, are supplied to the RDL/DDM/MOD display
driver circuit and determine the information to be
supplied to the display circuit board. The display
drive signals from the RDL/DDM/MOD display
driver circuit are supplied to the RDL/DDM/MOD
digital display and indicators, and to the AUDIO
STATUS indicators.
FREQUENCY display driver circuit operation is
the same a s described for the RDL/DDM/MOD
display driver circuit, except that decoded ad-
dresses OUT 45 through OUT 4A and OUT 4F are
used to latch the data bit input and the circuit
provides FREQUENCY digital display and in-
dicator drive signals, RDL/DDM/MOD display in-
dicator drive signals, and MODE display indicator
drive signals.
R F LEVEL display driver circuit operation is the
same as described for the RDL/DDM/MOD dis-
play driver circuit, except that decoded addresses
OUT 4B, OUT 4C, OUT 4D, and OUT 50 are used to
latch the data bit input, and the circuit provides
R F LEVEL digital display and indicator and R F
STATUS indicator drive signals.
b. Address Decoder Circuit Operation (Refer to
figure 7.)
Address bits A0 through A7 are supplied to con-
nector J1 from CPU assembly A2A1. Address bits
AO, A l , A2, and A6 are supplied to decoders U5,
U19, and U47. Address bit A6 is also supplied to
NAND gate U1C. Address bit A3 is supplied to
NAND gate U28B, and through inverter UlB, to
NAND gates U28A and U28C. Address bit U4 is
applied to NAND gate U28A and, through inverter
UlD, to U28B and U28C. Address bit A7 is applied
through inverter U1A to U28A, U28B, and U28C.
Address bit A5 is not used in the decoder circuit.
When the hexadecimal address from A2A1 is 40 to
47, U28C produces a logic 0 that enables decoder
description 523-0768882 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

OUT 4 0 7

OUT 44 J
OUT 45
OUT 46
OUT 47 1 FREQUENCY-MODE
DISPLAYS
OUT 48
OUT 49
OUT 4A I

-
O r DECODER
U19

-
48,49 O -C

-
U1D 4A-4F ENABLE OUT 40)

A4 14 - I\.
4)
U28B
--
OUT 4E; RDL/DDM/MOD D!SPLAY
OUT 4F; FREQUENCY DISPLAY

-- - -C
OUT
OUT
5 0 . RF LEVEL D l SPLAY
51 ; BAR/BLNK CKT

- 1
OUT 52
DECODER

-
0 U47 OUT 53 KEYBOARD INDICATORS

-
r OUT 54

-
50-56 ENABLE OUT 55
U1A
A7 7
U28A
- -
OUT 5 6 ; KEYBOARD MATRIX

u 1C
U48A
- I N 5X; KEYBOARD MATRIX
!/OR0 15

DECODER OUTPUT
LOGIC 1
OUT 40
OUT 41
OUT 42
OUT 43
OUT 44
OUT 45
OUT 46
OUT 47
OUT 48
OUT 49
OUT 4A
OUT 48
OUT 4C
OUT 40
OUT 4E
OUT 4F
OUT 50
OUT 51
OUT 52
OUT 53
WT 54
CUT 55
OUT 56

Address Decoder Circuit

Figure 7

Revised 1 October 1978

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
U5. When the hexadecimal address is 48,49, or 4A
through 4F, U28B enables decoder U19. When the
hexadecimal address is between 50 and 56, U28C
enables decoder U47 and NOR gate U48A. Refer to
figure 7 for a n address decode truth table.
The I/O write (F) pulse from CPU assembly A2A1
is applied through J1 to decoders U5, U19, and
U47. When the address is between 40 and 47,
decoder U5 is enabled and the I/O write (F) pulse
strobes the decoder, which produces a logic 0
decoded address output pulse. The decoded address
label is the same number a s the hexadecimal code
on the parallel address bus. For example, if the
binary/hexadecimal code on the address bus is 40,
the decoded address label is OUT 40.
Decoders U19 and U47 operate in the same manner
a s U5, except that U19 is enabled by U28B when
the parallel address on the bus is between 48 and
4F, and U47 is enabled by U28A when the address
on the parallel bus is between 50 and 56.
Figure 7 contains a chart showing the parallel ad-
dress bus inputs and the decoded address output
when an I/O write (F) pulse occurs. Destinations
of the decoded addresses are also shown.
The I/O read (F) pulse from CPU A2A1 is applied
through J1 to U48A. When the address is between
50 and 57 and an I/O read (F) pulse occurs, U48A
supplies a logic 1 to U1C that is ANDed with ad-
dress bit A6, causing U21C to supply a logic 0 IN
5X signal to the keyboard matrix input port.
c. Keyboard Matrix Circuit (Refer to figure 8.)
Data bits from the parallel data bus and CPU
assembly A2A1 are applied to connector J1. Data
bits DB6 and DB7 are applied from J1 directly to
keyboard scan latch U62, U64. Data bits DBO
through DB5 are applied through buffer U63 to the
keyboard scan latch.
During the keyboard scan that occurs a t 4-
millisecond intervals, each data bit is a logic 0 in
sequential order starting with DBO. When each
data bit is a logic 0, all other data bits ar;! a logic 1.
Decoded address OUT 56 from the address decoder
circuit enables the keyboard scan latch, and the
logic 0 data bit signal is applied to each row of the
keyboard matrix sequentially. When a key is
pressed, the logic 0 from the keyboard scan latch is
supplied through the closed key to keyboard read
Revised 1 October 1978
description 523-0768882
gate U66, U67. Location of the key in the matrix
determines the data bit that is a logic 0 when the
switch is closed. Refer to figure 8 for a table of scan
data bits supplied to the keyboard matrix and the
data bit out for each'key closure.
When the address decoder supplies an IN 5X (F)
signal to the keyboard read gate, the gate applies
data bit pattern to connector J1 and, through the
data bus, to CPU assembly A2A1.
d. Keyboard Indicator Circuit (Refer to figure 9.)
Data bits DBO through DB5 from the parallel data
bus and CPU assembly A2A1 are applied through
connector J1 and buffer U63 to TONE SELECT
key indicator latch no 1 U56, TONE SELECT key
indicator latch no 2 U58, FUNCTION/CONTROL
key indicator latch U60, and R F SELECT key in-
dicator latch U65. The address decoder circuit
supplies the decoded port address OUT 52 to U56,
OUT 53 to U58, OUT 54 to U60, and OUT 55 to U65.
When the decoded port address strobes the latch,
the data bits a t the latch input are latched and a
logic 1 is applied through the applicable inverting
lamp driver to the key lamp. The lamp driver
supplies a ground to the lamp causing the lamp to
light, indicating that the key function is selected.
Refer to figure 9 for a chart containing keyboard
indicator operational data.
e. Bar/Blank Circuit (Refer to figure 10.)
Data bits DBO through DB5 from the parallel data
bus and CPU assembly A2A1 are applied through
connector J1 and buffer U63 to bar/blank latch
U26. Decoded address OUT 51 from the port ad-
dress decoder circuit is supplied to U26. When the
decoded address strobes U26, the parallel data bits
a t the input are latched in U26.
When DB5 is a logic 1, a bar 1 logic 1 is applied
through buffer U27B, inverters U32A, U32F,
U34A, U34E, and U34F, and connector 52 to the g
segments of the RDL/DDM/MOD display on
AlA2. When DB4 is a logic 1, a bar 2 logic 1 is
applied through buffer U27C, inverters U39A,
U39F, U42A, U42F, U45A, and U45F, and connec-
tor 52 to the g segments of the FREQUENCY dis-
play on AlA2. When DB3 is a logic 1, a bar 3 logic 1
is applied through buffer U27A, inverters U49,
U52, and U54, and connector 52 to the appropriate
segments of the RF LEVEL display on A2A1. The
bar 1, bar 2, and bar 3 signals are also supplied to
OR gates U55C, U55B, and U55A, respectively,
causing the display decoders to blank all segments.
description 523-0768882 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

W T 56;
ADDRESS
DEOCDER 7
KEYBOARD SCAN GATE
U62. U64

KEYBOARD DATA DATA

MATRIX KEY BIT IN B I T OUT
SELF TEST 7 0
% MOD 6 0
STEP/ARDL/AWM 6 1
+10 STEP 6 2
- 1 0 STEP 6 3
3 0 Hz VAR 6 4
1 0 2 0 AUX 6 5
4 0 0 Hz 6 6
STD 5 0
T/F; U A , D/R 5 1
4 5 2
r
9 9 6 0 FM
5
5
3
4
90 Hz 5 5
1 3 W Hz 5 6
RDC/DDM 4 0
VAR FREQ 4 1
ST0 4 2
RCL 4 3
KEYBOARD MATRIX 9 9 6 0 Hz 4 4
1 5 0 Hz 4 5
3 0 0 0 Hz 4 6
7/270° 3 0
DB4 OVT 4/180° 3 I
1/90" 3 2
0/60° 3 3
RF FREP 3 4
DB5 OUT RF ON/OFF 3 5
dBmW/pV 3 6
8/300° 2 0
5/210° 2 1
2 / 1zoo 2 2
DBb OUT
*/ 30' 2 3
TYPICAL KEYBOARO MATRIX SWITCH OPERATION LOC/GS 2 4
FAST INCR 2 5
FAST DECR 2 6
9/330° 1 0
6/240° 1 I
3 / 150" I 2
f I 3
AF 1 4
SLOW INCR 1 5
SLOW OECR 1 6
ENTER ( A ) 0 0
ENTER ( 0 ) 0 1
CLEAR ( A ) 0 2
CLEAR (D) 0 3

Keyboard Operation
Figure 8

Revised 1 October 1978

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 description 523-0768882

+12 v oc

OS1 pmGmq
0s: pizxl
OSI4pJ

~ s 1 5 m

~~27-1

OS3 1-
0 ~ 1 6 m

0~28-
BUFFER
D S Z ~ ~
0~321-

OS4

OS6

DSIS piFE-j
0544 f

0 ~

OSll 1-
~~13-

I DATA R I T INPIIT I INOICATOR L I T I I

I DCD AORS
CHIT
- - 53
DES
--
I KEY
II K O AORS
W T 5- 3
~

OES 1 KEY
11
1
OCO AORS
OUT 5 4
OES I KEY
I
I
(
DCO ADRS
OUT 5 5
OES I KEY
I
10527 1 4 0 0 Hz IDS28 1 1 3 0 0 Hz I DS32 ISTO I N/C 1 (RSVO)

1 1 3 ~ ~ ~ 1 :?:1
~ A
(RSW)
R (RSVO) 1 izz RF FREQ I
( RSVO )

Key Indicator Operation

Figure 9

Revised I October 1978

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
When the bar 1 signal is a logic 1, logic 1 is applied
t h r o u g h U55C a n d i n v e r t e r U32E t o t h e
RDL/DDM/MOD display driver circuit and causes
the circuit latch to remove all outputs (blank). The
bar logic 1 is then applied through an inverting
driver to the display, causing the digital display to
produce a bar for each digit. The bar 2 signal
o p e r a t e s in t h e s a m e m a n n e r f o r t h e
FREQUENCY display using U55B and inverter
U36F. The bar 3 signal operates in the same
manner as the bar 1 signal using U55A and in-
verter U21D, except the RF LEVEL display in-
dicates OFF.
When DB2 is a logic 1, a blank 1 signal is applied
through U55C and U32E to the RDL/DDM/MOD
d i s.~ l "a vcircuit and all latch outputs are removed,
causing the corresponding digital display on A2A1
to be blank. When DB1 is a logic 1, a blank 2 signal
is applied through U55B and U36F to the
FREQUENCY display and blanks the correspon-
ding digital display. When DBO is a logic 1, a blank
3 signal is applied through U55A and U21D to the
RF LEVEL display on AlA2, and blanks the cor-
responding digital display.
f . Display Driver Circuit
Figure 11 shows the RDL/DDM/MOD display
digit no 1 circuit as a typical display circuit that is
used for discussion purposes. All display driver
circuits for the RDL/DDM/MOD, FREQUENCY,
and RF GAIN displays are shown on figures 12
through 14.
Data bits DBO through DB5 from the parallel data
bus and CPU assembly A2A1 are applied through
connector J 1 and buffer U63 to RDL/DDM/MOD
digit no 1 latch U2. When decoded address OUT
40 from the address decoder circuit is supplied to
the latch, the data bits a t the input to U2 are
latched.
Data bits DBO through DB3 determine the
numeral that is to be displayed, and data bits DB4
and DB5 determine the indicators to be lit. Latch
U2 supplies data bits DBO through DB3, which
comprise the bcd number to be displayed to bcd-to-
7 segment driver U29. Data bit DB4 is applied
from the latch through driver U7D and connector
52 to the RDL/DDM/MOD display TO indicator.
Data bit DB5 is applied from the latch through
driver U7B and connector 52 to the AUDIO
STATUS display VAR FREQ indicator.
Revised 1 October 19 78
description 523-0 768882
The bcd-to-7 segment driver U29 converts the bcd
input to the 7-segment outputs required to drive
t h e digital display for digit no 1 of t h e
RDL/DDM/MOD display. The seven outputs from
the driver are applied through 52 to the 7-segment
digital display on AlA2.
When a bar 1 (F) signal is produced in the
bar/blank circuit, a blank 1 signal is also
produced. The blank 1signal is supplied to U29 and
inhibits the outputs. The bar 1 signal is then
supplied through 52 to the 7-segment digital dis-
play for digit no 1 of the RDL/DDM/MOD display
on A1A2 and causes only a bar (segment 9) to be
displayed. When the bar/blank circuit produces
only a blank 1 signal, the outputs of U29 are in-
hibited and display is blanked.
g. RDL/DDM/MOD and AUDIO STATUS Driver
and Display Circuit (Refer to figure 12.)
Data bits DBO through DB5 from the parallel bus
and CPU assembly A2A1 are applied through con-
nector J 1 and buffer U63 to decimal point latch U9;
digit no 1 driver circuit U2, U29; digit no 2 driver
circuit U3, U30; digit no 3 driver circuit U4, U31;
digit no 4 driver circuit U6, U33; and digit no 5
driver circuit U8, U35. The address decoder circuit
supplies decoded addresses OUT 4E to U9; OUT 40
to U2, U29; OUT 41 to U3, U30; OUT 42 to U4, U31;
OUT 43 to U6, U33; and OLTT 44 to U8, U35. When
a driver circuit receives the applicable decoded ad-
dress, data bits a t the input are strobed and
latched in the driver circuit. The data bits deter-
mine the numeral and the indicators that are to be
displayed on AlA2. The decimal latch determines
the decimal position in the display. The decimal
latch output and outputs from the driver circuits
are applied through connector 52 to applicable
digit displays on AlA2.
Display board A1A2 contains the 7-segment dis-
plays and LED's that provide a readout of signal
generator output parameters and characteristics.
The displays and LED's are driven by signals from
keyboard/driver board AlA1. A chart on figure 12
provides the inputs required for a specific 7-
segment display.
h. FREQUENCY and MODE Driver and Display Cir-
cuits (Refer to figure 13.)
Operation of FREQUENCY and MODE driver and
display circuits is the same as described for the
RDL/DDM/MOD and AUDIO STATUS driver
37
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
description 523-0768882

W T 40;

-
P/O J1 ADDRESS
DECCOER -
\
DB5
-
P/O J2

38 VAR FREQ INDICATOR

-
RDL,nDM/
DO 27 A' BUFFER Mm
Dl 23
-
-
U63 DIGIT
NO. 1
084
47 ) T O 1 INOICATIX

- 1
02 30 LATCH DB3
03 25 / U2
04 28 085 '
D5 29 -, + 5 V M: * DRIVER

-
R3
r
N/C 4
BAfi/BLANK 1
BAR/BLANK
CIRCUIT
w

Typical Display Dn'ver Circuit

Figure 11

and display circuits described in paragraph g, ex-
cept that the information is displayed on the 7-
segment FREQUENCY display and indicators and
the MODE indicators.
i. RF LEVEL and R F STATUS Driver and Display
Circuits (Refer to figure 14.)
Operation of R F LEVEL and R F STATUS driver
and display circuits is the same a s described for
the RDL/DDM/MOD and AUDIO STATUS driver
and display circuits described in paragraph g, ex-
cept that the information is displayed on the 7-
segment RF LEVEL display and indicators and on
the R F STATUS indicators. The R F LEVEL 7-
segment displays indicate OFF when bar inputs
are supplied to the 7-segment drivers.
10.3 CONTROLLER/AUDIO ASSEMBLY A2
10.3.1 General
Controller/audio assembly A2 consists of CPU
assembly A2A1, analog board A2A2, and TDM board
A2A3.
10.3.2 Overall Operation
The CPU assembly A2A1 section of controller/audio
assembly A2 provides all the control and information
signals necessary for the internal operation of the
signal generator.
All audio modulation signals required for signal
generator operation are input to analog board A2A2
from TDM board A2A3.
10.3.3 CPU Assembly A2Al (Refer t o figure 15.)
A 16-MHz crystal-controlled clock is frequency
divided to provide a 2-MHz @I (CLOCK) signal to the
CPU and a 1-MHz input to the interrupt timer, which
is strapped to provide an interrupt signal every 4
milliseconds for use as a real time clock for system
timing.
A delayed I/O request (I/O REQ) is gated with either
a read (m) or a write (WR) pulse from the CPU to
provide
- one of the two major 1/0 control signals, I/O
RD or I/O WR. A memory request signal (MREQ) is
gated with an RD or WR signal to provide one of the
two major memory control signals, MEMRD or
MEMWR.
There are 16 address lines (A0 through A15) and 8
data lines (DO through D7) available on the CPU chip.
All eight data lines, and address lines A0 through A7
are bused to other assemblies in the signal generator
to provide I/O data transfers. All eight data lines are
also bused to the 2716 2-k EPROM's and the 8111-4

Revised 1 October 1978

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
256 x 4-bit RAM'S in the memory array for program
and data storage. Address lines A0 through A10 are
used to address the ROM memory, consisting of 12
(maximumj 2-k memory chips for 24-k (maximum)
total program storage. Address lines A0 through A7
are used to address the RAM memory, consisting of 1
k maximum in 256-byte blocks. Addresses A8, A9,
and A l l through A15 are decode by decoder chips
U27 and U36 and provide chip enable signals m,for
the ROM memories, and m f o r the RAM memories.
The memory read (MEMRD) signal is used as a chip
select (m) for the ROM memories and controls the
bus buffers. Memory write (MEMWR) controls the
read/write mode of the RAM memory.
10.3.4 Analog Board A2A2
10.3.4.1 General
The analog board takes the required modulation
signals from TDM board A2A3. The anlog board then
adjusts the gain and phase, filters, and combines
these signals. The composite modulation signal is
supplied to the COMP connector on the rear panel and
to demodulator/ALC assembly A3A2. . When the
signal generator is in the VOR mode, the 30-Hz
reference signal is supplied to the AUX connector on
the rear panel.
Digital pulse density inputs from TDM board A2A3
are input to the analog board. The digital signals are
converted to dc voltages and sent back to TDM board
A2A3 for d/a converter operation, and to synthesizer
assembly A4 through demodulator/ALC assembly
A3A2 for rf frequency slewing (AF) control.
10.3.4.2 Modulation Circuits (Refer t o figure 16.)
All modulation tones are input to analog board A2A2
through the DAC A, DAC B, and DAC C inputs. The
DAC A input (Pl-29) provides the following signals:
a. All marker beacon tones.
b. The VOR 30-Hz reference signal.
c. VOR variable audio tones 10 to 2999 Hz.
d. COMM variable audio tones 10 to 2999 Hz.
The modulation tones are applied through amplifier
U11, and level adjustment is provided by R12. The
signal is then applied through low-pass filter R110,
C3, R112 and gain adjust control R10 to switch U2B.
When VOR 30-Hz reference signal is selected, switch
U2B is disabled to the ground position by a logic 0 EO
ENABLE signal. The 30-Hz reference signal is then
Revised 1 October 1978
applied through phase adjust control R11 and buffer
amplifier U6 to the AUX connector on the rear panel
of the signal generator. Phase adjust control R11
allows the phase of the 30-Hz reference signal a t the
AUX output to be adjusted with respect to the 30-Hz
variable signal a t the COMP output.
When any of the other tones are selected, switch U2B
is enabled to the up position by a logic 1 EO ENABLE
signal from P1-30. The modulation tone is then input
to summing amplifier U15.
The DAC B (P123) input provides the 30-Hz variable
signal in VOR mode and the 90-Hz, 150-Hz, or 90/150-
Hz composite signals in ILS mode. The modulation
tones are applied through amplifier U7, and level ad-
justment is provided by R3. In VOR mode, when the
30-Hz variable tone is selected, switch U3B is disabled
to the ground position and switch U2A is enabled to
the up position by enable signals from PI-27 and PI-
32. The 30-Hz variable tone is applied through VOR
phase adjust control R8 and VOR gain adjust control
R9 to summing amplifier U15. VOR phase adjust con-
trol R8 adjusts the phase of the 30-Hz variable signal
VOR composite signal. This phase relationship is
measured a t the COMP output using a VOR bearing
standard. In ILS mode when 90 Hz, 150 Hz, or 90 and
150 Hz is selected, switch U2A is disabled to the
ground position and switch U3B is enabled to the up
position by enable signals from PI-27 and PI-32. The
90/150-Hz tone is applied through ILS balance and
filter circuit and ILS gain adjust control R4 to sum-
ming amplifier U15. ILS balance control R7 balances
the amplitudes of the 90- and 150-Hz tones.
The DAC C (PI-21) input provides the following
signals:
a. The 9960-Hz or 9960 FM tone in VOR mode.
b. The variable audio in LOC or GS modes.
c. COMM variable audio tones, 3000 to 10 000 Hz.
d. VOR variable audio tones, 3000 to 14 000 Hz.
Modulation tones are applied through sample and
hold circuit U19, Q1, C11, and C16. The 1-MHz
SAMPLE signal (PI-15) is applied to sample chopper
Q1. The DAC C signal is sampled a t the same rate as
the d/a conversion rate (1 MHz) on TDM board A2A3
to eliminate d/a conversion switching spikes. Gain
adjustment for the sample and hold circuit is
provided by level adjust control R2.
When ILS variable audio tone is selected, switch U3C
is disabled to the ground position and switch U3A is
enabled to the up position by signals from PI-24 and
 - - - - - - Scans- -------- ---- - - - - -
P 7
by ArtekMedia © 2008
/ UP/OP2
P/O DISPLAY BOARD A1A2
1
I
v -U36E 53
7 RDL/ DDM/ MOD I
I
OUT 4E
ADDRESS DECDOER I
Iu36c (CR1) TO (CR5) RDL(DEG) @
51
v- (CR21 l FROM 17 1-1 1-1 1-1 1-1 (CR6) l DDM
I
I (CR3) l U / L ( 1 5 0 H z )
DEC l MAL POINT
LATCH U 9
U368
I/-
u36A
50 (CR4I 0 D I R ( 9 0 Hz)
l (OS1) (DS2) (DS31 a*'1
1 1 0 (DS41 (DS51
(CR71 MOD (V.)

LT
49
-111 AUDIO STATUS
n VAR % MOD VAR FREQ STANDARD
u360
55
=
(CR17)
=
tCR19)
=
(CR211

OUT 4 1 , 1 U32D -
AWRESS D E C M X R ~
BUFFER U7C
RDL/WM/MDO
Y
2 D I G I T NO. 2 a
/ DRIVER CKT .b
U3, U30 c

-
d
e
0 f
cl
l NPUT
D l SPLAYED
U32B NUMERAL
0 0 1 0 1 ~ 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 1

i!Ffz ~1 ~
RSVD

l o u T 4 2 ;
ADDRESS DECODER DRIVER CKT
24

BLANK 11 11 11 11 1 1 11 11
BAR 11 11 1 1 11 1 1 11 10
NOTE
REFER TO FREQ 0 ISPLAY D IAG FOR C IRCll ITRY

Rc~l~iserl
1 October 1978
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
P/O J2 1 P/O P2
I P/O KEYBOARD/ DRIVER BOARD
AlA1 1 h U37E
1581 1 I FREQUENCY

63 MODE
DECIMAL LATCH
SELF TEST ME VOR LOC GS

(CR231 (CR251 (CR271 (CR291 (CR31 1 (CR33)

P I 0 DISPLAY BOARD
ADDRESS DECODER A1A2

D l G l T NO. 1

DDRESS DECODER

D l G l T NO. 2

ADDRESS DECCOER

D l G l T NO. 3
DRIVER CKT
U13.U41

OUT 4 8
ADDRESS DECOOEP

--
OUT 49 ADgRESS
DECOOER
FREQ NOTE :
D l G l T NO. 5
DR IVER CKT 102 @ REFER TO RDL/DDMA403 0 ISPLAY FUNCT l ONAL
U16,U44 D l A G FOR INDICATOR LOCATION.

O L

104

WIT 4 A ; ADORESS
P
U45F 110
DECODER
117
* Y

FREQI7EAVCI'I / rid .lIODE Ciror its. Flc i~ctiotccrlDicr!/t.tr rr1

Fi!jti rv 1 J

R e ~ t i s ~1dOctober- 1978
 description 523-0768882

Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

RF LET'EL r r ~ i ( lRE' ST.4 TI'S Ci,,clrit.s.

F/'(JII
rc, 1 i

Re~lised1 October- 1978

Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

Revised 1 October 197%

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
256 x 4-bit RAM'S in the memory array for program
and data storage. Address lines A0 through A10 are
used to address the ROM memory, consisting of 12
(maximum) 2-k memory chips for 24-k (maximum)
total program storage. Address lines A0 through A7
are used to address the RAM memory, consisting of 1
k maximum in 256-byte blocks. Addresses A8, A9,
and A l l through A15 are decode by CE decoder chips
U27 and U36 and provide chip enable signals m,
for
the ROM memories, and CE2 for the RAM memories.
The memory read (MEMRD) signal is used a s a chip
select (m) for the ROM memories and controls the
bus buffers. Memory write (MEMWR) controls the
read/write mode of the RAM memory.
10.3.4 Analog Board A2A2
10.3.4.1 General
The analog board takes the required modulation
signals from TDM board A2A3. The anlog board then
adjusts the gain and phase, filters, and combines
these signals. The composite modulation signal is
supplied to the COMP connector on the rear panel and
to demodulator/ALC assembly A3A2. .When the
signal generator is in the VOR mode, the 30-Hz
reference signal is supplied to the AUX connector on
the rear panel.
Digital pulse density inputs from TDM board A2A3
are input to the analog board. The digital signals are
converted to dc voltages and sent back to TDM board
A2A3 for d/a converter operation, and to synthesizer
assembly A4 through demodulator/ALC assembly
A3A2 for rf frequency slewing (AF) control.
10.3.4.2 M o d u l a t i o n Circuits (Refer t o figure 16.)
All modulation tones are input to analog board A2A2
through the DAC A, DAC B, and DAC C inputs. The
DAC A input (PI-29) provides the following signals:
a. All marker beacon tones.
b. The VOR 30-Hz reference signal.
c. VOR variable audio tones 10 to 2999 Hz.
d. COMM variable audio tones 10 to 2999 Hz.
The modulation tones are applied through amplifier
U l l , and level adjustment is provided by R12. The
signal is then applied through low-pass filter R110,
C3, R112 and gain adjust control R10 to switch U2B.
When VOR 30-Hz reference signal is selected, switch
U2B is disabled to the ground position by a logic 0 EO
ENABLE signal. The 30-Hz reference signal is then
Revised 1 October 1978
description 523-0 768882
applied through phase adjust control R11 and buffer
amplifier U6 to the AUX connector on the rear panel
of the signal generator. Phase adjust control R11
allows the phase of the 30-Hz reference signal a t the
AUX output to be adjusted with respect to the 30-Hz
variable signal a t the COMP output.
When any of the other tones are selected, switch U2B
is enabled to the up position by a logic 1 EO ENABLE
signal from PI-30. The modulation tone is then input
to summing amplifier U15.
The DAC B (P123) input provides the 30-Hz variable
signal in VOR mode and the 90-Hz, 150-Hz, or 90/150-
Hz composite signals in ILS mode. The modulation
tones are applied through amplifier U7, and level ad-
justment is provided by R3. In VOR mode, when the
30-Hz variable tone is selected, switch U3B is disabled
to the ground position and switch U2A is enabled to
the up position by enable signals from PI-27 and P I -
32. The 30-Hz variable tone is applied through VOR
phase adjust control R8 and VOR gain adjust control
R9 to summing amplifier U15. VOR phase adjust con-
trol R8 adjusts the phase of the 30-Hz variable signal
VOR composite signal. This phase relationship is
measured a t the COMP output using a VOR bearing
standard. In ILS mode when 90 Hz, 150 Hz, or 90 and
150 Hz is selected, switch U2A is disabled to the
ground position and switch U3B is enabled to the up
position by enable signals from PI-27 and P1-32. The
90/150-Hz tone is applied through ILS balance and
filter circuit and ILS gain adjust control R4 to sum-
ming amplifier U15. ILS balance control R7 balances
the amplitudes of the 90- and 150-Hz tones.
The DAC C (PI-21) input provides the following
signals:
a. The 9960-Hz or 9960 FM tone in VOR mode.
b. The variable audio in LOC or GS modes.
c. COMM variable audio tones, 3000 to 10 000 Hz.
d. VOR variable audio tones. 3000 to 14 000 Hz.
Modulation tones are applied through sample and
hold circuit U19, Q1, C11, and C16. The 1-MHz
SAMPLE signal (PI-15) is applied to sample chopper
Q1. The DAC C signal is sampled a t the same rate a s
the d/a conversion rate (1 MHz) on TDM board A2A3
to eliminate d/a conversion switching spikes. Gain
adjustment for the sample and hold circuit is
provided by level adjust control R2.
When ILS variable audio tone is selected, switch U3C
is disabled to the ground position and switch U3A is
enabled to the up position by signals from PI-24 and
description 523-0768882 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

BUFFER P/O P 2
I
- 10 AUX OUT

DAC A - 4 COMP CUT

7 COMP M)N

EO ENABLE
VOR
E l ENABLE

DAC B

I LS
E l ENABLE
I LS
E2 ENABLE

DAC C

SAMPLE

m VOR 9 9 6 0 Hz OR 9 9 6 0 FM ENABLE 1
E2 ENABLE

Analog Board A2A2 Modulatzo~l Czrcults. Flc~ictzoiccilDlcrgi.crni

Flgzire 16

PI-25. The signal is applied through filter R38, R39,
C15 and gain adjust control R5 to summing amplifier
U15.
When any of the other tones are selected, switch U3A
is disabled to the ground position and switch U3C is
enabled to the up position by signals from PI-24 and
PI-25. The 9960 signal is applied from PI-21. The 9960
signal is applied through filter R33, R34, R35, C16,
C17 and gain adjust control R6 to summing amplifier
U15.
Amplifier U15 sums all selected modulation tones
from switches U2 and U3 and combines them into a
composite modulation signal. The composite signal is
applied through filter L1, L2, L3, C19, C20, C21 to
remove d/a converter switching noise to buffers U14
and U20. Buffer U20 is output through P2-4 to
demodulator/ALC assembly A3A2. Buffer U14 is out-
put t l ~ r o u g hP2-7 to the COMP connector on the rear
of the signal generator.
10.3.4.3 Pulse Density Circuits (Refer to
figure 1 7 . )
Analog board A2A2 contains four similar pulse den-
sity circuits. For simplicity, only one circuit is sllown
in figure 17.

48 Revised 1 October 1978

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
Analog Board A2A2 Pulse Density Circuits, Functzo~~nl
Figure 17
The PDO through PD3 pulse density inputs to analog
board A2A2 are digital signals whose pulse densities
can be changed by TDM board A2A3. Signal PD3
from PI-10 is input to inverter U5A. The supply
voltage to U5 is provided by +12-V \dc regulator U1,
VR3, R1. Temperature-compensated precision Zener
reference diode VR3 controls the reference voltage to
amplifier U1, and voltage adjustment is provided by
+12-V dc adjust control R1. The +12-V dc output
from U1 is filtered by L9 and C34 before being input
to inverter U5A. The output of U5A is then applied
through the remaining inverters of U5 in parallel.
The output of the parallel inverters is applied through
low-pass filter R58, C39, R62, C40 and buffer U4 to
connector P2-1. The low-pass filter converts the pulse
density input signal to a dc voltage. As pulse density
decreases, dc voltage decreases; as pulse density in-
creases, dc voltage increases. In standard signal
generator operations, the AMO, AM1, and AM2 are
fixed voltage levels.
The VCXO TUNE output dc voltage controls an os-
cillator frequency on synthesizer assembly A4. When
the A F key on the front panel of the signal generator
is pressed, the VCXO tune voltage is slewed under con-
trol of the CPU until the rf frequency display in-
dicates an rf frequency near the channel frequency.
The rf frequency can then be increased or decreased
by varying the VCXO tune voltage up or down.
The AMO, AM1, and AM2 outputs control the
reference voltage to the multiplying d/a converters
on TDM board A2A3. These d/a converters produce
audio modulation waveforms. When the percent of
modulation is changed on the front panel of the signal
generator, the AMO, AM1, or AM2 dc level increases
or decreases. This changes the reference voltage to
they multiplying d/a converters, which changes the
Revised 1 October 197'8
description 523-0768882
'-----l
1LOW PASS F I L T E R
I BUFFER
TUNE
Dzagrclrri
amplitude level of the modulation tones output to the
analog board.
10.3.5 TDM Board A2A3
10.3.5.1 General
TDM board A2A3 is provided frequency, phase, and
modulation requirement information from the CPU
control bus and uses that information to generate the
required modulation signals.
10.3.5.2 Overall operation (Refer t o figure 18.)
The control logic provides the control and timing for
the audio generator. Control registers CO and C1 are
programmable by the CPU. CO is a t address 30 and C1
is a t address 31 (hexadecimal). The control register
outputs provide control signals to all parts of the
TDM board and to analog board A2A2 switching cir-
cuits.
When the CPU writes to addresses 20 through 2F,
data is loaded into the buffer memory. At the end of
the I/O read or write pulse, the data is shifted into
whatever memory is addressed by the control latch.
The phase buffer memory is loaded with the phase of
the four TDM generator channels following an I/O
read or write if the TDM generator is addressed by
the control latch. The contents of the phase buffer
memory may be read during an I/O read, regardless
of the control latch memory address.
The AM generator provides the programmable dc
voltages (AMO, AM1, and AM2) used to control the
amplitude of the audio signals (DAC A, DAC B, DAC
C) produced by the TDM and FM generators. The dc
49
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
description 523-0768882

voltages are generated in pulse density form and are

converted to dc voltages on the analog board. -
CONTROL FUNCTION FUNCTIONAL
The TDM generator is time division multiplexed to BIT BLOCK
produce four sinusoidal audio signals. The phase and
frequency of each signal is programmable. The COO Frequency memory TDM
channels may be combined digitally, which provides a enable generator
means of generating complex avionics signals. Fre- CO1 Phase memory TDM
quency and phase data is provided by the CPU and enable generator
stored in the buffer memory. The data is then routed C02 Frequency memory FM
to the proper phase generator memories using the enable generator
control logic. The phase generator produces signals C03 AF enable FM
which are converted into sine waves using a PROM generator
sine code converter. The accumulator circuits can be C04 Accumulator Accumulator
programmed to add channels together. Multiplying logic enable logic
d/a converters convert the TDM channels into analog CO 5 EO enable To analog
voltages. The amplitude of the signals out of the d/a board
converters is determined by the dc levels received C06 E l enable To analog
from the AM generator. board
C07 E 2 enable and To analog
Control bits are used to initialize the phase, frequency sample board
generation, and accumulator operation. Address bit Refer to

t
table 5.
The FM generator operation is similar to that of the Address bit Refer to
TDM generator except that it has a frequency table 5.
modulation input. Mode bit Refer to
table 6.
The center frequency is programmed by the CPU via
the buffer memory. The sinusoidal FM deviation
signal is derived from the TDM generator.

10.3.5.3 Control Logir (Kefer t o figure 18.)

CONTROL BIT MEMORY ADDRESSED
Control latches UlO5 and U106 are provided with 8
bits of information from the CPU data bus. This data C14 C13
is used to determine the inputs to the control 0 latch
(U103, U104) and the control 1 latch (U102). Control 0 0
latch U105 is also provided with the LSB of the ad-
dress line, AO, to decide access to the control 0 latch or 0 1 AM
control 1 latch. A binary 0 on the A0 line accesses the
control 0 latch, while a binary 1 on the A0 line 1 0 TDM
accesses the control 1 latch. The control bit outputs
from control 0 latch and control 1 latch provide con-
trol signals to the TDM generator, FM generator,
1 1 FM
.
buffer memories, and to analog board A2A2.
Table 4 presents the control function of each bit from Tirhl(3 6. Morlr Co,r frol.
the control latch. Table 5 gives location of memory
addressed by control bits C13 and C14. Table 6 gives CONTROL B I T MODE
mode of operation a s determined by control bit C17.
C17
The four MSB's of the address bus (A4 through A7)
are input to the address decoder chips (U49, U73, U75,
U100, U101); I/O read and write signals are also input 0 ILS
to the address decoders. From these inputs the ad- 1 VOR
dress decode circuits generate the following control

Revised 1 October 1978

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

CPU
DATA

CPU

TS
ADDRESS

A7
 - - - -
- -T TO.-
FMWEN
FM GENERATOR r - - I - - - Scans
- - - -by
- -ArtekMedia
- - -FSAW
- - 0-9© 2008 FSAW 9 CHC 7
1,
1 7 ILS E2

I I U45
U48
U46
U47
U70
U71
'
U69
U72
VOR E2 I,
I

-
1 1
MEM CI * /I/M MA rn v1 1 SAMPLE TO
BOARD
ANALOG

I
C
CHC
=c
I
REG

- C 5 A XOR SINE
XOR
0-7

I p-l u
U20
U43

II C03 471 TO. T I OSC I C07 H I-, U95

I

I
FMlNCK-

- CK
REG FMSELEN -D
0s'~

I I
I
U4 1
U65 U66

-
U67
FM SINE CODE CONVERTER
-
a
30 Hz REF
I
------- ----- ----- - - --
P
t C
U2, U6

-C U5r 29 1
4 CHANNELS
32 - BITS
TDM SINE CODE CONVERTER -1 TDM ACCUMULATOR LOGIC
VOR E l -- I

I
FREQ
CI r I
-
MEM

REG cI r
NV\ m
. ,
I
REG SINE U39,59,62 U40.60 > U118
4 co XOR ROM * XOR '

- I I
(Tl-T4)
t
CK
- .. c CH B

1
1 U4

I ,DAC
REG (0-9)
U28 c REG
REG CK
F CO1
1'
I U11
U15
U12
U36 iL
U13
U37
R R
I
TO ANALOG
BOARD

I
CK CK
0
MEM
-
H

I- F
0R
GA
I - - - I
U38
U58 t C06 t
DACBCK
,B

I
MEM 4 A A ACCUMCK c

I
-
U6
- 0
BUFF
MEM
0 DATA
-
A
U30

TDM PHASE GENERATOR

U9
U32
T I , 3, 4
TD M
ERROR
I SAW 9 & SIN 8.9. 10, 11
I
U61.64

REG
CH A
(0--8)
U92, 117

DAC
I
----- CORRECTION A

-- U56, U81
AMGENERATOR
U102
4 DC VOLTAGES GENERATED
A M O 4 A M 2 = DAC REF

--
CONT
C13 I VXCO TUNE C04 DACACK
a -1
---- ------
LATCH SHIFT (T2)

1
-
U115 U116

U103
U104
I - SHIFT
REG
c REG

-
LEVEL
SHIFT I
TDM TIMING
TO ( 4 MHz)
b I
-
C
CONT
0
LATCH - COO I U114
CK

t
U52
OSC (8 MHz)
4 U 75
41
U83

CK
I
T4 DECODE
U89

P
, I3 CI r
1
3113
I MHz +2 . -
*
C 2 -
i
r COUNT a
w 0

\lG
NABLE I ,T ( 1 4 ) D I
1
U87
AMWEN
U88
REGCK REGCK I I I
I I I I

TDM Board A2A3, Functional Diagram

Figure 18

Revised 1 October 1978 51/52

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
signals: SYNC TIMING, P H READ ENABLE,
BUFWEN, and BUFFER XFER. The sync timing
signal is used to clock in data to the control latch and
synchronize the update of control registers 0 and 1
with the TDM board internal clock. Phase read enable
allows the 3-state buffer (U55 and U79) to write phase
information on the CPU data bus; BUFWEN (buffer
write enable) allows information on the CPU data bus
to be written into the buffer memory (U54, U78) dur-
ing an I/O write to a proper I/O port. BUFFER XFER
goes low a t the end of an I/O read or write pulse and
stays low until the next rising edge of clock signal ~ 4 .
I t is used to transfer control of tlie data and phase
buffer memory address lines to the CPU to allow
CPU-TDM board data exchange. BUFFER XFER is
also used to generate the sync timing signal discussed
earlier.
CPU address information is available from BAD (0-3)
lines only when BUFFER XFER is low. This coincides
with the write enable pulses from U84 and allows the
transfer of data from buffer memory to whatever
memory is specified by C13 and C14 if an I/O write is
taking place.
10.3.5.4 TDM Data 110 (Refer t o figure 18.)
Buffer memory chips U54 and U78 are write enabled
by the BUFWEN signal, which can be updated only
during an I/O write pulse. Information on the CPU
d a t a bus is input to the buffer memory and
transferred to addressed memory a t the end of the
I/O write pulse.
When the TDM phase generator frequency memory
(U2, U26) is write enabled by control bits C13 and
C14, the phase buffer memory is also write enabled.
The instantaneous phase of each TDM channel is
loaded into the phase buffer memory (U56, U81). This
phase information may then be read during properly
addressed I/O read, regardless of the status of control
bits C13 and C14, by generating a phase read enable
from the address decode circuits. The phase read
enable signal turns on the phase buffer chips (U55,
U79) and allows the phase information onto the CPU
data bus.
10.3.5.5 TDM T i m i n g (Refer t o figure 18.)
The timing signals for TDM board A2A3 a r e
generated from a crystal-controlled 16-MHz oscillator
(Y1 and associated components). The 16-MHz is fre-
quency divided by 2 in U52 to provide an 8-MHz (OSC)
signal. The OSC signal is again frequency divided by 2
Revised 1 October 1978
in U75 to provide 4-MHz TO and signals. is
used to clock counter chip U82 that drives U83 to
provide timing signals T I through T4. T1 is a t a rate
of 2 MHz and T2, T3, and T4 are a t frequencies one-
half the rate of the next lower T ( ) signal; for exam-
ple, T2 is one-half the rate of T1, or 1 MHz.
10.3.5.6 AM Generator (Refer t o figure 18.)
The AM generator has four time division multiplexed
channels each consisting of 4 nibbles of data (1 nibble
= 4 bits). The 16 nibbles of data are input from the
least significant 4 bits of the data buffer memory, 1
nibble a t a time, to the pulse density memory U87.
The pulse density memory inverts data when read
from. The pulse density memory outputs go to adder
chip U88 where they are summed with the outputs of
memory U113. Outputs from U88 are fed back and in-
verted through register U89 to memory U113. This
time division multiplexed digital integration process
results in carry pulses from the C4 output of U88. At
proper times, these carry pulses are input to shift
register U114. Outputs from the shift register drive
latch chip U115. U116 is an open collector inverter
chip that inverts and level shifts the outputs of U115.
The outputs of U116 go to analog board A2A2, which
has pullup resistors to 15 V dc. A large binary number
stored in the pulse density memory causes fewer
carry pulses, in turn causing the pulse density output
to be high a larger percentage of the time. These pulse
density outputs are used by analog board A2A2 to
control the amplitude of the generated audio signals.
10.3.5.7 TDM Phase Generator (Refer t o
figure 18.)
Frequency memory chips U2 and U26 are loaded
when control bits C13 and C14 activate and
BUFFER XFER is activated a t the end of an I/O read
or write pulse. Data in frequency memory is added to
data in phase memory by adders U4 and U28. The
outputs of the adders are used to drive registers U5
and U28. The outputs of register U5 and U29 drive
phase memory (U6, U30). They also go to the TDM
error corrections circuits.
The frequency constant in frequency memory is
made available to the adder inputs on a time division
multiplexed basis. The frequency constant is added to
thc phase constant from phase memory each time
that channel is addressed by the timing signals. The
phase memory is then updated with the previous
sum. This digital integration process, consisting of
the continual addition of frequency and phase con-
stants, with the phase constant equaling the sum of
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
description 523-0768882
the previous frequency and phase, produces a digital
sawtooth signal that will be modified to produce the
desired audio outputs.
Time division multiplexing of the frequency memory
outputs; addressing -
the -
frequency memory with tim-
ing signals, TlD, T2, T3, and y; provides four
separate channels, each programmable in both fre-
quency and phase. Each channel has 32 bits for
representing frequency and phase.
10.3.5.8 TDM Error Correction Logic
(Refer t o figure 18.)
The TDM error correction circuitry takes the four 32-
bit channels from the phase generator and produces
four 10-bit channels. The 10 MSB's of the 32 bits pass
directly through the circuit modified as described
below. The correction circuitry stores the 6 MSB's of
the otherwise unused 22 less significant channel bits
and adds them to equivalent 6 bits during the next
time multiplex cycle. If a carry results, it is added to
the 10-bit word. This scheme allows for greater fre-
quency and phase accuracy than would be otherwise
possible with only 10 bits of information.
The output of the phase generator circuit goes to
adders U7 and U31. The most significant 8 bits of
each channel pass through the adders and are latched
into U10, U33, and U34. The data is valid a t their out-
puts long enough to be used by following circuits. At
different times the next 8 MSB's are presented to the
adders. These 8 bits are added to 6 bits from U9 and
U32. If a carry results, it is latched into U34 and is
added to the 8 MSB's in the operation described
previously. The 6 LSB's of the addition are then
latched into U10 and U33 where they are used to up-
date memories U9 and U32. The two other bits are
latched into U34 where they are used by following cir-
cuits.
10.3.5.9 TDM Sine Code Converter (Refer t o
figure 18.)
The sawtooth waveforms from the error corrections
logic are exclusive ORed by U11 and U35. The outputs
of the exclusive OR (XOR) chips are triangle signals
of the same frequency as the sawtooth signal. The
triangle waveforms are input to the sine ROM chips
(U12, U36). The outputs of the sine ROM appear as
digital representations of full-wave rectified sine
waves. These outputs are exclusive ORed to provide
sine signals. The output of the converter is four
channels of 10 bits each.
10.3.5.10 TDM Accumulator Logic (Refer t o
figure 18.)
At this point in the circuit, each TDM channel (CH 0
through CH 3) has 10 bits for representation of phase
and frequency. Table 7 shows the TDM channel
assignments.
Table 7 TDM Chanr~elAssign7nent.s.
MODE CHANNEL
CH 0 CH 1 CH 2 CH 3
VOR 30 Hz ref 1020 30 Hz
Hz var
ILS 90 Hz 150 Hz
In VOR mode channels CH 0 and CH 1 are added to
create the 30-Hz referer~cesignal sent to the FM
generator. CH 2 generates the 30-Hz reference for the
aux output or produces variable audio frequency from
10 to 2999 Hz for the modulation signal. These
channel 2 signals appear on DAC A. The 30-Hz
variable signal programmed in CH 3 appears on out-
put DAC B.
In ILS mode, the accumulator is programmed to add
all four TDM generator channels. The resulting signal
appears on output DAC B. In marker beacon mode,
all audio signals are produced by CH 2 and appear on
DAC A. In the COMM mode, audio signals from 10 to
2999 Hz are produced by CH 2 and appear on DAC A.
10.3.5.11 F'M Generator (Refer t o figure 18.)
The FM generator operation is similar to that of the
TDM generator except that it has a modulation input.
It has a single channel operating a t a 1-MHz sample
rate. It produces the following signals:
a. 9960 Hz and 9960 FM in the VOR mode.
b. Variable audio tones in ILS modes.
c. 3000- to 14 000-Hz variable audio tones in the VOR
mode.
d. 3000- to 10 000-Hz variable audio tones in the
COMM mode.
Control bits are used to enable the FM input and
phase generation. Sawtooth data from the phase
generator is converted to sinusoidal data by a PROM.
This data is converted to an analog signal by a d/a
converter.
Revised 1 October 1978
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
Memory chips U20 and U43 are loaded from buffer
memory when FMWEN is activated by control bits
C13 and C14 and BUFFER XFER goes active a t the
end of an I/O write pulse.
When FMSELEN is active, select chips U42 and U66
are strobed to allow selection of accumulator data
through latches U41 and U65. Adder chip U18 sums
the outputs of the select chips and the outputs of
demultiplexer chips U21 through U24.
Adder U19 sums the outputs of U18 and memory
chips U20 and U43 with t h e result going to
demultiplexers U21 through U24. The demultiplexer
circuit (U21 through 24) consists of four shift
registers that are used to store the results of previous
operations for controlled periods of time. The register
outputs are available to be latched into U45 and U48
to be processed as 10 time concurrent data bits and to
be fed back as data to U18.
10.3.5.12 FM Sine Code Converter (Refer t o
figure 1 8 . )
The 10 signal inputs to the sine code converter from
the FM generator are clocked out of registers U45 and
U48 as 10 bits representing a sawtooth waveform. As
in the TDM generator, they are exclusive ORed to
form triangle waves and converted to digital
representations of full-wave rectified sine waves by
the sine ROM (U70, U71). That signal is exclusive
ORed to generate sinusoidal waveforms.
The sinusoidal waveform, channels 0 through 7, are
input to DAC C to be output to analog board A2A2.
10.4 RF Modulator Assembly A3
10.4.1 General
Rf modulator assembly A3 consists of rf strip line
assembly A3A1, demodulator/ALC assembly A3A2,
and counter-I/0 board A3A3. Demodulator/ALC
assembly A3A2 receives the composite audio signal
from controller/audio assembly A2 and sets reference
rf and modulation levels. Rf strip line assembly A3A1
combines the rf carrier signal with the audio modula-
tion signal. The unmodulated rf carrier is amplified
and then coupled to counter-I/O board A3A3 to allow
a frequency count to be supplied to the front panel
display through the processor. Counter-1/0 board
A3A3 also contains I/O ports to allow the processor to
output attenuator select, synthesizer frequency
select, and mode control functions.
Revised 1 October 1978
description 523-0768882
Demodulator/ALC Assembly A3A2 will also process
an external modulation signal from the EXT MOD
connector on the rear panel.
10.4.2 RF Strip Line Assembly A3A1 (Refer t o
figure 19 and schematic diagram i n
diagrams section.)
The rf output from synthesizer A4 is input through
connector 52 to power divider/attenuator R1, R2, R3.
With a 50-ohm input, the power divider provides 50-
ohm outputs with 6-dB attenuation to rf amplifier Q1,
Q2 through a microstrip delay line and 7.75-dB
attenuator R4, R5, R36 and to the microstrip
modulator.
Rf amplifier Q1, Q2 and associated circuitry amplifies
the unmodulated rf signal to +20 dB mW and inputs
the signal to 6-dB attenuator R15, R16, R17. The out-
put from this attenuator is applied to the microstrip
coupler. The microstrip coupler provides 0-dB mW rf
signal through connector J1 to counter-I/0 board
A3A3 for frequency counting. A through output from
the microstrip coupler is routed through a microstrip
delay line and 6-dB attenuator R22, R23, R24 to mixer
U1. Mixer U1 functions as a synchronous detector by
mixing a sample of the modulated rf signal from
directional coupler CP1, with the +7-dB mW un-
modulated carrier signal from 6-dB attenuator R22,
R23, R24. The output of the mixer is applied through
low-pass filter L4, C14 and P1-6 to demodulator/ALC
assembly A3A2. Filter L4, C14 filters out the mixer
sum products and supplies only demodulated audio
and a dc level to A3A2. The dc voltage represents the
level of the rf carrier; ac voltage represents the level
of the modulation sidebands.
The rf signal from power divider R1, R2, R3 and the
modulation signal from demodulator/ALC assembly
A3A2 are applied to the logarithmic microstrip
modulator. The microstrip modulator is composed of
C15 through C23, R27 through R35, CR1 through CR8,
and the microstrip circuit. Capacitors C15 through
C23 are dc blocking capacitors. Resistors R27 through
R34 provide bias voltage to pin diodes CR1 through
CR8. The pin diodes are special semiconductor devices
that do not rectify a t rf frequencies. Diodes behave
like variable resistors whose values are controlled by
the dc bias current supplied to them by resistors
whose values are controlled by the dc bias current
supplied to them by resistors R27 through R34. The
microstrip circuit between each diode represents one-
quarter wavelength a t center frequency of 205 MHz.
The dielectric constant of the board assembly is ap-
proximately 10.5, which causes the actual length of
description 523-0768882 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
the microstrip to be divided by approximately 2.6.
The actual wavelength of 205 MHz is 365.76 mm (14.4
in). Dividing by 2.6, the actual length of microstrip
circuit between pin diodes is 138.66 m m (5.459 in).
The output of the modulator is applied through
capacitor C28 to directional coupler CP1. Capacitor
C28 allows adjustment for phase compensation in the
glideslope frequency range. CP1 is a 10-dB rf direc-
tional broadband coupler. A sample of the modulated
rf signal is provided to mixer U1 a s discussed
previously. The through output of directional coupler
CP1 is provided through connector 53 to digitally con-
trolled attenuator A6AT1.
10.4.3 DemodulatorlALC Assembly A3.42
(Refer to figure 19.)
The composite audio signal from analog board A2A2
is input to demodulator/ALC assembly A3A2
through connector 52-1 and low-pass filter L1-C20 to
modulation level adjust circuit U9 and U13 (refer to
figure 19. The gain of amplifier U9 is controlled by
switch a r r a y U13. I/O A and I/O B control signals
from 52-10 and 52-7 are input to a binary to 1-of-4
decoder in U13. The code present a t the input to the
decoder determines which switch is energized. The
four switches select which feedback resistor will set
the gain on amplifier U9. Variable resistors R1, R3,
R2, and R4 adjust the percent of modulation for audio
tones for marker beacon, glideslope, localizer, and
VOR frequencies respectively. Refer to the chart in
figure 20 for I/O A and B inputs required for modula-
tion selection. The selected composite signal from U13
is applied to U10. U10 and associated circuitry is a
high impedance ac follower circuit. The output of U10
is then applied to summer/integrator circuit U16.
Rf level adjust circuit U1 and U4 provides a dc
reference value through buffer U5 to summer/
integrator circuit U16. U1 and U4 work identically
a s the U9, U13 circuit. The I/O C and D signals from
52-11 and 52-12 control the switch selection in U4.
Variable resistor R7 sets the gain of amplifier U1 in
the marker beacon range, R6 sets the gain in the
glideslope range, a n d R8 s e t s t h e gain in the
VOR/localizer range.
The demodulated audio signal from rf strip line
assembly A3A1 is also supplied to summer/
integrator circuit U16 through connector 53-6 and
amplifier U11. The demodulated signal is an ac-plus-
a-dc signal. The ac signal level is proportional to the
input ac signal to the summer/integrator, and the dc
signal level is proportional to the dc signal to the
summer integrator. The ratio of the ac and dc signal
holds the percent of modulation constant, a s dis-
cussed in paragraph 10.4.2. The demodulated output
is also supplied through amplifiers U7 and U8 and
connector 52-2 to the DEMC)D connector on the rear
panel of the signal generator.
External modulation signals a r e applied to U14
through the EXT MOD connector on the rear panel of
the signal generator and 52-5. The signals a r e in-
verted and buffered by U14 and then input to summer
U16. Output level of modulation signal is set by R5.
Amplifier U16 (figure 20) s u m s the inputs and
integrates to establish the proper loop parameters. A
double integration method is used to minimize phase
shift introduced into the modulation signal and to
give optimum noise performance.
The output of U16 is applied to exponential linearizer
circuit U12 and to level comparator circuit U17A and
U17B. The level comparator senses if the output from
U16 drops above or below a specified dc window level.
During normal operation, the output of the level com-
parator is low and the LEVEL CAL indicator on the
front panel is on. If the output level from U16 exceeds
the specified U17 window level, the comparator out-
put will go high and is output a s the rf level bit
through connector U2-80. The output goes high only if
the rf signal is s h u t off on the front panel, or if a cir-
cuit fails in the signal generator. If the rf signal is
shut off on the front panel or if a circuit fails, the
LEVEL CAL indicator on the front panel will turn
off, signifying t h a t the signal generator must be
repaired.
Exponential linearizer circuit (figure 21) U12 is re-
quired to compensate for the logarithmic modulator
on rf strip line assembly A3A1. When the exponential
and logarithmic functions a r e combined, t h e resul-
t a n t output from A3A1 will be the required linear
function. Q1 through Q4 are connected a s diodes.
When the input to U12 is low, current output through
the feedback loop is insufficient to turn on any tran-
sistor, and the gain of the circuit is low. As input to
U12 is increased, Q4 will turn on and effectively
remove its leg from the feedback loop, and gain will
increase. Again, a s the input increases, Q3, Q2, and
Q1 will t u r n on and remove their legs from the feed-
back loop until the effective resistance in the feed-
back loop is the value of R15. Values of the resistors
in the feedback loop a r e selected so t h a t the resultant
gain of the circuit from minimum to maximum out-
put will be an exponential curve, a s shown in figure
21). Clamping diode CR3 prevents the circuit from os-
cillating when the rf output is s h u t off on the front
panel of the signal generator.
pq
I
Later units of the 479s-6A do not contain CR3.
Revised 1.5 October 1980
Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

A3AS Level Adjust Cf).c?(fts,

Fto~ctzonulIhuyrurt(
Fl~lcreLO

Revised 1 October 1978

 description 523-0768882 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
-
CURRENT
The VCXO TUNE voltage from analog board A2A2 is
input to the demodulator/ALC assembly a t connector
52-14 (figure 19). The dc voltage is input to low-pass
multiple feedback filter U15. U15 is a noise filter to
eliminate all frequencies above 10 Hz. The output
from U15 is input to amplifier U18 (gain = 2) and
provided to connector J1-Al. This variable frequency
control voltage is sent to synthesizer assembly A4 for
oscillator control.
10.4.4 Counter-110 Board A3A3 (Refer t o
figure 2 2 . )
Counter-I/O board A3A3 outputs frequency display
information, phase lock, rf level bit, and counter com-
plete data to the CPU data bus. Inputs from the CPU
data bus to A3A3 are synthesizer rf frequency se-
lects, attenuator level select, mode control selects, rf
on/off, and VCXO select data.
All 1 / 0 functions on A3A3 are controlled by 3-to-8
line address decoders U3 and U10. The CPU address
bus (A0 through A7), I/O WR and I/OD are input to
the decoders. Address bits AO, A l , and A2 supply 3-
bit binary code, and address bits A3, A4, A5, A6, and
A7, along with I/O RD and I/O WR bits, enable
decoder operation. Refer to chart on figure 22 for
decoder data outputs. The enable outputs from U10
and U13 control data inputs and outputs to ,the CPU
data bus.
The actual rf frequency being output from the signal
generator is applied to divide-by-10 circuit U34
through connector P1. U34 output is applied to NAND
gate U36B. The 100-kHz clock from connector 52 is
divided by 10 000 by U1, U4, U6, and U7, producing a
20-percent duty cycle, 10-Hz signal (refer to figure
23). Flip-flop U9A divides this signal by 2 for one cy-
cle, producing a 100-ms counter enable pulse. At the
60
end of 100-ms gate from USA-Q, flip-flop U9B-Q is set
t o a "1" signifying a "counter-ready" status. The CPU
monitors the "counter-ready" status by executing an
IN 14 during the software idle loop. As long as the
"counter ready" is a "O", the CPU processes the P H
LOCK and RF LEVEL bit status only. This occurs
many times in the 200-ms period during which the
counter is either counting or waiting to count. With a
"1" a t USB-Q, the next software cycle would
acknowledge the counter-readv status (IN 14 data bit
7 = I), and read in the frequency count by enabling
outputs ~ ,TN, m 5~ , in sequence., After
the frequency- data is read by the CPU, the software
enables input IN 13, which resets flip-flop USB-Q, set-
ting the "counter-ready" status back to 0. The CPU
processes the P H LOCK and RF LEVEL bit status a t
this time, then returns to the remainder of the idle
loop.
The 100-ms counter enable pulse from USA-Q is
applied to NAND gate U36B, producing a 100-ms win-
dow time for counting. The output of U36B is applied
to a chain of seven decade counters (U33-U35, U30,
U18, U27, U21, U24, and U16) connected in series. The
100-MHz through 100-Hz decode bed count is held a t
the outputs of the decade counters until the CPU re-
quests frequency count information.
When front panel rf frequency, rf output, or mode is
changed, the CPU data bus transmits this data to
counter-I/O board A3A3 data latches. The data
latches retain the last active data bus data until new
data is strobed in by the OUT 10 through OUT 13
latch enable lines. The 8-bit latches U8, U l l A , U l l B
and U14, U17A, U17B provide frequency tune bits to
synthesizer assembly A4; 7-bit latch U23, U20A
provides rf output level bits RFI through RF64 to
digital attenuator A5AT1; and 6-bit latch U5 provides
Revised 15 October. 1980
 description 523-0 768882
Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

1-41
awm

xd -
n n m -

Retisecl 1 October. 1918 6l//iz

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 description 523-0768882

I
I
10,000 O U T P U T
(~6-11) I

C O U N T E R COM-
P L E T E U9B-Q
--
--
1
I

I
/ , a;:
I
I

I
I
, , ;;

USE-R E S E T Q
( I N 13
I
-- J

W I D T H OF T H I S P U L S E IS V A R I A B L E

@ WIDTH =
-
0 R D P I 11-SE W I D T H
1

I
I/O bits A through D for mode selection to board are generated in 25-kHz steps. Frequencies generated
A 3 A 2 , m signal when rf is shut off a t the front are in the following ranges:
panel, and VCXO SELECT signal to synthesizer
assembly A4 when signal generator AF operation is RF CARRIER

I
required. FREQUENCY RANGE
MODE (MHz)
10.5 Synthesizer Assembly A4 (Refer t o figure 2 4 . )
Marker beacon 74.6 to 75.4
VOR 108.00 to 117.95
Localizer 108.10 to 111.95

I Synthesizer assembly A4 uses a single phase-lock

loop to generate marker beacon, VOR, localizer,
Glideslope
COMhl
329.15 to 335.00
118.00 to 151.975

I glideslope and communication frequencies used by

the signal generator. The rf carrier frequencies
All signals supplied to or from synthesizer assembly
A4 are from or to rf modulator assembly A3.

Revised I October 1978

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
description 523-0768882

R F F
(ON = 1 )

VAR FREQ
CONTROL
VOLTAGE

VCXO SELECT
(VCXO = 1
TCXO = 0 )

Revised 1 October 1978

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
The vco on/off signal is applied through PI-1 to the
band selector circuit and enables operation of the
selector circuit when the signal is a logic 1. The rf
carrier frequency select control signals are supplied
through P1 to the variable ratio divider circuit. Refer
to figure 24 for connector pin numbers and specific
control signal nomenclature. The 100-MHz LSB and
MSB inputs are also supplied to the band selector cir-
cuit.
The variable ratio divider circuit is a programmable
divider that uses the selected rf carrier control signals
to set the division ratio. The rf output frequency from
the rf output amplifier is applied through an isolation
amplifier to the variable divider circuit. The rf out-
put frequency is divided down to provide clock signals
that cause the divider circuit to produce a 25-kHz out-
put when the phase-lock loop is locked to the 25-kHz
reference frequency. When the phase-lock loop is
locking on the selected rf carrier frequency, variable
ratio divider circuit output frequency is increased or
decreased, a s required, from 25 kHz to slew the
phase-lock loop to the correct frequency. The nominal
25-kHz variable divider output is supplied to the
phase-frequency discriminator circuit.
A TCXO circuit produces a stable 25-kHz reference
frequency that is supplied to the reference frequency
select circuit. A variable control voltage is applied
through PI-A1 to a VCXO circuit. The control voltage
varies the VCXO output so that the rf carrier fre-
quency can be slewed up to f0.03 percent of the
selected channel frequency for performing receiver if
selectivity tests. The variable frequency produced by
the VCXO is supplied to the reference frequency
select circuit. A frequency standard select control
signal is applied through PI-2 t o ' t h e reference fre-
quency select circuit. The control signal, normally a
logic 0, selects the TCXO 25-kHz reference signal.
When frequency slewing is selected, the control signal
is a logic 1 and the variable frequency reference
signal is used. The selected reference signal is
supplied to the phase-frequency discriminator circuit.
The phase-frequency discriminator compares the
variable ratio divider output with the reference fre-
quency from either the TCXO or the VCXO. When
locked to the TCXO reference frequency, the output of
the phase frequency discriminator is a 25-kHz pulse
train whose duty cycle varies with the output fre-
quency. The variable duty cycle is produced by the
phase difference between the variable ratio divider
output and the frequency reference signals. The out-
put of the phase-frequency discriminator is applied to
level shift (loop amplifier) Q4 and then to loop filter
Revised 1 October 1978
FL5. The output of the loop filter is a dc voltage
proportional to the duty cycle of the 25-kHz pulse
train. The vco tuning voltage is supplied to vco
assembly A4A3. The phase-frequency discriminator
circuit also produces signals that are supplied to the
loss-of-lock detector circuit. The signals indicate
whether the circuit is locking on the selected frequen-
cy.
The loss-of-lock detector circuit compares signals
from the phase-frequency discriminator circuit and,
when loss of lock occurs, produces a loss-of-lock signal
that is supplied to PI-3
The band selector circuit uses the 100-MHz LSB and
MSB input logic to determine whether the frequency
selected is in the marker beacon, VOR/localizer, or
glideslope band. The selector supplies the correct
band-enable signal to vco assembly A4A3.
Vco assembly A4A3 uses the vco tuning voltage and
the band selector signals to generate the selected rf
carrier frequency. Generated rf carrier frequency is
applied through an rf output amplifier circuit to c m -
nector P2 and to the variable ratio divider circuit.
10.5.2 Variable Ratio Ditider Circuit, P I 0 A4AlAl
(Refer t o figure 2 5 . )
The variable ratio divider circuit consists of three
decade counters: U12, U14, and U16; two binary
counters: U13 and U17; logic combiner U15; and
prescaler U18, U19, Q10. The variable ratio divider
compares the generated rf output frequency with the
selected frequency, and produces an output frequency
that is supplied to the phase-frequency discriminator.
This adjusts the vco control voltage to a level that cor-
rects the rf output frequency to the selected frequen-
cy.
Selected rf carrier frequency is supplied to the
variable ratio divider circuit from rf modulator
assembly A3 a s loo-, lo-, I-, and 0.1-MHz and 25-kHz
logic level signals. The loo-, lo-, and 1-MHz bcd
signals are supplied to decade counters U16, U12, and
U14 respectively. The 0.1-MHz bcd signals are
supplied to binary counters U13 and U17, and the 25-
kHz binary signals are supplied to U17.
Consider a channel frequency of XXX.650 MHz. The
0.1-MHz input in bcd format is 0110. The 25-kHz in-
put in binary format is 10 (00 kHz = 00,25 kHz = 01,
50 kHz = 10, 75 kHz = 11). The inputs to binary
description 523-0768882 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

WASE-FREQ
DSCRM U5. U8

-4 0 / -41 ECL/TTL
PRESCALER

GENERATED
RF OUTPUT,
OUTPUT AMPL
BOARD A2

Vannble Dzvzder Circuzts, Functzonnl Drrrgrum

Figure 25

Revised 1 October 19 78
 description 523-0 768882
Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

counters U13 and U17 are a s shown in the following Thus, 26 is loaded into the binary .counters, cor-
tabulation: responding to the number of 25-kHz increments in
0.650 MHz (26 x 25 kHz = 0.650 mHz). The maximum
value required is 39 (39 x 25 kHz = 0.975 MHz) or a
COUNTER U13 U17
decimal value of 39. Therefore, inputs D and Con U13
are not required, and are grounded.
Preset D C B A D C B A
inputs
For discussion purposes, assume that the selected rf
Code * * 0 1 1 0 1 0 carrier frequency is 112.65 MHz (VOR mode). For
112.65 MHz, the following inputs are supplied to
*Tied to ground counters U16, U12, U11, U13, and U17:

SEL R F BINARY CODE WEIGHTS SUPPLIED

CARRIER TO
FREQ (MHz) 8 4 2 1 COUNTER

1 (100) 0 1 Decade U16

1 (10) 0 0 0 1 Decade U12
2 (1) 0 0 1 0 Decade U14
6 (0.1) 0 1 1 0 Binary U13, U17
5 (0, 25, 50, 75 kHz) 1 0 Binary U17

When the preceding inputs are loaded into the At the start of each variable divider circuit cycle, a
counters a t the beginning of each variable divider cy- logic 0 from the FOUT terminal on U15 is supplied to
cle, the variable ratio divider is set to a division ratio the load (L) inputs of counters U16, U12, U11, U13,
of 4506. The division ratio causes the variable ratio and U17. The bcd and binary signals for the selected
divider circuit to produce one output pulse for each rf carrier frequency are loaded in the counters and a
4506 rf output cycles. With the synthesizer locked on logic 0 minimum maximum (MM) signal from U13 is
frequency and the divider ratio set to 4506, the supplied to B2 of U15 and a logic 0 MM signal from
variable ratio divider circuit produces a 25-kHz out- U16 is supplied to B1 of U15. The logic 0 MM signal in-
put signal when the rf output signal is 112.65 MHz. hibits the zero detector circuits on U15 (ZO through
The division ratio can be calculated using the follow- 23) and the programmed input circuits (PO through
ing formula: P3). With ZO through 23 inhibited, a logic 0 is applied
from ENOUT on U15 to the mode 1 (MI) input of
Division ratio = 4000N1 + 400N2 + 40N3 + prescaler U19 and the FOUT signal is a logic 1. The
4N4 + N5 prescaler circuit consists of prescaler U19, flip-flops
U18A and U18B, and switch Q10. The circuit con-
Where figuration causes one output pulse to be produced for
N1 = 100-MHz selected input every 41 input cycles of the generated rf output signal
when mode 1 is selected, or one output pulse for every
N = 10-MHz selected input
2 40 input cycles when mode 2 is selected.
N = 1-MHz selected input
3
The generated rf output signal from output amplifier
N = 0.1-MHz selected input
4 board A2 is applied through isolation amplifier Q13,
N = 25-kHz selected input Q14 to the clock and VREF inputs of U19. With a logic
5
(0 kHz = 0, 25 kHz = 1, 50 kHz = 2, 0 supplied to M1 of U15, the prescaler circuit is set to
75 kHz = 3) divide by 41 and, with a 112.65-MHz frequency
generated, produces a 2747.561-kHz clock signal that
For example, substituting the selected rf carrier fre- is supplied to counters U14 and U17 and to logic com-
quency of 112.65 MHz: biner U15.
Counters U13 and U17 are cascaded, with the outputs
from U17 supplied to the zero detector inputs (ZO

Revised 1 October 1978

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
through 23) of U15. Counters U16, U12, and U14 are
cascaded, with the outputs of U14 supplied to
program inputs (PO, P2, and P3) of U15, and the MM
output of U12 supplied to P1 of U15. All counters are
set to count down from the programmed (selected rf
carrier) input. Therefore, counters U13 and U17 are
counted down from 26 and counters U16, U12, and
U14 are counted down from 112.
When counter U13 is counted down to zero, the MM
output switches to a logic 1. With a logic 1 supplied to
the B2 input of U15, the zero detector circuits are
enabled and the logic 0 inputs to ZO through 2 3
switches ENOUT to a logic 1. The logic 1 supplied to
the MI input of U19 switches the prescaler circuit to
divide by 40 for the remainder of the variable divider
circuit cycle, causing the prescaler to produce a
2816.25-kHz clock signal for the counters and logic
combiner.
Three counter outputs from decade counter U14 and
the MM output from decade counter U12 are supplied
to the programmed (PO through P3) inputs of U15.
The MM output from decade counter U16 is supplied
to the B1 input of U15. When U16 counts down to
zero, the MM output switches to a logic 1and the logic
1 input to B1 of U15 enables the programmed circuits
in U15 to accept the PO through P 3 inputs. Toggle con-
dition for the P( ) inputs of U15 occurs with U12 and
U16 outputs all in zero state and U14 output a t the 2
count. With logic 0 a t the PO, P2, and P 3 inputs and
logic 1 a t the P1 input, a negative pulse is produced a t
the FOUT output of U15 after two additional clock
pulses occur. The FOUT output of U15 is supplied to
the load inputs, t h e counters, and t h e phase-
frequency discriminator circuit.
When the generated rf output frequency is the same
as the selected rf carrier frequency, the phase-lock
1 loop is locked and U15 produces a F O ~ J Tpulse for
every 4506 cycles of the generated rf output frequen-
cy, or a 25-kHz signal. For a locked condition, the
40
width of the negative FOUT pulse = -microseconds,
f
1 where f is the rf output frequency in MHz.
During lock-on, if the generated rf output frequency
is above or below the selected rf carrier frequency,
the variable divider still divides by a ratio determined
by the selected rf carrier frequency. This causes a
phase shift in the 25-kHz signal produced by U15,
which in turn changes the vco control voltage
produced by the phase-frequency discriminator cir-
cuit. This continues until the phase-lock loop is
generating the selected rf carrier frequency.
10.5.3 VCXO and T C X O Circuits (Refer t o
figure 26.)
The VCXO and TCXO circuits generate the reference
frequencies used by t h e phase-frequency dis-
criminator circuit. The VCXO is used only when the
selected rf carrier frequency is varied about the
selected channel frequency when performing receiver
selectivity tests. The TCXO supplies the 25-kHz
reference frequency during normal signal generator
operation.
10.5.3.1 VCXO Circuit
A variable frequency control voltage (dc) from rf
modulator assembly A3 is applied through P l A l to
frequency range adjust circuit R7, R8. Resistor R8 is
selected during alignment/adjustment procedures to
set the minimum and maximum operating range for
the VCXO. The control voltage is applied from R7, R8
to crystal oscillator CR1, CR2, CR3, Q1 that generates
a nominal 16.0-MHz signal. The VCXO output fre-
quency is varied with the control voltage by changing
the capacitance produced by varactors CR1, CR2, and
CR3.
The nominal 16.0-MHz signal is applied through
amplifier Q2 and level translator Q3 to divide-by-4
counter U21. Counter U21 produces a nominal 4-MHz
signal that is supplied to binary counter U1, which
functions a s a divide-by-16 counter and produces a
nominal 250-kHz signal that is supplied to decade
counter U2. Counter U2 produces a nominal 25-kHz
signal that is supplied to U4D in reference frequency
logic circuit U4. The 25-kHz reference frequency that
is being varied is multiplied by the fixed channel
divider ratio. The rf channel frequency is produced
only when the reference frequency is exactly 25 kHz.
As the input control voltage is varied, the oscillator
frequency is varied from the nominal and all other
frequencies are varied proportionally.
10.5.3.2 T C X O Circuit
The TCXO circuit produces the 25-kHz reference fre-
quency for the phase-frequency discriminator circuit
during standard 479s-6A operation.
The TCXO assembly A4A4 produces a continuous 3.2-
MHz signal that is supplied to divide-by-16 counter
U7. Counter U16 produces a 200-kHz signal that is
supplied to divide-by-2/divide-by-8 counter U6.
Counter U6 produces a 25-kHz reference frequency
Revised 1 October 1978
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

----------
R
I
FREQ OSC (VCXO) P/O A1 A1
t5 V OC
1
CRYSTAL OSC RF AMPL
IP
/ ~ FREQ RANGE- ( 1 6 . 0 MHZ NOM) 16 MHZ ~m
VARIABLE
FREQ CONT A '
% AOJ CR1 ,CR2. TRANSLATOR
R7.88 CR3,Ql
VOLTAGE
I +
*
- +4
COUNTER
4
MHz
NOM
+
BINARY
RIPPLE
COUNTER
250
kHz
. NOM
DECADE
COUNTER r-- REF FREQ LOGIC P/O AlAl

25 kHz NU4 U40 VCXO ON =

C U2 1 ( + l o ) U2
( + 1 6 ) U1

------ I
VCXO
SELECT 2)
P/O
PI
VCXO = 1
TCXO = 0
- -- VCXO O N = O TCXO ON - 1
LOSS OF LOCK
DET CKT
U4A

II
TCXO ON = 25 kHz

---------
P X O CIRCUIT P/O AlAl

3.2 MHz
TCXO ASSY
A4
1- 716
COUNTER
U7
200kHz
- ~ 2 , - 8
COUNTER
U6
25kHz
100 k ~ z
BUFFER
U3A. U30 '
I 0
( A2
100kHz
CLOCK

VCXO/TCXO Circuit, Furtctio)~nlDiagram

Figure 26

that is supplied to U4C in the reference frequency
logic circuit and a 100-kHz signal that is applied
through buffer U3A, U3D to PlA2.
10.5.3.3 Reference Frequency Logic Circuit
The reference frequency logic circuit is controlled by
a VCXO SELECT signal from rf modulator assembly
A3 and determines whether the VCXO or TCXO
reference signal is to be used by the phase-frequency
discriminator circuit. When the VCXO is used during
the AF operation of the 479s-6A, a logic 1 VCXO
SELECT signal is applied through PI-2 to U4D and
through inverter U4A to U4C and to the crystal os-
cillator in the VCXO. The logic 0 supplied to the
crystal oscillator enables the oscillator. The logic 0
supplied to U4C inhibits the TCXO output to U4B.
The logic 1 supplied to U4D enables the VCXO fre-
quency to be applied through gate U4B to the phase-
frequency circuit a s the reference frequency.
When the TCXO is selected, the frequency standard
select signal is a logic 0 that is supplied to U4D and,
through U4A, to U4C and the VCXO oscillator. The
output of U4A inhibits the VCXO oscillator and
enables gate U4C. The logic 0 supplied to U4D inhibits
the VCXO output to U4B. The 25-kHz reference fre-
quency from the TCXO is applied through U4C and
U4B to the phase-frequency discriminator a s the
reference frequency.
10.5.3.4 Phase-Frequency Discriminator Circuit
The phase-frequency discriminator circuit compares
the reference frequency with the variable divider out-
put frequency and phase and converts the difference
to a vco dc control voltage. The circuit consists of two
major functional circuits: a phase-frequency dis-
criminator circuit, and a level shifter (loop amplifier)
circuit.

Revised 1 October 19 78 69
description 523-0768882 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
10.5.4 Phase-Frequency Discriminator Circuit
(Refer t o figure 27.)
The phase-frequency discriminator circuit compares
the output from the variable divider circuit with a 25-
kHz reference frequency. When the frequency and
phase of the variable ratio divider output remain
constant, the discriminator circuit produces a rec-
tangular wave. The duty cycle of the wave is used to
produce a vco control voltage by determining the
average dc voltage of the discriminator circuit output
wave.
The nominal 25-kHz VCXO or TCXO reference fre-
quency is supplied to the clock input of U8B and the
variable ratio divider output frequency is supplied to
the clock input of U8A. For operation of the dis-
criminator circuit, refer to the timing diagram shown
in figure 28.
10.5.5 Level Shifter ( L o o p A m p l i f i e r ) Circuit
(Refer t o figure 27.)
The rectangular wave from the phase-frequency dis-
criminator circuit is applied to loop amplifier Q4. The
output of Q4 is applied through connector P 3 to low-
pass filter assembly A4A5. Resistor R22 with the in-
ternal capacitance of FL5 form a n integrator that
converts the rectangular wave to a sawtooth wave a t
the input to FL5. Low-pass filter FL5 converts the
sawtooth wave to a dc tuning voltage t h a t is equal to
the average dc level of the sawtooth wave. Therefore,
t h e t u n i n g voltage depends on t h e d u t y cycle
produced by the discriminator circuit. When the
phase-lock loop is locked, the duty cycle remains cons-
t a n t and the tuning voltage is steady.
10.5.6 Loss-of-Lock D e t e c t o r Circuit
(Refer t o figure 27.)
The loss-of-lock detector circuit determines whether
the phase-lock loop is locked on the selected rf carrier
frequency.
The VCXO or TCXO reference frequency and the
variable divider output frequency are supplied to the
clock inputs of U9A and U9B respectively. The two
rectangular wave signals from the phase-frequency
discriminator a r e supplied to the d a t a inputs of U9A
and U9B. When the phase-lock loop is locked on the
selected rf carrier frequency, U9A and U9B produce
logic 0 signals t h a t a r e supplied to gate UlOA. Gate
UlOA produces a logic 1 lock signal t h a t is supplied to
PI-3.
When the phase-lock loop is not locked, . t h e rec-
tangular wave signals from the phase-frequency cir-
cuit are not uniform a n d cause U9A and U9B to
produce outputs t h a t are 180 degrees out of phase,
which cause UlOA to produce a logic 0 loss-of-lock
signal.
10.5.7 B a n d Selector Circuit ( R e f e r t o figure 27.)
The band selector circuit determines whether the
selected rf carrier frequency is in the marker beacon,
VDR/localizer, or glideslope frequency ranges and
supplies vco control signals to vco assembly A4A3.
Refer to figure 27 for circuit operation.
10.5.8 VCO A s s e m b l y A4.43 (Refer t o figure 27.)
The vco assembly uses the control voltage from the
loop filter and the band control signals from the band
selector circuits to generate the selected rf carrier
frequency. Resistors R3, R4, and R5 are selected dur-
ing alignment/adjustment procedures to set os-
cillator output levels. The oscillator is capable of
producing required marker beacon frequencies from
74.6 to 75.4 MHz, the required VOR/localizer frequen-
cies from 108.00 to 117.95 MHz, and the required
glideslope frequencies from 329.15 to 335.00 MHz.
Each band has an independent output level deter-
mined by R3, R4, and R5 values.
Vco assembly A4A3 is a nonrepairable potted
assembly.
10.5.9 RF O u t p u t Amplifier Circuit
( R e f e r t o figure 29.)
The rf output amplifier circuit (CPN 629-9760-001) 1
consists of two broadband isolation rf amplifiers t h a t
produce the required gain for the rf carrier signal.
The 74.6- to 335.0-MHz vco output signal is applied
through amplifiers Q3 and Q1 to connector P 2 and to
the variable divider circuit. Q2 provides gain stability
by varying the base current supplied to Q1 a s a func-
tion of temperature. Variable capacitors C4, C12, and
C14 a r e adjusted d u r i n g alignment/adjustment
procedures to ensure flatness across the operating
hand.
The rf amplifier circuit (CPN 634-9681-001) consists
of two broadband isolation rf amplifiers t h a t produce
the required gain for the rf carrier signal. The 74.6 to
335.0 MHz vco output signal is applied through
amplifiers Q1 and Q3 to connector P2 and to the
variable divider circuit. Q2 provides gain stability by
varying the base current supplied to Q3 a s a function
of temperature. Variable capacitors C1, C2, C10, and
C11 a r e adjusted during alignment procedures to en-
sure flatness across the operating band.
10.5.10 +5- a n d +20-V DC Voltage Regulators
The +5- and +20-V dc voltage regulators convert the
+9- and +24-V dc input voltages to a regulated +5
and +20 V dc respectively. The +20 V dc provides
operating voltage for analog circuit operation, and the
+ 5 V dc provides operating voltage for digital circuit
Retiised 15 October 1980
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

---- ----
T LOSS OF LOCK DETECTOR

+5 DC
1
U9B
10

8
3 c,Q-

4
13
UlOA P/O
PI
I 3 PH LOCK

D S QL

+5 v M:

I
LEVEL SHIFTER (LOOP AMPL)

- A4A3
7 4 . 6 TO
335.00 MHz;
OUTPUT
AMPL BOARD
A2

----- ----
BAND SELECTOR
100 MHz 10
LSB 11 3, BAND 1 ENABLE (MARKER BEACON)

-
RF OFF
(l=LIN) 5
6 - 11 BAND 2 ENABLE (VOR/LOCALIZER)

10 U l l C
BAND 3 ENABLE (GLIDESLOPE)
100wz 12> 9 8
MSB
I

Phase-Frequency Detector Circuit, Functional Diugram

Figure 27

Revised 1 October 1978

description 523-0768882 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

1 -----
25 kHz
REF FREO,
U8B-11 0 1
25 kHz V A R
D I V I D E R OUT
U8A-3 0 -

NOTE:

@ WAVFFORhnS SHOWN A R E I D E A L I Z E D .

;i:g+lDER CKT

7 4 6 TO 3 3 5 0 MHz
o s c OUTPUT,
VCO ASSY A 4 A 3
j++?L< Q2 ,Q3
P2 R F OUTPUT
( T O MODULATOR)

A 4 A 2 CPN 6 3 4 - 9 6 8 1 - 0 0 1

7 4 . 6 TO 3 3 5 . 0 M-lz 01. Q 2
RF W T F V T
OSC OUTPUT; (TO MODULATOR)
VCO ASSY A 4 A 3
C14 C12

I I
RF OUT.
VAR D I V I D E R CKT
-
FLATNESS AOJ

TP5-4881-013
A 4 A 2 CPN 6 3 7 2 7 18 - 0 0 1

Relised 15 October 1980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
operation. The regulated +20-V dc supply also fur-
nishes the reference voltage for the +5-V dc
regulator. The voltage regulator adjustment is set
during alignment/adjustment procedures to provide
+5 and +20 V dc within the required tolerances.
10.6 Power Supply Assembly A5 (Refer t o
figure 30.)
Power supply assembly A5 is factory wired to operate
on 115 V ac, 50 or 60 Hz. The power supply can be
rewired to operate on 230 V ac, 50/60 Hz by changing
wiring connections on a barrier strip. Changing the
barrier strip wiring connections changes the input to
the primary winding of transformer T1. For detailed
information on changing wire connections for 230-V
ac operation, refer to the maintenance section.
Connectors and connector pins are omitted from
figure 30 to clarify discussion of A5. If connector in-
formation is required, refer to the schematic diagram
for power supply assembly A5 contained in the
diagrams section.
The 115/230-V ac, 50/60-Hz input power is applied
through emi filter C4, C5, C6, C7, L1, L2 to the
POWER switch on front panel assembly A l . When
the POWER switch is ON (depressed), 115/230 V ac is
applied through fuse F1 to the barrier strip. The input
power is applied from the barrier strip to transformer
T1 and to fan B1. Transformer T1 converts the
115/230 V ac to a nominal 24-V ac output, two
nominal 15-V ac outputs, and a nominal 9-V ac output.
The nominal 24 V ac from transformer T1 is supplied
to rectifier/filter A5AlC2, CR2 which converts the ac
voltage to an unregulated +33 V dc. The +33 V dc is
applied to regulator A5A2U4, C16, C17 that converts
the unregulated dc voltage to a regulated +24 V dc.
The +24 V dc is supplied to the internal signal
generator circuits.
One of the nominal 15-V ac outputs from T1 is
supplied to rectifier/filter A5AlC1, CR1 that con-
verts the ac voltage to an unregulated -21 V dc. The
unregulated -21 V dc is supplied to regulator A5A2U5,
C12, C13 that converts the unregulated dc voltage to a
regulated -15 V dc. The -15 V dc is supplied to the in-
ternal signal generator circuits.
The second nominal 15-V ac output from T1 is applied
through rectifier A5AlCR5, CR6 and filter C1 to
series regulator A5A4Q2, VR1, VR2; regulator
A5A2U3, C14, C15; and series regulator A5A2U2, Q4.
The 15-V ac output is also applied to fuses F2 and F3.
The fused output is applied to backplane A7, where
Revased 1 October 1978
it provides power to store/recall board A9. The
rectifier and filter converts the ac voltage to an
unregulated +21 V dc. Series regulator A5A4Q2,
VR1, VR2 converts the unregulated voltage to a
regulated +12 V dc that is applied through filter C3,
C5 to t h e signal generator circuits. Regulator
A5A2U3, C14, C15 converts the unregulated voltage
to a +15 V dc that is supplied to the signal generator
circuits. Series regulator A5A2U2, Q4 converts the
unregulated voltage to a regulated +9 V dc that is
applied through current limit sensor A5A2R21 and
filter A5A2C10 to the signal generator circuits. The
current limit sensor resistor controls output current
limiting protection for the +9-V dc regulator cir-
cuitry. Resistors A5A2R19 and R18 form a voltage
divider that controls the regulator output voltage.
The nominal 9-V ac output from T1 is applied through
rectifier A5AlCR3, CR4; fuse A5AlF1; and filter C2,
C3 to series regulator transistors A5A4Q1, A5A3Q1,
A5A3Q2. The rectifier and filter circuits convert the
ac voltage to an unregulated +13 V dc. The regulator
transistors operate in conjunction with regulator
A5A2U1 to form a series regulator that converts the
unregulated voltage to a regulated $5 V dc. The
regulated + 5 V dc is applied through current
equalizer resistors A5A2R9, R11, R13; current limit
sensor resistors A5A2R10, R12, R14, R15, R17, R20,
R22, R23, R25; crowbar circuit A5A2Q1, VR1; and
filter A5A2C4, C6, C7 to the signal generator circuits.
Regulator A5A2U1 is biased by the unregulated +21
V dc. A5A2U1 supplies a control voltage to tran-
sistors A5A4Q1, Q2, Q3. The current equalizer
resistors balance the current passed through each
series regulator transistor. The current limit sensor
resistors allow foldback current limiting protection
for the +5-V dc regulator circuitry. The output
voltage is controlled by potentiometer A5A2R2 and
resistors A5A2R5, R4. The crowbar circuit monitors
the regulator voltage output and when the voltage ex-
ceeds specific limits, the + 5 V dc is removed from the
signal generator logic circuits to prevent damage to
the logic devices. The crowbar circuit is adjusted by
A5A2R1 to set the voltage limit.
10.7 Remote Tune Board A8
CPU address and data bus information are supplied
to remote tune board A8. Addresses are decoded and
used to control data input to storage latches. Data
supplied is used to drive relays which close ap-
propriate contacts to provide 2-out-of-5 tuning that
conforms with ARINC Specification 410, mode dis-
c r e t e ~ ,and normal control-head contact closures for
NAV disable, LOC/GS energize, and COM disable.
 description 523-0768882 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
I 10.7.1 Overall Operation (Refer t o figure 31.)
Address decoders U1 and U2 are supplied with ad-
dress lines A0 through A7 p l u s I / O . Depending
on status of address bits AO, A l , and A2, one of the
latches (U3, U5, U7, U9, or U11) will be clocked when
the I /Opulse is received. Data bus information
will then be output to appropriate relay driver U4,
U6, U8, U10, or U12. Latches clocked for com-
binations of address lines are shown in the following
tabulation:
A high logic input to the relay drivers will cause a low
output, which provides a return for relay power and
closes the relay.
For the 2-of-5 10-MHz, 1-MHz, 0.1-MHz, and 0.01-
MHz digits, two of the five latch outputs that corres-
pond to data bits DO through D4 will be a t a high logic
level and the appropriate relays will be closed. Clos-
ing the relays shorts the appropriate frequency tun-
ing line to frequency common. This provides frequen-
cy tuning information to the using receiver. Data bit
D5 is used to control 0.005-MHz signals B and C. The
0.001-MHz frequency digit is controlled by the 0.005-
MHz B and C signals in the following manner:
When AF is activated, the 2-of-5 turning data cor-
responds to that of the last channel frequency the
operator selected prior to pushing AF. Data bits DO
through D4 provide the following control signals:
mode select A, NAV disable, LOC/GS energize, mode
select B, and COM disable. D5 controls the timing
trigger output, causing it to be low if D5 is high, and
vice versa.
LOC/GS energize is grounded when a localizer or
glideslope frequency is selected from the front panel.
When a glideslope frequency is selected, the paired
localizer tuning data automatically appears a t the
remote tune output.
NAV disable is grounded when the frequency is out-
side the 108.0- through 117.95-MHz band, and COM
disable is grounded when the frequency is inside this
band.
The timing trigger is a TTL level positive 7 to 13-
microsecond pulse, coincident with any keystroke.
Mode select A and B signals are provided to control
antenna switching relays. Receivers being tested nor-
mally have different antenna ports for the different
frequency ranges being tested. These signals provide
the capability to control rf relays to automatically
connect the signal generator output to the proper
antenna port for the mode selected.
10.8 StorelRecall Board A9
10.8.1 General
Store/recall board A9 provides the capability for
storage of signal generator conditions and for recall
of those conditions a t any time.
10.8.2 Overall Operation (Refer to figure 32.)
CPU address bus information is supplied to port
decoder U8B and control decode circuit U5B. I/O read
and write signals are also input to the control dQcode
circuits. The four MSB of address, AB4 through AB7,
must be high or data cannot be transferred through
the data buffers.
When AB4 through AB7 are high and the I/O write
signal goes low, port decoder U8B decodes ABO and
AB1 to provide clock signals for data registers U12,
U13, and U16. U8B also outputs a control signal to
WE control circuits (U3C, U l l D , U11F). The control
decode output that enables U8B also causes U24 to
output a wait signal to the CPU and enables data
buffers U19, U20, and U21 to allow data from the
CPU data bus onto the A9 board. The storage
memories (U6, U22, U2, U23, U9, U18) will not accept
data until they are chip enabled.
When AB4 through AB7 are high and the I/O read
signal goes low, the data buffers allow data from the
A9 board onto the CPU data bus. An I/O read also
triggers U24 to output a wait signal to the CPU,
Revised 1 October 1978
Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 description 523-0768882

NOTE.
@ APPLIES TO 4 7 9 s - 6 A AND 4 7 9 3 - 6 SB1 ONLY

Power Supply A 5 , Furictional Diclgram

Figure 30

Revised 1 October 1978 75/76

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

v FREQ COMMON

9
I

Di)~~~c~
1

- RELAYS K17 - K22

{
0.01 MHz
RELAY
DRIVER D
E
D5 B 0.005 MHz
CK
I u9 U10
II i
7

DO RELAYS K 1 - K 6
LATCH
RELAY

D5 E J
C 0.005 MHz
U1 CK
u3

17 -
- ADDRESS
U4

19
- DECODER 4

I 4b
-
9
21

R E L A Y S K12 - K 1 6

{I
DO

1]
31 LATCH
4b RELAY D 1 MHz
15 DRIVER
D4 E

CK

I -- 1 U7 U8
I l l I
ADDRESS
DECODER
IDO u RELAYS K7 - K11 I

MODE COMMON

MODE SELECT A
N A V DISABLE
LOCIGS ENERGIZE
DRIVER
MODE SELECT B
COM DISABLE
TIMING TRIGGER

Remote Tune Board A8, Fu?~ctior~al

Diagram
Figure $1

Revised 1 October 1978

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 description 523-0 768882

DBO
DB 1
DB2
DB3
D B4
DB5
DB6
DB7

A00

ABl

R e ~ y i s e d l October
j 1980 7:1/80
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
which holds data on the data bus long enough for the
storage memories t o respond. The C P U is
programmed to output a n I/O write with an I/O read
to the store/recall board to latch a memory address
into registers U16, U13, and U12. Once the address is
latched, CO and C1 must be latched in read mode
(table 8 shows memory mode control inputs) and chip
enable, m, must be active to allow the memory mode
to take place.
CONTROL BIT I1ZEPIIORY MODE
co C1
0 0 Read mode
1 0 W r i t e mode
1 1 Word e r a s e mode
Control latch U7 has d a t a bits DO and D l a s control
i n p u t s a n d is clocked by o u t p u t of a d d r e s s
enable/memory mode control U8B.
Chip enable control U8A outputs determine which
pair of memories a r e enabled to receive or output
data. U8A is enabled by a n output from write enable
control U11D. Outputs from register U12 determine
which memories a r e enabled. These U12 outputs a r e a
result of the status of D2 and D3. When both I/O read
and I/O write a r e inactive, the chip enable control is
disabled and no memory is available to the data bus.
When I/O write is low, the output of write enable chip
U l l F is high, which enables U3 and causes %% to be
held off until goes low. This allows d a t a to be
entered into addressed memory if memory is in write
mode (table 8).
Refer to schematic diagrams for the following infor-
mation.
The power-up clear circuit (CR3, R6, C4) holds pins 1
and 13 on U7 low until the power-up sequence is com-
plete. This ensures t h a t C1 and CO a r e always in the
read mode and keeps the d a t a in the memories from
being inadvertently destroyed.
The power-up sequence involves delaying the -30 volts
by holding Q4 off until C13 charges negative through
R12 to approximately -10.6 volts.
The power-down sequence of the -30 volts is ac-
complished when C10 discharges to approximately -10
volts.
Rct3ised 1;i October 9180
description 523-0768882
CR4 through CR12, C8, Q2, Q3, Q4, and U15 provide
the -30-V dc operating power for the 1024 byte
memories. Zener diodes CR4 and CR5 provide over-
voltage p r o t e c t i o n t o p r e v e n t d a m a g e t o t h e
memories. CR6 prevents reverse charging of voltage
doubler capacitor C8.
The sequence to store or recall 1 byte is a s follows:
Store
a. Latch lowest 8 address bits.
b. Latch highest 6 address bits.
c. C1, CO latched to 1, 1.
d. Data byte latched in steps a, b is erased.
e. Delay 10 to 20 milliseconds by software.
f. C1, CO latched to 0,O.
g. Data byte erase terminated.
h. C1, CO latched to 0, 1.
i. Data byte written into memory.
j. Delay 1 to 2 milliseconds by software.
k. C1, CO latched to 0,O.
I. Data byte write terminated.
Recall
a. C1, CO latched to 0,O.
b. Latch lowest 8 bits of address.
c. Latch highest 6 bits of address.
d. Data byte latched in steps a, b is read.
10.9 IEEE-48811978 Bus Interface Board A10
(
10.9.1 General
IEEE-488/1978 bus interface board A10 makes the (
signal generator capable of communicating with ex-
ternal control devices.
A description of basic bus operation is given in
paragraph 10.9.2. Overall operation for A10, CPN 601-
5883-001 is given in paragraph 10.9.3, and A10, CPN
601-2309-001 in paragraph 10.9.4.
10.9.2 IEEE-48811978 Bus Operation
The following terms a r e used in this paragraph.
Talker - sends device dependent data to the bus.
Listener - receives device dependent d a t a on the bus.
Controller - manages the bus. A controller is the only
device t h a t may send GPIB bus commands on the bus
and t h u s determines what devices may be talkers and
listeners on the bus. I t is also the only device that
may activate the ATN, RON, and IFC bus manage-
ment lines described later in this paragraph.
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

The GPIB bus consists of 16 lines: 8 data lines, 3
handshake lines, and 5 control and status lines. The
function of these lines is described below.
a. Data lines: DIOl through DI08
Data lines are used for transferring bus commands
and device dependent data in a bit-parallel, byte-
serial fashion. With the 479s-6A, the 7-bit ASCII
code is used.
b. e and shake lines: DAV - data valid, NRFD - not
ready for data, NDAC - not data accepted.
Handshake lines provide for the transfer of com-
mands and data on the data lines between devices.
The talker activates the DAV line to indicate valid
data on the data lines. Listeners assert the NRFD
and NDAC lines to indicate when they are ready
for data and have accepted data, respectively.
During one "handshake cycle" one byte of data is
transferred on the bus. Because of the open collec-
tor configuration of the bus drivers, the RFD and
DAC conditions are wired - ANDed together on the
bus, creating multiple listeners. Multiple listeners
mean the talker will not see a "ready for data" con-
dition until all listeners are ready for data, or a
"data accepted" condition until all listeners have
accepted data. Because of this method of opera:
tions, the multiple listeners on the bus accept data
a t different rates, and the talkers will transfer
data a t the rate of the slowest device. Refer to
figure 35 for handshake sequence.
Table 9 indicates the status and control lines with
a description of their respective functions.
10.9.3 Overall Operation (A10 CPN 601-5883-001
only)
CPU address bus information, except address lines
ABO and AB1, is supplied to chip select control U17
and decoded to provide a CS signal to one of the I/O
interfaces, U7 or U8, each of which internally decode
one of four port address registers via CPU address
lines ABO and AB1.
Read control circuits UZA, U l l A , and U l l D combine
the chip select outputs with an I/O read signal to
provide the selected chip with a read signal. The read
signal is used to activate data buffers U6, U10, and
U12 to allow data from assembly A10 to be placed on
the CPU bus.
Data buffers U6, U10, and U12 are enabled, in one
direction or the other, a t all times. An active read
signal causes data from assembly A10 to be input to
CPU data bus, and an inactive read signal causes data
on CPU data bus to be input to assembly A10.
Address lines ABO and AB1 from the CPU address
bus are supplied directly to read/write control logic
inputs A0 and A l , respectively, on U7 and U8. These

Status c ~ r t c lControl Lines

LINE DESIGNATION LINE FUNCTION

AND TITLE

IFC - interface clear Activated by controller to clear interface. When true, will place all talkers and
listeners to the inactive state.

ATN - attention Activated by the conti-oller to distinguish between device dependent data and bus
commands on the data lines. When true, the information on the data lines i s
interpreted as a bus command.

REN - remote enable Activated by the controller to enable it to selectively place devices in the
remote mode. Only those devices addressed to listen with R E N true will enter
the remote mode. When this line goes false all devices will return to the local
mode.

SRQ - service request Activated by devices on the bus when they reqmre the controller's attention. The
controller must poll the devices to determine which one(s) activated this line.
The 479s-6A activates this line to notify the controller of an e r r o r condition
such as invalid o r out-of-range data.

ED1 - end o r identity Activated by a talker to indicate the end of a multiple-byte sequence o r by a
controller during a parallel poll. This line is not used by the 479s-6A.

82 Revised 15 October 1980

 description 523-0768882
Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

inputs in conjunction with read, write, and chip select are set for input, port C (higher) and port B are set for
inputs decide which ports are interfaced to the data output, a passive state is output to the 488 data bus,
bus. If the chip select input is high, the interface cir- bus fault latch (U9) is reset then enabled, a n d m is
cuits are disabled and no operation can be performed. enabled via U11B. The bus data lines are serviced by
If both I/O read and I/O write are inactive, the same U8 ports A and B. The bus control lines are serviced
restriction applies. An active I/O read signal allows by U7 ports A and B. U7 port C is unused while U8
three possible operations to be performed for com- port C does internal control and monitoring of the in-
I binations of A0 and A1 during an I/O read. Table 10 terface circuitry. Port assignments (in hexadecimal)
are as follows:
shows the operations performed for combinations of
A0 and A1 during an I/O read.
a. Port AOH: Bus management input
I Ttr ble 10. Reud Opemtiorl kfodes. b.
c.
Port AlH: Bus management output
Port A2H: Not used
r
A1 All OPERA TION d. Port A3H: I/O control port
e. Port A4H: Bus data input
f. Port A5H: Bus data output
0

1
0

0
Port B

Port C
-
P o r t A +Data

-
bus

Data bus

Data bus
g. Port A6H: Status in/control out
h. Port A7H: I/O control port
-
An active ATN input to U14 is output on OA. The OA
output disables data bus transceivers U15 and U16
1 1 Not allowed
and enables address comparator U1. If ATN is
received while device is already in service, U9A will
An active I/O write signal allows four possible be clocked to hang the bus in fault condition until ser-
( operations to be performed. Table 11 shows the vice sequence can terminate. The five LSB's of the
operations performed for combinations of A0 and A1 IEEE-488 ASCII data bus are applied to the address
during an I/O write. decoder. They are compared to the switch positions of
S1, and if the device addresses match, U1 outputs a
-
high level signal. The high output of U1, gated by an
active DAV signal, clocks device service latch U5. -
A1 A0 OPERATION Clocking U5 provides a nonmaskable interrupt, NMI,
to the CPU. The CPU then calls a service routine
0
which handsakes the bus under software control and
0 Data bus -Port A
transfers the data from the bus to memory, or from a
0 1 Data bus -Port B memory buffer to the bus. Refer to figure 35 for
handshake sequence.
1 0 Data bus- Port C
-
1 1 Data bus-Control word register
The active talker must then generate a DAV, data
available, control signal when all listening devices in-
dicate they are ready for data (RFD true). Data
Bus transceivers U13, U14, U15, and U16 interface available (DAV) must remain true until all listeners
the bidirectional IEEE-488 bus signals to the TTL -must
indicate data accepted (DAC true). The listener
level input and output ports in U7 and U8. Each go to not ready (RFD false) upon receipt or DAV true,
transceiver IC contains four identical interface cir- indicate data accepted when it is latched in, and then
cuits with separate system input and output pins and indicate ready again when prepared for the next data
common bus pin. Internal resistor networks match byte. This handshake will ensure the bus transfers oc-
the bus characteristics. The bus receivers are always cur a t the rate allowed by the slowest active device on
enabled, and the bus transmit input is ANDed with the bus.
the enable input to drive the bus. The bus side of the
interface has open-collector type outputs to permit -
wired -OR conditions on the bus. The logic signal is in- A service request, SRQ, will be generated by the
verted between the bus pin and the 1 / 0 pins. Refer to signal generator if it receives an invalid command
figure 34 for bus transceiver schematic. character, or receives out-of-range data.

The IEEE hardware is initialized by the software into Once operating control is released from the front pan-
the following conditions: port C (lower) and port A el switches to an external controller, it will remain

Rc~tised1.5 October 1980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 description 523-0768882

' US, U l 0, U7

-
DATA
BUFFER
110
INTERFACE
PA3
--
DBO 18 . DBO U4
DBl U13 1
DB1 20 BUS HANDSHAKE
.
DB2
DB3
22
24
082
083
D7 D7 PA7 TRANSCEIVER
0D
A SYNCHRONIZATION -
D B4 26 DB4
-
PB
(0 3) BA 68 -
DAV
DB5 28 D6 5 T BB .
DB6 30 . DB6 PB7 ID BC 69 RFD
DB7 32 -DB7 I
RD WR A0 A1 CS E BD 72 SRQ
L 4I
I)

110 WR 15 . 11

ABO 17 ,
U14 E
AB1 19
- 41 BUS
TRANSCEIVER
0D
21
25
AB2
AB4
'
I PB
BA . 73
-
ATN
27 . - AB5 - ID
BB u 67
-
29 . AB6
41
BC 79
-
REN
31 - 0A BD 71 IFC
AB7

U17 Cc R D WR A0 A1 CS
.
1-I
U8 COMP
I10
INTERFACE PA7
r b
0A
A0 A=B -

t
PA0 U15

DO
C
PA3
(k BUS
TRANSCEIVER
'}
OD
= A4

63 DO
U2A PB
(0-31 BA
16 UllA D
pB7
BE - 64 Dl

-
BUFF'ER
CONTROL
D7
J BC 65 D2
PC1 BD 66 D3
PC0
PC7
PC6 U3B. C. U5,
U2B U9, U11 B. C
4I PC1 - 110 CONTROL
PC0 LOGIC
PC7
-9 -
NMI
U16
E BUS
TRANSCEIVER OD

BA 75 D4
(4-71 BB . 76 05
ID BC . 77 D6
BD 78 D7

TP55643-013

IEE;%-ARX/1!17+8 B~rs111trrfirc.cBoard A / / /
ICPiV /iOl-5XX3-0011.Fiirtctiortcrl Lhtrqrtr rrr
Fiqlt re 3Q

Rc~riscltl15 October 1980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 description 523-0768882

there until one of two things happen; the 479s-6A is The end of self-test will result with the signal
powered down or it is put into self-test mode. The generator in initial power-up configuration under
front panel display will, however, continue to show manual control. The external controller can then
valid mode and data information. resume remote operation or request the test results.

O)ic2MC3441 Bus Trni/sceir3rr(Fwcr Iwr. Pucliir!~r)

Fiyurr .d,$

- NOT
DAV VALID
VALID

RFO

DAC
([q ACCEPTED
NONE
ACCEPTED

IEEE Board H(Ii/il.shnko Srclicc.i/c,r

Fiqn re .I.?
description 523-0768882 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

10.9.4 Orerall O p ~ r a t i o n(AIO, CP,V 601 -2309-001 Ttrhle 12. GPIB I/O P111.t . i l s s i g ~ ~ ~ n ~ w t . s .
only) (Refer to figure 36)

CPU address and control lines a r e provided to U4, PORT READ/ FUNCTION
U7A, and U13A to decode t h e r signals
~ for the GPIB NUMBERS WRITE
interface, IC U:3, GPIB address select buffer U5, and
interrupt enable latch U9. A0 Read/write GPIB data transfer
'Al-A7 Read/write GPIB status and
control
Inteface between A10 d a t a lines and CPU d a t a lines is A8 Read GPIB address
provided via bidirectional tri-state buffer U1. CS select/interrupt
signals a r e combined via U7B to enable U1. CPU con- reset
trol line I/O RD determines signal direction. A8 Write Interrupt reset
AS-AF Not used
GPIB I/O port assignments a r e given in table 12.

The CS for U3 is enahled for ports AO-A7 and in-

dividual ports in this range are decoded internally by terest to the CPU, U3 will generate an interrupt to al-
u3. low the CPU to handle the condition.

A 2-MHz clock is provided to U3 and U9 by a 16-MHz
oscillator divided by 8. The oscillator consists of U6D,
U6E, R9, R10, C8, C12, and Y1. Division by 8 is ac-
complished hy U8.
Bus transceivers U2, U10, U11, and U12 interface the
GBIP signals to U3. The bus side of these transceivers
have open collector type outputs to provide a wired-
OR function on the bus. Each line is bidirectional, the
direction of which is determined by U 3 in response to
conditions on the bus.
Special purpose GPIB interface IC U 3 properly han-
dles all GPIB protocol without CPU interface. When a
condition has occurred on the GPIB bus t h a t is of in-
The GPIB hardware is initialized by the CPU writing
into appropriate registers of U.3. During initializa-
tion, the CPU reads s\vitch S 1 positions through U5
and converts this information into U3 talk-listen ad-
tlrcsses. Switch-position information is also used to
reset U9 to a predetermined state. The dip switches
( S l ) a r e read a t power up only. Changing switch posi-
tion after power up will have no effect on GPIB ad-
dress until a self-test or device clear is initiated.
When the C P l i is processing a GPIB interrupt on the
bus, U3 is prevented from interrupting the CPU by
179. A t the end of each GPIB interrupt, the CPU
resets U9 to enahle it to generate a n y pending or
future interrupt to the CPU.
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 description 523-0768882

CLOCK

Revised 15 October 1.980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

Rockwell
International
Collins 479s-6A
VOR/ILS Signal Generator operation
I Collins Government Avionics Division

Printed in USA 523-0768883-101 118

1 September 1978
1st Revision, 15 October 1980

table of contents

Paragraph Page

4. (:ort~rolsa n d Indir-ators . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . 1

3. Operation P r o ( - e d u r ~ s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . 6

3.1 Initial Power On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

6
3.2 Self-Test Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . , . . . . . 7
3.3 R F Output Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
3.4 On-Channel/RF Frequency/Mode Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
3.5 Off-Channel R F Frequency Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
3.6 VOR Radial Selection and Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
3.7 VOR Mode Tone Selections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . , 19
3.8 ILS DDM Selection and Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , 20A 1
3.9 Marker Beacon Marker Selection.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . , 26
3.10 Communication Mode Tone Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
3.1 1 Percent Modulation Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
3.12 External Modulation Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
3.13 Scope Trigger Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
3.14 Store/Recall Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . , 32
3.15 I E E E Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.15.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.15.2 I E E E Operation for Units with A10 CPN 601-5883-001 Installed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.15.3 I E E E Operation for Units with A10 CPN 601-2309-001 Installed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
3.15.4 I E E E Programming Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
List of Effective Pages

Pace So Issue

"Title . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Oct 80
*List of Effective Pages . . . . . . . . 15 Oct 80
1 thru 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Sep 78
$8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Oct 80
9 thru 20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Sep 78
*20A thru 20B Added . . . . . . . . . . 15 Oct 80
"21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.5. Oct 80
2'2 thru 28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Sep 78
*X9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.5 Oct 80
:I0 t h r u 31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 Sep 78
*:<2 thru $2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Oct 80

Record of Revisions O F I ~ K V I S I O SISX. S K R . ~RF:\.ISF;I) I'.A~.KS IS TIIF: V . \ K I ..\I..

OX I{~:(+:II~T
. \ X I ) l~;S'll~;l<l ) . l ~ ~ llSSk;l{TKl)
*; : \ S l ) ISITI.AI,S.

ll\lS10 ISSI .]<TION Sl; XI'%lJ<k:lt lt13.1 ' Ill..\.ISlOS lXSk:l{'~lOS S1: S1..11111<1{
I ).\'I7../l<Y lS('l.l.l)El) S() I ).\Tk. I ):\'lT:/ftY lS(.l.1.l)P.I)

1st Ed 1 Sell 78 None

15 O c t 80 1 thru I0
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

operation

tory wired for 115-V ac operation. If 230-V ac opera-

tion is required, refer to paragraph 7 of the descrip-
This section provides the instructions for operating tion section.
the 479s-6A VOR/ILS Signal Generator. The signal
generator produces both rf and audio signals required
for testing VOR, ILS, marker beacon, and vhf com- 2. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
munication receivers. The signal generator switches
to the correct mode and preset conditions with the Figure 1 is an illustration of the 479s-6A front panel
selection of a VOR, ILS, marker beacon, or vhf com- with a brief description of each functional area.
munication rf frequency. The signal generator is Figure 2 illustrates and tables 1 through 7 describe
capable of operating on 115 V ac, 50/60 Hz, or 230 V the controls and indicators in each of the major func-
ac, 50/60 Hz. The generator is shipped from the fac- tional areas.

DISPLAYS SELECTED VOR, ILS DISPLAYS RF CARRIER

MARKER BEACON, OR VHF FREQUENCY OUTPUT
COMMUNICATION CARRIER OR LEVEL AND SIGNAL
DISPLAYS AUDIO TONE AUDIO FREQUENCY AND SIGNAL GENERATOR RF CIRCUIT
INTELLIGENCE AND STATUS. GENERATOR MODE OF OPERATION. STATUS.

TO
FROM
? H z '
RDUDDMlMOD
/-/
I- ' .-I
. I-l
I
/-,
-
ROLIDtGI
oOM
MOO<%/ 1
i 1-1
1-1 f
FREOUENCY

1-1 1-1 1-1

a 1
1-1
1-1
rHT
Hz
-RF

r
-1
LEVEL-

1-1
I ,
L ,
,","""
O/R<L)OHZI

A U D I O STATUS- MODE -RF STATUS-

A l L S PH V A R IM O D VAR F R t Q STANDARD SELFTEST MB "OR LOC GS COMM PH LOCK LEVEL C A L
I I I I

T O N E SELECT D A T A ENTRY

REQUIRED FOR TEST. CARRIER FREQUENCIES,

KEYS LIGHT WHEN RADIALS, DDM'S ALlDlO
TONE IS SELECTED. FREQUENCIES, MODULATION
PERCENTAGES, AND FUNCTION
CON'TROLS SIGNAL MODIFIER KEY.
GENERATOR POWER. DISPLAYED IN RDLIDDMI
MOD AND AUDIO STATUS CONTROLS RF FREQUENCY
DISPLAYS. ALSO CON'TROLS SELECTION, CONTROL
OPTIONAL STOREIRECALL OF RF OUTPUT LEVEL,
FUNCTION. AND FREQUENCY STEP
CAPABILITY.
Frori t P n n ~ lControls rtnd Indicntor,s
Fi,qu re 1
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

Controls and Indicators NOTE: SHADED KEYS ARE LIT WHEN ON.
Figure 2 (Sheet 1 of 4)

Table 1. TONE SELECT Key Functions.

KEY I FUNCTION
I
I 30 Hz VAR 1 Selects 30-Hz variable VOR signal.
I
Selects 9960-Hz FM (30-Hz reference) VOR signal.
Selects 9960-Hz ordy signal.
Selects 1020-Hz audio o r AUX tone when used in conjunction with VAR FREQ o r % MOD-FUNCTION/
CONTROL key.
Selects 90-Hz ILS signal.
Selects 150-Hz ILS signal.
Selects 400-Hz (outer m a r k e r ) m a r k e r beacon signal.
Selects 1300-Hz (middle m a r k e r ) m a r k e r beacon signal.
Selects 3000-Hz (inner m a r k e r ) m a r k e r beacon signal.

Tuble 2. FUNCTION/CONTROL Key Functions.

I KEY I FUNCTION 1
% MOD Enables selection of percent modulation through DATA ENTRY keys and switches RDL/DDM/
MOD display to indicate percent modulation.
STD Switches RDL/DDM/I\.IOD, AUDIO STATUS, FREQUENCY, and R F LEVFL displays back to the
p r e s e t condition f o r the selected mode.
RDL/DDM Enables selection of radial in VOR mode o r DDM in ILS mode through DATA ENTRY keys.
STEP ARDL A DDM Steps VOR radial in +30-degree steps o r ILS DDM in standard DDM steps.
T/F U/L D/R Selects e i t h e r a FROM o r M radial in VOR mode o r a 90-Hz predominant o r 150-Hz predominant
signal in ILS mode.
VAR FREQ Enables DATA ENTRY keys f o r varying standard tones (30, 9960, 9960 F'M, 90, and 150 Hz).
Enables selection of AUX audio frequencies through DATA ENTKY keys when used in conjunction
with 1020/AUX-TONE SELECT key.
+10 STEP Steps VOR mode radial in +lo-degree steps.

-f Slews VOR mode radial in 10.01-degree steps, LOC mode DDM in 0.001 (left) steps, o r GS mode
DDM in 0.002 (up) steps.
-10 STEP Steps VOR mode radial in -10-degree steps.
I
Slews VOK mode radial in -0.01-degree steps, LOC mode DDM in 0.001 (right) steps, o r GS mode
DDM in 0.002 (down) steps.
Enables storage of selected setup by entry of memory location in DATA ENTRY keys (operational
only on units with options 1 o r 2).
RCL Enables recall of entries in storage by entering memory location in DATA ENTRY keys (opera-
tional onlv on units with ootions 1 o r 21.
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 operation 523-0768883

NOTE: SHADED KEYS ARE LIT WHEN ON.

Controls and Indicators
Figure 2 (Sheet 2)

Table 3. DATA ENTRY Key Functions.

KEY FUNCTION

Numerical 0/60" Provides numerical entry of rf c a r r i e r frequency, VOR radials, ILS DDM, and percent
through 9/330° modulation, auxiliary audio frequency, o r entry of VOR radials at every 30" major
heading when modifier ( f ) key is enabled (lit). In ILS mode 0/60°, key selects A ILS PH
when modifier ( f ) key is enabled (lit).
(decimal)/3O0 Used for numerical entries requiring a decimal point o r for a 30-VOR radial when
modifier (f) key is enabled (lit).
ENTER Enables numerical entries to signal generator circuits.
CLEAR Clears numerical key entry before ENTER key is pressed and also clears nonvalid
entries.
f Selects lower function (") of DATA ENTRY keys. Used a s a modifier when in ILS mode
to select A ILS PH.

Table 4. RF SELECT Key Functions.

KEY FUNCTION

RF FREQ Enables selection of rf c a r r i e r frequencies through DATA ENTRY keys. Also used to
step rf frequencies.
LOC/GS Switches rf c a r r i e r frequency from selected localizer frequency to paired glideslope
frequency o r vice versa.
AF Enables rf c a r r i e r frequency slewing through FAST INCR, SLOW INCR, FAST DECR,
and SLOW DECR keys.
R F ON/OFF Switches output of R F OUT connector alternately from ON to OFF.
FAST INCR Increases rf output level in 10-dB steps o r , when AF key is enabled (lit), increases rf
c a r r i e r frequency at a fast rate.
SLOW INCR Increases rf output level in 1-dB steps or, when AF key is enabled (lit), increases rf
c a r r i e r frequency at a slow rate.
FAST DECR Decreases rf output level in 10-dB steps o r , when AF key is enabled (lit), decreases
.
rf c a r r i e r frequency at a fast rate
SLOW DECR Decreases rf output level in 1-dB steps o r , when A F key is enabled (lit), decreases
rf c a r r i e r frequency at a slow rate.
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

TO ,-I ,-/ RDLIDEGI

AUDIO STATUS-

Controls u?zd hdicators

Figure 1 (Sheet 3)

Table 5. RDL/DDM/MOD and AUDIO STATUS Display Functions

DISPLAY/INDICATOR FUNCTION

RDL/DDM/MOD Display and Indicators

TO indicator Indicates generation of a VOR TO radial.

FROM indicator Indicates generation of a VOR FROM radial.

U/L (150-Hz) Indicates generation of an ILS up/left (150-Hz predominant) signal

indicator

D/R (90-HZ) Indicates generation of an ILS down/right (90-Hz predominant) signal.

indicator

5-digit digital display Provides numerical indication of generated radial, DDM, o r percent modulation.

RDL (DEG) indicator Indicates digital display is VOR radial in degrees.

DDM indicator Indicates digital display is ILS DDM.

MOD (%) indicator Indicates digital display is percent modulation.

AUDIO STATUS Display

AILS PH Indicates a 60-degree phase shift of the 150-Hz component with respect to the 90-Hz
component, as measured between positive-going zero crossing of the 90-Hz and 150-
Hz components of the ILS composite waveform.

VAR % MOD Indicates percent modulation displayed is variable through DATA ENTRY keys.
indicator

VAR FREQ Indicates 30-, 9960-, 9960 FM-, 90-, and 150-Hz tones o r AUX audio tone a r e
variable through DATA ENTRY keys.

STANDARD indicator Indicates standard modulation conditions a r e present.

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 operation 523-0768883

Coiitrols u t ~ dI?~ldzc(~tors
Fzgure 2 (Sheet 4 )

Ttrhle 6 FREQIJENCY cr?~dMODE Dzsplnq Functions.

DISPLAY/INDICATOR 1 FUNCTION
FREQUENCY Display
6-digit digital display Provides numerical indication of actual rf c a r r i e r frequency o r selected variable
audio frequency.
MHz indicator Indicates rf c a r r i e r frequency resolution is 1kHz.
kHz indicator Indicates rf c a r r i e r frequency resolution is 0.1 kHz.
Hz indicator Indicates audio frequency with 0.1-Hz resolution to 1kHz and 1.0-Hz resolution
above 1kHz.
MODE Display
SELF TEST indicator Indicates signal generator is in self-test mode.
MB indicator Indicates marker beacon frequency selected and signal generator is in marker
beacon mode.
VO R indicator Indicates VOR frequency selected and signal generator is in VOR mode.
LOC indicator Indicates localizer frequency selected and signal generator is in localizer mode.
GS indicator Indicates glideslope frequency selected and signal generator is in glideslope mode.
COMM indicator Indicates vhf communication frequency selected and signal generator is in vhf
comm mode.

Tr~hle7 RF LEVEL cxr~dR F STATUS Display Function.

DISPLAY/PJDICATOR FUNCTION

R F LEVEL Display
3-digit digital display Provides numerical indication of rf output level and indicates when rf output i s
turned off.
-dBmW indicator Indicates digital readout i s displaying rf power in dB mW.
pV indicator Indicates digital readout i s displaying rf output level in microvolts.
mV indicator Indicates digital readout is displaying rf output level in millivolts.
k~ STATUS Display
P H LOCK indicator Indicates rf frequency synthesizer i s locked onto the selected frequency.
LEVEL CAL indicator Indicates the rf output from the signal generator i s within the specified limits.
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
operation 523-0 768883

3. OPERATION PROCEDURES Refer to table 8 for a list of the operating procedures

and the applicable paragraph.

Paragraphs 3.1 through 3.15 contain the operating

procedures for the signal generator. The procedures
p%Z%q
provide operating instructions for each mode of Ensure that signal generator is positioned to
operation and each function that can be performed in provide clearance a t rear of generator for in-
a mode of operation. take of cooling air.

Tuble 8. Operating Procedures Reference List

OPERATING PROCEDURE PARAGRAPH

Initial turn-on 3.1

Self-test operation 3.2
Rf output control 3.3
~requency/modeselection 3.4
Rf frequency slewing 3.5
VOR radial selection and adjustment 3.6
VOR mode tone selection 3.7
ILS DDM selection and adjustment 3.8
- Marker beacon marker selection 3.9
Communication mode tone selection 3.10
% mod~~lation adjustment 3.11
External modulation 3.12
Scope trigger 3.13
Store/recall operation 3.14
IEEE operation 3.15

RDUDDM/MOD FREQUENCY -RF LEVEL-

O/Rl9OHzl
AUDIO STATUS- MODE -RF STATUS-
A lLS PH VAR % M O D YAR FREO STANDARD SELFTEST ME VOR LOC 0 3 COMM PH LOCK LEVEL CAL
I I I I

TONE SELECT RF SELECT

SELF TEST
SLOW
ON/O(F INCR INCR

RF OUT

POWER

0
ON OFF 4 7 9 s - 6 A VOR/ILS Slgnal Generator

NOTE: SHADED KEYS ARE LIT WHEN ON.

Initial Power On
Figure 3

3.1 Initial Power On (Refer t o figure 3 . ) the RAM'S has an incorrect output, the R F LEVEL
display will indicate the RAM that has failed (. . .
a. Press POWER switch to ON. 1). The signal generator will start another RAM
b. A computer memory check is performed im- check and will continue to sequence until malfunc-
mediately after power is turned on to determine if tion is corrected. If an incorrect output occurs on
the output from the memories is correct. If one of the ROM check, the number of the malfunctioning
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

ROM is displayed on the RDL/DDM/MOD display

and the MODE display SELF TEST indicator is lit
momentarily; then the memory chip number and The S T 0 and RCL keys will light; however,
SELF TEST indicator flash on and off. Further they are nonoperational unless option 1 or 2
functions cannot be performed until the signal is installed in the signal generator.
generator is repaired. b. Release SELF TEST switch, and program check
c. If no malfunctions occur, the indications appear as begins. RDL/DDM/MOD display counts sequen-
shown in figure 3. This is the standard VOR mode tially t h r o u g h p r o g r a m m e d memory chips
condition occurring each time ac power is applied. (ROM's). If the output from a memory chip (ROM)
d. Proceed with tests. is incorrect, the RDL/DDM/MOD display in-
dicates the number of the malfunctioning memory
chip, and the MODE display SELF TEST indicator
3.2 Self-Test Operation (Refer t o figure 4 . ) lights. The number of the memory and the SELF
TEST indicator flash on and off indicating the
malfunction. The signal generator must be
The self-test operation provides the operator with a repaired before the signal generator can perform
lamp check and a program check of the signal any additional functions.
generator. c. After completion of the ROM check, the signal
generator switches to the initial power-on status,
a. Press and hold SELF TEST switch and check in- checks the RAM'S, rechecks the ROM's, and then
dicators, keys, and displays. Refer to figure 4, view switches to the 108.00-MHz VOR mode preset con-
A for correct indications. dition as shown in figure 3.

RDUDDM/MOD FREQUENCY -RF LEVEL-

* TO
,,OM 111 111 1 3 111 1 2
UlL1750Hzl.1-1.1-1.1-1.~1-1
O/RISOHzl
AU D l 0 STATUS-
ROLIOEGI

MOO[%]
1 1 Ll 1 1 1 17, Ll 1 1 1
oI-I,IpI.CI,!-I,I-f,f-I
MODE
.
:rH'
Hz
o 1 1 1 :::--
111
o~-~o~-~o~-~

-R F STATUS-
mv

A ILS P H V A R I MOD VAR FRED STANDARD SELFTEST ME VOA LOC GS COMM PH LOCK LEVEL CAL
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I

TONE SELECT FUNC-rION/CONTROL DATA ENTRY RF SELECT

SELF TEST

0 RF OUT
400 1300 3000
POWER

n
ON
0
.U
OFF
0
4 7 9 5 - 6 A VOR/ILS Signal Generator

NOTE: SHADED KEYS ARE LIT WHEN ON.

Vie/(,A. L a m p Check

RDVDDMlMOD FREQUENCY
TO ROLIDEGI MHz
FROM -1 I / DOM kHz
u/uISonrle LI -1 Moo[O/al HZ
O/RIOOHzI
AUDIO STATUS- MODE
A lLS PH VAR % M O D VAR F R E D STANDARD SELFTEST ME VOR LOC GS COMM
1

View B. Program Check

Self-Test Operation
Figure 4
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

3.3 RF O u t p u t Control (Refer t o figure 5 . )

-RF LEVEL-

a. R F Output On/Off (Refer to view A.)

The R F SELECT-RF ON/OFF key provides -R F STATUS-

operator control of the rf output. Press the R F PH LOCK LEVEL C A L

ON/OFF key to t u r n off or turn on the rf output,

depending on the output state, prior to pressing
the key. When rf output is removed, the following
should be observed:

1. R F LEVEL display indicates OFF. RF OUT

2. R F STATUS display P H LOCK indicator is off.

3. With modulation tone(s) present, R F STATUS
display LEVEL CAL indicator may flicker.
With no modulation present, LEVEL CAL in- 4 7 9 s - 6 A VOR/ILS Signal Generator

dicator is off.

Il'hen the rf output is on, the R F LEVEL display

indicates t h e selected o u t p u t level. The R F
STATUS-PH LOCK and LEVEL CAL indicators
are lit (on), indicating t h a t the rf synthesizer
phase-lock loop is locked and t h a t the output level
of the rf modulator circuitry is correct.

1 R F LEVEL- 11

b. R F Output Level Increase (Refer to view B.) R F STATUS-

PH LOCK LEVEL C A L

The rf output level is increased using the R F

SELECT-FAST INCR and SLOW INCR keys.
The FAST INCR key increases the output level in
10-dB steps, and the SLOW INCR key increases
El
Collins

output level in 10-dB steps, and the SLOW INCR

key increases the level in 1-dB steps. Keeping RF O U T
either key depressed provides continuous increases
in the output level a t applicable decibel steps. The n
R F LEVEL display indicates the level changes.
4 7 9 s - 6 A VOR/ILS Slgnsl Generator

I'te~rB RF Oir tplc t I~icretrse

RF Output Co)!trol
Fzgure 5 (Sheet 1 o j ' 2 i

Revised 15 October 1-980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 operation 523-0768883

-RF LEVEL-

1 1 1 1-1 * yyw
-1 L I ,,
c. RF Output Level Decrease (Refer to view C.) -R F STATUS-
PH LOCI LEVEL CAL
I

The rf output level is decreased using the R F

SELECT-FAST DECR and SLOW DECR keys.
The operation i s t h e same a s described for output
R F SELECT
pq
level increases in step b except that the output
level decreases.
R F OUT

@
4 7 9 s - 6 A VOR/ILS Slgnal Generator

V~eloC RF Output Decrease

d. R F Output Reference Level Change (Refer to view

D.1 -RF LEVEL-

The rf output level can be read either in -dB mW or

voltage, depending on test requirements. Press R F
SELECT-dBmW/pV key to switch R F level dis-
play from -dBmW to pV or mV, or vice versa.
J
I Cl

PH L O C I
mv

L N E L CAL
11
( Note I
When t h e R F LEVEL is displayed in
pV/mV, an additional 6 dB of attenuation is R F OUT
placed in the rf output circuit that provides a
"hard microvolt" output a t the RF OUT con-
nector. With a "hard microvolt" output, the
actual voltage a t the RF OUT connector is
one-half the voltage indicated on the R F
LEVEL display. This eliminates the require-
/ 4 7 9 s - 6 A VOR/ILS Signal Generator

ment for an external 6-dB pad. Vie149D RF Oziflrut Reference Level Change

RF Output Control
Figure 5 (Sheet 2)
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
-
3.4 On-ChannellRF FrequencylMode Selection
(Refer t o figure 6 . ) I -RF LEVEL-

Refer to table 9 for standard VOR, localizer,

glideslope, and marker beacon frequencies. (Ad- -RF STATUS-
PH LOCK LEVEL CAL
ditional frequencies in the 74.6- to 75.4-MHz range I I

provide interference signal test capability for the

marker beacon mode.) Vhf communication frequen-
cies from 118.000 to 151.975 MHz are selectable a t
each 25-kHz increment.

a. Check that R F SELECT-RF FREQ key is lit, in- RF OUT

dicating that the DATA ENTRY keys are armed to

receive rf carrier frequency selections. Refe'r to
view A. If the RF FREQ key is not lit, press key to
enable DATA ENTRY keys for frequency selec- 4 7 9 s - 6 A VOR/ILS Signal Generator

tion. R F FREQ key remains lit after entry of the

NOTE: SHADED KEYS INDICATE LIT KEYS,
frequency selection for additional frequency selec-
tions. The key remains lit until either the Viexl A. RF Frequency Selection Enable
FUNCTION/CONTROL-% MOD, RDL/DDM, or
VAR FREQ, or the DATA ENTRY-f key is
pressed.
FREQUENCY I
b. Enter selected rf carrier frequency on DATA
MODE
ENTRY numerical keys. Refer to view B. If an SELF TEST MB VOR LOC 08

error is made during entry of the frequency and

before the ENTER key is pressed, press CLEAR
key to remove entered frequency, and reenter cor-
rect frequency.
c. Press DATA ENTRY-ENTER key t o enter
selected frequency in signal generator circuits.
d. FREQUENCY display indicates the selected rf
carrier frequency and the MODE display indicates
the mode of operation for the selected frequency
automatically. If display is blinking, the data
entered is invalid. Press DATA ENTRY-CLEAR
key to clear display, and repeat steps b through d.
View B. RF Frequency Entry and Display With Mode Indicator

R F LEVEL-
e. RF STATUS-PH LOCK AND LEVEL CAL in-
dicators are lit, indicating signal generator is
locked on the selected frequency and the rf output
is calibrated. Refer to view C. If either indicator is
not lit, repair signal generator. I - -RF STATUS-
PH LOCK LEVEL CAL
I II
View C. RF Status Indicators

Frequency/Mode Selection
Figure 6 (Sheet 1 of
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

f. When the R F SELECT-RF key is lit and the
carrier is being modulated, each successive depres-
sion of the R F FREQ key will step the carrier up
one channel in the mode selected. The signal
generator will step to the highest frequency and
then return to the lowest frequency for the selected
mode on the next step in all modes except LOC.
When the highest channel is reached in LOC mode,
the next step will place the signal generator in VOR
mode (112.00 MHz).
g. When the R F SELECT-RF FREQ key is lit and
the carrier is not modulated (all TONE SELECT
keys off), each successive depression of the R F
FREQ key will step the carrier up in 50-kHz steps
in VOR/LOC, 150-kHz steps in GS, and 25-kHz
channeling information remains tuned to the last
rf channel selected prior to entering the variable rf
mode. T h e REMOTE TUNE connector also
provides NAV disable, COMM disable, and
LOC/GS energize mode discretes, as well as two
logic signals for control of antenna relay switching.
j. In the ILS modes, if a localizer rf carrier frequency
is selected and it is desired to change to a paired
glideslope rf carrier frequency or vice versa, press
R F SELECT-LOC/GS key a n d t h e signal
generator will switch to the paired frequency and
mode in a preset condition. Refer to view D.
I RF SELECT

steps in COMM.
h. Selection of a new mode automatically initializes
standard modulation a t the proper level. Refer to
figure 7 for preset conditions. Rf power level, RF OUT

however, remains a t the last level set (except

following a self-test). If any, or all, tones are
deleted, changing rf frequencies within a mode
will leave the tone status unchanged.
0
479s-6A VOR/ILS Signal Generator

i. Selection of an rf carrier frequency automatically

selects the corresponding 2-of-5 code outputs.
These lines are available a t the REMOTE TUNE View D. ILS Mode Change
connector for channeling the receiver under test.
When performing off-channel tests, such as if Frequency/Mode Selection
selectivity measurements, the REMOTE TUNE Figure 6 (Sheet 2)
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

Table 9. Standard VOR, ILS (Localizer and Glideslope), and Marker Beacon Frequencies.
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 operation 523-0768883

RDL/DDM/MOD FREQUENCY -RF LEVEL-

TO /-, * ROLIOEGI
FROM
U/LIISOHz] C1I-' * I- I I-'
C1
o o M
MOOl%l
I 1-1
I 1-1
IZI 1-1
CI,I-I
1-1 1-1
CI 1-1
yHy
Hz
r
-1
1-1
1-1
"Ymw
-v
DIRISOHzl
AUDIO STATUS- MODE --RF STATUS-
A lLS P H VAR % M O D V A R FREQ STANDARD SELFTEST ME VOR LOC GS COMM PH LOCK LNEL C I L
I I I I

TONE SELECT FUNCTION/CONTROL DATA ENTRY RF SELECT

Collins
SELF TEST

0 RF OUT

POWER

n
ON
0
11
OFF
Q
4 7 9 s 6 A VOR/ILS Slgnal Generator

Viecri A. VOR Mode Preset Condition

RDL/DDM/MOD FREQUENCY -RF LEVEL-

TO ROL(0EGI
FROM
UILI1SOHzl
1-1
el-\
1-1
1-1
1-1
1-1
oDM
M001%1
11-1
1 1-1
111
1-1
11-1
1 1-1
1-1
1-1
*yHT c 17*,TW
-1 L I ,v
O/RISOHz)
AU D l 0 STATUS- MODE -RF STATUS-
A lLS P H VAR % M O D V A R FREQ STANDARD SELFTEST MB VOR LOC GS COMM PH LOCI LEVEL C A L
I I m I

Vircr, B. LOC Mode Preset Condition

Preset Conditions
Figure 7 (Sheet 1 of 3)
operation 523-0768883 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

RDUDDM/MOD FREDUENCY -RF LEVEL-

TO
FROM 1-1 •
1-1 1-1
FIDL(DEGi
11-I
-
1-1 -I 1-1 1-1 'rHy 1 1-1 '"ymW
U/LIlSOHz) mu
CI CI MOO,%^ -I -I .1 1 Cl 1-1 Hz 1 LI ,v
D/R(SOHzI
AUDIO STATUS- MODE -RF STATUS-
A lLS PH VAR % M O D V A R FREO STANDARD SELFTEST ME VDR LOC GS COMM PH L O C I LEVEL C A L
I I I I

TONE SELECT FUNCTlONlCONTROL DATA ENTRY RF SELECT

ICollnsl(
SELF TEST

0 RF OUT

POWER

n
ON
0
n
OFF
0
4 7 9 s - 6 A VOR/ILS Signal Generator

Vit.lo C. GS Mode Preset Corrdition

RDUDDM/MOD FREQUENCY -RF LEVEL-

TO RDLlDEGi
FROM 1 1 1 1 1 1-1 DDM -1 1 1 1-1 1-1 1-1 ' C 1-1 'uymw
U/LIISOHzi -1 -1 I-I MOOI%I 1 -\el-\ 1-1 1-1 Hz -1 LI v,
D/R(SOHzl
AUDIO STATUS- MODE -RFSTATUS-
A lLS PH VAR % M O D V A R FREO STANDARD SELFTEST ME VOR LOC GS COMM P H LOCK LEVEL C A L
I I I I

TONE SELECT FUNCTION/CONTROL DATA ENTRY RF SELECT

SELF TEST

0 RF OUT

POWER

n
ON
0
El
OFF
0
4 7 9 s - 6 A VOR/ILS Slgnel Generator

V~e,rlD Marker Beacon Mode Preset Condztzon

Preset Conditions
Figure 7 (Sheet 2)
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 operation 523-0768883

.
RDUDDM/MOD FREQUENCY -RF LEVEL-

yHT
TO RDLIDEG!
FROM -1
-
-1
1-1
1-11.-1
1-1 DDM
MOD,,! I
1 1 \ I / 1-1
I LI,I-I
1-1 1-1
CI 1-1
C
-1
1-1
CI
,","""
,v
U/L1150Hz!

DIRISOHz)
AUDIO STATUS- MODE -R F STATUS-
& R S PH VAR % M O D VAR FREO STANDARD SELF TEST ME VOR LOC GS COMM PH L O C I LEVEL C A L
I I I I

TONE SELECT FUNCTlONlCONTROL DATA ENTRY RF SELECT

Collin./J
SELF TEST

0 RF OUT

POWER

n
ON
0
E
L
OFF
0
4 7 9 8 6 A VORllLS Signal Generator

View E VHF COMM Mode Preset Condrtron

Prvset Condztto7r.s
figure 7 (Sheet 3)
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

3.5 Off-Channel RF Frequency Selection (Refer

t o figure 8 . )

The frequency can be varied in both directions from

the selected rf carrier frequency. The frequency can
be increased or decreased to f1-channel spacing of RF OUT

the selected frequency to check receiver selectivity.

a. Press R F SELECT-AF key: key lights indicating

FAST INCR, SLOW INCR, FAST DECR, and
SLOW DECR, and DATA ENTRY keys a r e
enabled to vary rf carrier frequency. Refer to
I 4 7 9 s - 6 A VORllLS Signal Generator

Vie10A. Frequency I?lcrease

views A and B. When AF mode is enabled, the
mode selects a t the REMOTE TUNE connector re-
main a t the last selected channel frequency.
FREQUENCY display changes to kHz indications, R F SELECT

dropping the most significant numeral of the VOR,

localizer, glideslope, or vhf communication fre-
quency. Refer to view C.
b. To increase rf frequency a t a fast rate, press FAST RF O U T

INCR key; to increase frequency a t a slow rate,

press SLOW INCR key. To decrease frequency, use
FAST DECR and SLOW DECR keys. Refer to l

views A and B. 4 7 9 5 - 6 A VOR/ILS Signal Generator

c. FREQUENCY display indicates frequency in-

creases and decreases. VZPW
B Frequency Decrease
d. To vary the frequency from the DATA ENTRY
keyboard:
1. Enter selected rf frequency on DATA ENTRY
numerical keys (1-kHz steps). The decimal must FREQUENCY
be entered explicitly. For example, if the
selected frequency is 108.002, enter 108.002 on
the DATA ENTRY keys. If an error is made MODE
during the entry and before the ENTER key is SELFTEST MB VOR
I
LOC GS COMM

pressed, press DATA ENTRY CLEAR key to

remove the incorrect entry and reenter the cor- V L P IC.
O Frequency Display
rect frequency. NOTE: SHADED KEYS INDICATE LIT KEYS.
2. Press DATA ENTRY-ENTER key to enter
selected frequency in signal generator circuits.
e. Press AF key again to return rf carrier frequency RF Frequency Sleuii?ig
to the last selected channel frequency. Figure 8
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 operation 523-0 768883

3.6 VOR Radial Selection and Adjustment (Refer

to figure 9 . )

a. Radial Selection
The VOR radial can be selected from 000.00 to
359.99 in 0.01-degree increments or on major
headings a t every 30 degrees.
1. Incremental Selection
(a) Check that FUNCTION/CONTROL-
RDL/DDM key is lit. Refer to view A. If key
is not lit, press RDL/DDM key to enable
entry of selected radial through DATA
ENTRY keys. RDL/DDM key lights and
remains lit after the radial selection so that
additional radial selections can be made. DATA ENTRY

Key remains lit until either the RF

SELECT-RF FREQ, the FUNCTION/
CONTROL-% MOD or VAR freq, or the
DATA ENTRY-f key is pressed.
(b) E n t e r selected VOR radial on DATA
ENTRY numerical keys. Refer to view B.
The decimal point must be entered explicit-
ly. For example, if the selected radial is
301.10 degrees, enter 301.1 on the DATA
ENTRY keys. If an error is made during the
entry of the selected radial and before the
I
E N T E R key is pressed, press DATA
ENTRY-CLEAR key to remove the in-
correct entry and reenter the correct radial.
(c) Press DATA ENTRY-ENTER key to enter RDWDDM/MOD
selected radial data in signal generator cir-
cuits.
, TO
FROM 1-1 I11 :1 I 3 1G
E: : :

V/LI1SOHzl 'PI I-' i , 1 -1 MOD(%)

(d) RDL/DDM/MOD display indicates the D/RIOOHz1

-
AUDIO STATUS-
selected VOR radial in degrees and provides A lLS PH VAR % M O D Y A R FREQ STANDARD
I
a FROM indication. Refer to view C. If dis-
play is blinking, the data entered is un-
acceptable. Press DATA ENTRY-CLEAR
key to clear display and repeat steps a
through c.

2. Major Heading Selection

(a) Press the DATA ENTRY-f key to enable
entry of desired radial degree marked on
DATA ENTRY keys. Refer to view D. The
key lights when enabled. Key remains lit
until the RF SELECT-RF FREQ or the
FUNCTION CONTROL-% MOD, VAR
FREQ, or RDL/DDM key is pressed.
(b) Press DATA ENTRY key for selected VOR
radial. Virrc~D Major Hecrdlng Rndzcll Selectzo?~En try
(c) RDL/DDM/MOD display indicates the
selected radial in degrees and provides a VOR Rrrdzal Selectzort crttd ArlJztstrrrc~tt
FROM indication. Ftgltre 9 (Sheet 1 of 0
operation 523-0 768883 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

b. Radial Adjustment

The radial is adjustable from the selected radial in

+30-, +lo-, -lo-, +0.01-, and -0.01-degree steps.
Refer to view E.

1. +30-Degree Adjustment

Press FUNCTION/CONTROL-STEP/ARDL/
ADDM key once for each 30-degree-step increase
required. Holding key depressed does not provide NOTE: SHADED KEYS INDICATE LIT KEYS.
continuous 30-degree-step increases. View E. Radial Adjustment

2. +lo-Degree Adjustment

Press FUNCTION/CONTROL- +10 STEP key

once for each 10-degree-step increase required.
Holding key depressed does not provide con-
tinuous 10-degree-step increases.

3. -10-Degree Adjustment

Press FUNCTION/CONTROL- -10 STEP key

once for each 10-degree-step decrease required. View F. Reset-to-Preset Condition
Holding key depressed does not provide con-
tinuous 10-degree-step decreases.

4. +O.Ol-Degree Adjustment

Press FUNCTION/CONTROL-4 Key once

for each 0.01-degree-step increase required.
Holding key depressed provides continuous
0.01-degree-step increases.

5. -0.01-Degree Adjustment

Press FUNCTION/CONTROL-
-bKey once
for each 0.01-degree-step decrea e required.
Holding key depressed provides continuous
View G. TO-FROM Signal Switching

0.01-degree-step decreases. RDWDDM/MOD

TO RDLIDEG)
FROM DOM
d. TO-FROM Signal Switching (Refer to view G.) U/LlI5OHzI C1'-I '-.I-' C' MOD(%)
DIRISOHz)

-
AUDIO STATUS-
Press FUNCTION/CONTROL-T/F U/L D/R key A ILS PH VAR % M O D VAR FREQ STANDARD
I
to change from a TO radial to a FROM radial, or
vice versa. RDL/DDM/MOD display TO/FROM View H. TO-FROM Signal Indicator
indicator changes; however, bearing display
remains a t the last selected bearing. Refer to view VOR Radial Selection and Adjustment
H. Figure 9 (Sheet 2)
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

3.7 VOR Mode Tone Selections
(Refer t o figure 10.)
a. In the preset condition, 30-Hz variable and 9960-
Hz FM (30-Hz reference) are selected and the
TONE SELECT-30 Hz VAR and 9960 FM keys
are lit. Either signal or both signals can be
removed for flag checks or other test requirements
by pressing the applicable key. The key light is
turned off when the signal is removed. Press key
again to add the removed signal. Refer to view A.
b. To obtain a 9960-Hz-only signal (30-Hz reference
removed) for flag or other receiver checks, press
TONE SELECT-9960 Hz key. 9960 Hz key lights
and 9960 FM key light goes out. Press 9960 FM key
to return to 9960 FM signal containing 30-Hz
reference.
3. Enter new selected frequency on DATA ENTRY
numerical keys. The decimal point must -be
entered explicitly. For example, if 31.50 is to be
entered, enter 31.5 on the DATA ENTRY keys.
If an error is made during the entry and before
the ENTER key is pressed, press CLEAR key to
remove incorrect entry and reenter correct fre-
quency. Press DATA ENTRY-ENTER key to
enter selected frequency in signal generator cir-
cuits.
4. New frequency will be displayed. To observe
frequency of the 9960-Hz tone, press TONE
SELECT-9960 FM or 9960 Hz keys.

c. 30-Hz/9960-Hz Adjustments (Refer to view B.)

The 30-Hz and 9960-Hz TONES are adjustable *5

percent. The 9960-Hz tone frequency varies SELF TEST
automatically when a cliange is made to the 30-Hz
VAR tone frequency. 0
1. Press the FUNCTION CONTROL-VAR FREQ POWER

key. The key will light and the VAR FREQ in-
dicator will light. Press STD key to turn off. n
ON
n
OFF

2. Press the TONE SELECT-30-Hz VAR key.

The 30-Hz frequency will be displayed.
1
Vieui A. 30-Hz/9960-HTone
z Selection

/ FREQUENCY I
--
1 1-1 1-1 yH:
-1 l - l * l L l

AUDIO STATUS- MODE

LS PH VAR % M O D VAR FREQ STANDARO SELFTEST MB VOR LOC 09 COMH
I I

NOTE: SHADED KEYS INDICATE LIT KEYS.

View B. 30-Hz/9960-HzAdjustment

VOR Mode Tone Selection

Fzgure 10 (Sheet 1 of 2)
operation 523-0768883 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

d. Audio Tone Addition (1) Frequency Selection

A preset 1020-Hz or an auxiliary 30-Hz to 14-kHz E n t e r selected audio frequency on

audio tone niay be added to the VOR signal. For DATA ENTRY numerical keys. The
decimal point must be entered explicitly.
special test purposes, 10- to 30-Hz audio tones may
Frequencies can be entered in 0.1-Hz in-
also be added. Refer to view C.
crements below 1 kHz and 1-Hz in-
1. Preset 1020-Hz Audio Tone crements above 1 kHz. For example, if
25.5 Hz is desired, enter 25.5 on the
Press TONE SELECT-1020/AUX key. Key DATA ENTRY keys. If an error is made
lights and a 1020-Hz audio tone is added to the during the entry and before the ENTER
VOR signal if VAR FREQ key is not lit. Press key is pressed, press CLEAR key to
key again to remove signal. If VAR FREQ key is remove incorrect entry and reenter cor-
pressed while the 1020 Hz is on, the 1020-Hz rect frequency. Press DATA
will then go off. ENTRY-ENTER key to enter selected
audio frequency in signal generator cir-
2. AUX (10-HZ to 14-kHz) AUDIO TONE cuits.
( a ) P r e s s FUNCTION/CONTROL-VAR
FREQ key. Key lights and VAR FREQ in- (2) AUX Audio Frequency Slewing
dicator lights. Press STD key to turn off. Press FUNCTION/CONTROL- +\
(b) Press TONE SELECT-1020/AUX key. Key key once for each step increase desired.
lights and a 1000-Hz audio tone is added to Holding key depressed provides con-
the VOR signal and displayed on the tinuous frequency increase. Slewing is
FREQUENCY indicator. To turn off AUX in 1.0-Hz steps above 1000 Hz and in 0.1-
audio tone, depress FUNCTION/ Hz steps below 1000 Hz.
CONTROL-VAR FREQ key followed by
TONE SELECT-1020/AUX key. Press FUNCTION/CONTROL- ++
key once for each step decrease desired.
(c) Frequency Adjustments Holding key depressed provides con-
tinuous frequency decrease. Slewing is
The frequency can be adjusted from 30 Hz in 1.0-Hz steps above 1000 Hz and in 0.1-
to 14 kHz. Entries that would exceed the Hz steps below 1000 Hz.
range cause the FREQUENCY indicator to
flash and the AUX frequency to remain a t
last valid entry. Pressing any front panel
I Note I
key causes flashing to cease. Adjusting AUX audio above 3000 Hz deletes
standard VOR tones, if present.

Entries from 10 to 30 Hz are also allowed for I I

special test purposes and will not cause the FREDUENCY

FREQUENCY indicator to flash.
I 1-1 1-1 l-lel-l 1-1 e HZ

AUDIO STATUS- MODE

A lLS PH VAR X MOD VAR FREO STANDARD SELFTEST M8 VOR LOC GS C
I I

SELF TEST

10
POWER

0
n
ON
n
OFF

\ NOTE: SHADED KEYS INDICATE LIT KEYS.

I
VOR Mode Tone Selectzon
Fzgure 1Q (Sheet 2)
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 operation 523- 0 768883

3.8 ILS DDM Selection and Adjustment (Refer and the slewing increments for each mode of opera-
t o figure 1 1 . ) tion.

In the localizer and glideslope modes, the DDM is

preset to 0.000 or the beam center. The DDM is selec-
table in 0.001-steps within a specific range for each
mode, adjustable in standard steps, and can be slewed
continuously in either direction. Table 10 is a list of
the standard DDM steps, the DDM selection range,
In the ILS modes, the RDL/DDM/MOD-U/L (150-
HZ) and D/R (90-HZ)indicators will indicate which of
the ILS signals is predominant (has the larger
amplitude.) For example, when the U/L (150-Hz) in-
dicator is lit, the 150-Hz signal is predominant.

Ttrhlp 10 L)DAZIItlcrrnirnts, Steps, and Rn7~ge.s

MODE PRESET CONDITION STD DDM S T E P S SELECTION RANGE SLEWING WCREMENTS

Localizer 0.000 O.OOO,iO.O46, 0.000 to i0.400 0.001

*0.093, i0.155,
10.200

Glideslope 0.000 0.000, *0.045, 0.000 to 50.800 0.002

50.091, 10.175,
*0.400

Different but equivalent terminology is used between used. and ratio of audio tones expressed in dB. Ad-
generations of test equipment used for testing ILS ditionally, equivalent percent amplitude modulation
Receivers. Table 11 provides the necessary informa- lt>vels and nominal receiver microamp levels are
tion for conversion between DDM factors commonly provided.

The following information explains how table 11 values were obtained:

(1) Conversion of any tone r a t i o ( e x p r e s s e d i n dB) to the equivalent difference i n depth of modulation (DDM)
is accomplished a s follows:

(a) Convert dB t o r a t i o
dB
R = loX, w h e r e x =-
20
@ ) Calculate

DDM =
R- 1
nix-
R+ 1
where M = modulation peak e x p r e s s e d a s a decimal.

(c) DDM R - 1
= 0.4~-
(LOC ) R+ 1
R - 1
(d)DDhl =0.8xP
(GS) K i- 1

Revised 15 October 1.980 20A

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

11 II,S Totcc~Rrr t io/DDM Co t t r.c,rsio~tChn rt (Con ti.

TtrOl<~

I
1 (2) Calculating theoretical receiver output deflection given a DDM i s accomplished a s follows:

= DDRZ x 967.7

1I
(a) P ~ ( L O C )
@)p.A~GsjDD11i857.1

(3) Computing modulation percentages given a DDM i s accomplished a s follows:

I (a) % mod larger (LOC) :20 50 x DDM

0/( mod smaller (LOC) = 20 - 50 x DDILZ

@) mod larger (GS) = 40 A 50 x DDM

% mod smaller (GS) = 40 - 5 0 x DDM

I
(c) Additionally, a simple thought process procedure can be used to determine mod % given a DDM.

1. Move the decimal two places to the right.

-

2. Divide by 2.
-
3. Add to 20(LOC) or 40(GS). This result i s the mod % of the larger tone.
-
4. Subtract the mod % of the larger tone from 40 (LOC) o r 80 (GS) to get the mod
- R of the smaller tone.

LOCALIZEK (LOC) GLIDESLOPE ( G S )

*DDM
(!/EL?
SMALLER
KCVR
DEFLECTION
bA)
*DDM

)
(!gR
SMALLER
RCVR
DEFLECTION
@*)

20 .oo 4o.00
0.000 0 0.000 0
20 .OO 40 .OO

0.012
20.58
12 0.023
41.15 20
19.42 38.85

0.023
21.13 22 0.045
42.25 39
18.87 37.75
22.28 44.55
0.0456 44 0.091 78
17.72 35.45
22.29 44.59
0.0458 44 0.092 79
17.71 35.41

0.046
22.30
45 0.092
44.60 79
17.70 35.40

0.087
24.37
84 0.175
48.75 150
15.63 31.25

0.091
24.53
88 0.181
49.05 155
15.47 30.95

0.093
24.65
-- 90 0.186
49.30 159
15.35 30.70
27.75 55.50
0.155 150 0.310 266
12.25 24.50

ZOB Revised 15 October 1980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 operation 523-0768883

7'irOI(,11. ILS Tot/<.R(tfio/IlIj.lil Cot/ r,~raio?tClitrrt (COT/

ti

I TONE 1 LOCALIZER (LOC) I GLIDESLOPE (GS) I

RATIO
(dB)
*DDM
( 1 ~ ): ~duA)
SMALLER
RC VR
DEFLECTION
*DDM
(!E~~
SMALLER
RcvR
DEFLECTION
(PA)

7.50 0.163
28.14
158 0.325
56.27 279
11.86 23.73

9.54 0.200
30 .OO
194 0.400
sO.00 343
10 .oo 20 .00

oc 0.400
40.00
- 387 0.800
80.00 686
00.00 00.00

*DDM (Difference i n Depth of Modulation) - the l a r g e r percent (70) of modulation l e s s the s m a l l e r percent (%)
of modulation divided by 100.

I-
NOTE: 150-Hz tone predominant: localizer is left, glideslope i s up;
90-Hz tone predominant: localizer is right, glideslope is down.

a. Standard DDM Adjustments

1. Press FUNCTION/CONTROL- STEP ARDL

ADDM key for each standard DDM step re-
quired. Refer to view A. The DDM cycles
through each standard DDM step and back to
0.000. Each change of DDM step requires press-
ing the STEP ARDL ADDM key. When ac-
tivated, the FUNCTION/CONTROL-STEP
ARDL ADDM key steps the DDM in the U/L
(150-Hz) direction unless the D/R (90-Hz) in-
dicator is lit. If the D/R (90-Hz) indicator is lit,
the DDM steps in the D/R (90-HZ)direction un- V~rrc,A Stnvdrrrd DDM Step and Slewrng Keys
ti1 maximum deviation is reached and the next
step returns the DDM to 0.000 or beam center.
At beam center, the DDM returns to a U/L
(150-Hz) signal and indication and remains in
the U/L (150-Hz) condition until D/R (90 Hz) is
again selected. TO
RDUDDM/MOD
RDLIDEG)

2. RDL/DDM/MOD display indicates DDM step FROM 1-1 1-1 I-

U/Li150H~l * c 1 1 1-1 v
~
)l::
and U/L (150-Hz) indicator is lit. Refer to view DlRIDOHzi

B. & lLS PH
AUDIO STATUS-
VAR % M O D VAR FREO STANDARD
I

b. DDM Slewing
-

Press and hold FUNCTION/CONTROL key to+k V1rtc3B. DL)M Dixpln y

slew the DDM up/left or the ++
key to slew the
DDM down/right. Refer to view A. In the localizer
mode, the DDM varies in 0.001 steps; in the
glideslope mode, the DDM varies in 0.002 steps. ILS DDM Selection and Arliustment
Figure 11 (Sheet 1 of 5 )

Revised 15 October 1980

Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 operation 523-0768883

2. Press FUNCTION/CONTROL-T/F U/L D/R modes. Press DATA ENTRY-f key to enable
key to switch DDM to D/R (90 Hz). phase shift. Key will light.
3. Change DDM to next required DDM either by 2. Depress DATA ENTRY 60, 0 key to produce an
stepping, slewing, or keyboard selection.
4. Press FUNCTION/CONTROL-T/F U/L D/R ILS composite signal with a 60-degree phase
key to switch DDM to U/L (150 Hz). shift between the 90- and 150-Hz signals. (Phase
shift equals 60 degrees of the 150-Hz compo-
nent, measured between positive-going zero
crossings.) The AUDIO STATUS-ILS P H in-
The above procedures are typical for discus- dicator lights when the phase shift is entered.
sion of signal generator operation and can be (a) DDMts may be entered from the keyboard.
varied as required during actual receiver When e n t e r e d f r o m keyboard, press
testing. FUNCTION CONTROL-= to turn off
DDM
f. ILS Phase Adjustment (Refer to view F.) DATA ENTRY-f and then make entry.
(b) When stepping DDMts, DATA ENTRY-f
key c a n s t a y o n . P r e s s FUNCTION
1. The phase between the 90- and 150-Hz signals CONTROL-STD key or DATA ENTRY-
can be varied in either localizer or glideslope 2 key to disable phase shift.
60"

/
/
AUDIO STATUS- MODE
A ILS PH VAR % M O D VAR FREO STANDARD SELF TEST MB VOR LOC GS COMM
I I

SELF TEST

0
POWER

0
a Il
ON OFF

NOTE: SHADED KEYS INDICATE LIT KEYS.

I
View F. ILS Phase Adjustment

g. Removal of 90- or 150-Hz Audio Modulation for

Flag Check

Either the 90- or 150-Hz ILS audio tone or both

tones can be removed to perform a flag check or for
other tests. Press the TONE SELECT-90-Hz or View G. gO-Hz/IjO-Hz
Removal
150-Hz key to remove the applicable audio modula-
tion. When the modulation is off, the key light
turns off. To turn on the modulation, press the ILS DDM Selection and Adjustment
applicable key. Refer to view G. Figure 11 (Sheet 3)
operation 523-0768883 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

h . Adjusting the 90- and 150-Hz Audio Modulation
Frequency
The 90- and 130-Hz frequencies a r e variable &5
percent. Refer to view H.
1. P r e s s t h e F U 5 C T I O S / C O N T R O L - V A R
FREQ key. The key will light and the VAR
FREQ indicator will light.
2. Press the TONE SELECT 90-Hz or 150-Hz keys
to select desired frequency. The selected fre-
quency will be displayed.
3. The tones may be deleted or added in the
variable frequency mode by depressing the
VAR FREQ key again. The signal generator
will remain in the variable frequency mode. To
make subsequent changes depress VAR FREQ
key again.
4. E n t e r selected frequency on DATA ENTRY
numerical keys. The decimal point must be
entered explicitly. For example, if 92.5 Hz is
desired, enter 92.5 on the DATA ENTRY keys.
If a n error is made during the entry and before
the ENTER key is pressed, press CLEAR key to
remove incorrect entry and reenter correct
frequency. Press DATA ENTRY ENTER key to
enter selected frequency in signal generator cir-
cuits.
5. New frequency will be displayed. To observe
frequency of other tone, press TONE SELECT
90-Hz and 150-Hz keys to select other tone. Ad-
justing either tone will cause a corresponding
change in the other. For example, changing 90-
Hz 2 percent to 91.8 will cause the 150-Hz to
also change 2 percent to 133-Hz.

FREQUENCY
MHz
\
,,,

-
I I -1

AUDIO STATUS-
- - -1

MODE
-i a i- i *HZ

S PU VAR % M O D VAR FREO STANDARD SELFTEST ME VOR LOC GS COMM

I I

NOTE: SHADED KEYS INDICATE LIT KEYS.

I

ILS DDJf S e l e c t ~ o ?cl?icl

~ Adjustn~ent
F ~ y x r e11 (Sheet A)
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 operation 523-0 768883

i. Audio Tone Addition entry. Pressing any front panel key causes
flashing to cease.
A preset 1020-Hz or an auxiliary 30-Hz to 4-kHz
audio tone may be added to the localizer signal. For piq
special test purposes 10- to 30-Hz and 4- to 10-kHz Entries from 10 to 30 Hz and from 4 to 10
audio tones may also be added. The preset 1020-Hz kHz are also allowed for special test pur-
audio tone cannot be added to the glideslope signal. poses and will not cause the FREQUENCY
Refer to view I. indicator to flash.
1. Preset 1020-Hz Audio Tone (Localizer Only) (1) Frequency Selection
Press TONE SELECT 1020/AUX key. Key Enter selected audio frequency on DATA
lights and a 1020-Hz audio tone is added to the ENTRY numerical keys. The decimal
localizer signal if VAR FREQ key is not lit. point must be entered explicitly. For ex-
Press key again to remove audio tone. ample, if 25.5 Hz is desired, enter 25.5 on
the DATA ENTRY keys. If an error is
2. AUX (30-Hz to 4-kHz) Audio Tone made during the entry and before the-
(a) Press FUNCTION/CONTROL-VAR FREQ ENTER key is pressed, press CLEAR
key. Key lights and VAR FREQ indicator key to remove incorrect entry and
lights. Press STD key to turn off. reenter correct frequency. Press DATA
(b) Press TONE SELECT 1020/AUX key. Key ENTRY-ENTER key to enter selected
lights and a 1000-Hz audio tone is added to audio frequency in signal generator.
the localizer or glideslope signal and dis- (2) AUX Audio Frequency Slewing
played on the FREQUENCY-indicator. To Press FUNCTION/CONTROL-+key
t u r n off AUX a u d i o t o n e , d e p r e s s once for each step increase desired.
FUNCTION/CONTROL-VAR FREQ key Holding key depressed provides con-
followed by TONE SELECT 1020/AUX key. tinuous frequency increase. Slewing is in
If VAR FREQ is pressed while 1020 is on, 1.0-Hz steps above 1000 Hz and in 0.1-
the 1020 will go off. s t e p s below 1000 Hz. P r e s s
FUNCTION/CONTROL- +key once
(c) Frequency Adjustments for each step decrease desired. Holding
The frequency can be adjusted from 30 Hz to key depressed provides continuous fre-
4 kHz. Entries that would exceed the range quency decrease. Slewing is in 1.0-Hz
cause the FREQUENCY indicator to flash steps above 1000 Hz and in 0.1-Hz steps
and AUX frequency to remain a t last valid below 1000 Hz.

FREOUENCY

11-1
I 1-1
1-1
1-1
1-1 1-1
CI,I-I
1-1
LI
rH:
HZ

AUDIO STATUS- MODE

A lLS PH VAR Yo M O D VAR FREQ STANDARD SELFTEST MB VOR LOC GS COMM
I I

c NOTE: SHADED KEYS INDICATE LIT KEYS.

b'iercs I. A lidio Tone Selection
ILS DDM Selectzon and Adjustment
Figure 11 (Sheet 5)
operation 523-0768883 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

3.9 Marker Beacon Marker Selection (Refer t o

figure 1 2 . )

The outer beacon marker (400 Hz) is automatically

selected when a marker beacon frequency is selected
and the signal generator is placed in the preset condi-
tion for the marker beacon mode. Refer to view A.

View A. Outer Marker Selection

a. Selection of Middle Marker*

Press TONE SELECT-1300 Hz key and key

lights. The 400-Hz and 3000-Hz keys are not lit.
Refer to view B.

View B. Middle Marker Selection

b. Selection of Inner Marker*

Press TONE SELECT-3000 Hz key and key

lights. The 400-Hz and 1300-Hz keys are not lit.
Refer to view C.

c. Selection of Outer Marker*

Press TONE SELECT-400 Hz key and key lights.

The 1300-Hz and 3000-Hz keys are not lit. Refer to
view A.
NOTE: SHADED KEYS INDICATE LIT KEYS.
View C. Inner Marker Selection

Marker Beacon Tone Selection

Figure 12 (Sheet 1 of 2)

*All marker beacon tones may be removed if desired.

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 operation 523-0768883

d. AUX Tone Selection (a) Frequency Selection

An auxiliary audio tone may be used in place of the Enter selected audio frequency on DATA
standard audio marker beacon frequencies for ENTRY numerical keys. The decimal point
specialized tests. Refer to view D. must be entered explicitly. For example, if
375.5 Hz is desired, enter 375.5 on the
1. Press FUNCTION/CONTROL-VAR FREQ DATA ENTRY keys. Of an error is made
key. Key lights and VAR FREQ indicator lights. during the entry and before the ENTER key
2. TONE SELECT-1020/AUX key lights, the is pressed, press CLEAR key to remove in-
p r e s e t 400-, 1300-, o r 3000-Hz t o n e i s correct entry and reenter correct frequency.
automatically deleted (if present) and a 1000-Hz
audio tone replaces the marker beacon signal (b) AUX Audio Frequency Slewing
and is displayed on the FREQUENCY indicator. Press FUNCTION/CONTRO# key once
for each step increase desired. Holding key
3. Frequency Adjustments depressed provides continuous frequency
inirease. slewing is in 1.0-Hz steps above
The frequency can be adjusted from 100 Hz to 1000 Hz and in 0.1-Hz steps below 1000 Hz.
4000 Hz. Entries that would exceed the range Press F U N C T I O N / C O N T R O L ~once
~~~
cause the FREQUENCY indicator to flash and for each step decrease desired. Holding key
AUX frequency to remain a t last valid entry. depressed provides continuous frequency
Pressing any front panel key causes flashing to decrease. Slewing is in 1.0-Hz steps above
cease. 1000 Hz and in 0.1-Hz steps below 1000 Hz.
e. Interference Check

pzl The standard marker ground station frequency is

75.000 MHz. In the marker beacon mode, the signal
Entries from 10 to 100 Hz and from 4 to 10 generator is capable of producing rf frequencies
kHz are also allowed for special test pur- from 74.6 to 75.4 MHz to provide generation of
poses and will not cause the FREQUENCY interference-type signals. Signal frequencies are
indicator to flash. selected through the DATA ENTRY keys.

I FREQUENCY I

/
A
-
lLS PH
AUDIO STATUS-
VAR % M O D
F

VAR F R E a
I
STANDARD
d

SELFTEST MB
I
MODE
VOR LOC GS COMM

TONE SELECT FUNCTION/CONTROL DATA ENTRY

I
SELF TEST

0
POWER

0
a
ON
Ll
OFF

I
I
NOTE: SHADED KEYS INDICATE LIT KEYS.
viex D. A UX Tone Selection

Marker Beacon Tone Selection

Figure 12 (Sheet 2)
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

3.10 Communication Mode Tone Selection I Note I

(Refer t o figure 13.)
The 1020-Hz tone is automatically selected when a
communication rf frequency is selected and the signal
generator is placed in the preset condition for com-
munication mode. An auxiliary audio tone may be
used in place of the 1020-Hz tone.
a. Selection of AUX Tone
Press FUNCTION/CONTROL-VAR FREQ key.
Key lights, VAR FREQ indicator lights, 1020/
AUX key lights (if off), and a 1000-Hz audio tone is
displayed on the FREQUENCY indicator. To turn
off AUX audio tone, depress FUNCTION/
CONTROL-VAR FREQ key followed by TONE
SELECT-1020/AUX key.
b. AUX Tone Frequency Adjustments
The AUX tone may be varied from 30 Hz to 10
kHz. Entries that would exceed the range cause
the FREQUENCY indicator to flash and AUX
frequency to remain a t last valid entry. Pressing
any front panel key causes flashing to cease.
Entries from 10 to 30 Hz are also allowed for
special test purposes and will not cause the
FREQUENCY indicator to flash.
1. Frequency Selection
E n t e r selected audio frequency on DATA
ENTRY numerical keys. The decimal point
must be entered explicitly. For example, if 375.5
Hz is desired, enter 375.5 on the DATA ENTRY
keys. If an error is made during the entry and
before the ENTER key is pressed, press CLEAR
key to remove incorrect entry and reenter cor-
rect frequency.
2. AUX Audio Frequency Slewing
Press FUNCTION CONTRO+ key once for
each step increase desired. Holding key
depressed provides continuous frequency in-
crease. Slewing is in 1.0-Hz steps above 1000 Hz
and in 0.1-Hz steps below 1000 Hz. Press
FUNCTION CONTROL^^^^^ once for each
step decrease desired. Holding key depressed
provides continuous frequency decrease. Slew-
ing is in 1.0-Hz steps above 1000 Hz and in 0.1-
Hz steps below 1000 Hz.

1
11
TO
FROM
UILII5OHzl
D/RISOHzI
RDUDDM/MOD FREQUENCY I

AUDIO STATUS- MODE

A l L S PH VAR % M O O VAR FREO STaNDARD SELFTEST MB VOR LOC GS COMM
I I

SELF TEST

0
POWER

0
n 1?
ON OFF

COMM Mode A UX Tone Selection

Figure 13
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 operation 523-0768883

3.11 Percent Modulation Adjustment (Refer to

figure 1 4 . )

In the preset condition for each mode of operation,

the percent modulation is set to the accepted stan-
dard. The percent modulation can be varied from the
standard in both directions in 0.1-percent steps. Table
1 12 lists the percent modulation for the preset condi-
tion and variable range with respect to each mode of
operation.
The 1020-Hz audio tone amplitude modula-
tion is a fixed 30 percent in the VOR localizer
and vhf communication modes. The 1020-Hz
tone is not present in the glideslope or
marker beacon mode.

MODE PERCENT MODULATION

PRESET CONDITION VARIABLE RANGE

VOR

30 Hz VAR' 30 .O
9960 Hz F M 30.0
AUX audio 30.0

Localizer

90/150 Hz 20.0
AUX audio 30.0

Glideslope

90/150 Hz
AUX audio

M a r k e r Beacon

400/1300/3000 Hz
AUX audio

Communication

AUX audio

Revised 1,5 October 1980

operation 523-0768883 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

a. Press FUNCTION/CONTROL-% MOD key to

enable entry of data through the DATA ENTRY
keys. Refer to view A. The key lights when percent
modulation data entry is enabled and remains lit
until the FUNCTION/CONTROL-RDL/DDM,
VAR FREQ, or STD key, the R F SELECT-RF
FREQ key or DATA ENTRY-f key is pressed.
b. RDL/DDM/MOD display indicates p e r c e n t
modulation for the preset condition. In marker
beacon and communication mode, the percent
modulation is displayed on the selection of the
marker beacon or a communication rf frequency
View A. Percent Modulatior~Enable
without pressing the % MOD key. Refer to view B.
c. The AUDIO STATUS-VAR % MOD indicator
lights indicating the generator is in the variable %
modulation mode.
d. Press TONE SELECT key for the desired tone. In
the VOR mode, upon initial selection of % MOD RDL/DDM/MOD
with both 30-Hz VAR and 9960-Hz selected (on) FROM
the modulation of both tones may be adjusted U/L(,SOHZ,

simultaneously if neither tone select key is D/RISOHzI

AUDIO STATUS-
pressed. Pressing either the 30-Hz VAR, 9960 FM, A lLS P H VAR % M O O
I
VAR FREQ STANDARD

or 9960 Hz TONE SELECT key will enable in-

dividual tone mdoulation. The FREQUENCY dis-
play will indicate the modulating frequency to be View B. Percent Modulation Display and Audio Status
adjusted. In localizer or glideslope modes, the
90/150-Hz tones are always adjusted simul-
taneously.
e. Enter selected percent modulation on DATA DATA ENTRY
\
ENTRY numerical keys. Refer to view C. The
decimal point entry must be entered explicitly. For
example, if 27.8 percent modulation is desired,
enter 27.8 on the DATA ENTRY keys. If an error is
made during the entry of the selected percent
modulation and before the ENTER key is pressed,
press DATA ENTRY-CLEAR key to remove in-
correct entry, and reenter correct percent modula-
tion.
f . Press DATA ENTRY-ENTER key to enter NOTE: SHADED KEYS INDICATE LIT KEYS.
selected percent modulation in signal generator
circuits. Vieul C. Percent Modulation Data Entry
g. RDL/DDM/MOD display indicates the selected
percent modulation. If display is flashing, the data Percent Modulation Adjustment
entered is unacceptable. P r e s s DATA Figure 14
ENTRY-CLEAR key to clear display, and repeat
steps d through f.

Depressing the FUNCTION/CONTROL-

VAR FREQ key will cause % MOD key to h. If it is desired to return the signal generator to the
extinguish and enable DATA ENTRY key preset condition, press FUNCTION/CONTROL-
for frequency adjustment. STD key.
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
3.12 External Modulation Operation
The external modulation feature allows the operator
to externally module the selected rf carrier frequen-
cy.
a. Select desired rf carrier frequency.
b. Connect an ac voltmeter to rear DEMOD BNC con-
nector.
c. Select one p r e s e t tone on TONE S E L E C T
keyboard.
d. Record level of ac voltmeter.
e. Delete tone selected in step c.
f. Connect modulating source to rear EXT MOD BNC
connector and select desired frequency. (Refer to
description section for limits.) Adjust level of
modulating source until reading on ac voltmeter
agrees with that recorded in step d. The percentage
modulation of the external signal is now equal to
that of the preset tone selected in step c.
g. To vary the modulation percentage, divide the
desired modulation percentage by the preset
modulation percentage of step c tone and then
multiply by the ac reading of step d. The
modulating source level is then adjusted until the
ac voltmeter reads this new value.
I Note I
Steps b through g are accurate for modula-
tion levels up to 85 percent. For levels above
85 percent and/or greater accuracy, an ex-
ternal modulation meter may be connected
to the front panel rf connector. The external
modulating source amplitude is then ad-
justed to produce the desired modulation
percentage. Delete internal tones when set-
ting.
3.13 Scope Trigger Operation
The scope trigger feature allows the operator to make
time response measurements. An output pulse is
provided coincident with any front panel keystroke.
The output pulse is a positive going TTL compatible
pulse approximately 8 ps in width. Output is available
on rear panel REMOTE TUNE connector, pin 31.
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

3.14 StorelRecall Selection (Operational only o n

479s-6A's w i t h option 1 or 2 incorporated.)

a. Entry of DATA in Storage (Refer to figure 15,

view A)

1. Select desired setup as described in previous

paragraphs.
2. Press FUNCTION/CONTROL-ST0 key. The
key light will come on. Any other modifier key
that is lit will go out.
3. Press two DATA ENTRY keys for desired
memory location, 00 to 99. Two keys must be
selected to enter data in memory; for example,
if memory number 03 is to be selected, enter 03
on the DATA ENTRY keys.
4. Data will be entered into storage and S T 0 light
will go out. A flashing S T 0 light indicates in-
correct storage or a faulty memory location.
Pressing any front panel key will cause the light
to cease flashing.

b. Recalling of Data From Storage (Refer to figure

15, view B).

1. PRESS FUNCTION/CONTROL-RCL key. NOTE: SHADED KEYS INDICATE LIT KEYS.

The key light will come on.
2. Press two DATA ENTRY keys for memory
location desired to recall. Two keys must be
selected to recall data in memory; for example,
if memory number 03 is to be recalled, enter 03
on the DATA ENTRY keys.
3. Additional memory locations can be recalled by
entering the 2-digit memory location on the
DATA ENTRY keyboard as long as the RCL certain talk/listen addresses cannot be distinguished
key is lit. To extinguish the light, select any from the following addressed or universal commands.
other function requiring use of the DATA
ENTRY keyboard. ADDRESSED UNIVERSAL
COMMANDS COMMANDS
c. Revising Data Stored in Memory
Perform procedure for entering data in storage. GTL go to local LLO local lockout

3.15 IEEE Operation (Optional only o n 479s-6A's

SDC selected device clear DCL device clear
w i t h option 2 or 3 incorporated).
PPC parallel poll PPU parallel poll
3.15.1 General
configure unconfigure

This paragraph provides operational instructions for GET group execute SPE serial poll enable
the IEEE Interface Card A10. Paragraph 3.15.2 ap- trigger
plies only to 479s-6A units with A10 CPN 601-5883-
001. Paragraph 3.15.3 applies to 479s-6A units with TCT take control SPD serial poll
A10 CPN 601-2309-001. disable
Table 13 contains the talk/listen addresses which
Because IEEE bus data lines D6 and D7 are not should be avoided when configuring for IEEE bus
decoded while an address byte appears on the bus, operations.

Retlised 1,5 October 1980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 operation 523-0768883

IEEE DATA BUS LISTEN ADDRESS TALK ADDRESS

D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1

X X 0 0 0 0 1 ! A

X X 0 0 1 0 0 $ D

X X 0 0 1 0 1 9 E

X X 0 1 0 0 0 ( H

X X 0 1 0 0 1 1 I

x x 1 o o o 1 1 Q
X X 1 0 1 0 0 4 T

X X 1 0 1 0 1 5 u
X X 1 1 0 0 0 8 X

X X 1 1 0 0 1 9 Y

3.15.2 / E K E O p e r a t i o n .for I-nits with A10 CP>Y sembly A10. The signal generator is shipped from
601 -5883-001 I n s t a l l e d the factory preset to:

The signal generator may be remotely controlled via

the I E E E standard digital interface for program-
mable instrumentation (IEEE STD-488/1975).

a . General Per appendix E of I E E E STD-488/1978, this cor-

In general, the signal generator may be program-
med remotely in the same manner a s manually.
That 6, sequential d a t a characters are transmitted
in the proper order and content the same a s if the
signal generator front-panel keys were being
pushed manually. Certain manual keystrokes are
not emulated remotely when the manual function
was to provide "operator convenience" features
( t h a t is, +10 and -10 degree bearing step keys). Ad-
ditionally, the rf attenuation level is programmed
directly from the remote controller instead of
emulating the FAST INCR, SLOW INCR, FAST
DECR, and SLOW DECR keystrokes. I t must also
he noted that, since several of the keys provide a
toggle function, the programmer must keep track
of the previous state of these keys or an incorrect
result could be obtained.
b. Address Selection
Address selection for the signal generator is
provided internally on I E E E 488 interface as-
responds to a LISTEN address of "6" and a cor-
responding TALK address of "V."
c. Address Selection Switch
A 5-position DIP switch on assembly A10 can be
reset to select another address. Viewed from the
component side of the A10 assembly, the switches
are arranged from left (MSB) to right (LSB) to cor-
respond with the lower order bits of the ASCII
d a t a bus. A closed switch indicates logic 0 on the
ASCII data bus and an open switch indicates logic
1.
3.15.2.1 L i s t e n e r I n t e r f a c e F u n c t i o n
a. General
The signal generator can receive device dependent
d a t a over the interface when addressed to listen.
h. Syntax (Refer to figure 16)
The following ASCII characters and their as-
sociated functions a r e recognized by the signal
generator when in the LISTEN mode.

Revised 15 October 1980 cl.l

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
CHARACTER KEYSTROKE
RECEIVED ELIULATED
/
0
T/F, U/L, D/R
0
1 1
2 2
3 3
4 4
5 5
6 6
7 7
8 8
9 9
SELFTEST
, VAR FREQ
< RC L
-
- DELTA F
> ST0
? f
*Rf attenuation i s programmed directly. See text for definition and usage of these two symbols.
TONE SELECT FUNCTION/CONTROL
SELF TEST
0 RF OUT
POWER
n
ON
0
E
LOFF
c. Operation
1. If'hen transmitting device dependent d a t a to the
signal generator, a carriage return character
followed by a line feed character must be tran-
smitted following the last byte in the message
string.
2. When power is first applied to the signal
generator, the generator IEEE bus interface cir-
cuits a r e initialized but the unit remains under
manual (front-panel) control. The first time the
signal generator is addressed by the remote con-
troller, however, the unit reverts to automatic
mode and the front-panel keyboard is locked out
(including the self-test switch). The front-panel
displays, key lamps, and s t a t u s indicators con-
tinue to operate. The unit will remain in the
CHARACTER KEYSTROKE
RECEIVED EhIULATED
@ STD
A
B
* 1""'
N/A
C CLEAR
D RDL/DD~I
E ENTER
F R F FREQ
G 30 Hz VAR
H 9960 FLI
I 9960 Hz
J 1020/AUX
K 90 Hz
L 150 Hz
nl RLIOD
N 400 Hz
0 R F ON/OFF
P 1300 Hz
Q 3000 Hz
*
DATA ENTRY R F SELECT
@
4 7 9 s - 6 A VOR/ILS Slgnal Gensrator
remote mode (even if unaddressed) until power
is removed. The only exception occurs when the
unit is remotely commanded into a self-test.
After completion of the self-test, the unit will
revert to the power-up mode and manual opera-
tion. The keyboard lockout function does not
rely on nor employ a n y of the messages as-
sociated with the remote local (RL) interface
function. The REN bus management interface
line is not utilized.
3. A complete front-panel setup can be transmit-
t e d b e f o r e t h e c a r r i a g e r e t u r n - l i n e feed
characters ( t h a t is, rf frequency, followed by rf
level, followed by a bearing or DDM selection,
etc). Individual parameters can also be tran-
s m i t t e d ; however, following each carriage
return-line feed, the signal generator will not
Re17ised 15 October 1980
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
release the IEEE bus until it has completed
processing the last message string received
(that is, the NDAC interface line is held low).
4. Rf level data is programmed directly into the
signal generator. Two basic modes are available:
( a ) The signal generator can be programmed in
the dB mW mode. In this mode, the R F
LEVEL display indicates in -dB mW and
displays the actual rf level a s measured a t
the rf output connector of the generator. Rf
level is programmed by transmitting an A,
followed by a 1-, 2-, or 3-digit number
representing the desired rf level expressed
in dB. (Examples: A6, A50, A120.) Allo~ved
range is 6 to 120, corresponding to rf levels
of -6 to -120 dB mW respectively.
( h ) In the "hard pV" mode, level is displayed in
hard pV, and the level a t the generator rf
output if 6 dB lower than that displayed.
(This eliminates the need for an external 6-
dB pad.) Rf level is programmed by tran-
smitting an A, followed by a 1-, 2-, 3-digit
number representing the dB equivalent for
the hard level desired, followed by a "B."
The signal generator will automatically in-
sert an additional 6 dB, simulating an exter-
nal 6-dB pad. For example, a level of 5 pV
("hard pV1') is required. The equivalent
level, in dB, corresponding to 5 pV is -93 dB
mW; thus the generator is programmed to
A93B. The rf level display indicates 5 pV
and the signal generator output level is 2.5
PV.
5. The device clear (DC) and device trigger (DT) in-
terface functions are not used.
6. The interface clear (IFC) and end or identify
(EOI) bus management interface lines are not
used.
3.15.2.2 Talker Z n t ~ r f a c eFunction
a . General
The signal generator may function a s a TALK
device under two very specific conditions: (1) to
transmit the results of a self-test sequence; and (2)
to respond to a serial poll when the service request
(SRQ) bus management interface line is set TRUE
(logic 0).
h. Self-Test Status
1. The remote controller can initiate a self-test of
the signal generator. The generator is first ad-
dressed as a LISTEN device; the test command
Revised 15 October 19x0
operation 523-0768883
character ":" is then sent. The generator then
lvill enter the self-test mode, which requires ap-
proximately 15 seconds. During this interval,
the signal generator ROM and RAM memory is
tested, the rf frequency is tested, the digital
waveform generator is tested by programming
a VOR 0 degree bearing into it and requiring a
valid response (phase indication), and, lastly,
the PH LOCK and LEVEL CAL statuses are
determined. At the termination of the self-test,
the internal CPU reprograms the signal
generator to the power-up condition (refer to
description section, paragraph 8.3) and restores
signal generator operation to the manual mode.
At this point, the remote controller can resume
executing its normal program or request the
self-test results from the signal generator.
2. To request self-test results, the remote control-
ler addresses itself to listen, then sends the talk
address of the signal generator. For a valid self-
test, the signal generator will reply with the fol-
lowing ASCII character string:
P L F B
First byte t
3. The intelligence conveyed by the ASCII
character string is a s follows:
CHARACTER
TRANSMITTED FUNCTION
Successful self-test of the signal
generator rf synthesizer phase-
lock status
Successful self-test of the signal
generator rf level status
Successful self-test of the signal
generator rf frequency
Successful self-test of the signal
generator audio VOR bearing
phase
Transmitted in place of any or
all of the above characters upon a
self-test failure
4. The signal generator holds control of the bus
during the entire self-test interval by holding
the NDAC line low. (This is also true during
operation 523-0768883 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
normal ATE operation whenever the signal
generator is processing a complete character
string.) If either the ROM or RAM check fails
during t h e self-test interval, t h e signal
generator will enter a "flash display" loop
routine and will never allow the NDAC line to
go high, thus the self-test pass-fail status is
automatically annunciated.
5. Results of the self-test should not be requested
by the controller until completion of the entire
self-test interval, or a n erroneous or failed con-
dition may occur.
8 7 6 5
\ 1
0 = Data 1 = Service
requested
1 = Data
out of
range
STATUS BYTE
( a ) Data bit 1 will be 1 if an invalid command
character was received by t h e signal
generator. The remote controller must then
repeat the entire character string.
(t)) Data bits 2 through 6 are reserved for future
applications and may be in either the 1 or 0
states independently.
(c) Bit 7 will be a 1 indicating service was re-
quested.
( d ) Bit 8 will be 1 if out-of-range d a t a is
received by the signal generator ( t h a t is, a n
invalid rf frequency character was in-
advertently transmitted). The remote con-
troller must then repeat the entire character
string.
3 . D u r i n g a serial poll sequence, t h e signal
generator does not recognize either the serial
poll enable ( S P E ) or serial poll disable (SPD)
universal commands, but instead monitors the
state of the SRQ line. Consequently, the control-
ler should not request the status byte from the
signal generator while the SRQ line is FALSE
(logic 1) or an incorrect or failed condition may
occur on the bus.
4. If any other device on the bus requests service
from the controller (by setting SRQ = TRUE, or
logic 0), the signal generator u~ill,when addres-
?. 6
c. Service Request and Serial Polling
1. A request for service (SRQ) will be generated
asynchronously whenever the signal generator
detects invalid data ( t h a t is, a n "out-of-range" rf
frequency) or an invalid command character.
2. The signal generator sets the SRQ bus manage-
ment interface line TRUE (logic 0) and, when
addressed during a serial poll, transmits a
status byte to the controller. The format is a s
follows:
4 3 2 1
-
-
II
Reserved 0 = Command OK
1 = Invalid command
character
sed during a serial poll, respond with the status
11yte. Bit 7 will be 0, indicating service was not
requested by the generator. Bits 1 and 8 will
likewise be 0.
5. The parallel poll ( P P ) interface function is not
used.
3.15.3 I E E E Operation .for ( ; n i t s w i t h
.4 10 (:P.V 601 -2309-001 Installed
The signal generator may be remotely controlled via
the I E E E standard digital interface for program-
mable instrumentation (IEEE STD-488/1978).
a . General
In general, the signal generator may be program-
med remotely in the same manner a s manually.
That is, sequential d a t a characters a r e transmitted
in the proper order and content the same a s if the
signal generator front-panel keys were being
pushed manually. Certain manual keystrokes are
not emulated remotely when the manual function
was to provide "operator convenience" features
(that is, + 10 and -10 degree bearing step keys). Ad-
ditionally, the rf attenuation level is programmed
directly from the remote controller instead of
emulating the FAST INCR, SLOW INCR, FAST
DECR, and SLOW DECR keystrokes. I t must also
Revised 15 October 198O
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

be noted that, since several of the keys provide a SH1 - Complete source handshake capability
toggle function, the programmer must keep track
of the previous state of these keys or an incorrect T6 - Basic talker, serial poll, unaddress if MLA,
result could be obtained. no talk only mode

'
1 b. Address Selection
Address selection for the signal generator is
L4 - Basic listener, unaddress if MTA, no listen
only mode

! provided internally on IEEE 488 interface as-

sembly A10. The signal generator is shipped from
the factory preset to:
SR1 - Complete service request capability
RL2 - Remote-local capability, no local lockout

DC1 - Complete device clear capability

Not implemented:
TE0 - Extended talker
Per appendix E of IEEE STD-488/1978, this corre-
sponds to a LISTEN address of "611 and a corre- LE0 - Extended listener
sponding TALK address of "V". PP0 - Parallel poll
c. Address Selection Switch DT0 - Device trigger
A 5-position DIP switch on assembly A10 can be
C0 - Controller
reset to select another address. Viewed from the
component side of the A10 assembly, the switches
are arranged from right (MSB) to left (LSB) to cor- 3.15.3.1 Listener Interface Function
respond with the lower order bits of the ASCII
data bus. A closed switch indicates logic 1 on the a. General
ASCII data bus and an open switch indicates logic The signal generator can receive device dependent
0. data over the interface when addressed to listen.
d. GPIB Functions Implemented b. Syntax (Refer to figure 17)
The following functions are implemented per
IEEE STD-488/1978: The following ASCII characters and their as-
sociated functions are recognized by the signal
AH1 - Complete acceptor handshake capability generator when in the LISTEN mode.

CHARACTER KEYSTROKE CHARACTER KEYSTROKE

RECEIVED ElLlULATED RECEIVED EMULATED

STD
T/F,
0
1
U/L, D/R
* {;;;
CLEAR
2 RDL/DDM
3 ENTER
4 R F FREQ
5 30 Hz VAR
6 9960 Fhl
7 9960 Hz
8 1020/AUX
9 90 Hz
SELFTEST 150 Hz
VAR FREQ 7h l 0 D
RC L 400 Hz
DELTA F R F ON/OFF
ST0 1300 Hz
f 3000 Hz

*Rf attenuation is programmed directly. See text for definition and usage of these two symbols.
1
Revised 1 5 October 1980 37
 operation 523-0768883
TONE SELECT FLINCTION/CONTROL
SELF TEST
0 R F OUT
ON
POWER
0
nOFF
1 -
c. Operation
1 1 When transmitting device dependent data to
t h e signal g e n e r a t o r , a c a r r i a g e r e t u r n
character followed by a line feed character
must be transmitted following the last byte in
the message string.
2. A complete front-panel setup can be transmit-
ted before the carriage return-line feed
characters (that is, rf frequency, followed by rf
level, followed by a bearing or DDM selection,
etc). Individual parameters can also be tran-
smitted: however, following each carriage
return-line feed, the signal generator will not-
release the IEEE bus until it has completed
processing the last message string received
(that is, the NDAC interface line is held low).
3. Rf level data is programmed directly into the
signal g e n e r a t o r . Two basic modes a r e
available:
(a) The signal generator can be programmed
in the dB mW mode. In this mode, the RF
LEVEL display indicates in -dB mW and
displays the actual rf level as measured a t
the rf output connector of the generator. Rf
level is programmed by transmitting an A,
followed by a I-, 2-, or 3-digit number
representing the desired rf level expressed
in dB. (Examples: A6, A50, A120.) Allowed
range is 6 to 120, corresponding to rf levels
of -6 to -120 dB mW respectively.
(b) In the "hard FVI' mode, level is displayed in
hard FV, and the level a t the generator rf
output if 6 dB lower than that displayed.
(This eliminates the need for an external 6-
dB pad.) Rf level is programmed by tran-
smitting an A, followed by a I-, 2-, 3-digit
number representing the dB equivalent for
the hard FV level desired, followed by a
"B". The signal generator will automatical-
Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
-
DATA ENTRY RF SELECT
a
4 7 9 S ~ 6 AVOR/ILS Signal Generator
ly insert an additional 6 dB, simulating an
external 6-dB pad. For example, a level of 5
pV ("hard pV") is required. The equivalent
level, in dB, corresponding to 5 pV is -93 dB
mW; thus the generator is programmed to
A93B. The rf level display indicates 5 FV
and the signal generator output level is 2.5
FV.
3.15.5.2 Talker Interface Function
a. General
The signal generator may function as a TALK
device under two very specific conditions: (1) to
transmit the results of a self-test sequence; and (2)
to respond to a serial poll when the service request
(SRQ) bus management interface line is set TRUE
(logic 0).
b. Self-Test Status
1. Upon initial power up, the GPIB interface is in-
active until self-test is complete. Anytime
thereafter when a self-test is initiated, GBIP
interface remains active but the bus is held off.
Any attempt to initiate a listen function during
self-test is ignored following the first bit sent
down the bus. Once self-test is completed the
signal generator reverts to the power-up state
which reinitializes the GPIB interface allowing
talker interface functions.
2. The remote controller can initiate a self-test of
the signal generator. The generator is first ad-
dressed a s a LISTEN device; the test command
character ":" is then sent. The generator then
will enter the self-test mode, which requires ap-
proximately 15 seconds. During this interval,
the signal generator ROM and RAM memory is
tested, the rf frequency is tested, the digital
Revised 15 Octob~r.1980
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
operation 523-0768883

waveform generator is tested by programming L Successful self-test of

a VOR 0 degree bearing into it and requiring a the signal generator rf
valid response (phase indicatidn), the P H level status
LOCK and LEVEL CAL statuses are deter-
mined, and lastly the bus interface is disabled. F Successful self-test of
At the termination of the self-test, the internal the signal generator rf
CPU reprograms the signal generator to the frequency
pourer-up condition (see description section,
paragraph 8.3) and restores signal generator B Successful self-test of
operation to the manual mode. At this point, the signal generator audio
the remote controller can resume executing its VOR bearing phase
normal program or request the self-test results
from the signal generator. E Transmitted in place of
3. To request self-test results, the remote control- any or all of the above
ler addresses itself to listen, then sends the talk characters upon a self-test
address of the signal generator. For a valid self- failure
test, the signal generator u~illreply with the
following ASCII character string:

P L F B 3.15.3.3 Service Request I n t e r f a c e

First byte t Function

a. Service Request and Serial Polling

The intelligence conveyed by the ASCII
character string is as follows:
CHARACTER
TRANSMITTED FUNCTION
Successful self-test of
the signal generator rf
synthesizer phase-lock
status
1. A request for service (SRQ) will be generated
asynchronously whenever the signal generator
detects invalid data (that is, an "out-of-range"
rf frequency) or an invalid command character.
2. The signal generator sets the SRQ bus manage-
menL interface line TRUE (logic 0) and, when
addressed during a serial poll, transmits a
status byte to the controller. The format is as
follows:

0 = 'Data 1 = Service Reserved 0 = Command OK

OK requested
1 = Invalid command
1 = Data character
out of
range
STATUS BYTE

Revised 15 October. 1980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
( a ) Data bit 1 will be 1 if an invalid command
c h a r a c t e r w a s received by t h e signal
generator. The remote controller must
then repeat the entire character string.
ih) Data bits 2 through 6 a r e reserved for
future applications and may be in either
the 1 or 0 states independently.
ic) Bit 7 will be a 1 if service was requested.
(dl Bit 8 will be 1 if out-of-range d a t a is
received by the signal generator ( t h a t is, a n
invalid rf frequency character was in-
advertently transmitted). The remote con-
troller m u s t then repeat t h e entire
character string.
3.15.3.1 Derice C l e a r I n t e r f a c e F u n c t i o n
The device clear interface function provides the signal
g e n e r a t o r w i t h t h e c a p a b i l i t y t o be cleared
(initialized).
Sending the universal bus command "DCL" (device
clear - hex code 14) or the addressed bus command
"SDC" (selective device clear - hex code 04) will
return the signal generator to the power-up state,
with the exception of remaining in the remote mode.
3.15.3.5 R e m o t e - L o c a l I n t e r f a c e F u n c t i o n
Upon power-up, the 479s-6A will be in the local mode
(front panel is activated). The first time the signal
generator is addressed to listen with the remote
enable ( R E N ) bus control line true, the signal
generator will enter the remote mode. In this mode
the bus has control and the front-panel keyboard is
locked out (except for the power switch). If the signal
generator is addressed to listen with the REN line
false, the signal generator will remain in the local
mode and the generator will handshake in but ignore
all d a t a on the bus. Addressing the signal generator
to talk has no effect on the remote-local status. When
the generator is in the remote mode, it may be
returned to the local mode in one of three ways:
a . Initiate a power-up state. This may be done by
sending either the self-test command ":'I or one of
the bus commands "DEC" or "SDC".
h. Address the signal generator to listen and send the
addressed bus command I'GTL" (go to local-hex
code 0). This will not change any conditions set up
on the signal generator, but will return the front
panel to the active state.
c. Set the R E N line to a false state. The signal
generator will respond to this in the s a m e way a s a
"GTL" command.
The signal generator has no "local lockout" capability.
3.15.3.6 O t h e r Znterfuce F u n c t i o n s
Bus commands associated with functions not used, a s
well a s undefined bus commands, will be ignored by
the signal generator.
Rezised 15 October. 1980
 operation 523-0 768883
Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

5.15.4 ZEEE P r o g r a m m i n g E x a m p l e s

a. Example Number 1

The following example demonstrates how the signal generator can be programmed to perform rf sensitivity
measurements (s+n/n) a t several different frequencies.

DESIRED CONDITION DATA COMMENTS

NA NA All programs begin with generator in the power-up condition

(see description section, paragraph 8.3).

1. 329.15 MHz

2. 5 p v Hard FV; display reads 5 FV.

4. 150Hzonly 90 Hz is removed. This is only necessary the first time the

glideslope mode is activated. Subsequent rf frequency
selections in the glideslope band will not require this
command.

5. 30% modulation

Take signal-plus-noise reference reading.

7. No modulation 150-Hz tone is removed.

Measure noise and compute result.

9. 330.35 MHz Rf level and modulation remains unchanged from previous

modulated 30% glideslope frequency; L restores 150 Hz a t 30% modulation.
with 150 Hz

10. No modulation

Measure noise level and compute result.

12. 332 MHz modulated Display reads 100 FV. Generator output is 50 pV
30% by 150 Hz
(rf level to be 100
PV)

Record signal-plus-noise reading.

14. No modulation

Record noise level and compute result.

Revised 15 October 1980

operation 523-0768883 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

b. Example Number 2

The following example demonstrates how the signal generator may be programmed to perform rf selectivity
measurements.

DESIRED CONDITION DATA COMMENTS

1. 110.10 MHz, unmod- FllO.lEKLA95B

ulated, rf level 4 pV
(hard pV)

2. NA NA Record AGC level a s a reference.

3. 110.008 MHz, 8 pV = 110.088EA89B

4. NA NA Reading is taken a t fc - 12 kHz (6-dB point).

5. 110.112 MHz 110.112E

6. NA NA Reading is taken a t f, + 12 kHz (6-dB point).

7. 110.137 MHz, rf 110.137EA35B
level 4 mV (hard
PV)
8. NA NA Reading is taken a t fc + 37 kHz (60-dB point).

9. 110.063 MHz 110.063E

10. NA NA Reading is taken a t fc - 37 kHz (60-dB point).

c. Example Number 3

The following example programs the signal generator for ILS on-center and off-course DDM's. Both 90 > 150
and 150 > 90 Hz situations are illustrated.

DESIRED CONDITION DATA COMMENTS

1: 332 MHz, 700 pV F332EA50B Upon initial selection of the glideslope mode, a standard
(hard pV), stand- on-center condition is established.
dard centering signal

2. DDM.091, D.O91E/ Initial DDM selection upon entering glideslope mode will
90 > 150 Hz automatically be 150 > 90 Hz. T/F U/L D/R command
toggles off-course DDM's to select predominating tone.

Revised 15 October 1980

 a!!!
Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

Rockwell
International
Collins 479s-6A
VORIILS Signal Generator installation
I Collins Government Av~onicsDivision,
.b
2
Printed ~n USA 523-0768884-101118
1 September 1978
1st Revision, 15 October 1980
Zr
V)

table of contents g
3

!
3
i?
S
Paragraph Page %
:
2. Iinpackirtg and Inspectiurt ............................................................................ 1

3. Parking ............................................................................................. 1

4. Installation .......................................................................................... 1

4.1 Rack Mounting Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

4.2 Rack Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5. (.'ooling Requirements ................................................................................
6. Operational T e s t .....................................................................................
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
List of Effective Pages * T I ~ I . ;~st~ar.isli
i r i ( l i c . ; ~ ~ ( a . ; I I ; I ~ ~ch:~iiyr~l.
.S : I I I I I or
~ ~ I~I II ~, I ~ . ~ I~I.Y( It h currcbnt
~ (.I~;I~~I..

Issue

'Title . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Oct 80
*List of Effective Pages ........ 15 Oct 80
*1 thru 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Oct 80

I<I.:I-:\Is .rl[ls I < P : ( . O IIS

~ I )T I I E FROST OF M..\s~.:\I,.
Record of Revisions ( ) sI < ~ : ~ ~ I . :01..
I I "II ‘<
E Y I ~ ~ ~~)SsS~I C REVISI.:I)I~;\(;P:s I X TIIF.: ~ I A S I . : I I , .
. RT
. \ I l l ES'I'E:I< I);\TE 1XSF;KTEI) .\XI) ISlTI.4I.S.

It F: \' f~F;\'lSlOS I Y S l ~ ~ l ~ ~ l ~ l O SSH NI.>'IRRH RK\' IlK\~ISIOS lSSb~l<'~lOY St3 S['311<k;li

SO I );\TE I~;\'~~~/f4Y lS(~l,~yl~RI) NO I );I'rR l);lrI'R/f3Y IY(~l~1~l)l~~l)

1st Ed 1 Sep 78 None

! 15 Oct 80 1 thru 10
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
This section provides information on unpacking and
inspection, preparation for shipment, rack mounting,
and connector information for the 479s-6A VOR/ILS
Signal Generator.
2. UNPACKING A K D INSPECTIOY
Unpack equipment and inspect for signs of damage.
Refer to figure 1 during performance of the un-
packing procedure. The container a n d packing
material should be saved for storage or reshipment.
a. Use a sharp tool, such a s a knife, and carefully cut
sealing tape of shipping container.
b. Fold back container flaps.
c. Remove top mold and polyethylene film sheet.
d. Remove unit from shipping container. Do not
remove protective caps or covering from connec-
tors.
e. Replace all packing material in shipping container,
and save container for storage and/or reshipment
purposes.
3. PACKING
Prepare the 479s-6A for storage or shipment in accor-
dance with the following procedure:
a. Obtain original shipping container for unit and
remove all packing material except bottom mold.
Refer to figure 1.
b. Install protective connector caps or covers over all
connectors.
c. Place unit on bottom mold of shipping container.
d. Install top foam mold over unit, ensuring foam is
fitted properly over unit.
e. Close flaps of shipping container and seal.
4. INSTALLATION
The 479s-6A is shipped from the factory in a standard
bench configuration. A rack mounting kit (CPN 638-
2250-001) is available to allow mounting the 479s-6A
I in a n equipment rack. Rack mounting procedures a r e
described below.
Rel~ised15 October 1980
installation
4.1 Rack Mounting Kit
Prior to installing the 479s-6A in a n equipment
rack, the rack mounting kit must be installed. Mount
the flanges contained in the kit as follows:
a. Remove screws that secure dust cover: two from
each side and six from bottom of signal generator.
b. Slide dust cover off of signal generator.
c. Remove four screws and washers (two located on
each side behind dust cover mounting bracket)
securing front panel assembly to chassis.
d. Pull front panel assembly forward to clear rf con-
nector and tilt forward, taking care not to pull
loose the connecting wiring.
e. Remove one flathead screw securing left-side dust
cover mounting bracket and handle to front panel
assembly.
f. Remove left handle and position rack mounting
flange in its place with lip facing out.
g. Reposition left-side dust cover mounting bracket
and secure with one flathead screw.
h. Remove one flathead screw securing right-side
dust cover mounting bracket and handle to front
panel assembly.
i. Remove right handle and position rack mounting
flange in its place with lip facing out.
j. Reposition right-side dust cover mounting bracket
and secure with one flathead screw.
k. Reposition front panel assembly on chassis and
secure with four screws and washers.
1. Slide dust cover on signal generator and secure
with ten screws.
4 . 2 Rack Mounting
Mount the 479s-6A in an equipment rack a s fol-
IOIVS.
a . Install the rack mounting kit (refer to paragraph
4.1).
b. Locally fabricate support for the rear of the 4798-
6A and install it in t h e equipment rack. Recom-
mended method of adequate support is aluminum
angle side rails mounted in the equipment rack.
installation 523- 0768884 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

The center of gravity of the 479s-6A is

d. Connect cabling to rear electrical connections as
required. I
located toward the extreme rear of the unit. 5 . COOLING REQLIIREMENTS
Failure to provide adequate support may
result in weakening and subsequent failure The 479s-6A is cooled by an internal blower mounted
of the front mounting flanges. on the rear o f the chassis. Ensure that the filter is not
obstructed.

6. OPERATIONAL TEST
c. Position the 479s-6A in the equipment rack and
secure with f o u r m o u n t i n g screws (locally Refer to the operation section for power-up and self-
procured). test procedures.

Revised 15 October 1980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 installation 523-0 768884

N O T E . U N L E S S O T H E R W I S E SPECIFIED, D I M E N S I O N S A R E I N
MILLIMETRES [INCHES].

TOP M O L D 6 3 . 5 5 12.7 [ 2 . 5 0 + ,501 T H I C K

U R E T H A N E F O A M . 0.23 kg/CU.m. [ 5 LB/CU.FT.]
D E N S I T Y PER M I L - P - 2 6 5 1 4 , T Y P E I I .
C L A S S 2. G R A D E A O R B.

2 M I L THICK POLYETHYLENE
/ F I L M SHEET.

2-MIL THICK POLYETHYLENE

F I L M SHEET

B O T T O M M O L O 63.5 2 12.7 [2.50 5 ,501

T H I C K U R E T H A N E F O A M , 0.23 kg/CU.m.
[.5 LB/CU. FT].DENSITY PER M I L - P - 2 6 5 1 4
T Y P E I I . C L A S S 2, G R A D E A O R B.

Typicul Unit Packing

Figure 1

Revised 1,5 October 1.980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
installation 523-0768884

- E l

- E
7
D 0 MHz

]D 0 MHz

- D
- E
] 0 . 0 MHz

- FREQ COM
- NAV DISABLE
- LOC/GS ENERGIZE
- MODE SELECT B
-COMM DISABLE
- MODE SELECT A
- GND
- SCOPE TRIGGER

SPARE

I IEEE-STD 4 8 8 / 1 9 7 8 PROGRAM l / O 1
-
DAV
DAC

SRQ
GND (DAV)
GND ( R F D ) NOTES:
m
- CONNECTOR T Y P E N
REN FEMALE
TF€
GND (SRQ) @ CONNECTOR. CPN 3 7 1 - 0 3 9 7 -
GND (ATN) 030 ( M A T I N G CONNECTOR
GND (LOGIC) FURNISHED)
GND (DAC) @ CONNECTOR T Y P E BNC
GND ( IFC) FEMALE
D@
DI CONNECTOR T Y P E IEEE
D2 STANDARD CPN 3 7 2 - 0 0 1 8 -
p3 710. M A T E S W I T H H E W L E T T
D4 -PACKARD H P - 1 0 I N T E R -
D5 CONNECT CABLES. 1 0 6 3 1
S E R I E S . OR EQUIVALENT.
D6
D7
SH l E L D
@) FREQ COM AND MODE COM
PINS REQUIRE JUMPER I N
E X T E R N A L CONNECTOR FOR
MOST A P P L I C A T I O N S

479s-6A E x t ~ r r i a lWzring and Connectors

Fzgure 2

Revised 15 October 1980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

Rockwell
International
Collins 479s-6A
VORIILS Signal Generator maintenance
I C o l l i n s G o v e r n m e n t A v i o n i c s Division
a
-I
a
Printed in USA 523-0768885-102118 'P
3rd Edition, 15 October 1980 $
<
0
Z
F

table of contents

Paragraph Page Paragraph Page Paragraph fogs

5. Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 6.2 4 Reassembly and Replacement of Power

Supply Assembly A5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2. Test Equipment and Pvwrr 5.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.. . . . . . . . . 33 6.2.5 Reassembly and Replacement of R F
Requirrrnrnts ..................... . 1 5.2 Preliminary Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Modulator Assembly A3 and
5.3 Module Level Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . 36 Synthesizer Assembly A4 . . . . . . . . . . . .
2 1 Test Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 5 4 Functional Level Troubleshooting . . . . . . . 57 6 2.6 Reassembly and Replacement of
2.2 Input Power Rewiring for 230-V AC 5 4.1 Front Panel Assembly A1 Controller/Audio Assembly A2 . . . . . . . .
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 6.2.7 Reassembly and Replacement of Front
5.4.2 Controller/Audio Assembly A2 Panel Assembly A1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 6 2.8 Replacement of Remote Tune
J. Blower Filter Pret,entir.e Waintenance.. . 1
5 4.3 R F Modulator Assembly A3 Assembly A8 .: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.1 Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Troubleshooting.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 6.2 9 Replacement of Store/Recall
5.4.4 Synthesizer Assembly A4 Assembly A9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2 Cleaninp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . 95 6.2.10 Replacement of IEEE-488/1978
5.4.5 Power Supply Assembly A5 Program I/O A10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 6.2.11 Replacement of Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.4.6 Remote Tune Assembly A8 6 2.12 Replacement of Lens Switches
4 1 General . . . . . . .. .. . . . ... .. 9 and Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.2 Minimum Performance Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
5.4.7 Store/Recall Assembly A9 ................................ 135
4.2.1 Turn-on Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 7. Repair
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
4.2 2 Self-Test Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 ............................ 135
5.4.8 I E E E 488/1978 Bus Interface Board 8. Alignment
4.2.3 M a r k e r B e a c o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
42.4 VOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 A10 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 8.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
4.2 5 Localizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 R 2 Power Supply Alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
4 2 6 Glideslope . . . . . .. . ... . . 11 6. Disassernbl~v/Ass~rnbl~~ ................. 120 X 3 Analog Card A2A2 12-V DC +
4.2.7 VHF Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 6.1 Disassembly.. . . . . . . . . . ............. 120 Regulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
4.2.8 LocalizerDDM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 6.1.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 8.4 Synthesizer Assembly A4 +20-V DC
4.2.9 GlideslopenDM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 6.1.2 Precautions and General Techniques.. . 120 Regulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
4.2.10 Frequency Vernier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 6.1.3 Removal of Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 8.5 Audio Tone Level.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
4.2 11 R F Output Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 6.1.4 Removal and Disassembly of Front 8.5.1 VOR S i g n a l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
4 3 Total Performance Test . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 3 Panel Assembly A1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 8.5.2 ILS Signal.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
4.3 1 Introduction . ... .... .. . .. . . . 13 6.1.5 Removal and Disassembly of 8.5.3 Marker Beacon Signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
4.3.2 Initial Turn-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Controller/Audio Assembly A2 . . . . . . . . 122 8.6 Audio Tone Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
4.3 3 Self-Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 6 1 6 Removal and Disassembly of R F 8.6.1 VOR S i g n a l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
4.3.4 R F Frequency Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Modulator Assembly A3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 8.6.2 ILS Signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
4.3.5 R F Output Frequency Response . . . 13 (i.1.7 Removal and Disassembly of 8.6 3 Marker Beacon Signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
4 3.6 R F Output Attenuator Accuracy . . . . 13 Synthesizer Assembly A4 . . . . . . . . . . . 124 8.7 VOR Radial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
1.3.7 R F Harmonics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 fi.l.8 Removal and Disassembly of Power 8.8 R F Output Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
4 3.8 Broadband Noise (SSBI and Close-In Supply Assemhl~rA5 . . . . . . . . . ... 127 8.9 R F Output Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Spurious Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 6.1.9 Removal of Digitally Controlled 8.9.1 Marker Beacon Signal . . . . . . . . . . . 140
4.3 9 R F Frequency Vernier . . . . . . . . 19 Attenuator A6AT1 . . . . . . . . . . . . : . . 127 8 9.2 VOR/LOC Signals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
4.3 10 Audio Tone Frequency Accuracy . . . . . 19 6.1.10 Removal of Remote Tune 8.9.3 Glideslope Signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
4.3 11 Audio Tone Distortion . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Assembly A8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 8 10 AM Modulation.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
4.3 12 AM Percent Modulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 6 1.11 Removal of Store/Recall 8.10 1 AM Modulation (Using Modulation
d 3 13 DDM Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Assembly A9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 Meter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... 140
4.3.14 ILS Phase (90/150-Hz 6.1.12 Removal of IEEE-488/1978 Program 8.10.2 AM Modulation (Using Spectrum
Composite Signal) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 I/O A10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 Analyzer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
4.3 15 Radial Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 6.2 Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 8.10.3 Glideslope Signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
4 3.16 9960-FM Deviation . . . . . . . . . . . 29 6 2.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 8.10.4 Marker Beacon Signal . . . . . . . . . . . 142
1.3.17 ScopeTrigger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 6 2.2 Precautions and General Techniques . . 132 8.11 Synthesizer VCO A4A3 Alignment . . . . . 143
4.3.18 Remote Tune . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 6.2.3 Reassembly and Replacement of 8 12 Synthesizer Regulator-Divider Board
4 3.19 Store/Recall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Digitally Controlled Attenuator A4AlAl Alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
1 4 . 3 . 2 0 IEEE/488-1978.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 A6ATl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 R 13 R F Amplifier A4A2 Alignment . . . . . . . 144

NOTICE: This section replaces second edition dated 1 October 1978.

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
List of Effective Pages .
*The asterisk indicates [layes chanacd added. or deleted hy t h r currrtlt c h a n ~.e

Page No Issue Page No Issue

*Title . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 . Oct 80 *89 thru 99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 5Oct8 0

*List of Effective Pages . . . . . . . . 15 Oct 80 *I00 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 5Oct8 0
*1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Oct 80 *I01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. 5Oct8 0
2 thru 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 Oct 78 *I02 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 5Oct8 0
*6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Oct 80 *I03 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. 5Oct8 0
7 thru 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 Oct 78 *I04 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 O c t 8 0
*12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Oct 80 *lo5 thru 125 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 5Oct8 0
13 thru 20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 Oct 78 *I26 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 5Oct8 0
*21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Oct 80 *I27 thru 129 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 5Oct8 0
22 thru 30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 Oct 78 *I30 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 5Oct8 0
*31 thru 33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15 Oct 80 *I31 thru 145 Added . . . . . . . . . . . 1 5Oct8 0
34 thru 35 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Oct 78 *I46 Blank Added . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 5Oct8 0
*36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Oct 80
37 thru 61 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 b c t 78
62 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Oct 78
63 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Oct 78
*64 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Oct 80
65 thru 66 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 Oct 78
*67 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15 Oct 80
68 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 Oct 78
*69 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Oct 80
70 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 Oct 78
*71 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15 Oct 80
72 thru 78 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Oct 78
*79 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15 . Oct 80
*80 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15 Oct 80
*81 thru 87 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15 Oct 80
*88 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15 O c t 8 0

ftb:I'AIN TIIIS RE('OR1) IN TIIE FRONT OF M.\NVAI,.

Record of Revisions ( I N IIE('F:IPTOF REVISIONS . ISSEKT REYISEI) PAGES IS THE RI .ANI.AL.
:ISI) F:NTER I1..\TE INSERTED AND INITI ..\L S.
L

RE\' RE\.ISION INSERTION SH iXI.MHER RE\' REVISION IINSERTION SB NITMBER

NO I).ATK I):\?'E/IIY IiX('1,l~I~b~D NO II.\TF, I).\ TWHY IN('LI1I)ED

1st Ed 1 Sep 78 None

2nd Ed 1 Oct 78 None

3rd Ed 15 Oct 80 1 thru 10

A
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

maintenance

1. GENERAL meets the minimum use specifications. Alternate

equipment may be used if it meets or exceeds the
This section contains testing, troubleshooting, dis- minimum use specifications.
assembly/assembly, and alignment procedures for 2.2 lnpU power Rewiring fur 230- V AC O p e r a t i o n
the 479s-6A VOR/ILS Signal Generator. The techni-
cian performing the maintenance procedures is The signal generator is shipped from the factory
assumed to be familiar with the 479s-6A; the speci- wired for 115-V ac, 50/60-Hz operation. However, the
fied test equipment; and general metrology tech- signal generator can operate on 230 V ac, 50/60 Hz
niqnes, terminology, and definitions. when the input wiring is changed. Rewire input
The following nonstandard abbreviations are used power as described in steps a through k to change
throughout this section. from 115- to 230-V ac operation.
a. Remove two screws from each side and six screws
ABBREVIATION DEFINITION from bottom of signal generator that secure dust
cover. Refer to figure 1.
COMP Composite b. Slide off dust cover from signal generator.
dBc Decibel below carrier c. Remove six screws that secure cover on power
D/R Down/right supply assembly A5, and remove cover.
DDM Difference in depth of d. Remove two screws that secure barrier strip cover
modulation over barrier strip, and remove cover. Refer to
DEG Degree figure 2.
DEMOD Demodulation e. Rewire barrier strip as shown in view B, figure 3.
GS Glideslope f. Install barrier strip cover over barrier strip and
MOD Modulation secure with two screws. Refer to figure 2.
MB Marker beacon g. Install cover on power supply assembly A5 and
T/F To/from secure with six screws. Refer to figure 1.
TI Test instrument h. Slide dust cover on signal generator and secure
U/L Up/left with 10 screws.
i. Remove turo screws that secure input power iden-
The 479s-6A VOR/ILS Signal Generator is referred tification plate to rear of signal generator, and
to as TI throughout this section. remove plate.
j. Turn plate over and reinstall on signal generator
2. T E S T EQUIPMENT AND POWER with two screws. Input power identification plate
REQUIREhIENTS should state that signal generator is wired for 230-
2.1 T e s t E q u i p m e n t V ac operation

No test equipment is required to perform the

minimum performance tests in paragraph 4.2.
Table 1 is a list of test equipment required to perform
the total performance tests in paragraph 4.3. The
table provides an equipment type number, equipment
nomenclature, minimum use specifications, and a
representative type. The item number is used in the
test procedures to identify the equipment used. The
minimum use specifications are the principal
parameters on which test procedure integrity is
based. The representative type of equipment listed
3. BLOWER FILTER PREVENTIVE
MAINTENANCE
3.1 I n s p e c t i o n
The blower filter on the rear of the signal generator
should be inspected for cleanliness a t 30-day inter-
vals. Restricted airflow through the filter can jeopar-
dize signal generator accuracy and increase failure
rates. If filter is dirty, clean as described in
paragraph 3.2.

Relised 15 October 1980 I

maintenance 523-0768885 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

EQUIPhlENT MINIMLIhl USE SPECIFICATIONS ' REPRESENTATIVE TYPE

Spectrum Frequency: 8 to 1250 MHz
analyzer
If bandwidth: Selectable 300 Hz to
300 k£Iz
Scan width: Z e r o s c a n and s e l e c t a b l e
r a n g e s 2 kHz to 100 MHz/division
Sensitivity ( a v e r a g e noise level):
< -102 d B mW with 10-kHz if bandwidth
Display mode: Selectable 1 0 o r 2 dB/
division and l i n e a r
Video f i l t e r , selectable: Off ( > 5 0 0
kHz), 1 0 kHz, 100 H I , and 1 0 Hz
I
Hewlett-Packard 141T/8552B/8554B
1 Note I
Special calibration i s r e q u i r e d ,
if modulation m e t e r (item 2.17)
is not available, to e n s u r e the
v e r t i c a l output l i n e a r i t y speci-
fication. The s p e c t r u m analy-
z e r and plug-ins m u s t b e
c a l i b r a t e d a s a s y s t e m to
d e t e r m i n e if the s p e c t r u m
a n a l y z e r v e r t i c a l output
linearity m e e t s the t e s t
r e q u i r e m e n t s . Calibration
verification p a r a g r a p h 4.2.11.2
provides a calibration p r o -
cedure to determine this
parameter.

Vertical output: P r o v i d e s linear Hewlett-Packard 8554B, Opt E58

detected output. Calculated d c o f f s e t s
d e r i v e d f r o m 110-dB r f input level
changes f r o m a r e f e r e n c e -200-mV
d c v e r t i c a l output level m u s t b e
equal within 2 mV.
(includes 141T/8554B Opt ~ 5 8 /
8552B Opt H58) i s available f r o m
Hewlett-Packard a s a p r e c a l i b r a t e d
system.

Digital D c voltage range: 0 t o 1 V F l u k e 8600A

multimeter
Accuracy: 1 0.025; reading +O. 1 mV

True r m s T r u e r m s responding. j\c voltage F l u k e 931B

differential range: 5 mV to 1.2 V
voltmeter
Accuracy: I 0.2% reading, 30 to
9960 IIz
Special m e a s u r e m e n t s a r e
Voltage r a t i o a c c u r a c y , 1-V r a n g e r e q u i r e d to e n s u r e voltage
between 0.2 and 0.8 V: =0.015?; a t r a t i o a c c u r a c y specification.
90 and 150 Hz

Power meter Frequency: 74 to 335 MHz Hewlett-Packard 435A/8482A

Range: -20 to 0 d B mW full s c a l e ,

s e l e c t a b l e 5-dB s t e p s

Accuracy: 5'; full s c a l e

Vswr: < 1.3:l

k'requency: 8 to 108 MHz

Range: 0 to 60 dB in 10-dB s t e p s
Hewlett-Packard 355D
I
Vswr: 1.20 m a x Special calibration data r e -
q u i r e d f o r attenuation accuracy
r e q u i r e m e n t s . The 8- to 11-
MHz r e q u i r e m e n t s a r e only

2 I October 1978
IZel~is~cl
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 maintenance 523-0768885

Ttrhlc 1. Rc,qurred Test Equipnterit (Confi

ITEM EQUIPMENT M1NIMUR.I USE SPECIFICATIONS REPRESENTATIVE TYPE

2.5 Attenuation accuracy: required to perform

(Cont) supplemental calibration
8 to 11 MHz, change in attenu- verification p r o c e d u r e s
ation f r o m 0 to 60 dB known d e s c r i b e d in p a r a g r a p h 4.3.2.
within 4 0.5 d B
[Note(
30 MHz, attenuation change
between l o - , 20-, and 30-dB 30-MHz calibration data not
s t e p s known within 0.02 d B r e q u i r e d if modulation m e t e r
(item 2.17) i s available.
108 MHz, attenuation change of
each s t e p f r o m 0 to 40 d B known
within +0.2 d B

2.6 Distortion Frequency: 30 to 1 4 kHz Hewlett-Packard 331A

analyzer
F u l l - s c a l e ranges: 0.3, 1 , 3 , and 10%

Accuracy: *3'& full s c a l e

Voltmeter: Used a s null indicator a t

30 H z , sensitivity 1 0 mV

2.7 Frequency Frequency: 30 Hz to 345 MHz Dana 8030B

counter
Accuracy: 10.3 ppm, 75 to 345 MHz;
i 1 0 p p m , 30 H z (33 333.33 p s )

2.8 Oscilloscope Frequency: d c to 16 MHz Tektronix 475

Deflection factor: 0.1 V to 5 V/

division

Deflection accuracy: i3';

Calibrator: 300 m V

Sweep modes: Main, delayed

Horizontal t i m e base: 5 p s to 50
ms/division ( s e l e c t a b l e in 1, 2 , and
5 sequence)

Sweep a c c u r a c y : + l % , 5 p s to 5 ms!
division; 5 2 4 , 1 0 m s t o 50 ms/division

2.9 VOR bearing Accuracy: See note in p a r a g r a p h 4.3.15 Collins 478A-3

standard

2.10 Rf amplifier Frequency: 8 to 110 MHz Hewlett-Packard 8447A

(2 r e q u i r e d )
Gain: 20 dB min

Noise figure: < 5 d B

Vswr: < 1.7

maintenance 523-0768885 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

Ttrhl~1 Rc~quirerl Test Equipment ICorit).

ITEM I EQUIPMENT 1 MINIMUM USE SPECIFICATIONS I REPRESENTATIVE TYPE

Signal Frequency: 30 to 345 MHz Hewlett-Packard 8640B

generator
Output level: Variable, +7 to -60
dB mU'

Close-in/broadband noise: See

note in p a r a g r a p h 4.3.8

Attenuator Frequency: 30 MHz Weinschel 1A-10

(2 r e q u i r e d )
Loss: 1 0 *0.5 d B pq
Vswr: <1.05 Special calibration i s
r e q u i r e d to e n s u r e v s w r
specification.

2.13 1 Attenuator Frequency: 108 MHz Weinschel 1A-3

Loss: 3 50.5 d B

Vswr: < 1.20

Attenuator Frequency: 50 to 400 MHz 1 Weinschel 1A-6

Loss: 6 *0.25 d B

Vswr: < 1.20

2.15 1 Phasemeter Frequency: 30 H z Krohn-Hite 6500

Absolute accuracy: 0.05" pzq

f r o m 0.00 to 359.99"
Not r e q u i r e d if Collins
478A-3 VOR bearing
s t a n d a r d ( i t e m 2.9) i s
available.

~nput/outputvoltage ratio: 2/1 Constructed using two 47-162, 1/4-W,

10% r e s i s t o r s .
Voltage rating: 2 V min

Input r e s i s t a n c e s : 94 kSZ +1OC,7

2.17 Modulation Frequency range: 75 to 335 MHz Boonton 82AD

meter
Input s e n s i t i v ~ t y : - 6 d B mlli

Amplitude m o d u l a t ~ o na c c u r a c y at: AM modulation p e r f o r m a n c e

< 1 0 o r >95$( AM: +3q of reading
10 to 95% AM: 12% of reading
(Cont) 20 to 40'x AM: t0.7'; of reading
e x c e e d s the m a n u f a c t u r e r ' s
quoted specification; however,
m e a s u r e m e n t data indicates
that the unit will m e e t t h e s e
required accurates.

4 Relisud I October 1978

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 maintenance 523-0768885

ITEM I EQUIPMENT I R;IINIRIUhI USE SPECIFICATIONS I REPRESENTATIVE TYPE

I
2.17
(Cont)
AM a c c u r a c y f r o m 20 to 405; a s s u m e s
the following conditions.

M e a s u r e m e n t bandwidth: 1 0 I l z to
1 5 kH7

T e m p e r a t u r e : 25 *lo "C

Rf input level: 100 mV t o 1 V

Detected audio distortion:

<0.2% f o r 3 0 5 Ahl
<0.7$ f o r 90"( Ahl

Audio Frequency: 150 Hz Hewlett-Packard 200 CD

oscillator
Output amplitude: 0 to > 3 V r m s
into 600 Q

Distortion: <0.5'(

Computing Capable of m e a s u r i n g within 1 Hz, Hewlett-Packnrd 5360A/5365A/

counter 960-Hz peak-to-peak deviation of a 5375A
9960-Hz signal that i s being f r e -
quency modulated w ~ t ha 30-Hz tone

Mixer Frequency: 75 to 345 hIIIz Hewlett-Packard 10514A

If output: 8 to 1 2 > M I

Notch f i l t e r Center frequency: 10.00 hlllz lllcCoy E l e c t r o n i c s 2B554

40-dB notch width: 3 kIlz nlin

1-dB notch width: i l l kHz max

Bandpass flatness: I 1 d B f r o m i l l
to -3000 kIIz f r o m c e n t e r frequency

Low--pass Single pole RC' Constructed using 1 0 - l a , 1/4 W,

filter 10'; r e s i s t o r and 680-pF, 50-V
3-dB cutoff frequency: 23.5 hIlz (nom) dcw, 10"( c:lpacitor.

I Resistor I 100 9 . l ' : , 0.25 I\' I I

Resistor Range: 0 to 900 k!2
substitution Resolution: 10
box Accuracy: il'ithin l i tof s e l e c t e d
value
[-xq
Items 2.26 t h r u 2.29 a r c contained in the 479s-6A maintenance kit, CPN 634-9122-001.
Rf module .Allows extension of r f module on C P N 634-9049-001
extender s e r v i c c loop f o r testing and R e f e r to figure 18.
cab1 e troubleshooting

R ~ r i s ~1 dOctober 1978 i 5
maintenance 523-0768885
Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

ITEM EQUIPMENT MINIMUM USE SPECIFICATIONS REPRESENTATIVE TYPE

2.27 Modulator/ Allows extension of s y n t h e s i z e r f r o m CPN 634-9224-001

synthesizer r f module f o r testing and
extendercable troubleshooting

2.28 Extender c a r d Allows extension of r e m o t e tune, CPN 601-2039-001

s t o r e / r e c a l l , and IEEE modules for
testing and troubleshooting

2.29 Extraction tool Aid to allow r e m o v a l of front-panel CPN 638-2280-001

key c a p s f o r key c a p o r l a m p
replacement

2.30 External H P 9825A Calculator with H P 98210A

controller S t r ing-Advanced p r o g r a m m i n g ROM
and H P 98213A General I/O-
Extended 1 / 0 ROM

2.31 GPIB H P 980348

interface
cable

2.32 Rf v o l h n e t e r Frequency: 74 to 335 MHz Boonton E l e c t r o n i c s 92C

Range: 3 mV t o 3 V full s c a l e
Accuracy: *2% of reading +3% of
full s c a l e

2.33 Divider 1OO:l Boonton E l e c t r o n i c s 91-7C

2.34 Adapter BNC t o s n a p on S e l e c t r o 51-073-6800

2.35 Sweep Sweep width: 50 t o 400 MHz Wavetek 2001

generator Output impedance: 50 D nominal
Output level: 0 t o +10 d B m W with
vernier
Output flatness: *0.5 d B
Operating modes: CW and s t a r t / s t o p
Sweep modes: r e c u r r i n g

2.36 P o w e r supply Output: 0 t o 40 V d c a t 300 mA HP6205B

2.37 P o w e r supply Output: 0 t o 40 V d c a t 1.5 A HP6289A

2.38 A3A1 t e s t F a b r i c a t e a s d e s c r i b e d in p a r a g r a p h
fixture 5.4.3.1.

6 Revised 15 October 1980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 maintenance 523-0768885

PWR SUPPL
ASSY A 5
COVER

Reclised 1 October 1978

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
maintenance 523-0768885

B A R R I E R STRIP
COVER SCREW (2)

BARRIER
STR IP

Po~i,rrS?cl,pl~jAssembl?j A;. Brtrr7er S t n p Locnfzon

F l ~ ~ t o?' e

A - 115 V AC INPUT PWR

A5T1

P/O BARR l ER
A5Al J1

230 V AC.
50/60 Hz
4

B - 230 V AC INP!JT PWR I I iL

Reitist.rl 1 October*1.9%
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
maintenance 523-0768885

3.2 Cleaning where the failure occurred. Refer to paragraph 5 for

troubleshooting procedures. A cross-reference is
a. Slide filter out of filter cage on rear of signal provided in paragraph 5.3 for converting calibration
generator. Refer to figure 1. verification procedure steps to test procedure steps
b. Thoroughly wash filter using a mild detergent in and allows entry into the troubleshooting procedures
water. from the calibration verification procedures.
c. Thoroughly rinse filter in clear water and air dry.
Do not use extremely hot air to dry filter. After the malfunction is corrected, the calibration
d. Slide filter in filter cage. verification procedures contained in the calibration
verification section of this manual must be performed
to ensure correct and accurate operation of the signal
4. TEST PROCEDURES generator.

4.1 General The test procedures should be performed under the

following environmental conditions: temperature,
The test procedures contained in this paragraph are +10 to +40 (+50 to $104
O C relative humidity, 95
O F ) ;

provided to allow the technician to isolate malfunc- percent maximum.

tions without performing the calibration verification
procedures. However, troubleshooting may be
accessed from either the test procedures contained in
this paragraph or the calibration verification
procedures contained in the calibration verification
section of this manual. When a malfunction occurs
during performance of either the test procedures or
t h e calibration verification procedures, t h e
alignment/adjustment procedures should be per-
formed before s t a r t i n g t h e troubleshooting
procedures. Refer to paragraph 8 for alignment/
adjustment procedures. If performance of the
alignment/adjustment fails to correct the malfunc-
tion, proceed to the step in the troubleshooting
procedure that corresponds to the test procedure step
The environmental conditions must be met in order to
obtain the results contained in the test procedures.
Before performance of the test procedures, the
technician should become f a m i l i a r with t h e
procedures that are to be performed.
4.2 M i n i m u m Performance Test
4.2.1 Turn-on Operation
Press TI POWER switch to ON. TI display must be in
the standard VOR mode condition as shown in figure
4. Verify fan A5B1 is operating.

TO
FROM
RDUDDM/MOD
ROLlOEGl
DDM
FREQUENCY -RF LEVEL- 1
V/L(ISOHzI I-' .'-I '-'el-' I-' MOD(%)
O/RISOHzI

AUDIO STATUS- MODE -RF STATUS-

& lLS P H VAR % M O D V A R FRE(1 STANDARD SELF TEST MB VOR LOC GS COMM
PH L O C I LEVEL C A L
I I I I

TONE SELECT FUNCTION/CONTROL DATA ENTRY RF SELECT

SELF TEST

0
RF OUT

POWER

n
ON
0
11
OFF
0
4 7 9 s - 6 A VOR/ILS Signal Generator

NOTE: SHADED K E Y S INDICATE L I T KEYS

Sttr ~rritrrtlVOR Motiv Disl)ltry

Fiq lc rc 4
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
maintenance 523-0768885

4.2.2 S e l f - T e s t O p e r a t i o n d. Sequentially, press 30 Hz VAR, 9960 FM, 9960 Hz,

1020/AUX, 90 Hz, and 150 Hz keys. Verify no
a. Press and hold TI S E L F TEST switch. TI display changes occur on the front panel.
must be a s shown in figure 5. e. Press VAR FREQ key. The 3000 Hz key light goes
b. Release S E L F TEST switch. out, the VAR FREQ key, 1020/AUX key, and VAR
c. After self-test cycle is complete, TI display must FREQ indicator light, and the FREQUENCY dis-
return to standard VOR mode condition (figure 4). play is 1000 Hz.
f . E n t e r a f r e q u e n c y of 1 0 0 0 1 H z . V e r i f y
4.2.3 M a r k e r B e a c o n FREQUENCY display flashes on and off.
g. Press CLEAR key. Enter 4000 Hz. Verify
a. Set TI rf output level to -50 dB mW and sequential- FREQUENCY display indicates 4000 Hz.
ly select TI frequencies of 74.60, 75.00 (marker 11. Press % MOD key. VAR FREQ key light goes out,
beacon), and 75.40 MHz. TI display status must be % MOD key lights, and VAR % MOD indicator
a s follows: lights.
i. Enter 10.0% modulation. Verify RDL/DDM/MOD
DISPLAY INDICATION display flashes on and off.
j. Press CLEAR key. Enter 48.6% modulation. Verify
RDL/DDM/MOD 95.0 MOD (5%) RDL/DDM/MOD display reads 48.6.
AUDIO STATUS STANDARD k. Press STD key. Display indications must be a s
FREQUENCY (Frequency selected) MHz specified in step a .
MODE MB
R F LEVEL 50 d B m W 4.2.4 V O R
R F STATUS P H LOCK, LEVEL CAL
TONE SELECT 400 Hz a . Sequentially, select TI VOR frequencies of 108.00,
FUNCTION/CONTROL No keys lit 113.70, and 117.95 MHz. TI display status must be
DATA ENTRY No keys lit a s follows for each selected frequency.
R F SELECT R F FREQ
DISPLAY INDICATION
b. Press 1300 Hz key. The 1300 Hz key indicator
lights and the 400 Hz key indicator goes out. RDL/DDM/MOD FROM, 000.00 RDL
c. Press 3000 Hz key. The 3000 Hz key indicator lights (DEG)
and the 1300 Hz key indicator goes out. AUDIO STATUS STANDARD

RDWDDM/MOD FREQUENCY -RF LEVEL-

a
l
TO
13 111 E l 111
a u/L,~oHzl.l-'oClol-laI-I~I-I
1
3 ::rrEG'
a MoD1si
111 E l 111 111 111 111
.CIaCI.I-IaCI.I-IaLI
:yHy
lHz
111 111 111
~ l ~ l ~ llmu
~ l ~ l ~ l
:,","-"
lD/RISOHzI
AUDIO STATUS- MODE -RF STATUS-
A lLS PH VAR % M O D VAR FREO STANDARD SELFTEST MB VOR LOC OS COMM PH L O C I L W E L CAL
1 I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I

TONE SELECT FUNCTION/CON ~ R O L DATA ENTRY R F SELECT

Collins)
SELF TEST

0
RF OUT
400 1300 3000

n
ON
POWER

0
E
L
OFF
a
4 7 9 5 6 A VOR/ILS Sbgnal Generator

NOTE: SHADED KEYS INDICATE LIT KEYS

SeljlTest Mode Dlspl(cy

Ffgure 5

10 Revised 1 October 1978

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 maintenance 523-0768885

DISPLAY INDICATION DISPLAY INDICATION

FREQUENCY (Frequency selected) MHz FREQUENCY (Frequency selected) MHz

MODE VOR MODE LOC
R F LEVEL 50 dB mW R F LEVEL 50 dB mW
R F STATUS P H LOCK, LEVEL CAL R F STATUS P H LOCK, LEVEL CAL
TONE SELECT 30-HZ VAR, 9960 FM TONE SELECT 90 Hz, 150 Hz
FUNCTION/CONTROL No keys lit FUNCTION/CONTROL No keys lit
DATA ENTRY No keys lit DATA ENTRY No keys lit
R F SELECT R F FREQ R F SELECT R F FREQ

b. Press 9960 FM key. The 9960 FM key indicator h. Press 1020/AUX key. The 1020 Hz key indicator
must turn off. must light.
c. Press 1020/AUX key. The key indicator must turn c. Press 30 Hz VAR, 9960 FM, 9960 Hz, 400 Hz, 1300
on. Hz, and 3000 Hz keys, one a t a time. Verify no
d. Sequentially, press 90 Hz, 150 Hz, 400 Hz, 1300 Hz, changes occur on the front panel.
and 3000 Hz keys. Verify no changes occur on the d. Press 1020/AUX key. The key light must go out.
front panel. e. Sequentially press f key and 0/60° keys. The f key
e. Set TI frequency to 108.00 MHz. and the A ILS P H indicator must light.
f. Press T/F U/L D/R key. RDL/DDM/MOD FROM f. Press STD key.
indicator must turn off and TO indicator must turn g. Press 90 Hz and 150 Hz keys. The key lights must
on. go out.
g. Press STD key. RDL/DDM/MOD TO indicator
must turn off and FROM indicator must turn on. 4.2.6 Glideslope
h. Press STEP A RDL A DDM key. RDL/DDM/MOD
indication must increase 30 degrees. a. Sequentially, select TI GS frequencies of 329.15,
i. Press + l o 0 STEP key. RDL/DDM/MOD indication 332.15, and 335.00 MHz. TI display status must be
must increase 10 degrees. as follows for each selected frequency:
j. Press -10" STEP key. RDL/DDM/MOD indication
must decrease 10 degrees. DISPLAY INDICATION
k. Press and h o l d 4 key. RDL/DDM/MOD indica-
tion must increase. Release key. RDL/DDM/MOD U/L (150 Hz), .000 DDM
1. Press and h o l d F k e y . RDL/DDM/MOD indication AUDIO STATUS STANDARD
must decrease. Release key. FREQUENCY (Frequency selected) MHz
m. Press RDL/DDM key and enter i23.45 on DATA MODE GS
ENTRY keys. Press DATA ENTRY ENTER key. R F LEVEL 50 dB mW
RDL/DDM/MOD display must indicate 123.45 RF STATUS P H LOCK, LEVEL CAL
degrees. TONE SELECT 90 Hz, 150 Hz
n. Press f key. Key must light and RDL/DDM key FUNCTION/CONTROL No keys lit
light must go out. DATA ENTRY No keys lit
o. Press 120" key. Verify RDL/DDM/MOD display R F SELECT R F FREQ
indicates 120.00 degrees.
p. Press STD key. RDL/DDM/MOD display must in- h. Sequentially, press 1020/AUX, 30 Hz VAR, 9960
dicate 000.00 degree. FM, 9960 Hz, 400 Hz, 1300 Hz, and 3000 Hz keys.
Verify no changes occur on the front panel.
4.2.5 Localiaer c. Sequentially, select TI LOC frequencies of 108.10,
110.10, and 111.95 MHz and press R F SELECT --
a. Sequentially, select TI LOC frequencies of 108.10, LOC/GS key. TI display must change to paired GS
110.10, and 111.95 MHz. TI display status must be frequencies of 334.70, 334.40, and 330.95 MHz
a s follows for each selected frequency: respectively.

DISPLAY INDICATION

RDL/DDM/MOD U/L(150 Hz), .000 DDM a. Sequentially select TI COMM frequencies of

AUDIO STATUS STANDARD 118.000, 134.000, and 151.975 MHz. TI display

Revised 1 October 1978

maintenance 523-0768885 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

status must be a s follows for each selected fre- e. Press RDL/DDM keg and enter 2 0 0 on DATA
quency. ENTRY keys. Press DATA ENTRY ENTER key.
RDL/DDM/MOD display must indicate 3 0 0 DDM.
DISPLAY INDICATION f. Press T / F U/L D/R key. RDL/DDM/MOD U/L
(150 Hz) indicator must turn off and D/R (90 Hz)
RDL/DDM/MOD 30.0 MOD (9) indicator must turn on.
AUDIO STATUS STANDARD g. Press STD key. RDL/DDM/MOD D/R (90 Hz) in-
FREQUENCY (Frequency selected) MHz dicator must turn off and U/L (150 Hz) indicator
MODE COMM must turn on.
RF LEVEL 50 -dBmW 4.2.10 Frequency F'erni~r
TONE SELECT 1020/AUX
FlJNCTION/CONTROL No keys lit a . Set TI for an output frequency of 108.000 MHz
DATA ENTRY No keys lit without modulation (no TONE SELECT keys lit).
R F SELECT R F FREQ b. Set TI rf output level to -6 dB mW and press TI AF
key for AF operation. TI frequency displays
b. Press 1020/AUX key. Verify key light and STAN- between 07 990.0 and 08 010.0.
DARD indicator go out. c. P r e s s a n d hold T I S L O W DECR key. TI
c. Press all remaining TONE SELECT keys one a t a FREQUENCY indication must decrease. Release
time. Verify no changes occur on the front panel. key.
(1. Press STD key. d . P r e s s a n d hold T I S L O W I N C R k e y . T I
FREQUENCY indication must increase. Release
key.
4.2.8 Localizer DD,M e. P r e s s a n d hold T I F A S T D E C R k e y . T I
FREQUENCY indication must decrease. Hold
a. Set TI FREQUENCY to 108.10 MHz. FAST DECR key until display counter frequency
b. Repeatedly press S T E P ARDL ADDM key. decreases to a t least 07 950.0.
RDL/DDM/MOD indication must increase from f . P r e s s a n d hold T I F A S T INCR key. T I
.000 in the following steps: ,046, .093, ,155, and FREQUENCY indication must increase. Hold
,200. FAST INCR key until display counter frequency
c. Press and hold
t- key. RDL/DDM/MOD indica-
tion must decrease. Release key.
increases to a t least 08 050.0.
d. Press and h o l d 4 key. RDL/DDM/MOD indica-
tion must increase. Release key.
e. Press RDL/DDM key and enter .400 on DATA a . Set TI output frequency to 75.000 MHz and rf out-
ENTRY keys. Press DATA ENTRY ENTER key.
RDL/DDM/MOD display must indicate .400 DDM.
put level to -50 dB mW. Delete audio tone.
b. Press TI dB mW/uV key. TI R F LEVEL indication I
f. Press T / F U/L D/R key. RDL/DDM/MOD U/L must be 700 pV. Press dB mW/uV key again and
(150 Hz) indicator must turn off and D/R (90 Hz) R F LEVEL indication must be 50 dB mW.
indicator must turn on. c. Press and hold TI SLOW DECR key. TI R F LEVEL
g. Press STD key. RDL/DDM/MOD D/R (90 Hz) in- indication must decrease in 1-dB increments.
dicator must turn off and U/L (150 Hz) indicator d. Press and hold TI SLOW INCR key. TI R F LEVEL
must turn on. indication must increase in 1-dB increments.
e. Press and hold TI FAST DECR key. TI R F LEVEL
indication must decrease in 10-dB increments.
4.2.9 Glideslope DDM
f. Press and hold TI FAST INCR key. TI R F LEVEL
indication must increase in 10-dB increments.
g. Set TI rf output level to -6 dB mW and press TI R F
a. Set TI FREQUENCY to 335.00 MHz.
SELECT -- R F ON/OFF key. Observe following TI
b. Repeatedly press STEP ARDL ADDM key. RDL/ displays for proper indication.
DDM/MOD indication must increase from
,000 DDM in following steps: .045, .091, ,175, and
DISPLAY INDICATION
,400.
c. Press and hold key. RDL/DDM/MOD indica- FREQUENCY - - - - - - MHz
tion must decrease. Release key. RFLEVEL OFF
d. Press and hold- key. RDL/DDM/MOD indica- R F STATUS P H LOCK, LEVEL CAL indicators
tion must increase. Release key. off

R<.rli.scjtl 1:; October 19x0

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 maintenance 523-0768885

h. Press TI R F SELECT -- R F ON/OFF key. Ob- modulation (NO TONE SELECT keys lit) a t -6 dB
serve following TI displays for proper indication. mW. Results: frequency counter displays TI frequen-
cies within limits given below.
DISPLAY INDICATION FREQUENCY COUNTER
TI FREQUENCY DISPLAY LIMITS
FREQUENCY 75.000 MHz
(MHz) (MHz)
R F LEVEL 6 dB m W
RF STATUS P H LOCK, LEVEL CAL indicators lit 74.600 74.599 851 to 74.600 149
75.400 75.399 849 to 75.400 151
4.3 Total Performance Test 108.000 107.999 784 to 108.000 216
117.950 117.949 764 to 117.950 236
4.3.1 Introduction 329.150 329.149 342 to 329.150 658
335.000 334.999 330 to 335.000 670
The total performance test procedures contained in 118.000 117.999 774 to 118.000 236
this paragraph may be performed to isolate and/or 151.975 151.974 698 to 151.975 302
correct a malfunction before performing the calibra-
4.3.5 RF Output Frequency Response
tion verification procedures. When an incorrect result
is obtained during the performance of the test a . Connect rf pourer meter (2.4) to TI R F OUT connec-
procedures, the applicable alignment/adjustment tor.
procedures contained in paragraph 8 should be per- b. Set TI rf output level to -6 dB mW without
formed before starting t h e troubleshooting modulation (no TONE SELECT keys lit) a t fre-
procedures. If the alignment/adjustment procedures quencies of 74.60, 75.00, 75.40, 108.00, 110.00,
do not correct t h e malfunction, refer to 111.95, 114.00, 116.00, 117.95, 329.15, 331.10,
troubleshooting procedures to isolate the malfunc- 333.50, and 335.00 MHz. Power meter must in-
tion. The steps contained in the troubleshooting dicate -6 dB m W witHin h0.5 dB a t each frequen-
procedures correspond to the steps in the total perfor- cy. Modulation must be removed after each change
mance test procedures. in frequency.
c. Disconnect power meter from TI.
The number in parentheses following the support
(test) equipment is the item number of equipment a s 4.3.6 RF O u t p u t Attenuator Accuracy
listed in table 1 which specifically identifies the
equipment. a. Set TI frequency to 108.000 MHz without modula-
tion (no TONE SELECT keys lit).
4.3.2 Initial Turn-On b. Set TI rf output level to levels listed below. The
change in power meter indication from the -6 dB
Perform initial turn-on procedure described in mW level (measured in paragraph 4.3.5, step b)
paragraph 4.2.1. If malfunction occurs, troubleshoot must be within limits given.
a s described in figure 21.

4.3.3 Self-Test CHANGE FROM RDNG

AT -6-dB m W SETTING
Perform self-test procedure described in paragraph TI R F
4.2.2. If malfunction occurs, troubleshoot a s described LEVEL NOMINAL MIN/MAX
in figure 21. (dB m W) (dB) LIMITS (dB)
I Note I -7 -1 0 to -2
-8 -2 -1 to -3
A 30-minute warmup period from initial -10 -4 -3 to -5
turn-on is required before proceeding with -14 -8 -7 to -9
total performance test procedures. -20 -14 -13 to -15
4.3.4 RF Frequency Accuracy (record
measured
Connect frequency counter (2.7) to TI R F OUT con- change for
nector. Set TI to frequencies listed below without later use)

R(~rli,sr(l1 October 1.978

 maintenance 523-0768885 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

C. Connect test equipment to TI a s shown in figure 6 g. Set spectrum analyzer scan width to zero and set
without rf amplifiers. video filter to 10 kHz, and adjust fine frequency
control for maximum vertical trace deflection. Us-
d. Make following instrument control settings. ing log reference level attenuators, set reference
level for center screen display.
1. TI h. Set TI rf output level and step attenuator to the
following settings and observe spectrum analyzer
CONTROL SETTING display. Record change from reference in + or -
values.
FREQUENCY 108.00 MHz
R F LEVEL 20 dB m W TI R F OUTPUT STEP ATTEN
TONE SELECT No keys lit LEVEL (2.5) SETTING

1 2. Step Attenuator (2.5)

(dB mWj (dB)

1 CONTROL SETTING
-30
-40

1 Attenuation 40 dB
3. Spectrum Analyzer (2.1) i. Determine if TI attenuator is within following
tolerances using following equation:
CONTROL SETTING
TI attenuator change = A +B-C
Frequency 108.00 MHz
Tuning stabilizer Off Where:
Bandwidth 10 kHz A = Recorded TI rf output level change from -6 to
Scan width 0.5 MHz -20 dB m W a s recorded in step b.
Input attenuation 0 dB
Scan time 10 ms/division B = Change in step attenuator from 40-dB
Log reference level -60 dB mW reference setting (derived from special
Vertical sensitivity 2 dB/division calibration d a t a on step attenuator).
Video filter Off C = Recorder display difference from step h.
Scan mode Internal
Scan trigger Automatic For example, if the recorded TI rf output level
Display controls As required change from -6 to -20 dB mW is -13.9 dB mW, the
change in step attenuator from the 40-dB reference
e. Adjust spectrum analyzer frequency control and setting is -10.3 dB, and the recorded display
log reference level attenuators for center screen difference is -0.5, the TI attenuator change is
display of 108.000-MHz signal. calculated a s follours:
f. Set spectrum analyzer scan width to 200 kHz, tun-
ing stabilizer to on, and adjust frequency control TI attenuator change = -13.9 + (-10.3) - (-0.5)
for center screen display. TI attenuator change = -23.7 dB

3 dB
TI -- ATTEN ---- ATTEN ATTEN - -- - --- - ANALYZER
(2.131 (2.5) (2.141

I
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 maintenance 523-0 768885

CHANGE FROM RDNG n. Disconnect test equipment from TI.

TI NOMINAL AT -6-dB mW SETTING
R F OUTPUT 4.3.7 RF Harmonics
LEVEL NOMINAL MIN/MAX
(dB mW) (dB) LIMITS (dB) a. Connect spectrum analyzer (2.1) input to TI R F
OUT connector. Make the following instrument
-24 -23 to -25 settings.
-34 -33 to -35
-44 -43 to -45 -
TI
-54 -53 to -55 FREQUENCY 75.000 MHz
(record TI R F LEVEL -6 d B mW
calculated TONE SELECT No keys lit
change for
later use) SPECTRUM
j. Set step attenuator (2.5) to 40 d B and insert two rf ANALYZER (2.1j
amplifiers (2.10) in measurement system a s shown Frequency 250 MHz
in figure 6. Bandwidth 300 kHz
k. Adjust spectrum analyzer log reference level Scan width 50 MHz/division
attenuators for center screen reference level on Input attenuation 20 d B
display. Ensure t h a t spectrum analyzer fine fre- Scan time As required (display un-
quency control is adjusted for maximum trace calibrated indicator off)
deflection. Log reference OdBmW
1. Set TI rf output level and step attenuator (2.5) to level
the following settings, and record change in spec- Log reference 10 d B log
t r u m analyzer display. Record change f r o m level mode
reference in +or - values. Log reference As required to set 75-MHz
level display rf signal to top
TI R F STEP ATTEN adjust line of graticule
OUTPUT LEVEL SETTING Video filter Off
(dB mW) (dB) Scan mode Internal
Scan trigger Automatic
Results: harmonics displayed are below the 75-
MHz fundamental a s follows:
2nd harmonic (150 MHz) >30 dBc
3rd harmonic (225 MHz) >30 dBc
m. Determine if TI attenuator is within following 4th harmonic (300 MHz) >30 dBc
tolerances using the same equation t h a t is shown 5th harmonic (375 MHz) >30 dBc
in step i except for the following changes:
b. Make the following instrument setting changes.
A = Recorded TI rf output level change from -6
to -60 d B m W a s recorded in step i. TI
-
C = Recorded display difference from step 1. FREQUENCY 108.000 MHz
TONE SELECT No keys lit
CHANGE FROM RDNG SPECTRUM
TI NOMINAL AT -6-dB mW SETTING ANALYZER (2.1 1
R F OUTPUT
LEVEL NOMINAL MIN/MAX Frequency 300 MHz
(dB mW) (dB) LIMITS (dB) Scan time As required (display
uncalibrated indicator
off)
Log reference level As required to set 108-
display adjust MHz rf signal to top
line of graticule

Rc~r~isr~d
1 October 1978
maintenance 523-0768885 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

Results: harmonics displayed are below the 108- being used a s a local oscillator i s n o t known
MHz fundamental a s follows: or specified, replace the TI with a signal
generator identical to the local oscillator and
measure their combined output noise a t the
2nd harmonic (216 MHz) >30 dBc
>30 dBc s t a t e d t e s t frequencies. F o r t h e signal
3rd harmonic (324 MHz)
>30 dBc generator to be acceptable for use, the
4th harmonic (432 MHz)
measured sideband noise of the two signal
5th harmonic (540 MHz) >30 dRc
generators must be 10 dB less than the TI
noise specification. Measurements on the H P
c. Make the following instrument setting changes. 8640B indicate t h a t it is an acceptable signal
generator for use a s a local oscillator.

4.3.8.1 M a r k e r Beacon
FREQUENCY 329.150 MHz
TONE SELECT No keys lit a. Make the following instrument settings.

SPECTRUM
ANALYZER (2.1) FREQUENCY 75.000 MHz
R F LEVEL -10 d B m W
Frequency 0 MHz TONE SELECT No keys lit
Scan width mode 0-1250 MHz AF Off
Scan time As required (display
uncalibrated indicator SIGNAL
is off)
GENERATOR (2.11)
Log reference As required to set 329.15-
level display MHz signal to top line
adjust of graticule Frequency 85.020
Output level +7 dB mW
Results: harmonics displayed are below the AM Off
329.15-MHz fundamental a s follows: FM Off
Phase lock On
2nd harmonic (658 MHz)
3rd harmonic (987 MHz) STEP
ATTENUATOR (2.5)
d. Disconnect spectrum analyzer from TI.
Attenuation 60 dB
4.3.8 Broadband .Yoise (SSB) and Close-In
Spurious Signals
SPECTRUM
I Note I ANALYZER (2.1)

The TI rf frequency broadband noise and

close-in spurious signals are measured by Frequency 10.0 MHz
Tuning stabilizer Off
using a notch filter to reject the mixed-down
TI fundamental frequency and pass the TI Bandwidth 30 kHz
sideband noise. This technique is used rather Scan width 0.5 MHz/division
than viewing the signal directly on the spec- Input attenuation 0 dB
trum analyzer due to the inadequacy of the Scan time 5 ms/division
analyzer sideband noise specification. Log reference -50 d B m W
level
Performance of this test assumes the side- Log reference 10 dB log
band noise of the local oscillator signal level mode
ger~erator(2.11) is lower than the TI side- Video filter Off
band noise specification. If the sideband Scan mode Internal
noise specification of the signal generator Scan trigger Automatic
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
maintenance 523-0768885

b. Connect test equipment a s shown in figure 7. Results: a n y spurious signal present is greater
c. Adjust spectrum analyzer frequency control than 80 d B below 75-MHz carrier.
and log reference level attenuators for center
screen display of 10.020-MHz if frequency.
d. Make the following spectrum analyzer control
settings. a . Make the following instrument settings.

CONTROL SETTING

Tuning stabilizer 0n FREQUENCY 117.95 MHz

Bandwidth 0.3 kHz R F LEVEL -10 dB m W
Scan width 20 kHz/division TONE SELECT No keys lit
Scan time 10 seconds/division AF Off
Video filter 10 Hz
Scan mode Manual SIGNAL
GENERATOR (2.11)
e. Adjust spectrum analyzer manual scan, frequency
tune, and reference log level attenuators for full- Frequency 127.970 MHz
screen amplitude display one division to right of Output level + 7 dB m W
center screen. AM Off
f. Set signal generator (2.11) frequency to 85.000 FM Off
MHz. Phase lock On
g. Set step attenuator (2.5) to 0 dB. Set spectrum
analyzer scan mode to single and press s t a r t sweep STEP
switch. T h e reference level (top horizontal ATTENUATOR ( 2 . 5 )
graticule) is now -60 d B mU'. Check spurious
signals a t 75 MHz f 2 5 kHz and f 50 kHz. Results: Attenuation
spurious signals a r e greater than 80 dB below 75-
MHz carrier.
h. Make the following spectrum analyzer control set- SPECTRUM
ting. ANALYZER (2.1)
CONTROL SETTING
Freq'uency 10.0 MHz
Bandwidth 3 kHz Tuning stabilizer Off
Scan width 100 kHz/division Bandwidth 30 kHz

--
R SPECTRUM
NOTCH RF A M P L
S T E P ATTEN
MIXER
(2.20) '
L
FILTER
(2.21)
(2.5) (2.10)
ANALYZER
(2. I )

i S I G GEN
(2.11)
FREQUENCY
COUNTER
(2.7)

Rel>iserl I October. 1978 17

maintenance 523-0768885 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

SPECTRUM h. Make the following spectrum analyzer control

ANALYZER (2.1) settings.

Scan width 0.5 MHz/division CONTROL SETTING

Input attenuation 0 dB
Scan time 5 ms/division Bandwidth 0.3 kHz
Log reference level -50 d B m W Scan width 20 kHz/division
Log reference level 10 d B log Video filter 10 Hz
mode Scan mode Single
Video filter Off Storage On
Scan mode Internal
Scan trigger Automatic
i. Press s t a r t sweep pushbutton on spectrum analy-
zer. Adjust display controls a s required. Note level
b. Adjust spectrum analyzer frequency control and down from full-screen reference of step d of highest
log reference level attenuators for center screen average noise signal a t f 4 0 kHz from center
display of 10.020-MHz if frequency. frequency. Results: highest average noise is greater
c. Make the following spectrum analyzer control set- than 97 dB below reference level.
tings.
4.3.8.3 Glideslope

CONTROL SETTING a. Make the following instrument settings.

Tuning stabilizer On TI
-
Bandwidth 0.3 kHz
Scan width 20 kHz/division FREQUENCY 335.000 MHz
Scan time 10 seconds/division R F LEVEL -10 dB mW
Video filter 10 Hz TONE SELECT No keys lit
AF Off

d. Adjust spectrum analyzer manual scan, frequency SIGNAL

tune, and reference log level attenuators for full- GENERATOR (2.11)
screen amplitude display one division to right of
center screen. Frequency 345.050 MHz
e. Set signal generator (2.11) frequency to 127.950 Output level +7 dB mW
MHz. AM Off
f. Set step attenuator (2.5) to 0 dB. Set spectrum FM Off
analyzer scan mode to single and press s t a r t sweep Phase lock On
switch. The reference level (top horizontal
graticule) is now -60 dB mW. Check spurious STEP
signals a t 117.95 MHz f 25 kHz and f 50 kHz. ATTENUATOR (2.5)
Results: spurious signals a r e greater than 80 dB
below 117.95-MHz carrier. Attenuation 60 dB
g. Make the following spectrum analyzer control
settings.
SPECTRUM
CONTROL SETTING ANALYZER (2.1)
- - -

Bandwidth 1kHz Frequency 10.0 MHz

Scan width 100 kHz/division Tuning stabilizer Off
Video filter Off Bandwidth 100 kHz
Scan width 1 MHz/division
Results: any spurious signal present is greater Input attenuation 0 dB
than 80 d B below 117.95-MHz carrier. Scan time 5 ms/division

18 1 October 1.078
R<~r!is~o'
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 maintenance 523-0768885

SPECTRUM e. P r e s s a n d hold T I / F A S T D E C R k e y . T I
ANALYZER (2.1) FREQUENCY indication must decrease. Hold
FAST DECR key until display counter frequency
Log reference level -50 dB m W indicates 34 850.0 kHz. Release key. Counter must
Log reference level 10 dB log indicate a frequency between 334.850 000 and
mode 334.852 500 MHz.
Video filter Off f . P r e s s a n d hold T I SLOW INCR key. T I
Scan mode Internal FREQUENCY indication must increase. Release
Scan trigger Automatic key.
g. P r e s s a n d hold T I F A S T INCR k e y . T I
b. Adjust spectrum analyzer frequency control and FREQUENCY indication must increase. Hold
log reference level attenuators for center screen FAST INCR key until display counter frequency
display of 10.050-MHz if frequency. indicates 35 050.0 kHz. Release key. Counter must
c. Make the following spectrum analyzer control indicate a frequency between 335.050 000 and
settings. 335.052 500 MHz.
h. Disconnect counter from TI.
SETTING
4.3.10 Audio Tone Frequency Accuracv
I
Tuning stabilizer On
Bandwidth 1 kHz I Note 1
Scan width 50 kHz/division
Video filter 100 Hz Since all of the audio tones are derived from
Scan time 5 seconds/division the same reference crystal, only the frequen-
Scan mode Manual cy accuracy of one tone is measured.

d. Adjust spectrum analyzer manual scan, frequency
tune, and reference log level attenuators for full-
screen amplitude display one division to right of
center screen.
e. Set signal generator (2.11) frequency to 345.000
MHz.
f. Set step attenuator (2.5) to 0 dB. Set spectrum
analyzer scan mode to single and press start sweep
switch. The reference level (top horizontal
graticule) is now -60 dB mW. Check spurious
signals a t 335 MHz f 25 kHz, f 5 0 kHz, f75 kHz,
and &I00 kHz. Results: spurious signals are
greater than 80 dB below 335-MHz carrier.
g. Set spectrum analyzer scan width to 100 kHz/divi-
sion and scan time to 10 seconds/division. Results:
any spurious signal present is greater than 80 dB
below 335-MHz carrier.
h. Disconnect test equipment from TI.
4.3.9 RF Frequency Vernier
a. Connect frequency counter (2.7) to TI AUX output
on rear panel.
b. Set TI output frequency to 108.00 MHz and
measure period of 30-Hz reference signal. Fre-
quency counter must indicate between 33 331.67
and 33 335.00 ps (30.0015 and 29.9985 Hz).
c. Disconnect frequency counter from TI.
4.3.1 1 .-iudio Tone Distortion
a. Connect distortion analyzer (2.6) to TI AUX output
on rear panel. Set TI to 108.00 MHz and measure
distortion. Results: distortion is less than 0.25%.
b. Connect distortion analyzer (2.6) to TI COMP out-
put on rear panel. Set TI for output frequencies,
tones, and percent modulation shown below, and
measure distortion.
RF MAX
FREQ R DISTOR-
(MHz) TONE MOD TION (5%)

a. Connect frequency counter (2.7) to TI RF OUT con- 108.000 30 Hz VAR 30 0.25

nector. 108.000 30 Hz VAR 9 1.00
b. Set TI to 335.000 MHz with no modulation a t -6 dB 108.000 9960 Hz 30 0.50
mW. (not 9960 FM)
c. Press TI AF key. Frequency counter displays 108.000 9960 Hz 9 1.50
between 335.0000 and 335.0025 MHz. (not 9960 FM)
d. P r e s s a n d hold TI SLOW DECR key. TI 108.000 1020 Hz 30 0.50
FREQUENCY indication must decrease. Release 108.00 14000 Hz 30 1.00
key. 108.00 14000 Hz 9 2.00

Rc~ctiscd1 October 1978 19

maintenance 523-0 768885 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

RF MAX 1.3.12.1 A M .Vfodulatior~a n d RF D i s t o r t i o n

FREQ %' DISTOR- Testing ( ( ' s i n g a M o d u l a t i o n .Weter)
(MHz) TONE MOD TION (% )
a. Connect equipment a s shown in figure 8.
108.00 9 b. Make the following instrument settings.
108.100 20 1. TI
108.100 6
108.100 20 CONTROL SETTING
108.100 6
108.100 30 FREQUENCY 113.70 MHz
75.000 95 RF LEVEL -6 dB mW
75.000 30 TONE SELECT 30 Hz VAR
';! MOD 30%
c. Disconnect distortion analyzer from TI.
2. Modulation Meter

CONTROL SETTING
( Note 1
Tuning Auto
There are two methods available for measur- High pass (Hz) 10
ing the AM modulation of the TI to the re- Low pass/ Out (low pass (kHz))/l5
quired accuracy. The first method, begin- De-emphasis
ning a t 4.3.12.1, uses a modulation meter Peak PK-PK
(2.17) a n d distortion analyzer (2.6) t o 2
measure both the amplitude modulation and Range 100
rf distortion. Function %, AM
Level control Fully ccw (in detent)
In case the modulation meter is unavailable,
an alternate procedure using a spectrum c. Modulation meter must indicate between 29.3 and
analyzer (2.1) is provided. The alternate 30.7'Z modulation.
procedure cannot, however, verify rf distor- d. Measure distortion of demodulated rf signal with
tion levels. T h i s a l t e r n a t e p r o c e d u r e distortion analyzer. Measured distortion must be
preliminary operation begins a t 4.3.12.2. <1.0f7,.

MODULATION DISTORTION
TI METER (2.17) ANALYZER
-R F I N AUDIO OUTp- (2.6)

AM Motlrrlrrtio)~tcnri R F Distortion Ey~cil)rnt,,~t Setlip No 1 Ilsinq Morlttlutiorl Meter'

F i j l z o ~8

Rer~ised 1 October 197X

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
maintenance 523-0768885

e. Repeat steps c and d selecting TI rf frequencies, tion levels and distortions measured must meet
modulating tones, and AM levels listed below. Note limits specified.
filter settings on the modulation meter. Modula- f. Connect equipment a s shown in figure 9.

TI FREQ MODULATING AM MODULATION METER MEASURED MEASURED

(MHz) TONE MOD MODULATION DISTORTION
(Hz) (T RANGE LOW-PASS LIMITS ( 7 6 ) ('76)
FILTER
(kHz) MIN MAX

113.70 3 0 Hz VAR 5 10 15 4.75 5.25 <1.5

113.70 996 0 30 100 120 29.3 30.7 <1.5
(not 9960 F M )
113.70 996 0 5 10 120 4.75 5.25 <2.0
(not 9960 F M )
113.70 1020 (ident) 30 100 15 29.3 30.7 <1.0
113.70 3000 (AUX audio) 30 100 15 28.5 31.5 <2.0
113.70 14000 (AUX audio) 35 100 120 32.6 37.4 <3.0
110.10 90 20 10 15 19.50 *20.50 <1.0
110.10 90 5 10 15 4.75 5.25 <1.5
110.10 150 20 10 15 19.50 *20.50 <1.0
110.10 150 40 100 15 38.0 42.0 <1.5
110.10 1020 (ident) 30 100 15 29.3 30.7 <1.0
110.10 4000 (AUX audio) 30 100 15 28.5 31.5 <1.5
110.10 4000 (AUX audio) 5 10 15 4.65 5.35 <3.0
332.15 90 40 100 15 39.0 41.0 <1.2
332.15 90 10 10 15 9.50 10.50 <3.0
332.15 150 40 100 15 39.0 41.0 <1.2
332.15 150 80 100 15 76.0 84.0 <3.0
332.15 1000 (AUX audio) 30 100 15 28.5 31.5 <2.0
75.00 400 95 100 15 90.3 99.7 <4.0
75.00 1300 95 100 15 90.3 99.7 <4.0
75.00 3000 95 100 15 90.3 99.7 <4.0
75.00 100 (AUX audio) 97 100 15 90.2 100.0 <4.0
75.00 100 (AUX audio) 15 10 15 13.95 *16.05 <5.0

*Modulation meter range 10%;disregard overrange indication

MODULATION
TI
METER (2.17)
RF RF AUDIO
DEMOD OUT IN OUT

1
I I

VOLTMETER (2.3)
OSCl LLOSCOPE
(2.8)
I I DISTORTION
ANALYZER (2.6)

A.W Morlrtltrtio,~crrtrl RF Distortio~tEqrtiptrretrt Setup No 1 Usirtg .tfod~ilntiorr Meter

Figure 9

Reztised 15 October lY8O

maintenance 523-0768885 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

g. Set TI rf freqeuncy to 332.00 MHz and delete 90-Hz Explanation:

modulating tone.
h. Record 150-Hz signal level indicated on differen- Percent modulation calculated from a
tial voltmeter. detected rf signal =
i. Delete 150-Hz modulating tone.
j. Connect audio oscillator (2.18) to TI EXT MOD in-
put.
k. Set audio oscillator to produce a 150-Hz signal 2.00
times the value recorded in step h a t the TI If V dc = 0.2828. then
DEMOD output a s measured on differential
voltmeter.
1. Modulation meter must indicate between 75 and Percent Inodulation =
85% AM.
m. Increase audio oscillator level to produce 90%
nlodulation as measured on the modulation
meter.
n. Distortion analyzer must indicate < 4 9 distortion.
o. Oscilloscope signal display must not show clipping F o r t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p of p e r c e n t of
a t positive or negative peaks.
p. Disconnect test equipment from TI. Proceed to modulation ( m s x 100) to be applicable
0.2
4.3.13. using the spectrum analyzer, its verti-
cal output dc voltage must be set to
-282.8 mV plus its vertical output dc off-
4.3.12.2 A M ,Vodulation Testing Procedure Using
set voltage.
a Spectrurn i l n a l . y z ~ r Performance of the following section en-
sures the spectrum analyzer linearity to be
I Note 1 adequate and determines its vertical output
dc offset v ~ l t a g efor later use in measuring
A spectrum analyzer is used a s a linear AM modulation.
detector in the zero scan mode to detect the
AM m o d u l a t e d m a r k e r beacon, VOR, a. Connect equipment a s shown in figure 10 and
localizer, and glideslope rf signals. The make the following instrument settings.
detected ac and dc signals from the spec- 1. Signal Generator (2.11)
trum analyzer vertical output are measured
CONTROL SETTING
with a true r m s voltmeter and dc dvnl to
determine the percent of modulation. The Frequency 30.0 MHz
spectrum analyzer used must be linear and Output level +7 d B m W
the vertical output dc offset voltage (V dc) AM Off
must be known. FM Off

- - - SPECTRUM
10 dB STEP 10 dB ANALYZER
S I G GEN (2.1) 0 1FF
(2.11)
ATTEN
( 2 . 1 2 )
ATTEN
(2.5)
-ATTEN
(2.12)- VERT OUT VOLTVCTCF!
(2.3)

Spectrunl A rcctlyz?r Llnenrlty Check, Eq?trpn~erlt Setup

Fqlurr 10

Revised 1 October 1978

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 maintenance 523-0768885

2. Step Attenuator (2.5)

CONTROL SETTING

Attenuation 20 dB

3. DVM (2.2) Where: VOFF 1 = Offset voltage no 1

CONTROL SETTING
VoFF 2 = Offset voltage no 2
Function Dc volts
Range 2
V1 = Recorded voltage no 1
3. Spectrum Analyzer (2.1) (20-dB setting)

CdNTROL SETTING V2 = Recorded voltage no 2

(30-dB setting)
Frequency 30 MHz
Tuning stabilizer Off = Recorded voltage no 3
V3
Bandwidth 300 kHz (10-dB setting)
Scan width 200 kHz/division
Input attenuation 10 dB R1 = Voltage ratio derived from
Scan time 2 ms/division calibration data on step
Linear sensitivity 2 mV/division attenuator from 20- to 30-dB
Vertical sensitivity Linear step (voltage ratio =
Video filter Off antilog dB).
Scan mode Internal 20
Scan trigger Automatic
Display controls As required R2 = Voltage ratio derived from
calibration d a t a on step
attenuator from 10- to 20-dB
b. Adjust spectrum analyzer frequency and linear step (voltage ratio =
sensitivity controls for center screen display of 30- antilog -
dB).
MHz signal. 20
c. Set spectrum analyzer tuning stabilizer to on and
scan width to zero, and adjust frequency controls
for peak amplitude indication ( m a x i m u m dc
voltage indication on dvm). Maintain peaked condi- For example: If V1 = -200.0 mV
tion during this procedure.

Record all voltages in steps d, e, and f to the

nearest tenth millivolt.
R1 = 3.1623/1 (10.00 dB)

d. Adjust spectrum analyzer sensitivity control for a R2 = 3.1732/1 (10.03 dB)

200 f1-mV dc indication on dvm. Record 200 fl-
mV indication a s V1.
e. Set step attenuator (2.5) to 30 dB and record dvm
indication a s V2.
f. Set step attenuator (2.5) to 10 dB and record dvm
indication a s V3.
a. Calculate VOFF 1 and VOFF 2 a s follows:

Rerliscd 1 October* 1978

maintenance 523-0768885 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

h. Spectrunl analyzer linearity is adequate for 3. Spectrum Analyzer (2.1)

amplitude modulation calibration verification
procedure and measurements if VOFF 1 equals CONTROL SETTING
\'OFF 2 within f2 mV.
i. Determine average of VOFF 1 and VOFF 2 and Frequency 113.7 MHz
record a s VOFF for later use. Calculate VOFF us- Tuning stabilizer Off
ing the following equation. Bandwidth 300 kHz
Scan width 200 kHz/division
Input attenuation 10 dB
Scan time 2 ms/division
Linear sensitivity 3 mV/division
For example: i7ertical sensitivity Linear
Video filter Off
Scan mode Internal
Scan trigger Automatic
Display controls As required

c. Adjust spectrum analyzer frequency and linear

a. Connect TI to test equipment a s shown in figure sensitivity controls for center screen display of
11. 113.70-MHz signal.
d. Set spectrum analyzer tuning stabilizer to on and
scan width to zero, and adjust frequency controls
SPECTRUV
4NALYZER
for peak amplitude indication (maximum dc
10 d B
ATTEN (2.1) DlFF voltage indication on dvm). Maintain peaked con-
VERT CUT VCLTMLTER
(2.12)-
(2.3) dition during remainder of procedure.
e. Adjust spectrum analyzer linear sensitivity con-
+
trol for a voltage equal to -282.8 mV VOFF Use
value for VOFF determined in paragraph 4.3.12.2,
step i. For example:

Spectrum analyzer output voltage (VoFF,

= -282.8 m i ' + YoFF

h. Make the follo\ving instrument settings.

f . Measure a c level with t r u e r m s differential

voltmeter.
CONTROL SETTING Vrms
g. TI percent of modulation equals - x 100.
0.2
FREQUENCY 113.70 MHz Measured modulation must be between 29.25 and
R F LEVEL 23 -dBm\tT 30.75'7.
TONE SELECT 30 Hz VAR h. Repeat steps b through g selecting TI output fre-
(9960 FM off) quencies, modulating tones, and AM levels listed
'c nlon 3oC/; helow. Measured modulation levels m u s t be be-
tween limits specified.

CONTROL SETTING
The modulation level output for the 1020-Hz
Function Dc volts ident tone is always 3096, regardless of the
Range 2 TI modulation display indication.
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 maintenance 523-076888.5

TI MODULATING AM MEASURED 4.3.13.1 DDM On-Course Accuracy

FREQ TONE MODLIMITS%
(MHz1 (Hz) (W)--
MIN MAX a . Set TI frequency to 335.00 MHz.
b. Connect true r m s differential voltmeter (2.3) to TI
9960 COMP output on rear panel.
14000 (AUX audio) c. Measure and record 90- and 150-Hz tone levels for
90 0.000 DDM setting. Delete undesired tone on
150 TONE SELECT keys. Divide measured value of
1020 (Ident) one tone by the other tone to determine voltage
4000 (AUX audio) ratio. Results: calculated voltage ratio m u s t be
90 within 0.999 75 and 1.000 25 (1.000 00 nominal).
90 d. Connect true r m s differential voltmeter (2.3) to TI
150 DEMOD output on rear panel.
150 e. Measure and record 90- and 150-Hz tone levels for
1300 0.000 DDM. Delete undesired tone on TONE
1300 SELECT keys. Divide measured value of one tone
i. Connect test equipment a s shown in figure 12. by the other tone to determine voltage ratio.
j. Set TI rf frequency to 332.00 MHz and delete 90-Hz Results: calculated voltage ratio must he between
modulating tone. 0.997 45 and 1.002 55 (1.000 00 nominal).
k. Record 150-Hz signal level a t TI DEMOD output f. Disconnect true r m s differential voltmeter from
indicated on differential voltmeter. TI.
1. Delete 150-Hz modulating tone.
m. Connect audio oscillator (2.18) to TI EXT MOD in-
put.
n. Set audio oscillator to produce a 150-Hz signal 2.00
times the value record in step k a t TI DEMOD out- a . Connect resistive divider (2.16) input to TI COMP
put a s measured on differential voltmeter. output on rear panel.
o. Repeat steps b through g. Measured modulation b. Connect true r m s differential voltmeter (2.3) to
must he between 75 and 85%. Spectrum analyzer resistive divider output.
must not indicate clipping on signal peaks. c. Delete 150-Hz tone.
p. Disconnect test equipment from TI. d. Measure and record 90-Hz tone levels for 0.045,
0.400, 0.750, and 0.790 DDM settings.
e. Add 150-Hz tone and delete 90-Hz tone.
f. Measure and record 150-Hz tone levels for 0.045,
1Note I 0.400, 0.750, and 0.790 DDM settings.
Since the DDM's a r e generated digitally and g. Calculate voltage ratio by dividing 150-Hz tone by
do not depend on the accuracy ratio of preci- 90-Hz tone level for each DDM setting. Results:
sion resistors, only the glideslope DDM's a r e calculated voltage ratios m u s t be within limits
verified. specified below.

TI 10 dB SPECTRUM
RF
ATTEN ANALYZER VERT
DEMOD OUT (2.12) (2.1)
OUT
8YT
- - - - - - - --
1

D V M (2.2)
VOLTMETER (2.3)

R c ~ i s e d1 October 1.Y78 25
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
maintenance 523-0768885
DDM
(UP/ LIMITS
DOWN) NOMINAL MINIMUM MAXIMUM
h . S e t DDM t o 0.045 a n d p r e s s T I
FUNCTION/CONTROL -- T / F U/L D/R key.
i. Measure and record 90- and 150-Hz tone levels for
0.045, 0.400, 0.750, and 0.790 DDM settings. Record
level for both 90- and 150-Hz tones a t each DDM
setting before proceeding to next DDM setting. The
90- and 150-Hz tones are added and deleted through
TONE SELECT keys.
j. Calculate voltage ratio by dividing 90-Hz tone level
by 150-Hz tone level. Results: voltage ratio must be
within limits specified in step g.
k. Disconnect test equipment from TI.
4.3.14 ZLS Phase ( 9 0 / 1 5 0 - H z C'ornposite S i g n a l )
0-degree phase difference between the 90-
and 150-Hz waveforms is defined a s the
point where both waveforms pass through
zero in the same direction a t the same time.
The TI tolerance is the amount of deviation
from the in-phase condition just described
specified in terms of 150-Hz degrees. The TI
phase difference between the two tones is
normally fixed a t 0 degree but can be
selected to be 60 degrees. The phase
difference between t h e 90- and 150-Hz
signals is verified to be within tolerance a t 0
and 60 degrees by measuring amplitude
levels a t selected points of the composite
signal with a n oscilloscope. The peak
amplitude level of the composite signal a t
any point in time may be determined from
the following formula.
A = A1 SIN(27r 150t + 0) + A2 SIN 27r 90t
where:
A = peak amplitude of 150-Hz signal
1 tion tone. Amplitude must be equal within 0.5 mV.
A = peak amplitude of 90-Hz signal
2 as a fraction of a volt to the nearest 0.001 V). The
0 = phase difference between the two
signals.
t = time
Analysis of this equation for various periods
of time and signal phase differences show
the following composite waveform
amplitude characteristics:
1. The voltage difference between the peaks
of the waveforms a s shown in figures 14
and 15 to be: 0 V if the amplitudes of the
two signals a r e 1 V r m s and if they have 0
degree p h a s e s h i f t ; 30 mV if t h e
amplitudes of the two signals are 1 V rms
and if the 150-Hz tone leads or lags the 90-
Hz tone by 1 degree rather than 0 degree.
2. The voltage peak of the waveform as
shown in figure 16 to be between 370 and
418 mV if the amplitude of the two
signals are 1 V rms and if the 150-Hz tone
phase is between 58 and 62 degrees rather
than 60 degrees.
ILS Plirrsr (!N/l.io-Hz Corrlposite Slqr~ctl).
l l i c l ~ ~ f o rNo
t t ~1
Figlrrr 13
a . Set TI output frequency to 108.3 MHz and delete
90-Hz modulation tone.
b. Connect true r m s differential voltmeter (2.3) to TI
COMP o u t p u t on r e a r panel a n d m e a s u r e
amplitude of 150-Hz tone. Record amplitude.
c. Add 90-Hz modulation tone and delete 150-Hz
modulation tone.
d. Measure amplitude of 90-Hz tone and record
amplitude.
e. Compare recorded amplitude of 90-Hz modulation
tone with recorded amplitude of 150-Hz modula-
Record amplitude of 90-Hz tone (recorded voltage
recorded voltage will be used later a s a correction
factor.
f. Connect oscilloscope (2.8) to TI COMP output on
rear panel.
Reoised 1 October 1978
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
maintenance 523-0768885

I g. Make the following equipment settings. limits. Results: calculated voltage recorded in
step m must be between these limits.
o. Disconnect dvm from TI.

FREQUENCY 108.3 MHz 4.3.15 Radial Accuracy

TONE SELECT 90 Hz, 150 Hz

OSCILLOSCOPE (2.8)
The TI radial specification for the composite
Coupling Dc VOR signal ( f 0.01" before modulation and
Remainder of As required f0.05" after demodulation of the rf signalj is
controls referenced to the accuracy of the VOR bear-
ing standard used to calibrate the signal.
h. Obtain oscilloscope trace and note level difference This specification means the TI will change
between amplitude of the two waveform peaks a s n o t m o r e t h a n t h i s specified a m o u n t
shown in figures 13 and 14. between calibration intervals with respect to
the standard used. The TI absolute radial ac-
curacy, therefore, is f 0 . 0 1 " (audio) o r
*0.05" (demodulated rf audio) plus the ac-
curacy of the VOR bearing standard used for
calibration. The TI was set a t the factory
during manufacture for 0.00" measured

i. Multiply 30 mV by correction factor (amplitude of

90-Hz tone) determined in step e. Results: level
difference between the two waveform peaks noted
in step h must be less than this calculated value. ILS Pli irsr, (9O/l.iO-Hz Co)~i~~o.sife
Si(jrriil).
j. Press TI f and 0/60° keys. A ILS P H indicator Wrrr>qfi)t.rrr No 3
lights. Fr:clii rc, 1.i
k. Measure amplitude of waveform peak a s shown in
figures 15 and 16. Record this value.
1. Disconnect oscilloscope input from TI and connect
to oscilloscope calibrator output. Do not change os-
cilloscope vertical volts/division setting. Note any
deflection factor error and correct waveform
measurement recorded in step k, if necessary.
Record corrected waveform measurement.
m. Connect dvm (2.2) to TI COMP output on rear
panel and measure TI COMP output dc offset
voltage. Algebraically subtract this voltage from
corrected waveform voltage recorded in step 1.
Record calculated voltage.
n. Multiply 370 and 418 by the correction factor
determined in step e. The product of these
calculations determines the waveform voltage

Reilised I October 1.978

maintenance 523-0768885 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
radial error a t the TI COMP output and
verified to measure less than f0.05" error a t
the DEMOD output using a Collins 4788-3
Zifor. This VOR standard is specified to be
within f0.01" a t VOR zero and to f0.02" a t
all other radials referenced to a standard
Collins 478A-3 Zifor, which is maintained by
Collins Avionics Metrology Department a s
an absolute VOR standard.
A problem occurs in trying to verify the ac-
curacy of the TI a t the end of the TI cycle
rate period, due to the accuracy of available
VOR bearing standards. The following situa-
tion exists.
1. If the same VOR standard (same model
and serial number) is used, the TI may be
expected to agree with the standard
w i t h i n f0.01" ( a u d i o ) a n d f0.05"
(demodulated rf audio).
2. If a like model VOR standard is used but a
different serial number, the TI can only
be expected to agree within the accuracy
of the standard times 2, plus 0.01" (audio)
or 0.05" (demodulated rf audio).
3. If a different model of VOR standard is
used, the TI can only be expected to agree
within the sum of the tolerances of the
two standards, plus 0.01" (audio) or 0.05"
(demodulated rf audio).
This procedure was written assuming the
same model of standard would be used to
verify the TI t h a t was used for initial
calibration (Collins 478A-3 Zifor); therefore,
the above situation 2 applies. If this is not
the case, appropriate tolerances may be sub-
stituted in the procedure. After verification
of the incoming TI status, the procedure
gives instructions to set the TI for 0.00"
measured VOR error a t the discretion of the
user. The TI accuracy after calibrating will
then be t h a t of the user's VOR bearing stan-
dard.
a. Connect VOR bearing standard (2.9) to TI COMP
output on rear panel.
b. Set TI to 108.00 MHz with radial setting of FROM
000.00" and with both 30 Hz VAR and 9960 FM on.
c. Obtain a reading of 000.00" on VOR bearing stan-
dard by stepping TI bearing in + or - 0.01" in-
crements.
d. TI RDL/DDM/MOD radial indication must be
within the accuracy of the VOR bearing standard
multiplied by 2, plus f0.01".
e. Connect VOR bearing standard to TI DEMCID out-
put on rear panel.
f. Obtain a heading of 000.00" on VOR bearing stan-
dard by stepping TI reading in + or - 0.01" in-
crements.
g. TI RDL/DDM/MOD radial indication must be
within the accuracy of the VOR bearing standard
multiplied by 2, plus f0.05".
I Note (
Perform steps h through s only if VOR bear-
ing 0" adjustment is required. This adjust-
ment is a t the discretion of the user.
h. Press TI POWER switch and release to O F F posi-
tion.
i. Remove two screws from each side and six screws
from bottom of signal generator t h a t secure dust
cover, and slide dust cover off of signal generator.
Refer to figure 1 in the maintenance section for
dust cover screw locations.
j. Press TI POWER switch to ON position.
k. Connect VOR bearing standard to TI COMP output
on rear panel, and set TI rf frequency to 108.00
MHz (VOR mode).
1. Obtain a heading of 000.00" on VOR bearing stan-
dard by adjusting TI VOR zero adjustment poten-
tiometer A2A2R8 (identified a s R8 on left side of
modulator bracket).
m. Connect VOR bearing standard to TI DEMOD
output on rear panel.
n. Obtain a heading of 000.00" on VOR bearing stan-
dard by stepping TI bearing in + or - 0.01" in-
crements.
o. TI RDL/DDM/MOD radial indication must in-
dicate 0.00 f0.05".
p. Press TI POWER switch and release to OFF posi-
tion.
q. Disconnect VOR bearing standard from TI
r. Install signal generator dust cover and secure with
two screws on each side and six screws on the bot-
tom.
s. Press TI POWER switch to ON position.
If VOR bearing s t a n d a r d used cannot
measure tracking, a phase meter may be
used to measure phase difference between TI
30 Hz reference and 30 Hz variable VOR
tones. This check is limited; it does not check
Recliserl 1 October 1978
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 maintenance 523-0768885

the composite signal. However, because of TI RADIAL

the method used to generate these signals, it INDICATION (") MIN (") MAX (")
is felt to be adequate. This alternate check
begins a t step x.

t. Connect VOR bearing standard (2.9) to TI CGMP

output on rear panel. If TI was not adjusted for 0"
(steps h through s), perform step u; if adjustment
was made, perform step v.
u. Set TI to radial indications listed below. Reading
on VOR bearing standard must be between the
1 limits specified (VOR bearing standard accuracy x
2, plus f0.01").
ab. Disconnect test equipment from TI.
VOR BEARING
STANDARD INDICATION
TI RADIAL
INDICATION ("1
(") MIN
- MAX
030.00 29.95 30.05 Performances of paragraph 4.3.16.1 func-
060.00 59.95 60.05 tional test ensures t h a t the 9960-Hz signal is
090.00 89.95 90.05 being frequency modulated f480 Hz within
120.00 119.95 120.05 f5 7 . Due to TI VOR digital circuit design, if
150.00 149.95 150.05 TI meets the requirements of this test, the
180.00 179.95 180.05 9960 FM deviation will be within the 480 f2-
210.00 209.95 210.05 Hz tolerance. However, if a computing
240.00 239.95 240.05 counter is available, it is recommended t h a t
270.00 269.95 270.05 the deviation test procedure described in
300.00 299.95 300.05 paragraph 1.3.16.2 be performed to provide
330.00 329.95 330.05 an accurate measurement of the 9960 FM
deviation instead of the functional test
v. For radials listed in step u above, the reading on described in paragraph 4.3.16.1.
t h e VOR bearing s t a n d a r d m u s t not exceed
k0.03". 4.3.16.1 Functional Test
w. Proceed to step 4.3.16.
x. Connect phasemeter (2.15) reference input to TI
COMP output on rear panel and test input to TI 1 Note I
AUX output.
y. Press TI STD key and delete 9960 FM signal. The procedure outlined in this step uses a
z. Note phasemeter indication a s a reference correc- scope to view the end of the fifth cycle of the
tion factor for measuring VOR tracking. 9960-Hz frequency modulated signal. The
aa. Set TI to radial indications listed below and width of the jitter a t the end of the fifth cy-
delete 9960 FM signal after each radial change. cle is proportional to the amount uf 9960-Hz
Algebraically add phasemeter indications and FM deviation. The 9960-Hz signal deviating
reference correction factor noted in step z. f480 Hz varies between the two frequencies
Corrected phasemeter indications must be within of 9480 and 10 440 Hz, with periods of
limits specified. Subtract phasemeter correction 105.485 and 95.785 ps. The time for five
factor noted in step z from phasemeter in- cycles of 10 440 Hz is 5 x 95.785 ps (or 478.925
dications. ps) and the time for five cycles of 9480 Hz is
5 x 105.485 ps (or 527.425 ps). The difference
TI RADIAL between these two time intervals is 48.5 ps
INDICATION (") MIN (") MAX (") (527.425 - 478.925 ps = 48.5 ps). For a 9960-
Hz signal with f480 Hz f5% FM, the jitter
a t the end of the fifth cycle would be 48.5 ps
f5% (or f2.4 ps).

Rc~ilisc~d1 October 1978

 maintenance 523-0768885 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

a. Connect oscilloscope (2.8) channel 1 vertical input

to TI COMP output on rear panel, and make t h e
4.3.16.2 Deeiationz Test
I
following instrument settings.
a. Connect test equipment a s shown in figure 17.
b. Make the following instrument settings.

1 CONTROL SETTING -TI

FREQUENCY 108.00 MHz FREQUENCY 108.00 MHz
TONE SELECT 9960 FM only TONE SELECT 9960 FM (30 Hz VAR
(30 H z VAR off) off)

Oscilloscope (2.8)
H P 5360A COMPUTING COUNTER (2.17)

CONTROL SETTING CYCLE RATE MAX

DIGITS DISPLAYED 5
Vertical mode Channel 1 EXT PUSHBUTTON Depressed
Coupling Ac MEASUREMENT 3X 100 ps
Volts/division 1 TIME
Horizontal display A intensified
Time/division A .1 m s
Time/division B 5 PS H P 5365A INPUT MODULE
A trigger mode Automatic
A coupling Ac FUNCTION FREQUENCY
A source Channel 1 INPUT A
A trigger slope + LEVEL
SENSITIVITY
PRESET
X1
B coupling Ac
B source S t a r t after delay COUPLING AC

b. Center oscilloscope trace vertically and adjust A H P 5375A KEYBOARD

trigger level for trace triggered a t zero crossing of
displayed signal. R E P E A T LOOP: 1K
c. Using delay time positioning control, adjust inten- PAUSE SWITCHES: OFF
sified area of trace to cover end of fifth cycle. MAIN-NORMAL- NORMAL
d. Depress horizontal display B delayed; jitter a t end SUB:
of fifth cycle should now be displayed on scope.

For TI 9960-Hz signal to be deviating f 480 Hz
f 5 S o r better, width of jitter must be between
46.1 and 50.9 ps.
e. Disconnect scope from TI.
,
c. Depress H P 5375A MANUAL pushbutton.
d. Clear registers a , b, c, z, and y by pressing each
of five REGISTER EXCHANGE keys followed
by CLEAR x.

r-y==* LOW- PASS F l L T E R ( 2 . 2 2 1 C O M P U T I N G COUNTER ( 2 . 1 9 )

A INPUT

Rc ~ i s e d1 October 1978
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
maintenance 523-0768885

e. Enter following program on HP 5375A 4.3.1 7 Scope Trigger

keyboard:
a. Connect oscilloscope (2.8) to REMOTE TUNE con-
1. LEARN 10. IFx<b nector pin 31 on rear of TI.
2. MODULE A 11. b z x 1.). Monitor oscilloscope displaq- and press TI 30 Hz
3. a z x 12. REPEAT VAR key several times. Verify a pulse width of 7 to
4.a-x y' 13. Z--x- 3y 13 ps each time key is pressed.
<5. b E x 14. b x y* c. Disconnect test equipment from TI.
6. sFER PROG 15. -(SUBTRACT)
7. MODULE A 16. DISPLAY x
8. I F x > a 17. RUN
9. a z x 18. START
f. Results: counter must indicate peak-to-peak 9960- a . 1Jsing digital multinieter (2.2), check follo\ving
FM deviation to be between 956 and 964 Hz. rear REMOTE TUNE connector pins for continui-
g. Disconnect computing counter from TI. ty or open for each listed frequency.

X = Continuity; O = Open
R e f e r e n c e pin 11 a s common f o r frequencies
l l e f e r e n c e pin 9 a s common f o r mode s e l e c t s

f. Turn TI POIVER to OFF.

Perform the following tests only on 479s-6,4-

002 and -003 status. I Note I
a. Turn TI POWER to ON. Perform t h e following test onl>7 for 479s-6A-
b. Key in and make note of front-panel setups, and
entcr a different setup in storage for memory
003 or -004 statuses.
I
locations 00, 11, 22, 33, 44, 55, 66, 77, 88, and 99.
c. Turn TI POWER to OFF. a. Connect external controller (2.30) and G P IB inter-
(3. Turn TI POWER to ON. face cable (2.31) to rear IEEE-STD 488/1978 )
c. Recall setups from storage and verify d a t a is same PROGRAM I/O connector a s shown in figure 17A.
as noted in step b. h. Turn TI POWER to ON.
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
maintenance 523-0768885

N O T E : F U N C T I O N SELECTOR
/ SWITCH M U S T BE SET T O '7'

HP
GENERAL

HP 98210Af
STRING - A D V PROGRAMMING R O M

TO S6A
IEEE 488
CONNECTOR

c. Enter the following program in the external con- 8: I l s e r q l l : rds (A)

troller. -+B; ~ S P dtoB;
0: d i m A S C 1 2 8 ) ; S ~ P ; e i r 7; i r e t
fxd 0
1: e n t / / e n t e r 9: e n d
device l i s t e n *I8984
a d d r e s s 1 1 9 AS d. Make the following entries on external controller
2: n u m ( A S C 1 , I>)+ and verify proper results.
A; b a n d ( A 7 31) +
700 + A ENTRY RESULTS
3: o n i 79 1 1 s e r q l l ;
e i r 7 TI perform self-test
4: l l e n t e r c o m m a n
d l 1 -, AS; ~ S PAS GIJ 30 Hz VAR and 9960 FM key lights
5: 111oo~ll:~ S P go out; 9960 Hz and 1020/AUX
AS; e n t 1 1 1 1 7 AS keys light
6 : ~ S P/ / e n t e r
command 1 /&AS; ? f key lights
i f AS#lltalkll; Signal generator returns to standard
Q
w r t A, AS; q t o VOR condition
lll00Pll
7 : r e d A9 AS; q t o e. Turn TI POWER to OFF and disconnect test equip-
Ill00Pll ment.

Rr2m"scd 15 October 1980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
5. TROUBLESHOOTING
5.1 General
This p a r a g r a p h provides t h e troubleshooting
procedures for the VOR/ILS signal generator. The
procedures are divided into four parts: preliminary
procedures, module level troubleshooting, functional
level troubleshooting, and posttroubleshooting
procedures. The preliminary procedures prepare the
signal generator for troubleshooting by removing the
dust cover and extending controller/audio assembly
A2. The module level troubleshooting procedures
isolate the malfunction to the circuit board or
module, and the functional level troubleshooting
procedures isolate the malfunction to a functional
area of the circuit board or module assembly. The
posttroubleshooting procedures provide the required
information for returning the signal generator to nor-
mal operating conditions.
All test points referred to in the troubleshooting
procedures are shown on the circuit card component
location diagrams and on the schematic diagrams.
Revised 15 October 1980
maintenance 523-0768885
When troubleshooting rf modulator assembly A3
and/or synthesizer assembly A4 is required, the rf
module assembly consisting of A3 and A4 must be ex-
tended out of the chassis to provide access to the cir-
cuit cards and test points. The rf module assembly is
extended out of the chassis by an rf module extender
cable (2.26, table 1). Refer to figure 18 for a wiring
diagram of the rf module assembly extender cable.
With the rf module assembly on the extender cable,
the rf output from A3 is disconnected from the
digitally controlled attenuator, and the rf signal is
removed from the R F OUT connector on the front
panel. When measurements are required a t the R F
OUT connector, the rf module assembly must be in-
stalled in the chassis and interconnected with the
chassis wiring harness and the attenuator.
When troubleshooting synthesizer assembly A4, it
must be separated from rf modulator assembly A3 to
allow access to the rf output. The synthesizer
assembly is extended by use of an extender cable
(2.27, table 1).Refer to figure 19 for a wiring diagram
of the synthesizer assembly extender cable.
maintenance 523-0768885 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

15 V R T N
+9 V D C
9 V RTN
+24 V DC
24 V R T N
+5 V DC

5 V RTN

I/O WR
I/O R D
A7

VCXO TUNE [ 1" 27 31

DEMOD O U T (::$?14;b?p
I SPAR E

NOTES:
@ J1, CPN 371-01 18-000, M A T E S W I T H W I R I N G HARNESS CONNECTOR P5.

@ P l , CPN 371-0181-000, MATES WITH R F M O D U L A T O R CONNECTOR A3A3J4.

RF .Ilotltt I(> E.r trrcd~rCtr ble I2.261. Win'rrg Diqy rclrrc

Fiytrrr 18

Retlised 1 October. 1.978

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 maintenance 523-0768885

NOTES:

P l , CPN 371-0931-000 MATES W l T H S Y N T H E S I Z E R A4P1.

P2, CPN 371 -0923-000 MATES W l T H R F MODULE A3A2Jl.

RctqisccE 1 October 1,YTX

 maintenance 523-0768885 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

Troubleshooting of remote tune assembly A8, 5.3 Module Level Troubleshooting

I
store/recall assembly -49, and IEEE-488/1978 110
card is accomplished by installing the cards on an ex-
tender card (2.28, table 1).
5.2 Preliminary Procedure
a. Remove eight screws and remove module bracket.
Refer to figure 44.
b. Loosen four captive fasteners that secure con-
troller/audio assembly A2 to chassis. Lift A2
straight up and align two bottom mounting holes
on A2 with two top captive fasteners on chassis,
and tighten two captive fasteners to secure A2 in
the extended position.
c. Set TI POWER switch to on. If initial turn-on, wait
30 minutes for TI warmup.
The module level troubleshooting procedures are
presented in flow-chart format. Refer to figure 20 for
an explanation of the flow-chart procedure.
Minimum performance test and total performance
test procedure troubleshooting is provided in figures
21 and 22 respectively. Whenever a test or calibration
verification procedures fails, enter the
troubleshooting procedure a t the corresponding test
number shown in the flow diagram. The flow charts
assume that all preceding tests were successfully
completed. Since the troubleshooting flow diagrams
contain the test procedure numbers from the
minimum and total performance test procedures, the
following list provides a cross-reference between the
calibration verification procedure test numbers and
the minimum and total performance test procedure
numbers.

CALIBRATION MINIMUM OR
VERIFICATION TOTAL PERFORMANCE
STEP NUMBER TEST DESCRIPTION TEST STEP NUMBER

Turn-on operation
Self-test operation
Frequency range, marker beacon
Frequency range, VOR
Frequency range, localizer
Frequency range, glideslope
Frequency range, communication
Frequency accuracy
Frequency vernier
Rf harmonics
Rf output level, functional operation
Frequency response
Output attenuator accuracy
Modulation tones, frequency accuracy
Audio distortion
VOR tones, functional operation
VOR tones, 9960-FM deviation, function verification
Radial accuracy
Localizer DDM, functional operation
Glideslope DDM, functional operation
Glideslope DDM, on-course accuracy
Glideslope DDM, off-course accuracy
AM modulation
Broadband noise (SSB) and close-in spurious
signals
ILS phase (90/150-Hz composite signal)
9960-FM deviation

Revised 15 October. 1980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
maintenance 523-0768885

TEST PROCEDURE START: INDICATES

START OF TEST PROCEDURE.

TEST PROCEDURE FLOW L I N E : INDICATES

DIRECTION OF TEST PROCEDURE FLOW
USING H E A V Y L l N E A N D ARROWHEAD.

PREDEFINED INSTRUCTION: INDICATES

T H A T THE PROCEDURE S i C l F l E D TO BE
PERFORMED IS CONTAINED ELSEWHERE
IN THE M A N U A L OR I N ANOTHER P U B L I C A I I O N .
THE M A N U A L CONTAINING THE INSTRUCTION
OR THE FIGURE CONTAINING THE INSTRUCTION
IS INDICATED I N THE SYMBOL. IF A FIGURE IS
REFERENCED. I T IS REFERENCED BY FIGURE T I T L E O N L Y .

TEST PROCEDURE INSTRUCTION:

PROVIDES A SINGLE INSTRUCTION FOR PERFORMING A
GENERALIZED TEST PROCEDURE.
SlMULTANEOUS INSTRUCTIONS:
TWO OR M O H ~
I N ~ M B O L A RSE USED W I T H -..." FOLLOWING
EACH INSTRUCTION T H A T IS CONTINUED I N THE N E X T INSTRUCTION SYMBOL.

DECISION: INDICATES T H A T A DECISION \

MUST BE M A D E I N ANSWER TO THE TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW
QUESTION ASKED. THE FLOW FROM THE LINE-
DECISION SYMBOL IS DEPENDENT ON T H E INDICATES DIRECTION OF
DECISION M A D E . THE DECISION IS G E N E R A L L Y TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW
A "YES;' OR "NO", HOWEVER, IN SOME CASES USINGCIGHT LINE AND
THE DECISION M A Y REQUIRE A CHOICE FROM,, ARROWHEAD.
3 POSSIBLE ANSWERS, SUCH AS "HIGH", "LOW ,
OR "NORMAL".

-DOUBLE L l N E STEP
INSTRUCTION:
PROVIDES A SECOND STEP
FOR REPAIR IN CASE THE
1ST METHOD FAILS. A L -
WAYS D O STEP 1 FIRST.
I F STEP 1 REPAIRS THE
F A U L T YOU W I L L NOT
RETURN TO THlS INSTRUC-
TION A G A I N . IF YOU RE-
TURN TO THIS INSTRUCTION
THE 2ND TIME D O STEP 2.
STEP NUMBER IS INDICATED
BY NUMBER ABOVE THE
ARROW GOING TO THE
TEST PROCEDURE
INSTRUCTION.

FOR THE SYMBOL TO WHICH I T IS

CONNECTED BY DASHED L I N E . DOES
NOT CONTAIN A D D I T I O N A L
INSTRUCTIONS.

CONNECTOR: DIRECTS USER TO FLOW L l N E ENTRY POINT

I D E N T I F I E D BY THE SAME NUMBER. CONNEC 1-OHS ARE
NUMBERED SEQUENTIALLY THROUGH ONE ILLUSTRATION
I N THE ORDER OF THEIR ENTRIES INTO THE FLOW LINES.
WHEN A N EXI-r CONNECTOR H A S AN ADJACENT SHEET
NUMBER, THE M A T I N G ENTRY CONNECTOR APPEARS ON
THE SHEET SPECIFIED, OTHERWISE THE M A T I N G ENTRY
CONNECTOR APPEARS O N THE SAME SHEET. A L L E X I T
CONNECTORS ARE NUMBERED AS THEIR CORRESPONDING
ENTRY CONNECTOR.
SHEET X SHEET Y TP4-4666-011
maintenance 523-0768885 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

CHECK FUSE

P A R A 4.2.

SH 5
PARTIALLY

SH 2

A L L DISPLAYS REMOVE POWER,

AND KEYS REMOVE P6
FROM A 1 ..
REAPPLY POW ER .

RO L D I S P L A Y
READING
SHOULD BE
000.00

REPLACE REPLACE REPLACE

A2A 1

Revised 1 October 1978

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 maintenance 523-0768885

YES REPLACE
DEFECTIVE
SWITCH

NO

REPLACE
A1
SH 3

Mi)~iitii i tti Prr:fitrttrcc~iceTest. Trr)ubleshootitig Procerl~rres

Fiqjrrr 21 (Sheet 2)

Recliscd 1 October 1.978

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
maintenance 523-0768885

.\liceitc~ el ccc E ' c ~ r : t i ~ t ~ ~rli'sf,

~ ~ c ~Trorc
c ~ c rb/r,.s)cooti)cfl
~ Procrd~crc~s
Fi!/ctrc. 21 (Shcc'f 3)

Rc.clise(1 I October 19%

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 maintenance 523-0768885

REPLACE
DEFECTIVE
SWITCH.

I
1 I REPLACE I \ 1

Mir~ivirr tti Prr:fi)rrtltr uce Test, Trotr bleshoo tixg Procedures

Figure 21 (Shec~t41

Rc>oi.sed 1 October 1978

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
maintenance 523-0768885

REMOVE POWER
REMOVE A8, A9, N0
REPLACE A 9
AND A10
REAPPLY POWER

REINSTALL A8, REINSTALL A 1 0

AS. AND A10

REINSTALL A8

SH 10
YES

NO
REPLACE A 8
6 sti 1

REINSTALL A9

Mi )lintlint Perfhrm ame Test, Troubleshooting Procedure.?

Figure 21 (Sheet 5 )

Revised 1 October 1978

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 maintenance 523-0768885

SW IS DEPRESSED R D L OR RF
A N D COUNT I N LEVEL DISPLAY
R D L DISPI-AY /
/

YES REPLACE
A2A1

M I , I I 11 rtl Pet-fi~rrtcclrcceTest. T r o ~ ~ b l ~ 7 . s l t oProcerlures

oti~~g
Fipt re 21 (Sl~t>c>t 6)

RertiserJ 1 October 1978

maintenance 523-0768885 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

Mirti~trt~ I I I Per:fi)rrrzrr~lceTest, Troubleshooting Procetlures

Figure 21 (Sheet 7 )

44 Reuised I October 1978

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
maintenance 523-0768885

1
REPLACE
A4
-

2
REPLACE
A3A3

Mitcttt~11 Pt,t-fi~rttctr
tlce Test. Trou bleshooti~cgProcer1uw.s
Figurv 21 (Shvet 8)

Rrrlised 1 October 1978

maintenance 523-0768885 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

EXERCISE A L L
FREQUENCY

/
/
/ /
/

NO
, RKDEE PYF LBEACOCTAEIRVDE
'
SWITCH

YES

REPLACE
A2A3

- REPLACE
A1 b

SH4

NO
REPLACE
A4

Mit~itti~rtt~
Per:ti)rt~~trtccr
Test. Trol~blrshootinyPruced~rre.s
Fiqtrre 21 (Shrc--f9)

Reclised I Ocfober 1978

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 maintenance 523-0768885

R E M O V E POWER
REMOVE P5
FROM A3.
YES REPLACE
AlA1
-
REAPPLY POWER.

RECONNECT
P6 TO A l .

R E M O V E POWER.
RECONNECT P5
TO A 3 . R E M O V E
A2A3.
REAPPLY POWER

YES
REPLACE
A2A3

REMOVE POWER.
R E I N S T A L L A2A3.
REMOVE P6
FROM A l .
REAPPLY POWER

AM O N I T O R J1

SCOPE. SET V E R T
SENS TO 2 V I D I V
AND HORIZ.
PERIOD TO
5 ms/D I V .

Miititti tc t t ~Pet:fi)rrnrctlce Test, Trou bleshooti~~g

Procedlt res
Figure 21 (Sheet 10)

Revisecl 1 October 1978

maintenance 523-0768885 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

To ttrl Prr:fhriiltrI I C ~Test, Trottb1rshooti)~gProcrdlr rus

Fiqure 22 (Sheet 1 ctf.9)

Rc.1-ised 1 October 1978

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 maintenance 523-0768885

Tottrl P~rfijr),ttriccc,
Test. Troll b/e.shoofir~y
Proced~crrs
Ft{j~tre21 (Sl~eet1)

R~l?i.s~rl
1 October 1978
maintenance 523-0768885 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

Totc~lPer:firrrrc~~lce
Test, Troubleshooting Procedures
Figure 22 (Sheet 3)

Rel)ised 2 October 1978

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 maintenance 523-0768885

1, REPLACE
A2A2
-

YES

N0
AUDIO

YES YES

REPLACE

'u REPLACE

iJ 6 TEST
4.3.1 1

YES
A
REPLACE
2A3.
b

REPLACE
A2A2 b

Totrrl Perfi,rtttn)ccr Tvst. Troubleshoot,)~gProcedlrres

F'lglrrc. 22 (Sheet 41

Rt~vi.serl1 October 1,978

maintenance 523-0768885 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

To tctl Pet-fi)rnttcrrce Test, Trouhle.shootl~iyProcedures

Figure 22 (Sheet 5 )

R(>r,isedI October 19 7'8

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 maintenance 523-0768885

Tottrl Per:for,rinnce Test. Troubleshootzng Procedl~r~s

Fiyurp 22 (Sheet 6)

Rec~iserl1 October 1978

maintenance 523-0768885 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

Revised 1 October 1.978

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 maintenance 523-0768885

Totctl Pf,t:fi,t.tt~tr
I I ~ . C , Test. T ~ ~ o ~ t h l f ~tirr~l
s l i oProcrrllcws
o
Fiqct re 22 (Shotlt 8 )

Revised 1 October 1978

maintenance 523-0768885 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

REPLACE A2A2

YES

2
REPLACE A 2 A 3

Rel~i.cedI October 1978

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
A tte)~rrtrfor
Before replacing any subassemblies in the TI, per-
form the following:
a. Ensure all wiring harness connectors a r e securely
mated with the modules.
b. Verify supply voltages a r e present on suspected
failed modules; no supply voltage may indicate
fault in wiring harness.
Unless a specific instruction is given in t h e
troubleshooting procedure after replacing a sub-
assembly, the following alignment procedures
(paragraph 8) must be performed before restarting
the troubleshooting procedures.
ASSEMBLY ALIGNMENT PARAGRAPHS
REPLACED TO BE PERFORMED
Do not remove or replace any of the circuit
cards or modules in the TI while power is
applied. To prevent injury to personnel and
the TI, always set the TI POWER switch to
off before removing or replacing modules or
circuit cards.
Trrhle 2. Fro~ttP(i11e1Asserrtbly A l , T~nubleshooti~lg
1 1
1 MALFUNCTION
TI d o e s not respond to a key.
Revised 1 October- 1978
maintenance 523-0768885
A6A TI, Tes t-Point Locatio?~
Figure 29
5.4 Functional Level Troubleshooting
The troubleshooting procedures given in the following
paragraphs provide fault isolation to the functional
level on a circuit card,
The following criteria must be used when performing
these troubleshooting procedures unless specified
otherwise.
a. Logic 1 voltages must be between +2.4 and +5.5 V
dc.
b. Logic 0 voltages must be less than +0.4 V dc.
c. Clock and data waveform frequencies and periods
must be within f 10 percent of the stated value.
d. All measurements are made with respect to
chassis ground.
Do not remove or replace any of the circuit
cards or modules in the TI while power is
applied. To prevent injury to personnel and
the TI, always set the TI POWER switch to
off before removing or replacing circuit
cards.
5.4.1 Front Panel Assembly A1 Troubleshooting
F r o n t panel assembly - A 1 is controlled by t h e
microprocessor via the parallel address and data bus.
Most signals on the assembly a r e asynchronous;
therefore, troubleshooting is supplied in the form of a
malfunction table in table 2. Component location is
shown in figure 24.
Procedures.
I PROCEDURE
I
T u r n off power. Disconnect front panel assembly from
TI. Connect ohmmeter (with l e s s than 2-mA t e s t cur-
rent) to two pads corresponding to malfunctioning key
switch. With key d e p r e s s e d , ohmmeter reading must
b e l e s s than 2 9 . With key released, ohmmeter reading
must be g r e a t e r than 100 kQ.
57
maintenance 523-0768885 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

Table 2. Front Pund Assembly A l , Troubleshootiny P~vcedzrres (Cant).

MALFUNCTION PROCEDURE

TI d o e s not respond t o a row o r column of Row: Check b u f f e r s U66 and U67 and pullup r e s i s t o r s
k e y s a s shown in key m a t r i x o n s c h e m a t i c on inputs.
diagram.
Column: Check U62 and U64.

TI d o e s not respond t o any keys. Check U47, U48A, and U1C.

One key l a m p d o e s not light. Check l a m p and latch, and i n v e r t e r feeding lamp.

400 H z , 90 H z , 30 H z VAR, 1020/AUX, and Check U56, U57, and U47.

9960 FM key l a m p s d o not light.

1300 H z , 3000 H z , 9960 H z , and 150 H z key Check U58, U59, and U47.
l a m p s d o not light.

~ / oMOD, RDL/DDM, VAR FREQ, STO, Check U60, U61, and U47.
R C L , and f key l a m p s do not light.

R F FREQ and AF key l a m p s d o not light. Check U65, U68, and U47.

One bad 7-segment display. Check l a t c h , d e c o d e r / d r i v e r , and r e s i s t o r s feeding

display. Latch and d e c o d e r logic outputs a r e shown
below.

Bad d i s c r e t e LED indicator. Check l a t c h and i n v e r t e r feeding indicator. Logic 0

will light indicator.

TI d o e s not display any d a t a c o r r e c t l y . Check U1, U28, and U63.

TI d o e s not b a r a l l displays. Check i n v e r t e r connected to segment g of display.

TI d o e s not b a r any display. Check U26 and buffers on output.

DSI t h r u DS5 blank when rf i s shut off. Check U55C and U32E.

DS6 t h r u D S l l d o not blank when rf i s shut Check U55B and U36F.

off.

DS12 t h r u DS14 do not display O F F when r f i s Check U27A, U26, U55A, U21D, and i n v e r t e r s connected
shut off. t o display input lines.

DS1 t h r u DS8 d o not display c o r r e c t l y . Check U5 and U28C.

DS9 t h r u DS14 d o not display c o r r e c t l y . Check U19 and U28B.

Revised 1 October 1978

Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 maintenance 523-0768885

Revised 1 October 1978 59/60

 mainten;
Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

FRONT PANEL ASSY A l , REAR V I E W

NOTE
1 W IS A GROUND P A D

F I Y ItJPI/)IC,/
I .4.s.s<,rtt h/!/ '41, c!~)
F ~ ! / I I24 / / S / I ~ , C
rcj

Retised 1 October 1978

I
i
I
 maintenance 523-0768885
Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

F R O N T PANEL A S S Y A l , R E A R V I E W

R e ~ ~ i s e1d October 1978

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 maintenance 523-0768885

Remove A1 from the TI a s described in disassembly INTEGRATED RAM

paragraph 6.1.4, steps b and c. Do not remove wiring CIRCUIT NUMBER
harness connector from A l . Position A1 so that the
circuit pads on the back side of A l A l are accessible. U25 and U26 1
U19 and U20 2
5.4.2 C o n t r o l l e r / A u d i o A s s e m b l y A2 U17 and U18 3
Troubleshooting
c. Connect oscilloscope to following points and check
5.4.2.1 CPU A s s e m b l y A2AI T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g for indicated results.

a. Connect oscilloscope (2.8) to the following test TEST ABNORMAL

points and verify clock frequencies. Refer to figure POINT RESULTS INDICATION
25 for component locations.
U35-17 Logic 1 Check U40
U35-25 Logic 1 Check U40
TEST POINT FREQUENCY U35-24 Logic 1 Check U40
U35-26 Logic 1 Check U44
16 MHz U35-16 244-Hz waveform Check U3
2 MHz U35-27 Pulsating Check U35
2 MHz waveform
1 MHz
500 kHz
244 Hz (4-ms period) 5.4.2.2 A n a l o g B o a r d A2A2 T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g

Table 3 provides the troubleshooting procedures for

b. Press and release S E L F TEST switch. The analog board A2A2. Refer to figure 26 for component
RDL/DDM/MOD display will count, which is a l o c a t i o n s . If a m a l f u n c t i o n o c c u r s , t h e I F
c h e c k of t h e p r o g r a m o u t p u t f r o m t h e INDICATION IS ABNORMAL column in table 3
programmed memory chips. If the output from a gives the components to check or replace. Before
ROM is incorrect, the RDL/DDM/MOD display in- replacing any components on the circuit card, check
dicates the number of the malfunctioning ROM the printed circuit and circuit board connector for
and the MODE display SELF TEST indicator damage.
lights. The number of the memory and the SELF
TEST indicator flashes on and off indicating the 5.4.2.3 TDM B o a r d A2A3 T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g
malfunction. Listed below, is the integrated circuit
number and corresponding ROM. a. Connect oscilloscope (2.8) to the following test
points and verify clock frequencies. Refer to figure
29 for component locations.
INTEGRATED ROM
CIRCUIT NUMBER
TEST POINT FREQUENCY
16 MHz
16 MHz
8 MHz
4 MHz
2 MUIFIz
2 MHz
2 MHz
1 MHz
1 MHz
If the output from a RAM is incorrect, the RF LEVEL 500 kHz
display indicates the number of the malfunctioning 500 kHz
RAM. Listed below are the integrated circuit number 250 kHz
and corresponding RAM. 250 kHz

Revised 1 October 1978

maintenance 523-0768885 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

NOTE :
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 maintenance 523-0768885

T I I ~3 ~APrrr11o.yBor~rdA2A2, Trou b1e.shootrttg Procedztres

1 TEST PROCEDlii~ DESIRED RESULTS I F INDICATION

IS ABNORMAL

1 a . Connect d v m (2.2) t o V R l cathode. a , +5.3 t o +5.9 V dc. a. Check VR1, LA, and a s s o -
ciated c i r c u i t r y .

I I b. Connect dvrn t o VR2 anode.

c . Connect dvrn t o U1-6.

b. -5.3 t o -5.9 V dc.

c . +11.98 t o +12.02 V dc.

b. Check VR2, L5, and a s s o -
ciated c i r c u i t r y .

c . Check U1, VR3, and a s s o -

ciated circuitry. P e r f o r m
p a r a g r a p h 8.3 alignment.

l2 I Set TI t o 108.00 MHz, s t a n d a r d VOR

audio. P r e s s A F key.

II I1 a. Connect oscilloscope (scope) (2.8)

t o P I - 7 , P I - 8 , P1-9, and P1-10.

b. Connect scope t o U22-10.

a. Waveform s i m i l a r to f i g u r e
27.

b. Waveform s i m i l a r to f i g u r e
27.
a. Check A2A3.

b. Check U22.

c . Connect s c o p e t o U18-10. c . Waveform s i m i l a r to f i g u r e c . Check U18.

27.

II )I
d. Connect scope t o U10-10. d. Waveform s i m i l a r to f i g u r e d. Check U10.
27.

e. Connect s c o p e t o U5-10. e. Waveform s i m i l a r to f i g u r e e. Check U5.

27.

f. Connect s c o p e t o P I - 4 . f. +8.10 t o +8.40 V d c . f. Check U21 and f i l t e r s R57,

R61, C37, C38.

g. Connect dvrn t o P I - 1 . g. +8.10 t o +8.40 V d c . g. Check U17 and f i l t e r s R60,

R64, C43, C44.

I I h. Connect dvrn t o P1-2.

i. R e m o v e p o w e r f r o m TI. Disconnect
h. +8.10 t o +8.40 V dc. h. Check U9 and f i l t e r s R59,
R63, C41, C42.

i. Check U4 and f i l t e r s R58,

w i r i n g h a r n e s s connector f r o m P2. R62, C39, C40.
Reapply power t o TI. Connect dvrn
t o P2-1. P r e s s A F key.

j. R e m o v e power f r o m TI. Disconnect

dvrn f r o m P2-1. Reconnect w i r i n g
h a r n e s s connector t o P 2 . Reapply
power t o TI.

1 1 I 1I I
Set TI t o 75.000-MHz, 400-Hz tone.
3

I 1 a. Connect s c o p e t o Ull-6.

b. Connect scope t o AUX connector on

a. 400-Hz waveform.

b. 400-Hz waveform.
a . Check U11.

b. Check U6, R11, C4.

r e a r p a n e l of TI.

c. Connect d v m t o P1-30. c . Logic 1. c . Check A2A3.

d. Connect scope t o U2-1. d. 400-Hz waveform. d. Check U2B, R10, and f i l t e r s

(Cont) R110, R112, C3.

Reuised 1 October 1978 65

maintenance 523-0768885 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

Ttr Ole, 3. A ictr log Bocrrrl A2A2, Trou blrsl/oofiir!! Procrdu res (Con tl.

PROCEDURE DESIRED RESULTS I F INDICATION

IS ABNORMAL

e. Connect s c o p e t o U15-6. e. 400-Hz waveform. e. Check U15.

f. Connect s c o p e to P2-4. f. 400-Hz waveform. f. Check U20 and f i l t e r s L1,

L2, L3, C19, C20, C21.

g. Connect s c o p e t o COMP connector g. 400-Hz waveform. g. Check U14.

on r e a r panel of TI.

Set TI t o 110.10-MHz, 90-Hz tone only.

a. Connect s c o p e t o U7-6. a . 90-Hz waveform. a . Check U7.

b. Connect dvm t o P I - 2 7 . b. Logic 1. b. Check A2A3.

c . Connect s c o p e t o U15-6. c . 90-Hz waveform. c . Check U3B, R4, and ILS

BALANCE components.

Set TI t o 108.00-MHz, 30-HZ VAR

tone only.

a . Connect s c o p e t o U7-6. a . 30-Hz waveform. a . Check U7.

b. Connect dvm t o P I - 3 2 . b. Logic 1. b. Check A2A3.

c . Connect scope t o COMP connector c. 30-Hz waveform. c . Check U2A, R8, R9, and
o n r e a r panel of TI. associated circuitry,

Set TI to 108.00-MHz, 9960-IIz tone

only (not 9960 FM).

a . Connect s c o p e t o PI-15. a . 1-MHz s q u a r e wave. a . Check A2A3.

b. Connect s c o p e t o U19-6. b. 9960-Hz waveform s i m i - b. Check U19, U16, Q1, and

l a r to f i g u r e 28. associated circuitry.

c . Connect s c o p e t o U16-6. c . 9960-Hz waveform. c . Check U19, U16, Q1, and

associated circuitry.

d. Connect dvm t o PI-24. d . Logic 1. d. Check A2A3.

e . Connect s c o p e t o COMP connector e . 9960-Hz waveform a s in e. Check U3C, R6, and f i l t e r s

on r e a r panel of TI. f i g u r e 28. R33, R34, C16, C17.

Set TI t o 110.10-MHz, 1020-Hz tone 1020-Hz waveform. Check U3A, R5, and f i l t e r s *
only. R39, R38, C15.

Connect s c o p e t o COMP connector on

r e a r panel of TI.

P e r f o r m p a r a g r a p h 8.5 and 8.7

alignments.

66 Reuised I October 1978

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
maintenance 523-0768885

NOTE:
1 II S A GROUND PAD
 maintenance 523-0768885 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

AM2 Wnvefi)rms
Figure 27

68
Revised 1 October 1978
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 maintenance 523-0768885

NOTE :
1. H IS A GROUND PAD.

A s s r n ~ b l yA', TDM Board A'AJ,

Cotctrollf~r/.4~cil1o
Cotnportrnt Locrctlorr
Fzgurr 29

Revised 15 October 1980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
b. Set TI to the modes given in table 4 and verify logic
levels a t the given test points.
c. Connect oscilloscope to test points shown in figure
30 and verify waveforms.
d . P e r f o r m p a r a g r a p h 8.3, 8.5, 8.6, a n d 8.7
alignments.
Tuble 4. A M 3 Test Poirrts.
I I
I * 1-MHz square wave
5.4.3 RF M o d u l a t o r .-lssembly A3
Troubleshooting
I Note 1 troubleshooting is not required, perform
Always troubleshoot demodulator/ALC
board A3A2 before troubleshooting rf strip-
line assembly A3A1.
5.4.3.1 RF S t r i p - L i n e A s s e m b l y A3Al
Troubleshooting
In order to properly troubleshoot strip-line assembly
A3A1, a special test fixture must be fabricated.
Information necessary for fabrication is contained
in figure 31A; troubleshooting is accomplished a s
described below.
a. Remove and disassemble modulator assembly A3
as described in paragraph 6.1.6.
b. Connect' A3A1, A3A2, and test equipment as
shown in figure 31B. Set S1 through S4 to 0 on A3A1
test fixture.
c. Perform troubleshooting procedures contained in
table 5. Refer to figures 31 and 32 for component
locations. If a malfunction occurs, the I F INDICA-
TION IS ABNORMAL column gives the components
Rct~is~rl
15 October 1.980
maintenance 523-0768885
t o check or replace. Before replacing any components
on the assembly, check assembly and assembly
connectors for damage.
Allow a 15-minute warmup period for A3Al
and test equipment setup.
I 5.4.3.2 D e m o d u l a t o r l A L C A s s e m b l y A3A2
Troubleshooting
a. Set TI POWER switch to off.
b. Remove cover from A3. Refer to figure 46.
c. Remove four screws that secure A3A3 to A3A2 and
carefully fold back card A3A3, leaving flat cable
attached. This provides access to A3A2 test points.
d. Press TI POWER switch to on.
e. Perform troubleshooting procedures contained in
table 6. Refer to figure 32 for component locations.
If a malfunction occurs, the I F INDICATION IS
ABNORMAL column gives the components to
check or replace. Before replacing any components
on the circuit board, check printed circuit board
I
and circuit board connector for damage.
f. After completion of troubleshooting, carefully fold
back A3A3 on A3A2 and secure with four screws.
If A3A3 troubleshooting is required, proceed
t o p a r a g r a p h 5.4.3.3. If A 3 A 3
step g.
g. Install cover on A3.
5.4.3.3 (Jounter-110 Board A3A3
Troubleshooting
a . Set TI POWER switch to off.
b. Remove cover from A3 (figure 46) to provide access
to A3A3 test points. Refer to figure 33 for compo-
'nent locations.
c. Set TI POWER switch to on.
d. Perform troubleshooting procedures contained in
t a b l e 7. If m a l f u n c t i o n occurs, t h e I F
MALFUNCTION IS ABNORMAL column gives
the components to check or replace. Before replac-
ing any components on the circuit board, check
printed circuit board and circuit board connectors
for damage.
e. After completion of troubleshooting, s e t TI
POWER switch to off and install A3 cover.
71
maintenance 523-0 768885 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

TDM Boord A M 3 Wrrlyforms

Fiquw 30 (Sheet 1 ctf 7)

Revised 1 October 1978

 maintenance 523-0768885
Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

U2-1
( I R IGGER l

U26-5

1126 7

U26-9

T I SET 10 110 10 MHz

Revised 1 October 1978 73

maintenance 523-0768885 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

i;:?C'-5
(TRIGGER)

1120-5C

if 20-$'

ti20.7

(120-G

STD VOH, 102.00 MHL

TDM Boord A M 3 Wnaefor?ns

Figure 30 (Sheet 3)

Y4 Revised 1 October 197%

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 maintenance 523-0768885

1,61 l r

UG'

STD VGR, 108.00 MHz

TDM Botrrd A2A.3 Wmuefor?ns

Flgurr .jO (Sheet 4)

Revised 1 October 1978

maintenance 523-0768885 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

TD.1! Borr rrl A 'it3 Wtr wfi~rrrrs

Ft(/urr 30 ( S I I P P5)~

Revised 1 October 19 78
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 maintenance 523-0768885

108 0 0 MHL. 30HrVAF3, 9960Hz, ( N O T 9960 FMI

Revised 1 October 1978

maintenance 523-0768885 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

U87-5 -
U87-7 -

U87-9 -

U87-11 -

STD L O C , 119 10 b l t i ~

TDM Botrrtl AL4J IVui~qfirms

F/OI/re 30 lSlic,e t 7)

Reuised 1 Ocfober 1978

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

NOTES:

C28 LOCATED ADJACENT

TO J3, EFFECTIVE REV LTR F.
ACCESSABLE WITHOUT REMOVING
COVER.
@ ADDED C29 (TEST SELECT, LIAY
NOT BE NEEDED ON SOME UNITS)
EFFECTIVE REV LTR H.

REVERSED POSITIONS OF R'25 AND

@ C14. ADDED R37.51 OHMS EFFECTIVE
REV LTR K .

@ REMOVED R8.15 OHMS EFFECTIVE

REV LTR L .

LEFT UPPER CORNER D E T A I L INDICATES

CHANGES EFFECTIVE REV LTR F, H A N D
K.

R~ltised15 October 1880 79/80

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 maintenance 523-0768885

T(thle 5. A:?A 1 Troubleshooting.

PROCEDURE DESIRED RESULTS IF INDICATION

IS ABNORMAL

a. Set r f signal g e n e r a t o r (2.11) t o 332 MHz

a t +12-dB m W power a t 52 of A3A1.

b. Adjust A3AlC28 f o r +2.5 i 0 . 5 d B m W b. Check CR1-CR8,

m e a s u r e d a t A3AlJ3. C15-C23, C28,
R1-R3, and CP1.

c. T u r n on +15, -15, and +24-V d c power.

a. Set t e s t f i x t u r e s w i t c h e s a s follows: a. P o w e r null

Adjust A3AlC2 f o r power null a t A3AlJ3.

b. Connect d c v o l t m e t e r (2.2) t o A3AlE7 b. 65 *5 mV between

and E6. Adjust A3A2R6. E7, E6, -4 b0.5
d B m W a t A3AlJ3.

c. Connect audio o s c i l l a t o r (2.18) t o t e s t

f i x t u r e 55. Set o s c i l l a t o r f o r 150 Hz a t
1V rms.

d. Connect modulation m e t e r (2.17) t o

A 3 A l J 3 and s e t c o n t r o l s a s follows:

CONTROL SETTING

Tuning AUTO

High p a s s 1 0 Hz

Low p a s s 1 5 kHz

Peak ~ k - ~ k / 2

Range 100

Function % AM

I I AUTO

e. Adjust A3A2R3 f o r 35% and 45% modu-

I I e. If A3A2R3 adjust-
I
lation; then s e t a t 40%. m e n t will not obtain
35% and 45%, check
A3A2R3, A3A2R6,
and A3A2R25.
If 35% modulation cannot b e obtained,
i n c r e a s e A3A2R6; if 45% modulation
cannot b e obtained, d e c r e a s e A3A2R6.

f. V a r y rf signal g e n e r a t o r between 329.15 f. Modulation level a t f. If % modulation

and 335 MHz a t +12 d B mW. A3AlJ3 i s 40 v a r i e s f r o m 40
%0.5%. +0.5%, check
A3AlC28 and

(Cont)

R ~ c t i s ~15
d October I!l8O 81
maintenance 523-0768885 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

'Con tl

TEST PROCEDURE DESIRED RESULTS IF INDICATION

IS ABNORnWL

2 (Cant) piTl
C29 may not be
installed if C28
travel does not
exceed one-half
CW.

3 a. Set rf signal generator for 335 MHz at

12 dB mW.

b. Set af oscillator for 150 Hz (set output b. Distortion at rf b. If distortion exceeds

for 80% modulation at mod meter). out of mod meter specified limits,
is l e s s than 2.75%. check A3AlC2 and
A3AlC28.

/-Yq
If C28 is adjusted,
repeat step 2.

4 After completion of these procedures, per-

form the troubleshooting verification pro-
cedures in table 5A.

82 R<~r~i.sr~rl
October 1,980
1 .i
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 maintenance 523-0768885

I PROCEDURE DESLRED RESULTS

I
1. Power leveling check

Set rf signal generator to 332 MHz at +12 +0.1 dB mW. Set test fixture
switches a s follows:

Connect power meter to A3AlJ3. Adjust A3A2R6 from -3 to -6 dB mW;

then set at -5 i O . l d B mW measured at A3AlJ3.

If desired results a r e not obtained in any step of this table,

table 5 A3A1 troubleshooting must be repeated.

a. Set signal generator to 332 MHz at +11 i 0 . 1 dB mW.

b. Set signal generator to 332 MHz at +13 i 0 . 1 dB mW.

c. Set signal generator to 329.15 MHz at +12 i O . l dB mW.

d. Set signal generator to 335 MHz at +12 i 0 . 1 dB mW.

e. Set test fixture switches S1 through S4 to 1.

f. Set signal generator to 118 MHz at +12 i 0 . 1 dB mW.

g. Set signal generator to 108 MHz at +12 k0.1 dB mW.

2. Modulation leveling check

a. Set test fixture a s follows:

b. Set modulation meter a s follows and connect t o A3AlJ3.

CONTROL SETTING

Tuning AUTO
High pass 1 0 Hz
Low pass 15 kHz
Peak ~k-~k/2
Range 100
Function 9% AM
Level AUTO
,
c. Set rf signal generator to 332 MHz at +12 i 0 . 1 dB mW. Set A3A2R6 for
-4 i 0 . 1 dB mW at A3AlJ3.

d. Connect rf signal generator to test fixture 5 5 , disconnect power meter, and

connect mod meter to A3AlJ3. Set af signal generator to 150 Hz at 1 V r m s
i 1 0 mV rms. Adjust A3A2R3 for 35 to 45% modulation; then s e t at 40%.

e. Set rf signal generator to 329.15 MHz at +12 1 0 . 1 dB mW. e. 40 i 0 . 5 % modulation

Revised 15 October 1980 83

maintenance 523-0768885 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

T110lr.>.A. A$A 1 Troit ble.shooti)~,qVerificntion (Con t).

PROCEDURE 1 DESIRED RESULTS I

f. Set rf signal generator to 335 MHz at +12 i O . l dB mW. 40 i0.5% modulation

3. Output distortion check

a. Set rf signal generator to 335 MHz at +12 i0.1 dB mW.

b. Set af signal generator to 150 H z at 80% modulation.

c. Connect distortion meter to AF OUT of modulation meter and measure

distortion.

d. Check distortion at A3AlE7 and E6.

e. Set test fixture switches S1 through S4 to 0. Disconnect af signal

generator from test fixture 55.

f. Set rf signal generator to 75 MHz at +12 i O . l d B mW.

g. Adjust A3A2R7 between -4 and -6 d B mW; then s e t at -5 i0.1 dB mW

measured at A3AlJ3. Reconnect af signal generator to test fixture 55.

h. Set af signal generator to 1.3 kHz at 1 V r m s 510 mV. Disconnect

power m e t e r and connect modulation meter to A3AlJ3.

i. Adjust A3A2R1 from 90 to YB'?;,;then s e t at 95%.

j. Set af output for 97% modulation.

k. Check distortion at AF OUT of modulation meter.

1. Check distortion at A3AlE7 and E6.

m. Set test fixture switches a s follows:

Disconnect af signal generator from test fixture 55.

n. Set rf signal generator to 113 MHz at 12 i O . l dB mW. Disconnect

modulation meter and connect power m e t e r to A3AlJ3.

o. Adjust A3A2R8 from -4 to -6 dB mW; then s e t at -5 50.1 dB mW at

A3AlJ3. Reconnect af signal generator to t e s t fixture J5.

p. Set af signal generator to 10 kHz at 1 V r m s t 1 0 mV.

q. Set modulation meter LOW PASS to 120 kHz. Disconnect power meter
and connect modulation meter to A3AlJ3.

r. Adjust A3A2R2 to obtain between 15 and 25% modulation; then s e t at 20%

modulation.

s . Set text fixture switches S1 through S4 to 1. Adjust A3A2R4 t o obtain

between 25 and 35% modulation; then s e t a t 30%.

t. Check distortion at A3AlE7 and E6.

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 maintenance 523-0768885

DESIRED RESULTS

4. Counter output check

a. Connect power m e t e r t o A 3 A l J 1 .

b. S e t r f signal g e n e r a t o r to 332 MHz a t +12 *0.1 d B mW.

c. Check power output a t A 3 A l J 1 . c. P o w e r level should

be -3 t o +2 d B mW.

5. End of p r o c e d u r e ; d i s m a n t l e t e s t s e t u p and p e r f o r m paragraph 8.9

( r f output level alignment).

Tl1111vli I I ~ I I I I ~ (tor/ALC
J I I I ( I Boc~rtlA . M 2 Troll blc~sliootc Pt.occ,d~rrr.\
I

TEST PJ'\OCEDCIIE DESIRED RESULTS I F INDICATION

IS ABXOIIRIAL

a. Connect dvm (2.2) to U6-1. a. +6.8 t o +7.1 V dc. a. Check U6.

b. Connect dvm t o U13-16. / b. -6.8 t o 1 7 . 1 V dc. 1 b. Check 113.

I
c . Connect dvm t o U13-7. c . -6.6 to -7.3 V dc. c . Check U2.

S e t T I to 108.00 M H z and p r e s s TI AF
key. E n s u r e AF key lamp i s lit.

a . Connect dvm t o 52-14. a. +4.85 t o +5.15 V dc.

b. Connect dvni t o U15-6. b. -4.75 t o -5.25 V dc. b. Check U15 and associated
circuits.

I I c . Connect dvm t o U18-6.

P r e s s TI AF key. E n s u r e A F key
c . +9.3 t o +11.3 V dc. c . Check U18.
I
l a m p i s off.

Set TI to rf f r e q u e n c i e s shown in I T E S T POINT Check A3A3.

d e s i r e d r e s u l t s column. Connect
dvrn t o t e s t points 52-7, 52-10, 52-12,
and 52-11 and verify logic l e v e l s
given f o r each frequency.
maintenance 523-0768885 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

TEST PIIOCEDURE DESIRED RESU1,TS I F IKDICATIOK

IS ABNORhIAL

Set TI to 108.00 MHz, 30-Hz VAR

tone only.

a. Connect oscilloscope (scope) (2.8) a. 30-Hz s i n e wave. a . Check A2A3.

t o 52-1.

b. Connect s c o p e t o U13-3. b. 30-Hz s i n e wave. b. Check U9 and U13.

c . Connect s c o p e to TP1. c . 30-Hz s i n e wave. c . Check U10.

d. Connect dvm t o U4-3. d. +3.3 t o +7.2 V dc. d. Check U1 and U4.

e. Connect d v m t o TP3. e . -3.2 to -7.4 V dc. e. Check U5.

f. Connect s c o p e t o 53-6. f. 30-Hz s i n e wave. f. Check A3Al.

g. Connect scope t o T P 2 . g. 30-Hz s i n e wave. g. Check U11.

h. Connect s c o p e t o U7-6. h. 30-Hz s i n e wave. h. Check U7.

i. Connect scope t o TP5. i. 30-Hz s i n e wave. i. Check U8.

j. Connect s c o p e t o TP2. j. 30-Hz s i n e wave. j. Check U16.

k. Connect dvm t o C R 1 cathode. k. Logic 0. k. Check U17, CR1, C R 2 .

Set TI to s t a n d a r d VOR signal a t n'aveform a s shown in f i g u r e Check U12 and a s s o c i a t e d

108.00 MHz. Connect scope to TP4. 40. circuits.

S e t TI r f output to O F F . Connect dvrn Logic 1. Check U17, C R I , CR2.

to CR1 cathode.

Set TI to 329.15 MHz without modu-

lation (No TONE SELECT keys lit).

Connect audio o s c i l l a t o r (2.18) to TI

EXT MOD connector and s e t t o p r o -
duce 150-Hz signal a t a nominal 3 V
rms.

Connect scope to U16-6. 150-Hz undistorted Check U14 and associated

waveform. circuits.

P e r f o r m p a r a g r a p h 8.9 and 8.10

alignments.
 1 l r u 8 1 1 1 b 1 IuIIC/C/ U L C I V I UUUUJ

Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

GROUND * -

COMPOSITE H
MOD IN

1/0 A

ml
LOC
NOTES:

@
@
DMENSIONS ARE IN MlLLlMETRES [INCHES].

PI MATES WITH J2 ON A3A2 DEMODULATION BOARD.

PARTS NEED ONLY SATISFY PHYSICAL A N D / O R

EILECTRICAL DESCRIPTION.

@ PENDANT CABLE 3 0 4 - 8 n 2 001 (APPROXI.

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 maintenance 523-0768885

OSCl LLATOR
HP 200CD
(2.18)
1
I
POWER I ANALYZER
SUPPLY +15 I HP 331A
1 (2.36) I
HP 62058 I

--
1
-
J1
A 3 A l TEST
r
PI J2
MOD METER
J3 A3A2 BOONTON 82AD
FIXTURE DEMOL CARD (2.1 7)
-
J4 (2.38) \

LJ2 J3
-
- PI
POWER % 1
SUPPLY +24
2 12.37)
HP 6289A

J2
RF SIGNAL n A3A1 POWER METER
GENERATOR STRIPLINE HP 435Al
(2.1 1 ) HP 86408 ASSEMBLY 8482A (2.41

A.?AI Strip-Line Test Equipment, Setup Diugram

Figure 31B

Revised 15 October 1980

maintenance 523-0768885 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

NOTES :
I. IS A GROUND PAD.
2 C53 THRU C56 MOUNTED ON REARSIDE O F BOARD.
3. U14, C49 THRU C51, R 5 , AND R 7 4 THRU R 7 7 ARE ON THE - 0 0 2 STATUS ONLY
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 maintenance 523-0768885

NOTES :

I. IS A GROUND PAD.
2. R13, C15, AND J2 ARE MOUNTED ON BACKSIDE OF BOARD

Re?*ised1.5 October 1!lXO

maintenance 523-0768885 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

TEST DESIRED RESULTS I F INDICATION

IS ABNOIiRlAL

a . Connect dvm (2.2) t o U3-12. a . Logic 1. a . Check U3.

b. Connect oscilloscope to the follow-

ing t e s t points.

1. Ul-11 1. 10-kHz w a v e f o r m , 20% 1. Check U1.

duty cycle.

2. 1-kHz waveform, 20% 2. Check U4.

duty cycle.

3. 100-HZ waveform, 20% 3. Check U7.

duty cycle.

4. 10-Hz waveform, 20% 4. Check U6.

duty cycle.

Connect scope t o each of t h e following

t e s t points:

U13-10 P e r i o d i c logic 0 spike (500

n s spike e v e r y 4 m s )
U13-11

U13-12

U13-13

U13-14

U13-15

Connect s c o p e t o t h e following t e s t
points.

U15-4 P e r i o d i c logic 1 spike. Check U15B.

TP3 P e r i o d i c logic 0 spike. Check U36C.

T P6 P e r i o d i c 100-ms logic 1 pulse. Check U9.

TP7 P e r i o d i c 100- t o 200-ms logic Check U9.

0 pulse.

Set TI t o 108.00 MHz. Connect scope

to:

a . 10.8-MHz waveform. a . Check U34.

b. P e r i o d i c 100-ms logic 0 b. Check U36B.

b u r s t ( b u r s t a t 10.8-MHz
rate).

Connect dvrn to U22-14.

a . P r e s s R F ON/OFF key t o t u r n off a. Logic 0. a . Check Q1.

rf.
b. P r e s s R F ON/OFF key t o t u r n on b. Logic 1. b. Check Q1.
rf.

92 Rtctiscrl 1:; October 1!)8d,

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 maintenance 523-0768885

DESIRED RESULTS I F INDICATION

IS ABNOIiMA L

Set TI to f r e q u e n c i e s listed in
DESIRED RESULTS column and m e a - FREQUENCY (MHz)
s u r e logic l e v e l s with dvm a t t h e
following t e s t points.

Check U17
and U10

Check U14
and U10

Check U11
and U10

and U10
n.
0.

P.

a . Set TI t o 108.00 MHz. Connect

d v m t o following t e s t points.

1. Logic 0.

2. Logic 0.

3. Logic 0.

4 . Logic 0.

b. Set TI to 75.000 MHz. Connect

dvm to following t e s t points.

1. Logic 1.

2. Logic 1.

3. Logic 1.
'3.. } k;;:; U2.115, and

4. Logic 1.

a. P r e s s A F k e y f o r AF operation. a. Logic 1. a. Check U5 and U10.

Connect d v m to U5-15.

b. P r e s s A F key to t u r n off AF o p e r a - b. Logic 0. b. Check U5 and U10.

tion. Connect dvm t o U5-15.

Rel?ised 1,5 October l ! M O 93

maintenance 523-0768885 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

DESIRED RESULTS I F INDICATION

IS AI3K0 LIRZA L

a. Logic 0. a. Check U 5 and U10.

b. Logic 1. b. Check U 5 and U10.

L 1 is +10 to +14 V dc.

LO is l e s s than 0.7 V
dc.

1. Check U3A, U3B,

U20A, and U10.

Check U26, U23,

I and U10.

1. Check U3A, U3B,

U20A, and U10.

Check U26, U23,

I and U10.

a. P H LOCK indicator is lit.

b. L E V E L CAL indicator is
a. Check U22D.

b. Check U 2 2 F .
I
lit.

c. Frequency display is
correct,
c. Display digit:

1. 1 0 0 MHz - Check U 1 9 E ,
I
U 1 9 F , and U16.

2. 1 0 M H z - Check U25A
t h r u D and U24.

94 R~t~isecl
1.5 October I Y X O
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 maintenance 523-0768885

TEST PROCEDURE DESIRED RESULTS IF' INDICATION

IS ABNORhIAL

11 3. 1 MHz - C h e c k U22A
(Con€) t h r u D a n d U21.

4. 1 0 0 kHz - C h e c k U28A
t h r u D a n d U27.

5. 1 0 k H z - C h e c k U19A
- t h r u D a n d U18.

6. 1 kHz - C h e c k U31A
t h r u D a n d U30.
12 P r e s s A F key f o r A F operation. 100-Hz d i g i t is d i s p l a y e d C h e c k U25E, U 2 5 F , U31E,
correctly. U 3 1 F , U36A, U36D, U33,
a n d U35.

points and extend A4 from A3. Refer to figure 34 for

5.4.4 Synthesizer Assembly A4 Trocrbleshooting
Table 8 provides the troubleshooting procedures for
synthesizer assembly A3. Before s t a r t i n g t h e
procedure, extend the A3/A4 modules from the TI a s
described in paragraph 5.1. Remove the cover from
the A4 module (figure 47) to allow access to A4 test
component location.
If a malfunction occurs, the IF INDICATION IS
ABNORMAL column in table 8 gives the components
to check or replace. Before replacing a n y components
on the module, check the printed circuit, wiring, and
module connectors for damage.

Rerliscd 1:; October 1980

maintenance 523-0768885 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

TEST PROCEDURE DESIRED RESULTS I F INDICATION

IS ABNORMAL

1. +20-V d c Connect dvm (2.2) t o A4AlA1- +20.00 i 0 . 1 5 V d c . Adjust A4AlAlR51 f o r d e s i r e d

supply C42(+). ( F i r s t verify +24- and r e s u l t s . If unable t o adjust
-9-V input voltages.) c o r r e c t l y , check A4AlAlQ5,
Q6, Q7, Q8, Q9, Q11, VR2, and
A4A 1CR4.

2. +5-V d c Connect dvm t o A4AlAlC52(+) +5.0 *0.1 V d c . Check A4A 1A 1U20 and Q12.
supply
3. TCXO A4A4 Connect oscilloscope (scope) 3.2-MHz s q u a r e wave. Check A4A4. P e r f o r m p a r a -
(2.8) to A4AlA 1U7-14. g r a p h 8.8 alignment.

4. TCXO divider Connect scope t o the following

A 4 A l A l t e s t points.

a . U7-11 a . 200-kHz s q u a r e wave. a. Check U7.

b. U6-9 b. 100-kHz s q u a r e w a v e . b. Check U6.

c . U6-11 c . 25-kHz s q u a r e wave. c . Check U6.

d. U3-11 d. 100-kHz s q u a r e wave. d. Check U3.

5. Vfo c i r c u i t Set TI to 108.000 MHz, AF t o off.

Verify logic 0 a t A4AlAlU4-1.

a . Connect dvm t o A4AlAlU4-3. a. 5.9 V d c nom. a. Verify inputs f r o m c o u n t e r

C/O board A3A3 l a t c h e s
a r e c o r r e c t . Check U4,
VR1, and Q1.

b. Connect scope t o A4AlAlU4-8. b. 25-kHz s q u a r e wave. b. Check U4.

c . P r e s s AF key to t u r n o n AF c . Verify +10 +0.3 V d c c . Check analog board A2A2

operation. a t A4Pl-Al. and TDM board A2A3 f o r
outputs. Check A3A2.

d. Connect scope t o d. 16 MHz nom s q u a r e d. Check A4AlAlQ1, Q2, Q3,

A4AlAlU21-1. wave with amplitude CR1, CR2, CR3, VR 1, and
equivalent t o logic 1. Y1.

e. Connect scope t o the following

A4AlA1 t e s t points.

1. U21-9 1. 4-MHz nom s q u a r e 1. Check U21.

wave.

2. U1-11 2. 250-kHz nom 2. Check U1.

s q u a r e wave.

3. U2-11 3. 25-kHz nom 3. Check U2.

s q u a r e wave.

4 . U4-11 4. 25-kHz nom 4. Check U4.

s q u a r e wave.

5. U4-6 5. 25-kHz nom 5. Check U4.

s q u a r e wave.

.96 R(jr2isc~tl1:; October 1,980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
maintenance 523-0768885

TEST PROCEDURE 1 DESIRED RESUI,TS IF INDICATION

IS ABNORMAL
7

6. Band selector a. P r e s s AF to turn off AF oper

ation. Verify logic levels at
the following A4A 1A 1 test
points.

1. Logic 0 Check U10 and U11.

1 2 . Logic 1

3 . Logic 0

4 . Logic 0

5. Logic 1

6. Logic 1

b. Set TI to 75.000 MHz. Verify

logic levels at the following
A 4 A l A 1 test points.

1. Logic 1 Check U10 and U11.

2 . Logic 1

3 . Logic 1

4 . Logic 0

5 . Logic 0

6. Logic 0

c. Set TI to 329.15 MHz. Verify

logic levels at the following
A 4 A l A 1 test points.

1. Logic 0 Check U10 and U11.

2 . Logic 1

3. Logic 0

4 . Logic 1

5 . Logic 0

6. Logic 0

7. Variable Perform procedures given in

divider, out- figure 41.
put amplifier,
vco, phase-
frequency
discriminator

Rct~isr~d
1:; October 1980 97
 maintenance 523-0768885 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

5 . 4 . 5 Power Supply .-lssembly A5

Troubleshooting

Table 9 provides the troubleshooting procedures for
power supply assembly A5. The table is presented in
the form of a malfunction checklist assuming the
power supply voltage checklist in figure 21 has failed.
Refer to figure 35 for component locations.
The IF INDICATION IS ABNORMAL column in
table 9 gives t h e components to check o r replace if a
procedure fails. Before replacing any components on
the module, check t h e printed circuit, wiring, and
module connectors for damage.

TccOlc, !I. Poir,c,~,S I I ~ I.,Is.sr,tr~

~ J ~ !/I/!/~ '4 5 T~~o~cOlr.slioof~rc!l
Plr)c.c~rl~c~.r,.s.
-
MALFUNCTION

1. No voltage
present
I=-=
PROCEDURE

a. Check
b. Check A5F1.
A IS54 (POWER).

c . Check A5T1.
DESIRED RESU1,TS I F INDICATION
IS ABNORMAL

2. No +5 V d c a. Check A5AlF1.

b. Connect dvm (2.2) f r o m b. 7.5 t o 11 V a c . b. Check A5T1.

A5T1-12 t o A5T1-16.

c . Connect dvm t o A5C2(+). c. +10.5 t o +15.5 V dc. c . Check A5AlCR3, A5AlCR4,

A5C2, and A5C3.

d. Connect dvm f r o m A5T1-9 t o d. 12.5 t o 19 V ac. d. Check A5T1.

A5T1-10.

e. Connect dvm t o A5C1(+). e. +18 t o +27 V dc. e. Check A5AlCR5, A5AlCR6,

and A5C 1.

f . Connect dvm t o A5A2TP2. f. + 6 . 9 0 t o + 7 . 4 0 V d c . f. CheckA5A2Ul.

3 . No +24 V d c a. Connect dvm f r o m A5T1-5 t o a. 20 t o 28 V ac. a. Check A5T1.

A5T1-6.

b. Connect dvrn t o A5AlCR2(+). b. +26.5 t o +39.5 V dc. b. Check A5AlCR1, A5AlC2,

and A5A2U4.

4. No - 1 5 V d c a . Connect dvm f r o m A5Tl-7 t o a. 12.5 t o 19 V ac. a. Check A5T1.

A5T1-8.

b. Connect dvm t o A5AlCRl(-). b. -18 t o -27 V dc. b. Check A5AlCR1, A5AlC1,

and A5A2U5.

5 . No +15 V'dc

6. No +9 V d c
Check A5A2U3.

Check ASA2U2 and A5A2Q4.

I
Check A5A4Q2, V R l , and VR2. 1
I
Check, A5AlF2 and F3.

9. Voltages out P e r f o r m p a r a g r a p h 8.2 align-

of t o l e r a n c e ments.

!j8 Reoised 15 October 1980

 REGULATOR - DIVIDER BOARD
A4AIAl Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

FILTER /
REGULATOR- DIVIDER
BOARD ASSY A4A1

- TCXO ASSY
A4A4

PI-A

VCO ASSY
A4A3

RF AMPLIFIER
- A4A2

NOTE
I. .
IS A GROUND PAD
P2
RF OUTPUT
Q i- B

Revised 1,; Octobrr 1980

 REGULATOR - DIVIDER BOARD
A4AIAl Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

FILTER /
REGULATOR-DIVIDER \
BOARD ASSY A4A1

TCXO ASSY
A4A4
PI-AI -

VCO ASSY
A4A3

RF AMPLIFIER
A4A2

NOTE
I. .
IS A GROUND PAD

1.5 October 1980

Rr~,?i.sr~rl
 maintenance 523-0768885

Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

@ F2 AND F3 ONLY IN 4 7 9 s - 6 A OR
4 7 9 8 - 6 WITH SERVICE BULLETIN 1

Revised 15 October* 1980 103/1 OL

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
5.4.6 Rentote Tune Assembly A8
Troubleshooting
Table 10 provides the troubleshooting procedures for
remote tune assembly A8. Before s t a r t i n g t h e
procedure, remove the A8 from the TI a s described in
paragraph 6.1.10. Install the extender card (2.283 and
mount the A8 on the extender to gain access to the
test points.
Before replacing any components on the module,
check the printed circuit board and circuit board con-
nector for damage. Refer to figure 36 for component
locations.
5.4.7 StorelRecall Assembly A9
Troubleshooting
Before starting the procedure, remove the A9 board
from the TI a s described in paragraph 6.1.11. Install
the extender card (2.28) and mount A9 on the ex-
tender to gain access to the test points.
Before replacing any components on the module,
check the printed circuit board and circuit board con-
nector for damage. Refer to figure 37 for component
locations.
a. Connect oscilloscope (2.8) channel 1 input to U7-5
and channel 2 input to U7-9.
b. Press FUNCTION/CONTROL S T 0 key. Press
DATA ENTRY keys 0 and 1.
c. Observe oscilloscope channels 1 and 2 for the
waveforms shown in figure 38A. Incorrect
results: channels 1 and 2 do not go to logic 0, check
MALFUNCTION
No f r e q u e n c y o r m o d e s e l e c t s
a t any frequency
No 0.01 MIIz f r e q u e n c y s e l e c t s
No 0.1 1Wlz f r e q u e n c y s e l e c t s
No 1.0 MHz f r e q u e n c y s e l e c t s
No 10. b M z f r e q u e n c y s e l e c t s
No m o d e s e l e c t s
maintenance 523-0768885
U7; channels 1and 2 do not go to logic 1, check LT7-1
and U7-13 for logic 0.
d. Connect oscilloscope to U3-11 and observe a
negative 0.5-ps pulse.
e. Connect oscilloscope to U8-4 and observe a
negative 0.5-ps pulse.
5.4.8 IEEE-48811978 Bus Interjace Board A10
Troubleshooting
1
Before starting the procedure, remove the A10 board
from the TI a s described in paragraph 6.1.12. Install
the extender card (2.28) and mount A10 on the ex-
tender to gain access to test points.
Paragraph 5.4.8.1 provides troubleshooting
instructions for A10 (CPN 601-5883-001).
Paragraph 5.4.8.2 provides troubleshooting
instructions for A10 (CPN 601-2309-001).
5.4.8.1 IEEE-48811978 Bus Interface Board A10
(CPN 601-5883-001) Troubleshooting
Before replacing any components on the module,
check the printed circuit board and circuit board con-
nector for damage. Refer to figure 39 for component
locations.
a. Connect oscilloscope (2.8) channel 1 input to U1-14
and channel 2 input to Ull-6.
b. Address signal generator a s a LISTEN device by
sending ATN and device address via internal bus
controller.
I I DESIRED RESULTS
C h e c k A8U1 a n d U2.
1 C h e c k A8U9 a n d U10.
I
1 C h e c k A8U3 a n d 114.
I
1 C h e c k A8U7 and LIB.
I
1 C h e c k A8U5 a n d LIB.
I
C h e c k A 8 U l l a n d LI12.
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
maintenance 523-0768885

106 Retlised 1.5 October 1980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
maintenance 523-0768885

Rct>isctl 1.5 October 1980

maintenance 523-0768885 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

Rcrti.sc~i11.7 October* 1 % ~
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
maintenance 523-0768885

t1 M 15us
t2M 1 . 5 m s
t3 M JITTER BETWEEN .2 A N D . 4 ms

f 4 M 14 ms

t, = PROPOGATION D E L A Y OF 74LS00 A N D 74LS20

t2 = PROPOGATION D E L A Y OF 74LS139
t3 M .5 us

NOTE: WAVEFORMS APE N O T

DRAWN TO SCALE.

c. Observe a logic 1 pulse - on oscilloscope channel 1
followed by a logic 0, NMI, pulse on channel 2. In-
correct results: no pulse on channel 1, verify
AlOSl switch positions described in t h e operation
section; no pulse on channel 2, verify Ull-5 a t logic
1 level after power-up.
d. Verify input/output signals by connecting os-
cilloscope channel 1 t o input a n d channel 2 to out-
p u t of bus transceivers U13, U14, U15, U16.
Observe a corresponding change on each channel
for a n y control or d a t a signal.
5.4.8.2 IEEE-48811978 Bus Interface Board A10
(CP,lr 601-2309-001) Troubleshooting
Rrforc replacing a n y components on the module,
check t h c printed circuit board a n d circuit board
connector for damage. Refer t o figure 39A for
component locations.
a. Connect oscilloscope to UX-6 and observe a 2-MHz
srluare ival-e.
k). Connect the H P - 9 8 2 3 controller to t h e 4798 tiA
IEEE-188 connector a t r e a r of unit. Set controller
t o repeat t h e follo\ving sequence: LA,"@", CR, LF
where "LA" is t h e listen address of t h e signal
generator.
c. Observe U3-11 t o be a logic 0 when t h e con-
troller is inactive, and, to be changing states when
t h e controller is executing t h e sequence in s t e p b.
tl. 01,serve U9-8 to he a logic 1 (NMI) when the,
controller is inactive, and, to be changing states
when t h e controller is executing t h e sequence in
s t e p b.
e. While t h e controller is executing step b, observe
all CPlJ data, address, a n d control lines to be
changing states. Also observe all G B I P bus lines
to be changing s t a t e s except IFC, REN, SRQ, and
EOI.
maintenance 523-0768885 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

NOTE :

IEEE-&XX/1!)7XI - 0 Card A10 (CPN 601-5889-0011, Component Location

Figure 39

Rez~ised15 October 1,980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
maintenance 523-0768885

NOTE :

Rerjised 15 October 1980

maintenance 523-0768885 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

11? Revised 15 October 1.')8o

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 maintenance 523-0768885

11.5 TO 12.5 dBmW

ON 329.1 5 AND
335.00 MHz.

3.3 V NOM
maintenance 523-0768885 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

/
/
/

CHECK A4A1 A1 CONNECT DIGITAL

VOLTMETER (2.2)
TO A 4 A l A l
U10-1.

CHECK A4A1 A1
) U12, U13, U14,
U15. U16. AND U17.

CONNECT RF
VOLTMETER (2.32)
AND DIVIDER (2.33)
TO A4A3-E7 RF
OUTPUT.

CHECK A4A1 A1

YES

SH. 1

A.s.sririhl!/ .4 i . Tro~tbl~~shooti,,!Isiootiii~
S!;,I t/ic~.si~c~r Proc.er1itr.r~~
Fi{jiire 41 (Sheet 2)

Ror3isc~rl 15 October 1980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 maintenance 523-0768885

A 4 A l P 3 FROM CONNECT R F
A4FL5. CONNECT VOLTMETER TO
JUMPER FROM A4A2 Q1 -B
A4A3 E l VC+ TO
TXCO A4A4 +5 V

ON. SET T I TO
75.00 MHz. (FREQ
IND. M A Y NOT
AGREE WITH SEL
FREQ).

CONNECT R F
CONNECT RF VOLTMETER
VOLTMETER
(2.26) TO A4A3-E7
RF OUTPUT

CHECK A4A2

CIRCUITRY

CONNECT
CONNECT D I G I T A L OSCILLOSCOPE
VOLTMETER (2.2) (2.8) TO A 4 A l A 1
TO A 4 A 2 0 1 - B U19-16

4
NOMINAL A T
m
CHECK A 4 A 2
Q 1 . 0 2 AND
ASSOCIATED
ClRCU ITRY

S ! / Jtl~c,sizrr
I A s s e ~ hl!!
~ t ,A$. Troir hleshooti~igProcerln res
Fi~prre$1 (Sheet 3)

R<jc,i.scri15 October 1980

maintenance 523-0768885 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

NOM
/

CHECK A 4 A l A 1

NOM
I

CHECK A 4 A l A 1
U12,U13,U14
U15, U16, AND U17

/
/
/
/
/

WAVEFORM CHECK A 4 A l A 1 CHECK A 4 A l A l

U18 AT A 4 A l A l U5 AND US'

YES

SH 5
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 maintenance 523-0768885

REMOVE JUMPER
FROM A4A3 TO
CHECK A4A1 A1 0 4 . A4A4. RECONNECT
A T Q4-C A4A1 P3 TO
A4F L5.

I
FROM A4A3 TO
A4A4. RECONNECT
A4A1 P3 TO
A4F L5.
\
\
\
\ 6 SH. I

1 TO 108.00, 117.95,
329.15, AND 335.00
MHz, ,
1 /,I dBmW ON 329.1 5
AND 335.00 MHz.

OUTPUT
11 TO 13 REPLACE RFA
A4A2.

1 NO OUTPUT

Rrj~>isc~tl
1:; October I.fl80
maintenance 523-0768885 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

DISCONNECT
A4A1 P3 F R O M CHECK A 4 A 2 Q2
A4FL5. CONNECT AND
JUMPER F R O M p ASSOCIATED
A4A3 E l VC+ T O CIRCUITRY.
TCXO A 4 A 4 +5 V.

T U R N T I POWER CONNECT
ON. SET T I T O DIGITAL
75 MHz. ( F R E Q VOLTMETER (2.2)
IND MAY NOT T O A 4 A 2 Q3-C
AGREE W I T H SEL A N D BETWEEN
FREQ.). 03-E A N D 0 3 - 8 .

CONNECT RF
VOLTMETER
(2.26) TO
A4A3-E7 RF
CIRCUITRY.
OUTPUT.

CHECK A 4 A 2 Q3

CONNECT
DIGITAL DIGITAL
VOLTMETER (2.2) VOLTMETER (2.2)
T O A4A2 02-E, T O A 4 A 2 Q1 -C
A N D BETWEEN SH. 5 A N D BETWEEN
Q2-E A N D 0 2 - 8 . Q l -E A N D 0 1 -B.

CHECK A 4 A 2 CHECK A 4 A 2 0 1
AND
ASSOCIATED
CIRCUITRY. CIRCUITRY.

YES

SH. 5

Assc~it/ bly A J , Trrilr hleskoo t

S!//itlic~.si~c~t~ i 7 1 Procrdrc res
Fi,q/rre J 1 (Sl1c3c3t
6)

Rez.ised 1 5 October 1980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 maintenance 523-0768885

CHECK A 4 A 2 Q1

CONNECT
OSCl LLOSCOPE
(2.8) T O A 4 A 1 A1
U19-16.

Revised 15 October 1.980

maintenance 523-0768885 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
6.1 Disassembly
6.1.1 General
The disassembly procedures provide instructions for
removal and disassembly of the circuit card and
module subassemblies in the signal generator.
6.1.2 Precautions a n d General Techniques
a. Always remove power cable from power source
before removing or disassembling any circuit card
or module assembly.
b. Mark or otherwise identify all disconnected wires
and/or cables.
c. Note color coding, placement, and methods of in-
sulation installation (if used) on all wires, cables,
and/or components before unsoldering or remov-
ing.
d. To prevent pin damage, always pull printed circuit
board connectors straight out until pins clear
mating connector.
e. To prevent damage to the circuit card pads due to
cable torque, unsolder coaxial cable connections
from circuit card assembly before removing cable
clamp.
f. CPU assembly A2A1, analog board A2A2, TDM
board A2A3, demod/ALC assembly A3A2, store
recall assembly A9, a n d IEEE-488/1975 I/O
assembly A10 contain MOS devices t h a t can be
damaged by static voltages present in most repair
facilities. Although most MOS devices contain in-
ternal gate protection circuits, good practice dic-
tates careful handling of assemblies containing
MOS devices and the following precautions should
be observed:
1. Deenergize or disconnect all power, signal
sources, and loads used with t h e signal
generator.
2. Place the signal generator on grounded conduc-
tive work surface.
3. Ground the repair operator through a conduc-
tive wrist strap or other device using a 1-MR
series resistor to protect the operator. No two
objects, including fingers, workbench, test
equipment, and tools, shall simultaneously con-
tact an MOS assembly unless the two objects
have first been placed in electrical contact with
one another. The electrical contact shall have a
path resistance of 1 MR or less and shall have
been maintained for a t least several seconds
when the second object contacts the MOS
assembly.
4. G r o u n d a n y tools ( i n c l u d i n g s o l d e r i n g
equipment) t h a t will contact the unit. Contact
with the operator's hand provides a sufficient
ground for tools t h a t are otherwise electrically
isolated.
5. When .MOS assemblies are removed from the
signal generator, they should be placed on the
conductive work surface or in conductive con-
tainers. When a n MOS assembly is inserted in
o r removed from a container, t h e repair
operator should maintain contact with the con-
ductive portion of the container.
6. When not being worked on, wrap disconnected
circuit boards in aluminum foil or in plastic
bags t h a t have been coated or impregnated with
conductive material.
7. Do not handle MOS assemblies unnecessarily or
remove from their packages until actually used
or tested.
Failure to observe all of the MOS assembly
precautions can cause permanent damage to the MOS
devices. This damage can cause the devices to fail im-
mediately or a t a later date when exposed to an
adverse environment.
I Note 1
Refer to figure 2 in the description section
for subassembly locations.
6.1.3 Removal of (,'over
a. Stand signal generator on its handles and remove
four screws from sides of cover (two screws on
each side located toward front of signal generator).
b. Remove six screws securing cover to bottom of
signal generator (three on each side), and remove
cover.
6.1.4 Rernoval a n d Disassembly of Front
Panel Assembly .41
Perform step a only if lens switch or light
bulb must be replaced.
a. Remove front panel lens switch and light bulbs a s
follows:
1. Remove key cap with extraction tool (item 2.29
in table 1).
2. Remove light bulb behind lens switch by pulling
light bulb straight out with tweezers.
Revised 1.5 October l!h'()
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
b. Remove four screws and four flat washers (two
screws and two flat washers on each side of signal
generator located behind the bracket that is
behind handles). Refer to figure 42.
c. Carefully pull front panel assembly A1 from
chassis far enough to gain access to wiring harness
mating connectors P6 and 54. Use care when
removing front panel assembly A1 so a s not to
damage the R F OUT coax connector.
d. Disconnect the wiring harness mating connectors
(printed circuit board connector P6 and white
translucent connector 54) from f r o n t panel
assembly Al.
e. Disassemble front panel assembly A1 a s follows:
1. Lay front panel assembly A1 on its handles.
Refer to figure 43. Unsolder and tag the two
Re~~isecl
15 October 1980
maintenance 523-0768885
wires from S E L F TEST switch to keyboard
driver board AlA1.
2. Remove eight screws securing AlAl (one screw
in each of six corners, one in top middle of
board, and one in bottom middle of board).
3. Lift AlAl with attached display board A1A2
from front panel assembly Al.
4. Remove three screws securing A1A2 to AlA1.
Use extreme care when disconnecting A1A2
from AlAl so as not to break AlA2.
5. Carefully remove A1A2 from the mating con-
nector pins on AlA1.
RF OUT COAX
ASSEMBLY
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
maintenance 523-0768885

SELF
TEST
SWITCH
-

AIA2
ATTACHING
HARDWARE ( 3 )

6.1.5 Removal and Disassembly of Controller/

Audio Assembly A2
1. Remove four screws securing module bracket to
pzq top of A3 and A4.
2. Remove four screws (two a t each end) securing
The following devices in assembly A2 are module bracket to chassis, and remove module
electrostatic sensitive and require special bracket.
handling a s described in Collins document b. Loosen four captive fasteners securing A2 to
523-0763405, Repair Instructions for Planar chassis.
Assemblies and Cables. c. Carefully pull A2, with its mounting bracket
assembly and chassis wiring harness assembly, up
from chassis.
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
CARD DESIGNATOR
d. Disconnect two printed circuit board connectors,
P 3 and P4, from k 2 . Refer to figure 42.
A2A1 U1, U2, U4, U11, U12, U17, e. Remove four screws securing CPU assembly A2A1
U18, U19, U20, U25 and U26 to hex posts on mounting bracket assembly A2.
Refer to figure 44.
A3A2 U2, U3, U5, U10, U18, and U22
f. Carefully list A2A1 from mating pinfield on TDM
A2A3 U 1 2 , U70, U71, U92, U95, and board A2A3.
U118 ,g. Remove two screws with washers and two nuts
with washers securing analog board A2A2 to hex-
posts on mounting bracket assembly A2.
h. Carefully lift A2A2 from mating pinfield on A2A3.
a. Remove module bracket from rf modulator i. Remove six screws securing A2A3 to standoff posts
assembly A3 and synthesizer assembly A4 accor- on mounting bracket assembly A2, and remove
ding to the following steps. Refer to figure 44. A2A3 from mounting bracket assembly.

Revised 15 October l!lXO

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 maintenance 523-0768885

6.1.6 Removal and Disassembly of RF a. Remove module bracket from rf modulator

Modulator Assembly A3 assembly A3 and synthesizer assembly A4 accor-
ding to the following steps. Refer to figure 44.
1. Remove four screws securing module bracket to
top of A3 and A4.
The following devices on assembly A3 are 2. Remove four screws (two a t each end) securing
electrostatic sensitive and require special module bracket to chassis, and remove module
handling as described in Collins document bracket.
523-0763405, Repair Instructions for Planar b. Disconnect coax connector from side of A3 (coax is
Assemblies and Cables. from attenuator A6AT1, PO A6). Refer to figure
45.
c. Disconnect P5 from rear of A3. Refer to figure 42.
d. Lift assemblies A3 and A4 from cl~assis.
DESIGNATOR
e. Remove two large screws, two lockwashers, and
U4 and U13 two flat washers from opposite corners of A4.
Screws are used to secure A4 to A3. Refer ta figure
45.

A2A1
MOUNTING
SCREWS (41

A2
ASSEMBLY
MOUNTING
/
BRACKET

A2A3
MOUNTING
SCREWS (6I
\
-
4
PANHEAO
/ /SCREWS (41
/
B
\ 7
/ A 3/A4
A2A2 MODULE
-
A-

MOUNTING
SCREWS ( 41 BRACKET
b MODULE
0 2
BRACKET E N 0
MOUNTING
DZUS 1 SCREWS (41
FASTENER
(41 n II
I

('o)r trollrr/Arcrlro Assrrrtbly A2. Dlstrsse?rr bly

Fiqu re 44

Revised 15 October 1980

maintenance 523-0768885 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
f. A3 and A4 are held together with two guide pins,
one coax connector, and one rack and panel connec-
tor. Carefully pull the two assemblies apart.
g. Disassemble A3 according to the following steps.
Refer to figure 46.
1. Remove cover from assembly A3.
2. Remove four screws and four flat washers
securing counter-I/0 board A3A3.
3. Carefully lift A3A3 from A3 chassis to gain
access to coax connectors.
4. Disconnect ribbon cable connector A3WlP1
from A3A3, coax connector A3A3W3P1 on cable
from A3A3 to rf strip-line assembly A3A1, and
coax connector A3AlW2Pl from A3A3J2.
Remove A3A3.
5. Remove two screws and two lockwashers secur-
ing connector A3A2J1 to back of A3 chassis
(screws are on same side of A3 as guide pins).
6. Disconnect A3AlWlP1 (on cable assembly from
A3A1) from A3A2 and remove A3A2 from A3
chassis.
7. Remove 14 screws and 1 flat washer securing
cover on A3A1 and remove cover.
8. Remove four screws and four washers securing
A3A1 to A3 chassis, and remove A3A1.
6.1.7 Removal and Disassembly of
Synthesizer Assembly A4
a. Remove module bracket from rf modulator
assembly A3 and synthesizer assembly A4 accor-
ding to the following steps. Refer to figure 44.
1. Remove four screws securing module bracket to
top of A3 and A4.
2. Remove four screws (two a t each end) securing
module bracket to chassis, and remove module
bracket.
b. Disconnect coax connector from side of A3 (coax is
from attenuator A6AT1, P/O A6). Refer to figure
45.
c. Disconnect connector P5 from rear of A3. Refer to
figure 42.
d. Lift assemblies A3 and A4 from the chassis.
e. Remove two large screws, two lockwashers, and
two flat washers from opposite corners of A4.
Refer to figure 45. Screws are used to secure A4 to
A3.
f. A3 and A4 are held together with two guide pins,
one coax connector, and one rack and panel connec-
tor. Carefully pull the two assemblies apart.
g. Remove eight screws and eight lockwashers, and
remove A4 cover.
Re?ised i n October. 1980
 maintenance 523-0768885
Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

RE' .Ilotliiitrtor . 4 s s r ~ ~ , i b l !rl.1.

j L)i.str.s.srt,i hl!,
F ~ re ~ I4/;I
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
h. Remove regulator/divider/filter assembly A4A1
according to the following steps. Refer to figure 47.
1. Remove six screws, six flat washers, and six
lockwashers securing regulator/divider board
A4AlA1 to A4 chassis.
2. Remove three screws securing transistor moun-
ting bracket on A 4 A l A l to side of A4 chassis.
3. Remove three screws securing bracket to A4
chassis (one screw a t each end of bracket and
one screw on bottom of A4 chassis near connec-
tor A4AlP1).
4. Remove two screws and associated hardware
securing connector A4AlP1 to rear of A4
chassis.
5. Disconnect coax connector A 4 A l P 3 from filter
FL5 next to vco assembly A4A3.
6. Unsolder and tag wires from enclosed area con-
t a i n i n g vco a s s e m b l y A 4 A 3 a n d o u t p u t
amplifier board A4A2.
7. Unsolder and t a g wires from TCXO assembly
A4A4, or remove its attaching hardware, four
screws, and four lockwashers.
8. Remove A4A1 from A4 chassis.
i. Remove output amplifier board A4A2 a s follou~s:
1. Remove three nuts, three flat washers, three
lockwashers, and three screws securing A4A2 to
A4 chassis.
2. Unsolder and t a g connections to A4A2.
3. Remove connector adapter and spring washer
from coax connector on back side of A4 chassis,
and remove A4A2.
j. Remove vco assembly A4A3 and filter F L 5 a s
follows:
1. Remove four screws and four lockwashers
securing TCXO assembly A4A4, and remove
from A4 chassis.
2. Remove two screws, two nuts, two lockwashers,
two flat washers, and two ground lugs securing
filter FL5.
3. Disconne&coax connector A 4 A l P 3 from filter
FL5.
4. Remove four screws and four lockwashers (on
back of A4) securing A4A3.
5. Unsolder and t a g wires, and remove F L 5 and
A4A3.
k. Remove TCXO assembly A4A4 a s follows:
1. Remove four screws and four lockwashers
securing A4A4 to A4 chassis.
2. Unsolder and t a g wires, and remove A4A4.
6.1.8 Rerrtoval and Disassembly of Power
Supply .-lssembly .15
a . Remove six flathead screws a t rear of A5 (three on
each side). Refer to figure 48.
Revised 15 October 1980
maintenance 523-0768885
b. Remove seven panhead screws a t rear of A5.
c. Remove one screw (viewing from front of unit)
located on right side of chassis just below upper
rail.
d. Loosen two captive fasteners securing front of A5
to bottom of chassis. Refer to figure 49.
e. Remove connectors P I and P 2 from A5. Refer to
figure 42.
f. Lift front end of A5 approximately 3 to 4 inches
from bottom of chassis, and remove A5 from rear
of chassis. Use extreme care when removing A5 so
a s not to damage BNC connectors a t rear of
chassis.
g. Remove five screws and two flat washers securing
printed circuit board A5A2, and remove A5A2.
Refer to figure 49.
h. Remove process A board A5A1 a s follows:
1. Remove six screws securing cover a t top of A5.
2. Remove t w o s c r e w s s e c u r i n g h e a t - s i n k
assembly A5A3 (screws on side of A5A3 nearest
fan A5B1).
3. Remove three flathead screws and one panhead
screw (securing A5A1 to A5 chassis) from bot-
tom of A5.
4. Remove A5A1, unsolder, and t a g wires a s
necessary.
i. Remove fan A5B1 a s follows:
1. Remove two screws securing protective cover a t
bottom of A5B1, and remove cover.
2. Unsolder and t a g wires to A5B1.
3. Remove two screws securing top of A5B1, and
remove A5B1.
j. Remove heat-sink assembly A5A3 or A5A4 by
removing four screws from each assembly (one
screw a t each corner). Unsolder and t a g wires, and
remove assembly.
6.1.9 Removal of Digitally Controlled
Attenuator .46.4Tl
a. Remove module bracket from rf modulator
assembly A 3 and synthesizer assembly A4 accor-
ding to the folloving steps. Refel. tc "igure 44.
1. Remove four screws securing module bracket to
the top of A 3 and A4.
2. Remove four screws (two a t each end) securing
module bracket to chassis, and remove module
bracket.
b. Disconnect coax connector from side of A3 (coax is
from attenuator A6AT1, P/O A6). Refer t c figure
45.
c. Disconnect P 5 from rear of A3. Refer to figure 42.
d. Lift assemblies A3 and A4 from chassis.
e. Remove two screws securing A6AT1 mounting
bracket to bottom of chassis. Refer to figure 50.
12;
 maintenance 523-0768885 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
f. Remove two screws securing AGAT1 mounting
bracket to side of chassis.
g. Disconnect connector P7 on chassis wiring harness
from connector on AGAT1 mounting bracket.
Unscrew coax connector on A6AT1 (connected to
R F OUT connector), and remove A6AT1 with
mounting bracket from chassis.
h. Unscrew coax connector on end of A6AT1 (coax
was from module A3). Remove two screws and
four flat washers securing A6AT1 to mounting
bracket, and remove A6AT1 from mounting
6.1.12 Removal of IEEE-48811978 Program
bracket.
6.1.10 Removal of R e m o t e T u n e A s s e m b l y A8
a. Lift up on circuit card extractors a t top edges of
assembly.
b. Pull assembly straight up out of card cage.
6'
6.1 .I 1 Removal of Store/Recall A s s e m b l y A9
I Devices with reference designators U2, U6,
U9, li18, U22, and U23 are electrostatic sen-
sitive and require special handling a s
described in Collins document 523-0763405,
Repair Instructions for Planar Assemblies
and Cables.
a . Lift up on circuit card extractors a t top edges of
assembly.
b. Pull assembly straight up out of card cage.
I 1 0 A10
I
T h e f o l l o w i n g d e v i c e s on A 1 0 a r e
electrostatic sensitive and require special
handling a s described in Collins document
523-0763405, Repair Instructions for Planar
Assemblies and Cables.
A10 (CPN 601-5883-001) - U7 and US
A10 (CPN 601-2309-001) - U3
a. Lift up on circuit card extractors a t top edge of
assembly.
b. Pull assembly straight up out of card cage.
Revised 15 October 1980
 maintenance 523-0768885
Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

FEEDTHRU
A4AlPI
BRACKET
SCREWS ( 3 ) I HARDWARE ( 2 )

/ \
A4AlA1
ATTACHING
HARDWARE 161
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
maintenance 523-0768885

DZUS
FASTENERS (21

Revised 15 October 1980

maintenance 523-0768885 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

BOTTOM
MOUNTING
BRACKET
SCREWS (2)

COAX
CONNECTOR
FROM A3

SIDE
MOUNTING
BRACKET
SCREWS (2)

ATTENUATOR
AGATI

COAX CONNECTOR
FROM RF OUT
CONNECTOR

6.2 Assembly a. Reconnect all wiring after installing each compo-

6.2.1 General , ing disassembly for color coding; lead, wire, or
The assembly procedures provide instructions for
assembling the module assemblies and installing the
modules and printed circuit cards in the signal
generator chassis.
6.2.2 Precautions a n d General Techniques
Use heat sink on solid-state device leads to
prevent damage to semiconductors.
nent, part, or assembly. Refer to notes made dur-
cable placement; and installation of insulation
(when required) before soldering any component,
part, or assembly.
b. Replace any defective wiring with wire of the same
size and color coding.
c. Lace all wiring harnesses a t one-half-inch inter-
vals and a t breakpoints.
d. When soldering coax cable to circuit boards,
always install cable clamp first and then solder
coaxial cable conductor to pad on board. This
prevents excessive torque of cable from lifting cir-
cuit board pad.

1.I,? Revised 15 October 1980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
6.2.3 Reassembly and Replacement of Digitally
Controlled Attenuator A6ATl
a. Position A6AT1 on mounting bracket so A6AT1
terminals are toward top of signal generator, and
secure to mounting bracket with two screws and
four flat washers. Refer to figure 50.
b. Connect white translucent connector (P7) on
chassis wiring harness to mating connector on
A6AT1.
c. Position A6AT1 mounting bracket in signal
generator chassis and secure with four screws, two
screws on side and two screws on bottom of signal
generator chassis.
d. Screw coax connectors to both ends of A6AT1 (one
f r o m R F OUT connector a n d one f r o m r f
modulator assembly A3).
6.2.4 Reassembly and Replacement of Power
Supp1-y Assembly .45
a. Secure top of fan A5B1 to power supply chassis
with two screws and two flat washers.
b. Refer to notes made during disassembly and solder
wires to terminals a t bottom of A5Bl.
c. Position protective bracket a t bottom of A5B1, and
secure bracket and bottom of A5B1 to rear of A5
chassis with two screws.
d. Refer to notes made during disassembly and solder
wires to heat-sink assembly A5A3 and A5A4.
Secure A5A4 to rear of A5 chassis with four
screws. Secure A5A3 to rear of A5 chassis with
two screws (attach with two screws nearest
A5A4).
e. Reattach process A board A5A1 to power supply
A5 chassis with two screws thru heat sink A5A3 a t
rear of A5 and three flathead screws and one pan-
head screw from bottom of A5 chassis. Refer to
figure 49.
f. Position A5A2J1 to mate with the pinfield on A5A1
and secure A5A2 with five screws and two flat
washers.
g. Replace cover on A5 and secure with six screws.
h. Place power supply assembly A5 in signal
generator chassis, taking care not to damage BNC
connectors a t rear of signal generator chassis or
pinch cable under fan guard of power supply, and
secure a s follows:
1. Tighten two captive fasteners to secure front of
A5 to bottom of signal generator chassis. Refer
to figure 49.
2. Replace and tighten one screw on side of signal
generator under rail. Refer to figure 48.
3. Replace and tighten seven panhead screws and
six flathead screws a t rear of signal generator.
Revised 1.5 October 1980
maintenance 523-0768885
4. Attach connectors P I and P2 from chassis wir-
ing harness to mating connectors on A5. Refer
to figure 49.
6.2.5 Reassernbly and Replacernent of RF
Modulator Assembly '43 and
Synthesizer Assembly A4
a. Reassemble A4 according to the following steps.
Refer to figure 47.
1. Secure filter FL5 to A4 chassis wall with two
screws, two nuts, two lockwashers, two flat
washers, and two ground lugs.
2. Secure A4A3 from back side of A4 with four
screws and four lockwashers.
3. Refer to notes made during disassembly and
solder wires/components to filter FL5 and
A4A3.
4. Secure A4A2 to A4 with three nuts, three flat
washers, three lockwashers, and three screws.
5. Screw connector adapter and spring washer to
coax connector from A4A2 extending out back
of A4 chassis.
6. Refer to notes made during disassembly, and
solder connections to A4A2.
7. Place A4A1 in A4 chassis and secure as
follows:
(a) Secure A4AlP1 to rear of A4 chassis with
two screws and attaching hardware.
(b) Secure bracket with three screws.
(c) Secure transistor mounting bracket on
A4AlA1 to side of A4 chassis with three
screws.
(d) Secure A4AlA1 with six screws, six flat
washers, and six lockwashers.
8. Secure A4A4 with four screws and four
lockwashers.
9. Refer to notes made during disassembly, and
solder connections to A4A1 and A4A4.
10. Connect coax connector A4AlP3 to coax on
filter FL5.
11. Secure cover on A4 with eight screws and eight
lockwashers.
b. Reassemble A3 according to the following steps.
Refer to figure 46.
1. Secure A3A1 to A3 chassis with four screws and
four washers.
2. Secure cover over A3A1 with 14 screws and 1
flat washer.
3. Connect ribbon cable connector A3WlP2 to pin-
field on A3A2.
4. Position A3A2 in A3 chassis, and secure
A3A2J1 with two screws and two lockwashers.
5. Mate connector A3AlWlP1 (on cable assembly
from A3A1) with pinfield on A3A2.
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
maintenance 523-0768885
6. Mate coax connector A3A2WlPl (on cable from
A3A2) with A3A3J2.
7. Mate coax connector A3A3W3P1 (on cable from
A3A3) with coax from A3A1.
8. Connect ribbon cable connector A 3 W l P l to pin-
field on A3A3.
9. Place A3A3 over A3A2 and secure the two sub-
assemblies to A3 chassis with four screws and
four flat washers.
10. Place cover on A3 assembly.
c. Attach A3 to A4, ensuring guide pins, coax connec-
tor, and rack and panel connectors all engage
properly.
d. Secure A4 to A3 with two screws, two flat
washers, and two lockwashers. Refer to figure 45.
e. Connect P 5 from chassis wiring harness to mating
connector on A3, and place A3/A4 in signal
generator chassis. Refer to figure 42. Press coax
connector, from A6AT1, onto mating connector a t
end of A3.
f. Place module bracket on rf modulator assembly A3
and synthesizer assembly A4 and secure a s follows:
1. Install four screws (two a t each end) to secure
module bracket to chassis.
2. Install four screws to secure module bracket to
the top of A3 and A4.
6.2.6 Reassembly a n d Replacement of (A70ntroller/
Audio Assembly A2
a. Secure A2A3 to A2 mounting bracket assembly
with six screws. Refer to figure 44.
b. Carefully mate printed circuit board connector on
A2A2 with pinfield on A2A3, and press two boards
together.
c. Secure A2A2 to hexposts on A2 mounting bracket
assembly with two screws with washers and two
nuts with washers.
d. Carefully mate printed circuit board connector on
A2A1 with pinfield on A2A3, and press two boards
together. , b. Press assembly onto pinfield and latch extractors.
e. Secure A2A1 to hexposts on A2 mounting bracket
assembly with four screws.
f. Mate P 3 and P4 (on chassis wiring harness) with
pinfields on A2A1 and A2A2 respectively. Refer to
figure 42.
g. Slide controller/audio assembly A2 into signal
generator chassis, taking care not to pinch wiring
harness, and secure with four captive fasteners.
Refer to figure 44.
h. Place module bracket over A3 and A4, and secure
with four screws a t top and two a t each end. Refer
to figure 44.
154
6.2.7 Reassembly and Replacement of Front
Panel Assembly A1
a. Position printed circuit board connector on A1A2
over mating pinfield on AlA1, and carefully press
two boards together. Ensure A1A2 is completely
mated with AlA1.
b. Secure A1A2 to standoff posts on A l A l with three
screws. Refer to figure 43.
E n s u r e t h a t all LED's a r e properly
positioned so a s to fit into narrow slots of
front panel. These LED's must be positioned
exactly to prevent breakage of LED's or wir-
ing. Do not force A1 assembly onto front
panel. Assembly falls into place when LED's
are properly positioned.
c. Place A1 in position on front panel and secure with
eight screws.
d. Refer to notes made during disassembly, and
solder two wires from S E L F TEST switch to
AlA1.
e. Mate connector P6 to pinfield on A l A l and 54 to
A l P l ( A l p 1 on cable assembly from AlA1). Refer
to figure 42.
f. Secure front panel to signal generator chassis with
four screws and four flat washers.
6.2.8 Replacement of R e m o t e T u n e Assembly A8
a. Carefully insert assembly into slots, second set
from front, on card cage assembly.
b. Press assembly onto pinfield and latch extractors.
6.2.9 Replacement of S t o r e / R ~ c a l l
.4ssembly A9
a. Carefully insert assembly into guide slots, first set
from front, on card cage assembly.
6.2.10 Replacement of IEEE-48811978
Program ZIO A10
a . Carefully insert assembly into guide slots, fourth
set from front, on card cage assembly.
b. Press assembly onto pinfield and latch extractors.
6.2.11 Replacement of Cover
Place cover on signal generator and secure with 10
screws, 2 on each side and 6 on the bottom.
Revised 15 October 1980
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
6.2.12 Replacement o f Lens Switches and Bulbs
a. Refer to bulb removed from behind lens switch
during disassembly. Cut and bend leads on new
bulb to same dimensions and same bends a s old
bulb. Press bulb into position behind lens switch.
b. Press lens switch into place on front panel until it
snaps into place.
7. REPAIR
If repair of planar assemblies (circuit card or process
board assemblies) is to be attempted, request docu-
ment entitled "Repair Instructions for Planar
Assemblies and Cables," Collins part number 523-
0763405, dated 1 January 1978. Send requests to
Publications Department, Collins Government
Avionics Division/Rockwell International, Cedar
Rapids, Iowa 52406.
VCO assembly A4A3, TCXO assembly A4A4, and
digital attenuator A6AT1 are nonfield repairable
assemblies and each should be replaced a s an
assembly.
e
CPU assembly A2A1, analog board A2A2, TDM board
A2A3, demodulator/ALC board A3A2, store recall
assembly A9, and IEEE-488/1975 I/O A10 contain
MOS devices that can be damaged by static voltages
present in most repair facilities. These assemblies
require special handling a s described in Collins docu-
ment "Repair Instructions for Planar Assemblies and
Cables."
The MOS devices on A2A1 that require special handl-
I ing are U1, U2, U4, U11, U12, U17, U18, U19, U20,
li25, and U26. The devices on A2A2 are U2, U3, U5,
IJ10, U18, and U22. The devices on A2A3 are U12,
U70, U71, U92, U95, and U118. The devices on
A3A2 are U4 and U13. The devices on A9 are U2, U6,
I
lJ9, U18, U22, and U23. The devices on A10 (CPN
601-5883-001) are U7 and U8. The device on A10
(CPN 601-2309-001) is U3.
If repairing rf strip-li?e assembly A3A1, additional
precautions should be taken. Excessive heat or solder.
from the soldering iron may change the
characteristics of the microstrip circuitry if a pad is
lifted.
8. ALIGNMENT
8.1 Introduction
This paragraph provides the alignment procedures
required to adjust the signal generator for correct
operation. The alignment procedures should be per-
formed only under the following conditions.
Revised 15 October 1980
maintenance 523-0768885
a. Unsatisfactory results are obtained during perfor-
mance of minimum or total performance tests con-
tained in this section.
b. Unsatisfactory results are obtained during perfor-
mance of calibration verification procedures con-
tained in the calibration verification section of this
instruction book.
c. As instructed in the module or functional
troubleshooting procedures.
d. After replacement of specific circuit boards or
module assemblies. The following alignment
procedures must be performed after replacement
of t h e specified circuit board o r module
assemblies.
BOARD OR ALIGNMENT
ASSEMBLY PARAGRAPHS
REPLACED TO BE PERFORMED
The number in parentheses following the test equip-
ment is the item number of equipment a s listed in
table 1. Table 1 identifies the equipment and the re-
quired minimum parameter requirements.
Refer to component location diagrams and schematic
diagrams contained in the diagrams section of this in-
struction book for location of components and test
points referred to in the alignment procedures.
8.2 Power Supply Alignment
a. Remove dust cover a s described in paragraph 6.1.3.
b. Remove module bracket a s described in paragraph
6.1.6.a.
c. Loosen four captive fasteners that secure con-
troller/audio assembly A2 to chassis. Lift A2
straight up and align two bottom mounting holes
on A2 with two top captive fasteners on chassis,
and tighten two captive'fasteners to secure A2 in
the extended position.
Refer to figure 35 for component, test-point,
and adjustment locations.
d. Remove wiring harness connector P1 from power
supply connector A5A2P1.
maintenance 523-0768885 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
e. Turn A5A2R1 and R2 fully counterclockwise.
f. Connect 100-R, 1-percent, 1/8-W resistor (2.24)
between A5A2TP1 and TP2.
g. Connect dvrn (2.2) to A5A2P1-29.
h. Set TI POWER switch to on. If initial TI turn-on,
wait 30 minutes for TI warmup.
i. Adjust A5A2R2 for 6.4 f0.1 V dc.
j. Monitor dvrn and very slowly adjust A5A2R1 until
voltage just drops to less than 1.5 V dc.
k. Press TI POWER switch to off.
1. Remove 100-R resistor from A5A2TP1 and TP2.
m. Press TI POWER switch to on.
n. Adjust A5A2R2 for 5.00 f0.05 V dc.
o. Press TI POWER switch to off.
p. Disconnect dvrn from TI and connect P 1 to
A5A2P1.
q. Connect dvrn to connector pin A2A3J1-8.
r. Press TI POWER switch to on.
s. Adjust A5A2R2 for 5.00 f0.5 V dc.
t. Check for' +12 f2 V dc a t A5A2J1-7.
u. Check for +15.0 f0.7 V dc a t A5A2P1-43.
v. Check for +24.0 f1.2 V dc a t A5A2P1-40.
w. Check for -15.0 f0.7 V dc a t A5A2P1-41.
x. Press TI POWER switch to off.
y. Loosen two captive fasteners t h a t secure A2 to
chassis, and lower A2 in position on chassis.
Tighten four captive fasteners to secure A2 in
chassis.
z. Install module bracket and secure with eight
screws. Refer to figure 44.
aa. Perform total performance test described in
paragraph 4.3.
8.3 Analog Card A2A2 +12-V DC Regulator
a. Remove dust cover a s described in paragraph 6.1.3.
b. Connect dvm (2.2) to A2A2U1-6. Refer to figure 26
for test-point location.
c. Press TI POWER switch to on. If initial T I turn-on,
wait 30 minutes for TI warmup.
d. Adjust A2A2R1 for 12.00 *0.02-V dc.
e. Press TI POWER switch to off.
f. Perform total performance test described in
paragraph 4.3.
8.4 Synthesizer Assembly A4 +20-V DC
Regulator
a. Remove dust cover a s described in paragraph 6.1.3.
h. Remove rf modulator assembly A3 and syn-
thesizer assembly A4 from chassis a s described in
paragraph 6.1.6 steps a through d.
c. Instal! A3 and A4 on extender cable (2.24).
136
With A3 and A4 on extender cable, the rf
output signal is removed from R F OUT con-
nector on fropt panel.
d. Remove eight screws and lockwashers t h a t secure
cover on A4, and remove cover. Refer to figure 47.
e. Connect dvrn to positive end of A4AlAlC42.
f. Press TI POWER switch to on. If initial TI turn-on,
wait 30 minutes for TI warmup.
g. Adjust A4AlR51 for +20.00 f0.15 V dc.
h. Disconnect dvrn from A4AlAlC42.
i. Check for +5.0 f0.1 V dc a t A4AlAlC52 (+).
j. Press TI POWER switch to off.
k. Disconnect A3 and A4 from extender cable.
1. Install cover on A4 and secure with eight screws
and lockwashers.
m. Install A3 and A4 in chassis, and connect connec-
tor P 5 from chassis wiring harness to mating con-
nector on A3. Press coaxial connector from A6
over mating connector a t end of A3.
n. Install module bracket and secure with eight
screws. Refer to figure 44.
o. Perform total performance test described in
paragraph 4.3.
8.5 Audio T o n e Leuel
8.5.1 VOR Signal
a. Press TI POWER switch to ON. If initial turn-on,
wait 30 minutes for TI warmup.
b. Set TI to 108.000 MHz and press STD key.
c. Connect one channel of oscilloscope (2.8) to COMP
connector on rear of TI and second channel to AUX
connector.
d. Check t h a t displayed signals a r e similar to figure
51.
e. Press T / F key and check t h a t displayed signals are
similar to figure 52.
f. Disconnect oscilloscope from TI.
g. Connect true r m s differential voltmeter (2.3) to TI
AUX connector on rear panel, and adjust A2A2R12
for 1.000 f0.003 V rms.
h. Disconnect differential voltmeter from AUX con-
nector and connect to COMP connector.
i. Adjust A2A2R9 fully clockwise.
j. Set TI to 30-Hz VAR tone only.
k. Adjust A2A2R3 for 1.022 f0.002 V rms.
1. Adjust A2A2R6 fully clockwise.
m. Set TI to 9960-FM tone only.
n. Adjust A2A2R2 for 1.040 f0.002 V rms.
o. Adjust A2A2R6 for 1.000 f0.001 V rms.
p. Set TI to 30-Hz VAR tone only.
Revised 1.5 October 1980
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 maintenance 523-0768885

./o-H: Rc;fi~rr,rccc~
rrirrl Sttr,irlnrrl VOR i l t t r l i o
('oiriliosite Siqiitr1.s (TO)
Fiq~lrr>52

Revised 15 October* 1980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
maintenance 523-0768885
q. Adjust A2A2R9 for 1.000 f 0.001 V rms.
r. Set TI to 1020-Hz tone only.
s. Adjust A2A2R10 for 1.000 f 0.001 V rms.
t. Disconnect differential voltmeter.
u. Perform total performance test a s described in
paragraph 4.3.
8.5.2 1L.S Signal
a. Press TI POWER switch to on. If initial turn-on,
wait 30 minutes for TI warmup.
b. Set TI to standard localizer signal of 108.10 MHz.
c. Connect oscilloscope (2.8) to COMP connector on
rear panel of TI.
d. Check t h a t displayed signal is similar t o signal
shown on figure 53.
e. Disconnect oscilloscope fr.om TI, and connect true
r m s differential voltmeter (2.3) t o COMP connec-
tor.
f. Balance 90-Hz and 150-Hz tones by deleting and
adding t h e two tones on TI keyboard (such t h a t
only one tone is present a t a time) and adjusting
A2A2R7 until t h e two voltages a r e within 50 pV of
each other.
g. Set TI to 150-Hz tone only.
h. Adjust A2A2R4 for 1.000 fO.OO1 V rms. Record
voltage.
i. Set TI to 90-Hz only.
j. Check t h a t voltage is 1.000 f0.001 V r m s and
within 50 pV of voltage recorded in step h. If
tolerance is incorrect, repeat steps f through j until
correct requirements a r e met.
k. S e t TI for 1020-Hz tone only.
1. Adjust A2A2R5 for 1.5000 f0.0015 V rms.
m. Disconnect differential voltmeter from TI.
8.5.3 M a r k e r Reacon Signal
a. Press TI POWER switch to ON. If initial turn-on,
wait 30 minutes for TI warmup.
b. S e t TI to standard marker beacon signal a t 75.000
MHz with 400-Hz tone.
c. Connect t r u e r m s differential voltmeter to COMP
connector on TI rear panel.
d. Check for 1.00 f0.01 V rms.
e. S e t TI to 1300-Hz tone.
f. Check for 1.000 f0.005 V rms.
Revised 15 October 1980
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
maintenance 523-0768885

g. Set TI to 3000-Hz tone. b. Check for 11 110.56 to 1111.66 Fs (90.0045 to

h. Check for 1.00 f0.02 V rms. 89.9555 Hz).
i. Disconnect differential voltmeter from TI. c. Set TI to 150-Hz tone only.
d. Check for 6666.334 to 6667.000 ps (150.0075 to
8.6 Audio Tone Frequency
149.9925 Hz).
e. Set TI to 1020-Hz tone only.
f. Check for 980.3431 to 980.4411 ps (1020.051 to
8.6.1 C'OR Signal 1019.949 Hz).
a . Connect frequency counter (2.7) to COMP connec- 8.6.3 Marker Beacon Signal
tor on rear panel of TI.
b. Set TI to standard VOR signal a t 108.00 MHz with a. Set TI to standard marker beacon signal a t 75.000
9960-Hz (not 9960 FM) tone only. MHz with 400-Hz tone.
c. Adjust A2A3C7 (figure 54) for 100.4016 f0.0010 ps b. Check for 2499.875 to 2500.125 ps (400.02 to 399.98
(9960.0000 f0.0991 Hz). Hz).
d. Set TI for 30-Hz VAR tone only. c. Set TI to 1300-Hz tone.
e. Check for 33 331.67 to 333 35.00 ps (30.0015 to d. Check for 769.1923 to 769.2692 ps (1300.065 to
29.9985 Hz). 1299.935 Hz).
f. Set TI to 1020-Hz tone only. e. Set TI to 3000-Hz tone.
g. Check for 980.3431 to 980.4411 ps (1020.051 to f. Check for 3333.167 to 3333.5 ps (3000.15 to 2999.85
1019.939 Hz). Hz).
g. Disconnect frequency counter.
8.6.2 ILS Signal
8.7 b'OR Radial
a. Set TI to standard localizer signal a t 108.100 MHz a . Connect VOR bearing standard (2.9) input to
with 90-Hz tone only. COMP connector on rear panel to TI.

R P V ~ S15POctober
~ 1980
maintenance 523-0768885 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
b. Set TI POWER switch to on. If initial turn-on,
wait 30 minutes for TI warmup.
c. Set TI to standard VOR signal a t 116.000 MHz.
d. Adjust A2A2R8 for 0-degree bearing.
e. Advance radial in 30-degree steps through 360
degrees. Check t h a t bearing standard reading is
within f 0.02 degree of selected radial.
f. Disconnect VOR bearing standard from TI.
g. Connect phasemeter (2.15) to TI with reference in-
put connected to COMP connector and test input
connected to AUX connector on rear panel.
h. Set TI to 30-Hz VAR tone only a t a 0-degree radial.
i. Adjust A2A2Rll for 0.00 40.10-degree phase
difference.
j. Set TI to 180-degree radial.
k. Check that phase difference is 179.80 to 180.20
degrees.
1. Disconnect phasemeter.
8.8 RF O u t p u t Frequency
a. Connect frequency counter (2.7) to R F OUT con-
nector on TI front panel.
b. Set TI POWER switch to ON. If initial turn-on,
wait 30 minutes for TI warmup.
c. Set TI to standard VOR signal a t 108.000 MHz with
all tones removed and rf level of -6 d B mW.
d. Adjust A4 TCXO ADJUST for 107.999 946 to
108.000 054 MHz.
e. Disconnect frequency counter.
8.9 RF O u t p u t Level
8.9.1 .Vlarker Beacon Signal
a. Press TI POWER switch to on. If initial turn-on,
wait 30 minutes for TI warmup.
b. Set TI to standard marker beacon signal of 75.000
MHz.
c. Set TI output level to -6 d B mW.
d. Set R F ON/OFF key to O F F and AF key to OFF.
e. Set TI 400-Hz tone to off, and check t h a t 1300-Hz
and 3000-Hz tones a r e off.
f. Connect power meter (2.4) to R F OUT connector on
front panel.
g. Zero power meter.
h. Set TI R F ON/OFF key to on.
i. Loosen two screws t h a t secure test-point cover over
test points on A3, and slide cover open.
j. Adjust A3A2R7 for -6.0 f 0.1 d B mW..
8.9.2 I'ORILOC Signals
a. Set TI to standard VOR signal of 113.00 MHz and
set RF LEVEL to -6 d B mW.
140
b. Remove 30-Hz VAR and 9960-FM tones.
c. Adjust A3A2R8 for -6 f0.1 dB mW.
d. Set TI to standard VOR signal of 108.00 MHz and
set R F LEVEL to -6 dB mW.
e. Remove 30-Hz VAR and 9960-FM tones.
f. Check that power meter indicates -6.0 f0.3 d B
mW.
g. Set TI to standard VOR signal of 117.95 MHz and
set R F LEVEL to -6 dB mW.
h. Remove 30-Hz VAR and 9960-FM tones.
i. Check t h a t power meter indicates -6.0 f 0.3 dB
mW.
8.9.3 (;lideslope Signal
a. Set TI to standard glideslope signal of 332.00 MHz
and set R F LEVEL to -6 d B mW.
h. Remove 90-Hz and 150-Hz modulation tones.
c. Adjust A3A2R6 for -6.0 f0.1 dB mW.
d. Set TI to standard glideslope signal of 329.15
MHz and set R F LEVEL to -6 d B mW.
e. Remove 90-Hz and 150-IIz modulation tones.
f. Check t h a t power meter indicates -6.0 f 0.3 dB
mW.
g. Set TI to standard glideslope signal of 335.00 MHz
and set R F LEVEL to -6.0 dB mW.
h. Remove 90-Hz and 150-Hz modulation tones.
i. Check t h a t power meter indicates -6.0 f 0.3 dB
mW.
j. Disconnect power meter from TI.
k. Slide cover over A3 test points and tighten two
screws.
8.10 AM Modulation
I Note I
There a r e two methods available for ad-
justing the AM modulation of the TI. The
first method, beginning a t paragraph 8.10.1,
uses a modulation meter (2.17). In case the
modulation meter is unavailable, an alter-
nate procedure using a spectrum analyzer
(2.1) is provided. This alternate procedure
begins a t paragraph 8.10.2.
8.10.1 AM lIlodulation (Using Modulation Meter)
8.10.1.1 Localizer Signal
a. Connect modulation meter to TI R F OUT connec-
tor.
b. Press TI POWER switch to ON. If initial turn-on,
wait 30 minutes for T I warmup.
c. Make the following instrument settings.
Revised 15 October 1980
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 maintenance 523-0768885

c. Adjust A3A2R3 until modulation meter indicates

between 39.9 and 40.1 percent.
FREQUENCY 108.10 d. Set TI to 329.15 MHz, -6 dB mW, with no tones (all
R F LEVEL -6 dB mW keys off).
TONE SELECT 90 Hz (150 Hz off) e. Connect audio oscillator (2.18) to the rear EXT
AF OFF MOD BNC connector. Set to provide a signal of 150
Hz a t 3 V r m s f0.01 V.
MODULATION f. Adjust A3A2R5 until modulation meter indicates
METER (2.17) 88 to 92 percent.
g. Connect oscilloscope (2.8) to modulation meter
TUNING AUTO audio frequency output and verify no signal clip-
HIGHPASS 10 Hz ping.
LOW PASS 15 kHz
PEAK PK-PK 8.10.1.4 Marker Beacon Signal
2 a . Set TI to 75.00 MHz, -6 d B mW, with 1300 Hz tone
on.
RANGE 10 b. Reset modulation meter RANGE to 10.
FUNCTION % AM c. Adjust A3A2R1 until modulation meter indicates
LEVEL AUTO between 94.9 and 95.1%.
d. Close cover over A3 test points and tighten two
d. Loosen two screws and slide cover over A3 test screws.
points to open position.
e. Adjust A3A2R2 for 19.95 to 20.05 percent modula- 8.10.2 AM Modulation (Using S p e c t r u m
tion meter reading. Analyzer)
8.1 0.2.1 Localizer Signal
8.10.1.2 VOR Signal
a. Perform steps 4.3.12.2 a through i to determine
a. Set TI to 108.00 MHz, -6 dB rnW, with 30 Hz VAR
tone only. VOFF.
b. Connect TI test equipment a s shown in figure 55.
b. Reset modulation meter RANGE t o 100 and Loosen two sereis and slide cover over A 3 test
LOWPASS to 120 kHz. points to open position.
c. Adjust A3A2R4 for a modulation meter reading of
29.95 to 30.05 percent. Note modulation meter
reading. SPECTRUM
d. Delete 30-Hz VAR tone and add 9960-Hz (not 9960 10 d B 4NALYZER
(2.1) D l FF
ATTEN
FM) tone. Note modulation meter reading. (2.12)- VERT CUT VOLTMETkR
(2.3)
e. Calculate average modulation percentage a s
follo~vs:
Step c reading + step d reading
2
Caculated average must be between 29.50 and
30.50 percent. Adjust A3A2R4 until modulation
meter indicates calculated average percentage.
f. Delete 9960-Hz tone and add 30-Hz VAR tone.
Verify modulation meter indicates between 29.5
and 30.5 percent.
g. Delete 30-Hz VAR tone and add a n AUX audio c. Make the following instrument settings.
tone of 3000 Hz. Verify modulation meter indicates
between 29.5 and 30.5 percent.

8.10.1.3 Glideslope Signal

C
FREQUENCY 108.10
R F LEVEL -6 d B mW
a . Set TI to 332.00 MHz, -6 dB mW, with 90 Hz tone TONE SELECT 90 Hz (150 Hz off)
only. % MOD 20%
b. Reset modulation meter LOWPASS to 15 kHz. POWER ON

Revised 15 October 1980

maintenance 523-0768885 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

DVM (2.2) 8.10.2.2 FOR Signal

Function Dc volts a. Set TI to 108.00 MHz, -6 dB mW, with 30 percent,

Range 2 30-Hz VAR tone only. Repeat steps d thru f of
paragraph 8.10.2.1 for 108.00 MHz.
SPECTRUM b. Adjust A3A2R4 for 59.9 to 60.1 mV rrns (29.95 to
ANALYZER (2.1) 30.05 percent modulation). Record mV rrns value.
c, Delete 30-Hz VAR tone and add 9960-Hz (not 9960-
Frequency 108.10 MHz FMI tone. Results: 58.0 to 61.0 mV rrns (29.00 to
Tuning stabilizer Off 30.50 percent modulation). Record value.
Bandwidth 300 kHz d. Calculate average of values recorded in steps c and
Scan width 200 kHz/division d (step c + step d). Calculated average value must
Input attenuation 10 dB 2
be 59.0 to 61.0 mV rms (29.50 to 30.50 percent
SPECTRUM modulation). Adjust A3A2R4 to this calculated
ANALYZER (2.11 average value.
e. Delete 9960-Hz tone and add 30-Hz VAR tone.
Scan time 2 ms/division Verify voltmeter reading is 59.0 to 61.0 mV rrns
Linear sensitivity 2 mV/division (29.50 to 30.50 percent modulation).
Vertical sensitivity Linear f. Delete 30-Hz VAR tone and add an AUX tone of
Video filter Off 3000 Hz. Verify voltmeter reading is 59.0 to 61.0
Scan mode Internal mV rrns (29.50 to 30.50 percent modulation).
Scan trigger Automatic
Display controls As required

8.10.3 Glideslope Signal

If initial turn-on, wait 30 minutes for TI
warmup. a. Set TI to 332.00 MHz, -6 dB mW, with 40 percent,
90 Hz only. Repeat steps d thru f of paragraph
d. Adjust spectrum analyzer frequency and linear 8.10.1 for 332.00 MHz.
sensitivity controls for center screen display of b. Adjust A3A2R3 for 79.8 to 80.2 mV rrns (39.90 to
40.10 percent modulation).
108.10-MHz signal.
e. Set spectrum analyzer tuning stabilizer to on and c. Set TI to 329.15 MHz, -6 dB mW, with no tones (all
scan width to zero, and adjust frequency controls keys off).
for peak amplitude indication (maximum dc d. Connect audio oscillator (2.18) to the rear EXT
voltage indication on dvm). Maintain peaked condi- MOD BNC connector. Set audio oscillator to
tion during remainder of procedure. provide a signal of 150 Hz a t 3 V rms f0.01 V.
f. Adjust spectrum analyzer linear sensitivity control e. Repeat steps d thru f of paragraph 8.10.2.1 for
for a voltage equal to -282.8 mV VOFF+ 329.15 MHz.
f. Adjust A3A2R5 for 176 to 184 mV rms (88 to 92
For example: percent modulation).
g. Spectrum analyzer must not indicate clipping on
Spectrum analyzer the signal peaks.
output voltage
( v ~ ~ ~ ) = -282.8 mV + VOFF
8.10.4 Marker Beacon Signal

a. Set TI to 75.000 MHz, -6 dB mW, with 95 percent,

g. Measure ac level with true rrns differential
voltmeter. TI percent of modulation equals V rrns
0.2
x 100. Adjust A3A2R2 for 39.9 to 40.1 mV rrns
(19.95 to 20.05 percent modulation).
1300-Hz tone. Repeat steps d thru f of paragraph
8.10.2.1 for 75.000 MHz.
b. Adjust A3A2R1 for 189.8 to 190.2 mV r m s (94.90 to
95.10 percent modulation).
c . Close cover over A3 test points and tighten two
screws.

Revised 1 5 October 1980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
8.1 1 Synthesizer VCO A4A3 Alignment
I Note 1 to obtain a power meter reading of +12 f 1 dB m W
Do not perform these alignment procedures
unless VCO A4A3 or A4A2 h a s been repaired
or replaced with a new assembly. Do not per-
form any adjustments other than those
listed. Remove A4A3R3, R4, and R5 if
previously installed.
a . Remove and disassemble rf modulator assembly
A3 and synthesizer assembly A4 to the extent
described in disassembly/assembly paragraph
6.1.7, steps a through g.
b. Connect rf module extender cable (2.24) to TI wir-
ing harness connector P 5 a n d rf modulator
assembly connector A3A3J4.
c. Connect synthesizer module extender cable (2.27)
to synthesizer assembly connector P1 and rf
modulator assembly connector A3A2J1.
d. Connect power meter (2.4) directly to synthesizer
assembly connector P2.
e. Connect resistor substitution box (2.25) across
A4A3C51 and A4A3C54 terminals. Refer to figure
34 for test connection locations.
f. Set TI POWER switch to ON. Set TI to 74.60 MHz.
Disregard FREQUENCY display during
alignment. Ensure AF is off during the
alignment procedures.
g. Adjust resistor substitution box until power meter
indication is 12 f 1 dB mW.
h. Set TI to 75.40 MHz and adjust resistor substitu-
tion box until power meter indication is 12 f 1 dB
mW.
i. Repeat steps g and h to obtain a resistance value
that produces the power meter indication closest to
12 dB mW a t both frequencies.
j. Record resistor substitution box reading a s test
select value for A4A3R5.
k. Disconnect resistor substitution box and reconnect
it across A4A3C51 and A4A3C55.
1. Set TI to 108.00 MHz. Adjust resistor substitution
box until power meter indicates +12 f 0.2 dB mW.
m. Connect oscilloscope (2.8) to A4AlAlQ4 collector
and observe 25 kHz waveform.
n. If necessary, adjust A4A3C5 and A4A3L2 to ob-
tain a 5-percent d u t y cycle of t h e 25-kHz
waveform.
Revised 15 October 1980
maintenance 523-0768885
o. Alternately switch T I between 108.00 and 117.95
MHz while adjusting the resistor substitution box
a t both frequencies.
p. Record resistor substitution box reading that
produces output closest to +12 d B m W a s test
select A4A3R4.
q. Disconnect resistor substitution box and reconnect
it across A4A3C50 and A4A3C53.
r . Set TI to 332.00 MHz. Adjust resistor substitution
box until power meter indicates +12 f 0.2 d B mW.
Note resistance value t h a t produces the level
closest to 12 dB mW a s test select value for
A4A3R3.
s. Connect oscilloscope to A4AlAlQ4 collector and
observe 25 kHz waveform.
t. If necessary, adjust A4A3C34 and A4A3L12 to ob-
tain a 95-percent d u t y cycle of t h e 25-kHz
waveform.
u. Alternately switch TI between 329.150 and 335.000
MHz and verify a power meter reading of +12
f 0 . 4 dB m W a t both frequencies.
v. Press TI POWER switch to OFF.
w. Select resistor values for A4A3R3, R4, and R5
from test select resistor kit list (1 to 15 kQ),
Collins p a r t number 637-4321-001, closest to the
recorded values.
x. Install and solder selected resistors.
y. Press TI POWER switch to ON. Set R F LEVEL to
-6 dB mW.
z. Sequentially select TI frequencies of 75.000,
108.000, 117.95, 329.15, and 335.00 MHz. Verify
power meter indicates +12 f 1 dB mW a t 75.000,
108.000, and 117.95 MHz, and +12 f 0.5 d B mW a t
329.15 and 335.00 MHz.
aa. Press TI POWER switch to OFF.
ab. Disconnect power meter a n d connect s t e p
attenuator (2.5) to synthesizer connector P2.
Connect s p e c t r u m a n a l y z e r (2.1) t o s t e p
attenuator.
ac. Set step attenuator to 20 dB.
ad. Press TI POWER switch to ON. Set R F LEVEL
to -6 dB mW.
ae. Secluentially select TI frequencies of 75.000,
108.000, and 335.000 MHz. Verify t h a t second and
third harmonics a r e a t least 30 dB below carrier
a t 75.000 and 108.000 MHz, and a t least 25 dB
below carrier a t 335.000 MHz.
af. Press TI POWER switch to O F F and disconnect
test equipment.
ag. Reassemble and reinstall synthesizer assembly
A4/rf modulator assembly A3 a s described in
paragraphs 6.2.5.a.11 and 6.2.5, steps c through f.
maintenance 523-0768885 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
8.12 Synthesizer Regulator-Divider Board
A4AlAl Aligntnent
Do not perform these alignment procedures
unless regulator-divider board A4AlA1 has
been replaced with a new assembly.
a. Remove rf modulator assembly A3 and syn-
thesizer assembly A4 from TI a s described in dis-
assembly/assembly p a r a g r a p h 6.1.6, s t e p s a
through d.
b. Connect rf module extender cable (2.24) to TI wir-
ing h a r n e s s connector P 5 a n d rf modulator
assembly connector A3A3J4.
c. Remove synthesizer assembly A4 cover a s
described in paragraph 6.1.7.g.
d. Connect resistor substitution box (2.23) across
A4AlAlR7 terminals. Refer to figure 34 for test
connection location.
e. Set TI POWER switch to ON. Set TI to 108.000
MHz with 30-Hz VAR and 9960-FM modulation
tones off. Set R F LEVEL to -6 dB mW.
f. Connect dvm (2.2) to A4P1-A1.
g. Press TI AF key. Press and hold TI FAST INCR
key until dvm indicates 20 f0.05 V dc. Adjust
decade resistance box until displayed frequency is
greater than 08 032.3 kHz.
h. Press and hold TI FAST DECR key until dvrn in-
dicates 2 f0.05 V dc. Adjust decade resistance box
until displayed frequency is less than 07 967.6
kHz.
i. Repeat steps g and h until upper and lower fre-
quency results a r e met.
j. Record resistor substitution box setting a s test
select value for A4AlAlR7.
k. Press TI POWER switch to O F F and disconnect
test equipment.
1. Select resistor value for A4AlAR7 from test select
resistor kit list (46.4 to 110 kR), Collins part
number 638-1123-001, closest to value recorded in
step j.
m. Install a n d solder selected resistor across
A4AlAlR7 terminals.
n. Replace synthesizer A4 cover a s described in
paragraph 6.2.5.a.11, and reinstall rf modulator
assembly A3 and synthesizer assembly A4 into TI,
a s described in assembly paragraph 6.2.5, steps e
and f.
Do not perform these alignment procedures
unless rf amplifier A4A2 has been repaired
or replaced with a new assembly. Do not per-
form any adjustments other than those
listed.
a. Rcmovc and disassemble rf modulator assembly
A:< and synthesizer assembly A4 to the extent dis-
crihect in tlisassembly/assembly paragraph 6.1.7,
stcps a through g.
t Conncct rf module extender cable (2.23) to TI wir-
ing harness connector P5 and rf modulator as-
srmhly connector A3ASJ4.
c. Connect synthesizer module extender cable (2.27)
to synthesizer assembly connector P l and rf modu-
lator assembly connector A3A2J1.
(1. Tinsolder R17 and R18 from E7 on A4A3. Solder
both resistors to the center conductor of an 8" piece
of RG316 coax and solder the coax shield to GND 3
on A4A3. The remaining end of the coax should
have a coax connector suitable for hookup with the
sweep generator.
c . Connect sn.eep generator to spectrum analyzer a s
shoxi n in figure 56. Adjust the sweep generator to
obtain a n 8 +0.2 dB-mW output between 75 and
3335 MHz on the spectrum analyzer. Record sweep
generator output linearity for comparison against
the rf a m p output.
n A
-
I
'6dB ' ni SPECTRUM
K p A D ANALYZER
-
A i A 2 A 1ifl11tnru f Test E q z t i j ~ r rt,~ ~ ~ i
('trlibrcrtio)~Setup Zhngmtn
Fiqctre 56
Revised 15 October 1980
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 maintenance 523-0768885 1

f. Leave sweep generator and spectrum analyzer set-
tings the same a s in step e. Connect equipment a s
shown in figure 57.
g. Turn TI on. After TI has completed initial self-test,
t u r n rf off by pushing R F ON/OFF button on front
panel.
i. Adjust C1, C2, C10, and C11 to obtain a flat fre-
quency response between 75 and 335 MHz a t an 8
ItO.5-dB m W output level. Use the actual sweep
generator output obtained in step e a s a reference
level when making these adjustments.

Step h applies to A4A2 assemblies with

CPN 637-2718-001 only. Step i applies to
A4A2 assemblies with CPN 634-9681-001 on-
ly.
h. Adjust C4, C12, and C14 to obtain a flat frequency
response between 75 a n d 335 MHz a t a n 8 f5-dB
mW output level. Use actual sweep generator out-
put obtained in step e a s a reference level when
making these adjustments.
I Note
C14 should be used to adjust output level
over entire frequency range. However, after
C14 adjustment it may be necessary to ad-
just C4 and C12 also, to ensure flatness over
the entire frequency range.
C1 should be used to adjust output level over
entire frequency range. However, after C1
adjustment it may be necessary to adjust C2,
C10, and C11 to ensure flatness over the en-
tire frequency range.
j. Turn TI POWER switch to off and disconnect test
equipment.
k. Unsolder coax from R17, R18, and GND 3. Recon-
nect and solder R17 and R18 to E7 on A4A3.
1. Replace synthesizer A4 cover a s described in
paragraph 6.2.5.a.11, and reinstall rf modulator as-
sembly A3 and synthesizer assembly A4 into TI, a s
described in assembly paragraph 6.2.5, steps c
through f.

-
SWEEP
GENERATOR
WAVETECH 2001
A 6 dB
PAD
A A
-R18

I319
R F AMPL
637-2718-001
0R
634-9681 -001
SPECTRUM

HP141T/8552B/
85548

A4AL Alignment Test Equipment, Setup Diagram

figure 57

Revised 15 October 1980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

Printed m USA

1 . Introduction and Calibration Verijication Description,. .................................................

2. Measqring and Support Equipment Requirements ......................................................

3. Preliminary Ofirations .................................................................................
, ,

3.1 Introduction ...........................................................................................

3.2 Turn-On qperation ............ 1 ........................................
;. ,, ; ................ ............
,..ik,:t~.+
3.3 Self-Test Operation ................................................:....................................*. L I

8.

4. ~ a l i b m t i o nVerifihtion P r 0 e e . s ~...................................
. 1 . ..... ....
i . ........;.
i..
.%.is.. ;.~-,. ./ ,%,$+%# .

.4.1 ~ntrbductbn..................................:. ....................................................... 14 . . .

4.2 Periodic Calibration Verification Procedures .............................................................. 16 -:
4.2.1 Frequency Range ....... ,........... ! ................................................................... 55
4.2.2 Frequency Accuracy.. ................................................................................ ?4
4.2.3 Frequency Verliier ................................................................................... 14
4.2.4 Harinonics/Spurious Signals ........................................ ;........ .'................... -..... 17
.:
4.2.5 RF Output Level ...................,. ............................. .................................. 18
4.2.6 Modulation Tones Frequency Accuracy .-........................................................... ,. ...
4.2.7 Modulation Tones Distortion .................................................... #................... ... 2j
.21 .
4.2.8 VOR Tones ................... : ..............................:. ........................................
4.2.9 Lbcalizer DDM ................................................................ ,......................
L

4.2.10 Glideslope DDM .....................................................................................

21
24 .
24 ..
B
4.2.11 AM Modulation ..................................................................................... i 25
4 3 Supplemental Calibration Verification'Procedures ......................................................... 8% .
4:3.1 Spurious Signals ........................................................ :............................. 34
4.3.2 Broadband Noise (SSB)and Close-In Spurious Signal$ .........................: . ........................ 31 9
:.
4.4.3 ILS Phase (90/1\5@Hz Coinposite Signal) ..... .......................................................... 33 -.
;.
4.3.4 9960-FM Deviation Verification.. .................. :'.... .I.. .... ..................................... 36
4
a~
,
5 . Calibration Verification Checklist/Data Form ...................................t ....................... %5 ..
.
L

?id

g. -
Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

calibration verification

1. INTRODUCTION AND CALIBRATION The 479s-6A VOR/ILS Signal Generator is referred

VERIFICATION DESCRIPTION to as a TI throughout this section.

The calibration verification procedures contain the Table 1 lists calibration verification parameters, per-
detailed information necessary for an experienced formance specifications, and test methods.
calibration technician to perform the calibration
verification process. The technician is assumed to be
familiar with the 479s-6A, the specified test equip- 2. MEASURING AND SUPPORT
ment, and general metrology techniques, ter- EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS
minology, and definitions.
Table 2 is a list of test equipment required to verify ,
It is recommended that the calibration verification calibration of the signal generator. The table provides
process be performed a t 6-month intervals until an equipment item number, equipment
calibration history in the user's environment in- nomenclature, minimum use specifications, and a
dicates that a shorter or longer interval should be representative type. The item number is used in the
assigned. calibration verification procedure to identify the
equipment used. The minimum use specifications are
The following nonstandard abbreviations are used the principal parameters on which calibration integri-
throughout this section. ty is based. The representative type of equipment
listed meets the minimum use specifications. Alter-
ABBREVIATION DEFINITION nate equipment may be used if it meets or exceeds
minimum use specifications.
COMP Composite
dBc Decibel below carrier level
DEMOD Demodulation Items 2.19 through 2.23 (listed under ADDITIONAL
D/R Down/right REQUIRED T E S T EQUIPMENT FOR
MB Marker beacon SUPPLEMENTAL CALIBRATION VERIFICATION
T/F To/from PROCEDURES) are required if the supplemental
TI Test instrument calibration verification procedures are to be per-
U/L Up/left formed.

ITEM

--r
TEST INSTRUMENT
PARAMETER

Rf output
PERFORMANCE
SPECIFICATIONS
1
N0TE.S TEST METHOD

1.1.1 Frequency range T 1 display i s observed a s various output

frequencies a r e selected.

1.1.1.1 Marker beacon 74.60 to 75.40 MHz in

25-kHz steps.

108.00 to 117.95 MHz

in 50-kHz s t e p s .
calibration verification 523-0768886 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

Table 1. Calibration Verzfication Description (Cont).

ITEM TEST INSTRUMENT PERFORMANCE NOTES TEST METHOD

PARAMETER SPECIFICATIONS

1.1.1.3 Glideslope 329.15 to 335.00 MHz

in 150-kHz steps.

1.1.1.4 Vhf communications 118.00 to 151.975 MHz

in 25-kHz steps.

1.1.2 Frequency vernier >*I channel spacing. Measured with frequency counter a t R F OUT.

1.1.3 Frequency accuracy < *2 ppm, +10 to +40 Measured with frequency counter a t R F OUT.
"C (+50 to +I04 O F ) in-
cluding aging, after
calibration at 25 "C
(+77 OF).

1.1.4 Spectral purity

1.1.4.1 Harmonics Measured with spectrum analyzer.

VOR/LOC/MB >30 dB below c a r r i e r

level.

Glideslope >25 dB below c a r r i e r

level.

1.1.4.2 Spurious levels >80 dBc > +15 kHz 1, 3 Measured with spectrum analyzer.
from c a r r i e r .

1.1.4.3 Broadband noise (SSB) 1, 3 Rf output of TI i s mixed down to center

74.60 to 75.40 MHz >I15 d ~ c / H z> +40
kHz from c a r r i e r .
108.00 to 117.95 > I l l d B c / ~ z> *15
MHz kHz from c a r r i e r .
frequency of a narrow-band notch filter
that i s used to reject TI fundamental
frequency and pass TI sideband noise.
Noise from filter i s measured with
spectrum analyzer.

>I17 ~ B C / H Z> 30
kHz from c a r r i e r .

>122 ~ B C / H Z> +lo

kHz from c a r r i e r .

329.15 to 335.00 >I12 dBc/Hz > 550

MHz kHz from c a r r i e r .

>I19 d ~ c / ~ > *80

z
kHz from c a r r i e r .

>122 ~ B C / H Z> *120

from c a r r i e r .

1.1.5 Rf output level Measured with power meter down to -20

dB mW; below -20 dB mW, by rf substitution
1.1.5.1 Range dB mW: -6 to -120 with standard attenuator using spectrum
dB mW variable in analyzer.
1-dB steps.

Voltage: 112 000 to 2

0.22 pV variable in
1-dB steps.
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 calibration verification 523-0768886

Table 1. Calibration Verification Description (Cont)

ITEM TEST INSTRUMENT PERFORMANCE NOTES TEST METHOD

PARAMETER SPECIFICATIONS

1.1.5.2 Accuracy -6 t o -60 dB mW: 3

51.5 dB

-60 to -120 dB mW:

*2.0 dB

1.2 Modulation tones

1.2.1 Frequency accuracy Measured with frequency counter.

1.2.1.1 3 0 Hz ref *0.0050/0

1.2.1.2 3 0 Hz v a r 50.005%

1.2.1.3 90 Hz &0.005%

1.2.1.4 150 HZ 50.005%

1.2.1.5 400 Hz *0.0050/0

1.2.1.6 1020 Hz (ident) 50.005%

1.2.1.7 1300 Hz 50.005%

1.2.1.8 3000 Hz 50.005%

1.2.1.9 9960 Hz 50.005%

1.2.1.10 Aux audio, MB (100 Hz *0.005%

to 4 kHz)

1.2.1.11 Aux audio, VOR (30 Hz 50.005%

to 14 kHz)

1.2.1.12 Aux audio, LOC (30 Hz 50.005%

to 4 kHz)

1.2.1.13 Aux audio, COMM (30 *0.005%

Hz to 10 kHz)

1.2.1.14 Aux audio, GS (30 Hz 50.005%

to 4 kHz)

1.2.2 Distortion

1.2.2.1 Audio Measured with distortion analyzer.

1.2.2.1.1 VOR-preset mode (30%

modulation)

30 Hz ref <0.25%
30 Hz v a r <0.25%
1020 Hz ident <0.5%
9960 Hz <0.5%
Aux audio <l.O%
I
calibration verification 523-0768886 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

Table I Culibrutiot~Verificntion Description (Cont)

ITEM TEST INSTRUMENT PERFORMANCE NOTES TEST METHOD

PARAMETER SPECIFICATIONS

1.2.2.1.2 VOR-variable mode (5 to

35% modulation)

30 Hz v a r < 1.0%
9960 Hz < 1.5%
Aux audio <2.0%

s 1.2.2.1.3 LOC-preset mode

90/150 Hz (20% <0.25%

modulation)
1020 Hz ident (30% <0.5%
modulation)
Aux audio (30% <l.O%
modulation)

1.2.2.1.4 LOC-variable mode

90/150 Hz (5 t o < 1.O%

40% modulation)

Aux audio (5 t o 30% < 1.5%

modulation)

1.2.2.1.5 GS-preset mode

90/150 Hz (40% <0.25%

modulation)
Aux audio (30% <l.O%
modulation)

1.2.2.1.6 GS-variable mode

90/150 Hz (10 to < 1.O%

80% modulation)
Aux audio (10 to <1.5%
60% modulation)

1.2.2.1.7 Marker beacon p r e s e t

(95% modulation)

400 Hz < 1.0%

1300 Hz < 1.0%
3000 Hz < 1.0%
Aux audio (15 to <l.O%
97% modulation)

1.2.2.1.8 Vhf COMM

30 Hz to 10 kHz < 2 .O%

(5 t o 35%
modulation)
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 calibration verification 523-0768886

Table 1. Calibration Ver(fication Description (Cont).

ITEM TEST INSTRUMENT PERFORMANCE NOTES TEST METHOD

PARAMETER SPECIFICATIONS

1.2.2.2 Modulation

1.2.2.2.1 VOR-preset mode (30%

modulation)

30 Hz v a r <l.O%
1020 Hz ident <1.0%
9960 H z <1.5%
Aux audio <2.00/0

1.2.2.2.2 VOR-variable mode (5 to

35% modulation)

30 Hz v a r <1.50/0
9960 Hz <2.0%
Aux audio <3.0%

1.2.2.2.3 LOC-preset mode

90/150 Hz (20% < 1.0%

modulation)
1020 Hz ident < 1.0%
(30% modulation)
Aux audio (30% < 1.5%
modulation)

1.2.2.2.4 LOC-variable mode

90/150 Hz (5 to < 1.5%

40% modulation)
Aux audio (5 to 30% <3.0%
modulation)
1.2.2.2.5 GS-preset mode

90/150 Hz (40% < 1.0%

modulation)
Aux audio (30% < 2.0%
modulation)

1.2.2.2.6 GS-variable mode

90/150 Hz (10 to <2.0%
80% modulation)
Aux audio (10 to < 3 .O%
60% modulation)

1.2.2.2.7 Marker beacon p r e s e t

(95% modulation)
400 Hz ~4.0%
1300 Hz <4.0%
3000 Hz ~4.0%
Aux audio (15 to <5.0%
97% modulation)
calibration verification 523-0768886 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

Table 1. Cabbration Verification Description (Cont).

ITEM TEST INSTRUMENT PERFORMANCE NOTES TEST METHOD

PARAMETER SPECIFICATIONS

1.2.2.2.8 EXT MOD

(Variable t o 90%) ~4.0%

1.2.3 ILS phase (90/150- 1 Measured with oscilloscope a t TI COMP

Hz composite signal) output.

1.2.3.1 Fixed

1.2.3.2 Selectable

1.2.4 VOR tones

1.2.4.1 9960 F M deviation 480 i2-Hz peak. 1 Measure with computing counter a t TI
COMP output.

1.2.4.2 Radial range 000.00 t o 359.99" Functionally verified by observing TI

(selectable in 0.01"- display.
increments and a t
e v e r y 30°, variable
i n p r e s e t s t e p s of
+3O0-, i1O0-, and
iO.Olo-increments).

1.2.4.3 Radial accuracy 4 Measured with a VOR bearing standard

with tracking capability. (Alternate method
Audio i 0 . 0 l 0 of selected u s e s VOR bearing standard a t O0, and
radial. phasemeter between TI AUX and COMP
outputs f r o m 0 t o 360°.)
Demodulated r f
*0.05" of selected
radial.

1.2.5 LOC DDM

1.2.5.1 Variable range 0.000 t o 0.400 DDM in Functionally verified by observing TI

0.001 increments. display.

1.2.5.2 P r e s e t settings 0.000, i0.046, i0.093,

i0.155, and ~k0.200
DDM

1.2.5.3 Accuracy Since DDM1s a r e generated digitally and

do not depend on precision r e s i s t o r s , only
Audio (on c o u r s e ) 0.0001 DDM the glideslope DDM1s a r e verified.
Audio (off c o u r s e ) 0.0002 t o .200 DDM;
0.0002 +0.05% DDM
f r o m 0.201 to 0.375
DDM; 0.25% DDM
max f r o m 0.376 t o
0.400 DDM.
Rf (on c o u r s e ) 0.00056 DDM
Rf (off c o u r s e ) 0.00056 DDM +2.5%
DD M

1
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 calibration verification 523-0768886

Table I . Calibration Verification Description (Cont).

ITEM TEST INSTRUMENT PERFORMANCE NOTES TEST METHOD

PARAMETER SPECIFICATIONS

1.2.6 GS DDM

1.2.6.1 Variable range 0.000 to 0.800 DDM Functionally verified by observing

in 0.001 increments. TI display.

1.2.6.2 Preset settings 0.000, j-0.045, *0.091, Functionally verified by observing display.
i0.175, and *0.400
DDM.

1.2.6.3 Accuracy Measured with true r m s differential

voltmeter a t TI COMP output.
Audio (on course) 0.0001 DDM
Audio (off course) 0.002 to 0.400 DDM;
0.002 +0.05% DDM
from 0.401 to 0.750
DDM; 0.25% DDM
max from 0.751 to
0.800 DDM.

Rf (on course) 0.00102 DDM Measured with true r m s differential

voltmeter a t TI DEMOD output.
Rf (off course) 0.00102 +2.5% DDM
Verified by audio DDM and AM modulation
measurements.

1.3 AM modulation A modulation meter is used to measure

percent AM o r a spectrum analyzer i s
used a s linear detector to detect modulated
rf. Detected ac and dc signals a r e
measured with dvm and ac true r m s
voltmeter to determine percent modulation.

1.3.1 Range

1.3.1.1 VOR

30 Hz var/ Preset to 30%. Vari-

9960 Hz able 5 to 35% in
0.1% increments.
1020 Hz (ident) 30% fixed.
Aux audio Preset to 30%. Vari-
able 5 to 35% in
0.1% increments.

1.3.1.2 LOC

90/150 Hz Preset to 20%. Vari-

able (on course only)
5 to 40% in 0.1%
increments.
1020 Hz (ident) 30% fixed.
Awr audio Preset to 30%. Vari-
able 5 to 30% in 0.1%
increments.
calibration verification 523-0768886 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

Table 1. Calibration Verification Description (Cont)

ITEM TEST INSTRUMENT PERFORMANCE NOTES TEST METHOD

PARAMETER SPECIFICATIONS

1.3.1.3 GS

90/150 Hz Preset to 40%. Vari-

able (on course only)
1 0 to 80% in 0.1%
increments.
Aux audio Preset to 30%. Vari-
able 10 to.60% in
0.1% increments.

1.3.1.4 MB

400/1300/ Preset to 95%. Vari-

3000-Hz able 15 to 97% in
0 .l% increments.
Aux audio Preset to 95%. Vari-
able 15 to 97% in
0.1% increments.

1.3.1.5 EXT MOD Variable to 90%.

1.3.2 Accuracy

1.3.2.1 VOR-preset mode

(30% modulation)

1020 Hz, 30-Hz &2.5% of indicated

var, 9960 Hz modulation.

Aux audio 1 5 % of indicated

modulation.

1.3.2.2 VOR-variable mode

(5 to 35% modulation)

30 Hz var/ 55% of indicated

9960 Hz modulation.
Aux audio 57% of indicated
modulation.

1.3.2.3 LOC-preset mode

90/150 Hz 52.5% of indicated

(20% modulation) modulation.
1020-Hz ident 52.5 of indicated
(30% modulation) modulation.
Aux audio h5% of indicated
modulation.

1.3.2.4 LOC-variable mode

90/105 Hz (5 to 55% of indicated

40% modulation) modulation.
Aux audio (5 to
30% modulation)
*7% of indicated
modulation. .
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 calibration verification 523-0768886

Table I. Calibration Ve'.f%catiot~Description (Cont).

TEST INSTRUMENT PERFORMANCE

PARAMETER SPECIFICATIONS
-

GS-preset mode

90/150 Hz (40% 52.5% of indicated

modulation modulation.

I Aux audio (30%

modulation
*5% of indicated
modulation.

GS-variable mode

90/150 Hz (10 to *5% of indicated

80% modulation) modulation.

Aux audio (10 to *70/0 of indicated

60% modulation) modulation.

Marker beacon-preset
mode (95% modulation)

400, 1300 and 3000 55% of indicated

Hz modulation.

Aux audio 1.6.5% of indicated

modulation.

Marker beacon-
variable mode (15
to 97% modulation)

400, 1300, and 55.5% of indicated

3000 Hz modulation.

Aux audio
L&70/0of indicated
modulation.

1. Parameter need be checked only when a problem i s suspected, o r after repair a t the discretion of the user.
2. When the 479s-6A i s selected to display pV1s, the rf output is "hard microvolts.'' This eliminates the need
for an external 6-dB attenuator.
3. VOR/LOC/GS and marker beacon frequencies only.
4. Referenced to the accuracy of the standard used in calibration.
calibration verification 523-0 768886 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

Table 2. Required Test Equipment.

ITEM EQUIPMENT MINIMUM USE SPECIFICATIONS REPRESENTATIVE TYPE

2.1 Spectrum Frequency: 8 to 1250 MHz. Hewlett-Packard 1 4 1 ~ / 8 5 5 2 ~ / 8 5 5 4 ~

analyzer
If bandwidth: Selectable 300 Hz to 300
kHz.
Scan width: Zero scan and selectable
ranges 2 kHz to 100 ~ ~ z / d i v i s i o n .
Sensitivity (average noise level):
< -102 dB mW with 10-kHz if
bandwidth.
Display mode: Selectable 10 o r 2
dB/division and linear.
Video filter, selectable: Off
(>500 kHz), 10 kHz, 100 Hz,
and 10 Hz.
pq
Special calibration i s required
if modulation meter (item 2.17)
i s not available, to ensure the
vertical output linearity specifi-
cation. The spectrum analyzer
and plug-ins must be calibrated
a s a system to determine if
the spectrum analyzer vertical
output linearity meets the test
requirements. Calibration
verification paragraph 4.2.11.2
provides a calibration pro-
cedure to determine this
parameter.

Vertical output: Provides linear detected
output. Calculated dc offsets derived
from %lo-dB rf input level changes from
a reference -200-mV dc vertical output
level must be equal within 2 mV.
Hewlett-Packard 8554B, Opt E58 (includes
1 4 1 ~ / 8 5 5 4 BOpt ~ 5 8 / 8 5 5 2 BOpt H58)
i s available from Hewlett-Packard
a s a precalibrated system.

2.2 Digital Dc voltage range: 0 to 1 V. Fluke 8600A

voltmeter
Accuracy: *(0.02% reading +0.1 mV). pzq
Not required if modulation meter
(item 2.17) i s available.

2.3 True r m s True r m s responding. Ac voltage range: Fluke 931B

differential 5 mV to 1.2 V.
voltmeter
Accuracy: *0.2% reading, 30 to 9960 Hz.

Voltage ratio accuracy, 1-V range Special measurements a r e r e -

between 0.2 and 0.8 V: *0.015% a t 90 quired to ensure voltage ratio
and 150 Hz. accuracy specification.

2.4 Power Frequency: 74 to 335 MHz. Hewlett-Packard 435A/8482A

meter
Range: -20 to 0 dB mW full scale,
selectable 5-dB steps.

Accuracy: *5% full scale.

Vswr: <1.3:1

2.5 Step Frequency: 8 to 108 MHz. Hewlett-Packard 355D

attenuator
Range: 0 to 60 dB in 10-dB steps.

(Cont) Vswr: 1.20 max.

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 calibration verification 523-0768886

Table 2. Required Test Equipment (Cont)

ITEM EQUIPMENT MINIMUM USE SPECIFICATIONS RE PRESENTATIVE TYPE

2.5
(Cont)
Attenuation accuracy: pill
8 to 11 MHz, change in attenuation Special calibration data re-
from 0 to 60 dB known within quired for attenuation
i0.5 dB. accuracy requirements. The
8- to 11-MHz requirements
30 MHz, attenuation change between a r e required only to perform
lo-, 20-, and 30-dB steps known supplemental calibration
within 0.02 dB. verification procedures
described in paragraph 4.3.2.
108 MHz, attenuation change of
each step from 0 to 40 dB known
within M.2 dB.
30-MHz calibration data not
required if modulation meter
(item 2.17) i s available.

2.6 Distortion Frequency: 30 to 14 kHz. Hewlett-Pacla r d 331A

analyzer
Full-scale ranges: 0.3, 1, 3, and 10%.

Accuracy: L3% full scale.

Voltmeter: Used a s null indicator a t

30 Hz; sensitivity 10 mV.

2.7 Frequency Frequency: 30 Hz to 345 MHz. Dana 8030B

counter
Accuracy: *0.3 ppm, 75 to 345 MHz;
*10 ppm, 30 Hz (33333.33 ps).

2.8 Oscilloscope Frequency: Dc to 100 kHz. Tektronix 475

Deflection factor: 0.1 V to 5 division.

Deflection accuracy: G%.

Calibrator: 300 mV *I%.

Sweep modes: Main, delayed.

Horizontal time base: 5 ps to 50 ms/

division (selectable in 1 , 2, and 5
sequence).

Sweep accuracy: &I%,5 p s to 5 ms/

division; +Z%, 10 to 50 ms/division.

2.9 VOR bearing Accuracy: See note in paragraph Collins 478A-3

standard 4.2.8.3.

2.10 Rf amplifier Frequency: 8 to 110 MHz. Hewlett-Packard 8447A

(two
required) Gain: 20 dB min.

Noise figure: < 5 dB.

.-
Vswr: <1.7 I
calibration verification 523-0768886 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

Table 2. Required Test Equipment (Cont).

ITEM EQUIPMENT MINIMUM USE SPECIFICATIONS REPRESENTATIVE TYPE

2.11 Signal Frequency: 30 to 345 MHz. Hewlett-Packard 8640B

generator
Output level: Variable, +7 to -60
dB mW.
I Note I
If modulation meter (item 2.17)
close-in/broadband noise: See i s available, rf generator is r e -
second note in paragraph 4.3.2. quired only for supplemental
tests.

2.12 Attenuator Frequency: 30 MHz. Weinschel 1A-10

(two
required) Loss: 10 50.5 dB. pzJ
Vswr: C1.05. Special calibration i s required
to ensure vswr specification.

2.13 Attenuator Frequency: 108 MHzr Weinschel 1A-3

Loss: 3 *0.5 dB.

Vswr: <1.20.

2.14 Attenuator Frequency: 108 MHz. Weinschel 1A-6

Loss: 6 50.5 dB.

Vswr: <1.20.

2.15 Phasemeter Frequency: 30 Hz. Krohn-Hite 6500

Absolute accuracy: 0.05" from

0.00 to 359.99".
Not required if Collilis 478A-3
VOR bearing standard (item
2.9) i s available.

2.16 Resistive Input/output voltage ratio: 2/1 Constructed using two 47-kilohm,
divider l/4-watt, 10%resistors.
Voltage rating: 2 V min.

Input resistances: 94 kilohms

*lo%.
2.17 Modulation Frequency range: 75 to 335 MHz. Boonton 82AD
meter
Input sensitivity: -6 dB mW. pq
Amplitude modulation accuracy a t AM modulation performance
exceeds the manufacturer's
< 10 o r >95% AM: quoted specification; how-
+3%of reading. ever, measurement data
indicates that the unit will
10 to 95% AM: meet these required
i2% of reading. accurates.

20 to 40% AM:
(Cont) +0.70/o of reading.
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 calibration verification 523-0768886

Table 2. Required Test Equipment (Cont).

ITEM EQUIPMENT MINIMUM USE SPECIFICATIONS REPRESENTATIVE TYPE

2.17
(Cont )
pzT
AM accuracy from 20 to 40%
assumes the following
conditions :

a . Measurement bandwidth:
10 Hz to 15 kHz
b. Temperature: 25 +10 "C
c. Rf input level: 100 mV to
1 volt

Detected audio distortion:

<0.2% for 30% AM; <0.7%
for 90% AM.

2.18 Audio Frequency: 150 Hz Hewlett-Packard 200CD

oscillator
Output amplitude: 0 to >3 V r m s
into 600 ohms.

Distortion: <0.5%.

ADDITIONAL REQUIRED TEST EQUIPMENT FOR SUPPLEMENTAL

CALIBRATION VERIFICATION PROCEDURES

2.19 Computing Capable of measuring within 1 Hz, Hewlett-Packard 5360A/5365A/5375A

counter 960-Hz peak-to-peak deviation of a
9960-Hz signal that i s being fre-
quency modulated with a 30-Hz
tone.

2.20 Mixer Frequency: 75 to 345 MHz. Hewlett-Packard 10514A

If output: 8 to 12 MHz.

2.21 Notch Center frequency: 10.00 MHz. McCoy Electronics 2B554

filter
40-dB notch width: 3 kHz min.

1-dB notch width: 511 kHz max.

Bandpass flatness: 51 dB from h11

to GO0 kHz from center frequency.

2.22 Low-pass Single-pole RC filter. Constructed using 10-kilohm, 1/4-watt,

filter 10% resistor and 680-pF, 50-V dcw,
3-dB cutoff frequency: 23.5 kHz 10%capacitor.
(nominal).

2.23 Tunable Frequency: 74.6 to 75.4 MHz, 108.00 K and L Microwave

notch filter to 117.95 MHz, and 329.15 to 335.00 ~TNF-50/100-5N
MHz. ~TNF-100/200-5N
~TNF-200/400-5~
Notch attenuation: 30 dB.

3-dB bandwidth: 5 MHz nominal.

calibration verification 523-0768886 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

3. PRELIMINARY OPERATIONS 4. CALIBRATION VERIFICATION PROCESS

3.1 Introduction 4 . 1 Introduction

The calibration verification process should be per-
formed under the following environmental con-
ditions: temperature, +10 to +40 (+50 to +I04
relative humidity, 95 percent maximum.
O F ) ;
Environmental conditions must be met in order to ob-
tain the specifications listed in table 1and the results
contained in the calibration verification procedures
described in paragraph 4.
Before performance of calibration verification
procedures, the technician should become familiar
with the procedures that are to be performed.
3.2 Turn-On Operation
Press TI POWER switch to ON. TI display must be in
standard VOR mode condition as shown in figure 1.
The calibration verification procedures contained in
this paragraph verify that the 479s-6A is correctly
O C calibrated and within performance specifications. All
r e s u l t s obtained d u r i n g performance of t h e
procedures may be recorded on checklist/data forms
in order to maintain a calibration history for the TI, if
so desired. Recommended checklist/data forms are
shown in table 4. The calibration verification
procedures are divided into two parts, periodic and
supplemental. The periodic calibration verification
procedures should be performed a t every calibration
interval; they are required to ensure that the TI is
o p e r a t i n g correctly within t h e performance
specifications. The supplemental calibration verifica-
tion procedures should be performed only when a
problem is suspected in the area the verification
procedure checks, or after repair, a t the discretion of
the using organization.

3.3 Self- Test Operation

After performance of the procedures, all incorrect
Press and hold TI SELF TEST switch. TI display results must be corrected using procedures contained
must be as shown in figure 2. in the maintenance section.
Release SELF TEST switch. RDL/DDM/MOD dis-
play must sequentially count through a memory
output (ROM) check. The number in parentheses following the support
c. Upon completion of the self-test cycle, the TI dis- (test) equipment is the item number of equipment
play must return to standard VOR mode condition listed in table 2, which specifically identifies the
(figure 1). equipment.

RDVDOM/MOD FREOUENCY -RF LEVEL-

""""'"'
:HT
TO
FROM DDM 1 1-1 1 1 1 1-1 1-1 1-1 C 1-1 :vByBmW
VILII5OHz1 '-I C1 MOD(%) 1 1-1 f 1-1 f -1 C f -v
OIR190Hz1
AUDIO STATUS- MODE -R F STATUS-
A lLS PH VAR % M O D V A R FREO STANDARD SELF TEST MB VOR LOC GS CDMM PH LOCI LEVEL C A L
I I I I

TONE SELECT FUNCTION/CONTROL DATA ENTRY RF SELECT

ICollrUI/
SELF TEST

0 RF OUT

POWER

a
ON
0
Il
OFF
0
4 7 9 s - 6 A VOR/ILS Slgnsl Generator

Standard VOR Mode Display

Figure 1
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 calibration verification 523-0768886

• TO
.FR,.,
RDUDDM/MOD

111 111 111 111

u,LI~.oHz).'-I.C'.CI.CI.'-I
/=I
.. RDLlDEGi
DDM
MooISo)
FREQUENCY

1 1 1 IZI 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
.ILI,I-I,I_I./I,CI,I-I
:yH:
Hz
-RF

111 o ,=,
.CI 0I- I 0-I I
LEVEL-

:.","""
,v
DIRlSOHll
AUDIO STATUS- MODE -RF STATUS-
A lLS PH VAR % M O D VAR FREQ STANDARD SELFTEST MB VOR LOG GS COMM PH L O C I LEVEL CAL
1 1 I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I

TONE SELECT FUNCTION/CONTROL DATA ENTRY RF SELECT

I(Collin.l
SELF TEST

0 RF OUT
400 1300 3000

POWER

n
ON
0
E
L
OFF
0
4 7 9 9 6 A VORllLS Sagnal Generator

Self-Test Mode Dzsplay

Figure 2

4.2 Periodic Calibration Verification DISPLAY INDICATION

Procedures
TONE SELECT 400 Hz

FUNCTION/ No keys lit

Performance of t h e procedures in this CONTROL
paragraph is required a t each calibration in-
terval to ensure that the TI is operating DATA ENTRY No keys lit
within the performance specifications.
RF SELECT R F FREQ
4.2.1 Frequency Range
b. Sequentially select TI VOR frequencies of 108.00,
a. Set TI rf output level to -50 dB mW and sequential- 113.70, and 117.95 MHz. TI display status must be
ly select TI frequencies of 74.60, 75.00 (marker as follows for each selected frequency:
beacon), and 75.40 MHz. TI display status must be
as follows:
DISPLAY INDICATION
DISPLAY INDICATION
RDL/DDM/MOD FROM, 000.00
RDL(DEG)

AUDIO STATUS STANDARD AUDIO STATUS STANDARD

FREQUENCY (Frequency selected) FREQUENCY (Frequency selected)

MHz MHz

MODE MB MODE VOR

R F LEVEL 50 -dBmW R F LEVEL 50 -dBmW

RF STATUS P H LOCK, RF STATUS P H LOCK,

LEVEL CAL LEVEL CAL
 /

calibration verification 523-0768886 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

DISPLAY INDICATION DISPLAY INDICATION

TONE SELECT 30 Hz VAR,
9960 FM
AUDIO STATUS STANDARD
FUNCTION/ No keys lit
CONTROL FREQUENCY (Frequency selected)
MHz
DATA ENTRY No keys lit
MODE COMM
RF SELECT R F FREQ
RF LEVEL 50 -dBmW
c. Sequentially select TI LOC frequencies of. 108.10,
110.10, and 111.95 MHz. TI display status must be RF STATUS P H LOCK,
as follows for each selected frequency: LEVEL CAL

TONE SELECT 1020/AUX

DISPLAY INDICATION
FUNCTION/ No keys lit
RDL/DDM/MOD U/L(150 Hz), .000 CONTROL
DDM
DATA ENTRY No keys lit
AUDIO STATUS STANDARD
R F SELECT RF FREQ
FREQUENCY (Frequency selected)
MHz

MODE LOC

RF LEVEL 50 -dBm W A 30-minute warmup period from initial

turn-on is required before proceeding with
RF STATUS P H LOCK, calibration verification procedures.
LEVEL CAL
4.2.2 Frequency Accuracy
TONE SELECT 90 Hz, 150 Hz
a. Connect frequency counter (2.7) to TI R F OUT con-
FUNCTION/ No keys lit nector.
CONTROL b. Set TI for an output frequency of 110.00 MHz
without modulation (no TONE SELECT keys lit).
DATA ENTRY No keys lit c. Set TI rf output level to -6 dB mW.
d. Counter must indicate between 109.999780 and
RF SELECT R F FREQ 110.000220 MHz.
e. Disconnect counter from TI.
d. Sequentially select TI GS frequencies of 329.15,
332.15, and 335.00 MHz. TI display must be as
described in step c except for MODE status, which 4.2.3 Frequency Vernier
will indicate GS.
e. Sequentially select TI LOC frequencies of 108.10, a. Connect frequency counter (2.7) to TI RF OUT con-
110.10, and 111.95 MHz and press RF SELECT - nector.
LOC/GS key. TI display must change to paired GS b. Set TI for an output frequency of 108.000 MHz
frequencies of 334.70, 334.40, and 330.95 MHz, without modulation (no TONE SELECT keys lit).
respectively. c. Set TI rf output level to -6 dB mW and press TI AF
f. Sequentially select TI COMM frequencies of key for A F operation.
118.000, 134.50, and 151.975 MHz. TI display status d. Counter must indicate between 107.999500 and
must be as follows for each selected frequency: 108.000500.
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 calibration verification 523-0768886

e. P r e s s and hold TI SLOW DECR key. TI
FREQUENCY indication must decrease. Release
key.
f . P r e s s a n d hold T I F A S T DECR k e y . T I
FREQUENCY indication must decrease. Hold
FAST DECR key until display counter frequency
decreases to a t least 107.95 MHz.
g . P r e s s a n d hold T I S L O W INCR k e y . T I
FREQUENCY indication must increase. Release
key.
h . P r e s s a n d hold T I F A S T INCR k e y . TI
FREQUENCY indication must increase. Hold
FAST INCR key until display counter frequency
increases to a t least 108.05 MHz.
i. Set TI for an output frequency of 335.000 MHz
without modulation (no TONE SELECT keys lit).
j. Set TI rf output level to -6 dB mW and press TI AF
key for AF operation.
k. TI FREQUENCY display must indicate between
35000.0 and 35001.0.
1. Set the TI for an output frequency of 334.850 MHz.
m. TI FREQUENCY display must indicate between
34850.0 and 35850.2.
n. Counter must indicate between 334.849800 and
334.850200.
o. Disconnect counter from TI.
4.2.4 Harmonics/Spurious Signals
a. Set TI rf output level to -20 dB mW. Connect spec-
trum analyzer (2.1) to TI R F OUT connector.
b. Set TI to 75.000-MHz marker beacon frequency
without modulation (no TONE SELECT keys lit),
and observe spectrum analyzer. All harmonic
related signals must be greater than 30 dB below
carrier level. If any nonharmonic spurious signals
are observed, the spurious signals calibration
verification procedure described in paragraph 4.3.1
must be performed.
c. Repeat step b for several other VOR, localizer, and
glideslope frequencies. Harmonic related signals
must be greater than 30 dB below carrier level for
VOR/localizer frequencies and greater than 25 dB
below carrier level for glideslope frequencies.
Refer to table 3 for a list of available frequencies.

Tirhlr 3. Sttrrtdrtrcl VOK. ILS (Localizer tr7td Glzdeslo~~ej,

and Marker Beaco?r F r c ~ q u e ~ ~ i e s

VOR FREQUENCIES PAIRED ILS FREQUENCIES MARKER BEACON AND ADDITIONAL

(MHz) FREQUENCIES ( M H z )
LOCALIZER ( M H z ) GLIDESLOPE ( M H z )
-

115.40 108.10 334.70 74.600

115.45 108.15 334.55 74.625
115.50 108.30 334.10 74.650
115.55 108.35 333.95 74.675
115.60 108.50 329.90 74.700
115.65 108.55 329.75 74.725
115.70 108.70 330.50 74.750
115.75 108.75 330.35 74.775
115.80 108.90 329.30 74.800
115.85 108.95 74.8 25
115.90 109.10 331.40 74.850
115.95 109.15 331.25 74.875
116.00 109.30 332.00 I 74.900
116.05 109.35 331.85 74.925
116.10 109.50 332.60 74.950
116.15 109.55 332.45 74.975
116.20 109.70 333.20 75.000 (marker beacon)
116.25 109.75 333.05 75.025
116.30 109.90 333.80 75.050
116.35 109.95 333.65 75.075
116.40 110.10 334.40 75 . l o 0
116.45 110.15 334.25 75.125
116.50 110.30 335.00 75.150
116.55 110.35 334.85 75.175
116.60 110.50 329.60 75 2 0 0
116.65 110.55 329.45 75.225
116.70 110.70 330.20 75.250
116.75 110.75 330.05 I 75.275
calibration verification 523-0768886 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

T(rblr d. Sttr)~rlnrrlVOR. ILS (Localizer cr11r1Glideslope), u ~ i dMarlier Beucon Freqirr,cc.ir~s(Cant).

VOR FREQUENCIES I'XII1k.D ILS I~'RI~:C>I'ENCIES AlARKER BI.:ACON AND ADDITIONAL

(MHz)
LOCALILER ( h l l l i ) / (;I.IDl;SI.OI'L; (hlllz)
FRI.:QVEKCIIF:S (hIIIz)

4.2.5 RF Output Level DISPLAY INDICATION

4.2.5.1 Functional Operation FREQUENCY ------MH~

a. Set TI output frequency to 75.000 MHz, and rf out- R F LEVEL Off

put level to -50 dB mW. Delete audio tone.
b. Press TI dBmW/pV key. TI RF LEVEL indication R F STATUS P H LOCK, LEVEL CAL
must be 700 Press dBrnW/pV key again, and indicators off
RF LEVEL indication must be 50 -dBmW.
c. Press and hold TI SLOW DECR key. TI R F LEVEL h. Press TI R F SELECT - R F ON/OFF key. Observe
indication must decrease in 1-dB increments. the following TI displays for proper indication.
d. Press and hold TI SLOW INCR key. TI R F LEVEL
indication must decrease in 1-dB increments. DISPLAY INDICATION
e. Press and hold TI FAST DECR key. TI R F LEVEL
indication must decrease in 10-dB increments. FREQUENCY 75.000 MHz
f. Press and hold TI FAST INCR key. TI R F LEVEL
indication must increase in 10-dB increments. RF LEVEL 6 -dBmW
g. Set TI rf output level to -6 dB mW and press TI R F
SELECT - R F ON/OFF key. Observe the follow- R F STATUS P H LOCK, LEVEL CAL
ing TI displays for proper indication. indicators lit

18 Rc~cliserl1.5 October 1980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 calibration verification 523-0768886

4.2.5.2 Frequency Response c. Connect test equipment to TI a s shown in figure 3

without rf amplifiers.
a . Connect rf power meter (2.4) to TI R F OUT connec- d. Make following instrument control settings:
tor.
b. Set TI rf output level to -6 dB mW without 1. TI
modulation (no TONE SELECT keys lit) a t fre-
quencies of 74.60, 75.00, 75.40, 108.00, 110.00,
' CONTROL SETTING
111.95, 114.00. 116.00. 117.95. 329.15. 331.10,
333.50; and 33'5.00 MHz. power meter 'must in: FREQUENCY 108.00 MHz
dicate -6 dB mW within f0.5 dB a t each frequen- R F LEVEL 20 -dBmW
cy. Modulation must be removed after each change TONE SELECT No keys lit
in frequency. Record power meter indication a t
108.00 MHz for later use. 2. Step Attenuator (2.5)

4.2.5.3 O u t p u t Attenuator Accuracy CONTROL SETTING

a. Set TI frequency to 108.000 MHz without modula- Attenuation 40 dB

tion (no TONE SELECT keys lit).
b. Set TI rf output level to levels listed below. The 3. Spectrum Analyzer (2.1)
change in power meter indication from the -6 dB
mW level (measured in paragraph 4.2.5.2, step b) CONTROL SETTING
must be within limits given.
Frequency 108.00 MHz
CHANGE FROM RDNG Tuning stabilizer Off
AT -6-dB m W SETTING Bandwidth 10 kHz
Scan width 0.5 MHz
TI R F Input attenuation 0 dB
LEVEL NOMINAL MIN/MAX Scan time 10 ms/division
(dB mW) (dB) LIMITS (dB) Log reference level -60 dB mW
Vertical sensitivity 2 dB/division
Video filter Off
Scan mode Internal
Scan trigger Automatic
Display controls As required

-7 to -9 e. Adjust spectrum analyzer frequency control and

log reference level attenuators for center screen
-13 to -15 display of 108.000-MHz signal.
(record measured f. Set spectrum analyzer scan width to 200 kHz, tun-
change for later ing stabilizer to on, and adjust frequency control
use) for center screen display.

STEP 6 dB
~1
3 dB
-- ATTEN - ATTEN -ATTEN - - - --- ANALYZER
(2.13) (2.5) (2.14) T
I
L RF AMPL
(2.10)
RF AMPL
(2.10)
A

Output Attenuator Acc7trrccy, E y u i p ~ n e ?Setup

~f
Figure 3
calibration verification 523-0768886 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

g. Set spectrum analyzer scan width to zero, video TI NOMINAL CHANGE FROM RDNG
filter to 10 kHz, and adjust fine frequency control RF OUTPUT AT -6-dB mW SETTING
for maximum vertical trace deflection. Using log LEVEL NOMINAL MIN/MAX
reference level attenuators, set reference level for (dB mW) (dB) LIMITS (dB)
center screen display.
h. Set TI rf output level and step attenuator to the
following settings and observe spectrum analyzer
display. Record change from reference in + or - -54 -53 to -55
values. (record TI cal-
culated change
for later use)
TI RF OUTPUT STEP ATTEN
LEVEL (2.5) SETTING j. Set step attenuator (2.5) to 40 dB and insert two rf
(dB m W) (dB) amplifiers (2.10) in measurement system a s shown
in figure 3.
k. Adjust spectrum analyzer log reference level
attenuators for center screen reference level on
display. Ensure that spectrum analyzer fine fre-
quency control is adjusted for maximum trace
deflection.
i. Determine if TI attenuator is within following 1. Set TI rf output level and step attenuator (2.5) to
tolerances using following equation: the following settings and record change in spec-
t r u m analyzer display. Record change f r o m
TI attenuator change = A +B- C reference in +or - values.
Where: TI RF STEP ATTEN
OUTPUT LEVEL SETTING
A = Recorded TI rf output level change from -6 (dB mW) (dB?
to -20 dB mW as recorded in step b.

B = Change in step attenuator from 40-dB

reference setting (derived from special
calibration data on step attenuator).

C = Recorded display difference from step h. m. Determine if TI attenuator is within following

For example, if the recorded TI rf output level
change from -6 to -20 dB mW is -13.9 dB mW, the
change in step attenuator from the 40-dB reference
setting is -10.3 dB, and the recorded display
difference is -0.5, the TI attenuator change is
calculated a s follows:
tolerances, using the same equation that is shown
in step i except for the following changes:
A = Recorded TI rf output level change from
-6 to -60 dB mW as recorded in step i.
B = Recorded display difference from step 1.

TI attenuator change = -13.9 + (-10.3) - (-0.5) CHANGE FROM RDNG

TI attenuator change = -23.7 dB TI NOMINAL AT -6-dB mW SETTING
R F OUTPUT
LEVEL NOMINAL MIN/MAX
TI NOMINAL CHANGE FROM RDNG (dB mW) (dB) LIMITS (dB)
RF OUTPUT AT -6-dB mW SETTING
LEVEL NOMINAL MIN/MAX
(dB m W) (dB) LIMITS (dB)

n. Disconnect test equipment from TI.

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 calibration verification 523-0768886

4.2.6 Modulation Tones Frequency Accuracy RF MAX

FREQ TONE LEVEL DISTN
pz-1 (MHz)
- - (Hz) (%Mod) (%)

Since all of the audio tones are derived from 108.10 90

the same reference crystal, only the frequen-
cy accuracy of one tone is measured. 108.10 90

a. Connect frequency counter (2.7) to TI AUX output

on rear panel.
b. Set TI output frequency to 108.00 MHz and
measure period of 30-Hz reference signal. Fre-
quency counter must indicate between 33331.67 108.10 1020 (ident) 30 <0.5
and 33335.00 ps (30.0015 and 29.9985 Hz). (fixed)
c. Disconnect frequency counter from TI.
108.00 30-Hz ref 30 <0.25
4.2.7 Modulation Tones Distortion (measured a t TI (fixed)
AUX output)
4.2.7.1 Audio
a. Connect distortion analyzer (2.6) to TI COMP out- 108.00 30-Hz var 30 <0.25
put on rear panel.
b. Set TI for output frequencies and tones listed 108.00 30-Hz var 9 <1.0
below and measure their distortion. Measured dis-
tortion must be less than limit specified. All tones
are available a t the TI COMP output except the 30-
Hz reference. The 30-Hz reference is available a t
the TI AUX output whenever any VOR channel is
selected. 108.00 1020 (ident) 30 <0.5
(fixed)
To obtain all tones except AUX audio:
1. Select listed rf frequency.. 108.00 14000 (AUX 30 <1.0
2. Press TI TONE SELECT key required to obtain audio)
tone to be measured or to delete unwanted
tones. 108.00 14000 (AUX 9 <2.0
3. Set listed modulation level. Audio)
To obtain AUX audio tones: 108.00 3000 (AUX 9 <2.0
1. Select listed rf frequency. audio)
2. Delete unwanted tones using TONE SELECT
keys. c. Disconnect distortion analyzer from TI
3. Press TI FUNCTION/CONTROL VAR FREQ
key. 4.2.8 VOR Tones
4. Press TI TONE SELECT 1020/AUX key.
5. Set listed AUX audio tone frequency. 4.2.8.1 Functional Operation
6. Press 5% MOD key.
7. Press 1020/AUX key. a. Set TI frequency to 108.00 MHz.
8. Set listed modulation level. b. Press T/F U/L D/R key. RDL/DDM/MOD FROM
indicator must turn off and TO indicator must
RF MAX turn on.
FREQ TONE LEVEL DISTN c. Press STD key. RDL/DDM/MOD TO indicator
(MHz)
- (Hz)
- (%Mod) -
- (%) must turn off and FROM indicator must turn on.
d. Press STEP ARDL ADDM key. RDL/DDM/MOD
indication must increase 30".
e. Press + l o 0 STEP key. RDL/DDM/MOD indica-
tion must increase 10".

Revised 15 October 1980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
calibration verification 523-0768886

f. Press -10" STEP key. RDL/DDM/MOD indication a t the end of the fifth cycle would be 48.5 ps
must decrease 10". f 5 % (or f 2 . 4 ps).
g. Press and hold +I key. RDL/DDM/MOD indica-
tion must increase. Release key. a. Connect oscilloscope (2.8) channel 1 vertical input
h. Press and hold key. RDL/DDM/MOD indica- to TI COMP output on rear panel, and make the
tion must decrease. Release key. following instrument settings:
i. Press RDL/DDM key and enter 123.45 on DATA
ENTRY keys. Press DATA ENTRY ENTER key.
RDL/DDM/MOD display must indicate 123.45".
j. Press STD key. RDL/DDM/MOD display must in- CONTROL SETTING
dicate 000.00".
k. Press DATA ENTRY-f key. Key must light. FREQUENCY 108.00 MHz
1. Sequentialljr press DATA ENTRY 30°, 120°, 210°,
and 330" keys. RDL/DDM/MOD display must cor- TONE SELECT 9960 FM only
respond with selected degree. (30 Hz VAR off)
m. Press STD key. RDL/DDM/MOD display must
indicate 000.00". 2. Oscilloscope (2.8)

I Note 1 CONTROL SETTING

Performance of paragraph 4.2.8.2, 9960-FM Vertical mode Channel 1

deviation functional verification, ensures Coupling Ac
that the 9960-Hz signal is being frequency Volts/division 1
modulated i 4 8 0 Hz within f 5%. Due to TI Horizontal display A intensified
VOR digital circuit design, if TI meets the Time/division A 0.1 ms
requirements of this test, the 9960-FM Time/division B 5 PS
deviation will be within the 480 f 2-Hz A trigger mode Automatic
tolerance. However, if a computing counter A coupling Ac
is available, it is recommended t h a t the A source Channel 1
deviation verification procedure described in A trigger slope +
paragraph 4.3.4 be performed to provide an B coupling Ac
accurate measurement of the 9960-FM B source Start after delay
deviation, instead of the function verifica-
tion described in paragraph 4.2.8.2. b. Center oscilloscope trace vertically and adjust A
trigger level for trace triggered a t zero crossing of
4.2.8.2 9960-FM Deviation, Functional displayed signal.
Verijica t i o n c. Using delay time positioning control, adjust inten-
sified area of trace to cover end of fifth cycle.
I Note I d. Depress horizontal display B delayed; jitter a t end
of fifth cycle should now be displayed on scope.
The procedure outlined in this step uses a For TI 9960-Hz signal to be deviating f 480 Hz
scope to view the end of the fifth cycle of the f 5% or better, width of jitter must be between
9960-Hz frequency modulated signal. The 46.1 and 50.9 ps.
width of the jitter a t the end of the fifth cy- e. Disconnect scope from TI.
cle is proportional to the amount of 9960-Hz
FM deviation. The 9960-Hz signal deviating 4.2.8.3 Radial ..lccuracy
f480 Hz varies between the two frequencies
of 9480 and 10 440 Hz, with periods of
105.485 and 95.785 ps. The time for five
cycles of 10 440 Hz is 5 x 95.785 ps (or 478.925 The TI radial specification for the composite
ps) and the time for five cycles of 9480 Hz is VOR signal ( f0.01" before modulation and
5 x 105.485 ps (or 527.425 ps). The difference f 0.05" after demodulation of the rf signal) is
between these two time intervals is 48.5 ps referenced to the accuracy of the VOR bear-
(527.425 - 478.925 ps = 48.5 ps). For a 9960- ing standard used to calibrate the signal.
Hz signal with f480 Hz f 5% FM, the jitter This specification means the TI will change
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
not more t h a n t h i s specified a m o u n t
between calibration intervals with respect to
the standard used. The TI absolute radial ac-
curacy, therefore, is f 0 . 0 1 " (audio) o r
f0.05" (demodulated rf audio) plus the ac-
curacy of the VOR bearing standard used for
calibration. The TI was set a t the factory
during manufacture for 0.00" measured
radial error a t the TI COMP output and
verified to measure less than f 0.05" error a t
the DEMOD output using a Collins 478A-3
Zifor. This VOR standard is specified to be
within f 0.01" a t VOR zero and to f 0.02" a t
all other radials referenced to a standard
Collins 478A-3 Zifor which is maintained by
Rockwell-Collins Avionics M e t r o l o g y
Department a s an absolute VOR standard.
A problem occurs in trying to verify the ac-
curacy of the TI a t the end of the TI cycle
rate period, due to the accuracy of available
VOR bearing standards. The following
situations exist:
1. If the same VOR standard (same model
and serial number) is used, the TI may be
expected to agree with the standard
within f 0.01" (audio) a n d f 0 . 0 5 "
(demodulated rf audio).
2. If a like model VOR standard is used, but
a different serial number, the TI can be
expected to agree only within the ac-
curacy of the standard times 2, plus 0.01"
(audio) or 0.05" (demodulated rf audio).
3. If a different model of VOR standard is
used, the TI can be expected to agree only
within the sum of the tolerances of the
two standards, plus 0.01" (audio) or 0.05"
(demodulated rf audio).
This procedure was written assuming the
same model of standard would be used to
verify the TI that was used for initial
calibration (Collins 4784-3 Zifor); therefore,
the preceding situation 2 applies. If this is
not the case, appropriate tolerances may be
substituted in the procedure. After verifica-
tion of the incoming TI status, the procedure
gives instructions to set the TI for 0.00"
measured VOR error a t the discretion of the
user. The TI accuracy after calibration will
then be that of the user's VOR bearing stan-
dard.
calibration verification 523-0768886
a. Connect VOR bearing standard (2.9) to TI COMP
output on rear panel.
b. Set TI to 108.00 MHz with radial setting of FROM
000.00" and with both 30 Hz VAR and 9960 FM on.
c. Obtain a reading of 000.00" on VOR bearing stan-
dard by stepping TI bearing in + or - 0.01" in-
crements.
d. TI RDL/DDM/MOD radial indication must be
within the accuracy of the VOR bearing standard
multiplied by 2, plus f 0.01".
e. Connect VOR bearing standard to TI DEMOD out-
put on rear panel.
f. Obtain a heading of 000.00" on VOR bearing stan-
dard by stepping TI reading in + or - 0.01" in-
crements.
g. TI RDL/DDM/MOD radial indication must be
within the accuracy of the VOR bearing standard
multiplied by 2, plus f 0.05".
Perform steps h through s only if VOR bear-
ing 0" adjustment is required. This adjust-
ment is a t the discretion of the user.
h. Press TI POWER switch, and release to OFF posi-
tion.
i. Remove two screws from each side and six screws
from bottom of signal generator that secure dust
cover, and slide dust cover off of signal generator.
Refer to figure 1 in the maintenance section for
dust cover screw locations.
j. Press TI POWER switch to the ON position.
k. Connect OR bearing standard to TI COMP output
on rear panel, and set TI rf frequency to 108.00
MHz (VOR mode).
1. Obtain a heading of 000.00" on the VOR bearing
standard by adjusting TI VOR zero adjustment
potentiometer A2A2R8 (identified a s R8 on left
side of modulator bracket).
m. Connect VOR bearing standard to TI DEMOD
output on rear panel.
n. Obtain a heading of 000.00" on VOR bearing stan-
dard by stepping TI bearing in + or - 0.01" in-
crements.
o. TI RDL/DDM/MOD radial indication must in-
dicate 0.00" f 0.05".
p. Press TI POWER switch and release to OFF posi-
tion.
q. Disconnect VOR bearing standard from TI.
r. Install signal generator dust cover and secure with
two screws on each side and six screws on the bot-
tom.
s. Press TI POWER switch to ON position.
calibration verification 523-0768886 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

I Note / tion factor noted in step z from the phasemeter

indications.
If VOR bearing standard used cannot
measure tracking, a phase meter may be
used to measure phase difference between TI TI RADIAL VOR BEARING STANDARD
30-Hz reference and 30-Hz variable VOR INDICATION INDICATION ( "1
tones. This check is limited; it does not check ("1 -
MIN MAX
the composite signal. However, because of
the method used to generate these signals, it
is felt to be adequate. This alternate check
begins a t step x.

t. Connect VOR bearing standard (2.9) to TI COMP

output on rear panel. If TI was not adjusted for 0"
(steps h through s), perform step u; if adjustment
was made, perform step v.
u. Set the TI to the radial indications listed below.
The reading on the VOR bearing standard must be
between the limits specified'(V0R bearing stan-
dard accuracy x 2, plus f 0.01").

ab. Disconnect test equipment from TI.

TI RADIAL VOR BEARING STANDARD
INDICATION INDICATION (") 4.2.9 Localizer DDIM
(", -
MIN MAX
4.2.9.1 Functional Operation

a. Set TI FREQUENCY to 108.10 MHz.

Proceed to paragraph 4.2.9.
v. For the radials listed in step u above, the reading
on the VOR bearing standard must not exceed
f0.03".
w. Proceed to paragraph 4.2.9.
x. Connect phasemeter (2.15) reference input to TI
COMP output on rear panel, and test input to TI
AUX output.
y. Press TI STD key and delete 9960 FM signal.
z. Note phasemeter indication a s a reference correc-
tion factor for measuring VOR tracking.
aa. Set TI to radial indications listed below and
delete 9960 FM signal after each radial change.
Algebraically add phasemeter indications and
reference correction factor noted in step z.
Corrected phasemeter indications must be within
limits specified. Subtract the phasemeter correc-
b. Repeatedly press STEP ARDL ADDM key.
RDL/DDM/MOD indication must increase from
0.000 in following steps: 0.046, 0.093, 0.155, and
0.200.
c. Press and hold key. RDL/DDM/MOD indica-
tion must decrease. Release key.
d. Press and hold +I key. RDL/DDM/MOD indica-
tion must increase. Release key.
e. Press RDL/DDM key and enter 0.400 on DATA
ENTRY keys. Press DATA ENTRY ENTER key.
RDL/DDM/MOD display must indicate 0.400
DDM.
f. Press T / F U/L D/R key. RDL/DDM/MOD
U/L(150 Hz) indicator must turn off and D/R(90
Hz) indicator must turn on.
g. Press STD key. RDL/DDM/MOD D/R(90 Hz) in-
dicator must turn off and U/L(150 Hz) indicator
must turn on.
4.2.10 Glideslope DDlll
I Note I
Since the DDM's are generated digitally and
do not depend on the accuracy ratio of preci-
sion resistors, only the glideslope DDM's are
verified.
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
4.2.10.1 Functional Operation
a. Set TI FREQUENCY to 335.00 MHz.
b. Repeatedly press S T E P ARDL ADDM key.
RDL/DDM/MOD indication must increase from
0.000 DDM in following steps: 0.045, 0.091, 0.175,
and 0.400.
c. Press and hold key. RDL/DDM/MOD indica-
tion must decrease. Release key.
d. Press and hold -1 key. RDL/DDM/MOD indica-
tion must increase. Release key.
e. Press RDL/DDM key and enter 0.800 on DATA
ENTRY keys. Press DATA ENTRY ENTER key.
RDL/DDM/MOD display must indicate 0.800
DDM.
f. Press T / F U/L D/R key. RDL/DDM/MOD
U/L(150 Hz) indicator must turn off and D/R(90
Hz) indicator must turn on.
g. Press STD key. RDL/DDM/MOD D/R(90 Hz) in-
dicator must turn off and U/L(150 Hz) indicator
must turn on.
4.2.10.2 On-Course Accuracy
a. Connect true rms differential voltmeter (2.3) to TI
COMP output on rear panel.
b. Measure and record 90- and 150-Hz tone levels for
0.000 DDM setting. Delete undesired tone on
TONE SELECT keys. The calculated voltage ratio
must be within 0.99975 and 1.00025 (1.00000
nominal).
c. Connect true rms differential voltmeter (2.3) to TI
DEMOD output on rear panel.
d. Measure and record 90- and 150-Hz tone levels for
0.000 DDM. Delete undesired tone on TONE
SELECT keys. Divide the measured value of one
tone by the other to determine voltage ratio. The
calculated voltage ratio must be between 0.99745
and 1.00255 (1.00000 nominal).
e. Disconnect true rms differential voltmeter from
TI.
4.2.10.3 Ojj-Course Tracking Accuracy
a. Connect resistive divider (2.16) input to TI COMP
output on rear panel.
b. Connect true rms differential voltmeter (2.3) to
resistive divider output.
c. Delete 150-Hz tone.
d. Measure and record 90-Hz tone levels for 0.045-,
0.400-, 0.750-, and 0.790-DDM settings.
e. Add 150-Hz tone and delete 90-Hz tone.
f. Measure and record 150-Hz tone levels for 0.045-,
0.400-, 0.750-, and 0.790-DDM settings.
calibration verification 523-0768886
g. Calculate voltage ratio by dividing 150-Hz tone by
90-Hz tone level for each DDM setting. The
calculated voltage ratios must be within limits
specified below.
DDM LIMITS
(UP/
DOWN) NOMINAL -
MIN MAX
h. Set DDM to 0.045 and press TI FUNCTION/
CONTROL - T/F U/L D/R key.
i. Measure and record 90- and 150-Hz tone levels for
0.045-, 0.400-, 0.750-, and 0.790-DDM settings.
Record level for both 90- and 150-Hz tones a t each
DDM setting before proceeding to next DDM set-
ting. The 90- and 150-Hz tones are added and
deleted through TONE SELECT keys.
j. Calculate voltage ratio by dividing 90-Hz tone level
by 150-Hz tone level. Voltage ratio must be within
limits specified in step g.
k. Disconnect test equipment from TI.
Two methods are available for measuring
the AM modulation of the TI to the required
accuracy. The first method, beginning a t
paragraph 4.2.11.1, uses a modulation meter
(2.17) and distortion analyzer (2.6) to
measure both amplitude modulation and rf
distortion.
In case the modulation meter is unavailable,
an alternate procedure using a spectrum
analyzer (2.1) is provided. The alternate
procedure, however, cannot verify rf distor-
tion levels. This a l t e r n a t e procedure
preliminary operation begins a t paragraph
4.2.11.2.
4.2.11.1 AM Modulation a n d RF Distortion
Calibration Verification (Using a
Modulation M e t e r )
a. Connect,the equipment a s shown in figure 4.
b. Make the following instrument settings:
calibration verification 523-0768886 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

MODULATION DISTORTION
TI METER (2.17) ANALYZER
-R F I N AUDIO O U T
-12.6)
TP5-5477-011

.4M .\fOtili 1ntio)r rrird RF L1i.s tortiotr, Equipnreit t Setrip No I , lisiicg Modriltr tioii .tfrtr'r
Fig 11 re 4

CONTROL SETTING
CONTROL SETTING Range 100
FREQUENCY 113.70 MHz Function % AM
RF LEVEL -6 dBmW Level control Fully ccw (in detent)
TONE SELECT 30 Hz VAR c. Modulation meter must indicate between 29.3 and
7r MOD 30% 30.7% modulation.
2. Modulation Meter d. Measure distortion of the demodulated rf signal
with the distortion analyzer. The measured distor-
CONTROL SETTING tion must be <1.0%.
Tuning Auto e. Repeat steps c and d selecting TI rf frequencies,
High pass (Hz) 10 modulating tones, and AM levels listed below. Note
Low pass/deemphasis Out (low pass (kHz))/l5 the filter settings on the modulation meter. The
Peak PK-PK modulation levels and distortions measured must
2 meet the limits specified.

TI FREQ MODULATING AM MODULATION METER MEASURED MEASURED

(MHz) TONE MOD MODULATION DISTORTION
(Hz) (%) RANGE LOW-PASS LIMITS (5%) (%)
FILTER
(kHz) MIN MAX

113.70 30 Hz VAR 5 10 15 4.75 5.25 <1.5

113.70 9960 30 100 120 29.3 30.7 < 1.5
113.70 9960 5 10 120 4.75 5.25 <2.0
113.70 1020 (ident) 30 100 15 29.3 30.7 <1.0
113.70 3000 (AUX audio) 30 100 15 28.5 31.5 <2.0
113.70 14000 (AUX audio) 35 100 120 32.6 37.4 <3.0
110.10 90 20 10 15 19.50 *20.50 <1.0
110.10 90 5 10 15 4.75 5.25 <1.5
110.10 150 20 10 15 19.50 *20.50 <1.0
110.10 150 40 100 15 38.0 42.0 <1.5
110.10 1020 (ident) 30 100 15 29.3 30.7 <1.0
110.10 4000 (AUX audio) 30 100 15 28.5 31.5 <1.5
110.10 4000 (AUX audio) 5 10 15 4.65 5.35 <3.0
332.15 90 40 100 15 39.0 41.0 <1.2
332.15 90 10 10 15 9.50 10.50 <3.0
332.15 150 40 100 15 39.0 41.0 <1.2
332.15 150 80 100 15 76.0 84.0 <3.0
332.15 1000 (AUX audio) 30 100 15 28.5 31.5 <2.0
75.00 400 95 100 15 90.3 99.7 <4.0
75.00 1300 95 100 15 90.3 99.7 .<4.0
75.00 3000 95 100 15 90.3 99.7 <4.0
75.00 100 (AUX audio) 97 100 15 90.2 100.0 <4.0
75.00 100 (AUX audio) 15 10 15 13.95 *16.05 <5.0

*Modulation meter range 10%;disregard overrange indication.

26 Revised 15 October 1.980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 calibration verification 523-0 768886

f. Connect the equipment a s shown in figure 5.
g. Set TI rf frequency to 332.00 MHz and delete the
90-Hz modulating tone.
h. Record the 150-Hz signal level indication on the
differential voltmeter.
i. Delete the 150-Hz modulating tone.
j. Connect audio oscillator (2.18) to TI EXT MOD in-
put.
k. Set audio oscillator to produce a 150-Hz signal 2
times the value recorded in step h a t the TI
DEMOD output a s measured on differential
voltmeter.
1. Modulation meter must indicate between 75 and
85% AM.
m. Increase audio oscillator level to produce 90%
modulation as measured on the modulation
meter.
n. Distortion analyzer must indicate <4% distortion.
o. Oscilloscope signal display must not show clipping
a t positive or negative peaks.
p. Disconnect test equipment from TI. (This com-
pletes the periodic calibration verification.
Proceed to step 4.3.)

MODULATION
TI
METER (2.17)
RF AUDIO
OEMOD 8LT IN OUT

OSCl LLOSCOPE DISTORTION

(2.8) ANALYZER (2.6)

AM Modulation ctnd RF Distort~on,Equipment Setup No 2, Uszng Modulaflo~zMeter

Figure 5

4.2.11.2 AM Modulation Calibration Vpeak 1.414 Vrms

Verification Procedure (Using x 100, or dc x 100
V dc
a Spectrum Analyzer) .
If V dc = 0.2828, then percent
modulation =
A spectrum analyzer is used a s a linear
detector in the zero scan mode to detect the
AM modulated m a r k e r beacon, VOR,
localizer, and glideslope rf signals. The For the relationship of percent of
detected ac and dc signals from the spectrum modulation
analyzer vertical output are measured with
a true rms voltmeter and dc dvm to deter- applicable using the spectrum
mine percent of modulation. The spectrum analyzer, its vertical output dc voltage
analyzer used must be linear and the vertical must be set to -282.8 mV plus its ver-
output dc offset voltage (V dc) must be tical output dc offset voltage.
known.
Performance of the following procedure en-
Explanation: sures spectrum analyzer linearity to be ade-
quate and determines its vertical output dc
Percent modulation calculated from offset voltage for later use in measuring AM
a detected rf signal = modulation.
calibration verification 523-0768886 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

SPECTRUM
10 d B STEP 10 d B ANALYZER
SIG GEN ATTEN ATTEN ATTEN (2.1) Ol FF
(2.11) (2.12)' (2.5) (2.12)- ViRT OUT VOLTMETER
(2.3)

Spectninz Analyzer Linearity Check, Equipment Setup

Figure 6

a. Connect equipment as shown in figure 6 and make b. Adjust spectrum analyzer frequency and linear
the following instrument settings: sensitivity controls for center screen display of 30-
MHz signal.
-
1. Signal Generator (2.11) c. Set spectrum analyzer tuning stabilizer to on, scan
width to zero, and adjust frequency controls for
CONTROL SETTING peak amplitude indication (maximum dc voltage
indication on dvm). Maintain peaked condition
Frequency 30.0 MHz during this procedure.
o u t p u t level +7 dB mW
AM Off I Note I
FM Off
Record all voltages in steps d, e, and f to the
2. Step Attenuator (2.5) nearest tenth millivolt.

CONTROL SETTING d. Adjust spectrum analyzer sensitivity control for a

200 f1-mV dc indication on dvm. Record 200 f1-
Attenuation 20 dB mV indication as V1.
e. Set step attenuator (2.5) to 30 dB and record dvm
3. Digital Voltmeter (2.2) indication as V2.
f. Set step attenuator (2.5) to 10 dB and record dvm
CONTROL SETTING indication as V3.
g. Calculate VOFF 1 and VOFF 2 as follows:
Function Dc volts
Range 2

4. Spectrum Analyzer (2.1)

CONTROL SETTING

Frequency 30 MHz
Tuning stabilizer Off
andw width 300 kHz
Scan width 200 kHz/division
Input attenuation 10 dB Where:
Scan time 2 ms/division
Linear sensitivity 2 mV/division VoFF 1 = Offset voltage no 1
Vertical sensitivity Linear
Video filter Off VOFF 2 = Offset voltage no 2
Scan mode Internal
Scan trigger Automatic
Display controls As required V1 = Recorded voltage no 1 (20-dB setting)
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
calibration verification 523-0768886

V2 = Recorded voltage no 2 (30-dB setting)

V3 = Recorded voltage no 3 (10-dB setting) CONTROL SETTING

FREQUENCY 113.70 MHz

R1 = Voltage ratio derived from calibration data
on step attenuator from 20- to 30-dB step R F LEVEL 23 -dBmW
dB
(voltage ratio = antilog )20 .
TONE SELECT 30 Hz VAR
R2 = Voltage ratio derived from calibration data (9960 FM off)
on step attenuator from 10- to 20-dB step
(voltage ratio = antilog g). % MOD 30%

2. Digital Voltmeter (2.2)

For example:
Function Dc volts
Range 2

3. Spectrum Analyzer (2.1)

CONTROL SETTING

Frequency 113.7 MHz

Tuning stabilizer Off
R1 = 3.162311 (10.00 dB) Bandwidth 300 kHz
Scan width 200 kHz/division
Input attenuation 10 dB
R2 = 3.1732/1 (10.03 dB)
Scan time 2 mddivision
Linear sensitivity 2 mV/division
Vertical sensitivity Linear
Video filter Off
Scan mode Internal
Scan trigger Automatic
Display controls As required

h. Spectrum analyzer linearity is adequate for c. Adjust spectrum analyzer frequency and linear
amplitude modulation calibration verification sensitivity controls for center screen display of
procedure and measurements if VOFF 1 equals 113.70-MHz signal.
VOFF 2 within f2 mV. d. Set spectrum analyzer tuning stabilizer to on, scan
i. Determine average of VOFF 1 and VOFF 2 and width to zero, and adjust frequency controls for
record as VOFF for later use. Calculate VOFF us-
ing the following equation:
SPECTRUM
ANALYZER I ' DlFF
ATTEN (2.1)
(2.12) VERT OUT VOLTMETER
(2.3)

For example:

4.2.11.3 AM Modulation Calibration

Verijication Procedure
AM Modulation. Equipmerit Setup
a. Connect TI to test equipment a s shown in figure 7. No I , Usixg Spectrum At~alyzer
b. Make the following instrument settings: Figure 7
calibration verification 523-0768886 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

peak amplitude indication (maximum dc voltage TI MODULATING AM MEASURED

indication on dvm). Maintain peaked condition FREQ TONE MOD LIMITS (96)
during remainder of procedure. (MHz) (Hz) (10) MIN MAX
e. Adjust spectrum analyzer linear sensitivity con-
trol for voltage equal to -282.8 mV + VOFF Use 9960
value for VOFF determined in paragraph 4.2.11.2, 14000 (AUX audio)
step i. 90
150
For example: 1020 (ident)
4000 (AUX audio)
Spectrum analyzer output voltage (VOFF) 90
90
150
150
1300
1300

f. Measure ac level with t r u e r m s differential i. Connect test equipment as shown in figure 8.

voltmeter.
g. TI percent of modulation equals V rms x 100.
0.2
Measured modulation must be between 29.25 and
30.75%.
h. Repeat steps b through g selecting TI output fre-
quencies, modulating tones, and AM levels listed
below. Measured modulation levels m u s t be
between limits specified.
The modulation level output for the 1020-Hz
ident tone is always 30 percent, regardless of
the TI modulation display indication.
j. Set TI rf frequency to 332.00 MHz and delete 90-Hz
modulating tone.
k. Record the 150-Hz signal level a t the TI DEMOD
output indicated on the differential voltmeter.
1. Delete the 150-Hz modulating tone.
m. Connect audio oscillator (2.18) to TI EXT MOD in-
put.
n. Set audio oscillator to produce a 150-Hz signal 2
times the value recorded in step k a t the TI
DEMOD output a s measured on differential
voltmeter.
o. Repeat steps b through g. Measured modulation
must be between 75 and 8510. Spectrum analyzer
must not indicate clipping on the signal peaks.
p. Disconnect test equipment from TI.

TI 10 dB SPECTRUM
RF
ATTEN ANALYZER VERT
DEMOD OUT (2.12) (2.1)
OUT OUT

1 DFF
VOLTMETER (2.3)
I DVM (2.2)

AM M o d u l ( l t i o ~Equipment
~, Setup No 2, Using Spectrv nr A ~ a i y t e r
Figure 8
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 calibration verification 523-0768886

4.3 Supplemental Calibration Verification tion. If the sideband noise specification of

Procedures the signal generator being used as a local os-
cillator is not known or specified, replace the
TI with a signal generator identical to the
local oscillator and measure their combined
Performance of these procedures is required output noise a t the stated test frequencies.
only if a problem is suspected, or after For the signal generator to be acceptable for
repair, a t the discretion of the user. use, the measured sideband noise of the two
signal generators must be 10 dB less than
4.3.1 Spurious Signals the TI noise specification. Measurements on
the H P 8640B indicate t h a t it is a n accep-
a. Set TI rf frequency to 75.00 MHz and output level table signal generator for use a s a local os-
to -50 dB mW. cillator.
b. Select appropriate notch filter (2.23) and connect
filter between TI R F OUT connector and spectrum a. Make the following instrument settings:
analyzer rf input.
c. Adjust spectrum analyzer to display 75.00-MHz TI
signal with notch filter set to any frequency
greater than 10 MHz on either side of the 75.00- CONTROL SETTING
MHz signal.
d. Set spectrum analyzer display to establish a FREQUENCY 108.000 MHz
reference level. R F LEVEL 10 -dBmW
e. Tune notch filter for maximum rejection of 75.00- TONE SELECT No keys lit
MHz signal.
f. Set TI rf output level to -10 dB mW. 2. Signal Generator (2.11)
g. Tune spectrum analyzer across its operating fre-
quency range and observe display. All nonhar- CONTROL SETTING
monic related signals must be greater than 40 dB
below the reference level established in step d. Frequency 118.020 MHz
This level equates to greater than 80 dB below the Output level +7 dB mW
-10-dB mW TI rf output level. AM Off
h. Repeat steps a through g for several VOR, FM Off
localizer, and glideslope frequencies. Refer to table
3 for a list of the available frequencies. 3. Step Attenuator (2.5)
i. Disconnect test equipment from TI.
CONTROL SETTING
4.3.2 Broadband Noise (SSB) and Close-In
Spurious Signals Attenuation 60 dB

4. Spectrum Analyzer (2.5)

The T I b r o a d b a n d noise a n d close-in CONTROL SETTING

spurious signals are measured by using a
notch filter to reject the mixed down TI fun- Frequency 10.0 MHz
damental frequency and pass the TI side- Tuning stabilizer Off
band noise. This technique is used rather Bandwidth 30 kHz
than viewing the signal directly on the spec- Scan width 0.5 MHz/division
trum analyzer due to the analyzer sideband Input attenuation 0 dB
noise specification not being adequate. Scan time 5 ms
Log reference level -50 dB mW
I Note 1 Vertical sensitivity 10 dB/division
Video filter Off
Performance of this test assumes the side- Scan mode Internal
band noise of the local oscillator (2.11) is Scan trigger Automatic
lower than the TI sideband noise specifica- Display controls As required
calibration verification 523-0768886 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

b. Connect test equipment as shown in figure 9. screen display and add 88.3 dB. Noise level
c. Adjust spectrum analyzer frequency control and measured must be within limits specified.
log reference level attenuators for center screen
display of 10.020-MHz if frequency. FREQ FROM MEASURED
d. Make the following spectrum analyzer control set- CENTER SCREEN NOISE LEVEL
tings: (kHz) (dB)

CONTROL SETTING

Tuning stabilizer On
Bandwidth 1kHz/division I Note I
Scan width 20 kHz/division
Scan time 10 s/division An explanation of the added 88.3-dB correc-
Video filter 10 Hz tion factor is a s follows:
Scan mode Manual
Display controls As required +60 dB - step attenuator value used to
establish reference level in step
e. Adjust spectrum analyzer manual scan, frequency e.
tune, and reference log attenuators for full-screen
amplitude display one division to right of center +30 dB - conversion from 1-kHz
screen. measurement bandwidth to 1-
f. Set signal generator (2.11) frequency to 118.00 Hz specification bandwidth (10
MHz. log 1000/1).
g. Set step attenuator (2.5) to 0 dB.
h. Set spectrum analyzer scan mode switch to single, -1.7 dB - Hewlett-Packard spectrum
and press s t a r t sweep pushbutton. Adjust analyzer correction factor for
analyzer display controls as required. noise measurements (see
i. Note the level down from full-screen reference Hewlett-Packard Application
(step e) of highest spurious signal that is greater Note 150-4).
than *15 kHz from center screen display, and add
60 dB. Signal level measured must be down more 88.3 dB - Total correction.
than 80 dB.
j. Note the level down from full-screen reference
(step e) of the highest average noise signal that is k. Set spectrum analyzer scan width to 50 kHz/divi-
greater than the following frequencies from center sion, and repeat steps h through j.

R
NOTCH SPECTRUM
MIXER STEP ATTEN RF AMPL ANALYZER
-
FILTER
(2.20) (2.5) (2.10)
(2.21) (2.I )
L

SIG GEN FREQUENCY

COUNTER
12.11)
(2.7)

Broadband Noise (SSB) and Close-in Spurious Signals, Equipment Setup

Figure 9
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
1. Repeat steps a through k, setting signal generator
(2.11) for appropriate offset frequencies for TI
marker beacon frequency of 75.000 MHz. Noise
level measured in step k greater than f40 kHz
from carrier must be down greater than 115 dB.
m. Repeat steps a through k, omitting step j, and set-
ting signal generator (2.11) for appropriate offset
frequencies for TI glideslope frequency of 335.000
MHz. Note the level down from full-screen
reference of the highest average noise signal that
is greater than the following frequencies from
center screen display, and add 88.3 dB. Noise level
measured must be within limits specified below.
FREQ FROM MEASURED
CENTER SCREEN NOISE LEVEL
(kHz) (dB)
n. Disconnect test equipment from TI.
4.3.3 ILS Phase (901150-Hz Composite Signal
I Note 1 phase is between 58 and 62" rather than
0" phase difference between the 90- and 150-
Hz waveforms is defined a s the point where
both waveforms pass through zero in the
same direction a t the same time. The TI
tolerance is the amount of deviation from
the in-phase condition just described,
specified in terms of 150-Hz degrees. The TI
phase difference between the two tones is
normally fixed a t 0°, but can be selected to
be 60".
I Note I
The phase difference between the 90- and
150-Hz signals is verified to be within
tolerance a t 0 and 60" by measuring
amplitude levels a t selected points of the
composite signal with an oscilloscope. The
peak amplitude level of the composite signal
a t any point in time may be determined from
the following formula:
Where:
A1 = peak amplitude of 150-Hz signal
calibration verification 523-0768886
A2 = peak amplitude of 90-Hz signal
4 = phase difference between the two signals
a s defined in first note
t = time
An analysis of this equation for various
periods of time and signal phase differences
shows the following composite waveform
amplitude characteristics:
1. The voltage difference between the peaks
of the waveforms a s shown in figures 11
and 12 to be 0 V if the amplitudes of the
two signals are 1-V rms, and if they have
0" phase shift a s defined in the first note;
30 mV if the amplitudes of the two signals
are 1-V rms, and if the 150-Hz tone leads
or lags the 90-Hz tone by 1" rather than
0" a s defined in the first note.
2. The voltage peak of the waveform a s
shown in figure 13 to be between 370 and
418 mV if the amplitudes of the two
signals are 1V rms, and if the 150-Hz tone
60" as defined in the first note.
a. Set TI output frequency to 108.3 MHz and delete
90-Hz modulation tone.
b. Connect true rms differential voltmeter (2.3) to TI
COMP o u t p u t on r e a r panel a n d m e a s u r e
amplitude of 150-Hz tone. Record amplitude.
c. Add 90-Hz modulation tone and delete 150-Hz
modulation tone.
d. Measure amplitude of 90-Hz tone and record
amplitude.
e. Compare recorded amplitude of 90-Hz modulation
tone with recorded amplitude of 150-Hz modula-
tion tone. Amplitude must be equal within 0.5 mV.
Record amplitude of 90-Hz tone (record voltage a s
a fraction of a volt to the nearest 0.001 V). The
recorded voltage will be used later in the procedure
a s a correction factor.
f. Connect oscilloscope (2.8) to TI COMP output on
rear panel.
g. Make the following equipment settings:
CONTROL SETTING
FREQUENCY 108.3 MHz
TONE SELECT 90 Hz, 150 Hz
calibration verification 523-0768886 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

2. Oscilloscope (2.8) k. Measure amplitude of waveform peak as shown in

figures 12 and 13. Record this value.
CONTROL SETTING 1. Disconnect oscilloscope input from TI and connect
to oscilloscope calibrator output. Do not change os-
Coupling Dc cilloscope vertical volts/division setting. Note any
deflection factor error and correct waveform
Remainder As required measurement recorded in step k, if necessary.
of controls Record corrected waveform measurement.
m. Connect dvm (2.2) to TI COMP output on rear
h. Obtain oscilloscope trace and note level difference panel, and measure TI COMP output dc offset
between amplitude of the two waveform peaks as voltage. Algebraically subtract this voltage from
shown in figures 10 and 11. corrected waveform voltage recorded in step 1.
Record calculated voltage.
n. Multiply 370 and 418 by the correction factor
determined in step e. The product of these
calculations determines the waveform voltage
limits. The calculated voltage recorded in step m
must be between these limits.
o. Disconnect dvm from TI.

ILS Phase (90/150-Hz Composite

Signal), Waveform No 1
Figure 10

ILS Ph,ase (90/150-Hz Composite

Signal), Waveform No 2
Figure 12

ILS Phase (90/150-Hz Composite

Signal), Waveform No 1,
Expanded View
Figure 11

i. Multiply 30 mV by correction factor (amplitude of

90-Hz tone) determined in step e. Level difference
between the two waveform peaks noted in step h
must be less than this calculated value. ILS Phase (90/150-Hz Composite
j. Press TI DATA ENTRY f key. Key must light. Signal), Waveform No 2,
0 Expanded View
Press TI DATA ENTRY 600key. Figure 13
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 calibration verification 523-0 768886

TI
COMP 0 -
LOW- PASS F I L T E R ( 2 . 2 2 ) COMPUTING COUNTER (2.19)
0 A INPUT

9960-FM Diviation Verification, Equipment Setup

Figure 14

4.3.4 9960-FM Deviation Verification C. Depress H P 5375A MANUAL pushbutton.

d. Clear registers a, b, c, z, and y by pressing each of
a. Connect test equipment a s shown in figure 14. five REGISTER EXCHANGE keys followed by
b. Make the following instrument settings: CLEAR x.
e. Enter following program on H P 5375A keyboard:
1. TI

CONTROL
FREQUENCY
SETTING
108.00 MHz -
1. LEARN
2. MODULEA
10.
11.
-
IFx <b
b-x
TONE SELECT 9960 FM (30
3. a-x
4 . a x y'
12.
13.
REPEAT
a
-
Hz VAR off) 5. bx- -4 14.
6. xFER PROG 15. -(SUBTRACT)
2. H P 53608 Computing Counter (2.17)

CONTROL SETTING -
7. MODULE A
8. I F x > a
9. a-x
16.
17.
18.
DISPLAY x
RUN
START
CYCLE RATE MAX
DIGITS 5 f. Counter must indicate peak-to-peak 9960-FM
DISPLAYED deviation to be between 956 and 964 Hz.
EXT Depressed g. Disconnect computing counter from TI.

PUSHBUTTON 3 X 10 ps
MEASUREMENT TIME

3. H P 5365A Input Module 5. CALIBRATION VERIFICATION

CHECKLISTJDATA FORM
CONTROL SETTING
FUNCTION FREQUENCY Table 4 contains the recommended calibration
INPUT A verification checklist/data form. I t is suggested that
LEVEL PRESET copies of the form be made so that a calibration
SENSITIVITY X1 verification history can be compiled for each 479s-6A
COUPLING AC VOR/ILS Signal Generator. The forms in table 4 are
to be used as masters for making additional forms
4. H P 5375A Keyboard and are not to be used for recording calibration
verification information.
CONTROL SETTING
The form contains the preliminary operation or
REPEAT LOOP 1K calibration verification step with the function tested,
PAUSE SWITCHES OFF nominal result, and tolerances for each step requiring
MAIN-NORMAL-SUB NORMAL a checklist/data form entry.
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
calibration verification 523-0768886

Table 4. Recommended Calibration/Ve~ificationChecklist Data Form.

Collins 479s-6A VOR/ILS Signal G e n e r a t o r T e s t e d by

S e r i a l No Date

LIMITS MEASURED
PARA FUNCTION TESTED
VALUE
NOMINAL MINIMUM MAXIMUM

3 PRELIMINARY OPERATIONS

3.2 Turn-On Operation (J)

3.3 Self-Test Operation (J)

4 CALIBRATION VERIFICATION
PROCESS

4.2 P e r i o d i c Calibration Verification

Procedures

4.2.1 Frequency Range

a. M a r k e r beacon (4)
b. VOR (J)

c. Localizer (J)

d. Glideslope (J)
e. Localizer/glideslope paired (J)
frequencies

f. Communication (J)
4.2.2 Frequency A c c u r a c y

110.000 MHz 110.000000 MHz 109.999780 MHz 110.000220 MHz -(,/)

4.2.3 Frequency V e r n i e r

d. 108.000 MHz 108.000000 MHz 107.999500 MHL 108.000500 MHz (J)

e. Slow d e c r e a s e Decrease J
f. Fast decrease Decrease U)
Minimum r a n g e -
<107.95 MHz M H z

g. Slow i n c r e a s e Increase v)
h. Fast increase Increase (4
Maximum r a n g e 2108.05 MHz M H z

k. 335.000 MHz 35000.0 kHz 35000.0 kHz 35001.0 kHz k H z

m. 334.850 MHz 34850.0 kHz 34850.0 kHz 34850.2 kHz k H z

n. 334.850 MHz 334.850000 MHz 334.849800 MHz 334.850200 MHz M H z

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 calibration verification 523-0768886

Table 4. Recommeizded Calibr.ation/Ven:fication Checklist Data Form (Contl.

PARA FUNCTION TESTED LIMITS MEASURED

VALUE
NOMINAL MINIMUM MAXIMUM

4.2.4 ~armonics/SpuriousSignals

b. Marker beacon frequency

Harmonics >30 dBc dBc

No nonharmonic spurious (4
signals present. (If
present, r e f e r to para
4.3.1 for additional veri-
fication procedures .)

c. VOR frequencies

Harmonics >30 dBc d Bc

No nonharmonic spurious (4
signals present. (If
present, r e f e r to para
4.3.1.)

Localizer frequencies

Harmonics >30 dBc d B c

No nonharmonic spurious (4
signals present. (If
present, refer to para
4.3.1.)

Glideslope frequencies

Harmonics >25 dBc dBc

No nonharmonic spurious (4
signals present. (If
present, refer to para
4.3.1.)

4.2.5 R F Output Level

4.2.5.1 Functional Operation

b. R F LEVEL pV indication 700 pV Pv

R F LEVEL -dB mW indication 50 -dB mW --dB mW

c. Slow decrease 1-dB steps (4

d. Slow increase 1-dB steps (J)

e. Fast decrease 10-dB steps r4

f. Fast increase 10-dB steps 4
-
g. Rf off indications correct (4
h. Rf on indications correct (4
calibration verification 523-0768886 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

Tuble 4. Recomm,ended Calibration/Vmj?cation Checklist Data Form (Cont).

PARA FUNCTION TESTED LIMITS MEASURED

VALUE
NOMINAL MINIMUM MAXIMUM

4.2.5.2 Frequency Response

b. 74.60 MHz -6 dB mW -5.5 dB mW -6.5 dB mW d B mW

75.00 MHz -6 dB mW -5.5 dB mW -6.5 dB mW d B mW
75.40 MHz -6 dB mW -5.5 dB mW -6.5 dB mW d B mW
108.00 MHz -6 dB mW -5.5 dB mW -6.5 dB mW d B mW
110.00 MHz -6 dB mW -5.5 dB mW -6.5 dB mW d B mW
111.95 MHz -6 dB mW -5.5 dB mW -6.5 dB mW d B mW
114.00 MHz -6 dB mW -5.5 dB mW -6.5 dB mW d B mW
116.00 MHz -6 dB mW -5.5 dB mW -6.5 dB mW d B mW
117.95 MHz -6 dB mW -5.5 dB mW -6.5 dB mW d B mW
329.15 MHz -6 dB mW -5.5 dB mW -6.5 dB mW d B mW
331.10 MHz -6 dB mW -5.5 dB mW -6.5 dB mW d B mW
333.50 MHz -6 dB mW -5.5 dB mW -6.5 dB mW d B mW
335.00 MHz -6 dB mW -5.5 dB mW -6.5 dB mW d B mW

4.2.5.3 Output Attenuator Accuracy

(108.00 MHz)

b. Change from reading at -6-dB

m W setting

- 7 dB mW -1 dB 0 dB -2 dB -dB
-8 dB mW -2 dB -1 dB -3 dB dB
-10 dB mW -4 dB -3 dB -5 dB dB
-14 dB mW -8 dB -7 dB -9 dB I
dB
-20 dB mW -14 dB -13 dB -15 dB dB

h. Display difference. Record

change from reference in +
o r - value.

-30 dB mW dB
-40 dB mW dB
-50 dB mW dB
-60 dB mW dB

i. TI attenuator change from

-6 dB mW for -30- to -60-
dB mW rf output (TI
attenuator change =
A + B - C).

-30 dB mW -24 dB -23 dB -25 dB -dB

-40 dB mW -34 dB -33 dB -35 dB -dB
-50 dB mW -44 dB -43 dB -45 dB dB
-60 dB mW -54 dB -53 dB -55 dB -dB
1. Display difference. Record
change from reference in +
o r - value.

-70 dB m W dB
-80 dB mW -dB
-90 dB mW -dB
(Cont) -100 dB m W dB
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
calibration verification 523-0768886

T a b l ~I . Recommended Calibration/Verification Checklist Data For?/ (Cont)

PARA FUNCTION TESTED LIMITS MEASURED

VALUE
NOMINAL MINIMUM MAXIMUM

4.2.5.3
(Cont )

m. TI attenuator change from -6

dB mW for -70- to -100-dB
mUr rf outputs (TI attenuator
change = A + B - C).

-70 dB mW -64 dB -62 dB -66 dB dB

-80 dB mW -74 dB -72 dB -76 dB dB
-90 dB mW -84 dB -82 dB -86 dB dB
-100 dB mW -94 dB -92 dB -96 dB dB

4.2.6 Modulation Tones

Frequency Accuracy

b. 30-Hz reference signal 33333.33 ps 33331.67 ps 33335.00 ps Ps

(30.0000 Hz) (30.0015 Hz) (29.9985 H z ) (-Hz)

4.2.7 Modulation Tones Distortion

4.2.7.1 Audio

b. Tone distortion

75.00 MHz

3000 Hz 95% mod <1.0% %

3000 Hz 30% mod <l.O% %
108.10 MHz

90 Hz 20% mod <0.25% %

90 Hz 6% mod <l.O% %
150 Hz 20% mod <0.25% %
150 Hz 6% mod < 1.O% %
1020 Hz ident <0.5% %
108.00 MHz

30 Hz reference <0.25% %
30 Hz variable 30% mod '
<0.25% %
30 Hz variable 9% mod <l.O% %
9960 Hz 30% mod < 0.5% %
9960 Hz 9% mod <1.5% %
1020 Hz ident <0.5% %
14000 Hz AUX audio 30% mod <1.0% %
14000 Hz AUX audio 9% mod <2.0% %
3000 Hz AUX audio 9% mod <2.O% %
4.2.8 VOR Tones

4.2.8.1 Functional Operation

b. T/F

FROM indicator Off (4

(Cont) TO indicator On (4
calibration verification 523-0768886 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

Table 4. Recommertded Calibration/Verificatzon Cheekbst Data Form (Conti

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 calibration verification 523-0768886

Table 4. Recommended Calibration/Venficatiotl Checklist Data Form (Cont)

PARA FUNCTION TESTED LIMITS MEASURED

VALUE
NOMINAL MINIMUM MAXIMUM

4.2.8.3 Radial Accuracy

d. Audio (TI COMP output) 000.00" i 2 (VOR bearing standard 0

accuracy) *0.0l0

Demodulated (TI DEMOD 000.00"

I
*2 (VOR bearing standard 0
g.
output) accuracy) *0.05"

piiq
Record data for steps
1 and o only if VOR
bearing 0" adjustment
is made. This adjust-
ment i s a t the discre-
tion of the user.

1. VOR 000.00" adjusted (4

o. Demodulated after adjustment 000.00" *2 (VOR bearing standard
(TI DE MOD output) accuracy) *0.05"

pq
Record data for step
u o r v only if VOR
bearing standard
being used can
measure tracking
accuracy.

u. VOR bearing tracking

30" 30.00" 29.95" 30.05"

60" 60.00" 59.95" 60.05"
90" 90.00" 89.95" 90.05" 0

120" 120.00" 119.95" 120.05"

150" 150.00" 149.95" 150.05"
180" 180.00" 179.95" 180.05"
210" 210.00" 209.95" 210.05"
240" 240.00" 239.95" 240.05" 0

270" 270.00" 269.95" 270.05" 0

300" 300.00" 299.95" 300.05"

330" 330.00" 329.95" 330.05"

pzq
Record data for step
v only if VOR bearing
0" adjustment i s
made. This adjustment
is at the discretion
of the user.
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
calibration verification 523-0 768886

Table 4. Recom~nended Calibration/Vmificution Checklist Data Form (Cont)

PARA FUNCTION TESTED LIMITS MEASURED

VALUE
NOMINAL MINIMUM MAXIMUM

4.2.8.3
(Cont)

v. VOR bearing tracking

30" 30.00" 29.97" 30.03"

60" 60.00" 59.97" 60.03"
90" 90.00" 89.97" 90.03"
120" 120.00" 119.97" 120.03"
150" 150.00" 149.97" 150.03"
180" 180.00" 179.97" 180.03"
210" 210.00" 209.97" 210.03"
o
240" 240.00" 239.97" 240.03"
270" 270.00" 269.97" 270.03"
300" 300.00" 299.97" 300.03"
330" 330.00" 329.97" 330.03"

z. VOR bearing 0" tracking 000.00"

reference

aa. VOR bearing tracking

30" 30.00" 29.94" 30.06" 0

o
60" 60.00" 59.94" 60.06"
90" 90.00" 89.94" 90.06"
o
120" 120.00" 119.94" 120.06"
150" 150.00" 149.94" 150.06"
180" 180.00" 179.94" 180.06"
210" 210.00" 209.94" 210.06"
240" 240.00" 239.94" 240.06"
270" 270.00" 269.94" 270.06" 0

300" 300.00" 299.94" 300.06"

330" 330.00" 329.94" 330.06"

4.2.9 Localizer DDM

4.2.9.1 Functional Operation

b. STEP ARDL ADDM

(DDM increases)

0.000
0.046
0.093
to
to
to
0.046
0.093
0.155
(Y
:$
( )
0.155 to 0.200

c. +DDM decreases) Decreases (4

d. -+ (DDM increases) Increases (4
e. RDL/DDM (.400) 0.400 (4
f. ~own/right

D / R ( ~ O Hz) indicator On
(Cont) ~ / L ( 1 5 0Hz) indicator Off
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 calibration verification 523-0768886

Table 4. Recom?nended Culibration/Vm~catiol~

Checklist Data Form (Cont).
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
calibration verification 523-0768886

Table 4. Recommended C~libration/VenficationChecklist Data Form (Cont)

PARA FUNCTION TESTED LIMITS MEASURED

VALUE
NOMINAL MINIMUM MAXIMUM

4.2.10.3 Off-Course Tracking Accuracy

d. 90-Hz tone level (up)

0.045 V rms
0.400 V- rms
0.750 V- rms
0.790 V- rms

f. 150-Hz tone level (up)

0.045 V rms
0.400 V
- rms
0.750 V
- rms
0.790 V
- rms

g. Voltage ratio (up = 150 Hz +

90 Hz)

0.045 1.11921 1.11864 1.11977

0.400 3.00000 2.99800 3.00200
0.750 31.0000 30.6362 31.3723
0.790 159.00 132.61 198.38

i. 90-Hz tone level (down)

0.045 V rms
0.400 V- rms
0.750 V- rms
0.790 V- rms
150-Hz tone level (down)
0.045 V rms
0.400 V rms
0.750 V rms
0.790 V rms
j. Voltage ratio (down = 90 Hz;
150 Hz)

0.045 1.11921 1.11864 1.11977

0.400 3.00000 2.99800 3.00200
0.750 31.0000 30.6362 31.3723
0.790 159.00 132.61 198.38

4.2.11 AM Modulation

pzq
Record data for
4.2.11.1 only i f
using modulation
meter.

4.2.11.1 AM Modulation and R F

Distortion Calibration
Verification Using
Modulation Meter

(Cont) c. 30-Hz variable modulation 30.0% 29.3% 30.7% %

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 calibration verification 523-0768886

T~rhle Recon~mendcdCrtlrbratzorc/Ven~f2cntzol~Checkltst Data Form (Cont)

PARA FUNCTION TESTED MEASURED

VALUE

4.2.11.1
(Cont) d. 30-Hz variable distortion 76
113.70 MHz

30-Hz VAR
Modulation %
Distortion 9i
9960-HZ
Modulation %
Distortion %
9960-HZ
Modulation %
Distortion %#
1020-Hz
Modulation %
Distortion 9%
3000-Hz (AUX audio)
Modulation %
Distortion %
14000-Hz (AUX audio)
Modulation 9%
Distortion %
110.10 MHz

90-Hz
Modulation %
Distortion %
90-Hz
Modulation %
Distortion ?G
150-HZ
Modulation %
Distortion %
150-Hz
Modulation 9%
Distortion %
1020-HZ
Modulation 9%
Distortion %
4000-Hz (AUX audio)
Modulation 9%
Distortion 9%
4000-Hz (AUX audio)
Modulation
(Cont) Distortion
calibration verification 523-0768886 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

T t r b l ~4. R c c o i ~i u~~ r ~ d eCnlibrc~tion/Ve~ficatioti

d Checklist Data Fornl (Clorlt).

FUNCTION TESTED MEASURED

VALUE

332.15 MHz

90-Hz
Modulation
Distortion

90-HZ
Modulation
Distortion

150-HZ
Modulation
Distortion

150-HZ
Modulation
Distortion

1000-Hz (AUX audio)

Modulation
Distortion

75.00 MHz

400-HZ
Modulation
Distortion

1300-HZ
Modulation
Distortion

3000-HZ
Modulation
Distortion

100-Hz (AUX audio)

Modulation
Distortion

100-Hz (AUX audio)

Modulation
Distortion

EXT MOD
Modulation
Distortion

E X T MOD
No signal clipping

Record data f o r para-

graph 4.2.11.2 and
4.2.11.3 only i f using
spectrum analyzer.

L6 Rr tised 1.5 October 1980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
calibration verification 523-0768886

Table 4. Recommended Calibration/Ven'fication Checklist Data F o m (Cant).

PARA FUNCTION TESTED LIMITS MEASURED

VALUE
NOMINAL MINIMUM MAXIMUM

4.2.11.2 AM Modulation Verification

Procedure Using a Spectrum
Analyzer

d. V1 (Record voltage to nearest 200 mV 199 mV 201 mV mV

tenth millivolt.)

e. V2 (Record voltage to nearest mV

tenth millivolt.)

f. V3 (Record voltage to nearest r n ~

tenth millivolt.)

g. calculation
V~~~ 1 and 'OFF 2

R1 (voltage ratio)

R (voltage ratio)
2

V1- RlV2
m V
'OFF 1- i - R~

V3 - R2V1
m V
V O 2 ~ 1~- R2

h. Difference between VOFF and 0 mV -2 mV +2 mV m V

'OFF 2

i. Calculate VOFF

V ~ + OFF^
~ ~ l
'OFF - 2

4.2.11.3 AM Modulation Calibration

Verification

e. Calculate V
REF

vREF= -282.8 mV + VOFF /V

g, h. Calculate percent of modulation.

Percent modulation =

'rms
x 100
0.2
113.70 MHz
30 Hz 30.00% 29.25% 30.75% %
9960 Hz 30.00% 29.25% 30.75% %
(Cont) 14 000 Hz 35.00% 32.55% 37.45% %
calibration verification 523-0768886 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

T~rble4. Remmmenrled Culibrtrtion/Verification Checklist Datu Form (Cont).

PARA FUNCTION TESTED LIMITS MEASURED

VALUE
NOMINAL MINIMUM MAXIMUM

4.2.11.3
(Cont)

110.10 MHz
90 Hz 20.00% 19.50% 20.50% %
150 Hz 20.00% 19.50% 20.500/u %
1020 Hz 30.00% 29.25% 30.75% %
4000 Hz AUX audio 30.00% 28.50% 31.50% %
332.15 MHz
90 Hz 40.00% 39.00% 41.00% %
90 Hz 80.00% 76.00% 84.00% %
150 Hz 40.00% 39.00% 41.00% %
150 Hz 80.00% 76.00% 84.00% %
75.00 MHz
1300 Hz 95.00% 90.25% 99.75% %
1300 Hz 97.00% 91.67% 100.00% %
o. EXT MOD
Modulation 80.00% 75.00% 85.00% %
No signal clipping d)
4.3 Supplemental Calibration
Verification Procedures

4.3.1 Spurious Signals

g. Marker beacon nonharmonic

related spurious signals
> 8 0 dBc (4
h. VOR nonharmonic related
spurious signals
>80 dBc (4
Localizer nonharmonic
related spurious signals
>80 dBc (4
Glideslope nonharmonic
related spurious signals
>80 dBc (4
4.3.2 Broadband Noise (SSB) and
Close-in Spurious Signals

i. Spurious signals >%15 kHz >80 dBc (4

from c a r r i e r (108.00 MHz)

j. Noise > * I 5 kHz from c a r r i e r > I 1 1 dBc dJ)

(108.00 MHz)

Noise > G O kHz from c a r r i e r

(108.00 MHz)
>I17 dBc (4

(Cont)
Noise >*40 kHz from c a r r i e r
(108.00 MHz)
>I22 dBc (4
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 calibration verification 523-0768886

Tuble 4. Recomnlejrded Calibration/Verification Checklist Data Form (Cont).

PARA FUNCTION TESTED LIMITS

NOMINAL MINIMUM

4.3.2
(Cont)

Spurious signals > A 5 kHz

from c a r r i e r (108.00 MHz)

Noise > 515 kHz from c a r r i e r

(108.00 MHz)
I

Noise > 530 kHz from c a r r i e r

(108.00 MHz)

Noise > %lo kHz from c a r r i e r

(108.00 MHz)

Spurious signals > *15 kHz

from c a r r i e r (75.00 MHz)

Noise > 540 kHz from c a r r i e r

(75.00 MHz)

Spurious signals > 515 kHz

from c a r r i e r (75.00 MHz)

Noise >&0 kHz from c a r r i e r

(75.00 MHz)

Spurious signals > 515 kHz

from c a r r i e r (335.00 MHz)

Noise 550 kHz from c a r r i e r

(335.00 MHz)

Noise >*80 kHz from c a r r i e r

(335.00 MHz)

Noise > 5120 kHz from c a r r i e r

(335.00 MHz)

ILS Phase (90/150-HZ Composite

Signal)

150-Hz tone amplitude

90-Hz tone amplitude

90- and 150-Hz tone amplitude

difference

Correction factor (90-Hz

tone amplitude) (nearest
0.001 V)

Waveform peak amplitude

difference

i. Calculated reference level

(Cont) (30 mV x correction factor)
calibration verification 523-0768886 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

Tnble 4. Recommended Calibration/Ve+fication Checklist Data Form (Conti.

PARA FUNCTION TESTED LIMITS MEASURED

VALUE
NOMINAL MINIMUM MAXIMUM

4.3.3
(Cont)

Value recorded in step h is

less than calculated
reference level.

k. Waveform peak V

1. Deflection factor e r r o r V

Corrected waveform V
measurement

m. Calculated voltage V

n. Limit calculations

370 x correction factor m V

(step e )
418 x correction factor m V
(step e)
Calculated voltage in step (4
m is within above limits.

4.3.4 9960-FM Deviation

Verification

f. 9960 deviation 960 Hz 956 Hz 964 Hz Hz

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

Rockwell
International
Collins 479s-6A
VORII LS Signal Generator parts list

Collins Government Avionics Division

Printed in USA 523-0769256-0021 18

2nd Edition. 15 October 1980

list of illustrations

Figure Page

1 479s-6A VOR/ILS Signal Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

2 Front Panel Assembly A1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
3 Keyboard/Driver Board A l A l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
4 Display Board Assembly A1A2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
5 Controller/Audio Assembly A2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
6 CPIJ Assembly A2A1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
7 Analog Board A2A2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
8 TDM Board A2A3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
9 R F Modulator Assembly A3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
10 R F Strip-Line Assembly A3A1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
11 Demodulator/ALC Assembly A3A2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
12 Counter I/O Board Assembly A3A3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
13 Synthesizer Assembly A4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
14 Regulator/Divider/Filter Assembly A4A1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
15 Regulator/Divider Board A4AlA1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
16 Output Amplifier Board A4A2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
17 Power Supply Assembly A5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
18 Power Supply Terminal Board Assembly A5A1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
19 Power Supply PC Board Assembly A5A2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
20 Heat-Sink Assembly A5A3, A5A4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
21 Remote Tune Assembly A8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
22 Store/Recall Assembly A9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
23 IEEE-488/1978 Bus Interface Assembly A10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
24 Chassis Assembly A6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
25 Output Amplifier Board A4A2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
26 IEEE-488/1978 Bus Interface Assembly A10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107

NOTICE: This section replaces first edition dated 1 October 1978.

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
*'l'hr t~slt~rish
inllir;ilrs ~ ~ ; i r r rrhanyed.
s :idd~d,or deletc~it)y the currlxnt rhany,'.

Page No Issue

*Title . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15 Oct 80

*List of Effective Pages . . . . . . . . 15 Oct 80
*1 thru 125 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Oct 80
126 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Oct 78
*I27 thru 159 Added . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Oct 80
*I60 Blank Added . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Oct 80

Record of Revisions o~ I ~ E ~ ' L I( I) F~ I<F:\.ISI~)SS,

~ Y I Fs'rk:1<
)
T ISSEUT RK\.ISP:I)P:I(;F;S I S T ~ I I ,?J:IS(..\I..
IIATP: ISSKI<TI;I).AX[) Isrrl?\l,s,
;

ItL\' I < \ I ISSI~;f<'l'lOS SIj SITNHKK REV l l ~ ~ \ ~ I S l fINSKI<TIOS

~ ~ SI3 NI.XIREIt
S() l).Irl'k: I );lr1T;/l;Y IS(~ld~'ljb~I) NO I )ATE I ).ArrkL'lXY lS(71,1~l)k~I~

1st Ed 1 Oct 78 None

2nd Ed 15 Oct 80 SR 1. 2, 3. 5, 6 ,
7, 8 !I, 10
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
1 .I General
The purpose of this parts list, prepared by Collins
Government Avionics Division of Rockwell Inter-
national, is for identification, requisition, and
issuance of parts.
P a r t s listed meet critical equipment design specifi-
cation requirements. Use only p a r t numbers specified
in this parts list for replacement of parts.
1 . 2 (iroup .4ssembly Parts List
FIG - ITEM Column - Digits preceding the dash
refer to figure numbers. Digits following the dash a r e
item numbers assigned in sequence to correspond
with item numbers on the illustrations.
PART NO Column - Listed a r e MIL standard, ven-
dor, or Collins p a r t numbers. Collins part numbering
system consists of 10 digits a s follows: a 3-digit fami-
ly number, a 4-digit serial number, and a 3-digit dash
number.
INDENT Column - Items are coded 1 , 2 , 3 , etc, to in-
dicate the relationship to the next higher assembly.
DESCRIPTION Column - Lists the noun name,
modifier, descriptive information, federal manufac-
turer's code, reference designation, attaching part
(AP), reference to other figures, and effectivities.
Attaching parts a r e identified by (AP) following the
part or parts they attach.
Effectivities are identified by the following methods:
MCN (Manufacturer Control Number) 101 and up: CI
(Configuration Identifier) 5-digit number; REV
(Revision Identifier) dash (-) denotes original, letter
A first change, letter B second change, etc. One of the
above identifiers is listed on each chassis and/or
replaceable assembly. Service Bulletins a r e identified
b y SB 1, SB 2, etc. '
USABLE ON CODE Column - P a r t variations
within a group of equipment a r e indicated by a letter
code (A, B, C, etc). Absence of a code indicates part
applies to all models.
parts list
UNITS P E R ASSY Column - Quantities specified
are per item number. Letters AR denote the selection
of parts a s required. Letters R F refer to a n assem-
bly completely assembled on a preceding figure and
illustration.
This equipment contains electrostatic dis-
charge sensitive devices, indicated in the
description column by (ESDS). Special
handling methods and materials must be
used to prevent equipment damage. Refer to
the maintenance section before assembly/
disassembly or repair is performed. All il-
lustrations t h a t contain ESDS devices have
the following symbol attached.
ELECTROSTATIC
1.3 .Yumeric.al Index
PART NUMBER Column - P a r t numbers are listed
in alphanumeric sequence,
FIG - ITEM Column - Digits preceding the dash
refer to figure numbers. Digits following the dash are
item numbers.
TTL REQ Column - Listed is the total quantity of
parts or assemblies covered in the Group Assembly
Parts List,
1 ..1: Rqftv-ertre 1)esignation Index
REFERENCE DESIGNATION Column Reference
designations are listed in alphanumeric sequence.
FIG - ITEM Column - Digits preceding the dash
refer to figure numbers. Digits following the dash are
item numbers,
PART NlJMBER Column - P a r t numbers listed are
for items t h a t have reference designations assigned.
I arts list 523-0769256 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

1.5 Hou* To CTseThis Parts List MANUFACTURER'S NAME

CODE AND ADDRESS
To locate a M art number if the assemblv in which the
part is u s e i i s known, turn to the List of Illustrations OlZ8l TRW INC TRW SEMICONDUCTOR 'IV
14520 A V I A T I O N BLVD
and find the page number for the assembly in which LAUNDALE CA 90260
the part is used. Locate the part and its index number
on the illustration and find the index number on the 01295 TEXAS INsTRUnENTS IM:
SEHICOt4DUCTOR GROUP
Group Assembly Parts List page to determine its 13500 N CENTRAL EXPRESSWAY
description and part number. P 0 BOX 225012 W S 49
D A L L A S T X 75222
To locate the illustration for a part if the part number
is known, refer to the Numerical Index and find the SPECTROL ELECTRONICS CORP SUB
OF CARRIER CORP
part number. Turn to the Group Assembly Parts List 17070 E ' G A L E AVE
and find the first figure and index number indicated C I T Y OF INDUSTRY CA 91745
in the Numerical Index for that part. If this figure
FERROXCUBE CORP
shows the part in a section or system of the equip- MT MARION RD
ment other than the one desired, refer to the other P 0 BOX 359
figure numbers listed in the Numerical Index. SAUGERTIES NY 12477

To locate the illustration for a part if the reference ROYSON ENGINEERING CO

100 N PENN S T
designation is known, refer to the Reference Designa- HATBORO PA 19040
tion Index and find the symbol; turn to the Group
Assembly Parts List and find the figure and index RCA CORP
S O L I D STATE D I V I S I O N
number indicated in the index. ROUTE 202
SOMERVILLE N J 08876
1.6 Manufacturer's Code, .Tame, and Address
GENERAL E L E C T R I C CO
SEMI-CONDUCTOR PRODUCTS DEPT
MANUFACTURER'S NAME W GENESEE S T
AUBURN NY 13021
CODE AND ADDRESS
TRANSITRON P R E C I S I O N CONNECTOR D I V
A1643 DATANETICS INCON I N C
1 8 0 6 5 EUCLID ST. 168 A L B I O N S T
FOUNTAIN VALLEY. CA 9 2 7 0 8 WAKEFIELD MA 01880

A1656 XILOG MOTOROLA I N C SEMICONDUCTOR PRODVCTS

LOS ALTOS. CA 9 4 0 2 2 GROUP
5005 E HCDOWELL RD
PHOENIX A Z 85008
BOO41 S A N L L L O T S T A M P I N G CO
1 5 4 0 W . E L I Z A B E T H AVE
USN CORP.
LINDEN. N J 0 7 0 3 6
ROCKWELL D I V .
NEWARK. N J
00136 MCCOY ELECTRONICS CO
WATTS AND CHESTNUT S T
MT HOLLY SPRINGS PA 17065 WESTINGHOUSE E L E C T R I C CORP
SEHICONDUCTOR D I V
00779 AMP I N C ARMBURST RD
P 0 BOX 3608 YOUNGWOOD PA 15697
HARRISBURG PA 17105

00853 SANGAMO WESTON I N C WAKEFIELD ENGINEERING I N C

SANGAMO CAPACITOR D I V AUDUBON ROAD
SANGAMO RD WAKEFIELD MA 01880
P 0 BOX 128
PICKENS SC 29671
F A I R C H I L D CAMERA AND INSTRUHENT CORP
01101 WABASH I N C SEHICONDUCTOR D I V
810 N CASS S T 464 E L L I S S T
P 0 BOX 708 MOUNTAIN VIEW CA 94042
WABASH I N 46992

01121 ALLEN-BRADLEY CO T E L E D Y N E SEMICONDUCTOR

1201 SOUTH 2M) S T 1 3 0 0 TERRA B E L L A AVE.
MILWAUKEE H I 53204 M O U N T A I N V I E W . CA 9 4 0 4 3

Re7~ised15 October 1980

 Darts list 523-0769256
Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

MANUFACTURER'S NAME MANUFACTURER'S NAME

CODE AND ADDRESS CODE AND ADDRESS

B L I N N DELBERT CO I N C THE M I N I - C I R C U I T S LABORATORY D I V OF

1678 E M I S S I O N B L M S C I E N T I F I C COMPONENTS CORP
P 0 BOX 2007 2625 E 14TH ST
POMONA CA 91766 BROOKLYN NY 11235

BURNDY CORP KAYNAR MFG CO I N C KAYLOCK D I V

RICHARDS AVE 800 S STATE COLLEGE BLVD
NORWALK CT 06852 P 0 BOX 3001
FULLERTON CA 92634
NATIONAL SEMICONDUCTOR CORP
COHMERCE DR TELEDYNE SEMICONDUCTOR
P 0 BOX 443 1300 TERRA BELLA AVE
DANBURY CT 06810 MOUNTAIN VIEW CA 94043

MERRIMAC INDUSTRIES I N C GLOBE-UNION I N C

USCC/CENTRALAB ELECTRICS D I V
4 1 F A I R F I E L D PLACE
4561 COLORADO
WEST CALDWELL N J 07006
LOS ANGELES CA 90039
U S TERMINALS I N C
SILICONIX INC
7504 CAMARGO ROAD
2201 LAURELWOOD RD
C I N C I N N A T I OH 45243
SANTA CLARA CA 95054
SIEMENS CORP COMPONENTS 6 R W P SIGNETICS CORP
8700 E THOMAS RD 811 E ARQUES
P 0 BOX 1390 SUNNYVALE CA 94086
SCOTTSDALE AZ 85252
E R I E TECHNOLOGICAL PRODUCTS I N C
QUALITY NAME PLATE I N C STATE COLLEGE D I V
M I L L ROAD 1900 W COLLEGE AVE
EAST GLASTONBURY CT 06025 STATE COLLEGE PA 16801

THERMALLOY CO I N C ROBISON ELECTRONICS I N C

2021 W VALLEY VIEW LANE 3580 SACRANENTO DR
P 0 BOX 34829 SAN L U I S OBISPO CA 93401
DALLAS TX 75234
AMERICAN ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS CORP
ROCKWELL INTERNATIONAL CORP 7516 CAMARGO ROAD
COLLINS GOVERNMENT AVIONICS D I V C I N C I N N A T I OH 45243
AVIONICS AND M I S S I L E S GROUP TEXSCAN CORP
400 COLLINS ROAD NE 2446 N SHADELAND AVE
CEDAR RAPIDS I A 52406 I N D I A N A P O L I S I N 46219
SEMTECH CORP STANFORD APPLIED ENGINEERING I N C
652 MITCHELL ROAD 340 MARTIN AVE
NEWBURY PARK CA 91320 SANTA CLARA CA 95050
I T T SEMICONDUCTOR D I V ANALOG DEVICES I N C
WEST PALM BEACH F L RT 1 INDUSTRIAL PK
P 0 BOX 280
CORNELL-DUBILIER ELECTRONICS NORWOOD MA 02062
D I V OF FEDERAL P A C I F I C ELECTRIC CO
GOVT CONTRACTS DEPT EMC TECHNOLOGY I N C
150 AVE L 1 9 7 1 OLD CUTHBERT RD
NEWARK N J 07101 CHERRY H I L L N J 08034

GENERAL INSTRUNENT CORP NATIONAL SEMICONDUCTOR CORP

SEMICONDUCTOR PRODUCTS G R W P 2900 SEMICONDUCTOR DR
600 W JOHN ST SANTA CLARA CA 95051
P 0 BOX 600
H I C K S V I L L E NY 11802 MOLEX I N C
CORPORATE HQ
I T T SEMICONDUCTORS 2222 WELLINGTON COURT
A D I V I S I O N OF INTERNATIONAL L I S L E I L 60532
TELEPHONE AND TELEGRAPH CORP
500 BROADWAY F-DYNE ELECTRONICS
P 0 BOX 1 6 8 449 HOWARD AVE
LAWRENCE MA 01841 BRIDGEPORT CT 06605

Rellisc~rl1.5 October 1980

ÿ arts list 523-0769256 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

MANUFACTURER'S NAME MANUFACTURER'S NAME

CODE AND ADDRESS CODE AND ADDRESS

27956 RELCOM BUSSMANN MFG D I V MCGRAW-EDISON CO

MOUNTAIN V I E W . C Q 9 4 0 4 0 5 0 2 EARTH CITY PLAZA
P 0 BOX 1 4 4 6 0
ST LOUIS MO 6 3 1 7 8
HEULETT-PACKARD CO CORPORATE HQ
1 5 0 1 PAGE M I L L RD I T T CANNON ELECTRIC D I V
PAL0 ALTO CA 94304 INTERNATIONAL TELEPHONE AND
TELEGRAPH CO
AMERICAN TECHNICAL CERAMICS 6 6 6 E DYER RD
D I V I S I O N OF PHASE INDUSTRIES SANTA ANA CA 92702
1 NORDEN LANE
HUNTINGTON STATION NY 1 1 7 4 6 CHICAGO MINIATURE/DRAKE
4 4 3 3 RAVENSWOOD AVE
I T T SCHADOW I N C CHICAGO I L 6 0 6 4 0
8 0 8 1 WALLACE RD
EDEN PRAIRIE MN 5 5 3 4 3 TRW CINCH CONNECTORS
1 5 0 1 MORSE AVE
BIVAR I N C ELK GROVE VILLAGE I L 6 0 0 0 7
1 6 1 7 E EDINGER AVE
SANTA ANA CA 9 2 7 0 5 ELECTRO MOTIVE CORP SUBSIDIARY OF
INTERNATIONAL ELECTRONICS CORP
ADVANCED MICRO DEVICES LAUTER AVE
9 0 1 THOMPSON PL P 0 BOX 7 6 0 0
SUNNYVALE CA 94086 FLORENCE SC 2 9 5 0 1

HARRIS SEMICONDUCTOR D I V OF HARRIS ESNA D I V OF AMERACE CORP

COR P 2 3 3 0 VAUXHALL ROAD
P 0 60X 8 8 3 UNION N J 0 7 0 8 3
MELBOURNE F L 3 2 9 0 1
ERIE TECHNOLOGICAL PRODUCTS I N C
I N T E L CORP 6 4 4 W 12TH ST
3065 BOWERS AVE ERIE PA 1 6 5 1 2
SANTA CLARA CA 9 5 0 5 1
FRCED TRANSFORMER CO I N C
1 7 3 6 WEIRFIELD ST
CUSTOM PRODUCTS CO BROOKLYN NY 1 1 2 2 7
11626 -
1 1 6 3 6 TUXFORD ST
P 0 BOX 6 9 9 JFD ELECTRONICS CMlWNENTS CORP
SUN VALLEY CA 91352 15TH AVENUE AND 62M) ST
BROOKLYN NY 1 1 2 1 9
RAYTHEON CO
1 4 1 SPRING ST I T E N FIBRE CO M E
LEXINGTON MA 0 2 1 7 3 4 0 0 1 BENEFIT AVE
P 0 BOX 9
SPRAGUE ELECTRIC CO ASHTABULP. OH 4 4 0 0 4
NORTH ADAMS MA 01247
JOHNSON E F CO
SPS TECHNOLOGIES I N C 2 9 9 lOTH AVE S U
HIGHLAND AVE WASECA MN 5 6 0 9 3
JENKINTOWN PA 1 9 0 4 6
LAVELLE INDUSTRIES I N C
STIMPSON EDWIN B CO I N C 4 2 4 N WOOD
900 SYLVAN AVE CHICAGO I L 6 0 6 2 2
BAYPORT NY 1 1 7 0 5
LITTELFUSE I N C
ALLMETAL SCREW PRODUCTS CO INC 8 0 0 E NORTHWEST HWY
8 2 1 STEWART AVE DES PLAINES I L 6 0 0 1 6
GARDEN C I T Y NY 1 1 5 3 0

ATLANTIC I N D I A RUBBER WORKS I N C PATTON-MACGUYER CO

5 7 1 W POLK ST D I V OF AVID CORP
CHICAGO I L 6 0 6 0 7 1 7 V I R G I N I A AVE
PROVIDENCE R I 0 2 9 0 5

REXNORD I N C SPECIALTY FASTENER D I V PHEOLL MFG CO

2 2 SPRING VALLEY RD D I V OF ALLIED PRODUCTS CORP
P 0 BOX 9 8 5 7 0 0 W ROOSEVELT RD
PARAMUS N J 07652 CHICAGO I L 6 0 6 5 0
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 parts list 523-0769256

MANUFACTURER'S NAME MANUFACTURER'S NAME

CODE AND ADDRESS CODE AND ADDRESS

I L L I N O I S TOOL WORKS I N C 96918 K I N G E L E C T R O N I C S CO.. INC.

SHAKEPROOF D I V I S I O N M I C R O WAVE D I V .
S T CHARLES ROAD TUCKAHOE, NY
E L G I N I L 60120
98291 SEALECTRO CORP
WROUGHT WASHER MFG I N C 225 HOYT
2100 S 0 BAY S T MAMARONECK NY 10544
MILUAUKEE M I 53207
98978 I N T E R N A T I O N A L ELECTRONIC
Z I E R I C K MFG CO RESEARCH CORP
RADIO CIRCLE 135 W MAGNOLIA BLVD
MT K I S C O NY 10549 BURBANK CA 91502

N A T I O N A L AEROSPACE STANDARDS 99392 MEPCO/ELECTRA I N C ROXBORO D I V

COMMITTEE AEROSPACE I N D U S T R I E S I N D U S T R I A L DR
A S S O C I A T I O N OF AMERICA I N C P 0 BOX 1223
1725 DE SALES N W ROXBORO NC 27573
WASHINGTON DC 20036
99942 GLOBE-UNION I N C
TRW I N C CENTRALAB SEMICONDUCTOR CENTRALAB
TRW U N I T E D TRANSFORMER D I V ELECTRONICS D I V
150 VARICK S T 5757 N GREEN BAY RD
NEW YORK NY 10013 P 0 BOX 591
MILWAUKEE W I 53201
MILITARY SPECIFICATION

INTERNATIONAL RECTIFIER
9220 SUNSET BLVD
P 0 BOX 2321 TERMINAL ANNEX The follo~vingusable on codes have been assigned in
L O 3 ANGELES CA 90054
t h e manual:
SWITCHCRAFT I N C SUB OF RAYTHEWJ CO
5555 N ELSTON AVE USABLE UNIT FIG-
CHICAGO I L 60630 ON CODE PART NUMBER ITEM
ROTRON I N C
7-9 HASBROUCK LANE
WOODSTOCK NY 12498

AERONAUTICAL STANDARDS GROUP

DEPARTMENT OF NAVY AND A I R FORCE

L I T T O N SYSTEMS I N C
USECO D I V
13536 SATICOY S T
VAN NUYS CA 91409 1.8 Reference Designation Prefixes
JOHANSON MFG CO
P 0 BOX 329 The following prefixes have been assigned in this
BOONTON N J 07005 manual:
K I N G S ELECTRONICS CO I N C UNIT FIG-
40 MARBLEDALE ROAD PREFIX PART NUMBER ITEM
TUCKAHOE NY 10707

MALCO A MICRODOT CO A1
12 PROGRESS DR AlAl
MONTGOMERYVILLE PA 18936
A1A2
WHITS0 I N C A2
9330 BYRON S T A2A1
S C H I L L E R PARK I L 60176
A2A2
RCA CORP RCA FREQUENCY BUREAU A2A3
50 BROAD S T A3
NEW YORK NY 10004
A3A1
M I L I T A R Y STANDARD A3A2
 arts list 523-0769256
Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

UNIT FIG- CII UNIT FIG-

PREFIX PART NUMBER ITEM REV LTR PART NUMBER ITEM

A3A3 601-5261-001 9-3

A4 629-9760-001 1-7
A4A1 635-8516-001 13-27
'44AlAl 637-2720-001 14-30
A4A2 637-2718-001 13-18
I A4A2 634-9681-001 13-18
A4A3 635-8517-001 13-16
A4A4 277-0442-020 13-4
A5 629-9770-002 1-5
A5A1 629-9889-002 17-5
A5A2 601-5221-001 17-35
A5A3 629-9950-001 17-19
A5A4 629-9951-001 17-16
A6 629-9780-002 1-8
I AA78 601-5938-001
601-5881-001
24-15
1-4
A9 601-5882-001 1-17
A10 601-5883-001 1-3
I A10 601-2309-001 1-3

1.9 Configuration Identifiers

The following CI1s/REV LTR's were used in com-

piling data for this manual:

CII UNIT FIG-

REV LTR PART NUMBER ITEM

1-
1-
1-
1-
2-
3-
4-
5-
6-
6-1C
7-
8-
9-
10-
11-
12-
13-
14-
15-
16-
13-16
17-
18-
19-

October 1.980
Kcr~isorl1 .i
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 arts list 523-0769256

2. GROCJP ASSEMBLY P A R T S LIST

DETAIL A

fhC',
$a'&*
,::,::::;:,
. . .U. . Il**D,/*i "..O*.
"8.e."L&O
;
I

TP5-5341-017

479s-6A VOR/ILS Signnl Generrrtor

Figure 1

Rc>r*i.srcl1.5 October 1980

Darts list 523-0769256 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

+ UNITS USABLE
FIG- z
w
ITEM PART NO n DESCRIPTION PER ON
Z ASSY CODE

622-4127-001 1 V O R / I L S S I G N A L GENERATOR 4 7 9 5 - 6 A REF A

622-4127-002 1 V O R / I L S SIGNAL GENERATOR 4 7 9 5 - 6 A REF B
622-4127-003 1 V C R / I L S S I G I I I L GEIJERATCR 4 7 9 5 - 6 A REF C
622-4127-004 1 V C R / I L S SIGt44L GEI4ERATOR 4 7 9 5 - 6 A REF F
635-2283-000 2 PLATE, I D E I I T 1
ES51957-2 2 SCREW,KACH SST, 2 - 5 6 X 3 / 1 6 ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 3 4 3 - 0 1 2 3 - 0 0 0 ( A P ) 2
609-3929-001 2 PLATE, H C D I F I C A T I O N 1
KC89-93 2 CO:'ER,COG:I ( 9 6 9 1 8 ) 3 5 7 - 0 0 9 3 - 0 1 0 ( E F F REV LTR F 1
t1551957-28 2 SCREI4,I:ACH SST, 6 - 3 2 X 3 / 8 1 9 6 9 0 6 ) 3 4 3 - 0 1 6 9 - 0 0 0 ( A P ) 1
( E F F REV LTR F )
601-5883-001 2 I E E E - 4 E 3 / 1 9 7 8 BUS I N T E R F X E ASSEMBLY ( E S D S ) A 1 0 ( S E E 1 C,F
F I S 2 3 ) ( E F F TO REV LTR T ) ( S 3 1 0 )
601-2309-001 2 I E E E - 4 5 8 / 1 9 7 8 BUS INTERFACE ASSEKBLY ( E S D S ) A 1 0 ( S E E 1 CIF
F I G 2 6 ) f E F F REV LTR T ) ( S S 1 0 )
601-5581-001 2 REtiOTE TUNE ASSE;iELY ( E S D S ) A 8 ( S E E F I G 2 1 ) 1
629-9770-002 2 FC::ER SUPPLY ASSY A5 ( Z E E F I G 1 7 ) 1
FlS51957-27 2 SCREW,MtCH SST, 6 - 3 2 X 5 / 1 6 ( 9 6 ' ? 0 6 ) 3 4 3 - 0 1 6 8 - 0 0 0 ( A P ) 7
f:S51959-27 2 SCEEW,KLCH SST, 6 - 3 2 X 5 / 1 6 ( 9 5 9 3 6 ) 3 4 2 - 0 0 5 1 - 0 0 0 ( A ? ) 6
629-9750-002 2 RF KOCULATOR ASSEMELY ( E S D S I A 3 ( S E E F I G 9 ) 1
KS51957-28 2 SCRELI,M&CH SST, 6 - 3 2 X 3 / 8 ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 3 4 3 - 0 1 6 9 - 0 0 0 ( A P ) 2
629-9760-001 2 SYNTHESIZER ASSY ( E S D S ) A 4 ( S E E F I G 1 3 ) 1
MS51957-52 2 SCREWVMACH S S T I 8 - 3 2 X 1 - 3 / 4 ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 3 4 3 - 0 1 9 7 - 0 0 0 4
(AP)
MS35338-137 2 WASHER,LOCK SST, 0 . 1 6 8 I D X 0 . 2 9 6 OD ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 4
310-0072-000 ( A P
310-0048-000 2 WASHERjFLAT SST, 0 . 1 7 2 I D X 0 . 4 3 7 OD ( 7 9 8 0 7 ) CAP) 4
629-9780-002 2 CHCSSIS ASSY A6 ( S E E F I G 2 4 ) 1
629-9732-001 2 CABLE ASSY 1
52-309-9702 3 CCb4?4ECTOR,PLUG ELEC ( 9 8 2 9 1 3 5 7 - 7 2 0 7 - 2 0 0 1
fl39012-79-3005 3 CO:It4ECTOR, PLUG ELEC ( 8 1 3 4 9 3 5 7 - 7 5 4 1 - 0 1 0 1
629-9730-002 2 FECtIT PAtiEL CSSY ( E S D S ) A 1 ( S E E F I G 2 ) 1
HS51958-63 2 SCREW,C4CH SST, 1 0 - 3 2 X 1 / 2 ( 0 6 9 0 6 ) 3 4 3 - 0 2 2 8 - 0 0 0 ( A P ) 4
MS35338-138 2 WASi'ER,LCCK S S T t 0 . 1 9 4 I D X 0 . 3 3 4 OD ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 4
310-02E.4-000 ( A P )
629-9738-001 2 GR.4CKET9 k 2 3 U L E ( E F F TO REV LTR E ) 1
629-9738-003 2 EP.tCKET, t1CDULE ( E F F REV LTR E ) 1
MS51957-27 2 SCREWyfl4CH SST, 6 - 3 2 X 5 / 1 6 ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 3 4 3 - 0 1 6 8 - 0 0 0 ( A P ) 4
H551f57-28 2 SCREU,MLCH SST, 6 - 3 2 X 3 / 8 ( $ 6 9 0 6 ) 3 4 3 - 0 1 6 9 - 0 0 0 ( A P ) 2
F12NCFMA2-62 3 N U T t S L F L K G CD P L STL, 6 - 3 2 ( 7 2 9 5 2 ) 3 3 3 - 0 6 4 2 - 0 0 0 4
629-9733-002 3 BRCCKETI KOOULE ( E F F TO REV LTR E 1
629-9738-004 3 ERACKET, MCDULE ( E F F REV LTR E ) 1
629-9740-002 2 COI4TROLLER/'CUDIO ASSY ( E S D S ) A2 I SEE F I G 5 ) 1
601-5882-001 2 STCDEiRECALL ASSEt:ELY ( E S D S ) A 9 ( S E E F I G 2 2 1 B,C
629-9747-001 2 CCYER 1
flS51C59-27 2 SCREN,tIACH SST, 6 - 3 2 X 5 / 1 6 ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 3 4 2 - 0 0 6 1 - 0 0 0 ( A P ) 6
P330-4055-030 2 SCREW,MPCH SST, 6 - 3 2 X 3 / 8 ( 7 7 2 5 0 ) 3 3 0 - 4 0 5 8 - 0 3 0 ( A P ) 4
( E F F REV LTR K )
F12t<CFM42-62 3 NUT,SLFLKG CD PL ,S .T! 6-32 ( 7 2 9 6 2 ) 333-0542-000 4
629-9747-002 3 COVER 1

Rc~tlisetl15 October 1980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 parts list 523-0769256

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

Re?ris~cl1.5 October 1980

parts list 523-0769256 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

I-
FIG- UNITS USABLE
PART N O z
w DESCRIPTION PER ON
ITEM a
Z ASSY CODE

1 FRONT PANEL ASSY ( E S D S ) A 1 ( S E E F I G 1 - 1 2 FOR N H A ) REF

2 LENS, SWITCH- K O D I F I E D 1
2 LENS, SWITCH- M O D I F I E D 1
2 LEtiS, SWITCH- M O D I F I i D 1
2 LEt:S, SWITCH- K O D I F I E D 1
2 LENS, SWITCH- M 0 3 I F I E D 1
2 LENSI SWITCH- M O D I F I E D 1
2 LEIIS, SWITCH- M O D I F I E D 1
2 LENS, S I I I T C H - M C D I F I E D 1
2 LENS, SWITCH- M O D I F I E D 1
2 LENS, SWITCII- M O D I F I E D 1
2 LENS, SWITCH- N C D I F I E D 1
2 LEIIS, S A I T C H - H C 3 I F I E D 1
2 LENS, SWITCH- M C D I F I E D 1
2 LENS, S N I T C H - M C D I F I E D 1
2 LEKS, SWITCH- M 3 D I F I E D 1
2 LEIIS, SWITCH- K 0 3 I F I E D 1
2 LENS, S X I T C H - K O D I F I E D 1
2 LENS, S N I T C H - M O D I F I E D 1
2 LENS, SWITCH- H O D I F I C D 1
2 LEES, S U I T C H - M O D I F I E D 1
2 EDGE, EAR 2
2 W1t:DOW 1
2 SUFTORT, PAt4EL 1
2 LOGO 1
2 HOLDER, I D E N T 1
2 SCREU,MACH SST, 4 - 4 0 X 1 / 4 ( 7 7 2 5 0 ) 3 3 0 - 2 2 9 0 - 0 0 0 ( A P ) 2
2 N U T , P L A I t l , H E X SST, 4 - 4 0 ( 7 7 2 5 0 ) 3 1 3 - 0 1 3 2 - 0 0 0 ( A P ) 2
2 WASHERILOCK SST, 0 . 1 1 5 I D X 0 . 2 0 9 OD ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 2
310-0:7Q-000 (AP)
2 PLATE, OVERLAY 1
2 FLAKCE, C H A S S I S 2
2 LEt:S, S U I T C H - t ; O D I F I E D 1
2 L E t i S , SWITCH- K O D I F I E D 1
2 LEtIS, SWITCH- M O D I F I E D 1
2 LENS, SWITCH- K O D I F I E D 1
2 LEIIS, SIJITCH- N C 3 I F I E D 1
2 LENS, SWITCH- M O D I F I E D 1
2 LENS, S N I T C H - K O D I F I E D 1
2 LENS, SWITCH- M O D I F I E D 1
2 LENS, SWITCH- M O D I F I E D 1
2 LEIIS, SWITCH- H O D I F I E D 1
2 LEIIS, S N I T C H - t l 0 3 I F I E D 1
2 LEIIS, SIJITCH- M O D I F I E D 1
2 LEI<Sr S N I T C H - H O D I F I E D 1
2 LEtjS, SWITCH- PIODIFIED 1
2 LEt:S, S I I T C H - M O D I F I E D 1
2 LENS, SWITCH- M O D I F I E D 1
2 LEtdS, SWITCH- N O D I F I E D 1
2 LENS, SWITCH- t ' 3 3 I F I E D 1
2 EUTTONtFUSH ( 3 1 0 1 8 ) 2 6 6 - 7 5 0 3 - 2 6 0 1
2 LEIIS, SWITCH- M C D I F I E D 1
2 LENS, S N I T C H - Y O D I F I E D 1
2 EUTTON,PUSH ( 3 1 0 1 8 ) 2 6 6 - 7 5 0 8 - 2 6 0 1
2 LEIIS, S U I T C H - M O D I F I E D 1
2 LENS, SWITCH- K C D I F I E D 1
2 L E t i S , SWITCH- t : ? D I F I E D 1
2 LENS* SNITCH- MODIFIED 1
2 GPACKET, A t Z L E 2
2 SCREW,ElACH SST, 6 - 3 2 X 5 / 1 6 ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 3 4 2 - 0 0 6 1 - 0 0 0 ( A P ) 2
2 D I S P L A Y GOAFD ASSEKBLY A l A 2 ( S E E F I G 4 ) 1
2 SCREWySLFLKG SST, 2 - 5 6 X 1 / 4 ( 5 6 8 7 8 3 ( A P ) 3
2 KEY BOARD/DRIVER BOARD ( ESDS A l A l ( S E E F I G 3 ) 1

Revised 15 October 1980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
parts list 523-0769256

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

I I-
FIG- UNITS USABLE
PARTNO z
w DESCRIPTION PER ON
ITEM
Z ASSY CODE

2 NUT,PLAIN,HEX SST, 4 - 4 0 ( 7 7 2 5 0 ) 3 1 3 - 0 1 3 2 - 0 0 0 CAP) 8

2 SCREA,SLFLKG S S T , 2 - 5 6 X 1 / 4 ( 5 6 6 7 8 ) ( A P ) 8
2 POST ( A P ) 8
2 SWITCH,FUSH A l S 5 3 1
2 SCREW,tlACH SST, 2-56 X 3 / 1 6 ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 3 4 3 - 0 1 2 3 - 0 0 0 CAP) 4
2 UAS\iER,LOCK SST, 0 . 0 6 6 I D X 0.172 OD ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 4
310-0275-000 ( A P )
2 POST ( A P 2
2 Sb;ITCH,FUSH ( 3 1 9 1 8 ) 2 6 6 - 7 5 2 4 - 0 1 0 A l S 5 4 1
2 SCREWrEACH SSTI 2-56 X 3/16 ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 3 4 3 - 0 1 2 3 - 0 0 0 ( A P ) 4
2 ULSHE2,LOCK SST, 0 . 0 8 8 I D X 0.172 OD ( c 6 9 0 6 ) 4
310-0275-000 ( A P )
2 POST ( A P ) 2
2 SUITCHYFUSH ( 3 1 9 1 8 ) 2 6 6 - 7 5 0 8 - 1 2 0 1
2 P I N CCblTACT ( 2 7 2 6 4 ) 3 7 2 - 5 9 0 9 - 0 3 0 4
2 CO!:!:ECTOR PLUG ELEC ( 2 7 2 6 4 3 7 2 - 5 9 0 9 - 2 3 0 A l P l 1
2 PLATE, EASE 1
2 SCREW,MACH STL, 4 - 4 0 X 1 / 4 ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 3 4 3 - 0 1 3 3 - 0 0 0 ( A P ) 10
2 WASHERpLOCK SST, 0 . 1 1 5 I D X 0 . 2 0 9 OD ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 10
3 1 0 - 0 2 7 9 - 0 0 0 ( AP
2 BRACKET, AtiGLE 1
2 SCREW,MACH SST, 4 - 4 0 X 5 / 1 6 ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 3 4 3 - 0 1 3 4 - 0 0 0 ( A P ) 2
2 WASHER, LOCK SST, 0.115 I D X 0 . 2 0 9 OD ( 96906 2
310-0279-000 ( A P )

Revised 1 5 October 1980

parts list 523-0769256 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

Kp,yborcrd/Dr?ver Board A l A l
F z g ~ i r e3 (Sheet 1 of 2j

Revised 15 October 1980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 parts list 523-0769256

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

Keyboard/Dnrler Board A l A l
Figzire .? (Sheet 2)

Revised 15 October I980

parts list 523-0769256 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

I-
FIG- UNITS USABLE
PART NO z
w DESCRIPTION PER ON
ITEM n
E ASSY CODE

1 KEYBOARD/DRIVER EOARD (ESDS) A l A l (SEE F I G 2 - 5 6 FOR REF

NHA
2 SWITCH,PUSH ( A 1 6 4 3 1 2 6 6 - 7 5 3 2 - 0 2 0 A l A l S l
3 L/\P1P, 1NCAE:D ( 7 1 7 4 4 ) 2 6 2 - 2 7 3 0 - 0 0 0 (P/O A l A l S l )
2 SAITCH9FUSH ( A 1 6 4 3 1 2 6 6 - 7 5 3 2 - 0 2 0 A l A l S 1 5
3 LLPlP,It:CAND ( 7 1 7 4 4 ) 2 6 2 - 2 7 3 0 - 0 0 0 ( P/O A l A l S 1 5 )
2 ?KITCH,FUSH ( A 1 6 4 3 1 2 6 6 - 7 5 3 2 - 0 2 0 A l A l S 2
3 LAY?, I 6 C A 8 3 ( 7 1 7 4 4 2 6 2 - 2 7 3 0 - 0 0 0 ( P/O A l A l S Z
2 SWITCH,FUSH ( A 1 5 4 3 1 2 6 6 - 7 5 3 2 - 0 2 0 A l A l S 1 6
3 LAMP,It:CAt:D I 7 1 7 4 4 ) 2 6 2 - 2 7 3 0 - 0 0 0 ( P / O A l A l S 1 6 )
2 SWITCH,FUSH ( A 1 6 4 3 1 2 6 6 - 7 5 3 2 - 0 2 0 A l A l S 3
3 LAP:P,Ih'CAl.;D ( 7 1 7 4 4 ) 2 6 2 - 2 7 3 0 - 0 0 0 (P/'O A 1 A l S 3 )
2 It4TECRATED C I E C U I T ( 3 4 3 3 5 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 9 - 0 4 0 A l A l U 5 8
2 CAPACITC2,FXO CER D I E L , O.OlUF, PORI110%, lOOV
( 6 1 3 4 9 ) 913-5019-200 A l A l C 1 7
2 SUITCH,FUSH ( A 1 6 4 3 ) 2 6 6 - 7 5 3 2 - 0 1 0 A l A l S 1 7
2 SWITCH,FUSH ( A 1 6 4 3 ) 266-753;-020 AlAlS4
3 LAt:P,II:CAI!D ( 7 1 7 4 4 ) 2 6 2 - 2 7 3 0 - 0 0 0 (P/O A l A l S 4 1
2 SUITCH7PUSH ( A 1 6 4 3 1 2 6 6 - 7 5 5 2 - 0 1 0 A l A l S l S
2 Sh'ITCH3PUSH ( A 1 6 4 3 1 2 6 6 - 7 5 3 2 - 0 1 0 A141S5
2 SWITCH,FUSH ( A 1 6 4 3 1 2 6 6 - 7 5 3 2 - 0 2 0 A l A l S 1 9
2 LAtlP,INCPI:D ( 7 1 7 4 4 ) 2 6 2 - 2 7 5 3 - 0 0 0 (P/O A l A l S l . 9 )
2 LCPEL,FPESS SENS ( 1 2 9 9 8 ) (EFF REV LTR H )
2 SWiTCH,FUSH ( A 1 6 4 3 1 266-7532-0:O AlAlS6
3 LA:'P11tICAt;3 ( 7 1 7 4 4 ) 2 6 2 - 2 7 3 0 - 0 0 0 (P/'O A l A l S 6 )
2 INTEGKiTED CIRCUIT ( 3 4 3 3 5 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 9 - 0 4 0 A l A l U 6 0
2 SXITCHIPUSH ( A 1 6 4 3 1 2 6 6 - 7 5 3 2 - 0 1 0 A141520
2 LAFEL9FRESS Sit!S ( 1 2 9 9 5 1 ( E F F REV LTP H )
2 SNITCH ,PUSH ( A 1 6 4 3 ) 2 6 6 - 7 5 3 2 - 0 1 0 A l A l S 7
2 .SUITCH,PUSH ( A 1 6 4 3 1 2 6 6 - 7 5 3 2 - 0 1 0 A l A l S 2 1
2 SUITCH,PUSH ( A 1 6 4 3 1 2 6 6 - 7 5 3 2 - 0 1 0 A141SS
2 SIIITCH 9FUSIi ( A 1 6 4 3 1 2 6 6 - 7 5 3 2 - 0 1 0 A l A l S 2 2
2 SWITCH,PUSH ( A 1 6 4 3 1 2 6 6 - 7 5 3 2 - 0 1 0 A l A l S 9
2 SWITCH,FUSH ( A 1 6 4 3 1 2 6 6 - 7 5 3 2 - 0 1 0 A l A l S 2 3
2 SGITCH,FUSH ( A 1 6 4 3 1 2 6 6 - 7 5 3 2 - 0 1 0 C l A l S l O
2 RESISTO?,FSD CtlPSN, 1K, 1 0 % ~1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-2341-000 A l A l R 9
2 RESISTOR9FXD CtlFSt4r 1K, 1 0 2 , 1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-2341-000 A l A l R 7
2 RESISTOR9FXD CtlFSt4, 1K, 107.9 1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-23$1-000 A l A l R 8
2 RESISTCR,FXD CKFSN, l K , l o % , 1/PW ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-2341-000 A l A l R l O
2 SWITCH,FUSH ( A 1 6 4 3 1 2 6 6 - 7 5 3 2 - 0 2 0 A l A l S 1 1
3 LAMP, It!CCt1D ( 7 1 7 4 4 ) 2 6 2 - 2 7 3 0 - 0 0 0 ( P i 0 A l A l S 1 1 )
2 SWITCH,FUSH ( A 1 6 4 3 ) 2 6 6 - 7 5 3 2 - 0 1 0 A l A l S 2 4
2 SWITCH,FUSH ( A 1 6 4 3 1 2 6 6 - 7 5 3 2 - 0 1 0 A l A l S 1 2
2 SWITCH,FUSH ( A 1 6 4 3 1 2 6 6 - 7 5 3 2 - 0 1 0 A l A l S 2 5
2 SKITCH,PUSH ( A 1 6 4 3 1 2 6 6 - 7 5 3 2 - 0 2 0 A l A l S 1 3
3 LAt:P,It;CAt<D ( 7 1 7 4 4 1 2 6 2 - 2 7 3 0 - 0 0 0 ( P/O A l A l S 1 3 )
2 IIITEGPATED CIRCUIT ( 1 8 3 2 4 ) 3 5 1 - 1 2 6 7 - 0 2 0 A l A l U 6 3
2 ItITECQATED CIRCUIT F L I P FLOP ( 0 4 7 1 3 1 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 5 - 0 4 0
AlAlU64
2 CAPACITO2,FXD CER D I E L , O.OlUF, PORtllO%, lOOV
( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 913-5019-200 A l A l C l S
2 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT ( 1 8 3 2 4 ) 3 5 1 - 1 2 6 7 - 0 2 0 A l A l U 6 7
2 It1TEGPATED CIRCUIT ( 1 8 3 2 4 ) 3 5 1 - 1 2 6 7 - 0 2 0 A l A l U 6 6
2 It4TEGRATEO C I R C U l T ( 3 4 3 3 5 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 9 - 0 4 0 A l A l U 6 5
2 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT I 5 6 2 5 9 1 3 5 1 - 0 1 9 6 - 0 1 0 A l A l U 6 8
2 SWITCH,PUSH ( A 1 6 4 3 1 2 6 6 - 7 5 3 2 - 0 1 0 A l A l S Z 6
2 SWITCH,PUSH ( A 1 6 4 3 1 2 6 6 - 7 5 3 2 - 0 1 0 A l A l S 3 9
2 SWITCH,FUSH ( A 1 6 4 3 1 2 6 6 - 7 5 3 2 - 0 1 0 A l A l S 3 9
2 SWITCHIFUSH ( A 1 6 4 3 1 2 6 6 - 7 5 3 2 - 0 1 0 A l A l S 3 7

Rel9isc~rl1.5 October 1980

 parts list 523-0769256
Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

t-
FIG- UNITS USABLE
ITEM PART NO ,Zzw, DESCRIPTION PER
ASSY
ON
CODE

2 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT ( 3 4 3 3 5 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 9 - 0 4 0 A l A l U 6 2
2 RESISTCR ,FXD CP!FSN, l K , l o % , l / E A ( 8 1 3 4 9
745-2341-000 A l A l R 1 4
2 RESISTCR,FXD CNPSN, 1K, 1 0 % ~1/8W ( 6 1 3 4 9 )
745-2341-000 AlAlR13
2 RESISTCR,FXD CNPSN, 1K, 1 0 % ~1/'W (81349)
745-2341-000 A l A l R 1 2
2 RESISTOR,FSD CMPSN, 1K, 1 0 x 9 1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-2341-000 A l A l R l l
2 SWITCH,FUSH ( A 1 6 4 3 1 2 6 6 - 7 5 3 2 - 0 1 0 A l A l S 4 9
2 SWITCH,PUSH ( A 1 6 4 3 1 2 6 6 - 7 5 3 2 - 0 1 0 A l A l S 3 6
2 SNITCHIPUSH ( A 1 6 4 3 1 2 6 6 - 7 5 3 2 - 0 2 0 A l A l S 4 8
3 LANP,It:CASD ( 7 1 7 4 4 2 6 2 - 2 7 3 0 - 0 0 0 (P/'O A l A l S 4 8 1
2 SWITCH,PUSH ( A 1 6 4 3 1 2 6 6 - 7 5 3 2 - 0 1 0 A l A l S 3 5
2 SWITCHsPUSH ( A 1 6 4 3 ) 2 6 6 - 7 5 3 2 - 0 1 0 A l A l S 4 7
2 SWITCH,FUSH ( A 1 6 4 3 1 2 6 6 - 7 5 3 2 - 0 1 0 A l A l S 3 4
2 SWITCH,FUSH ( A 1 6 4 3 1 2 6 6 - 7 5 3 2 - 0 1 0 A l A l S 4 6
2 SWITCH,PUS!i (A16431 266-7532-010 A l A l S 3 3
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 5 6 2 8 9 ) 3 5 1 - 0 1 9 6 - 0 1 0 A l A l U 6 1
2 SWITCHYFUSH ( A 1 6 4 3 1 2 6 6 - 7 5 3 2 - 0 2 0 A l A l S 4 5
3 LAtlP,It4CAP:D ( 7 1 7 4 4 ) 2 6 2 - 2 7 3 0 - 0 0 0 ( P/O A l A l S 4 5 )
2 SKITCH,PUSH ( A 1 6 4 3 ) 2 6 6 - 7 5 3 2 - 0 2 0 A 1 4 1 5 3 2
3 LAMP,INCAND ( 7 1 7 4 4 ) 2 6 2 - 2 7 3 0 - 0 0 0 (P/O A l A S 3 2 )
2 SWITCH,FUSH ( A 1 6 4 3 ) 2 6 6 - 7 5 3 2 - 0 1 0 A l A l S 4 4
2 SXITCH,FUSH ( A 1 6 4 3 1 2 6 6 - 7 5 3 2 - 0 1 0 A l A l S 3 1
2 SWITCH,FUSH (Al.643) 2 6 6 - 7 5 3 2 - 0 1 0 A l A l S 4 3
2 514ITCH,FUSH ( A 1 6 4 3 1 2 6 6 - 7 5 3 2 - 0 1 0 A141530
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 5 6 2 8 9 ) 3 5 1 - 0 1 9 6 - 0 1 0 A l A l U 5 9
2 SgITCHyFUSH ( A 1 5 4 3 1 2 6 6 - 7 5 3 2 - 0 2 0 A l A I . 5 2 9
3 LAMP,INCAND ( 7 1 7 4 4 ) 2 6 2 - 2 7 3 0 - 0 0 0 ( P/O A l A l S 2 9 )
2 SNITCH,FUSH ( A 1 6 4 3 1 2 6 6 - 7 5 3 2 - 0 2 0 A l A l S 2 8
3 LAMP,INCAND ( 7 1 7 4 4 ) 2 6 2 - 2 7 3 0 - 0 0 0 ( P i 0 A l A l S 2 8 )
2 SWITCH,FUSH ( A 1 6 4 3 1 2 6 6 - 7 5 3 2 - 0 2 0 A l A l S 2 7
3 LANP~INCAND ( 7 1 7 4 4 1 2 6 2 - 2 7 3 0 - 0 0 0 ( P / O A l A l S 2 7 )
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 5 6 2 9 9 ) 3 5 1 - 0 1 9 6 - 0 1 0 A l A l U 5 7
2 SWITCHjFUSH ( A 1 6 4 3 1 2 6 6 - 7 5 3 2 - 0 2 0 A l A l S 1 4
3 LAIIP,INCAND ( 7 1 7 4 4 I 2 6 2 - 2 7 3 0 - 0 0 0 ( P / O A l A l S 1 4 )
2 INTEGRATED C I P C U I T ( 3 4 3 3 5 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 9 - 0 4 0 A l A l U 5 6
2 CAPACITOR,FXD CER D I E L , O.OlUF, PCRM10%, lOOV
( 6 1 3 4 9 ) 913-5019-200 AlAlC16
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T LOGIC GATE ( 1 8 3 2 4 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 3 - 1 1 0
AlAlUl
2 CAFACITORpFXD CER D I E L , 0 - O l U F , PORtllO%r lOOV
( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 913-5019-200 A l A l C 3
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 3 4 3 3 5 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 9 - 0 4 0 A l A l U 2
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 3 4 3 3 5 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 9 - 0 4 0 A l A l U 3
2 IWTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 3 4 3 3 5 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 9 - 0 4 0 A l A l U 4
2 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT ( 0 4 7 1 3 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 6 - 0 3 0 A l A l U 5
2 CAFACITOR,FXD CER D I E L , O.OlUF, PORM10%, lOOV
( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 013-5019-200 A l A l C 4
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 3 4 3 3 5 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 9 - 0 4 0 A l A l U 6
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 0 1 2 9 5 ) 3 5 1 - 7 6 3 2 - 0 1 0 A l A l U 7
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 3 4 3 3 5 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 9 - 0 4 0 A141U8
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 3 4 3 3 5 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 9 - 0 4 0 A l A l U 9
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 3 4 3 3 5 3 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 9 - 0 4 0 A l A l U l O
2 CAFACITOR,FXD CER D I E L , O.OlUF, FC?MlO%, lOOV
( 8 1 3 4 0 ) 913-5019-200 A l A l C 5
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 3 4 3 3 5 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 9 - 0 4 0 A l A l U l l
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 3 4 3 3 5 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 9 - 0 4 0 A l A l U 1 2
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 3 4 3 3 5 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 9 - 0 4 0 A l A l U 1 3
2 CAPACITO2,FXD CER D I E L , O.OlUF, FORNlO%, ZOOV
( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 913-5019-200 A l A l C 6
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 3 4 3 3 5 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 9 - 0 4 0 A l A l U 1 5

Rellised 1,5 October 1980

parts list 523-0769256
Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

I-
FIG- UNITS USABLE
PART NO z
w DESCRIPTION PER ON
ITEM
Z ASSY CODE

2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 3 4 3 3 5 1 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 9 - 0 4 0 A l A l U 1 6
2 CAFRCITCR tFXD CER D I E L , 0 . O l U F , FCRtllO;!, loo\'
( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 913-5019-200 A l A l C 7
2 INTESRATED C I R C U I T ( 3 4 3 3 5 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 9 - 0 4 0 A l A l U l 8
2 It4TEGRAlED C I R C U I T ( 0 4 7 1 3 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 6 - 0 3 0 A l A l U 1 9
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 3 4 3 3 5 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 9 - 0 4 0 A l A l U 2 0
2 It!TEZ!?ATED C I R C U I T ( 0 1 2 9 5 ) 3 5 1 - 7 0 3 2 - 0 1 0 A l A l U 2 1
2 CAFACIT07,FYD CER D I E L , O . O l U F j PCZN10%, 100'4
( 8 1 3 4 7 ) 013-5019-200 A l A l C 8
2 ItiTEG3ATED C I R C U I T ( 3 4 3 3 5 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 9 - 0 4 0 A l A l U 2 2
2 ItiTEG51ATED C I R C U I T ( 3 4 3 3 5 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 9 - 0 4 0 A l A l U 2 3
2 CAFLCITO!?,FXD CER D I E L , O.OlUF, FC=t110%, lOOV
( 8 l j s 9 ) 913-5319-200 A l A l C 9
2 INTtGR4TED C I R C U I T ( 3 4 3 3 5 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 9 - 0 4 0 A l A l U 2 5
2 INTEGFATED C I R C U I T ( 3 4 3 3 5 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 9 - 0 4 0 A l A l U 2 6
2 It4TEGWTED C I E C U I T ( 1 6 3 2 4 3 5 1 - 1 2 6 7 - 0 2 0 A l A l U 2 7
2 CAPACITC??FSD CER D I E L , O.OlUF, FCRtllO%, 1 0 3 V
( 8 1 5 4 9 ) 913-5019-200 A l A l C l O
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T LOSIC GATE ( 1 8 3 2 4 3 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 3 - 2 6 0
AlftlU55
2 CAF'ACITORvFXD CER D I E L , O.OlUF, PORF110%, lOOV
( E l 3 h 9 ) 913-5019-200 A l A l C 1 5
2 RESISTOR,FXD CIIPSt4, ~ K Il o % , 1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 4 5 - 2 3 4 1 - 0 0 0 A141R6
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 0 1 2 9 5 ) 3 5 1 - 7 6 3 2 - 0 1 0 A l A l U 5 4
2 IflTEGRITED CIRCUIT ( 2 7 0 1 4 ) 3 5 1 - 7 5 4 4 - 0 2 0 A l A l U 5 3
2 CAPACITCR,FSD CER D I E L , O.OlUF, PCi;PIlO/, lCOV
( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 913-5019-200 AlAlC14
2 RESISTG2,FXD CIIFSNI 1 K , 1 0 2 , 1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 1
745-2341-000 A l A l R 5
2 INTEGRATED C I E C U I T ( 0 1 2 9 5 ) 3 5 1 - 7 6 3 2 - 0 1 0 A l A l U 5 2
2 IIITESRATED C I R C U I T ( 2 7 0 1 4 ) 3 5 1 - 7 5 4 4 - 0 2 0 A l A l U 5 1
2 IIITEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 2 7 0 1 4 ) 3 5 1 - 7 5 4 4 - 0 2 0 A l A l U 5 0
2 RESISTC9,FXD CPIPSII, l K , l o % , l / e W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-2341-000 A l A l R 4
2 It4TEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 0 1 2 9 5 1 3 5 1 - 7 6 3 2 - 0 1 0 A l A l U 4 9
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T LOGIC GATE ( 2 7 0 1 4 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 3 - 2 2 0
AlAlU4S
2 II4TEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 0 4 7 1 3 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 6 - 0 3 0 A l A l U 4 7
2 INTEER.4TED C I R C U I T ( 2 7 0 1 4 ) 351-7544-0;O AlAlU46
2 CAFACITOR,FXD CER D I E L , O.OlUF, PORt110%, lOOV
( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 913-5019-200 A l A l C 1 3
2 INTEG44TED C I R C U I T ( 0 1 2 9 5 ) 3 5 1 - 7 6 3 2 - 0 1 0 A l A l U 4 5
2 IIITEC-RATED C I R C U I T ( 2 7 0 1 4 ) 3 5 1 - 7 5 4 4 - 0 2 0 A l i i l U 4 4
2 RESISTC2,FXD CIIFSN, 1K, l o % , 1/6W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-2341-000 A l A l R 3
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 2 7 0 1 4 ) 3 5 1 - 7 5 4 4 - 0 2 0 A l A l U 4 3
2 RESISTCR2FXD CHFSN, 1K, 1 0 % ~1/6W ( 3 1 3 4 9 )
745-2341-000 A l A l R 2
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 0 1 2 9 5 ) 3 5 1 - 7 6 3 2 - 0 1 0 A l A l U 4 2
2 IIdTEGPATED C I R C U I T ( 2 7 0 1 4 ) 3 5 1 - 7 5 4 4 - 0 2 0 A l A l U 4 1
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 2 7 0 1 4 ) 3 5 1 - 7 5 4 4 - 0 2 0 A l A l U 4 0
2 CAFACITC2,FXD CER D I E L , O.OlUF, PORt110%, lOOV
( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 913-5019-200 A l A l C 1 2
2 IEITEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 0 1 2 0 5 ) 3 5 1 - 7 6 3 2 - 0 1 0 A l A l U 3 9
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 2 7 0 1 4 ) 3 5 1 - 7 5 4 4 - 0 2 0 A l A l U 3 8
2 It:TEG!?ATED C I F C U I T ( 0 1 2 0 5 ) 3 5 1 - 7 6 3 2 - 0 1 0 A l A l U 3 7
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 0 1 2 9 5 ) 3 5 1 - 7 6 3 2 - 0 1 0 A l A l U 3 6
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 2 7 0 1 4 ) 3 5 1 - 7 5 4 4 - 0 2 0 A l A l U 3 5
2 It4TEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 0 1 2 9 5 3 5 1 - 7 6 3 2 - 0 1 0 A l A l U 3 4
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 2 7 0 1 4 ) 3 5 1 - 7 5 4 4 - 0 2 0 A l A l U 3 3
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 0 1 2 0 5 3 5 1 - 7 6 3 2 - 0 1 0 A l A l U 3 2
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 2 7 0 1 4 ) 3 5 1 - 7 5 4 4 - 0 2 0 A l A l U 3 1

Rr.i,i.sccl 1:; October 1980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 parts list 523-0769256

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

t-
FIG- z UNITS USABLE
ITEM PARTNO ,W, DESCRIPTION PER
ASSY
ON
CODE
L
DM7447AN 2 ItITECRATED C I R C U I T ( 2 7 0 1 4 ) 3 5 1 - 7 5 4 4 - 0 2 0 A l A l U 3 0
CK05EX103K 2 C A P d C I T 0 9 , F S D CER D I E L I O.OlUF9 PORPIlO:,:, lOOV
( 8 1 3 4 9 ) '313-5019-200 A l A l C 1 1
RCRC5GlO2KS 2 RESISTCR,FXD CHFSN, 1 K , lo;!, 1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-2341-C00 A l A l R 1
DF17447AN 2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 2 7 0 1 4 1 3 5 1 - 7 5 4 4 - 0 2 0 A l A l U 2 9
CK05ES103K 2 CAFCCITOR,FXD CER D I E L O . O l U F , PCRPllO:!, lOOV
( 8 1 3 4 9 3 913-5019-ZOO A l A l C 2
M39003-01-2257 2 C A P A C I T C R s F X a E L C T L T , 3 3 U F p 1 0 % r 1OV ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
164-9066-170 A l A l C l
Dtl74LSlON 2 I I I T E S P A T E D C I R C U I T L C G I C GATE ( 2 7 0 1 4 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 3 - 2 3 0
AlAlU28
768-3177-004 2 POST
P313-0132-000 2 NUT,PLAIN,HEX SST, 4 - 4 0 ( 7 7 2 5 0 ) 3 1 3 - 0 1 3 2 - 0 0 0 ( A P )
372-2601-045 2 CC:IT4CT, ELEC
706-5919-003 2 PIN, INCEX
778-0422-023 2 SPACER, SLEEVE
parts list 523-0769256 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

Display Board Assern bly A l A I

Fzglr re 4
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 parts list 523-0769256

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

I PART NO
t-
z
W
o
z
DESCRIPTION
p&Si
ASSY
M Z L E
CODE

1 D I S P L A Y BOARD ASSEEBLY A1A2 (SEE F I G 2 - 5 5 FOR NHA) REF

2 RESISTOR NTNK D U A L - I N - L I N E , 1 5 0 OHMS, 2%, 1 2 5 V 1
( 0 1 1 2 1 ) 350-4027-010 AlA2U19
2 LAMP,LED ( 2 8 4 9 0 3 5 3 - 0 3 1 1 - 0 1 0 A l A 2 C R 3 7
2 RESISTCR NTKK D U A L - I N - L I t < E , 1 5 0 OH;iS, 2%, 1 2 5 V
( 0 1 1 2 1 ) 350-4027-010 AlA2U16
2 LAMPrLED ( 2 9 4 8 0 3 3 5 3 - 0 3 1 1 - 0 1 0 A l A 2 C R 3 5
2 CONTACT ,E LEC
2 HCUSIt:Z,CC:;N A1A2111B
2 RESISTOR NTKK D U A L - I N - L I I I E , 1 5 0 OHMS, 2%, 1 2 5 V
( 0 1 1 2 1 ) 350-4027-010 AlA2U15
2 RESISTOR NTWK D U A L - I N - L I N E , 1 5 0 OHMS, 2 % ~1 2 5 V
( 0 1 1 2 1 ) 350-4027-010 A l A i U 3
2 LAMP,LED ( 2 8 4 8 0 ) 3 5 3 - 0 3 1 1 - 0 1 0 A l A 2 C R 3 3
2 LAMPPLED ( 2 6 4 8 0 ) 3 5 3 - 0 3 1 1 - 0 1 0 A l A 2 C R 3 1
2 RESISTOR,FSD CHPStJ, 1 5 0 Oi?tlS, 1 0 % ~l i 8 W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-2311-000 AlA2R8
2 LAMP, LED (:a480 353-0311-010 AlA2CR29
2 RESISTC?,FXD CMPSN, 1 5 0 OHMS, 10%. 1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-2311-000 AlA?R7
2 RESISTOR ,FXD CtlPS:4, 1 5 0 OHPIS, 1 0 % ~1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9
745-2311-000 AlA2E6
2 LAMPSLED ( 2 8 4 8 0 ) 3 5 3 - 0 3 1 1 - 0 1 0 A l A 2 C R 2 7
2 RESISTCR,FXD CBPSN, 1 5 0 OHNS, l o % , 1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-2311-OCO A l A 2 R 5
2 RESISTO?,FXD CMPSN, 1 5 0 OHMS, 1 0 % ~1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-2311-000 AlA2R4
2 LAMP,LED ( 2 6 4 8 0 ) 3 5 3 - 0 3 1 1 - 0 1 0 A l A Z C R 2 5
2 RESISTOR,FXD CKPSN, 1 5 0 c t i n s , l o x , l/sw ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-2311-000 AlA2R3
2 LAMPSLED ( 2 8 4 8 0 ) 3 5 3 - 0 3 1 1 - 0 1 0 A l A 2 C R 2 3
2 R E S I S T 0 2 NTWK D U A L - I N - L I N E , 1 5 0 OtltlS, 2 % ~1 2 5 V
( 0 1 1 2 1 ) 350-4027-010 AlA2U9
2 RESISTOR NTEK D U A L - I N - L I N E , 1 5 0 OHMS, 2 % ~1 2 5 V
( 0 1 1 2 1 ) 350-4027-010 AlAZU1
2 RESISTO2,FSD CMFSN, 1 5 0 OHiIS, 1 0 % ~l / 8 W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-2311-000 AlAZR2
2 LAtlP,LED ( 2 8 2 8 0 ) 3 5 3 - 0 3 1 1 - 0 1 0 A l A Z C R 2 1
2 RESISTO2,FXD Ct:PSN, 1 5 0 OHMS, 1 0 % ~1/6W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-2311-000 AlAZRL
2 LAPIP, LED ( 284SO 1 3 5 3 - 0 3 1 1 - 0 1 0 A l A 2 C R 1 9
2 RESISTOR NTh'K D U A L - I N - L I N E , 1 5 0 OHflS, 2 % ~1 2 5 V
( 0 1 1 2 1 ) 350-4027-010 AlAZU6
2 COtITACT, ELEC
2 H O U S I t Z ,COt<t.( A l A P P l A
2 LAMPyLED ( 2 8 4 8 0 ) 3 5 3 - 0 3 1 1 - 0 1 0 A l A 2 C R 1 7
2 RESISTOR HTUK D U A L - I N - L I N E , 1 5 0 OHMS, 2 % ~1 2 5 V
( 0 1 1 2 1 ) 350-4027-010 AlA2U5
2 LAtlPyLED ( 2 8 4 8 0 ) 3 5 3 - 0 3 1 1 - 0 1 0 A l A 2 C R 1 5
2 RESISTOR NTWK D U A L - I N - L I N E , 1 5 0 OHMS, 2%. 1 2 5 V
( 0 1 1 2 1 ) 350-4027-010 A142U18
2 LAMPPLED ( 2 8 4 8 0 ) 3 5 3 - 0 3 1 1 - 0 1 0 A l A 2 C R 4
2 SLEEVE, SPACER
2 LAtlP, LED ( 2 8 4 8 0 3 5 3 - 0 3 1 1 - 0 1 0 A l A 2 C R 2
2 LAMPVLED ( 2 8 4 6 0 ) 3 5 3 - 0 3 1 1 - 0 1 0 C l A 2 C R l
2 LAtlPyLED ( 2 8 4 8 0 ) 3 5 3 - 0 3 1 1 - 0 1 0 A l A 2 C R 3
2 RESISTOR NTUK D U A L - I N - L I N E , 1 5 0 OHHS, 2 % 1 ~2 5 V
( 0 1 1 2 1 ) 350-4027-010 AlA2U4
2 SOCI<ET,IC ( 2 3 8 8 0 2 2 0 - 0 0 7 5 - 0 2 0 A l A 2 X D S l A l A 2 X D S 1 0
A l A 2 X D S 1 1 A l A 2 X D S 1 2 A l A 2 X D S 1 3 A l A 2 S D S 1 4 AlAZXDS2
AlA2XDS3 AlA2XDS4 AlA2XDS5 AlA2XDS6 AlA2XDS7
AlA2XDS8 AlA2XDS9
2 LED D I S P L A Y ( 2 6 4 8 0 ) 2 6 2 - 1 4 6 3 - 0 1 0 A l A Z D S 1

Revised 15 October 1980

parts list 523-0769256 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

+
z UNITS USABLE
FIG- w
PART NO n DESCRIPTION PER ON
ITEM ASSY CODE
Z

2 LED D I S P L A Y 1 2 8 4 8 0 ) 2 6 2 - 1 4 6 3 - 0 1 0 A l A 2 D S 2
2 LED D I S P L A Y ( 2 8 4 8 0 3 2 6 2 - 1 4 6 3 - 0 ' 1 0 A l A 2 D S 3
2 LED D I S P L A Y ( 2 8 4 3 0 ) 2 6 2 - 1 4 6 3 - 0 1 0 A l A 2 D S 4
2 LED D I S P L A Y ( 2 8 4 6 0 ) 2 6 2 - 1 4 6 3 - 0 1 0 A l A 2 C S 5
2 RESISTC? NTWK D U A L - I N - L I t I E , 1 5 0 OHl:S, 2%, 125V
( 0 1 1 2 1 ) 350-4027-010 AlA2U7
2 LAMPYLED ( 2 8 4 6 0 ) 3 5 3 - 0 3 1 1 - 0 1 0 A l A 2 C R 5
2 LAMP, LED ( 2 8 4 8 0 3 5 3 - 0 3 1 1 - 0 1 0 A l A T C R 6
2 LAIlP, LED f 26G30 3 5 3 - 0 3 1 1 - 0 1 0 A l A 2 C R 7
2 RESISTOR NTWI; D U A L - I N - L I t < E , 1 5 0 OHMS, 2%, 125V
( 0 1 1 2 1 ) 350-4027-010 AlA2US
2 RESISTC? NTKK DUAL-IN-LIt:E, 1 5 0 OHMS, 2%, l25V
( 0 1 1 2 1 ) 350-4027-010 AlA2U2
2 RESISTOR NTKK GUAL-ItI-LIE:E, 1 5 0 OiiXS, 2 % ~1 2 5 V
( 0 1 1 2 1 ) 350-4027-010 AlA2U10
2 LED D I S F L A Y ( 2 8 4 8 0 ) 2 6 2 - 1 5 6 3 - 0 1 0 A l A 2 D S 6
2 LED D I S P L A Y ( 2 8 4 6 0 2 6 2 - 1 4 6 3 - 0 1 0 A l A 2 D S 7
2 R E S I S T 0 7 NTWS DU?L-It4-LIt-IE, 1 5 0 OHMS, 2%, 125V
( 0 1 1 2 1 ) 350-4027-010 AlA2U11
2 LED D I S P L A Y ( 2 8 4 S O l 2 6 2 - 1 4 6 3 - 0 1 0 A l A 2 D S B
2 LED D I S F L A Y ( 2 6 4 8 0 3 2 6 2 - 1 4 6 3 - 0 1 0 A l A 2 D S 9
2 RESISTCR t4TLY D U A L - I N - L I I Z E , 1 5 0 OHPlS, 2 x 9 125V
( 0 1 1 2 1 ) 350-4027-010 AlA2UlE
2 LED D I S P L A Y ( 2 8 4 8 0 ) 2 6 2 - 1 4 6 3 - 0 1 0 A l A 2 D S 1 0
2 LED D I S P L A Y ( 2 9 4 8 0 ) 2 6 2 - 1 4 6 3 - 0 1 0 A l A Z D S 1 1
2 RESISTOR NTWK DUAL-It4-LIt:E, 1 5 0 @li:lS, 2%, 125V
( 0 1 1 2 1 ) 350-4027-010 AlAZU13
2 LAtlP, LED ( 2 8 4 8 0 ) 3 5 3 - 0 3 1 1 - 0 1 0 A l A 2 C R 8
2 LAMP,LED (2€'4803 3 5 3 - 0 3 1 1 - 0 1 0 A l A 2 C R 9
2 LAPIP, LED I 2 6 4 9 0 3 5 3 - 0 3 1 1 - 0 1 0 A l A 2 C R 1 0
2 RESISTCR NTGK DUAL-IN-LII:E, 1 5 0 OH:iS, 2 % ~1 2 5 V
( 0 1 1 2 1 ) 350-4027-010 AlA2U14
2 LED D I S P L A Y ( 2 8 4 8 0 ) 2 6 2 - 1 4 6 3 - 0 1 0 A l A Z D S 1 2
2 LED D I S P L A Y ( 2 8 4 3 0 ) 2 6 2 - 1 4 6 3 - 0 1 0 A l A 2 D S 1 3
2 LED D I S P L A Y ( 2 8 % S O ) 2 6 2 - 1 4 6 3 - 0 1 0 A l A 2 D S 1 4
2 LAPIPPLED ( 2 8 4 8 0 ) 3 5 3 - 0 3 1 1 - 0 1 0 A l A 2 C R 1 1
2 L4XPyLED 1 2 8 4 8 0 ) 3 5 3 - 0 3 1 1 - 0 1 0 A l A 2 C R 1 2
2 LAtlP, LED ( 2 0 4 8 0 3 5 3 - 0 3 1 1 - 0 1 0 A l A 2 C R 1 3
2 RESISTCR NTKK D U A L - I t { - L I N E , 1 5 0 OHMS, 2 % ~1 2 5 V
( 0 1 1 2 1 ) 350-4027-010 AlA2U17

Revised 1.5 October I980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 parts list 523-0769256

GROUP ASSEMBLY PAR I S LIST

Corctrollrr/Aitdio Asseni hly A2

Ffq?tre 5

FIG- 2
W
ITEM PART NO DESCRIPTION
z

1 CONTROLLER/AUDIO ASSY (ESDS) A2 (SEE F I G 1 - 1 6 FOR REF

NHA )
2 ANALCG GOAFD (ESDS) A242 (SEE F I G 7 )
2 SCREU,HACH STL, 4 - 4 0 X 1 / 4 ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 3 4 3 - 0 1 3 3 - 0 0 0 CAP)
2 WASHER,LOCK SST, 0.115 I D X 0 . 2 0 9 OD ( 9 6 9 0 6 )
310-0279-000 (AP)
2 WASiiER,FLAT CRES, 0 . 1 2 5 I D X 0 . 2 5 0 CD ( 9 6 9 0 6 )
3 1 0 - 0 7 7 9 - 0 3 0 ( AP
2 CPU ASSEFGLY ( E S D S ) A2A1 (SEE F I G 6 )
2 SCREW,HACH STL, 4 - 4 0 X 1 / 4 ( 9 6 0 0 6 ) 3 4 3 - 0 1 3 3 - 0 0 0 (AP)
2 WASHEP,LOCK SST, 0 . 1 1 5 I D X 0 . 2 0 9 OD ( 9 6 9 0 6 )
3 1 0 - 0 2 7 9 - 0 0 0 ( AP)
2 WASHER,FLAT CRES, 0 . 1 2 5 I D X 0 . 2 5 0 OD ( 9 6 9 0 6 )
310-0779-030 (AP)
2 TDM EOARD ASSEMBLY (ESDS) A2A3 (SEE F I G 8 )
2 SCREWpSLFLKG SST, 2 - 5 6 X 1 / 4 ( 5 6 8 7 8 ) ( A P )
2 FOST
2 LAEELtPRESS SENS ( 1 2 9 9 8 ) ( E F F REV LTR G )
2 DIVIDER,SHIELD

Revised 15 October 1980

parts list 523-0769256 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

I-
FIG- UNITS USABLE
PARTNO z
w DESCRIPTION PER ON
ITEM
Z ASSY CODE

2 FOST
2 NUT,SLFLKGtHEX AL, 4-40 ( 7 2 9 6 2 ) 333-0347-000 (AP FOR
5-6 1
2 WASHEP,LOCK SST, 0.115 I D X 0.209 OD ( 9 6 9 0 6 )
310-0279-000 (AP FCR 5 - 6 ) ( EFF TO REV LTR F )
2 WASHERtFLAT CRESt 0.125ID X 0.250 OD ( 9 0 9 0 6 )
310-0779-030 (AP FOR 5 - 6 )
2 SCREW,PIACH STLp 4-40 X 5/8 ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 343-0138-000 ( A P
FCR 5 - 6 1
2 FOST
2 GRACKET ASSEMBLY
3 RECEPTACLEITURN ( 7 1 2 8 6 ) 012-2786-000
3 RIVETySOLID AL, 3/32 D I A X 3/16 ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 305-1361-000
( AP )
3 BRACKET

Rct2iscll 1:: October. 1980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 arts list 523-0769256

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

Rcr3iscrl 15 October 1980

parts list 523-0769256 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 parts list 523-0769256

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

I-
FIG- z UNITS USABLE
PART N O W
ITEM a DESCRIPTION PER ON
Z ASSY CODE

638-2470-001 1 C F U ASSEMBLY ( E S D S ) A 2 A 1 ( S E E F I G 5 - 2 FOR N H A ) REF

638-2460-001 2 P L A T E ASSEMSLY S T A T U S ( E F F REV L T R 8 ) 1
635-2481-001 3 PLATE STATUS 1
TSW3E00-24DW 3 SCCtrET,IC ( 2 3 8 8 0 2 2 0 - 0 0 7 5 - 0 5 0 1
601-2099-001 2 C F U ASSEf:BLY A 2 A 1 1
4040EPC 3 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( E S D S ) ( 0 7 2 6 3 ) 3 5 1 - 8 1 5 9 - 2 4 0 A Z A l U 2 1
CK05i;:il04K 3 C A P A C I T C R , F X D CER D I E L , O . l U F , P O R f l l O % , 5 0 V ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 1
013-5019-320 AZAlC15
RCR05G102KS 3 R E S I S T O R , F X D CMFSN, 1 K , 1 0 % ~1 / 8 W ( 8 1 3 4 0 ) 1
745-2541-000 A Z A l R l
SN74LS74AN 3 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T F L I P FLOP ( 0 4 7 1 3 1 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 5 - 0 4 0 1
ACAlU3
SN74LS191N 3 INTEG9ATED C I R C U I T (ESDS) ( 3 4 3 3 5 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 7 - 0 3 0 A 2 A l U 4 1
MC7404P 3 INTEGSATED C I R C U I T ( 0 4 7 1 3 ) 3 5 1 - 7 6 3 0 - 0 1 0 A 2 A l U 5 1
TSW3800-246W 3 SCCKET,IC ( 2 3 8 8 0 ) 2 2 0 - 0 0 7 5 - 0 5 0 k 2 A l X U 9 1
TSW3S03-24PU 3 SCCKET,IC ( 2 3 5 5 0 ) 220-C075-050 ACAlXU10 1
65s-2476-001 2 I t l T E G R A T E D Ct<T, M C D I F I E D A 2 A l U 1 5 ( E F F TO R E V LTR C ) 1
638-2476-002 2 I N T E G 7 A T E D C K T , M O D I F I E D A 2 A l U 1 5 ( E F F R E V LTR C TO 1
REV LTR F )
636-2476-003 2 I E I T E G c A T E D C K T , M D D I F I E D A 2 A l U 1 5 ( E F F REV L T R F T O 1
R E V LTR ti) ( S B 2 )
633-2476-004 2 I N T E G C A T E D CKT, P l O D I F I E D A 2 A l U 1 5 ( E F F REV LTR H TO 1
R E V LTR J I
638-2476-005 2 I N T E G R A T E D CKT, M O D I F I E D A 2 A I U 1 5 ( E F F R E V LTR J ) 1
(S310
TSW3SOO-24EW 3 SOCKET,IC ( 2 3 5 3 0 3 2 2 0 - 0 0 7 5 - 0 5 0 A 2 A l X U 1 5 1
TSW3800-2404 3 SOCKETjIC ( 2 3 5 8 0 ) 220-0075-050 A2AlSU16 1
63s-2473-001 2 It4TEGPATED C K T , N 3 3 I F I E D A 2 A l U 2 3 ( E F F TO R E V LTR C ) 1
638-2473-002 2 I N T E G R A T E D CKT, M O D I F I E D A 2 A l U 2 3 ( E F F R E V LTR C TO 1
E E V LTR F )
638-2473-003 2 II4TEGSATED CKT, N O D I F I E D A 2 A l U 2 3 ( E F F R E V L T R F TO 1
REV L7R J ) ( S 3 2 )
633-2473-004 2 I N T E G R A T E D C K T , K O D I F I E D A 2 A l U 2 3 ( E F F R E V LTR J ) 1
(SB10
TSW3800-24BW 3 SOCKET,IC ( 2 3 8 8 0 ) 2 2 0 - 0 0 7 5 - 0 5 0 A 2 A l X U 2 3 1
TSW3S00-24SN 3 SOCKET,IC ( 2 3 S e 0 ) 2 2 0 - 0 0 7 5 - 0 5 0 A C A l X U c 4 1
NST91tI 3 INTEG2ATED C I E C U I T ( 1 8 3 2 4 3 5 1 - 1 2 6 7 - 0 2 0 A 2 A l U 3 0 1
NliT07t.I 3 INTEGRATED C I R C L ; I T ( 1 8 3 2 4 ) 3 5 1 - 1 2 6 7 - 0 2 0 A 2 A l U 2 9 1
ZSO 3 MICROCIFCUIT (ESDS) ( A 1 6 5 6 1 351-8+53-010 A ? A l U 3 5 1
DlLPZ4OP1 3 S C C K E T t I N T CKT ( 0 9 3 2 2 ) 2 2 0 - 0 0 4 4 - 0 1 0 A Z A l X U 3 5 1
RCR05G102KS 3 R E S I S T O R , F X D CMPSt4, l K , l o % , 1 / 8 U ( 6 1 3 4 9 ) 1
745-2341-000 A2AlR14
CK05BX104K 3 C A F A C I T O ? , F X D CER D I E L , O . l U F , PORMlO%r 5 0 V ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 1
9 1 3 - 5 0 1 9 - 3 2 0 C2AlCl.9
RCR05GlOZKS 3 R E S I S T C R , F X D CHFSN, l K , l o % , 1 / 8 W ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 1
745-2341-000 A2AlR6
CK05BX104K 3 C A P A C I T O R , F X D CER D I E L , O . l U F , POPMlO%, 5 0 V ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 1
013-5019-320 A2AlC10
280-2745-010 3 L A P E L , F R E S S S E N S ( 1 2 0 0 8 ) ( E F F REV L T R C ) 1
CK056X104K 3 C A P A C I T O R , F X D CER D I E L , O . l U F , FORMlO%, 5 0 V ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 1
913-5019-320 A 2 A l C l 1
372-3392-016 3 COIITACT,ELEC 57
372-Z624-038 3 HCUSIt;G,COF:!l A2AlP1 1
RCR05G391KS 3 R E S I S T O R , F X D CKPSN, 3 0 0 OHMS, 10%. 1 / 8 W ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 1
745-2326-000 A2AlR4
RCR05G102KS 3 R E S I S T O R , F X D CMFSN, 1 K , l o % , 1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 1
745-2341-000 A2AlP5
NST9iN 3 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 1 8 3 2 4 ) 3 5 1 - 1 2 6 7 - 0 2 0 A 2 A l U 4 3 1
NST97t4 3 INTEGFATED C I E C U I T ( 1 6 3 2 4 ) 3 5 1 - 1 2 6 7 - 0 2 0 A 2 A l U 3 9 1
M3?003-01-2289 3 C A P A C I T C R , F X D E L C T L T , 1 5 U F p 1 0 % ~2OV ( 6 1 3 4 9 ) 1
154-0056-490 A2AlC8
CK05BX104K 3 C A P A C I T O R , F X D CER D I E L , O.1UFp PDRM10%, 5 0 V ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 1
913-5019-320 A2AlC4

Rcr!i.srvl 1.i October l.Y#O

ÿ arts list 523-0769256 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

I FIG-
ITEM I I I
DESCRIPTION

3 CAPACITOR,FXD CER D I E L , O . l U F , PORMlO%r 5 0 V ( 8 1 3 4 9 )

913-5019-320 A2AlC6
3 I N T E G S A T E D C I R C U I T L O G I C GATE ( 1 8 3 2 4 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 3 - 2 6 0
A2AlU42
3 I N T E G g A T E D C I R C U I T L O G I C GATE ( 1 8 3 2 4 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 3 - 1 1 0
A2AlU38
3 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T 1 1 8 3 2 4 ) 3 5 1 - 1 2 6 7 - 0 2 0 A 2 A l U 3 4
3 C A P A C I T O R I F N D CER D I E L , O . l U F , P O R f l l O % , 5 0 V ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
913-5019-3C0 A2AlC17
3 IIITEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 1 6 3 2 4 3 5 1 - 1 2 6 7 - 0 2 0 A 2 A l U 2 8
3 INTEE7ATED CIRCUIT ( 0 4 7 1 3 ) 351-1526-030 A 2 A l U 2 7
3 C A P L C I T C R , F X D CER D I E L , O . l l ! F , FOl?tllO%, 5 0 V ( 6 1 3 4 9 )
913-5019-320 AZAlC5
2 I N T E G R A T E D CKT, M O D I F I E D A 2 A l U 2 1 ( E F F T O R E V L T R C )
2 I N T E G R A T E D CKT, M O D I F I E D A 2 A l U : l ( E F F REV LTR C TO
REV LTR E )
2 I N T E G R A T E D C K T , M O D I F I E D A Z A l U 2 1 ( E F F R E V L T R E TO
REV LTR F
2 I N T E G R A T E D CKT, M O D I F I E D A 2 A l U 2 1 ( E F F R E V L T R F TO
REV LTR G )
2 I N T E G F A T E D C K T , M O D I F I E D A 2 A l U 2 1 ( E F F R E V L T R G TO
R E V LTR H ) 1 5 6 2 )
2 I N T E G R A T E D CKT, M O D I F I E D A 2 A l U 2 1 ( E F F R E V L T R H TO
REV LTR J )
2 I N T E G R A T E D CKT, M O D I F I E D A 2 A l U 2 1 ( E F F R E V L T R J )
( SElO )
3 SOCEET,IC ( 2 3 3 8 0 ) 2 2 0 - 0 0 7 5 - 0 5 0 A 2 A l X U 2 1
2 I N T E G R A T E D CKT, M O D I F I E D A 2 A l U 2 2 ( E F F TO R E V LTR C )
2 I t 4 T E G ? A T E D CKT, M O D I F I E D A 2 A l U 2 2 ( E F F R E V L T R C TO
REV LTR F )
2 I N T E G R A T E D C K T , M O D I F I E D A 2 A l U 2 2 ( E F F R E V LTR F TO
R E V LTR J ) ( 5 8 2
2 II4TEGRATED CKT, t 1 O D I F I E D A 2 A l U 2 2 ( E F F R E V L T R J )
(%lo 1
3 SOCKET,IC ( 2 3 8 8 0 ) 2 2 0 - 0 0 7 5 - 0 5 0 A 2 A l X U 2 2
2 I N T E G R A T E D CKT, M O D I F I E D A 2 A l U 1 3 ( E F F TO R E V LTR C )
2 I N T E G R A T E D CKT, K O D I F I E D A 2 A l U 1 3 ( E F F REV L T R C TO
R E V LTR D )
2 I N T E G R A T E D C K T , M O D I F I E D A 2 A l U 1 3 ( E F F R E V L T R D TO
REV LTR E l
2 I N T E G R A T E D CKT, M O D I F I E D A 2 A l U 1 3 ( E F F R E V LTR E TO
REV LTR F )
2 I N T E G 7 A T E D CKT, M O D I F I E D A 2 A l U 1 3 ( E F F R E V LTR F TO
R E V LTR H ( 5 8 2
2 I N T E G Q l T E D C K T , M O D I F I E D A 2 A l U 1 3 ( E F F R E V LTR H TO
REV LTR J )
2 INTEGRATED CKT, M O D I F I E D A 2 A l l J 1 3 ( E F F REV LTR J )
(53101
3 SOCt:ET, I C ( 2 3 8 8 0 I 2 2 0 - 0 0 7 5 - 0 5 0 A Z A l X U 1 3
2 I t i T E G R A T E D CKT, M O D I F I E D A 2 A l U 1 4 ( E F F TO REV L T R C )
2 I t i T E G 9 A T E D C K T , M O D I F I E D A 2 A l U 1 4 ( E F F REV LTR C TO
R E V LTR F )
2 I t i T E G R A T E D CKT, M O D I F I E D A 2 A l U 1 4 ( E F F R E V LTR F TO
R E V LTR J ) ( S 8 2 )
2 I N T E G R A T E D C K T I I l O D I F I E D A 2 A l U 1 4 ( E F F REV L T R J )
('610
3 SOCKET,IC ( 2 3 8 8 0 ) 2 2 0 - 0 0 7 5 - 0 5 0 A Z A l X U 1 4
2 I N T E G R A T E D CKT, M O D I F I E D A 2 A l U 7 ( E F F TO R E V LTR C )
2 I N T E G 2 A T E D CKT, M O D I F I E D A 2 A l U 7 ( E F F REV L T R C TO
R E V LTR D )
2 I N T E G R A T E D CKT, M O D I F I E D A 2 A l U 7 ( E F F R E V LTR D TO
R E V LTR € 1

Rc11~isedIn' October 1980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 J arts list 523-0769256

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

I-
FIG- UNITS USABLE
PARTNO z
w DESCRIPTION PER ON
ITEM
Z ASSY CODE

638-2477-004 2 I N T E G R A T E D CKT, M O D I F I E D A Z A l U 7 ( E F F REV L T R E TO

R E V LTR F
638-2477-005 2 I N T E G X A T E D C K T , M O D I F I E D A 2 A l U 7 ( E F F R E V LTR F TO
R E V LTR H ) ( S f 3 2
638-2477-036 2 I N T E G o A T E D CKT, K S D I F I E D A 2 A l U 7 ( E F F R E V LTR H TO
R E V LTR J )
638-2477-007 2 I N T E G Z A T E D CKT, M O D I F I E D A 2 A l U 7 ( E F F R E V L T R J )
IS E l O
TSW3800-24EW 3 SOChET,IC ( 2 3 9 8 0 ) 2 2 0 - 0 0 7 5 - 0 5 0 A 2 A l X U 7
CK053X104K 3 CAPACITCR,FSD CER D I E L , O . l U F , POEPIlOZ, 5 0 V ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
013-5010-320 A2AlC7
TSk.13800-24DW 3 SOCGET,IC ( 2 3 5 8 0 ) 2 2 0 - 0 0 7 5 - 0 5 0 A241XUS
F404SaFC 3 Ib;TEf?ATED C I R C U I T I E S D S ) ( 0 7 2 6 3 ) 3 5 1 - 6 1 5 9 - 2 1 0 A Z A l U l
CK059X103K 3 C A F A C I T O R , F S D CER D I E L , O . O l U F , P04;110>:, lOOV
( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 913-5019-200 AZAlC1
ACR05G471KS 3 R E S I S T O R , F X D CtlPSN, 4 7 0 O i i l l S , l o % , l i 8 W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-2329-000 A2AlR2
RCR056471KS 3 R E S I S T C R , F X D CKFSN, 4 7 0 OHMS, l o % , l / f W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-2329-000 A2AlR3
C R 6 4 A U 1 6 - 0 0 0 0 M H Z 3 C R Y S T A L U t ( I T , Q T Z 16.00000M!iZ ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 289-7082-010
A2AlYl
TSW3900-24PW 3 SGCtiET,IC ( 2 3 5 9 0 ) 2 2 0 - 0 0 7 5 - 0 5 0 A2AlSU6
Afl9111EFC 3 INTEGFATED C I R C U I T ( ESDS) ( 3 4 3 3 5 3 5 1 - 6 4 1 0 - 0 2 0
A2AlU11
CK05BX104K 3 C A F A C I T C R , F X D CER DIEL, O . l U F I PORMlO%, 5 0 V ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
013-5019-33 A2AlCl4
372-2601-045 3 CONTACT,ELEC
Al191116PC 3 INTEE?ATED C I R C U I T (ESDS) ( 3 4 3 3 5 ) 3 5 1 - 8 4 1 0 - 0 2 0
AcAlUlZ
At19111BTC 3 INTEGFATED C I R C U I T ( E S D S I ( 3 4 3 3 5 ) 3 5 1 - 8 4 1 0 - 0 2 0
AXlU18
Afl9111EPC 3 INTEGPATED C I R C U I T ( E S D S ) ( 3 4 3 3 5 ) 3 5 1 - 8 4 1 0 - 0 2 0
A2AlU20
Afl91116FC 3 INTESRATED C I R C U I T I E S D S ) ( 3 4 3 3 5 ) 3 5 1 - 6 4 1 0 - 0 2 0
A2AlVZ6
NST97N 3 INTEGFATED C I R C U I T ( 1 6 3 2 4 ) 3 5 1 - 1 2 6 7 - 0 2 0 A Z A l U 3 2
CK059X104K 3 C A P A C I T C 1 , F S D CER D I E L , O . l U F , FCFtllO;!, 50V (81349)
013-5019-320 ~ 2 ~ 1 ~ 1 6
N74LS32N 3 ItJTEC-?ATED C I R C U I T L O G I C G 4 T E ( 1 8 3 Z 4 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 3 - 2 6 0
A2AlU37
CK059X104K 3 C A P I C I T C R , F X D CER D I E L , O . l U F , POEMlO%, 5 0 V ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
913-5019-320 A2AlC12
N74LS04N 3 I N T E G ? I T E D C I R C U I T L O S I C GATE ( 1 8 3 2 4 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 3 - 0 9 0
AZAlU41
SN74LS74AN 3 INTEGPATED C I R C U I T F L I P FLOP 1 0 4 7 1 3 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 5 - 0 4 0
A2AlU45
RCR05G102KS 3 R E S I S T C R I F X D CHFSNr l K I 1 0 x 1 1/8W ( 6 1 3 4 9 )
745-?341-000 A2AlR17
M39003-01-2289 3 C A P A C I T C R , F k D E L C T L T , 1 5 U F p l o % , 2OV ( 6 1 3 4 9 )
184-9036-45'0 AZAlC9
RCR05G102KS 3 R E S I S T G R , F S D CtlPC:.I, l K , l o % , 1/6W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-2341-000 A2AlR18
CK05EX104K 3 CCPACITOR,FXD CER D I E L I 0 . 1 u F 1 FORMlO%, 5 0 V 1 8 1 3 4 9 )
913-5019-320 A2AlC3
RCR05G104KS 3 R E S I S T O 2 , F X D CEPSN, l o O K , 1 0 % ~1 / 8 W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-2413-000 A2AlR15
1N4454GE 3 SEMICON3 D E V I C E ( 0 3 5 0 6 ) 3 5 3 - 3 6 4 4 - 0 1 0 A 2 A l C R 1
N74LS32N 3 I t I T E G R A T E D C I R C U I T L C X C GATE ( 1 8 3 2 4 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 3 - 2 6 0
A241U46
t48T97N 3 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 1 8 3 2 4 ) 3 5 1 - 1 2 6 7 - 0 2 0 A 2 A l U 4 4
N8T97N 3 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 1 8 3 2 4 ) 3 5 1 - 1 2 6 7 - 0 2 0 A 2 A l U 4 0
SN74LSl39N 3 It4TEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 0 4 7 1 3 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 6 - 0 4 0 A 2 A l U 3 6

Revised 15 October 19XO

parts list 523-0769256 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

+ UNITS USABLE
FIG-
ITEM PART NO 5
n DESCRIPTION PER ON
Z ASSY CODE

3 RESISTORSFXD CMPSN, lK, 107.9 1/8W (81349)

745-2341-000 AZAlR8
3 RESISTO!?,FSD CMFSNP 1Kp 1 0 % ~1/8U (81349)
745-2341-000 AZAlRi
3 RESISTC9,FXD CHFSN, 1Kt lo%, 1/EW (81349)
745-2341-000 A2AlR11
3 RESISrCRtFYD CMFStl, lK, 107.9 1/8U (81349)
745-23+1-000 AZAlR16
3 RESISTCR.FXD CHFSt4, lK, lo%, 1/8W (81349)
745-2341-000 A2AlR9
3 RESISTC?,FXD CMPSN, lK, 1 0 % ~1/EW (81349)
755-2341-000 C2AlR10
3 RESISTOR,FSD CMFSN, 1K, 102, 1/8W (81349)
-,
1r5-2341-000 A2AlP13
3 RESISTCR,FXD CFIPSN, 1K. lo%, 1/8W (81349)
745-23G1-030 AZAlR12
3 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT (15324) 351-1267-020 A2AlU31
3 INTEGqATED CIRCUIT (ESDS) (343353 351-8410-020
A2AlU25
3 CAPAClTOi?rFXD CER DIEL, O.lUF, FORMlO%, 50V (81349)
913-5019-320 A2AlC18
3 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT (ESDS) (34335) 351-8410-020
A2AIU1?
3 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT (ESDS) (34335) 351-8410-020
A2A1U17
3 CAPACITO2,FXD CER DIEL, O-lUF, PORM10%, 50V (81349)
913-5019-320 A2AlC13
3 CAPACITCR,FXD CER DIEL, 27PFp PORM10%, 200V (81349)
913-5019-060 kZAlC2

Rew"ed 15 October 1980

 parts list 523-0769256
Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

Arrn1o.q Board A M 2
Fiqure 7 (Sheet 1 o,f'L)

Revised 15 October. 1980

parts list 523-0769256 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

Analog Board A2A2

Figure 7 (Shed 2)

Revised 15 October 1980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 parts list 523-0769256

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

I-
FIG- UNITS USABLE
PART NO z
w DESCRIPTION PER ON
ITEM n
Z ASSY CODE

601-4911-001 1 ANALOG EOAPD ( E S D S ) A2A2 ( S E E F I G 5 - 1 FOR NHA) REF

RCR07G104KS 2 RESISTOR,FXD CHFSt4, O.lOtlEG0, l o % , 1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 1
7 4 5 - 0 8 2 1 - 0 0 0 A2A2R64
RCP07G473KS 2 RESISTOR,FND CMPSN, 4 i K , l o % , 1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 4 5 - 0 8 0 9 - 0 0 0 AZA2P60
RCROTG152KS 2 RESISTOR,FXD C Y F t 4 , 1 . 5 K I 1 0 % . 1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 I
7 4 5 - 0 7 5 5 - 0 0 0 A2A2R56
M39003-01-2286 2 CAPkCITOR,FXD ELCTLT, 1 0 U F , 1 0 % ~2OV ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
1 S 4 - 9 0 8 6 - 4 6 0 A2A2C36
M575089-11 2 C O I L , R F lOOUH ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 2 4 0 - 2 7 1 5 - 3 7 0 A 2 A Z L 1 3
F4049BPC 2 INTEGFATED C I R C U I T ( E S D S ) ( 0 7 2 6 3 ) 3 5 1 - 6 1 5 9 - 2 1 0
A2A2U18
CK056X101K 2 CAPACITOR,FXD CER D I E L , lOOPF9 l o % , 2 0 0 V ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
0 1 3 - 4 0 0 6 - 0 0 0 AZACC13
RCR07G104KS 2 RESISTC2,FXD CPlPSti, O.lOMEG0, l o % , 1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 4 5 - 0 8 2 1 - C O O A2AZR28
CK05BX102K 2 C A P h C I T 0 7 r F X D CER D I E L , IOOOPF, 1 0 % . 2 0 0 V ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
9 1 3 - 4 3 1 8 - 0 0 0 A2A2C100
2N4416 2 TRANSISTOR ( E S D S I ( 1 7 8 5 6 3 3 5 2 - 0 7 5 6 - 0 1 0 A 2 A 2 4 1
CK05BX102K 2 CAPACITO2,FXD CER D I E L , 1 0 0 0 P F , 1 0 % ~ZOOV ( 8 1 3 4 9 1
9 1 3 - 4 0 1 8 - 0 0 0 A?A2C11
LM318H 2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 3 4 3 3 5 ) 3 5 1 - 1 1 5 3 - 0 1 0 A2A2U16
PCEO7G331KS 2 R E S I S T O R j F X D CIIFSN, 3 3 0 OHMS, 1 0 % ~1/4W ( 6 1 3 4 9 )
7 4 5 - 0 7 3 1 - 0 0 0 AZAZR29
CK056X102K 2 CAPACITOR,FXD CER D I E L , lOOOPF. l o % , 2 0 0 V ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
9 1 3 - 4 0 1 8 - 0 0 0 AZA2C101
CKO5BXlOlK 2 CAPACITOR,FXD CER D I E L , 1 0 0 P F , 1 0 % ~2OOV ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
9 1 3 - 4 0 0 6 - 0 0 0 A2A2C7
RCROiG272KS 2 RESISTO?,FXD CMPSN, 2 . 7 K ~ 1 0 % . 1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 4 5 - 0 7 6 4 - 0 0 0 A2AZR16
LMlOlAH 2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 2 7 0 1 4 ) 3 5 1 - 1 0 4 0 - 0 2 0 A2A2U7
RCROiG391KS 2 RESISTOR,FXD CKFSN, 3 9 0 OHKS, l o % , 1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
i 4 5 - 0 7 3 4 - 0 0 0 A2AZR51
1N752A 2 SEMICOt4D DEVICE ( 1 2 9 5 4 ) 3 5 3 - 2 7 1 2 - 0 0 0 A2A2\'R1
RCR07G391KS 2 RESISTOR,FSD CMPSN, 3 9 0 OHMS, l o % , 1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 4 5 - 0 7 3 4 - 0 0 0 A2A2R52
CK06EX104K 2 CAPPCITOR,FXD CER D I E L , O - ~ U F I PORtllO%, l O O V ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
9 1 3 - 5 0 1 9 - 4 4 0 AZA2C27
CM07FD103J03 2 CAP4CIT@R,FXD M I C A D I E L , 1 0 0 0 0 P F , 5 % 5 ~0 0 V ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
9 1 2 - 2 7 3 5 - 0 0 0 AZAZC9
blS75039-12 2 C O I L y R F 120UH ( 9 6 9 0 6 2 4 0 - 2 7 1 5 - 3 8 0 A 2 A ? L 1
RCPO 7G470KS 2 RESISTOR,FXD CKPSN, 4 7 OHMS, l o % , 1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 4 5 - 0 7 0 1 - 0 0 0 A2A2R103
LMlOlAH 2 INTEG4ATED C I R C U I T ( 2 7 0 1 4 ) 3 5 1 - 1 0 4 0 - 0 2 0 A2AZU15
CK05EX150K 2 CAPACITOR,FXD CER D I E L , 15PFp FCSMlO%, 2 0 0 V ( 6 1 3 4 9 )
9 1 3 - 5 0 1 9 - 0 3 0 A 2 A 2 C 1 8 ( E F F TO REV LTR G )
CK056X270K 2 CAPLCITC?,FXD CER D I E L , Z i P F , PORiIlO%, 2OOV ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
9 1 3 - 5 0 1 9 - 0 6 0 A2A2C18 ( E F F REV LTR G )
CK05BX102K 2 CAPACITOR,FXD CER D I E L , 1 0 0 0 P F , l o % , 2OOV ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
9 1 3 - 4 0 1 8 - 0 0 0 A2A2C19
Rti55D3320F 2 RESISTC7,FXD F I L M , 3 3 2 OHMS* 1 % 1/8W ~ (81349)
7 0 5 - 0 9 7 3 - 0 0 0 A2A2R44
RN55E5112B 2 RESISTOR,FXD F I L M , 5 1 . 1 K , 0.1%, l / l O W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 0 5 - 5 9 7 6 - 6 4 0 A2AZR43
CK05BX560K 2 CAPACITOR,FXD CER D I E L , 56PFP 1 0 % ~2OOV ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
9 1 3 - 4 0 0 3 - 0 0 0 AZAZClOZ ( E F F REV LTR H TO REV LTR J )
CK05BX470K 2 CAPACITCR,FXD CER D I E L , 4 7 P F , 1 0 % ~2 0 0 V ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
9 1 3 - 4 0 0 2 - 0 0 0 A2AZC102 ( E F F REV LTR J )
P1575089-20 2 COIL,RF 5 6 0 U H ( 9 6 9 0 6 1 2 4 0 - 2 7 1 5 - 4 6 0 AZAZL?
CK05SX222K 2 CAPACITOR,FYD CER D I E L , 2 2 0 0 P F , PORM10%, l O O V
( 0 1 3 4 9 ) 9 1 3 - 5 0 1 9 - 1 2 0 AZA2C20
11375089-22 2 C O I L , R F 82OUH ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 2 4 0 - 2 7 1 5 - 4 8 0 A 2 A 2 L 3
parts list 523-0769256 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

2 C A P A C I T O R s F X D CER D I E L v 1 5 P F , PORMlO%, ZOOV ( 8 1 3 4 9 )

013-5019-030 A2A2C23
2 It4TEG9kTED C I R C U I T ( 2 7 0 1 4 ) 3 5 1 - 1 0 4 0 - 0 2 0 A2AZU14
2 CAPACITO?,F>s'D CER D I E L , 2 2 0 0 P F 9 F C R H l O % , l O O V
( 8 1 3 4 9 9 1 3 - 5 0 1 9 - 1 2 0 A2PCC21
2 R E S I S T O R , F V D Ct!?SN, 2 2 K , l o % , 1/4W ( 6 1 3 4 9 )
7 4 5 - 0 7 9 7 - 0 0 0 A 2 A 2 R 4 5 ( E F F T O R E V LTR K )
2 RESISTCR,F>:D CMPS!!, 1 K , 1 0 % r 1/4U ( 6 1 3 4 9 )
7 4 5 - 0 7 4 9 - 0 0 0 A 2 A C E 4 5 ( E F F R E V LTR K )
2 R E S I S T C R Y F X D CMPSN, 4 7 OHMS, 1 0 % , 1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-0701-000 A2A2R104
2 R E S I S T C Q , F X D Ct?PSN, 4 7 OHHS, l o % , 1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 1
7 4 5 - 0 7 0 1 - 0 0 0 A"APR105
2 L A E E L , F R E S S SEt4S ( 1 2 9 9 8 ) ( E F F R E V LTR L l
2 C A F A C I T C R I F S D CER D I E L , 1 5 P F p P O 2 M l O % r 2 0 0 V ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
913-5019-030 A2A2C25
2 INTEG2ATED C I R C U I T ( 2 7 0 1 4 ) 3 5 1 - 1 0 4 0 - 0 2 0 A2A2U2O
2 C A F A C I T C R , F X D CER D I E L , O . l U F , FCRtllO%, lOOV ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
9 1 3 - 5 0 1 9 - 4 4 0 A2AZC28
2 C A P A C I T G ? , F X D CER D I E L , O . l U F , F O E M l O % r l O O V ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
913-5019-440 A2A2C32
2 COILIRF lCUH ( 96906 240-2715-250 A2A2L5
2 SEMICCIJD D E V I C E ( 1 2 9 5 4 I 3 5 3 - 2 7 1 2 - 0 0 0 A2ACVRZ
2 C A F A C I T O R , F X D E L C T L T , 1 5 U F , l o % , 2OV ( 8 1 3 4 9 1
184-9086-490 A2A2C31
2 C A F A C I T C R , F X D CER D I E L , O . l U F , P O E M l O Z , l O O V ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
913-5019-440 A2A2C30
2 COILYRF lOUIi ( 96?06 240-2715-250 A2A2L4
2 CPFACITCR,FXD ELCTLT, 1 5 U F , l o % , 2 0 V ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
1 6 4 - 9 0 8 6 - 4 9 0 AZAZC29
2 RESISTCR,FSD F I L M , 5 . 4 9 K 1 0.1%, l / l O W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
705-5974-960 A2A2E25
2 R E S I S T O R , F S D CMPSNr l O K , 1 0 % ~1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 4 5 - 0 7 6 5 - 0 0 0 A2C2R26
2 R E S I S T C R , F X D F I L M , 1 2 . 1 K I 1 % , 1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
705-1048-000 AZA2F27
2 INTEG?ATED C I F C U I T ( 3 4 3 3 5 ) 3 5 1 - 1 1 5 3 - 0 1 0 P.2A2U19
2 C & F L C I T O R , F Y D CER D I E L , 3 3 0 0 P F , POKtllO:!, lOOV
( 6 1 3 4 9 ) 913-5019-140 A2A2C12
2 IE(TEG?ATED C I R C U I T ( E S D S ( 0 7 2 6 3 I 3 5 1 - 8 1 5 9 - 2 1 0
A2A2U22
2 COIL,RF lOOUH ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 2 4 0 - 2 7 1 5 - 3 7 0 A 2 A 2 L 7
2 C A F i C I T O R r F X O CER D I E L , 1 0 0 P F , 1 0 % . 2OOV ( 8 1 3 4 9 1
913-4006-000 C2A2C45
2 CAPLCITC2,FXD ELCTLT, lOUF, l o % , 2 0 V ( 8 1 3 4 9 1
164-90E6-460 A2A2C33
2 PESISTOR,F\:D CMPSI4r 1 . 5 K , 1 0 Z r 1 / 4 W ( 8 1 3 4 9 1
745-0755-000 A2A2R53
2 INTEGYATED C I R C U I T ( 2 7 0 1 4 ) 3 5 1 - 1 0 7 9 - 0 2 0 A Z A Z U 2 1
2 R E S I S T O R , F X D CYPSt4, 4 7 K , l o % , 1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-0809-000 A2A2R57
2 R.ESISTCR FXD CtlPSN, 0 . l O t l E G O , 1 0 % ~1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 3
745-0321-000 A2A2R6l
2 C A P C C I T O ? T F X D P L S T C D I E L , O . l U F , 1 0 % ~8 0 V ( 2 7 7 3 5 )
933-1039-230 A2A2C37
2 CAFACITOR,FXD PLSTC D I E L , O . l U F , l o % , 8 0 V ( 2 7 7 3 5 )
9 3 3 - 1 0 3 9 - 2 3 0 A2A2C3Y
2 C.AP!.CITOR,FXD CER D I E L . 1 0 0 P F , 1 0 % . ZOOV ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
913-4006-000 A2AZC48
2 COILVPF lOCCH ( 9 6 9 3 6 1 2 4 0 - 2 7 1 5 - 3 7 0 AZA2L6
2 INTEt9ATED C I R C U I T ( 2 7 0 1 4 ) 351-1079-020 AZA2U17
2 C A P 4 C I T O R , F X D P L S T C D I E L , O.1UFp 1 0 % ~8 0 V ( 2 7 7 3 5 )
933-1039-230 AZA2C43
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 parts list 523-0769256

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

I-
FIG- UNITS USABLE
PART NO z
w DESCRIPTION PER ON
ITEM a
Z ASSY CODE

2 CAPACITOR,FXD PLSTC DIEL, O.lUF, 10%. 80V (27735)

033-1039-230 A2A2C44
2 COILYRF lOOUH (C49061 240-2715-370 AZA2L12
2 RESISTOR,F:\:DFILM, 3.83K9 0.1%~ l/'lOW (81349)
705-5974-660 A2C2FS7
2 F;ESISTOR,F:~'D
FILM, 4.64K~ 0.1%, l/lOW (81349)
705-5974-820 A2A2R65
2 CESISTO2,VAR 1Kv 5%, 3/4W (81349) 331-1853-270 A2A2Rl
2 RESISTOR,VAR 1K. 5;:, 3/'4W (81349) 351-1653-270 A2S2R2
2 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT (27014) 351-1040-020 42A;Ul
2 RESISTO2,L'AR 5K, 5 x 7 3/4W (81349) 381-1853-;SO A2A2R3
2 CPPACITOR,FXD CER DIEL, lOOFF, 1 0 % ~200V (813493
913-4006-000 AZA2C49
2 RESISTOR,ViR 5K9 52, 3/4W (813491 381-1853-290 A2A2R4
2 RESISTO2,FXD FILM, 15.4K, 0.1%, l/lOW (813491
705-5Q75-830 APAZR14
2 RESIST@?,VAR lCK, 5%- 3/4W (813493 381-1853-300
A2ACP5
2 RESISTORVFXD FILM, 78.7K, O.l:!r l/lOW (81349)
705-5977-210 A2A2R38
2 RESISTORtVAR 5K, 521 3/4W (813491 361-1853-290 A?A2R6
2 RESISTC2,FXD FILM, 68.1K1 0.1%~ l/lOW (81349)
705-5977-090 A242R35
2 CAFCCITOR,F>:D CER DIEL, 6800PFP FORI15:!r lOOV (18796I
913-3261-390 k2A2C6
2 RESISTCR,VAR 5Kp 5%, 3/4W (81349) 351-1653-290 A2AZR7
2 RESISTOR,FXD FILM, 10K, 0.1%) l/'lOW (81349)
705-5975-470 AZA2R15
2 RESISTOR,FXD FILM, 68.1Ks O.l%r l/lOW (81349)
705-5977-090 A2A2R23
2 RESISTOR,V$R 5K, 5x9 3/4W (81349) 381-1853-290 A2A2R8
2 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT (ESDS) (02735) 351-8236-020 A2A2U3
2 RESISTCRIVAR 10Kp 5%. 3/4W (81349) 381-1853-300
AZAcF9
2 RESISTCP,FXD FILM, 154K, O.l%, l/lOW (81349)
705-5977-770 A2A2R18
2 RESISTOF!,VAR 5K, 5%, 3/4W (81349) 381-1853-290
A2A:RlO
2 RESISTOR,FXD FILM, 24.3K, 0.1%. l/lOW (81349)
705-5976-220 A2AZRllZ
2 RESISTORIVAR 5K, 5 % ~3/4W (81349) 381-1853-290
AZACRll
2 CAPLCITCR,FXD CER DIEL, 6800PF~PORM5%, lOOV (187961
913-3261-330 A2AZC4
2 RESISTOR5VAR 5K9 57.7 3/4W (813491 381-1853-290
A2A2R12
2 INTEGRATED CIPCUIT (ESDSI (02735) 351-8236-020 A2A2U2
2 CAPACITCP,FXD CER DIEL, 0.00066UF, 5%, lOOV (56289)
913-3117-090 A2A2C3
2 RESISTCP,FXD FILtl, 25.5K, 0.1%, l/lOW (81349)
705-5976-260 A2A2R110
2 RESISTOR,FXD FILM, 787 OHMS, 1%, 1/8W (81349)
705-0991-000 A2A2E106
2 RESISTOR,FXD CM?SN, 0.47MEG0, 1 0 % ~1/4W (81349)
745-0845-000 A2A2R115
2 RESISTOR,FXD CMFSN, 0.47MEG01 1 0 % ~1/4W (81349)
745-0845-000 A2A2R108
2 RESISTCR,FXD FILM, 14Ky 0.1%, l/lOW (81349)
705-5975-750 A2A2R113
2 RESISTOR,FXD CMFSN, 0.47flEG0, 1 0 % ~1/4W (81349)
745-0845-000 A2A2R109
2 CAPACITORIFXD CER DIELI 33PFs PORMlO%, 200V (81349)
913-5019-070 A2A2C1
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
parts list 523-0769256

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

I I I
t-
FIG- z UNITS USABLE
PARTNO W
ITEM a DESCRIPTION
I ASSY
PER CODE
ON

LMlOlAH 2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 2 7 0 1 4 ) 3 5 1 - 1 0 4 0 - 0 2 0 A P A 2 U 1 1
RCROiG152KS 2 RESISTO2,FXD CtlFSN, 1 . 5 K . l o % , 1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 4 5 - 0 7 5 5 - 0 0 0 AZAZR102 '
CKO5EX150K 2 CAPACITOR,FXD CER DIEL., 1 5 P F , FORMlO%, 2OOV ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
9 1 3 - 5 0 1 9 - 0 3 0 A2A2C5
LP1101AH 2 I N T E G Q A T E D C I K C U I T ( 2 7 0 1 4 ) 3 5 1 - 1 0 4 0 - 0 2 0 AZA2U6
Dfl2OFDZ22J04CR 2 CAPACITO2,FXD M I C A D I E L , ZZOOPF, 5 % 5~ 0 0 V ( 1 4 6 5 5 1
912-3339-000 A2A2ClO
RN55E1502B 2 RESISTORPFXD F I L P I , l E K , O . l % r l / l O W ( 6 1 3 4 9 )
7 0 5 - 5 9 7 5 - 6 1 0 AZA?R22
RCR07G474KS 2 RESISTOR,FXD CF:PSNI 0.47MEGOt 1 0 % ~1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 4 5 - 0 8 4 5 - 0 0 0 A2AZR41
RCR07G474KS 2 RESISTO9,FXD CMPSN, 0.47MEG0, l o % , 1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-0845-000 AZArR13
RCR07G474KS 2 RESISTOR,FXD CMPSN, 0.47MEG0, 1 0 % ~1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-OE45-00C A2A2R42
RNbOD8063F 2 R E S I S T O R y F X D F I L M , 8 0 6 K ~ 1 % , 1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) .
705-3601-420 A2A2R101
Rt460D8063F 2 RESISTORyFXD F I L M * 8 0 6 K , 1 % 1/4W ~ (81349)
705-3601-420 A2A2R100
RN55E17426 2 RESISTC?,FXD F I L M , 1 7 . 4 K , 0.1%, l / l O W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 0 5 - 5 9 7 5 - 9 3 0 A2A2R20
Dt:5F221J050WV 2 CAPACITOR,FXD M I C A D I E L , 2 2 0 P F 9 5 % 5~ 0 V ( 7 2 1 3 6 )
912-4141-450 A242C17
DM5F401J050W 2 CAPACITCR,FXO M I C A D I E L , 4 0 0 P F , 5x9 5 0 V ( 7 2 1 3 6 )
9 1 2 - 4 1 4 1 - 5 2 0 AZA2C16
1N825A 2 SEMICC'!3 D E V I C E ( 1 2 9 5 4 1 3 5 3 - 3 2 6 2 - 0 0 0 A2AZVR3
lCCOX381X5100C4 2 C A P A C I T C ~ I F X D CER D I E L , 0 . 0 0 0 3 3 U F , 5%, l O O V ( 5 6 2 8 9 )
9 1 3 - 3 1 1 7 - 0 7 0 b2ACC15
RI:55075OOF 2 R E S I S T O 2 r F X D F I L M , 7 5 0 OHMS, 1 % ~1/6W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
705-0900-000 AZA2R69
RCR07G222KS 2 R E S I S T C R t F X D CMPSNI 2 . 2 K , l o % , 1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 1
7 4 5 - 0 7 6 1 - 0 0 0 A2.42R68
CK066X104K 2 CAP.&CITOR,FSD CER D I E L , O . l U F , PORMlO%r l O O V ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
9 1 3 - 5 0 1 9 - 4 4 0 A2AZC50
RN55E6042B 2 RESISTC2,FXD F I L M , 60.4K, 0 . 1 % ~ l/lOW (81349)
705-5976-980 A2A2R34
RN55E4872B 2 RESISTOR,FXD F I L M , 4 8 . 7 K y 0 . 1 % ~ l / l O W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 0 5 - 5 9 7 6 - 8 0 0 AZA2R33
RN55E5362B 2 RESISTCR,FXD F I L M , 5 3 . 6 K s 0.1%, l / l O W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
705-5976-880 A2A2R39
F404$6PC 2 INTEG2ATED C I R C U I T ( E S D S ) ( 0 7 2 6 3 ) 3 5 1 - 8 1 5 9 - 2 1 0 A2A2U5
F4049BFC 2 ItdTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( ESDS ( 0 7 2 6 3 3 5 1 - 8 1 5 9 - 2 1 0
A2A2UlO
M39003-01-2286 2 CAFACITOR,FXD E L C T L T , 1 0 U F , 1 0 % ~2 0 V ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
184-9056-460 A2A2C34
MS75089-11 2 C O I L P R F lOOUH ( 9 6 7 0 6 I 2 4 0 - 2 7 1 5 - 3 7 0 A 2 A Z L 1 1
CK05BX101K 2 CAPACITORvFXD CER D I E L , 1 0 0 P F , 1 0 % ~2 0 0 V ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
9 1 3 - 4 0 0 6 - 0 0 0 AZAZC47
M39003-01-2286 2 C A F A C I T C 2 , F X D E L C T L T , 1 0 U F , 1 0 % ~ZOV ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
1 8 4 - 9 0 9 6 - 4 6 0 A2AZC35
CK05BX101K 2 CAPACITOR,FXD CER D I E L , 1 0 0 P F ~l o % , 2 0 0 V ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
9 1 3 - 4 0 0 6 - 0 0 0 A2A2C46
LM103H 2 INTEGPATED C I R C U I T ( 2 7 0 1 4 ) 3 5 1 - 1 0 7 9 - 0 2 0 A 2 A 2 U 9
RCR07GlSZKS 2 RESISTCR,FXD CKPSN, 1 . 5 K , l o % , 1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 1
745-0755-000 A2A2955
RCR07G473KS 2 RESISTOR,FXD CtlPSN, 4 7 K 9 1 0 x 9 1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-0809-000 A2A2F59
PElSO-1-80-10 2 CAPACITCR,FXD PLSTC D I E L , O . l U F , l o % , SOV ( 2 7 7 3 5 )
933-1039-230 A2A2C41
PElS0-1-80-10 2 CAPACITOR,FXD PLSTC D I E L , O . l U F , 1 0 % ~8 0 V ( 2 7 7 3 5 )
933-1039-230 A2A2C42

Revised 15 October 1980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 parts list 523-0769256

- -
GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

-I
FIG- z UNITS USABLE
ITEM PART N O XZ DESCRIPTION PER
ASSY
ON
CODE
I

2 RESISTOR,FXO CPlPS1.4, O.lOt:EGO, l o % , 1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 3

7 s 5 - 0 8 2 1 - 0 0 0 A242R63
2 COIL,RF lOOUH ( 9 6 0 0 6 ) 2 4 0 - 2 7 1 5 - 3 7 0 AZAZL10
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 2 7 0 1 4 ) 3 5 1 - 1 0 7 9 - 0 2 0 A2A2U4
2 CAFACIT09,FXD PLSTC D I E L , O . l U F , 1 0 % ~6 0 V ( 2 7 7 3 5 )
9 3 3 - 1 0 3 3 - 2 3 0 AZACC39
2 CAPkCITCR,FXD PLSTC D I E L , O . l U F , 10'9 80V (277353
9 3 3 - 1 0 3 ' 3 - 2 3 0 A2A2C40
2 RESISTOR,FSD CtlFSN, O.lGMEG0, 1 0 % ~1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 4 5 - 0 8 2 1 - 0 0 0 A2AZR62
2 RESISTCS,FXD CflFSN, 4 7 K , l o % , 1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 4 5 - 0 E 0 9 - 0 3 0 AZA2R58
2 R E S I S T 0 3 , F X D CflFSN, 4.7K9 1 0 % ~1 / 4 U ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 4 5 - 0 7 7 3 - 0 0 0 A2A2R54
2 C O I L 9 R F lOOUH ( 9 6 9 0 6 3 2 4 0 - 2 7 1 5 - 3 7 0 AZAZL8
2 C O I L , E F 100U!i ( 9 6 9 0 6 3 2 4 0 - 2 7 1 5 - 3 7 0 A 2 A Z L 9
2 HCUSIti;,CObitl A2AZP1
2 CONTACT, E LEC
2 CGt4'TACT ELEC

I.; October 19XO

Rcr~isc~tl
parts list 523-0769256
Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

D E T A I L 13 DETAIL D

DETAIL A DETAIL C

DETAIL A

TDM Borrrd A2A.j

F i g u r ~8 lShevt 1 0f4)

Rt~tlist2cl15 October 19x0

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 parts list 523-0769256

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

DETAIL B
-- -

5:;T::;::::,:;:s '
%
o
.&
ie

--
G?.". PRec.L.0..
roe ".*DL*C ~

TDM BocrrtI A2A3

Ft(jttrc, 8 (Sheet 2)

Rroisc~d1:; October 1980

arts list 523-0769256 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

DETAIL C

TDM Boclr(1 A2A 3

Fi{lrtrc~8 IShecjf 31
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 parts list 523-0769256

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

157 156 155 153

(~5): (R30) (C33)

DETAIL D

TDM Borrrd il2A.3

Fi,ylir~X ( S I I P P4)
~
parts list 523-0769256 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

FIG- UNITS USABLE

PART NO z
w DESCRIPTION PER ON
ITEM a
I ASSY CODE

1 TDM BOARD ASSEMBLY ( E S D S ) A2A3 (SEE F I G 5 - 3 FOR NHA) REF

2 INTEGCATED C I R C U I T ( 2 7 0 1 4 ) 3 5 1 - 7 6 7 6 - 0 2 0 AZA3U2 1
2 RESISTOR NTWK D U A L - I N - L I N E , 1 . 5 K , 2 % ~1 2 5 V ( 0 1 1 2 1 ) 1
3 5 0 - 4 0 2 7 - 1 3 0 AZA3U3
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 0 1 2 9 5 ) 3 5 1 - 7 7 5 2 - 0 1 0 A2A3U4
2 INTEGgATED C I R C U I T ( 3 4 3 3 5 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 9 - 0 5 0 A2A3U5
2 INTEGRtTED C I R C U I T ( 2 7 0 1 4 ) 3 5 1 - 7 6 7 6 - 0 2 0 A i A 3 U 5
2 INTEGRATED C I B C U I T ( 0 1 2 9 5 ) 3 5 1 - 7 7 5 2 - 0 1 0 A 2 A j U 2 8
2 INTEGFATED C I R C U I T ( 3 4 3 3 5 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 9 - 0 5 0 A2A3U29
2 INTEGRATED C I E C U I T ( 2 7 0 1 4 ) 3 5 1 - 7 5 7 6 - 0 2 0 A2A3U30
2 IIITEGPATED C I R C U I T F L I P FLOP ( 0 4 7 1 3 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 5 - 0 4 0
A2A3U52
2 RESISTGR NTKK D U A L - I N - L I N E , 1 . 5 K p 2%, 1 2 5 V ( 0 1 1 2 1 )
3 5 0 - 4 0 2 7 - 1 3 0 AZA3U53
2 INTEGQATED C I R C U I T ( 2 7 0 1 4 ) 3 5 1 - 7 6 7 6 - 0 2 0 A2A3U54
2 RESISTOR,FXD CMPStJ, 4.7K9 1 0 % ~1/6W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-2365-000 A2AjR33
2 RESISTOR,FXD CMFSN, 4 . 7 K , l o % , l i 8 Y ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 4 5 - 2 3 6 5 - 0 0 0 A2A3R34
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T LOGIC GATE ( 1 6 3 2 4 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 3 - 1 1 0
A2AjU76
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 0 4 7 1 3 ) 3 5 1 - 7 6 3 0 - 0 1 0 A2A3U77
2 ItITEGPATED C I R C U I T ( 2 7 0 1 4 3 5 1 - 7 6 7 6 - 0 2 0 A2A3U73
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 3 4 3 3 5 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 9 - 0 5 0 A2A3U102
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 2 7 0 1 4 ) 3 5 1 - 7 6 8 1 - 0 1 0 A 2 A 3 U 1 0 1
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T LOGIC GATE ( 2 7 0 1 4 1 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 3 - 2 2 0
A2A3U100
2 COPACITO2,FXD CER D I E L , O . l U F , PORPllO%, lOOV ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
9 1 3 - 5 0 1 9 - 4 4 0 A2A3C22
2 ItjTEE?ATED C I R C U I T LOGIC GATE ( 2 7 0 1 4 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 3 - 2 2 0
A2A3US3
2 ItITEC"4TED C I R C U I T LOGIC GATE ( 1 6 3 2 4 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 3 - 1 1 0
A2A3UcS
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 0 4 7 1 3 ) 3 5 1 - 1 6 9 8 - 0 1 0 AZA3U97
2 RESISTC2,FXD CflFSN, l K , l o % , l / 8 W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 4 5 - 2 3 4 1 - 0 0 0 A2A3R32
2 CAPACITC?,FXD CER D I E L , O . l U F , PCPMlOZ, lOOV ( 8 1 3 4 9 1
0 1 3 - 5 0 1 9 - 4 4 0 A2A3C19
2 INTEGPATED C I R C U I T F L I P FLOP ( 0 4 7 1 3 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 5 - 0 4 0
A2A3U73
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 0 1 2 9 5 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 9 - 0 6 0 A2A3U74
2 IIITEGRATED C I R C U I T F L I P FLOP ( 0 4 7 1 3 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 5 - 0 4 0
A2A3U75
2 RESISTOR,FXD CMPSN, 1K, l o % , 1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 1
745-2341-000 A2A3931
2 CAPLCITORYFXD CER D I E L , O . l U F , PORMlO%, lOOV ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
9 1 3 - 5 0 1 9 - 4 4 0 AZA3C14
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T LOGIC GATE ( 1 8 3 2 4 : 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 3 - 1 1 0
A2A3U+-?
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T LOGIC GATE ( 1 8 3 2 4 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 3 - 1 1 0
A2A3U50
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T LOGIC GATE ( 2 7 0 1 4 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 3 - 2 2 0
A2A3U51
2 INTEGQATED C I R C U I T ( 2 7 0 1 4 ) 3 5 1 - 7 6 7 6 - 0 2 0 A2A3U26
2 RESISTOR IiTh'K D U A L - I N - L I t I E , 1.5Kv 2 % ~1 2 5 V ( 0 1 1 2 1
3 5 0 - 4 0 2 7 - 1 3 0 A2A3U27
2 CAPACITOR,FXD CER D I E L , O . l U F , PORMlO%r lOOV ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
9 1 3 - 5 0 1 9 - 4 4 0 A2A3C2
2 HOUSII.'G,CO!IN,EL A2A3J1
2 COI(TACT, ELEC
2 COtITACT, ELEC
2 LACEL,PRESS SEN5 ( 1 2 9 0 8 ) ( E F F REV LTR R )
2 HOUSINS,CONN, EL A 2 A 3 J 2
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 parts list 523-0769256

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

+ UNITS U S A B L E
FIG- z
w
PART N O n DESCRIPTION PER ON
ITEM
Z ASSY CODE

..33 -71 22 -- 22 22 33 44 -- 00 12 00 2
2
CONTACT,ELEC
COIITACT, ELEC
16
16
D:174175N 2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 2 7 0 1 4 ) 3 5 1 - 7 E 0 0 - 0 1 0 A2A3U10 1
S'474LSEbN 2 IIiTEG74TED C I R C U I T ( 0 4 7 1 3 3 3 5 1 - 1 6 9 6 - 0 1 0 A 2 A 3 U l l 1
629-9312-001 2 I t I T E G R T E D CST, FROM A:A3Ul2 1
5:!74LZ175N 2 IF:TEGR4TED C I R C U I T ( 3 4 3 3 5 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 9 - 0 5 0 A2A3U34 1
S!474LS%N 2 1t;TEGRATED C I K C U I T ( 0 4 7 1 3 ) 3 5 1 - 1 6 9 8 - 0 1 0 A2A3U35 1
623-9912-002 2 INTEGRATED CKT, FFO?I AZL3U36 1
CKObBX104K 2 C 4 P . ~ C I T O ? , F X D CER D I E L , O . l U F , FORMlOZ, l O 0 V ( 6 1 3 4 9 ) 1
9 1 3 - 5 0 1 9 - 4 4 0 A2A3C11
St174LS174N 2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 3 4 3 3 5 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 9 - 0 4 0 AZA3U60 1
St174 L S 1 7 5 N 2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 3 4 3 3 5 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 9 - 0 5 0 A?A3U59 1
S1174E3AN 2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 0 1 2 9 5 ) 3 5 1 - 7 7 5 2 - 0 1 0 C2A3C58 1
DM74155)4 2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 2 7 0 1 4 3 5 1 - 7 6 8 1 - 0 1 0 A,C3t!C+ 1
DM74175N 2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 2 7 0 1 4 ) 3 5 1 - 7 8 0 0 - 0 1 0 A2A3US3 1
N74161A 2 It4TEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 1 8 3 2 4 ) 3 5 1 - 7 7 5 0 - 0 1 0 A2A3U82 1
316A472 2 RESISTC4 NTKS 4 . i K , 5 % , 1 . 2 5 A PK6 ( 0 1 1 2 1 ) 1
3 5 0 - 4 0 3 0 - 0 2 0 A2A3UlOG
DP174LSOZN 2 INTESRATED C I R C U I T L C S I C GATE ( 2 7 0 1 4 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 3 - 2 2 0 1
A2A31J107
SN74LS174N 2 INTEGqATED C I R C U I T ( 3 4 3 3 5 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 9 - 0 4 0 A2A3U106 1
CK069X104E 2 CAPACITO2.FXD CER D I E L , O . l U F , FCZClOZ, lOGV ( 1 1 3 4 9 ) 1
9 1 3 - 5 0 1 9 - 4 4 0 AZA3C23
St474LS175N 2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 3 4 3 3 5 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 9 - 0 5 0 A?C3U105 1
Sti74LS175N 2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 3 4 3 3 5 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 9 - 0 5 0 A?A3U104 1
S!174LS174f4 2 INTEEP4TFD C I R C U I T ( 3 4 3 3 5 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 9 - 0 4 3 A 2 1 3 U 1 0 3 1
D37489J 2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 2 7 0 1 4 ) 351-7676-0:O AZA3US1 1
314A152 2 RESISTO? NTUK D U 4 L - I N - L I t ! E , 1.5K.p 2x9 1 2 5 V ( 0 1 1 2 1 ) 1
3 5 0 - 4 0 2 7 - 1 3 0 AcA3USO
LlP174126t.1 2 INTEG4ATED C I R C U I T ( 2 7 0 1 4 ) 3 5 1 - 7 7 2 6 - 0 1 0 A2A3U79 1
CK066X104K 2 CAFACITC2,FXD CER D I E L , O . l U F , PC?P110%, lOOV ( 6 1 3 4 9 ) 1
9 1 3 - 5 0 1 9 - 4 4 0 A2A3C15
DMi4126t.I 2 INTECPATED C I R C U I T ( 2 7 0 1 4 ) 351-77;8-010 A2A3U55 1
DM7469-1 2 It1TEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 2 7 0 1 4 ) 3 5 1 - 7 6 7 6 - 0 2 0 A2A3U56 1
Dil74157t.I 2 ItITEGRATED C I R C l J I T ( 2 7 0 1 4 ) 351-77;5-010 A2C.3U57 1
StI74S3CN 2 It4TEGETED CIRCUIT ( 0 1 2 0 5 3 5 1 - 7 7 5 2 - 0 1 0 A243U31 1
StI7417GN 2 IIITEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 0 1 2 9 5 ) 3 5 1 - 7 8 1 7 - 0 1 0 A 2 A j U 3 2 1
St474LS175N 2 ItITEG?ATED C I R C U I T ( 3 4 3 3 5 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 9 - 0 5 0 A X 3 U 3 3 1
CK06EX104K 2 CAPACITORjFXD CER D I E L , O . l U F , FOE3lO%, l C O V ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 1
9 1 3 - 5 0 1 9 - 4 4 0 A2A3C3
SN7483AN 2 INTEGRATED C I P C U I T ( 0 1 2 9 5 ) 3 5 1 - 7 7 5 2 - 0 1 0 AZA3U7 1
314A152 2 RESISTOR NTLGi; DU4L-It4-LIb!E, 1 . 5 K - 2%, 1 2 5 V ( 0 1 1 2 1 1
3 5 0 - 4 0 2 7 - 1 3 0 A2A3US
S1174170N 2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 0 1 2 9 5 ) 3 5 1 - 7 8 1 7 - 0 1 0 A2A3U9 1
Sb474LSF;SN 2 ItiTEGFATED C I R C U I T ( 0 4 7 1 3 ) 3 5 1 - 1 6 9 8 - 0 1 0 A2A3U13 1
St474S3At.I 2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 0 1 2 9 5 ) 3 5 1 - 7 7 5 2 - 0 1 0 A2A3U14 1
CP64AU16-0000MHZ 2 CRYSTAL UIIIT,QTZ 16.00000MHZ ( 8 1 3 + 9 ) 2 6 9 - 7 0 8 2 - 0 1 0 1
AZA3Y1
Dt15C040D300WV 2 CAPACITCR,FXD MICA D I E L , 4 P F 1 PORM 0 . 5 F F t 3 0 0 V 1
( 7 2 1 3 5 ) 9 1 2 - 4 1 4 1 - 0 6 0 A2A3C8
53SOllCOP092R 2 CAPACITCQYVAR CER D I E L , 5 . 5 TO 1 6 F F , 350V ( 7 2 9 8 2 ) 1
9 1 7 - 1 2 2 2 - 0 0 0 A2A3C7
RCP07G103KS 2 RESISTCR,FXD CMFSf1, 1 0 K ~1 0 % ~1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 1
7 4 5 - 0 7 6 5 - 0 0 0 A2A3R35
RCR07G472KS 2 RESISTC2,FXO CMFSN, 4.7K9 l o % , 1 / 4 U ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 1
7 4 5 - 0 7 7 3 - 0 0 0 A2A3R21
2E4918 2 TRAtlSISTC2 ( 0 7 9 1 0 3 5 2 - 0 4 4 0 - 0 0 0 A 2 A 3 4 1 1
KC7404P 2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 0 4 7 1 3 ) 3 5 1 - 7 6 3 0 - 0 1 0 A2A3U17 1
SN7463AN 2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 0 1 2 9 5 ) 3 5 1 - 7 7 5 2 - 0 1 0 A 2 A j U 1 8 1
RCR07G333KS 2 RESISTORsFXD CIIFSN, 33K, 107.9 1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 1
7 4 5 - 0 6 0 3 - 0 0 0 A2A3R3
DM5FlOlJ050UV 2 CAPACITCR,FXD MICA D I E L , l O O P F t 5 % ~5 0 V ( 7 2 1 3 6 ) 1
9 1 2 - 4 1 4 1 - 0 5 0 A2A3C9

Revisetl 15 October 1980

parts list 523-0769256 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

I- UNITS USABLE
FIG- z
PART NO W DESCRIPTION PER ON
ITEM ASSY CODE
I

SN74LS174N 2 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT ( 3 4 3 3 5 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 9 - 0 4 0 A2A3U40

SN74LS174N 2 INTEGR4TED CIRCUIT ( 3 4 3 3 5 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 9 - 0 4 0 A2A3U41
74153FC 2 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT ( 3 4 3 3 5 ) 3 5 1 - 7 7 2 4 - 0 1 0 A2A3U42
SN74LS174N 2 IIITEGRATED CIRCUIT ( 3 4 3 3 5 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 9 - 0 4 0 A2A3UC.4
SN74LS174N 2 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT ( 3 4 3 3 5 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 9 - 0 4 0 A2A3U55
74153FC 2 IIJTEGRATED CIRCUIT ( 3 4 3 3 5 3 3 5 1 - 7 7 2 4 - 0 1 0 A2A3U66
SN74834I4 2 ItiTEGRATED CIRCUIT ( 0 1 2 9 5 ) 3 5 1 - 7 7 5 2 - 0 1 0 A2A3U88
StI74LS175N 2 INTEG4ATED CIRCUIT ( 3 4 3 3 5 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 9 - 0 5 0 A2A3U69
RCR05G474KS 2 RESISTCR,FXD CFIPSN, 4 7 0 K 1 107.9 1/&W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 4 5 - 2 4 3 7 - 0 0 0 A2A3R8
314A152 2 RESISTOR t4TWK DUAL-IN-LINE, 1.5K, 2 % ~125V ( 0 1 1 2 1
3 5 0 - 4 0 2 7 - 1 3 0 AZA3U112
DM7489J 2 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT ( 2 7 0 1 4 ) 3 5 1 - 7 6 7 6 - 0 2 0 A2A3U113
7495P 2 INTEGR4TED CIRCUIT ( 1 4 4 3 3 ) 3 5 1 - 7 7 0 3 - 0 1 0 A2A5U114
RCR05G474KS 2 RESISTO2,FXD CBPSN, 470K, l o % , 1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
-,
/ r 5 - 2 4 3 7 - 0 0 0 AZA3R9
RCR05G474KS 2 RESISTOR,FXD CHPSt4, 470Kp 1 0 % ~1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 4 5 - 2 4 3 7 - 0 0 0 AZA3R6
RCR05G474KS 2 RESISTCRYFSD CMFSN, 4 7 0 K ~ 1 0 % ~1/8W ( 6 1 3 4 9 )
7 4 5 - 2 4 3 7 - 0 0 0 A2A3R7
RCR05G474KS 2 RESISTOR,FXD CflPSN, 470Ks 1 0 % ~1/8W ( 6 1 3 4 9 )
7 4 5 - 2 4 3 7 - 0 0 0 A2A3R10
N39003-01-2289 2 CAP4CITO!?,FXD ELCTLT, 15UF, 1 0 % ~2OV ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
1 6 4 - 9 0 8 6 - 4 9 0 A2A3C5
N39003-01-2289 2 CAPiCITC2,FXD ELCTLT, 15UF9 1 0 % ~20V 1 8 1 3 4 9 )
1 8 4 - 9 0 8 5 - 4 9 0 AZA3C6
CK06BX104K 2 CAP4CIT3R,FXD CER DIELV O.lUF, PO?M10%, lOOV ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
9 1 3 - 5 0 1 9 - 4 4 0 A2A3C40
CK06EX104K 2 CAPACITO!?,FXD CER D I E L , O.lUF, PORMlOZ, lOOV ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
9 1 3 - 5 0 1 9 - 4 4 0 A2A3C41
MS14046-4 2 COILPRF lOUH ( 9 5 9 0 6 ) 2 4 0 - 1 5 8 0 - 0 0 0 A2A3L3
372-2601-086 2 CONTACT, E LEC
tiS14046-4 2 COIL,RF lOUH ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 2 4 0 - 1 5 8 0 - 0 0 0 A2A3L4
M39003-01-2261 2 CAPACITOR,FXD ELCTLT, 100UF, 1 0 % ) 10V ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
1 8 4 - 9 0 8 6 - 2 1 0 A2A3C24
N39003-01-2261 2 CAPACITOR,FXD ELCTLT, 100UF, 1 0 % ~10V ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
1 8 4 - 9 0 8 6 - 2 1 0 A2A3C1
NS18130- 1 2 COIL,RF 0.15UH ( 9 6 9 0 6 1 2 4 0 - 1 5 6 2 - 0 0 0 A2A3L1
MS18130-1 2 COILVRF 0.15UH ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 2 4 0 - 1 5 5 2 - 0 0 0 A2A3L2
CKObBX104K 2 CAPACITORYFXD CER D I E L , O.lUF, FORMlO%, lOOV ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
9 1 3 - 5 0 1 9 - 4 4 0 A2A3C2O
DM74LS02N 2 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT LOGIC GATE ( 2 7 0 1 4 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 3 - 2 2 0
A2A3U35
SN74LS74AN 2 INTEGR4TED CIRCUIT F L I P FLOP ( 0 4 7 1 3 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 5 - 0 4 0
A2A3U86
DM7489J 2 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT ( 2 7 0 1 4 ) 3 5 1 - 7 6 7 6 - 0 2 0 A2A3U87
CK066X104K 2 CAP4CITOR.FXD CER D I E L , O.lUF, PORHlO%, lOOV ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
913-5019-440 A2A3Cl7
St474LS174N 2 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT ( 3 4 3 3 5 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 9 - 0 4 0 A2A3U61
Sti74LS174N 2 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT ( 3 4 3 3 5 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 9 - 0 4 0 AZA3U62
MC7LO4P 2 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT ( 0 4 7 1 3 ) 3 5 1 - 7 6 3 0 - 0 1 0 A2A3U63
SN74 LS86N 2 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT ( 0 4 7 1 3 ) 3 5 1 - 1 6 Q 8 - 0 1 0 A2A3U37
Sti7463AN 2 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT ( 0 1 2 9 5 ) 3 5 1 - 7 7 5 2 - 0 1 0 A2A3U38
SN74LS174N 2 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT ( 3 4 3 3 5 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 9 - 0 4 0 A2A3U39
CK066X104K 2 CAPACITOR,FXD CER D I E L , O.lUF, PCRHlO%, lOOV ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
9 1 3 - 5 0 1 9 - 4 4 0 A2A3C18
CK06BX104K 2 CAPACITORIFXD CER D I E L , O.lUF, PCRHlO%, lOOV ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
9 1 3 - 5 0 1 9 - 4 4 0 A2A3Cl.3
St4741 7014 2 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT ( 0 1 2 9 5 ) 3 5 1 - 7 8 1 7 - 0 1 0 AZA3U2O
StI74LS164N 2 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT ( 0 1 2 9 5 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 9 - 0 6 0 A2A3U21
St474LS164N 2 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT ( 0 1 2 9 5 1 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 9 - 0 6 0 A243U22
StI74LS164N 2 INTEP2ATED CIRCUIT ( 0 1 2 9 5 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 9 - 0 6 0 A2A3U23
St474 LS164N 2 INTEGRATED C I R E U I T ( 0 1 2 9 5 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 9 - 0 6 0 AZA3U24

Revised 15 October 1980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 parts list 523-0769256

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

I-
z UNITS USABLE
FIG- w PER ON
ITEM PART NO o DESCRIPTION
Z ASSY CODE

2 C A P A C I T O R , F X D CER D I E L I O . l U F , P O R M l O % r l O O V ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
913-5019-440 A2A3C4
2 1IITEGR.iTED C I R C U I T ( 0 4 7 1 3 ) 3 5 1 - 1 6 9 6 - 0 1 0 A 2 A 3 U 4 6
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 0 4 7 1 3 ) 3 5 1 - 1 6 9 8 - 0 1 0 A 2 A 3 U 4 7
2 ItiTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 3 4 3 3 5 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 9 - 0 4 0 A2A3U48
2 I N T E G R A T E D CKT, PROM A 2 A 3 U 7 0
2 INTEGRATED CKT, F R 3 t l A 2 A 3 U 7 1
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 0 4 7 1 3 ) 3 5 1 - 1 6 ' 3 8 - 0 1 0 AZA3U72
2 CAPACITDR,FXD CER D I E L , O . l U F , PORMlO%, l O O V ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
913-5019-440 A2A3C16
2 C A P A C I T O R V F X D CER D I E L , 1 5 P F , P O R f l l O Z , 2 0 0 V ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
9 1 3 - 5 0 1 9 - 0 3 0 A2A3C36
2 C A P A C I T C 2 , F X D CER D I E L , O . l U F , P O R M l O Z r l O O V ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
913-5019-440 A2A3C35
2 R E S I S T C R , F X D F I L M , 3 . 8 3 K , 1 % 1/8W ~ (81349)
705-1024-000 CZA3R27
2 RESISTCR,FXD F I L M , 1 . 2 7 K ~ 1%. 1/6W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
705-1001-000 A2A3226
2 R E S I S T C R , F X D CMFSN, 4 . 7 K 9 1 0 % ~1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 4 5 - 0 7 7 3 - 0 0 0 AEA3Q29
2 C A P A C I T O R l F X D CER D I E L , O . l U F , PORM10%, l O O V ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
013-5019-440 A2A3C34
2 RESISTOR,FXD F I L M , 1 0 . 2 K y 0 . 1 % ~ l / l O W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
705-5975-490 AZA3R11
2 C A P A C I T O R , F X D CER D I E L , O.1UFv P O R M l O % r l O O V ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
913-5019-440 A2A3C31
2 INTEG2ATED C I R C U I T ( 0 4 7 1 3 ) 3 5 1 - 1 1 5 2 - 0 1 0 A2A3U95
2 COH'\'ERTER ,DA ( 2 4 3 5 5 3 5 1 - 1 2 7 8 - 0 1 0 A P A 3 U 1 1 8
2 SCCBET,IC ( 2 3 8 8 0 ) 2 2 0 - 0 0 7 5 - 0 5 0
2 SPACERISLEEVE
2 C A F A C I T O R , F X D CER D I E L P O . l U F , PORM10%, l O O V ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
913-5019-440 A2A3C39
2 CAF:\CITOR ,FXD CER D I E L , O . l U F , PCRM10%, l O O V ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
913-5019-440 AZA3C33
2 r R E S I S T C 4 , F X D CEPSN, l 0 K 1 l o % , 1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 4 5 - 0 7 6 5 - 0 0 0 A2A3R30
2 COIL,RF lO0UH ( 9 6 3 C 6 3 2 4 0 - 2 7 1 5 - 3 7 0 A 2 A 3 L 5
2 C A F A C I T O 2 , F X D CER D I E L , 3 3 P F , FORMlO%, 2 0 0 V ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
913-5019-070 A2A3C37
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 2 7 0 1 4 ) 3 5 1 - 1 0 4 0 - 0 2 0 A 2 A 3 U 1 1 7
2 ItiTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 0 1 2 0 5 ) 3 5 1 - 7 6 3 2 - 0 1 0 A 2 A 3 U 1 1 6
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 3 4 3 3 5 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 9 - 0 5 0 A Z A 3 U 1 1 5
2 C A P A C I T C 2 , F X D CER D I E L , O . l U F , PORMlOZ, l O O V ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
913-5019-440 A2A3C32
2 R E S I S T O R p F X D F I L M , 1 0 K , 1 % ~1 / 8 W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
705-1044-000 A2A3R24
2 R E S I S T O R , F X D F I L M , 1 0 K , 1%, 1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
705-1044-000 A2A3R23
2 R E S I S T C R , F X D F I L M , 1 0 K t 1 % 1/8W ~ (81349)
705-1044-000 A2A3R25
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( E S D S ) ( 2 4 3 5 5 ) 3 5 1 - 1 1 5 9 - 0 5 0
A2A3U92
2 SCCKET,IC ( 2 3 5 8 0 ) 2 2 0 - 0 0 7 5 - 0 3 0
2 C A P A C I T C R , F X D CER D I E L , O . l U F , FORMlO%, l O O V ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
913-5019-440 A2A3C29
2 COILYRF lOCUH ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 2 4 0 - 2 7 1 5 - 3 7 0 A2A3L6
2 CAPAC:TCR,FSD CER D I E L , O . l U F , FORMlO%, l O O V ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
913-5019-440 A243C30
2 CAPACITOR,FXD CER D I E L , O . l U F 9 PDRMlO%, l O O V ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
913-5019-440 A2A3C21
2 C A P A C I T C R , F X D CER D I E L , O . O l U F , PORMlO%, l O O V
( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 913-5019-200 A2A3C38

Revised 1.5 October 1980

parts list 523-0769256
Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

t-
FIG- UNITS USABLE
PART N O z
w DESCRIPTION PER ON
ITEM n
Z ASSY CODE

2 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT F L I P FLOP ( 0 4 7 1 3 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 5 - 0 4 0

A2A3U67
2 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT LOGIC GATE ( 1 8 3 2 4 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 3 - 1 1 0
AZA3U68
2 CAPACITGR,FXD CER D I E L , O . ~ U F I PGRMlO%, lOOV ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
9 1 3 - 5 0 1 9 - 4 4 0 A2A3C12
2 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT ( 0 4 7 1 3 ) 3 5 1 - 1 6 9 8 - 0 1 0 AZA3U69
2 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT ( 0 1 2 Q 5 ) 3 5 1 - 7 6 1 7 - 0 1 0 A2A3U43
2 RESISTOR NTKY DU4L-IN-LINE, 1.5K, 2 % ~ 125V ( 0 1 1 2 1 )
3 5 0 - 4 0 2 7 - 1 3 0 A2A3U44
2 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT ( 2 7 0 1 4 ) 3 5 1 - 7 9 0 0 - 0 1 0 A2A3U45
2 IkITEG2ATED CIRCUIT ( 0 1 2 9 5 ) 3 5 1 - 7 7 5 2 - 0 1 0 AZA3U19
2 HOUSINI;,CCNtI, EL A2A3J3
2 CGEITACT ELEC
2 CONTACT, E LEC

Rf'Mod1~lntorAssembly A3
Fi,ytrre 9

Revised 15 October 1980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 parts list 523-0769256

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

+ UNITS USABLE
FIG- z
w
ITEM PART NO o DESCRIPTION PER ON
z ASSY CODE

1 RF MODULATOR ASSEMBLY (ESDS) A3 (SEE F I G 1 - 6 FOR NHA) REF

2 COVER 1
2 COVER, ADJUSTEENT 1
2 SCREW,nACH STL, 4 - 4 0 X 3 / 8 ( 9 6 9 0 6 1 3 4 3 - 0 1 3 5 - 0 0 0 ( A P I 2
( E F F TO REV LTR F )
2 SCREW,flACH STL, 4 - 4 0 X 1 / 4 ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 3 4 3 - 0 1 3 3 - 0 0 0 ( A P ) 2
( E F F REV LTR F )
2 WASHER,FL.AT SST, 0 . 1 2 5 I D X 0 . 3 1 2 OD ( 7 9 8 0 7 ) ( A P ) 2
2 WLSHER,LOCK SST, 0 . 1 1 5 I D X 0 . 2 0 9 OD ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 2
310-0279-000 ( A P )
2 COVNTER-I/'O 60A.RD ASSEMBLY (ESDS) A3A3 (SEE F I G 1 2 1 1
2 SCREW,MACH STL, 4 - 4 0 X 1 1/4 ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 3 4 3 - 0 1 4 2 - 0 0 0 4
(AP)
2 DE::2DULATOR/ACL BOARD (ESDS) A342 (SEE F I G 1 1 ) 1
2 SCREU,Fl.ACH STL, 4 - 4 0 X 1 / 4 ( 9 6 9 0 6 3 4 3 - 0 1 3 3 - 0 0 0 ( A P ) 2
2 WASHER,LCCK SST, 0 . 1 1 5 I D X 0 . 2 0 9 OD ( 9 6 0 0 6 ) 2
310-0279-000 ( A P )
2 RF S T R I P - L I N E ASSEPIPLY A3A1 (SEE F I G 1 0 1 1
2 SCREWIMACH STL, 4 - 4 0 X 3 / 8 ( 9 6 ? 0 6 ) 3 4 3 - 0 1 3 5 - 0 0 0 ( A P I 4
2 WASIiERyFLAT SST, 0 . 1 2 5 I D X 0 . 3 1 2 OD ( 7 ? P 0 7 ) ( A P ) 4
2 WASHERILOCK SST, 0 . 1 1 5 I D X 0 . 2 0 9 OD ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 4
3 1 0 - 0 2 7 9 - 0 0 0 ( AP
2 RIEP.Ot4 CABLE 1
2 P I N ( E F F TO REV LTR E l 2
2 LABEL,PRESS SENS ( 1 2 9 9 8 1 ( E F F REV LTR G ) 1
2 CHASSIS ASSEMSLY 1
3 NUTySLFLKG,PL AL, 6 - 3 2 ( 8 8 0 4 4 ) 3 3 3 - 0 2 4 8 - 0 0 0 2
3 RIVET,SOLID AL, 3 / 3 2 D I A X 3 / 1 6 ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 3 0 5 - 1 3 6 1 - 0 0 0 4
(API
3 POST 4
3 POST, HEX 4
3 P I N , GUIDE 2
3 CHASSIS, WELDED 1

Revised 1.5 October. l!,XO

Darts list 523-0769256
Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

RF Stnp-Lzn~Assem hly A3A I

F~gltrr10

Rez~ised15 October 1980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 parts list 523-0769256

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

I-
z UNITS USABLE
FIG- W PER ON
ITEM PARTNO DESCRIPTION
z ASSY CODE

601-5001-001 1 RF S T R I P - L I N E ASSEMBLY A 3 4 1 ( S E E F I G 9 - 5 FOR NHA) REF

629-9754-001 2 COVER, S H I E L D 1
HS51957-12 2 SCREWYPlACH STL, 4 - 4 0 X 3 / 1 6 ( 0 6 9 0 6 ) 3 4 3 - 0 1 3 2 - 0 0 0 ( A P' I 14
PlS35338-135 2 WASHERPLOCK S S T ? 0 . 1 1 5 I D X 0 . 2 0 9 OD ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 14
3 1 0 - 0 2 7 9 - 0 0 0 ( AP
RW69V151 2 RESISTORVFXD 1 5 0 OHMS? 5 % ~3W ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 7 4 7 - 5 3 8 5 - 0 0 0
A3AlR14
471KNSX200 2 CAPACITO2,FXD CER D I E L , 4 7 0 P F v 1 0 % ~lOOV ( 2 9 9 9 0 )
914-5093-640 A3AlC10
204CB 2 HEAT SIE:K,SEMIC ( 0 5 3 2 0 ) 352-9571-060
SRF2263XRF525 2 TRANSISTORpRF ( 0 4 7 1 3 ) 3 5 2 - 1 1 0 9 - 0 1 0 A 3 A l Q 2
CK05BX104K 2 CAPACITO2,FXD CER D I E L , O . l U F ? FORNlO%, 5 0 V ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
913-5019-320 A3AlC12
VK20020-48 2 COILIRF 0 . 8 5 K p F O A M X % ( 0 2 1 1 4 ) 2 4 0 - 2 6 7 9 - 0 4 0 A 3 A l L 3
471KtlSX200 2 CAPACITOP,FXD CER D I E L ? 4 7 0 P F ~ 1 0 % ~lOOV ( 2 9 9 9 0 1
914-3098-640 A3AlC11
RCR05G100JS 2 RESISTGR,FXD CEPSNv 1 0 OHMS, 5 % ~l / 8 W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-1663-010 A3AlP13
CK05BX104K 2 CAPACITO!??FXD CER D I E L , O . l U F , PORMlOZ? 5 0 V ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
913-5019-320 A3AlC4
RCR05G511JS 2 RESISTOI?,FXD CMPSII, 5 1 0 OHMS? 5 % ~1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-1863-420 A3AlR10
RW69V221 2 RESISTOR9FXD 2 2 0 011:1S, 5 % 3W
~ ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 747-5347-000
A3AlR9
2OOJMSX500 2 CAPACITOR9FXD CER D I E L ? ? O F F ? 5 % r 5 0 0 V ( 2 9 9 9 0 )
9 1 4 - 3 0 9 8 - 5 9 0 A 3 A l C 2 ( E F F TO REV LTR L )
518-024A2-5-9PF 2 CAP&CITOR,VAR CER D I E L ? 2 . 5 TO QPFI l O O V ( 7 2 9 8 2 1
9 1 7 - 1 2 5 6 - 0 1 0 A 3 A l C 2 I E F F REV LTR L )
RCR05G150JS 2 RESISTORPFXD CMPSN, 1 5 OH?lS, 5%r 1/EW ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 4 5 - 1 8 6 3 - 0 5 0 A 3 A l R 7 ( E F F TO REV LTR L )
RCR05G100JS 2 RESISTCR?FXD CMFSN, 1 0 OHMS? 5 % ? l / E W ( 6 1 3 4 9 )
7 4 5 - 1 8 6 3 - 0 1 0 A 3 A l R 7 ( E F F REV LTR L )
RCR05G150JS 2 RESISTOR,FXD CMFSN, 1 5 0HtlS1 5 % ) 1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 4 5 - 1 6 6 3 - 0 5 0 A 3 A l R 8 ( E F F TO REV LTR L )
471KHSX200 2 CAPACITORIFXD CER D I E L , 4 7 0 P F p l o % , l O O V ( 2 9 9 9 0 )
914-3098-640 A3AlC3
204CB 2 HEAT SIE4K,SENIC ( 0 5 5 2 0 ) 3 5 2 - 9 5 7 1 - 0 6 0
2OOJMSX500 2 CAP4CITOR,FYD CER D I E L , 20PF9 5 % ~5 0 0 V ( 2 9 9 9 0 )
9 1 4 - 3 0 9 9 - 5 9 3 A 3 A l C 1 ( E F F TO REV LTR L )
MA22130J 2 CAPACITO2,FXD CER D I E L ? 1 3 P F , 5 % ~ 500V ( 7 3 8 9 9 )
9 1 4 - 3 1 0 5 - 3 2 0 A 3 A l C 1 ( E F F REV LTR L )
SRF2263XRF525 2 TRANSISTORpRF ( 0 4 7 1 3 1 3 5 2 - 1 1 0 9 - 0 1 0 A 3 A 1 4 1
4'ilKMSX200 2 CAP.ACITOR,FXD CER D I E L , 4 7 0 P F , l o % , l O O V ( 2 9 9 9 0 )
914-3093-640 A3AlC5
RCR05GlZlJS 2 RESISTOR?FXD CMPS?(r 1 2 0 OHMS, 5 % ~1/EW ( 8 1 3 4 9 1
745-1663-270 A3AlR5
RCR05G510JS 2 RESISTORsFXD CHPSlir 5 1 OHMS, 5 x 9 1/PW ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-1853-180 A3AlR4
RCR05G121JS 2 RESISTOR?FSD CtlPSN, 1 2 0 OHPlS, 5 % ? 1/PW ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 4 5 - 1 8 6 3 - 2 7 0 A 3 A l R 1 1 ( E F F TO REV LTR L )
RCR05G151JS 2 RESISTORpFXD CNPSN, 1 5 0 OHMS, 5 % ~1/PW ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 4 5 - 1 6 6 3 - 2 9 0 A 3 A l R 1 1 ( E F F REV LTR L )
VK20020-4B 2 C O I L , R F 0.85Ky PORMZO% ( 0 2 1 1 4 ) 2 4 0 - 2 6 7 9 - 0 4 0 A 3 A l L 1
RCR05GlZlJS 2 RESISTOR ,FXD CMPSN, 1 2 0 OHFlS? 5 % ) 1/SW ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-1863-270 A3AlR36
471KMSX200 2 CAPACITOR,FXD CER D I E L , 4 7 0 P F s 1 0 % ~l O O V ( 2 9 9 9 0 )
914-3098-640 A3AlC7
RCR05G200JS 2 RESISTORIFXD CMPSNI 2 0 OHMS, 5 % r 1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-1363-000 A3AlR6
CK056X104K 2 CAPACITOR,FXD CER D I E L t O . l U F ? PORfllO%, 5 0 V ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
913-5019-320 A3AlC9
471KHSX200 2 CAPACITOR,FXD CER D I E L , 4 7 0 P F , 1 0 % ~l O O V ( 2 9 9 9 0 )
914-3098-640 A3AlC22

Revised 1 5 October 1980

parts list 523-0769256 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

I-
FIG- U N I T S USABLE
PART N O z
w DESCRIPTION PER ON
ITEM n
Z ASSY CODE

471KMSX200 2 C A P A C I T O R , T X D CER D I E L ? 4 7 0 P F I 1 0 % ~l O O V (29990)

914-3095-640 A3AlC21
471KMSX200 2 C A P A C I T O 2 , F X D CER D I E L ? 4 7 0 P F , 1 0 % r l O O V (299901
914-3098-640 A3AlC20
471KMSX200 2 C A P A C I T @ R , F X D CER D I E L ? 4 7 0 P F p 1 0 % . l O O V (2?790)
014-3098-640 A3AlC19
471KMSX200 2 C A P A C I T O R , F X D CER D I E L , 4 7 0 P F S 1 0 2 , l O O V (29990)
914-3095-640 A3AlC18
471KMSX200 2 C A P A C I T O P r F X D CER D I E L , 4 7 0 P F ~ l o % , l O O V (29990)
914-3098-640 A3AlC17
471KtlSX200 2 C A P A C I T O 2 , F X D CER D i E L , 4 7 0 F F s l o % , l O O V (29990)
914-3098-640 A3AlC16
SC9017T2-16-7-OH 2 RESISTCR?RF ( 2 4 6 0 2 ) 351-9054-010 A3AlR3
M
SC9017TZ-16-7-OH 2 RESISTORVRF ( 2 4 6 0 2 ) 3 5 1 - 9 0 5 4 - 0 1 0 A3AlRl
n
SC9017T2-16-7-OH 2 RESISTOR9RF ( 2 4 6 0 2 ) 3 5 1 - 9 0 5 4 - 0 1 0 A3AlR2
M
471KMSX200 2 C A P A C I T C R , F X D CER D I E L , 4 7 0 P F ~ 1 0 % ~l O O V ( 2 9 9 9 0 )
914-3096-640 A3AlC23
101KP:SX500 2 C A F A C I T O 2 , F S D CER D I E L , l O O P F 9 1 0 % ) 5 0 0 V ( 2 9 9 9 0 )
914-3006-510 A3AlC24
RCR05G223JS 2 RESISTGR,F>:D CMPSt4, 2 2 K , 5 % , l i 6 W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-1163-810 A3AlR34
IN5767 2 SEMICOEiD D E V I C E ( 2 6 4 8 0 9 2 2 - 6 1 1 9 - 0 1 0 A 3 A l C R 8
RCR05G183JS 2 RESISTOR,F>'O CMPSN, 1 6 K , 5 % , l,.'SN ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 4 5 - 1 8 6 3 - 7 9 0 A 3 A l R 3 3 ( E F F TO R E V LTR M I
RCR05G223JS 2 R E S I S T C Z r F X D CMPSt4, 2 2 K , 5 % , 1 / S X ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 4 5 - 1 3 6 3 - 8 1 0 A 3 A l R 3 3 ( E F F R E V LTR M )
1145767 2 SEtlICO!:D D E ' I I C E ( 2 6 4 6 0 922-6119-010 A341CR7
RCROSG113JS 2 R E S I S T O R , F X D CPlFSI4, l l K p 5 % ~l / E N ( C , 1 3 4 9 )
7 4 5 - 1 6 5 3 - 7 4 0 A 3 A l R 3 2 ( E F F TO R E V LTR M I
RCR05G223JS 2 R E S I S T C R , F > J I C i I F S N , 2 i K 7 5 % ~1 / P U ( 8 1 3 4 9 1
7 4 5 - 1 8 6 3 - 3 1 0 A 3 A l R 3 2 ( E F F R E V LTR tl)
IN5767 2 SEMICCkXl D E V I C E ( 2 8 4 8 0 ) 9 2 2 - 6 1 1 9 - 0 1 0 A 3 A l C R 6
RCR05G362JS 2 R E S I S T O 2 , F X D CtlPSN, 3 . 6 K , 5 % , l i 8 W ( 8 1 3 4 ? )
7 4 5 - 1 1 6 3 - 6 2 0 A 3 A l R 3 1 ( E F F TO R E V LTR M )
RCR05G223JS 2 R E S I S T C R I F X D CtlPSNP 2 2 K 7 5 % 9 1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 4 5 - 1 6 6 3 - 6 1 0 A 3 A l R 3 1 ( E F F R E V LTR t l l
11.15767 2 SEIlICCI4D D E V I C E ( 2 8 4 ' 3 0 922-6119-010 A3AlCR5
RCR05G362JS 2 R E S I S T O R , F X D CtlPSt4, 3 . 6 K j 5 % ~1 / 8 N ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 4 5 - 1 6 6 3 - 6 2 0 A 3 A l R 3 0 ( E F F TO R E V LTR M )
RCR05G223JS 2 R E S I S T C R , F X D CPlPSN. 2 2 K , 5 % - 1 / 3 4 ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 4 5 - 1 6 4 3 - 8 1 0 A 3 A l R 3 0 ( E F F R E V LTR PI)
IN5767 2 SEMICC::D D E V I C E ( 2 6 4 6 0 9 2 2 - 6 1 1 9 - 0 1 0 A 3 A l C R 4
RCR05S113JS 2 R E S I S T C R , F X D CMFSt4, l l K , 5 % , 1 / 8 U ( 6 1 3 4 9 )
7 4 5 - 1 8 6 3 - 7 4 0 A 3 4 1 R 2 9 ( E F F TO R E V LTR M )
RCR05G223JS 2 R E S I S T C Z , F X D CMPSN, 2 2 K 9 5%. 1 / E U ( 6 1 3 4 9 )
7 4 5 - 1 8 6 3 - 8 1 0 A 3 A l R 2 9 ( E F F R E V LTR M )
IN5767 2 SEtlICCtiD DEVICE ( 2 8 4 t . 0 9 2 2 - 6 1 1 9 - 0 1 0 A 3 A l C R 3
RCP05G183JS c" R E S I S T G R , F X D CP~PSNI 1 S K . 5 % ~1/EW ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 4 5 - 1 6 6 3 - 7 9 0 . A 3 A l R 2 8 ( E F F TO R E V LTR M )
RCR05G223JS 2 R E S I S T C R 9 FXD CtlFSt4, 2 2 K , 5 % r 1 / 8 W ( 8 1 3 4 9
7 4 5 - 1 8 6 3 - 8 1 0 A 3 4 1 R 2 8 ( E F F R E V LTR M )
lN5767 2 SEt1ICOI:D D E V I C E ( 2 8 4 6 0 9 2 2 - 6 1 1 9 - 0 1 0 A 3 A l C R 2
RCR05G223JS 2 RESISTOR?F):D CMPSt4r Z Z K , 5 % ~1/8W ( 6 1 3 4 9 )
745-1863-810 A3AlR27
It45767 2 SEM1CO:XJ D E V I C E ( 2 8 4 8 0 ) 9 2 2 - 6 1 1 9 - 0 1 0 A 3 A l C R 1
471KMSX200 2 C A F i C I T O R , F X D CER D T E L , 4 7 0 P F , l o % , l O O V ( 2 9 9 9 0 )
9 1 4 - 3 0 9 8 - 6 4 0 A3AlCl.5
C114-1 2 COUPLER,DIR ( 1 2 4 5 7 ) 2 7 7 - 0 4 7 9 - 0 1 0 A 3 A l C P 1
RCR05G510JS 2 R E S I S I O R P F X D C N F S N ? 5 1 OHtlS, 5 % 7 1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-1663-180 A3AlR35

Re(7ised 1.5 October 19110

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 parts list 523-0769256

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

+ UNITS USABLE
FIG- z
w
ITEM PART N O o DESCRIPTION PER ON
Z ASSY CODE

SC9017TZ-50-OHM 2 RESISTOR,RF ( 2 4 6 0 2 ) 3 5 1 - 9 0 5 4 - 0 2 0 A 3 A l R 2 6
Vt:20020-4B 2 C O I L j R F 0 . 8 5 K , PORI120% ( 0 2 1 1 4 ) 2 4 0 - 2 6 7 9 - 0 4 0 A 3 A l L 4
RCR05G510JS 2 RESISTCR,FXD CMFSN, 5 1 0 H t j S 1 5 % r 1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 4 5 - 1 8 6 3 - 1 8 0 A 3 A l R 3 7 ( E F F REV LTR K )
101KUSX500 2 CAPACITOP,FXD CER D I E L , 1 0 0 F F ~l o % * 5 0 0 V ( 2 9 9 9 0 )
9 1 4 - 3 0 9 8 - 5 1 0 A3.41C14 ( E F F TO REV LTR K )
471KMSX200 2 CAP4CITC9,FXD CER D I E L , 47OPFY l o % , l O O V ( 2 9 9 9 0 )
9 1 4 - 3 9 9 5 - 6 4 0 A 3 C l C 1 4 ( E F F REV LTR K )
634-9307-001 2 CAPACITOR K I T (NON-FROCURABLE I T E U ) ( E F F REV LTR H I
2RZCUSX500 3 CAPACITORIFXD CER D I E L I 2 . 2 P F y POFM 0 . 2 5 P F ~ 5 0 0 V
( 2 9 7 9 0 ) 914-3098-710 A3AlC29
4R3CMSX500 3 C A P A C I T O 1 , F X D CER D I E L I 4 . 3 P F s PORM 0 . 2 5 P F ~ 5 0 0 V
(299903 914-30Q8-720 A3AlC?9
RCR05G101JS 2 RESISTOR,FYD CUPSN, 1 0 0 CHKSt 5 % r 1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 4 5 - 1 2 3 6 3 - 2 5 0 A 3 A l R 2 5 ( E F F TO REV LTR J )
634-9749-001 2 RESISTOR K I T (NON-PROCURABLE I T E M ) ( E F F REV LTR J )
RCR05G201JS 3 RESISTORBFXD CMPSN, 2 0 0 O H t l S l 5 % ~1/EW ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-1863-320 A3AlR25
RCR05G221JS 3 RESISTOR,FXD CMPSN, 2 2 0 OHMS, 5 % , 1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-1663-330 A3AlR25
RCR05G241JS 3 RESISTOR,FSD CMFSN, 2 4 0 OHMS, 5%, 1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-1853-340 A3AlR25
RCR05GZilJS 3 RESISTOP,FXD CMPSNI 2 7 0 OHMS, 5 % , l / 8 W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-1863-350 A3AlR25
RCR05G301JS 3 R E S I S T C R , F X D CUPSN, 3 0 0 OHMS, 5%, 1/6W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-1863-360 A3AlR25
RCR05G331JS 3 RESIST@R,FXD CMPSII, 3 3 0 OHMS, 5 % , 1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-1863-370 A3AlR25
RCR05G361JS 3 RESISTOR9FXD CMFSN, 3 6 0 OHMS, 57.9 1/6W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-1863-350 A3AlR25
RCR05G391JS 3 RESISTCR,FSD CMPSN, 3 9 0 OHMS, 5 % , l / 8 w ( 6 1 3 4 9 )
745-1863-390 A3RlR25
RCR05G431JS 3 RESISTCR,FXD CHFSN, 4 3 0 OHMS, 5 % , 1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-1663-400 A3AlR25
RCR05G471JS 3 RESISTORpFXD CtlPSN, 4 7 0 OHMS, 57.9 1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-1863-410 A3AlPZ5
RCR05G511JS 3 RESISTOR,FXD CMFSN, 5 1 0 OHM, 5%, l / e w ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-1863-420 A3AlR25
RCR05G561JS 3 RESISTOR,FXD CMFSN, 5 6 0 OHMS, 5 % ~1/6W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-1863-430 A3AlR25
RCR05G621JS 3 RESISTOR,FXD CMP5.14, 6 2 0 OHMS, 5 % r 1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-1863-440 A3AlR25
RCR05G681JS 3 RESISTORIFXD CMPSH, 6 8 0 OHMS, 57.9 1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-1863-450 A3AlR25
RCR05G751JS 3 RESISTCR,FXD CHPSt4, 7 5 0 OHMS, 5%, 1/6W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-1863-460 A3AlRC5
RCR05G821JS 3 RESISTOR,FXD CMFSNV 8 2 0 OHMS, 5 % 1/PW ~ (81349)
745-1863-470 A3AlR25
RCR05G911JS 3 RESISTCR,FXD CHFSN, 9 1 0 OHMS, 5 % ~1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-1853-480 A3AlR25
RCR05G102JS 3 RESISTCR,FXD CMPSN, 1 K , 5 % , 1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-1863-490 A3AlR25
RCRO5G112JS 3 R E S I S T O R j F X D CMPSN, 1 . 1 K , 5 % ~1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-1863-500 A3AlR25
RCR05G132JS 3 RESISTORPFXD CKPSN, 1 . 3 K v 5 % r 1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-1863-520 A3AlR25
RCR05G162JS 3 R E S I S T O Z r F X D CMFSN, 1 . 6 K , 5%. 1/PW ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-1863-540 A3AlRZ5
RCR05G202JS 3 RESISTOR,FXD CMPSN, :K, 5 % ~1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
-.
/+5-1853-560 A3AlR25
RCR05G24ZJS 3 RESISTCR 9 FXD CMPSN, 2 . 4 K 5 % . 1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9
745-1863-560 A3AlR25

Rellis~d1 5 October 1980

parts list 523-0769256 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

C
z UNITS U S A B L E
FIG- W PER ON
PARTNO a DESCRIPTION
ITEM ASSY CODE
Z

3 RESISTORpFXD CMPSN, 3K9 5 % ~ 1/EW ( 8 1 3 4 9 )

745-1863-600 A3AlR25
3 RESISTOR,FXD CMFSN, 3 . 6 K ~ 5 % 1/8W ~ (81349)
745-1863-620 A3AlR25
3 RESISTORjFXD CMFSN, 4.3K9 5 % ~ 1/8W ( 5 1 3 4 9 )
745-1853-640 A3AlR25
3 RESISTOR,FXD CMPSN, 5.1K, 5 % ~1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-1663-660 A3AlR25
2 MIXER,RF ( 2 7 9 5 6 ) 2 7 7 - 0 3 3 2 - 0 1 0 A 3 A l M l ( E F F TO REV LTR
J
SRAlW 2 MIXERpRF ( 1 5 5 4 2 ) 2 7 7 - 0 5 8 3 - 0 1 0 A 3 A l M l ( E F F REV LTR J
TO FEV LTR L )
2 MIXERYRF ( 2 7 9 5 6 ) 2 7 7 - 0 3 3 2 - 0 1 0 A 3 A l f l l ( E F F REV LTR L )
2 RESISTOR,FND Ct:PSN, 1 5 0 O t { t l S ~ 5 % ~ 1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-1863-290 A3AlR24
2 RESISTOR,FXD CkIFSN, 1 5 0 OHMS, 5 % ~l / 8 W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-1863-200 A3AlR22
2 RESISTOR,FXD CflPSN, 36 OHMS, 5 % ~ 1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-1863-140 A3AlR23
2 CAPACITORYFXD CER D I E L , 470PFp 1 0 % ~lOOV ( 2 9 9 9 0 )
914-3038-640 A3AlC8
2 RESISTOR,FXD CMFSN, 2 0 OHMS, 5 % ~1/PW ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 4 5 - 1 8 6 3 - 0 8 0 A341R12
2 CAPACITO!?,FXD CEA D I E L , 470PF, 1 0 % ~lOOV ( 2 9 9 9 0 )
914-3098-640 A3AlC6
2 C O I L l R F 0.85K, FORtlZO% ( 0 2 1 1 4 ) 2 4 0 - 2 6 7 9 - 0 4 0 A 3 A l L 2
2 CAPACITOR,FXD CER O I E L , 470PF, 1 0 % ~lOOV ( 2 9 9 9 0 )
914-3098-640 A3AlC13
2 RESISTOR,FSD CFIPSN, 3 6 OHMS, 5 % ~l / 8 W ( 8 1 3 4 9 1
745-1863-140 A3AlR16
2 RESISTCR,FXD CflPSti, 1 5 0 OHflS, 5 % ~ 1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-1663-290 A3AlR17
2 RESISTOR,EF ( 2 4 6 0 2 ) 3 5 1 - 9 0 5 4 - 0 2 0 A 3 A l R 2 1
2 RESISTOR,FXD CflF5N, 1 5 0 OHflS, 5 % ~1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 4 5 - 1 6 6 3 - 2 9 0 A341R15
2 CAPACITO2,VAR CER D I E L , 2.5 TO 9PF, lOOV ( 7 2 9 8 2 )
9 1 7 - 1 2 5 6 - 0 1 0 A 3 A l C 2 8 ( E F F TO REV LTR F )
2 CAPACITO2,VAR AIR D I E L v 0 . 8 TO 10PFp 250V ( 9 1 2 9 3 )
9 2 2 - 0 5 8 3 - 0 3 0 A 3 A l C 2 8 ( E F F REV LTR F )
2 COt:!IECTOR,ELEC ELEC ( $ 8 2 9 1 ) 3 5 7 - 7 1 0 3 - 0 1 0 A 3 A l J 3
2 COIINECTORIELEC ELEC ( 9 8 2 9 1 ) 3 5 7 - 7 1 0 3 - 0 1 0 A 3 A l J 1
2 FILTERyRAO I t i T R 1750PF ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 2 4 1 - 5 0 0 6 - 0 1 0 A 3 A l F L 1
2 TERMItIAL,STUD ( 1 2 6 1 5 ) 3 0 6 - 1 2 8 6 - 0 0 0
2 NUT,PLAIN,HEX NP BRS, 2 - 5 6 ( 7 7 2 5 0 ) 3 1 3 - 0 0 5 0 - 0 0 0 ( A P )
2 W,4SHER,LOCK SST, 0 . 0 8 8 I D X 0.172 OD ( 9 6 9 0 6 )
310-0275-000 (AP)
2 FILTER9RAD INTR 1750PF ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 2 4 1 - 5 0 0 6 - 0 1 0 A 3 A l F L 2
2 TERflIttAL,STUD ( 1 2 6 1 5 ) 3 0 6 - 1 2 8 6 - 0 0 0
2 NUT,PLAItd,HEX NP BRS, 2 - 5 6 ( 7 7 2 5 0 ) 3 1 3 - 0 0 5 0 - 0 0 0 ( A P )
2 WASHER,LOCK SST, 0 . 0 8 8 I D X 0.172 OD ( 9 6 9 0 6 )
310-0275-000 (AP 1
2 TERtlINAL,STUD ( 1 2 6 1 5 ) 3 0 6 - 1 2 8 6 - 0 0 0
2 NUT,PLAIN,HEX NP BRS, 2 - 5 6 ( 7 7 2 5 0 ) 3 1 3 - 0 0 5 0 - 0 0 0 ( A P )
2 WASHER,LOCK SST, 0 . 0 8 8 I D X 0 . 1 7 2 OD ( 9 6 9 0 6 )
3 1 0 - 0 2 7 5 - 0 0 0 CAP)
2 COS::ECTOR,RCPT ELEC ( 9 5 2 9 1 ) 3 5 7 - 7 1 9 5 - 0 3 0 A 3 A l J 2
2 CAPACITORIFXD CER D I E L ? 470PFp 1 0 % ~lOOV ( 2 9 9 9 0 )
914-3098-640 A3AlC25
2 WASHERILOCKING GLD FLD COP, 0 . 2 3 4 I D X - 0 2 9 7 OD
( 91293) 310-0778-010 ( AP)
2 CABLE
3 CONttECTOR, MODIFIED A 3 A l P 1
,
3 COtjTACT E LEC

Revised 1 5 October 1980

 parts list 523-0769256
Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

FIG- 2 UNITS USABLE

PER ON
ITEM PART NO w
o DESCRIPTION
z ASSY CODE

10-90 629-9753-001 2 SHIELD, R F

91 SL354-351WHT 3 TERMINAL,FEEDTH (12615) 306-2474-010
92 504-7693-002 3 NUT, ANGLE
93 629-9753-002 3 SHIELD
94 629-9875-001 2 BOARD

Revised 15 October 1980

parts list 523-0769256
Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

D~wcod~rltrtor/ALCAssembly A3A2
Fzg7rre 11 (Sheet 1 of 2)

Revised 15 October 1 9 H O
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 parts list 523-0769256

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

Dernodlrlr~tor/ALCAssern hly AYAl

r ~ (Shert 1)
A g ~ t 11

Revised 15 O c t o b ~ r1980
.
parts list 523-0769256 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

I-
z UNITS USABLE
PART N O W PER ON
0 DESCRIPTION
Z ASSY CODE

1 DEMODULATOR/ALC BOARD ( E S D S ) A 3 A 2 ( S E E F I G 9 - 4 FOR REF

NHA
2 INTEGRATED CKT ( E S O S ) ( 0 7 2 6 3 ) 3 5 1 - 6 2 2 7 - 0 2 0 A 3 A 2 U 4 1
2 RESISTORpVAR 1 0 K j 5%. 3/4W ( 6 1 3 4 9 ) 3 8 1 - 1 8 5 3 - 3 0 0 1
A3A;Rl ( E F F TO REV LTR Y )
2 RESISTORsVAR NON-WW,20K, 10% ( 0 2 1 1 1 ) 382-0052-290 1
A 3 4 2 R 1 ( E F F REV LTR Y )
2 RESISTORpVAR 1 0 K , 5%, 3/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 3 8 1 - 1 8 5 3 - 3 0 0 1
A3A2R2
2 R E S I S T C R s V A R 1 0 K s 5 % ~3/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 3 8 1 - 1 8 5 3 - 3 0 0 1
A3A2R3
2 RESISTOR,VAR 1 0 K , 5 % ~ 3/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 3 8 1 - 1 8 5 3 - 3 0 0 1
A3A2R4
2 RESISTORsVAR 1 0 K , 5 % ~3/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 3 8 1 - 1 8 5 3 - 3 0 0 1
A3A2R5
2 R E S I S T C R s F X D F I L M , 5 . 1 1 K s 1%s 1/SW ( 6 1 3 4 9 ) 1
705-1030-000 A3ALR74
2 RESISTOR,FXD F I L M , 4 0 . 2 K 1 0 . l Z s l / l O W ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 1
7 0 5 - 5 9 7 6 - 6 4 0 A 3 A Z R 3 5 ( E F F TO REV LTR R )
2 RESISTCXpFXD F I L M , 46K4Kv 0 . 1 % ~ 1 / 1 Q W ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 1
7 0 5 - 5 9 7 6 - 7 6 0 A 3 4 2 R 3 5 ( E F F REV LTR R )
2 R E S I S T 0 9 , F X D F I L M , 1 9 . 1 K 9 0.1%, 1/1CW ( 6 1 3 4 9 ) 1
7 0 5 - 5 9 7 6 - 0 2 0 A 3 A 2 R 3 3 ( E F F TO REV LTR R )
2 RESISTOPpFXD F I L M , 25.5Kv 0 . 1 % ~ l / l O W ( 6 1 3 4 9 ) 1
7 0 5 - 5 9 7 6 - 2 6 0 A 3 A 2 R 3 3 ( E F F REV LTR R )
2 RESISTOR,FXD F I L M , 5 . 9 7 K p O . l % r ?./low (81349) 1
705-5975-040 A3A2R31
2 R E S I S T O P s F X D F I L M , 1 1 . 7 K s 0.1%s l / l O W ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 1
705-5975-600 A342R29
2 RESISTORtFXD FILM, 11Kp 0 . 1 % ~ l / l O W ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 1
7 0 5 - 5 9 7 5 - 5 E 0 A 3 A 2 R 2 8 ( E F F TO REV LTR R )
2 RESISTOR,FXD F I L M , 1 4 K s 0.17.9 l/lOW ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 1
7 0 5 - 5 9 7 5 - 7 5 0 A 3 A Z R 2 8 ( E F F REV LTR R )
2 C A P A C I T 0 9 , F X D CER D I E L , l U F , 2 0 % r 5 0 V ( 1 6 5 4 6 ) 1
913-3279-270 A392C23
2 CAFACITORpFXD CER D I E L , O . l U F , PORMlO%, l O O V ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 1
913-5019-440 A3A2C21
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 3 4 3 3 5 ) 3 5 1 - 1 1 5 3 - 0 2 0 A 3 A 2 U 9 1
2 CAPACITCR,FXD CER D I E L , 1 U F s 207.9 5 0 V ( 1 6 5 4 6 ) 1
913-3279-270 A3A2C47
2 CAPACITOR,FXD CER O I E L , I U F , 2 0 % ~5 0 V ( 1 6 5 4 6 ) 1
913-3279-270 A3A2C22
2 R E S I S T 0 9 , F X D F I L M , 4 9 . 9 K 9 1 % 1/8W
~ (81349) 1
705-3605-810 A3A?R75
2 R E S I S T O R s F X D F I L M , 2 . 5 5 K p 1x9 1/SW ( 8 1 3 4 9 1 1
705-3605-190 A3A2R77
2 RESISTCR,FXD F I L M , :OK, 0.1%, l / l C W ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 1
705-5976-060 A3A2R37
2 CAPACITO?,FXD NICA DIEL, 1 5 0 ~ ~5%, . 5 0 (~7 2 1 3 6 ) 1
912-4141-400 A3A2C30
2 CAPACITOR,FXD CER D I E L r l U F v 2 0 % ~5 0 V ( 1 6 5 4 6 ) 1
9 1 3 - 3 2 7 9 - 2 7 0 A3A2C32
2 INTEGRATED C I P C U I T ( 2 7 0 1 4 ) 3 5 1 - 1 0 9 5 - 0 3 0 A 3 A Z U 5 1
2 CAPACITCR,FXD CER D I E L , l U F , 2 0 % , 5 0 V ( 1 6 5 4 6 ) 1
913-3279-270 A3A2C31
2 RESISTO9,FXD CMFSNs 4 7 K 1 1 0 % ~1/4W ( 6 1 3 4 9 ) 1
745-0509-090 A3A2R62
2 RESISTOR9FXD CMFSN, 1 0 K , 10%. 1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 1
745-0755-000 A3A2P41
2 RESISTOR,FXD CMPSN, l K , 5%, 1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 1
745-0746-000 A3ALR43
2 RESISTOR,FXD F I L M , 3 0 1 K , 1x9 1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 1
705-1115-000 A3A2R39

Revised 15 October 1980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 parts list 523-0769256

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

+
z UNITS USABLE
FIG- W PER ON
PART N O DESCRIPTION
ITEM P
ASSY CODE
Z

2 CAPACITCR,FXD M I C A D I E L , 5 1 P F , 5%, 5 0 V ( 7 2 1 3 6 )
9 1 2 - 4 1 4 1 - 3 0 0 A3A2C56
2 CAPACITCR,FXD PLSTC D I E L , 5.6UFs 5 % 5~ 0 V ( 5 6 2 8 9 )
933-1084-370 A3A2C35
2 RESISTOR,FXD F I L M , 1 1 K , 1%, 1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
705-1046-000 A3A2R55
2 CAPACIT09,FXD M I C A D I E L , 2 0 P F 9 PORM 0.5PFp l O O V
( 7 2 1 3 6 ) 912-4141-150 A3A2C1
2 CAPACITCR,FXD M I C A D I E L , 5 1 P F , 5 % ~5 0 V ( 7 2 1 3 6 )
9 1 2 - 4 1 4 1 - 3 0 0 A3A2C2
2 CAPACITORIFXD M I C A D I E L , 5 P F , PORM 0 . 5 P F s 3 0 0 V
( 7 2 1 3 6 ) 912-4141-010 A3A2C55
2 INTEGqATED C I R C U I T ( 3 4 3 7 1 ) 3 5 1 - 1 2 8 1 - 0 1 0 A 3 A 2 U l l
2 R E S I S T C 4 r F X D F I L M , 9 0 . 9 OHMSs 1x9 1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
705-0946-000 A3A2R51
2 CAPACITOR,FXD CER D I E L , l U F , 2 0 % . 5 0 V ( 1 6 5 4 6 )
9 1 3 - 3 2 7 9 - 2 7 0 A3AZC4
2 RESISTORVFXD F I L M , l C K , 1 % ~1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 1
7 0 5 - 1 0 4 4 - 0 0 0 A3A2R36
2 R E S I S T O 9 , F X D F I L M , 1 0 K , 1%. 1/PW ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 0 5 - 1 0 4 4 - 0 0 0 A 3 A 2 R 1 4 ( E F F TO REV LTR M I
2 RESISTOR,FXD F I L M , 4 . 5 3 K p 1 % 1/PW ~ (81349)
7 0 5 - 3 6 0 5 - 3 1 0 A 3 A 2 R 1 4 ( E F F REV LTR M TO REV LTR N )
2 R E S I S T C R p F X D F I L M , 6 . 1 9 K 9 1 % ~1/EW ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 0 5 - 1 0 3 4 - 0 0 0 A 3 A 2 R 1 4 ( E F F REV LTR N TO REV LTR R )
2 RESISTCR,FXD F I L M , 1 0 K , 1x9 1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 0 5 - 1 0 4 4 - 0 0 0 A 3 A 2 R 1 4 ( E F F REV LTR R TO REV LTR U )
2 RESISTOR,FXD F I L M , 1 4 K 1 1 % ~1/SW ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 0 5 - 1 0 5 1 - 0 0 0 A 3 4 2 R 1 4 ( E F F REV LTR U )
2 R E S I S T O S s F X D F I L M , 9 0 9 OHNS, 1 % 1/8W ~ (81349)
705-0094-000 A3A2R81
2 CAPACITORsFXD M I C A D I E L , 3 3 P F , 5 % ~5 0 V ( 7 2 1 3 6 )
9 1 2 - 4 1 4 1 - 2 2 0 A 3 A 2 C 1 7 ( E F F REV LTR N )
2 SEMICOND D E V I C E ( 8 1 4 8 3 ) 3 5 3 - 2 7 1 4 - 0 0 0 A 3 A 2 V R 1 ( E F F TO
REV LTR L )
2 SEtlICOND D E V I C E ( 0 4 7 1 3 ) 3 5 3 - 6 4 8 1 - 1 7 0 A 3 A 2 V R 1 ( E F F
REV LTR L )
2 CAPACITOR,FXO M I C A D I E L . 5 P F p PORM 0 . 5 P F r 3 0 0 V
( 7 2 1 3 6 ) 9 1 2 - 4 1 4 1 - 0 1 0 A 3 A 2 C 5 3 ( E F F TO REV LTR P )
2 CAPQCITCRpFXD M I C A D I E L , 1 0 P F p FORM 0 . 5 P F , 3 0 0 V
( 7 2 1 3 6 ) 9 1 2 - 4 1 4 1 - 0 2 0 A 3 A 2 C 5 3 ( E F F REV LTR P I
2 R E S I S T O R t F X D F I L M , ?OOK, 1x9 1/6W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
705-3604-150 A3A2R15
2 CAPACITOR,FXD CER D I E L , l U F , 2 0 % ~5 0 V ( 1 6 5 4 6 )
913-3279-270 A3A2C10
2 TRCNSISTCR ( 0 7 2 6 3 ) 3 5 2 - 0 6 6 1 - 0 2 0 A 3 A 2 Q 1
2 R E S I S T O R s F X D F I L M , 3 . 8 3 K 9 l % r 1/8W ( 6 1 3 4 9 )
7 0 5 - 1 0 2 4 - 0 0 0 A3AZR22
2 TRANSISTOR ( 0 7 2 6 3 ) 3 5 2 - 0 6 6 1 - 0 2 0 A 3 A 2 9 3
2 RESISTCR,FXD F I L M * 3 . 2 4 K 9 1%, 1/6W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
705-3605-240 A3A2R20
2 R E S i S T O 2 , F X D F I L M , 2 . 5 5 K ~ 1%, l / e M ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 0 5 - 3 6 0 5 - 1 9 0 A 3 A Z R 1 8 ( E F F TO REV LTR V )
2 RESISTOR,FXD F I L M , 2 . 1 5 K , 1%. 1/3W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 0 5 - 1 0 1 2 - 0 0 0 A 3 4 2 R 1 8 ( E F F REV LTR V )
2 RESISTOR,FXD F I L M , 9 . 3 1 K s 1 % 1/8W ~ (81349)
7 0 5 - 3 6 0 5 - 4 6 0 A3A2R16
2 CAPACITO2,FXD CER D I E L , l U F , 2 0 % ~5 0 V ( 1 6 5 4 6 )
913-3279-270 A3A2C9
2 INTEGYATED C I R C U I T ( 3 4 3 3 5 ) 3 5 1 - 1 1 5 3 - 0 2 0 A 3 A Z U 8
2 RESISTCR,FXD F I L M , l K , 0 . 1 % ~ l / l O W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 0 5 - 5 9 7 3 - 5 3 0 A3A2PSO

Rez~ised15 October 1.980

parts list 523-0769256 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

I FIG-
ITEM I PART N O DESCRIPTION
I
UNITS USABLE

APER
SSY ( CO
ODNE 1
2 CAPACITOR,FXD M I C A D I E L , 5 P F s PORN 0 . 5 P F s 3 0 0 V
( 7 2 1 3 6 1 9 1 2 - 4 1 4 1 - 0 1 0 A3AZC54
2 RESISTORpFXD CMPSN, 8 . 2 K t 1 0 % ~1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 4 5 - 0 7 8 2 - 0 0 0 A3AZR34
2 RESISTCR,FXD F I L M , 2 7 . 4 K s l % r 1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
705-1065-000 A3A2R9
2 CAPACITOR,FXD CER D I E L , l U F , 2 0 % , 5 0 V ( 1 6 5 4 6 1
913-3279-270 A342C7
2 CAPACITCR,FXD CER D I E L , l U F , 2 0 % ~5 0 V ( 1 6 5 4 6 1
9 1 3 - 3 2 7 9 - 2 7 0 A3A2C6
2 J A C K , T I P LY'r ( 7 4 9 7 0 3 6 0 - 0 4 8 4 - 0 1 0 A 3 A 2 T P 4
2 J A C K V T I P WHT ( 7 4 9 7 0 ) 3 6 0 - 0 4 6 4 - 0 1 0 A3.42TP5
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 3 4 3 3 5 ) 3 5 1 - 1 1 5 3 - 0 2 0 A 3 A 2 U 7
2 RESISTOR,FXD CKPSN, 8 . 2 K , 1 0 % ~1/4W 1 8 1 3 4 9 3
7 4 5 - 0 7 8 2 - 0 0 0 A3AZR78
2 RESISTOR,FXD F I L M , 3 8 . 3 K , 1 % 1~ / 8 U ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 0 5 - 1 0 7 2 - 0 0 0 A 3 A 2 R 3 2 ( E F F TO REV LTR T I
2 RESISTORvFXD F I L M , 2 7 . 4 K ~ 1%, 1/EW ( 8 1 3 4 9 1
7 0 5 - 1 0 6 5 - 0 0 0 A 3 A 2 R 3 2 ( E F F REV LTR T I
2 P I N , INDEXIRG
2 RESISTOR,FXD F I L N , 1 0 K , 1 % ~1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 0 5 - 1 0 4 4 - 0 0 0 A3A2R30
2 R E S I S T C R I F X D F I L M , 3 0 1 K , 1 % ~1/6W ( 8 1 3 4 9 1
705-1115-000 A3A2R40
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 0 3 8 7 7 1 3 5 1 - 1 2 3 7 - 0 1 0 A 3 A 2 U 6
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 2 7 0 1 4 ) 3 5 1 - 1 0 9 5 - 0 3 0 A 3 A i U 3
2 CAPACITGA,FXD CER D I E L , l U F , 2 0 % ~5 0 V ( 1 6 5 4 6 1
913-3279-270 A3A2C24
2 RESISTOR,FXD CMPSN, l K , 5%, 1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 1
7 4 5 - 0 7 4 8 - 0 0 0 A3AZR45
2 CAPACITO?,FXD M I C A D I E L , 1 5 0 P F s 5%, 5 0 V ( 7 2 1 3 6 1
912-4141-400 A3A2C25
2 RESISTOR,FXD F I L M , 1 0 K , 1 % 1/8W ~ (813491
7 0 5 - 1 0 4 4 - 0 0 0 A3AZRA4
2 RESISTCF2,FXD F I L M , 5 . 1 1 K I 1 % , 1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 0 5 - 1 0 3 0 - 0 0 0 A3AZR48
2 R E S I S T C R s F X D F I L M , 1 0 K p 1 % 1/8W~ (81349)
7 0 5 - 1 0 4 4 - 0 0 0 A3A2R46
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 2 7 0 1 4 1 3 5 1 - 1 0 9 5 - 0 3 0 A 3 A 2 U 2
2 R E S I S T C R I F X D F I L M , 1 0 K , 1 % 1/8W~ (81349)
705-1044-000 A3A2R47
2 CAPACITOR,FXD M I C A D I E L V 1 5 0 P F s 5%, 5 0 V ( 7 2 1 3 6 1
9 1 2 - 4 1 4 1 - 4 0 0 A3A2C26
2 CAPACITCR,FXD CER D I E L , l U F , 2 0 % , 5 0 V ( 1 6 5 4 6 )
913-3279-270 A3AZC48
2 RESISTOR,FXD F I L M , l o O K , 1 % 1/8W ~ (81349)
705-1092-000 A3A2R61
2 CAPACITOR,FXO CER D I E L , l U F , 2 0 % , 5 0 V 1 1 6 5 4 6 1
913-3279-270 A3AZC28
2 RESISTOR,FXD CMPSN, 0.10MEG0, 1 0 % ~1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 4 5 - 0 6 2 1 - 0 0 0 A3A,R53
2 R E S I S T O R t F X D CMPSN, O.1OMEGOv 1 0 % ~1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-0321-000 A3A2R57
2 RESISTOR,FXD CMPSNI 1 0 K , 1 0 % ~1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 4 5 - 0 7 6 5 - 0 0 0 A3A2R56
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 2 7 0 1 4 ) 3 5 1 - 1 0 9 5 - 0 3 0 A 3 A Z U 1
2 CAPLCITOR,FXD CER D I E L , 1 U F s 2 0 % ~5 0 V ( 1 6 5 4 6 )
913-3279-270 A3A2C29
2 CCPACITCR,FXD M I C A D I E L , 1 5 0 P F s 5 % , 5 0 V ( 7 2 1 3 6 1
912-4141-400 A3A2C27
2 RESISTCRPFXD F I L N , 10K, 0 . 1 % ~ l / l O W ( 8 1 3 4 9 1
7 0 5 - 5 9 7 5 - 4 7 0 A 3 A 2 R 5 0 ( E F F TO REV LTR R l

Rerlised 15 October*1!1'KO
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 parts list 523-0769256

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

+ UNITS USABLE
FIG- z
w
ITEM PART NO n DESCRIPTION PER ON
Z ASSY CODE

2 RESISTOR,FXD F I L M , 2.3ZK, 0 . 1 % ~ l / l O W ( 8 1 3 4 9 1
7 0 5 - 5 9 7 4 - 2 4 0 A3A2R50 ( E F F REV LTR R )
2 RESISTCR,FXD F I L M , 9 . 3 1 K 1 0.1;!, l / l O W (61349)
7 0 5 - 5 9 7 5 - 4 1 0 A3A2R54 I E F F TO REV LTR R )
2 RESISTCRIFXD F I L M , 2K9 O . l % r l / l O U ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 0 5 - 5 9 7 4 - 1 2 0 A3A2R54 ( E F F REV LTR R )
2 RESISTOR,FXD F I L M , 1 0 . 5 K , 0 . 1 % ~ l / l O W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 0 5 - 5 9 7 5 - 5 1 0 A3AZR52 ( E F F TO REV LTR R )
2 RESISTOR,FXD F I L M , 2.55Kv 0 . 1 % ~ l / l O W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 0 5 - 5 9 7 4 - 3 2 0 A3A2R52 ( E F F REV LTR R )
2 RESISTOR,FXD F I L M , 2 0 . 5 K t 0.1%, l / l O W ( 8 1 3 4 9 3
7 0 5 - 5 9 7 6 - 0 8 0 A3AZR49 ( E F F TO REV LTR R )
2 RESISTORtFXD F I L M * 5.62K9 0 . 1 % ~ l / l O U ( 6 1 3 4 9 )
7 0 5 - 5 9 7 4 - 9 3 0 A3A2R49 ( E F F REV LTR R )
2 RESISTO2,FXD F I L M , ICOKI 1%, 1/6W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 0 5 - 1 0 9 2 - 0 3 0 A3A2R60
2 RESISTCR,VAR 1 0 K j 5 % ~3/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 3 8 1 - 1 8 5 3 - 3 0 0
A342P6
2 RESISTO2,VAR 10Kp 5%. 3/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 3 8 1 - 1 8 5 3 - 3 0 0
A3ACR7
2 RESISTOR,VAR 1 0 K , 5%, 3/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 3 8 1 - 1 6 5 3 - 3 0 0
A31'2R3
2 J A C K , T I P KHT ( 7 4 9 7 0 ) 3 6 0 - 0 4 8 4 - 0 1 0 A3A2TP3
2 J A C K , T I P UHT ( 7 4 9 7 0 ) 3 6 0 - 0 4 8 4 - 0 1 0 A3A2TF2
2 J A C K , T I P WHT ( 7 4 9 7 0 ) 3 6 0 - 0 4 8 4 - 0 1 0 A3A2TP1
2 COIL,RF 39UH ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 2 4 0 - 2 7 1 5 - 3 2 0 A 3 A P L l
2 RESISTORIFXD CHFSN, 10K, 1 0 % ~1 / 4 H ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 4 5 - 0 7 8 5 - 0 0 0 A3A2R72
2 RESISTOR,FXD CMFS:i, 1 0 K , 1 0 % ~1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 4 5 - 0 7 8 5 - 0 0 0 A3A2R73
2 CONTCCT,ELEC
2 CAPACITOR,FXD PLSTC D I E L , 0 . 3 9 U F I 2%, 5 0 V ( 5 6 2 8 9 1
9 3 3 - 0 2 6 4 - 2 0 0 A3A2C30
2 RESISTOR,FXD F I L M , 1 1 3 K , 1 % ~ 1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 0 5 - 3 6 0 4 - 0 3 0 A3AZR64
2 RESISTC2,FXD F I L M , 1 1 3 K , 1 % 1/8W ~ (61349)
7 0 5 - 3 6 0 4 - 0 3 0 A3A2F65
2 RESISTORjFXD F I L M , 5 6 . 2 K s 1 % ~ 1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 0 5 - 1 0 8 0 - 0 0 0 A3A2R66
2 CAPACITOR,FSD PLSTC D I E L , O.lUF, 2 % ~5 0 V ( 5 6 2 8 9 )
9 3 3 - 0 2 6 4 - 1 3 0 A3A2C39
2 RESIST07,FXD F I L M * lOOKs 0 . 1 % ~ l / l O W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 0 5 - 5 9 7 7 - 4 1 0 A3A2G63
2 RESISTCR,FXD F I L M , l o O K , 1 % , 1/6W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 0 5 - 1 0 9 2 - 0 0 0 A3AZR68
2 RESISTOR,FXD F I L M , 49.9Ks 1 % ~1/6W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 0 5 - 3 6 0 5 - 8 1 0 A3A2R67
2 CAFACITOR,FXD M I C A D I E L , 1 0 P F , PORM 0.5PFp 3 0 0 V
( 7 2 1 3 6 ) 9 1 2 - 4 1 4 1 - 0 2 0 A3AZC43
2 CAPACITCR,FXD MICA D I E L , 1 0 P F , PORM 0.5PFp 3 0 0 V
( 7 2 1 3 6 1 9 1 2 - 4 1 4 1 - 0 2 0 A3AZC40
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 2 7 0 1 4 1 3 5 1 - 1 0 4 0 - 0 2 0 A3A2U18
2 CAPACITOR,FXD CER D I E L , l U F , 20%, 5 0 V ( 1 6 5 4 6 )
9 1 3 - 3 2 7 9 - 2 7 0 A3A2C41
2 CABLE ASSEMBLY A3A2W2
3 CONTACTPELEC ( 7 1 4 6 8 3 7 1 - 0 1 8 3 - 0 0 0
2 CAPACITORpFXD CER D I E L , l U F , 2 0 % ~5 0 V ( 1 6 5 4 6 )
9 1 3 - 3 2 7 9 - 2 7 0 A3A2C52
2 RESISTORpFXD CMFSNv 33K9 1 0 Z r 1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 4 5 - 0 8 0 3 - 0 0 0 A3A2R69
2 CAPACITOR,FXD CER D I E L , l U F s 20%, 5 0 V ( 1 6 5 4 6 )
9 1 3 - 3 2 7 9 - 2 7 0 A3A2C44

Retlised l:i October* 1.980

parts list 523-0769256 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

+ UNITS USABLE
FIG- z
w
ITEM PARTNO DESCRIPTION
Z ASSY CODE

'4C 2 CAPACITOR,FXD MICA D I E L , 5 1 0 P F p 5 % 5~0 0 V ( 7 2 1 3 6 )

9 1 2 - 2 8 6 7 - 0 0 0 A342C13
2 CAPACITCRsFXD CER D I E L I l U F , ' 2 0 % ~5 0 V ( 1 6 5 4 6 )
9 1 3 - 3 2 7 9 - 2 7 0 A3A2C15
2 CAPACITORYFXD MICA DI,EL, 20PF, PORN 0.5PFp lOOV
( 7 2 1 3 6 ) 912-4141-150 A 3 A 2 C l l
2 CAPACITOR,FXD MICA D I E L , 51PFv 5 % ~5 0 V ( 7 2 1 3 6 )
9 1 2 - 4 1 4 1 - 3 0 0 A3A2C14
2 LAGEL,PPESS SENS ( 1 2 9 9 8 1 ( E F F REV LTR H
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 3 4 3 7 1 ) 3 5 1 - 1 2 8 1 - 0 1 0 A3A2U16
2 RESISTOR9FXD F I L M , 5.11K9 1 % 1/8W ~ (813491
7 0 5 - 1 0 3 0 - 0 0 0 A3A2R13
2 SEMICOND DEVICE ( 1 5 2 3 8 ) 3 5 3 - 2 6 0 7 - 0 0 0 A3A2CR2 ( E F F TO
REV LTR M )
2 SEflICOND DEVICE ( 1 5 2 3 8 ) 3 5 3 - 2 6 0 7 - 0 0 0 A3AZCR1
2 CABLE ASSEHBLY A3AZU1
2 POST
2 COtJNECTOR ,RCPT ELEC ( 7 1 4 6 8 3 7 1 - 0 3 9 3 - 0 1 0 A 3 A 2 J 1
2 SCREW,flACH STL, 4 - 4 0 X 3 / 1 6 ( 9 6 9 0 6 1 3 4 3 - 0 1 3 2 - 0 0 0 ( A P
FOR 1 2 8 , 1 2 9 )
2 WASHERYFLAT SSTs 0 . 1 2 5 I D X 0 . 3 1 2 0 0 ( 7 9 8 0 7 ) ( A P FOR
128, 1 2 9 )
2 WASHERYLOCK SST, 0.115 I D X 0 . 2 0 2 OD 1 7 0 3 1 8 ) ( A P FOR
1 2 8 , 1 2 9 1 ( E F F REV LTR R )
3 COtJNECTOR,PLUG ELEC ( 9 8 2 9 1 3 5 7 - 7 2 0 7 - 0 1 0
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T OPNL A M P L I F I E R ( 3 4 3 3 5 )
3 5 1 - 1 0 7 1 - 0 2 0 A3A2U17
2 CAPACITOR,FXD MICA D I E L , 51PF, 5 % 5~ 0 V ( 7 2 1 3 6 )
9 1 2 - 4 1 4 1 - 3 0 0 A3A2C57 ( E F F REV LTR N TO REV LTR P )
2 CAPCCITORYFXD MICA D f E L t l O O P F t 5 % 5~ 0 V ( 7 2 1 3 6 )
9 1 2 - 4 1 4 1 - 0 5 0 A3A2C57 ( E F F REV LTR P I
2 RESISTOR,FXD F I L t l , 1 4 0 K , l % r 1 / 8 U ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 0 5 - 1 0 9 9 - 0 0 0 A3A2R17
2 RESISTCRPFXD F I L M , 17.8K, 1 % 1/8W ~ (81349)
7 0 5 - 1 0 5 6 - 0 0 0 A3A2R19
2 RESISTOR,FXD F I L M , 1 3 K s 1 % ~1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 0 5 - 3 6 0 5 - 5 3 0 A3A2R21
2 RESISTOR,FXD F I L M , 9.31K9 1 % ~ 1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 0 5 - 3 6 0 5 - 4 6 0 A3A2R23
2 TRANSISTOR ( 0 7 2 6 3 ) 3 5 2 - 0 6 6 1 - 0 2 0 A 3 A 2 9 4
2 TRAt:SISTCR ( 0 7 2 6 3 ) 3 5 2 - 0 6 6 1 - 0 2 0 A 3 A 2 4 2
2 SENICOtlD DEVICE ( 1 5 2 3 8 1 3 5 3 - 2 6 0 7 - 0 0 0 A3A2CR3 ( EFF TO
REV LTR P I
2 INSULATORBCOMP ( 1 9 0 8 0 1 1 5 0 - 0 7 9 2 - 0 9 0 ( E F F TO REV LTR
R
2 CAPACITORtFXD CER D I E L , I U F P 20%, 5 0 V ( 1 6 5 4 6 )
9 1 3 - 3 2 7 9 - 2 7 0 A3A2C18
2 RESISTOR,FXD l K , 1x9 1W ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 7 4 7 - 2 1 8 3 - 9 7 0 A3A2R82
( E F F REV LTR M TO REV LTR P I
2 CAPACITOR,FXD CER D I E L , O.lUF, PORMlOZ, lOOV ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
9 1 3 - 5 0 1 9 - 4 4 0 A3A2C17 ( E F F TO REV LTR N l
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 3 4 3 3 5 ) 3 5 1 - 1 1 5 3 - 0 2 0 A3A2U12 ( E F F
TO REV LTR M I t
2 INTEGRCTED C I R C U I T 1 3 4 3 3 5 1 3 5 1 - 1 1 5 3 - 0 3 0 A 3 A t U 1 2 ( E F F
REV LTR M TO REV LTR N )
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 3 4 3 7 1 ) 3 5 1 - 1 2 8 1 - 0 1 0 A3A2U12 I E F F
REV LTR N )
2 CAPACITOR,FXD CER D I E L , l U F , 2 0 % ~5 0 V ( 1 6 5 4 6 )
9 1 3 - 3 2 7 9 - 2 7 0 A3A2C19
2 CAPACITOR,FXD CER D I E L , l U F , 2 0 % ~5 0 V ( 1 6 5 4 6 )
9 1 3 - 3 2 7 9 - 2 7 0 A3A2C16
2 CAPACITORvFXD CER D I E L , l U F , 20%, 5 0 V ( 1 6 5 4 6 1
9 1 3 - 3 2 7 9 - 2 7 0 1A3A2C3

Revised 15 October 1980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 parts list 523-0769256

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

I-
FIG- UNITS USABLE
PART NO z
w DESCRIPTION PER ON
ITEM D
Z ASSY CODE

2 C A P A C I T O R l F X D M I C A D I E L , 5 P F , PORM 0.5PFs 3 0 0 V
( 7 2 1 3 6 ) 9 1 2 - 4 1 4 1 - 0 1 0 A 3 A 2 C 5 3 ( E F F REV LTR P )
2 CAPACITOR,FXD M I C A D I E L , 5 1 0 P F , 5 % , 5 0 0 V ( 7 2 1 3 6 )
912-2667-000 A3A2C12
2 RESISTOR,FXD F I L M , 2 0 0 K , 1 % , 1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 0 5 - 3 6 0 4 - 1 5 0 A 3 A z R 8 3 ( E F F REV LTR P I
2 RESISTOR,FXD F I L M , 1 0 K , 0.1%, l / l O W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 0 5 - 5 9 7 5 - 4 7 0 A3A2R10
2 RESISTOR,FXD F I L M , 15CK, 1 % 1/8W ~ (81349)
705-3604-090 A3A2R11
2 RESISTOR,FXD F I L M , 6 . 6 5 K 9 1%. 1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
705-3605-390 A3A2R12
2 CAPACITCR,FXD CER D I E L , l U F p 2 0 % ~5 0 V ( 1 6 5 4 6 )
9 1 3 - 3 2 7 9 - 2 7 0 A3AZC42
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 2 7 0 1 4 ) 3 5 1 - 1 0 4 0 - 0 2 0 A 3 A 2 U 1 5
2 RESISTORIFXD F I L M , l o O K , 0 . 1 % ~ l / l O W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
705-5977-410 A3A2R79
2 RESISTOR,FXD F I L M , l O K p 0 . 1 % ~ l / l O W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
705-5975-470 A3A2R42
2 CAPACITORvFXD CER D I E L , l U F , 2 0 % ~5 0 V ( 1 6 5 4 6 )
9 1 3 - 3 2 7 9 - 2 7 0 A3A2C36
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 3 4 3 7 1 ) 3 5 1 - 1 2 8 1 - 0 1 0 A 3 A 2 U 1 0
2 CAPACITOR,FXO CER D I E L , 1 U F s 207.9 5 0 V ( 1 6 5 4 6 )
913-3279-270 A3A2C37
2 CAPACITOR,FXD M I C A D I E L , 5 1 P F p 5 % ~5 0 V ( 7 2 1 3 6 )
912-4141-300 A3AZC34
2 RESISTOR,FXD F I L M , 1 . 5 8 K ~ 0 . 1 % , l / l O W ( 6 1 3 4 9 )
7 0 5 - 5 9 7 3 - 9 1 0 A 3 A 2 R 3 8 I E F F TO REV LTR R )
2 R E S I S T 0 4 , F X D F I L M , 2.21K9 0 . 1 % ~ l / l O W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 0 5 - 5 9 7 4 - 2 0 0 A 3 A 2 R 3 8 ( E F F REV LTR R TO REV LTR U )
2 RESISTORVFXD F I L M , 2 . 3 2 K ~ 0 . 1 2 , l / l O W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 0 5 - 5 0 7 4 - 2 4 0 A 3 A 2 R 3 8 I E F F REV LTR U )
2 CAPACITORjFXD PLSTC D I E L , l U F , 5 2 , 5 0 V ( 5 6 2 8 9 )
933-1034-250 A3A2C33
2 CAPACITORsFXD CER D I E L , l U F , 2 0 % ~5 0 V ( 1 6 5 4 6 1
913-3279-270 A3A2C49
2 CAPACITORIFXD CER D I E L , l U F , 2 0 % ~5 0 V ( 1 6 5 4 6 )
9 1 3 - 3 2 7 9 - 2 7 0 A3A2CSO
162 LMlOlAH 2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 2 7 0 1 4 ) 3 5 1 - 1 0 4 0 - 0 2 0 A 3 A 2 U 1 4
163 DM5C1000300WV 2 CAPACITOR,FXD M I C A D I E L , 1 0 P F , PORM 0.5PF, 300V
( 7 2 1 3 6 ) 912-4141-020 A3A2C51
2 RESISTOR,FXD F I L M , 1 5 0 K , 1 % 1/8W ~ (81349)
705-3604-090 A3AZRi6
2 CAPACITORIFXD CER D I E L , l U F , 2 0 % ~5 0 V ( 1 6 5 4 6 )
913-3279-270 A3A2C46
2 RESISTOR,FXD CKPSN, O.lOMEG0,
745-0821-000 A3A2R27 - l o % , 1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )

2 RESISTOR,FXD CIIPSN, 0 - l O M E G O , 1 0 % ~1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )

7 4 5 - 0 6 2 1 - 0 0 0 A3A2R26
2 CAPACITOR,FXD CER D I E L , l U F , 2 0 x 9 5 0 V 1 1 6 5 4 6 )
913-3279-270 A3AZC45
2 RESISTOR,FXD CMPSN, l O K , l o % , 1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-0785-000 A3A2R71
2 RESISTOR,FXD CMFSN, 1 0 K p 1 0 % ~1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 4 5 - 0 7 8 5 - 0 0 0 A3AZR70
2 INTEGRATED CKT ( E S D S ) ( 0 7 2 6 3 ) 3 5 1 - 8 2 2 7 - 0 2 0 A 3 A 2 U 1 3
2 CAPACITOR,FXD CER D I E L , 0 . 0 1 U F 1 PORtl10%, l O O V
( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 9 1 3 - 5 0 1 9 - 2 0 0 A3A2C2O

Revised 15 October 1980

˜ arts list 523-0769256 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

Colcnter I/O Board Assembly A3A3

Figlire 12

Revised 15 October 1980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 X arts list 523-0769256

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

I-
z UNITS USABLE
FIG- w ON
PART N O n DESCRIPTION PER
ITEM
z ASSY CODE

1 COUNTER-1/0 BOARD ( E S D S ) A3A3 ( S E E F I G 9 - 3 FOR M A ) REF

2 CAPACITORYFXD CER D I E L V l U F , 2 0 % , 50V ( 1 6 5 4 6 1 1
9 1 3 - 3 2 7 9 - 2 7 0 A3A3C9
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 3 4 3 3 5 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 9 - 0 4 0 A3A3U5
2 RESISTOR,FXD Ct:PSEI, 1K, 10%. 1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 4 5 - 0 7 4 9 - 0 0 0 A3A3R9
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 3 4 3 3 5 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 9 - 0 4 0 A3A3U8
2 CAFACITOR,FXD CER D I E L , l U F , 2 0 % ~5 0 V ( 1 6 5 4 6 )
9 1 3 - 3 2 7 9 - 2 7 0 A3A3C7
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T F L I P FLOP ( 0 4 7 1 3 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 5 - 0 4 0
A3A3U11
2 CAPACITORpFXD CER D I E L , l U F , 2 0 % ~5 0 V ( 1 6 5 4 6 )
9 1 3 - 3 2 7 9 - 2 7 0 A3A3C6
2 INTESRATED C I R C U I T ( 3 4 3 3 5 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 9 - 0 4 0 A3A3U14
2 RESISTOR,FXD CMFSN, l K , 1 0 % r 1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 4 5 - 0 7 4 9 - 0 0 0 A3A3R10
2 RESISTORIFXD CMPSNI 1Kv 1 0 % ~1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 4 5 - 0 7 4 9 - 0 0 0 A3A3R3
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T F L I P FLOP ( 0 4 7 1 3 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 5 - 0 4 0
A3A3U17
2 CAFACITORYFXD CER D I E L , l U F , 20%, 5 0 V ( 1 6 5 4 6 )
9 1 3 - 3 2 7 9 - 2 7 0 A3A3C5
2 RESISTOR,FXD CHFSN, 1 K p l o % , 1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-0749-000 A3A3Rll
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T F L I P FLOP ( 0 4 7 1 3 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 5 - 0 4 0
A343U20
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 3 4 3 3 5 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 9 - 0 4 0 A3A3U23
2 ItlTEGPATED C I R C U I T ( 0 1 2 9 5 ) 3 5 1 - 7 6 3 2 - 0 1 0 A3A3U26
2 CAPACITORtFXD CER D I E L , l U F , 20%9 5 0 V ( 1 6 5 4 6 )
9 1 3 - 3 2 7 9 - 2 7 0 A3A3C3
2 CAPACITOR,FXD CER O I E L , 1UFs 2 0 % ~5 0 V ( 1 6 5 4 6 1
9 1 3 - 3 2 7 9 - 2 7 0 A3A3C2
2 LAGEL,FRESS SENS ( 1 2 9 9 8 ) ( E F F REV LTR H )
2 COVER, SHIELD \

2 RESISTOR,FXD CMFSN, 5 6 0 OHMS, 5%, 1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )

7 4 5 - 1 8 6 3 - 4 3 0 A3A3R6
2 RESISTOR,FXD CCFSN, 5 1 OHHS, 5 % ~1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 4 5 - 1 8 6 3 - 1 8 0 A3A3R12
2 CAPACITOR,FXD CER D I E L p 470PFy 1 0 % ~lOOV ( 2 9 9 9 0 )
9 1 4 - 3 0 9 8 - 6 4 0 A3A3Cl.l
2 CAFACITOR,FXD CER D I E L , 4 7 0 P F , 1 0 % ~lOOV ( 2 9 9 9 0 )
9 1 4 - 3 0 9 8 - 6 4 0 A3A3Cl.2
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 0 7 2 6 3 ) 3 5 1 - 1 6 5 3 - 0 2 0 A3A3U34 ( E F F
TO REV LTR G )
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 0 7 2 6 3 ) 3 5 1 - 1 6 5 3 - 0 4 0 A3A3U34 ( E F F
REV LTR G )
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 0 1 2 9 5 ) 3 5 1 - 7 7 7 0 - 0 1 0 A3A3U36
2 CAFCCITCR,FXD CER D I E L B 4 7 0 P F v 1 0 x 9 lOOV ( 2 9 9 9 0 )
9 1 4 - 3 0 9 8 - 6 4 0 A3A3C14
2 CAPACITOR,FXD CER D I E L , 4 7 0 P F s 1 0 % ~lOOV ( 2 9 9 9 0 )
9 1 4 - 3 0 9 8 - 6 4 0 A3A3C13
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 2 7 0 1 4 ) 3 5 1 - 7 8 1 3 - 0 2 0 A3A3U33
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 2 7 0 1 4 1 3 5 1 - 7 8 1 3 - 0 2 0 A3A3U35
2 RESISTOR,FXD CHPSN, 1 K , 1 0 % r 1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 4 5 - 0 7 4 9 - 0 3 0 A3A3R2
2 RESISTOR,FXD CMPSN, 5 1 0 OHMS, 5 % ~1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 4 5 - 1 8 6 3 - 4 2 0 A3A3R13
2 CAPACITORPFXD CER D I E L , l U F , 2 0 x 9 5 0 V ( 1 6 5 4 6 )
9 1 3 - 3 2 7 9 - 2 7 0 A3A3C1
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 1 8 3 2 4 ) 3 5 1 - 1 2 6 7 - 0 2 0 A 3 A 3 U 3 1
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 0 1 2 9 5 ) 3 5 1 - 1 6 3 6 - 0 1 0 A3A3U30
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 1 8 3 2 4 ) 3 5 1 - 1 2 6 7 - 0 2 0 A3A3Ui-S
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 0 1 2 9 5 ) 3 5 1 - 1 6 3 6 - 0 1 0 A3A3U27

Revised 1 5 October 1,980

ÿ arts list 523-0769256 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

I-
FIG- UNITS U S A B L E
PARTNO z
w DESCRIPTION PER ON
ITEM
1 ASSY CODE

2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 1 8 3 2 4 ) 3 5 1 - 1 2 6 7 - 0 2 0 A3A3U25
2 ItjTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 0 1 2 9 5 ) 3 5 1 - 1 6 3 6 - 0 1 0 A3A3U24
2 RESISTOR,FXD CHPSN, l K , 5 % ~1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 4 5 - 0 7 4 8 - 0 0 0 A3A3R7
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 1 8 3 2 4 ) 3 5 1 - 1 2 6 7 - 0 2 0 A3A3U22
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 0 1 2 9 5 ) 3 5 1 - 1 6 3 6 - 0 1 0 A 3 A 3 U 2 1
2 CAPACITOR,FXD CER D I E L , 1UFs 2 0 % ~5 0 V ( 1 6 5 4 6 )
9 1 3 - 3 2 7 9 - 2 7 0 A3A3C4
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 1 8 3 2 4 ) 3 5 1 - 1 2 6 7 - 0 2 0 A3A3U19
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 0 1 2 9 5 ) 3 5 1 - 1 6 3 6 - 0 1 0 A3A3U18
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 0 1 2 9 5 ) 3 5 1 - 1 6 3 6 - 0 1 0 A3A3U16
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T LOGIC GATE ( 2 7 0 1 4 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 3 - 2 2 0
A3A3U15
2 CAPACITOR,FXD MICA D I E L I 3 3 0 P F , 5 Z r 5 0 V ( 7 2 1 3 6 )
9 1 2 - 4 1 4 1 - 4 9 0 A3A3C15
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 0 4 7 1 3 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 6 - 0 3 0 A3A3U13
2 INTEGPATED C I R C U I T LOGIC GATE ( 1 8 3 2 4 3 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 3 - 1 1 0
A3A3U12
2 RESISTCR,FXD CMPSN, l K , 1 0 % ~1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-0749-000 A3A3Rl
2 CAPACITOR,FXD CER D I E L , l U F , 2 0 % ~5 0 V ( 1 6 5 4 6 )
9 1 3 - 3 2 7 9 - 2 7 0 A3A3C10
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T F L I P FLOP ( 0 4 7 1 3 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 5 - 0 4 0
A3A3U3
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 0 4 7 1 3 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 6 - 0 3 0 A3A3U10
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 0 1 2 9 5 ) 3 5 1 - 1 6 3 6 - 0 1 0 A3A3U6
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 0 1 2 9 5 ) 3 5 1 - 1 6 3 6 - 0 1 0 A3A3U7
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 0 1 2 9 5 ) 3 5 1 - 7 6 3 2 - 0 1 0 A3A3U3
2 CAPACITCR,FXD CER D I E L , l U F , 20%, 5 0 V ( 1 6 5 4 6 )
9 1 3 - 3 2 7 9 - 2 7 0 A3A3C8
2 TRANSISTOR ( 0 7 2 6 3 ) 3 5 2 - 0 6 6 1 - 0 2 0 A 3 A 3 4 1
2 RESISTOR,FXD CIIFSN, 1 0 K , l o % , 1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 4 5 - 0 7 3 5 - 0 0 0 A3A3R8
2 RESISTG9,FSD CHPSN, l K , 1 0 % ) 1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) \

7 4 5 - 0 7 4 9 - 0 0 0 A3A3R5
2 RESISTCRIFYD CMFSNI 1 K t 1 0 % ~1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 4 5 - 0 7 4 9 - 0 0 0 A3A3R4
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 0 1 2 9 5 ) 3 5 1 - 1 6 3 6 - 0 1 0 A3A3U4
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 0 1 2 9 5 ) 3 5 1 - 1 6 3 6 - 0 1 0 A3A3U1
2 J A C K S T I P WHT ( 7 4 9 7 0 ) 3 6 0 - 0 4 8 4 - 0 1 0 A3A3TP8
2 J A C K , T I P UHT ( 7 4 9 7 0 ) 3 6 0 - 0 4 8 4 - 0 1 0 A 3 4 3 T P 7
2 J A C K S T I P KHT ( 7 4 9 7 0 3 6 0 - 0 4 8 4 - 0 1 0 A3A3TP6
2 J A C K Y T I P WHT ( 7 4 9 7 0 ) 3 6 0 - 0 4 3 4 - 0 1 0 A3A3TP5
2 J A C K S T I P WHT ( 7 4 9 7 0 ) 3 6 0 - 0 4 8 4 - 0 1 0 A3A3TP4
2 J A C K S T I P WHT ( 7 4 9 7 0 ) 3 6 0 - 0 4 8 4 - 0 1 0 A3A3TP3
2 J A C K P T I P WHT ( 7 4 9 7 0 ) 3 6 0 - 0 4 8 4 - 0 1 0 A3A3TP2
2 J A C K t T I P WHT ( 7 4 9 7 0 3 6 0 - 0 4 8 4 - 0 1 0 A 3 A 3 T P 1
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 2 7 0 1 4 ) 3 5 1 - 7 7 1 5 - 0 2 0 A3A3U2
2 CCt:NECTOR PLUG ELEC ( 7 1 4 6 8 3 7 1 - 0 3 8 5 - 1 0 0 A 3 A 3 J 4
2 S L I D I N G LK ASSY ( 7 1 4 6 8 ) 3 7 0 - 2 2 9 8 - 0 0 0 ( A P )
2 WCSHER,LOCK SST, 0 . 1 1 5 I D X 0 . 2 0 9 OD ( 9 6 9 0 6 )
310-0279-0001AP)
2 WASHERpFLAT PSVT CRES, 0 . 1 1 5 I D X 0 . 2 0 9 OD ( 8 0 2 0 5 )
310-0740-240 (AP)
2 POST
2 SCREW,MACH STL, 4 - 4 0 X 1 / 4 ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 3 4 3 - 0 1 3 3 - 0 0 0 ( A P
2 WASHERpFLAT PSVT CRES, 0 . 1 1 5 I D X 0 . 2 0 9 OD ( 8 0 2 0 5 )
3 1 0 - 0 7 4 0 - 2 4 0 ( AP
2 WASHERPLOCK SST, 0 . 1 1 5 I D X 0 . 2 0 9 OD ( 9 6 9 0 6 )
3 1 0 - 0 2 7 9 - 0 0 0 ( AP
2 COt:NECTOR,RCPT ELEC ( 9 8 2 9 1 1 3 5 7 - 7 1 9 5 - 0 2 0 A 3 A 3 J 2
2 CONTACT, ELEC
2 CABLE ASSEHBLY A3A3W3

Revised 15 October 1980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 parts list 523-0769256

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

I-
FIG- UNITS USABLE
PART NO z
w DESCRIPTION PER ON
ITEM n
Z ASSY CODE

12-78 51-311-3850 3 CONNECTOR,PLUG ELEC ( 9 8 2 9 1 ) 357-0035-010 A3A3P1 1

79 629-9755-001 2 SHIELD 1
80 372-2601-143 2 CONTACT, ELEC 40
81 778-9422-047 2 SPACER 4

Revised 15 October 1980

parts list 523-0769256 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

Digitally signed by ARTEK MEDIA

ARTEK MEDIA DN: cn=ARTEK MEDIA, c=US, o=DC Henderson
Date: 2008.02.09 14:48:15 -06'00'

Synthesizer A.s.sembl~A4
Fiqure 13

Revised 15 October 1980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 Darts list 523-0769256

GROLIP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

+
z UNITS USABLE
FIG- W
PART N O DESCRIPTION PER ON
ITEM
Z ASSY CODE

1 SYNTHESIZER ASSY ( E S D S ) A 4 ( S E E F I G 1 - 7 FOR NHA) REF

2 COVER 1
2 SCREW,MACH STLI 4 - 4 0 X 3 / 1 6 ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 3 4 3 - 0 1 3 2 - 0 0 0 ( A P ) 8
2 WASHERpLOCK SST, 0 . 1 1 5 I D X 0 . 2 0 2 OD ( 7 0 3 1 8 ) CAP) 8
2 CAPACITOApFXD CER DIELV O.lUF9 PORMlO%, lOOV ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 1
9 1 3 - 5 0 1 9 - 4 4 0 A4C5
2 CAPACITOR,FXD CER D I E L , O . l U F , POPMIOX, lOOV ( 8 1 3 4 9 1 1
9 1 3 - 5 0 1 9 - 4 4 0 A4C4
2 OSCILLATOR,TCXO ( 0 0 1 3 6 1 2 7 7 - 0 4 4 2 - 0 2 0 A4A4 1
2 SCPEW,MACH STLI 4 - 4 0 X 1 / 4 ( 9 5 7 0 6 ) 3 4 3 - 0 1 3 3 - 0 0 0 ( A P ) 4
2 WASHER,LOCK SST, 0 . 1 1 5 I D X 0 . 2 0 2 OD ( 7 0 3 1 8 ) ( A P ) 4
2 COILPRF 1CCUH ( 9 6 9 0 6 1 2 4 0 - 2 7 1 5 - 3 7 0 A 4 L 1 1
2 RESISTOR K I T (NCN-FPOCURALE I T E M ) 1
3 RESISTOR, FXD F I L M , 1K THRU 1 5 K , 1 , 1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) AR
A4R4
2 RESISTOR K I T (NON-FROCUPPBLE I T E H ) 1
3 RESISTCR, FXD F I L M , 1K THRU 1 5 K , 1 t 1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) AR
A4R5
2 CAPACITORsFXD CER D I E L , 0.47UFy PORMlOi!, 5 0 V ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 1
9 1 3 - 5 0 1 9 - 5 2 0 A4C1
2 CAPPCITORPFXD ELCTLT, 47UFp 1 0 % ~35V ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 1
1 8 4 - 9 0 5 6 - 7 2 0 A4C3
2 CAPACITOR,FXD.ELCTLT, 47UF, l o % , 35V ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 1
1 6 4 - Q 0 1 6 - 7 2 0 A4C2
2 RESISTOR K I T (t!3t4-PROCURABLE I T E M ) 1
3 RESISTOR, FXD F I L M , 1K THRU 1 5 5 , 1 p 1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) AR
AvP3
2 RESISTCR,FXD F I L M , 4 . 2 2 K p 1 % 1/6W
7 0 5 - 1 0 2 6 - 0 0 0 A4R1
~
.
(81349) 1

2 NUT, ANGLE F I L M , 7 8 7 OHMS, 1%, 1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 1

7 0 5 - 0 9 9 1 - 0 0 0 A4PZ
2 FILTER, LP ( 8 0 2 2 3 ) 6 7 3 - 0 6 9 9 - 0 1 0 A4FL5 1
2 NUT,PLAIN,HEX NP BRS, 2 - 5 6 ( 7 7 2 5 0 ) 3 1 3 - 0 0 5 0 - 0 0 0 ( A P ) 2
2 WASHER, LOCK ERZ, 0 . 0 8 8 I D X 0 . 1 6 5 OD ( 7 9 8 0 7 ( A P ) 2
2 WASHER,FLAT ERS, 0 . 0 9 3 I D X 0 . 2 5 0 OD ( 7 C 3 0 7 ) CAP I 1
2 TEPtlINALsLUG ( 7 7 1 4 7 ) 3 0 4 - 0 0 1 5 - 0 0 0 ( A P ) ( E F F TO REV 2
LTR J
2 TERMINALILUG ( 7 7 1 4 7 ) 3 0 4 - 0 0 1 5 - 0 0 0 ( A P ) ( E F F REV LTR 1
J
2 SCREW,MACH NP PRS, 2 - 5 6 X 1 / 4 ( 7 7 2 5 0 1 3 4 3 - 0 2 9 9 - 0 0 0 2
CAP
2 RESISTORBFXD CMPSNP 4 3 OHHSI 5 % ~1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 1
7 4 5 - 1 6 6 3 - 1 6 0 A 4 P 1 8 ( E F F TO REV LTR K l
2 RESISTOR,FXD CMPSN, 6 2 OHMS, 5 % 1/8W ~ (813491 1
7 4 5 - 1 8 6 3 - 2 0 0 A4R18 ( E F F REV LTR K )
2 VCO ASSEMBLY A4A3 1
2 SCREW,MACH SST, 2-56 X 3 / 1 6 ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 3 4 3 - 0 1 2 3 - 0 0 0 8
( A P ) ( E F F TO REV LTR M I
2 WASHER, LOCK ERZ, 0 . 0 8 8 I D X 0 . 1 6 5 OD ( 7 9 6 0 7 ) ( A P ) 8
( E F F TO REV LTR M I
2 CAPACITCR,FXD MICA D I E L t 30PFp 5%, 5 0 V ( 7 2 1 3 6 ) 1
9 1 2 - 4 1 4 1 - 2 0 0 A4C15
2 OUTPUT A M P L I F I E R BOARD A4AZ (SEE F I G 1 6 ) ( E F F TO REV 1
LTR N )
2 OUTPUT A M P L I F I E R BOARD A4A2 (SEE F I G 2 5 ) ( E F F REV 1
LTR N ) ( S B 3 )
2 NUT,PLAIN,HEX NP BRS, 2 - 5 6 ( 7 7 2 5 0 ) 3 1 3 - 0 0 5 0 - 0 0 0 CAP) 3
( E F F TO REV LTR N )
2 WASHER,FLAT BRS, 0 . 0 9 3 I D X 0 . 2 5 0 OD ( 7 9 8 0 7 ) CAP1 3
( E F F TO REV LTR N )
2 WASHER,LOCK 6RZ9 0 . 0 8 8 I D X 0 . 1 6 5 OD ( 7 9 8 0 7 ) ( A P I 2
( E F F REV LTR N I ( S B 3 )

Relliserl 15 October 1980

parts list 523-0769256 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

I-
FIG- UNITS USABLE
PART NO z
w DESCRIPTION PER ON
ITEM
Z ASSY CODE

2 SCREW,HACH NP BRS, 2-56 X 3 / 4 1 7 7 2 5 0 ) 343-0304-000

( A P ) (EFF TO REV LTR N )
2 SCREW,HACH NP BRS, 2-56 X 1 1 4 ( 7 7 2 5 0 ) 343-0299-000
( A P ) (EFF REV LTR N ) ( S B 3 )
2 COIL9RF 1UH ( 0 6 9 0 6 ) 240-2023-000 A4L2
2 RESISTOR,FXD CHPSN, 240 OHHS, 5 % ~ 1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-0726-000 A4R6
2 COE+NECTOR,RCPT ELEC ( 9 8 2 9 1 357-7207-220 A4P2 ( EFF
TO REV LTR N )
,
2 ADAPTER COlINECTOR
2 WASHERVSPR TNSN CD PL STL. 0.203 I D X 3/8 OD ( 7 9 8 0 7 )
( A P ) (EFF TO REV LTR J )
2 WASHERpSPR TNSN CD PL STL, 0.257 I D X 0.510 OD
( 7 8 1 8 9 ) 310-0463-040 ( A P ) (EFF REV LTR J )
2 WASHER, FLAT CAP) (EFF REV LTR J )
2 FILTERBRAD INTR ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 241-5002-010 A4FL2
2 FILTERvRAD INTR ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 241-5002-010 A4FL3
2 FILTERIRAD INTR ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 241-5002-010 A4FL4
2 FILTERpRAD INTR ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 241-5002-010 A4FL1
2 LABELvPRESS SENS ( 1 2 9 9 8 ) (EFF REV LTR T I
2 REGULATOR/ DIVIDER/FILTER ASSY (ESDS) A4A1 (SEE F I G
14
2 SCREWvMACH SST, 4-40 X 5 / 1 6 ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 343-0134-000 ( A P )
2 SCREW,MACH STL, 4-40 X 1 / 4 ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 343-0133-000 ( A P )
2 SCREW,MACH NP BRS, 2-56 X 3/8 ( 7 7 2 5 0 ) 342-0145-000
(API
2 SCREW,MACH STL, 4-40 X 3/16 ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 343-0132-000 ( A P )
2 WASHERSFLAT SST, 0.125 I D X 0 . 2 8 1 OD ( 7 9 6 0 7 ) (JP)
2 WASHER,LOCK SST, 0.115 I D X 0.202 OD ( 7 0 3 1 8 ) ( A P )
2 CHASSIS
3 NUT, AtIGLE
3 NUTpSLFLKG CD PL STL, 6-32 ( 1 5 6 5 3 ) 334-2697-000
3 TERHINALpFEEDTH ( 2 1 2 4 2 ) 306-0323-000
3 TERMINAL,STUD ( 8 8 2 4 5 ) 306-0983-000
3 NUT, ANGLE
3 CHASSIS, WELDED

Revised 1.5 October 1980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
parts list 523-0769256

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

Requlntor/Dzvtder/Fzlter Assembly A4A1

figure 14 (Sheet 1 of 2 )

Revised 15 October 1980

parts list 523-0769256 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

Reg?ilntor/Divider/Filter Assem bly A4A1

Figure 14 (Sheet 2)

Revised 1.5 October 1980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 parts list 523-0769256

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

I FIG-
ITEM PARTNO
t-
z
W

Z
DESCRIPTION
UNITS U S A B L E
PER
ASSY
ON
CODE

1 REGULATOR/ D I V I D E R / F I L T E R ASSY (ESDS) A 4 A 1 (SEE F I G REF

1 3 - 2 7 FCR N H 4 )
2 CONNECTOR,RCPT ELEC ( 7 1 4 6 8 ) 3 7 1 - 0 9 3 1 - 0 0 0 A 4 A l P 1 1
2 KUT,PLAIN,HEX NP BRSp 2 - 5 6 ( 7 7 2 5 0 ) 3 1 3 - 0 0 5 0 - 0 0 0 ( A P ) 2
2 TERHIN4L,LUS ( 7 7 1 4 7 ) 3 0 4 - 0 0 1 5 - 0 0 0 CAP) 2
2 WASHER,LOCK SST, 0 . 0 9 7 I D X 0 . 1 6 5 OD ( 7 9 8 0 7 ) ( A P ) 2
2 WASHERpFLAT S S T * 0 . 0 9 2 X 0 . 2 1 9 OD ( 7 9 6 0 7 ) ( A P ) 2
2 SCREW,flACH CD PL STL, 2 - 5 6 X 5 / 1 6 ( 9 6 9 0 6 2
3 4 3 - 0 1 2 5 - 0 0 0 ( AP
2 CONTACT,PIN ( 7 1 4 6 8 1 3 7 1 - 2 4 7 0 - 0 0 0 2
2 SE!lICO:ID DEVICE ( 0 4 7 1 3 ) 3 5 3 - 6 4 4 2 - 0 7 0 A 4 A l C R 4 1
2 FILTERpRAD I I l T R 1 7 5 0 P F ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 2 4 1 - 5 0 0 6 - 0 1 0 A 4 A l F L 1 1
2 FILTER,RAD I N T R 1 7 5 0 P F ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 2 4 1 - 5 0 0 6 - 0 1 0 A 4 A l F L 2 1
2 FILTER,RAD I N T R 1 7 5 0 P F ( 6 1 3 4 9 ) 2 4 1 - 5 0 0 5 - 0 1 0 A 4 A l F L 3 1
2 FILTERTRAD INTR 1 7 5 0 P F ( 6 1 3 4 9 1 2 4 1 - 5 0 0 6 - 0 1 0 A 4 A l F L 4 1
2 FILTERpRAD I N T R 1 7 5 0 P F ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 2 4 1 - 5 0 0 6 - 0 1 0 A 4 A l F L 5 1
2 FILTERvRAD INTR 1 7 5 0 P F ( 8 1 3 4 9 1 2 4 1 - 5 0 0 6 - 0 1 0 A 4 A l F L 6 1
2 FILTER9RBD I N T R 1 7 5 0 P F ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 2 4 1 - 5 0 0 6 - 0 1 0 A 4 A l F L 7 1
2 FILTER,RAD I N T R 1 7 5 0 P F ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 2 4 1 - 5 0 0 6 - 0 1 0 A 4 A l F L 8 1
2 FILTER,RAD INTR 1 7 5 0 P F ( 6 1 3 i 9 ) 2 4 1 - 5 0 0 6 - 0 1 0 A 4 A l F L 9 1
2 FILTER,RAD I N T R 1 7 5 0 P F ( 8 1 3 4 9 1 2 4 1 - 5 0 0 6 - 0 1 0 A 4 A l F L 1 1 1
2 FILTERYRAD I N T R 1 7 5 0 P F ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 2 4 1 - 5 0 0 6 - 0 1 0 A 4 A l F L 1 3 I
2 FILTER9RAD I t I T R 1 7 5 0 P F ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 2 4 1 - 5 0 0 6 - 0 1 0 ~ b ~ l ~ ~ 1
1 4
2 FILTERjRAD INTR 1750PF ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 241-5006-010 A 4 A l F L 1 6 1
2 FILTERYRAD I N T R 1 7 5 0 P F ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 2 4 1 - 5 0 0 6 - 0 1 0 A 4 A l F L 1 8 1
2 FILTEP,RCD INTR 1 7 5 0 F F ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 2 4 1 - 5 0 0 6 - 0 1 0 A 4 A l F L 1 9 1
2 FILTERVRAD I N T R 1 7 5 0 P F ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 2 4 1 - 5 0 0 6 - 0 1 0 A4AlFLZO 1
2 FILTERpRAD INTR 1 7 5 0 P F ( 8 1 3 4 9 1 2 4 1 - 5 0 0 6 - 0 1 0 A 4 A l F L 2 1 1
2 FILTER,RAD INTR 1 7 5 0 P F ( 8 1 3 4 9 1 2 4 1 - 5 0 0 6 - 0 1 0 A 4 A l F L 1 7 1
2 FILTERIRAD INTR 1 7 5 0 P F ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 2 4 1 - 5 0 0 6 - 0 1 0 A 4 A l F L 1 5 1
2 FILTER,RAD INTR 1 7 5 0 P F ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 2 4 1 - 5 0 0 6 - 0 1 0 A 4 A l F L 1 2 1
2 FILTERBRAD INTR 1750PF ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 241-5006-010 A441FL10 1
2 CONNECTORpPLUG ELEC ( 8 1 3 4 9 1 3 5 7 - 7 3 2 2 - 0 1 0 A 4 A l P 3 1
2 ERACKETI F I L T E R 1
2 SCREW,MACH SST, 4 - 4 0 X 5 / 1 6 ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 3 4 3 - 0 1 3 4 - 0 0 0 ( A P ) 3
2 WASHER,LOCK SST, 0 . 1 1 5 I D X 0 . Z 0 2 OD ( 7 0 3 1 8 ) ( A P ) 3
2 TERMINAL,LUG ( 7 7 1 4 7 ) 3 0 4 - C 0 1 5 - 0 0 0 ( A P ) 2
2 WASHER,FLAT SST, 0 . 1 2 5 I D X 0 . 2 8 1 OD ( 7 9 8 0 7 ) ( A P ) 3
3 NUT, ANSLE 3
3 EYELET,flTLC BPS, 0 . 1 4 4 D I A X 0 . 0 9 4 ( 5 7 7 7 1 ) 2
507-1217-000
3 BRACKET 1
2 REGULATOR/DIVIDER BOARD (ESDS) A 4 A l A 1 (SEE F I G 1 5 ) 1
arts list 523-0769256
Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

RP!{II/(I~O 1 9~1/f[l)Bourd
~Ir A4A 1A 1
Auztrt. 1.5 (Sheet I of',!)

R~c,i.sc.d 15 Oc fober 1980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 parts list 523-0769256

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

Re(jzcla f o r / l h d e r Ron r d ALA IA 1

Fzgltre 15 (Sheet Li

Revist~d15 October 1.980

parts list 523-0769256 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

t-
FIG- UNITS USABLE
PART N O z
w DESCRIPTION PER ON
ITEM n
Z ASSY CODE

637-2720-001 1 R E G U L A T O R A I V I D E R BOARD ( E S D S ) A 4 A l A l ( S E E F I G 1 4 - 3 0 REF

FOR N H A )
RCR05G331KS 2 R E S I S T O R v F X D CMPSNv 3 3 0 OHMS, l o % , 1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 1
745-2323-000 A4AlAlR59
CK05SX102K 2 CAPACITOR,FXD CER D I E L , l O O O P F , 1 0 % ~2 0 0 V ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 1
913-4018-000 A4AlAlC8
RCR05G222KS 2 R E S I S T O R , F X D CMPSN, 2 . 2 K , 107.1 1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 1
745-2353-000 A4AlAlR15
DM5E510J050WV 2 C A P A C I T O R , F X D M I C A D I E L , 5 1 P F , 5 % ~5 0 V ( 7 2 1 3 6 ) 1
912-4141-300 A4AlAlC9
CK056X102K 2 C A P A C I T O R , F X D CER D I E L , 1 0 0 0 P F , 1 0 % ~2OOV ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 1
913-4018-000 A4AlAlC56
RCR05G102KS 2 R E S I S T O R t F X D CflPStI, l K , 1 0 % ~1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 1
745-2341-000 A4AlAlR57
RCR05G103KS 2 R E S I S T O R y F X D CMFSN, 1 0 K , 1 0 % ~1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 1
745-2377-000 A4AlAlR14
RCR05G103KS 2 R E S I S T @ R , F X D CPlPSN, l O K , l o % , 1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 1
745-2377-000 A4AlAlR13
JANlN963B 2 SEMICCWD D E V I C E ( 8 1 3 4 9 3 5 3 - 3 0 8 5 - 0 0 0 A 4 A l A l V R l 1
MV1401 2 SEMICOIiD D E V I C E ( 0 4 7 1 3 ) 9 2 2 - 6 1 0 0 - 0 4 0 A 4 4 1 A l C R 3 1
CK06EX104K 2 C A F A C I T O R , F X D CER D I E L , O . l U F , PORMlO%, l O O V ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 1
913-5019-440 A4AlAlC10
RCR05G432JS 2 R E S I S T O R , F X D CMPSN, 4 . 3 K , 5 % , 1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 1
745-1863-640 A 4 A l A l R 1 1
RCR05G102KS 2 R E S I S T O R v F X D CtlPSNv l K , 1 0 % ~1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 1
745-2341-000 A4AlAlR26
CK05BXlOZK 2 C A P P C I T O R , F X D CER D I E L , 1 0 0 0 P F ~ 1 0 % ~2 0 0 V ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 1
913-4018-000 A4AlAlC27
SN74LS191N 2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( E S D S ) ( 3 4 3 3 5 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 7 - 0 3 0 1
A4AlAlU13
SN74LS190N 2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( ESDS) I 3 4 3 3 5 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 7 - 0 4 0 1
A4AlAlU16
CK05BX102K 2 C A P A C I T C R , F X D CER D I E L , 1 0 0 0 P F , 1 0 % r 2OOV ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 1
913-4018-000 A4AlAlC29
RCR05G102KS 2 R E S I S T C R , F X D CMPSN, l K , 1 0 % ~1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 1
745-2341-000 A4AlAlR28
Dt15E510J050WV 2 CAPACITOR,FXD M I C A D I E L , 5 1 P F , 5%. 5 0 V ( 7 2 1 3 6 ) 1
912-4141-300 A4AlAlC30
CK06EX104K 2 C A P A C I T O 2 r F X D CER D I E L , O . l U F , PCRMlO%, l O O V ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 1
913-5019-440 A 4 A l A l C 3 1
RCR05G331KS 2 R E S I S T O R , F X D CMPSN, 3 3 0 OHMS, l o % , 1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 1
745-2323-000 A 4 A l A l R 3 1
2N918 2 TRAtiSISTOR ( 0 7 9 1 0 ) 3 5 2 - 0 4 4 0 - 0 0 0 A 4 A l A 1 9 1 0 1
11C9CDC 2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 0 7 2 6 3 ) 3 5 1 - 1 6 5 3 - 0 2 0 A 4 A l A l U 1 9 1
( E F F TO REV LTR M I
11C90DC 2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 0 7 2 6 3 ) 3 5 1 - 1 6 5 3 - 0 4 0 A 4 A l A l U 1 9 1
( E F F R E V LTR M I
CK05BX471K 2 C A P A C I T O R P F X D CER D I E L , 4 7 0 P F ~ 107.9 2OOV ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 1
913-4014-000 A4AlAlC36
CK05BX471K 2 CAPACITOR,FXD CER D I E L , 4 7 0 P F ~ 1 0 % . 2 0 0 V ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 1
913-4014-000 A4AlAlC34
M39003-01-2289 2 C A P A C I T O R , F X D E L C T L T , 1 5 U F , 1 0 % ~2 0 V ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 1
184-9086-490 A4AlAlC44
CK05BX471K 2 CAPACITCR,FXD CER D I E L , 4 7 0 P F 1 107.1 2 0 0 V (81349) 1
913-4014-000 A4AlAlC35
M39003-01-2304 2 CAPACITOR,FXD E L C T L T , 6 . 8 U F s 1 0 % ) 3 5 V ( 8 1 3 4 9 1 1
184-9086-640 A4AlAlC45
RN55D2261F 2 R E S I S T O R S F X D F I L M , 2 . 2 6 K ~ 1 % 1/8W~ (81349) 1
705-1013-000 A4AlAlR52
RN55D3321F 2 RESISTOR,FXD F I L M , 3.32Ks l i ! ,
1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 1
705-1021-000 A4AlAlR53
RW70UlR47F 2 R E S I S T O R , F X D 1 . 4 7 OHMS, 1 % ~1.25W (81349) 1
747-4230-170 A4AlAlR54
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 parts list 523-0769256

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

t-
FIG- UNITS USABLE
PART NO z
w DESCRIPTION PER ON
ITEM
I ASSY CODE

2 CAPACITOR,FXD ELCTLT, 4.7UFp 1 0 % ~1 0 V ( 8 1 3 4 9 )

164-9066-140 A4AlAlC50
2 TRANSISTOR ( 1 5 8 1 8 ) 3 5 2 - 0 5 5 1 - 0 1 0 A 4 A l A 1 9 1 1
2 RESISTOR,VAR KW, 5 0 0 OHMS, PORM5%, 3/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
331-1721-030 A 4 A l A l R j l
2 RESISTORIFXD 5 6 2 OHKS, 1 % , 1.25W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
747-4232-700 A4AlAlR49 \
2 RESISTO?,FXD CMPSN, 1 0 K s 1 0 % ~1/4W 1 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-0785-000 A4AlAlR43
2 TRAI4SISTOR 1 0 2 7 3 5 ) 3 5 2 - 0 7 0 4 - 0 2 0 A 4 A l A 1 9 1 2
2 NUT,PLAIN,HEX SST, 4 - 4 0 ( 7 7 2 5 0 ) 3 1 3 - 0 1 3 2 - 0 0 0 CAP)
2 WASHERVLOCK SST, 0 . 1 1 5 I D X 0 . 2 0 9 OD ( $ 6 9 0 6 )
310-0279-000 (AP)
2 WASHER,FLAT SSTI 0 . 1 2 5 I D X 0 . 2 8 1 OD ( 7 9 6 0 7 ) I A P )
2 TERtIIt:AL, LUS ( 7 7 1 4 7 3 0 4 - 0 0 1 5 - 0 0 0 ( AP
2 INSULATOR ( A P )
2 W4SHER,HICA 1 0 8 2 8 9 ) 3 5 2 - 9 5 7 0 - 0 2 0 CAP)
2 SCREW,MACH STL, 4 - 4 0 X 7 / 1 6 ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 3 4 3 - 0 1 3 6 - 0 0 0 ( A P )
2 SEtlICOND DEVICE ( 0 7 2 6 3 ) 3 5 3 - 2 7 1 6 - 0 0 0 A 4 A l A l V R 2
2 RESISTOl,FXD F I L M , 2 . 8 7 K 9 1%, 1/6W ( 6 1 3 4 9 )
705-1018-000 A4AlAlR50
2 RESISTOR,FXD 1 . 9 6 OHMS, 1%, 1.25W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 4 7 - 4 2 3 0 - 2 9 0 A 4 A l A l R 4 7 ( E F F TO REV LTR L )
2 RESISTCA,FXD 1 . 3 3 OHMS, l % r 1.25W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 4 7 - 4 2 3 0 - 1 3 0 A 4 A l A l R 4 7 ( E F F REV LTR L ) ( 5 8 3 )
2 TRAI!SISTOP 1 0 2 7 3 5 ) 3 5 2 - 0 7 0 4 - 0 2 0 A 4 A l A 1 9 8
2 NUT,PLAIN,HEX SST, 4 - 4 0 ( 7 7 2 5 0 ) 3 1 3 - 0 1 3 2 - 0 0 0 CAP)
2 WAStiER,LOCK SST, 0 . 1 1 5 I D X 0 . 2 0 9 OD ( 9 6 9 0 6 )
310-0279-000 (AP)
2 WASHER,FLAT SST, 0 . 1 2 5 I D X 0 . 2 8 1 OD ( 7 9 8 0 7 ) ( A P )
2 TERMINALSLUG ( 7 7 1 4 7 ) 3 0 4 - 0 0 1 5 - 0 0 0 I A P )
2 WASHER9MICA ( 0 8 2 8 9 ) 3 5 2 - 9 5 7 0 - 0 2 0 ( A P )
2 HEATSINK ( A P )
2 BUSHIKS. I N S U L ( A P )
2 SCREUpH4CH STL, 4 - 4 0 X 7 / 1 6 ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 3 4 3 - 0 1 3 6 - 0 0 0 ( A P )
2 TRANSISTOR ( 0 7 2 6 3 ) 3 5 2 - 0 6 6 1 - 0 2 0 A 4 A l A l Q 7
2 TRANSISTOR ( 0 7 2 6 3 ) 3 5 2 - 0 6 6 1 - 0 2 0 A 4 A l A 1 9 5
2 TRACSISTOR ( 1 5 8 1 8 ) 3 5 2 - 0 5 5 1 - 0 1 0 A 4 A l A 1 9 6
2 CAPACITOR,FXD CER D I E L , O.lUF, PORfllO%, lOOV ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
913-5019-440 A4AlAlC49
2 RESISTOR,FXD CMPSN, 1 5 0 OHHS, 1 0 % ~1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-0719-000 A4AlAlR45
2 CAPACITOR,FXD ELCTLT, 22UF9 1 0 % ~35V ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
184-9086-660 A4AlAlC48
2 CAPACITOR,FXD ELCTLTI 22UF, 1 0 % ~3 5 V ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
184-$086-660 A4AlAlC47
2 CAPACITORtFXD CER D I E L , O . l U F , PORfllO%, lOOV ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
913-5019-440 A4AlAlC46
2 CAPACITCRYFXD CER D I E L , 1 0 0 0 P F , l o % , 2 0 0 V ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
913-4018-000 A4AlAlC43
2 RESISTOR,FXD CMPSN, 1 5 0 OHflS, 1 0 % ~1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-0719-000 A4AlAlR44
2 RESISTORpFXD CMPSN, 2 7 0 OHMS, 1 0 % ~1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-0728-000 A4AlAlR46
2 RESISTORIFXD CRPSN, 6 8 0 OHMS, 1 0 % ~1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-0743-000 A4AlAlR43
2 CAPACITOR,FXD ELCTLT, 47UFs 1 0 % ~35V ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
184-9086-720 A441AlC42
2 TRANSISTOR ( 0 7 2 6 3 ) 3 5 2 - 0 6 6 1 - 0 2 0 A 4 A l A l Q 9
2 CAFACITORtFXD CER D I E L * O.lUF, PORMlOZ, lOOV ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
913-5019-440 A4AlAlC33
2 RESISTOR,FXD CMPSN, 1Kv 1 0 % ~1/8W 1 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-2341-000 A4AlAlR33

1:; October 1980

Rr~t~i.srtl
parts list 523-0769256 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

I-
FIG- UNITS USABLE
PARTNO z
w DESCRIPTION PER ON
ITEM a
Z ASSY CODE

2 RESISTORpFXD CMPSN, I K , 1 0 % ~1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )

745-2341-000 A4AlAlR32
2 C A P l C I T O R v F X D CER D I E L P 1 0 0 0 P F , 1 0 % ~2OOV ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
5'13-4018-000 A 4 A l A l C 3 2
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 0 1 2 9 5 ) 3 5 1 - 1 6 5 6 - 0 1 0 A 4 A l A l U 1 8
2 IIITEGRATED C I R C U I T ( ESOS I ( 3 4 3 3 5 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 7 - 0 3 0
A4AlAlU17
2 RESISTCR,FXD CMPSN, 3 9 0 GHflS, 5 x 9 1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-1863-390 A4AlAlR29
2 RESISTGR.FXD CflPSN, 2 2 0 OHMS, 5 x 9 1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-1863-330 A4AlAlR30
2 R E S I S T O R P F X D CMPSN, 1 K , l o % , 1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-2341-000 A4AlAlR27
2 CAPCCITOR,FXD CE+! D I E L * 1 0 0 0 P F , 1 0 % ~2 0 0 V ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
913-4018-000 A4AlAlC28
2 ItJTEGR4TED C I R C U I T ( 0 4 7 1 3 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 0 3 - 0 1 0 A 4 A l A l U 1 5
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( E S D S I ( 3 4 3 3 5 1 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 7 - 0 4 0
A4AlAlU14
2 CAPACITORIFXD CER D I E L , 1 0 0 0 P F , 1 0 % ~2 0 0 V ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
913-4018-000 A4AlAlC26
2 R E S I S T O R t F X D CMPSN, l K , l o % , 1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 1
745-2341-000 A4AlAlR25
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( ESDS I ( 3 4 3 3 5 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 7 - 0 4 0
A4AlAlU12
2 R E S I S T C ? , F X D CMPSN* l o O K , 5x7 1/PW ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-1854-010 A4AlAlR12
2 RESISTOR,FXD CMPSN, l o O K , 5 % ~1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-1864-010 A 4 A l A l R 9
2 CAPACITO2,FXD CER D I E L , O . O l U F , PORMlOZ, l O O V
( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 913-5019-200 A4AlAlC4
2 RESISTOR K I T (NOH-PROCURABLE I T E M )
3 RESISTOR,FXD F I L M , 4 6 . 4 K s 1 % 1/8W ~ (81349)
705-1076-000 C4AlAlR7
3 RESISTCRIFSD F I L M , 4 8 . 7 K , 12, 1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
705-1077-000 A 4 A l A l R 7
3 R E S I S T C R s F X D F I L M , 5 1 . 1 K , 1 % 1/8W ~ (81349)
705-1078-000 A 4 A l A l R 7
3 RESISTOR,FXD F I L M , 5 3 . 6 K 9 1 % ~1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
705-1079-000 A 4 A l A l R 7
3 RESISTCRIFXD F I L M * 5 6 . 2 K p 1 % 1/8W ~ (81349)
705-1080-000 A 4 A l A l R 7
3 RESISTCRIFXD F I L M , 5 9 K 1 I % , l / 8 W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
705-1081-000 A 4 A l A l R 7
3 RESISTOR,FXD F I L M , 6 1 . 9 K ~ 1x9 l / 8 W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
705-1082-000 A4AlAlR7
3 RESISTGRpFXD F I L M , 6 4 . 9 K s 1 % ~ 1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
705-1083-000 A 4 A l A l R 7
3 RESISTCR,FXD F I L M , 6 8 . 1 K p 1 % ~ 1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
705-1084-000 A 4 A l A l R 7
3 RESISTCR,FXD F I L M , 7 1 . 5 K . 1%, 1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
705-1085-000 A4AlAlR7
3 R E S I S T O R p F X D F I L M , 7 5 K 9 1 % , 1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
705-1086-000 A 4 A l A l R 7
3 RESISTOR,FXD F I L M , 7 8 . 7 K ~ 1x9 1/8W 1 8 1 3 4 9 )
705-1037-000 A4AlAlR7
3 R E S I S T O R B F X D F I L M , 8 2 . 5 K p 12, 1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
705-1038-000 A 4 A l A l R 7
3 RESISTORIFXD F I L M , 8 6 . 6 K p 1x9 l / 8 W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
705-1089-000 A 4 A l A l R 7
3 RESISTOR,FXD F I L M , 9 0 . 9 K p 1 % l~/ 8 W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
705-1090-000 A4AlAlR7
3 R E S I S T O P r F X D F I L M , ?5.3K, 1x9 1/8W (81349)
705-1091-000: A 4 A l A l R 7

Rcoisc~~l
In' October 1980
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 parts list 523-0769256

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

3 R E S I S T O R s F X D F I L M , l o O K , 1 % ~1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
705-1092-000 A4AlAlR7
3 RESISTORpFXD F I L M , 1 0 5 K v 1 % , 1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
705-1093-000 A4AlAlR7
3 RESISTORIFXD F I L M , l l O K , 1 % , 1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
705-1094-000 A4AlAlR7
2 RESISTOR,FXD F I L M , l o O K , 1 x 9 1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
705-1092-000 A4AlAlR8
2 C A P A C I T O R t F X D CER D I E L , O.OlUF, PORMlO%r l O O V
( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 913-5019-200 A 4 A l A l C 1
2 C A P A C I T O P B F X D CER D I E L I O.OlUF, PORMlOZ, l O O V
( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 913-5019-200 A4AlAlC2
2 R E S I S T O R s F X D CKPStl, l o O K , 5 % ~1/6W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-1864-010 A4AlAlR10
2 RESISTOR,FXD CMPSN, l o O K , 5%. 1/PW ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-1864-010 A4AlAlR58
2 SEMICOND D E V I C E ( 0 4 7 1 3 ) 9 2 2 - 6 1 0 0 - 0 4 0 A 4 A l A l C R 2
2 SEMICOND D E V I C E ( 0 4 7 1 3 ) 9 2 2 - 6 1 0 0 - 0 4 0 A 4 A l A l C R 1
2 CRYSTAL U t i I T , Q T Z 1 6 .OflHZ ( 0 0 1 3 6 ) A 4 A l A l Y 1
2 TRANSISTOR ( 0 7 9 1 0 ) 3 5 2 - 0 4 4 0 - 0 0 0 A 4 A l A l Q l
2 CAPACITCR,FXD M I C A D I E L , 3 0 0 P F p 5 % ~5 0 V ( 7 2 1 3 6 )
912-4141-480 A4AlAlC3
2 CAPACITOR,FXD M I C A D I E L , 3 0 0 P F 9 5%. 5 0 V ( 7 2 1 3 6 )
912-4141-480 A4AlAlC5
2 LABELpPRESS SENS ( 1 2 9 9 8 ) ( E F F REV LTR P )
2 CAPACITORIFXD CER D I E L , 1 0 0 0 P F , 107.7 ZOOV ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
913-4018-000 A4AlAlC6
2 RESISTOR,FSD CMPSN, 6 . 2 K , 57.9 1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-1863-680 A 4 A l A l R l
2 R E S I S T O R t F X D CtlPSN, 1 . 3 K s 5%, 1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-1663-520 A4AlAlRZ
2 RESISTOR,FXD CNPSti, 2 . 2 K 9 1 0 % ~1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-2353-000 A441AlR3
2 CAPACITOR,FXD CER D I E L , O . O l U F , PORMlO%r l O O V
(81349) 913-5019-200 A4AlAlC7
2 TRANSISTOR ( 1 4 4 3 3 ) 3 5 2 - 0 5 9 6 - 0 3 0 A 4 A l A l Q 3
2 C A F A C I T C R j F X D M I C A D I E L I 1 5 0 P F p 5 % 5~ 0 V ( 7 2 1 3 6 )
912-4141-400 A 4 A l A l C 1 1
2 TRANSISTOR ( 1 4 4 3 3 ) 3 5 2 - 0 5 9 6 - 0 3 0 A 4 A l A l Q 2
2 RESISTORIFXD CtlPSN, l O K p 1 0 % ~1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-2377-000 A4AlAlR4
2 R E S I S T C R p F X D CMPSN, l 0 K 1 1 0 x 9 1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-2377-000 A4AlAlR5
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T L O G I C GATE ( 1 8 3 2 4 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 3 - 1 1 0
A4AlAlU3
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( E S D S ) ( 0 1 2 9 5 ) 3 5 1 - 1 7 3 8 - 0 1 0
A4AlAlU6
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( E S D S ) ( 0 1 2 9 5 ) 3 5 1 - 1 7 3 8 - 0 1 0
A4AlAlU7
2 S H I E L D , RF ( E F F REV LTR N ) ( S B 9 )
2 C A P A C I T O R I F X D CER D I E L , 1 0 0 0 P F , 1 0 % ~ZOOV ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
913-4018-000 A4AlAlC24
2 RESISTOR,FXD F I L M , 4 6 4 OHMS, 1x9 1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
705-0950-000 A 4 A l A l R 2 1
2 R E S I S T O R j F X D F I L M , 4 . 4 2 K p 1%. 1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
705-1027-000 A4AlAlR22
2 RESISTORVFXD F I L M , 2 . 0 5 K s 1x9 1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
705-1011-000 A4AlAlR23
2 TRANSISTOR ( 1 4 4 3 3 1 3 5 2 - 0 5 9 6 - 0 3 0 A 4 A l A 1 9 4
2 R E S I S i O 2 , F X D CMPSN, l K , 1 0 % ~1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-2341-000 A4AlAlR24
2 CAPACITCR,FXD CER D I E L , l O O O P F t 1 0 % ~2OOV ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
913-4018-000 A 4 A l A l C 2 1

Rc~r~i.sc0
15 October 1980
parts list 523-0769256 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

I-
FIG- UNITS USABLE
PART N O z
w DESCRIPTION PER ON
ITEM a
Z ASSY CODE

2 C A P A C I T O R P F X D CER D I E L , 1000PF,, l o % , 2 0 0 V ( 8 1 3 4 9 1
913-4018-000 A4AlAlC20
2 CAPACITORIFXD E L C T L T I 6 . 8 U F ; 1 0 % ~3 5 V ( 8 1 3 4 9 1
184-0066-640 A4AlAlC25
2 I N T E G 4 A T E D C I R C U I T L O G I C GATE ( 2 7 0 1 4 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 3 - 2 2 0
A4AlAlU10
2 C A F A C I T C R , F X D CER D I E L , 1 0 0 0 P F t l o % , ZOOV ( 8 1 3 4 9 1
913-4018-000 A441AlC54
2 C A P A C I T C R t F X D CER D I E L , l O O O P F t 1 0 % ~2 0 0 V ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
913-4018-000 A4AlAlC55
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T LOGIC GATE ( 1 8 3 2 4 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 3 - 1 2 0
A4AlAlU11
2 C O I L t R F 3.90UH ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 2 4 0 - 2 0 3 0 - 0 0 0 A 4 A l A l L l
2 R E S I S T O R p F X D CMPSN, 9 1 OHHS, 5 % ~1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-0711-000 A4AlAlR60
2 C A F C C I T O R t F X D CER D I E L , 4 7 0 P F t 1 0 % ~2 0 0 V ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
913-4014-000 A4AlAlC38
2 R E S I S T C R t F X D CMFSN, 3 3 0 OHMS, 5 % ~1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-0730-000 A4AlAlR38
2 TRANSISTCR ( 0 7 9 1 0 ) 3 5 2 - 0 4 4 0 - 0 0 0 A 4 A l A l Q 1 3
2 R E S I S T O R t F X D CMPSN, 2 0 0 OH:lS, 5 % r 1 / 6 W ( 8 1 3 4 9 1
745-1863-320 A4AlAlR39
2 CAPACITOR,FXD M I C A D I E L s 3 0 P F v 5 % ~5 0 V ( 7 2 1 3 6 )
912-4141-200 A4AlAlC40
2 TRAtJSI'iTO? ( 0 7 9 1 0 ) 3 5 2 - 0 4 4 0 - 0 0 0 A 4 A l A 1 9 1 4
2 INSULATOR,DISK ( 3 2 5 5 9 ) 3 5 2 - 9 5 5 2 - 5 8 0
2 RESISTOR,FXD CM?SN, 5 1 OHMS, 5 % . 1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-1e63-180 A4AlAlR42
2 COILPRF 0.15UH ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 2 4 0 - 2 0 1 3 - 0 0 0 A 4 A l A l L 3
2 CAPACITOR,FXD CER D I E L , 4 7 0 P F p l o % , ZOOV ( 8 1 3 4 9 1
913-4014-000 A 4 A l A l C 4 1
2 C A P A C I T C R t F X D E L C T L T , 6 8 U F s 1 0 % ~1 5 V ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
184-9086-340 A4AlAlC52
2 CAPACITOR,FXD E L C T L T , 4 7 U F s 1 0 % ~3 5 V ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
184-9086-720 A4AlAlC53
2 I N T E G R A T E D C I R C U I T V RGLTR ( 4 9 9 5 6 ) 3 5 1 - 1 0 3 5 - 0 1 0
A4.41AlUZO
2 R E S I S T O R V F X D CMPSN, 2 7 0 OHMS, 1 0 % ~1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-0728-000 A4AlAlR56
2 C A F A C I T C R t F S D CER D I E L , 1 0 0 0 P F , 1 0 % ~2 0 0 V ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
913-4018-000 A 4 A l A l C 5 1
2 R E S I S T O R , F X D CMFSN, 1 . 5 K v 5 % ~1 / 4 W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-0754-000 A4AlAlR55
2 R E S I S T O R I F X D CMFSN, 2 2 0 OHMS, 1 0 % ~1 / 4 W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-0725-000 A 4 A l A l R 4 1
2 R E S I S T O R t F X D CMPSN, 3 3 0 OHMS, 5 % ~1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 1
745-0730-000 A4AlAlR40
2 COIL A4AlAlL4
2 C A P A C I T C R p F X D M I C A D I E L , 3 3 P F v 5 % ~5 0 V ( 7 2 1 3 6 1
912-4141-220 A4AlAlC39
2 R E S I S T O R t F X D CFlPSN, 1 2 OHMS, 5 % ~1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-1863-030 A4AlAlR35
2 RESISTOR,FXD CMPSNt 5 1 0 OHMS, 5 % 1/4W ~ (81349)
745-0738-000 A4AlAlR37
2 R E S I S T O R , F X D C t l P S N t 4 3 0 OHMS, 5%. l / 8 W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-1853-400 A4AlAlR36
2 R E S I S T O R I F X D CMPSN, 4 3 0 OHMS, 5%. 1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-1863-400 A4AlAlR34
2 C A P A C I T O R , F X D CER D I E L , 4 7 0 P F p l o % , 2 0 0 V ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
913-4014-000 A4AlAlC37
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T F L I P FLOP ( 0 4 7 1 3 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 5 - 0 4 0
A4AlAlU9

Rellisecl 15 October 1980

L
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 parts list 523-0769256

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

I-
UNITS USABLE
FIG- z
w PER ON
ITEM PART N O n DESCRIPTION
Z ASSY CODE

2 CAPACITOR,FXD CER D I E L , 1 0 0 0 P F , 1 0 % ~2 0 0 V ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
913-4018-000 A4AlAlC19
2 R E S I S T O R V F X D CHPSN, 6 8 0 OHMS, 1 0 % ~1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-0743-000 A4AlAlR16
2 C A F A C I T C R , F X O M I C A D I E L , 1 0 0 F F p 5 % ~5 0 V ( 7 2 1 3 6 )
912-4141-050 A4AlAlC59
2 C A P A C I T O 2 , F X D M I C A D I E L , 1 0 0 P F p 5%, 5 0 V ( 7 2 1 3 6 )
912-4141-050 A4AlAlCS8
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T F L I P FLOP ( 0 4 7 1 3 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 5 - 0 4 0
A4AlAlU8
2 C A P A C I T C 2 , F X D CER D I E L , 1 0 0 0 P F , l o % , 2 0 0 V ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
913-4018-000 A4AlAlC14
2 C A P L C I T O R 9 F X D CER O I E L p 1 0 0 0 P F , 1 0 % ~2 0 0 V ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
913-4018-000 A4AlAlC18
2 R E S I S T O R , F X D CMFSN, l K , 1 0 % ~1/PW ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-2341-000 A4AlAlR17
2 C A P A C I T C R , F X D CER D I E L , 1 0 0 0 P F , 1 0 % ~2 0 0 V ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
913-4015-000 A4AlAlC57
2 C A P A C I T O R , F X D CER D I E L , 1 0 0 0 P F p 1 0 % r 2 0 0 V ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
913-4018-000 A4AlAlC17
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T F L I P F L O P ( 0 4 7 1 3 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 5 - 0 6 0
A4AlAlU21
2 C A P A C I T O R , F X D CER D I E L , l O O O P F t 1 0 % ~ZOOV ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
913-4018-000 A4AlAlC13
2 I N T E G R A T E D C I R C U I T L O G I C GATE ( 1 8 3 2 4 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 3 - 1 1 0
A4AlAlU4
2 R E S I S T O R p F X D CMPSN, l K , 5%; 1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-0745-000 A4AlAlR18
2 C A P A C I T O R V F X D CER D I E L , 1 0 0 0 P F ~ 1 0 % . 2 0 0 V ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
913-4018-000 A4AlAlC12
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( E S O S ) ( 0 1 2 9 5 ) 3 5 1 - 1 7 3 8 - 0 1 0
A4AlAlU1
2 C A P A C I T O R r F X D CER D I E L , 1 0 0 0 P F , l o % , 2 0 0 V ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
913-4018-000 A4AlAlC16
2 I N T E G R A T E D C I R C U I T L O G I C GATE ( 1 8 3 2 4 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 3 - 1 1 0
A4AlA1U5
2 C A P A C I T O R p F X D CER D I E L , 1 0 0 0 P F , 1 0 % . 2 0 0 V ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
913-4018-000 A4AlAlC15
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 0 1 2 9 5 ) 3 5 1 - 1 6 3 6 - 0 1 0 A 4 A l A l U 2
2 R E S I S T O R p F X D C f l F S N , l K , 5 % ~1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-0748-060 A4AlAlR19
2 R E S I S T O 2 , F X D CMFSN, 3 . 3 K ~ 5%. 1 / 4 W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-0766-000 A4AlAlRZO
2 C A P A C I T O 2 , F X D CER D I E L , 1 0 0 0 P F , 1 0 % ~2 0 0 V ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
913-4018-000 A4AlAlC23
2 CAPACITORIFXD CER D I E L , 1 0 0 0 P F p 1 0 % ~2 0 0 V ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
913-4018-000 A4AlAlC22
2 S O C K E T , I C ( 2 3 8 8 0 3 2 2 0 - 0 0 7 5 - 0 2 0 ( E F F TO R E V L T R K )
2 S O C K E T P I C ( 2 3 8 8 0 ) 2 2 0 - 0 0 7 5 - 0 3 0 ( E F F TO R E V LTR K )
2 CONTACT, E LEC
2 CONTACT, E L E C

Rctiised 1.5 October 1980

arts list 523-0769256 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

01rt p u t A wtplZfier Board ALAZ

Figure 16

F
FIG- UNITS USABLE
ITEM PART N O ,w,Zz DESCRIPTION PER
ASSY
ON
CODE

637-2718-001 1 OUTPUT A M P L I F I E R BOARD A 4 A 2 ( S E E F I G 1 3 - 1 8 FOR N H A ) REF

RCR07G510JS 2 RESISTORIFXD CPIPSN, 51 OHtlS, 5 % ~1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 1
7 4 5 - 0 7 0 2 - 0 0 0 A 4 A Z R 1 7 ( E F F TO REV L T R 0 )
RCR07G101JS 2 R E S I S T 0 9 , F X D CPIPSN, 1 0 0 OHMS, 5 % , l i 4 W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 4 5 - 0 7 1 2 - 0 0 0 A 4 A 2 R 1 7 ( E F F REV LTR D )
635-8680-001 2 TRCITSFORMER A 4 A 2 T 1
471KMSX200 2 CAPACITOR,FXD CER D I E L , 4 7 0 P F v l o % , l O O V ( 2 9 9 9 0 )
9 1 4 - 3 0 9 8 - 6 4 0 A4AZC11
518-024A3-5-20PF 2 CAPACITOR,VAR CER D I E L , 3 . 5 TO 2 0 P F 9 l O O V ( 7 2 9 8 2 )
917-1256-020 A4A2C12
RCR05G180JS 2 R E S I S T O R p F X D CMPSN, 18 OHMS, 5%. 1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-1863-070 A4A2R13
RCR05G301JS 2 R E S I S T O R y F X D CMPSN, 3 0 0 OHMS* 5x9 1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-1853-360 A4A2Rll
623-0741-001 2 C O I L A4AZL3
CK05BX102K 2 CAPACITOR,FXD CER D I E L , 1 0 0 0 P F , 1 0 % ~2 0 0 V ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
9 1 3 - 4 0 1 8 - 0 0 0 A4A2C8
2N2907A 2 TRANSISTO? ( 1 5 8 1 8 ) 3 5 2 - 0 5 5 1 - 0 1 0 A 4 A 2 9 2
471KMSX200 2 CAPACITOR,FXD CER D I E L , 4 7 0 P F y 1 0 % ~l O O V ( 2 9 9 9 0 )
914-3098-640 A4A2C9
RCR07G102JS 2 RESISTOR,FXD CMPSN, l K , 5 % 1/4W ~ (81349)
7 4 5 - 0 7 4 8 - 0 0 0 A4A2R8
CK05BX102K 2 CAPACITOR,FXD CER D I E L , 1 0 0 0 P F , 1 0 % ~2 0 0 V ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
9 1 3 - 4 0 1 8 - 0 0 0 A4A2C7

Revised 15 October 1980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 parts list 523-0769256

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

I-
FIG- UNITS USABLE
PART N O z
w DESCRIPTION PER ON
ITEM
Z ASSY CODE

471KMSX200 2 CAPACITOR,FXD CER D I E L , 4 7 0 P F s 1 0 % ~l O O V ( 2 9 9 9 0 )

9 1 4 - 3 0 9 8 - 6 4 0 A4A2C3
RN55D2490F 2 RESISTOR,FXD F I L M , 2 4 9 OHMS, 1 % ~1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 0 5 - 0 9 6 7 - 0 0 0 A4A2R5 ( E F F TO REV LTR D )
RN55D4120F 2 RESISTCRIFXD F I L M , 4 1 2 OHMS, 1 % 1/EW ~ (81349)
7 0 5 - 3 6 0 0 - 7 8 0 A4A2R5 ( E F F REV LTR 0 )
623-0740-002 2 C O I L A4A2L2
RCR05G431JS 2 RESISTOR,FXD CMPSN, 4 3 0 OHKS, 5 x 9 l / 8 W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 4 5 - 1 8 6 3 - 4 0 0 A4AZR4
471KMSX200 2 CAPACITOR,FXD CER D I E L , 4 7 0 P F s 1 0 % ~l O O V ( 2 9 9 9 0 )
9 1 4 - 3 0 0 8 - 6 4 0 A4A2C2
RCR05G120JS 2 RESISTOR,FXD CMPSN, 1 2 OHMS, 5%, 1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 4 5 - 1 8 6 3 - 0 3 0 A4A2R3
RCR05G431JS 2 RESISTOR,FXD CMPSN, 4 3 0 OHflS, 5 % ~1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 4 5 - 1 f 6 3 - 4 0 0 A4A2R2
MS75084-08 2 COIL,RF 4.70UH ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 2 4 0 - 2 0 3 1 - 0 0 0 A 4 A 2 L l
CK05BX102K 2 CAPACITOR,FXD CER D I E L , 1 0 0 0 P F , 1 0 % ~2 0 0 V ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
913-4018-000 A4A2Cl
634-9318-001 2 HEATSINK ASSEMBLY ( E F F REV LTR D )
TX0522B 3 HEATSINKVELEC ( 9 8 9 7 8 3 5 2 - 9 5 5 5 - 0 5 0
634-9316-001 3 HEATSINK
MS51957-11 3 SCREW,M&CH STL, 4 - 4 0 X 1 / 8 ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 3 4 3 - 0 1 3 1 - 0 0 0 ( A P
FOR I T E M 2 1 6 - 2 1 C )
SRF2263XRF525 2 TRANSISTOR,RF ( 0 4 7 1 3 ) 3 5 2 - 1 1 0 9 - 0 1 0 A 4 A 2 4 1
7717-15N 2 INSULATOQ,DISK ( 1 3 1 0 3 1 3 5 2 - 9 5 5 2 - 2 0 0 ( E F F REV LTR E )
RW70U2210F 2 RESIST@R,FXD 2 2 1 OHflS, 1x9 1.25W ( 8 1 3 4 9 3
7 4 7 - 4 2 3 2 - 3 1 0 A4A2R6 ( E F F TO REV LTR D )
RW70U63R4F 2 RESISTORPFXD WW, 6 3 . 4 OHMS, 1 % ~ 1.25W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 4 7 - 4 2 3 1 - 7 8 0 A4A2R6 ( E F F REV LTR D )
518-024A5-25PF 2 CAPACITOR,VAR CER D I E L I 5 TO 25PFp l O O V ( 7 2 9 8 2 )
9 1 7 - 1 2 5 6 - 0 3 0 A4AZC4
RCR05G100JS 2 RESISTORpFXD CMPSN, 1 0 OHMS, 5 % 1/8W ~ (81349)
7 4 5 - 1 8 5 3 - 0 1 0 A4A2R7
RCR05G150JS 2 RESISTCRVFXD CMPSN. 1 5 OHMS, 5 x 9 1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 1
7 4 5 - 1 8 6 3 - 0 5 0 A 4 A 2 R 1 8 ( E F F REV LTR D )
CK05BX102K 2 CAPACITORpFXD CER D I E L , 1 0 0 0 P F , l o % , ZOOV ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
9 1 3 - 4 0 1 8 - 0 0 0 A4A2C6
CK05BX102K 2 CAPACITORpFXD CER D I E L , 1 0 0 0 P F , 1 0 % ~2 0 0 V ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
9 1 3 - 4 0 1 8 - 0 0 0 A4A2C5
1N4454GE 2 SEHICOND DEVICE ( 0 3 5 0 8 ) 3 5 3 - 3 6 4 4 - 0 1 0 A4A2CR1
RN55D5111F 2 RESISTOR,FXD F I L M , 5 . 1 1 K v 1 % ~1/6W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 0 5 - 1 0 3 0 - 0 0 0 A4A2R9 ( E F F TO REV LTR D )
RN55D1071F 2 RESISTOR,FXD F I L M , 1 . 0 7 K ~ 1 7 . 8 1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 0 5 - 3 6 0 5 - 0 2 0 A4A2R9 ( E F F REV LTR 0 )
RN55D316lF 2 RESISTCRIFXD F I L M , 3 , 1 6 K , 1 % l/eW ~ (81349)
7 0 5 - 1 0 2 0 - 0 0 0 A4A2R10
RCR05G301JS 2 RESISTOR,FXD CMPSN, 3 0 0 OHMS, 5%. 1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 4 5 - 1 8 6 3 - 3 6 0 A4A2R12
RW70U2210F 2 RESISTOR,FXD 2 2 1 OHMS, l % r 1.25W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 4 7 - 4 2 3 2 - 3 1 0 A4AZR14
RN55D1651F 2 RESISTORpFXD F I L M , 1 . 6 5 K , l % r 1/8W 4 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 0 5 - 3 6 0 5 - 1 0 0 A4A2R15
RN55D6810F 2 RESISTOR,FXD F I L M , 6 8 1 OHMS, 1x9 1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 0 5 - 0 9 8 8 - 0 0 0 A4A2R16
471KMSX200 2 CAPACITORpFXD CER D I E L , 4 7 0 P F p 10%. l O O V ( 2 9 9 9 0 )
9 1 4 - 3 0 9 8 - 6 4 0 A4A2C10
471KMSX200 2 CAPACITOR,FXO CER D I E L , 4 7 0 P F s 1 0 % ~1OOV ( 2 9 9 9 0 )
9 1 4 - 3 0 9 8 - 6 4 0 A4A2C13
RCR05G241JS 2 RESISTOR,FXD CMPSN, 2 4 0 OHMS, 5%s 1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 4 5 - 1 8 6 3 - 3 4 0 A4AZR1
2N5109 2 TRANSISTOR ( 9 5 4 4 5 ) 3 5 2 - 0 7 6 6 - 0 1 0 A 4 A 2 9 3
518-024A3-5-20PF 2 CAPACITORPVAR CER D I E L , 3 . 5 TO 20PF, l O O V ( 7 2 9 8 2 )
9 1 7 - 1 2 5 6 - 0 2 0 A4A2C14
635-8512-001 2 SPACER

Revised 1.5 October 1980

arts list 523-0769256 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

30 ' Ut I H I L H

32
DETAIL A

29
iC4)28
I , A t "C

Revised 15 October 1980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 parts list 523-0769256

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

I-
FIG- UNITS USABLE
PART NO z
w DESCRIPTION PER ON
ITEM n
Z ASSY CODE

1 POHER SUPPLY ASSY A5 (SEE F I G 1 - 5 FOR NHA) REF

2 COVER 1
2 SCREWlMACH SST, 6-32 X 5/16 ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 343-0168-000 ( A P ) 5
2 SCREW,M4CH SST, 6-32 X 5/16 ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 342-0061-000 1
I A P ) (EFF REV LTR H I
2 LAEEL, PRESSURE ( 12998
2 LAEEL,FRESSURE ( 1 2 9 9 3 )
2 TRANSFCQHER ( 7 3 3 8 6 ) 662-0636-010 A5T1
2 t4UT,PLAItl,HEX SST, 8 - 3 2 ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 313-0017-000 ( A P )
2 WASHER, LOCK SST, 0.168 I D X 0.296 OD ( 9 6 9 0 6 1
310-0072-000 ( A P )
2 WASHERpFLAT SST, 0.172 I D X 0.437 OD ( 7 9 8 0 7 ) ( A P )
2 SCREW,MACH SST, 8 - 3 2 X 1 - 1 / 4 ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 343-0187-000
( AP
2 SCREWltIACH SST, 8 - 3 2 X 7/16 ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 343-0188-000 ( A P )
2 POKER SUPPLY TERMINAL BOARD ASSEMELY A5A1 (SEE F I G
18
2 SCREW,MACH SST, 6-32 X 5/16 ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 342-0061-000 ( A P )
2 SCREUPMACH SST, 6-32 X 5/16 ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 343-0168-000 ( A P )
2 FILTER, AIR
2 HOUSING, FILTER
2 SCREW,M4CH SST, 4-40 X 1 / 4 ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 342-0044-000 (AP
FOR 6, 7 )
3 NUTpSLFLKG CD PL STL, 4-40 ( 7 2 9 6 2 ) 333-0839-000
3 HOUSING, FILTER
2 CAPACITOR,FXD AL ELCTLT, 9000UFv P75%M10%, 40V
( 5 6 2 8 9 ) 183-1467-120 A5C1
2 MOUNTING RINGS ( 0 0 8 5 3 ) 139-0137-000 ( AP
2 NUT,SLFLKG,HEX AL, 8 - 3 2 ( 7 2 $ 6 2 ) 333-0381-000 ( A P )
2 SCREW9flACH SSTI 8-32 X 7/16 ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 343-0183-000 ( A P )
2 RESISTOR,FXD CMPSN, 1K, 1 0 % ~2W ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 745-5652-000
A5R1
2 SCREWpMACH SST, 10-32 X 1 / 4 ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 343-0224-000 ( A P )
2 WASHERPLOCK SST, 0 . 2 0 4 I D X 0 . 3 8 1 OD ( 9 6 9 0 6 )
373-0043-000 ( A P )
2 TEFtlINAL, LUG ( 77147 304-0087-000 ( AP
2 GROMXETsRGR ( 7 5 5 4 3 ) 201-1080-000
2 RESISTORjFXD CMPSN, 470 OHMS, 1 0 % ~2W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-5633-000 A5R2
2 SCREW,MACH SST, 10-32 X 3 / 8 ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 343-0226-000 CAP)
2 WASHER,LOCK SST, 0.204 I D X 0.381 OD ( 9 6 9 0 6 )
373-0043-000 ( A P )
2 TERMIN4Lp LUG ( 77147 304-0087-000 (AP
2 CAPACITOR,FXD ELCTLT, 45,00OUF, MlO%P100%, 25V
( 9 9 3 9 2 ) 183-1464-280 A5C2
115058-10 2 MOUNTING RINGS ( 00853 139-0138-000 ( AP)
68t4M82 2 NUT,SLFLKG$HEX AL, 8-32 ( 7 2 9 6 2 ) 333-0331-000 ( A P )
MS51957-44 2 SCREWpMACH SST, 8-32 X 7/16 ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 343-0188-000 ( A P )
311occ453vo25 2 CAPACITOR,FXD ELCTLT, 45,00OUF, MlO%PlOO%, 25V
( 9 9 3 9 2 1 183-1464-280 A5C3
115058-10 2 MOUNTING RINGS ( 0 0 8 5 3 ) 139-0138-000 ( A P )
68t:P:62 2 NUT,SLFLKG,HEX AL, 6 - 3 2 ( 7 2 9 6 2 ) 333-0368-000 ( A P )
MS51959-29 2 SCREW,MACH SST, 6-32 X 7/16 ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 342-0063-000 ( A P )
MS51958-61 2 SCREW,MACH SST, 10-32 X 3 / 8 ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 343-0226-000 ( A P )
MS35333-73 2 WASHER,LOCK SST, 0.204 I D X 0 . 3 8 1 OD ( 9 6 9 0 6 )
373-0043-000 ( A P )
629-9951-001 2 HEATSINK ASSY A5A4 (SEE F I G 2 0 )
MS51957-28 2 SCREW,MACH SST, 6-32 X 3/8 ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 343-0169-000 ( A P )
F02A250V4AS 2 FUSEPCRTG ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 264-0449-000 A5F1
HKPH 2 FUSEHOLDER ( 7 1 4 0 0 ) 265-1171-000 A5XF1
629-9950-001 2 HEATSINK ASSY A5A3 (SEE F I G 2 0 )
MS51957-28 2 SCREW,MACH SST, 6-32 X 3/8 ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 343-0169-000 ( A P I
VK20020-40 2 COIL,RF 0 . 8 5 K ~ PORM20Z ( 0 2 1 1 4 ) 240-2679-040 A5L1

Revised 1.5 October 1980

parts list 523-0769256 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

I-
FIG- UNITS USABLE
PART N O z
w DESCRIPTION PER ON
ITEM n
Z ASSY CODE

2 PLATE-VOLTAGE
2 SCREWvM4CH SST, 2-56 X 1 / 8 ( 7 7 2 5 0 ) 3 4 7 - 1 2 6 8 - 0 0 0 ( A P )
2 TERMINAL STDF ( 9 2 8 2 5 ) 3 0 6 - 0 2 3 4 - 0 0 0
2 SCPEW,M4CH STL, 4 - 4 0 X 3 / 1 6 ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 3 4 3 - 0 1 3 2 - 0 0 0 ( A P )
2 W4SHERjLOCK SST, 0 . 1 1 5 I D X 0 . 2 0 9 OD ( 9 6 9 0 6 )
3 1 0 - 0 2 7 9 - 0 0 0 CAP)
2 TERMINALSLUG ( 7 7 1 4 7 ) 3 0 4 - 0 0 1 5 - 0 0 0 CAP)
2 COILYRF 0.85Ky PORM20Z ( 0 2 1 1 4 ) 2 4 0 - 2 6 7 9 - 0 4 0 A5L2
2 CAPPCITOR,FXD CER D I E L , 4700PF, 2 0 % ~500V ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
9 1 3 - 1 1 8 7 - 0 0 0 A5C6
2 CAPACITOR,FXD CER D I E L , 4700PFs 2 0 % ~5 0 0 V ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
9 1 3 - 1 1 8 7 - 0 0 0 A5C7
2 COE:'dECTOR,RCPT ELEC ( 8 2 3 8 9 ) 3 6 8 - 0 3 8 5 - 0 1 0 A 5 J 4
2 NUT,PLAIN,HEX SST, 4 - 4 0 ( 0 6 9 0 6 ) 3 1 3 - 0 0 4 3 - 0 0 0 ( A P )
2 WASHERSFLAT SST, 0 . 1 2 5 I D X 0 . 2 8 1 OD ( 7 9 8 0 7 ) ( A P )
2 WASHER,LOCK SST, 0.115 I D X 0 . 2 0 9 OD ( 9 6 9 0 6 )
310-0279-000 ( A P )
2 TERMINAL, LUG ( 7 7 1 4 7 ) 3 0 4 - 0 0 1 5 - 0 0 0 ( A P )
2 SCREW,MACH STL, 4 - 4 0 X 1 / 2 ( 9 6 9 0 6 1 3 4 3 - 0 1 3 7 - 0 0 0 ( A P )
2 CAPACITCR,FXD CER D I E L , 4700PFs 2 0 % ~500V ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
9 1 3 - 1 1 8 7 - 0 0 0 A5C5
2 LABEL,PRESSURE ( 1 2 9 9 8 ) (EFF REV LTR J ) ( S B 1 )
2 CAPACITOR,FXD CER D I E L , 4700PF1 20%, 500V ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
913-1187-COO A5C4
2 TERMINALtLUC ( 7 9 9 5 3 ) 3 0 4 - 1 0 8 9 - 0 0 0
2 NUTyPLAIN,HEX SSTt 6 - 3 2 ( 7 7 2 5 0 ) 3 1 3 - 0 0 4 5 - 0 0 0 ( A P )
2 ,
WASHER LOCK SST, 0 . 1 4 1 I D X 0 . 2 5 0 OD ( 9 6 9 0 6
310-0282-000 (AP
2 SCREW,MACH SST, 6 - 3 2 X 5 / 1 6 ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 3 4 3 - 0 1 6 8 - 0 0 0 ( A P )
2 COVER r CONNECTOR
3 LABEL,PRESSURE ( 1 2 9 9 8 )
3 COVER
2 FAN,TUPEAXIAL ( 8 2 8 7 7 ) 0 0 9 - 1 7 6 6 - 0 2 0 A5B1
2 GUARD,FGR ( 8 2 8 7 7 ) 0 0 9 - 1 7 6 6 - 0 5 0
2 NUT,RESILIENT BRS, 6 - 3 2 ( 0 4 7 1 4 ) 3 3 4 - 1 4 9 2 - 0 0 0 ( A P FOR
33, 3 4 )
2 SCREW,MACH SST, 6 - 3 2 X 2 - 1 / 4 ( 7 7 2 5 0 ) 3 4 3 - 0 1 8 3 - 0 0 0
( A P FOR 33, 3 4 )
2 SCREWvM4CH SST, 6 - 3 2 X 2 ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 3 4 3 - 0 1 8 2 - 0 0 0 ( A P
FOR 33, 3 4 )
2 POWER SUPPLY PC BOARD ASSEMBLY A5A2 (SEE F I G 1 9 )
2 SCREW,MACH SST, 6 - 3 2 X 5 / 1 6 ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 3 4 3 - 0 1 6 8 - 0 0 0 ( A P )
2 SCREWvflACH SST, 6 - 3 2 X 3 / 8 ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 3 4 3 - 0 1 6 9 - 0 0 0 CAP)
2 WASHERpFLAT SST, 0 . 1 4 7 I D X 0.312 OD ( 7 9 8 0 7 ) ( A P )
2 CH4SSISs POWER SUPPLY
3 NUTsSLFLKG CD PL STL, 6 - 3 2 ( 7 2 9 6 2 ) 3 3 3 - 0 8 4 2 - 0 0 0
3 STUDtTURNLOCK FSTtJR, CD PL STL, 0 . 1 2 8 D I A X 0 . 3 8 4
( 7 1 2 8 6 ) 012-3160-000
3 WASHERPSPLIT CD PL STL, 0 . 1 5 6 I D X 0 . 2 7 4 OD ( 7 1 2 8 6 )
0 1 2 - 2 7 8 5 - 0 0 0 ( AP
3 CHASSIS
4 PLATE, REAR
4 FLOOR

Revised 15 October 1980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 parts list 523-0769256

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

Potmer Supply Terminal Board Assembly A.5A1

Figure 18

Revised 15 October 1980

Darts list 523-0769256 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

I-
FIG- UNITS USABLE
PART NO z
w DESCRIPTION PER ON
ITEM n
Z ASSY CODE

1 POWER SUPPLY TERMINAL BOARD ASSEMBLY A5A1 (SEE F I G REF

1 7 - 5 FCR NHA)
2 SEMICOND DEVICE ( 0 5 2 7 7 ) 353-1572-000 A5AlCR4
2 NUT,PLAIN,HEX NP BRSI 1 / 4 - 2 8 ( 7 7 2 5 0 ) 313-0003-000
(AP)
2 WASHER,SPRING CD PL BRZ, 0.255 I D X 0.489 OD ( 9 6 9 0 6 )
310-0102-000 ( A P )
2 It.(SULATOR,USHR MICA, 0.265 I D X 1.0 OD ( 0 8 2 8 9 )
302-0640-270 ( A P )
2 SPACERIINSUL ( 0 8 2 8 9 ) 352-9561-020 ( A P )
2 TERMINAL, LUG ( 6 0 0 4 1 I ( AP
2 WASHER,FLAT SST, 0.265 I D X 0.625 OD ( 7 9 8 0 7 ) ( A P )
2 SEMICOND DEVICE ( 8 1 4 8 3 ) 353-1889-000 A5AlCR5
2 NUT,PLAIN,HEX SST, 10-32 ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 313-0019-000 ( A P )
2 WASHER,LOCK SST, 0.194 I D X 0.334 OD ( 9 6 9 0 6 )
310-0284-000 ( A P )
2 INSULATOR, WSHR MICA, 0.203 I D X 0.562 OD ( 0 8 2 8 9 )
302-0640-170 ( AP 1
2 SPACER,INSUL ( 0 8 2 8 9 ) 352-9561-010 ( A P )
2 TERkIINAL, LUG ( 9 1 8 8 6 304-1466-010 (AP
2 WASHERSFLAT SST, 0.203 I D X 0.500 OD ( 7 9 8 0 7 ) ( A P )
2 SEMICOND DEVICE ( 0 5 2 7 7 ) 353-1572-000 A5AlCR3
2 NUT,PLAIN,HEX NP BRS, 1 / 4 - 2 8 ( 7 7 2 5 0 ) 313-0003-000
( AP
2 WASHERpSPRING CD PL BRZ, 0.255 I D X 0.489 OD ( 9 6 9 0 6 1
310-0102-000 CAP)
2 INSULATOR,WSHR MICA, 0.265 I D X 1.0 OD ( 0 8 2 8 9 )
302-0640-270 ( AP)
2 SPACER ,INSUL ( 08289 352-9561-020 ( AP)
2 TERMINALPLUG ( B 0 9 4 1 1 CAP)
2 WASHERpFLAT SST, 0.265 I D X 0.625 OD ( 7 9 8 0 7 ) ( A P )
2 RESISTORpFXD CMPSN, 1 0 K ~1 0 % ~1/2W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-1394-000 A5AlR2
2 SEMICOND DEVICE ( 1 4 0 9 9 ) 353-0405-020 A5AlCR2
2 RESISTOR,FXD CMPSN, 10K, 10%. 1/2W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-1394-000 A5AlR1
2 SEttICOI4D DEVICE ( 1 4 0 9 9 ) 353-0405-020 A5AlCR1
2 CONNECTOR,RCPT ELEC ( 2 7 2 6 4 I 372-5909-240 A 5 A l J l
2 FUSEsCRTG ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 264-4160-000 A 5 A l F 1
2 CAPACITOR,FXD ELCTLT, 1500UFs MlO%P75%, 30V ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
184-5102-730 A5AlC1
2 CAPACITOR,FXD ELCTLT, 1000UF, MlO%P75%, 50V ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
184-5102-070 A5AlCZ
2 CLAMP LOOP ( 9 6 9 0 6 435-0002-090 (AP FOR 1 0 - 1 1 )
2 SEMICOND DEVICE ( 8 1 4 8 3 ) 353-1889-000 A5AlCR6
2 NUT,PLAIN,HEX SST, 10-32 ( 96906 313-0019-000 CAP 1
2 WASHER,LOCK SST, 0.194 I D X 0.334 OD ( 9 6 9 0 6 )
310-0284-000 ( A P )
2 INSULATOR, WSHR MICA, 0.203 I D X 0.562 OD ( 0 8 2 8 9 )
302-0640-170 ( A P )
2 SPACERPINSUL ( 0 8 2 8 9 ) 352-9561-010 ( A P )
2 TERMINALPLUG ( 9 1 8 8 6 ) 304-1466-010 ( A P )
2 WASHERSFLAT SST, 0.203 I D X 0.500 OD ( 7 9 8 0 7 ) ( A P )
2 LUG, SOLDER
2 NUTIPLAINBHEX SST, 6 - 3 2 ( 7 7 2 5 0 ) 313-0045-000 ( A P )
2 WASHERILOCK SST, 0 . 1 4 1 I D X 0.250 OD ( 9 6 9 0 6 )
310-0282-000 ( AP
2 SCREWsMACH SST, 6-32 X 5/16 ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 343-0168-000 ( A P )
2 LABELVPRESSURE 1 1 2 9 9 8 )
2 COVER
2 SCREW9MACH SST, 6 - 3 2 X 1 / 4 ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 343-0167-000 ( A P )
2 TERMINAL BOARD ( 7 1 7 8 5 ) 367-0002-000 A5AlTB1
2 SCREW,MACH SSTs 6-32 X 1 / 2 ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 343-0171-000 ( A P )

Revised 1.5 October 19670

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 parts list 523-0769256

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

I-
UNITS USABLE
FIG- z
w
PART NO n DESCRIPTION PER ON
ITEM
-
z ASSY CODE

2 WASHER,LOCK SST, 0 . 1 4 1 I D X 0.250 OD ( 9 6 9 0 6 1

310-0282-000 ( A P )
2 WASHERSFLAT SST, 0.147 I D X 0.312 OD ( 7 9 8 0 7 ) ( A P )
2 POST ( A P )
2 TERNIN.AL,FEEDTH ( 2 1 2 4 2 306-2537-040
2 NUT,PLAIN,HEX SST, 4-40 ( 7 7 2 5 0 ) 313-0132-000 ( A P )
2 WASHERSLOCK SST, 0.115 I D X 0.202 OD ( 7 0 3 1 8 ) ( A P )
2 GROMtlETtRBR ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 201-0020-000
2 FUSE ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 264-0964-040 A5AlF2
2 FUSE ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 264-0964-040 A5AlF3
2 BOARD-PRSD
3 FUSEHOLDER ( 7 5 9 1 5 ) 265-1114-000
3 RIVETpTUBULAR AL, 0.123 D I A X 0.312 ( 9 6 9 0 6 )
305-1823-000 ( A P )
3 CONTACT*ELEC
3 HOUSIHG ,CONTACT
3 BOARD ( 1 2 6 1 5 1 306-1521-000
3 NUTsSLFLKG CD PL STL, 6 - 3 2 ( 7 2 9 6 2 333-0842-000
3 BOARD

Reoisecl 1 5 October 1980

parts list 523-0769256 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

DETAIL A
(RACK)

Power Supply PC Board Assembly A5A2

Figure 19
Revised 15 October 1980
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 parts list 523-0769256

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

t-
FIG- UNITS USABLE
PARTNO z
w DESCRIPTION PER ON
ITEM
I ASSY CODE

601-5221-001 1 POWER SUPPLY PC BOARD ASSEMBLY A5A2 (SEE F I G 1 7 - 3 5 REF

FOR t:HA
RW67VR13 2 RESISTOR,FXD 0 . 1 3 OHMS, 1 0 % ~6.5W ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 1
7 4 7 - 5 5 3 9 - 0 0 0 A5ACR9
RW67VlRO 2 RESISTOR,FXD WW, 1 . 0 OHMS, 5 2 , 6.5W ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 1 '
7 0 7 - 5 4 0 0 - 0 0 0 A5A2R10
RW67VR13 2 RESISTORtFXD 0 . 1 3 OHMS, 1 0 % ~6.5W ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 1
7 4 7 - 5 5 3 9 - 0 0 0 A5AZRl1
RW67VlRO 2 RESISTOR,FXD WW, 1 . 0 OHMS* 5 % ~ 6.5W ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 1
747-5400-000 A5A2R12
RW67VR13 2 RESISTOR.FXD 0 . 1 3 OHMS, l o % , 6.5W ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 1
7 4 7 - 5 5 3 9 - 0 0 0 A5AZR13
RW67VlRO 2 RESISTORvFXD UW, 1.0 OHMS, 5 % ~ 6.5U ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 1
7 4 7 - 5 4 0 0 - 0 0 0 A5AZR14
RW67VlRO 2 RESISTORpFXD WW, 1 . 0 OHMS, 5%r 6.5W ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 1
747-5400-000 A5A2R15
RW67VlRO 2 RESISTOR,FXD WW, 1 . 0 OHMS, 5 % 6.5W ~ (81349) 1
7 4 7 - 5 4 0 0 - 0 0 0 A5A2R17
RW67VlRO 2 RESISTOR,FXD WW, 1 . 0 OHMS, 5 % 6.5W ~ (81349) 1
7 4 7 - 5 4 0 0 - 0 0 0 A5AZR20
RW67VlRO 2 RESISTORpFXD W W 1 1.0 OHMS. 5%. 6.5W ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 1
747-5400-000 A5A2R22
RW67VlRO 2 RESISTORIFXD WW, 1.0 OHMS, 5x9 6.5W 1 8 1 3 4 9 ) 1
747-5400-000 A5A?R23
RW67VlRO 2 RESISTOR,FXD WW, 1 . 0 OHMSs 5%. 6.5U ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 1
7 4 7 - 5 4 0 0 - 0 0 0 A5A2R25
M39003-01-2304 2 CAPACITOR,FXD ELCTLT, 6.8UFv 1 0 % ~35V ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 1
1 8 4 - 9 0 8 6 - 6 4 0 A5A2C12
CK06BX104K 2 CAPACITOR,FXD CER D I E L , O.lUF, PORMlOZ, lOOV ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 1
913-5019-440 A5AZC18
LM320T15 2 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT ( 2 7 0 1 4 ) 351-1124-160 A5A2U5 1
MS35649-244 2 NUT,PLAIN,HEX SST, 4 - 4 0 ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 313-0043-000 ( A P ) 1
MS35338-135 2 WASHERPLOCK SST, 0.115 I D X 0.209 OD ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 1
310-0279-000 ( A P )
310-6340-000 2 WASHER,FLAT SST, 0.125 I D X 0 . 2 8 1 OD ( 7 9 8 0 7 ) ( A P ) 1
302-0007-000 2 WASHERvSHLDR FBR, 1 / 8 I D X 3 / 8 OD ( 7 4 9 2 1 ) (A!)' 1
43-77-2 2 INSULATOR 9 PL ( 1 3 1 0 3 352-9605-100 ( AP 1
HS51957-16 2 SCREW,NACH STL, 4 - 4 0 X 7/16 ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 3 4 3 - 0 1 3 6 - 0 0 0 ( A P ) 1
M39003-01-2356 2 CAPACITORBFXD ELCTLT, l U F , l o % , 50V ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 1
1 8 4 - 9 0 8 7 - 4 3 0 A542C13
CK06BX224K 2 CAPACITQP,FXD CER D I E L , 0.22UF9 PORMlOZ, SOV ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 1
9 1 3 - 5 0 1 9 - 4 8 0 A5A2C17
7824UC 2 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT ( 0 7 2 6 3 ) 351-1120-070 A5A2U4 1
MS35649-244 2 NUTIPLAINpHEX SST, 4 - 4 0 ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 313-0043-000 ( A P ) 1
MS35338-135 2 WASHER,LOCK SST, 0 . 1 1 5 I D X 0.209 OD ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 1
310-0279-000 ( A P )
310-6340-000 2 WASHERpFLAT SST, 0.125 I D X 0 . 2 8 1 OD ( 7 9 8 0 7 ) ( A P ) 1
11551957-15 2 SCREW,MACH STL, 4 - 4 0 X 3 / 8 ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 3 4 3 - 0 1 3 5 - 0 0 0 ( A P ) 1
CK06BX104K 2 CAPACITOR,FXD CER D I E L , O.lUF, PORMlOZ, lOOV ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 1
9 1 3 - 5 0 1 9 - 4 4 0 A5AZC16
CK06BX224K 2 CAPACITORsFXD CER DIEL, 0.22UF7 PORMlOZ, 50V ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 1
9 1 3 - 5 0 1 9 - 4 8 0 A5A2C15
7815UC 2 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT ( 0 7 2 6 3 ) 351-1120-050 A5A2U3 1
MS35649-244 2 NUTIPLAINIHEX SST, 4 - 4 0 ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 3 1 3 - 0 0 4 3 - 0 0 0 ( A P ) 1
MS35338-135 2 WASHERSLOCK SST, 0.115 I D X 0.209 OD ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 1
310-0279-000 ( AP)
310-6340-000 2 WASHERpFLAT SST, 0.125 I D X 0 . 2 8 1 OD ( 7 9 8 0 7 ) ( A P ) 1
11551957-15 2 SCREW,HACH STL, 4 - 4 0 X 3 / 8 ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 343-0135-000 ( A P ) 1
CK06BX104K 2 CAPACITORpFXD CER D I E L , O.lUF, PORMlO%, lOOV ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 1
9 1 3 - 5 0 1 9 - 4 4 0 A5A2C14
RW67V6R8 2 RESISTORIFXD WW, 6 . 8 OHMS, 5 % 6.5W ~ (81349) 1
747-5417-000 A5A2R24
2N3767 2 TRANSISTOR ( 0 7 2 6 3 ) 3 5 2 - 0 6 8 9 - 0 2 0 A5AZ94 1

Revised 15 O c t o b ~ rIYh'O
parts list 523-0769256 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

I FIG-
ITEM
l-- PART NO
I-
3
n
z
DESCRIPTION
I I
UNITS USABLE
ASSY
PER CODE
ON 1
2 NUT,PLAIN,HEX SST, 6 - 3 2 ( 7 7 2 5 0 ) 3 1 3 - 0 0 4 5 - 0 0 0 CAP)
2 TERMINAL,LUG ( 7 7 1 4 7 ) 3 0 4 - 0 0 1 6 - 0 0 0 ( A P )
2 WASHER,LOCK SST, 0 . 1 4 1 I D X 0 . 2 5 0 OD ( 9 6 9 0 6 )
3 1 0 - 0 2 8 2 - 0 0 0 CAP)
2 WASHERgFLAT SST, 0 . 1 4 7 I D X 0 . 3 7 5 OD ( 7 9 8 0 7 ) ( A P )
2 INSULATOR ( A P )
2 WASHERjMICA ( 0 8 2 8 9 ) 3 5 2 - 9 5 7 0 - 0 2 0 ( A P )
2 SCREW,MACH SST, 6 - 3 2 X 7 / 1 6 ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 3 4 3 - 0 1 7 0 - 0 0 0 ( A P )
2 SEHICOND DEVICE ( 0 4 7 1 3 ) 3 5 3 - 6 5 4 5 - 0 2 0 A5AZCR1
2 NUT,PLAIN,HEX SST, 6 - 3 2 ( 7 7 2 5 0 ) 3 1 3 - 0 0 4 5 - 0 0 0 ( A P )
2 TERMINALILUG ( 7 7 1 4 7 ) 3 0 4 - 0 0 1 6 - 0 0 0 ( A P )
2 WASHER,LOCK SST, 0 . 1 4 1 I D X 0 . 2 5 0 OD ( 9 6 9 0 6 )
310-0282-000 ( AP)
2 WASHER,FLAT SST, 0 . 1 4 7 I D X 0 . 3 7 5 OD ( 7 9 8 0 7 ) ( A P )
2 INSULATOR ( A P )
2 INSULATOR,PLATE ( 0 8 2 8 9 ) 3 5 2 - 9 8 8 2 - 0 1 0 ( A P )
2 SCREW,MACH SST, 6 - 3 2 X 1 / 2 ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 3 4 3 - 0 1 7 1 - 0 0 0 ( A P )
2 RESISTORIFXD 1 OHM, 5 % ~3W ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 7 4 7 - 5 3 0 0 - 0 0 0
A5AZR21
2 CAPACITOR,FXD CER D I E L S O.lUF, PORMlOZ, lOOV ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
9 1 3 - 5 0 1 9 - 4 4 0 A5A2C9
2 CAPACITOR,FXD CER D I E L , O.lUF, PORMlOZ, lOOV ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
9 1 3 - 5 0 1 9 - 4 4 0 A5A2C10
2 RESISTOR,FXD CMPSN* l K , 1 0 2 , 1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 4 5 - 0 7 4 9 - 0 0 0 A5AZR16
2 TRANSISTOR ( 0 7 2 6 3 ) 3 5 2 - 0 6 6 1 - 0 2 0 A 5 A 2 9 1
2 CAPACITOR,FXD CER D I E L , O.lUF, PORMlOZ, lOOV ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
9 1 3 - 5 0 1 9 - 4 4 0 A5A2C8
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T V RGLTR ( 4 9 9 5 6 ) 3 5 1 - 1 0 3 5 - 0 1 0
A5AZU2
2 BRACKET, HEATSINK
2 NUT,PLAIN,HEX SST, 6 - 3 2 ( 7 7 2 5 0 ) 3 1 3 - 0 0 4 5 - 0 0 0 ( A P )
2 WASHER,LOCK SST, 0 . 1 4 1 I D X 0 . 2 5 0 OD ( 9 6 9 0 6 )
310-0282-000 ( AP)
2 WASHERBFLAT SSTI 0 . 1 4 7 I D X 0 . 3 7 5 OD ( 7 9 8 0 7 ) ( A P )
2 SCREW,MACH SST, 6 - 3 2 X 3 / 8 ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 3 4 3 - 0 1 6 9 - 0 0 0 ( A P )
2 CAPACITOR,FXD CER D I E L , 470PF. 1 0 % ~2 0 0 V ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
9 1 3 - 4 0 1 4 - 0 0 0 A5AZC11
2 RESISTOR,FXD F I L M , 7.15K9 1 % ~ 1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 0 5 - 1 0 3 7 - 0 0 0 A5AZR18
2 RESISTORsFXD F I L M t 1 . 8 7 K ~ 1 % 1/8W ~ (81349)
7 0 5 - 1 0 0 9 - 0 0 0 A5A2R19
2 CAPACITOR,FXD ELCTLT, 220UFs 1 0 % ~1 0 V ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
1 8 4 - 9 0 8 6 - 2 5 0 A5A2C6
2 CAPACITORtFXD ELCTLT, 220UF, 1 0 x 9 1 0 V ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
1 8 4 - 9 0 8 6 - 2 5 0 A5AZC7
2 RESISTOR,FXD CMPSN, 6 8 0 OHMS, 1 0 x 9 1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 4 5 - 0 7 4 3 - 0 0 0 A5AZR8
2 CAPPCITOR,FXD CER D I E L , O.lUF, PORMlOZ, l O O V ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
9 1 3 - 5 0 1 9 - 4 4 0 A5A2C4
2 RESISTORtFXD CMPSN, 2 7 0 OHMS* 10%. 1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 4 5 - 0 7 2 8 - 0 0 0 . A5A2R3
2 RESISTOR,FXD F I L M , 2 . 1 5 K ~ 1 % 1/8W ~ (81349)
7 0 5 - 1 0 1 2 - 0 0 0 A5AZR4
2 CAPACITORIFXD ELCTLT, 47UF9 1 0 x 9 20V ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
1 8 4 - 9 0 8 6 - 5 5 0 A5A2C5
2 CAPACITORsFXD CER D I E L , O.1UFs PORHlO%, lOOV ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
9 1 3 - 5 0 1 9 - 4 4 0 A5AZC3
2 RESISTORIFXD F I L M , 7 5 0 OHMS, 1%. 1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 0 5 - 0 9 9 0 - 0 0 0 A5AZR5
2 CAPACITOR,FXD CER D I E L , O.lUF, PORMlOZ, lOOV ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
9 1 3 - 5 0 1 9 - 4 4 0 A5A2C1

Revised 15 October l!lXo

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 parts list 523-0769256

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

t- UNITS USABLE
FIG- z
w
PART N O DESCRIPTION PER ON
ITEM n ASSY CODE
Z

2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T V RGLTR ( 4 9 9 5 6 ) 3 5 1 - 1 0 3 5 - 0 1 0
A5A2U1
2 CAPACITOR,FXD CER D I E L , 4 7 0 P F y 1 0 % ~2 0 0 V ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
9 1 3 - 4 0 1 4 - 0 0 0 A5A2C2
2 RESISTO2,FXD F I L M , 7 1 5 OHtlS, 1 % 1/PW ~ (81349)
7 0 5 - 0 9 8 9 - 0 0 0 A5A2R7
2 RESISTO?,FXD F I L M , 4 . 0 2 K 9 1 % ~1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 0 5 - 1 0 2 5 - 0 0 0 A5A2R6
2 HOUSING ,CCNN A 5 A 2 J 1
,
2 CONTACT E LEC
2 J A C K p T I P KHT ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 3 6 0 - 0 1 5 9 - 0 0 0 A 5 A 2 T P 2
2 J A C K p T I P RHT ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 3 6 0 - 0 1 5 9 - 0 0 0 A 5 A 2 T P 1
2 RESISTCR,VAR W W , 5 0 0 OHMS, PORM5Xr 3 / 4 N ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
3 8 1 - 1 7 2 1 - 0 3 0 A5A2R2
2 RESISTCR,VCR KU, 1 K s PORP15%, 3/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
381-1721-040 A5AZR1
2 COt4TACT, E LEC
2 PIN, INDEX

Revised 1.5 October 1980

1 arts list 523-0769256 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

Heat-Sink Assembly A5A3. A5A4

Figure 20

Revised 15 October 1980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 parts lisf 523-0769256

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

I-
FIG- UNITS USABLE
PART N O z
w DESCRIPTION PER ON
ITEM
Z ASSY CODE

1 HEATSINK ASSEMBLY A5A3 (SEE F I G 1 7 - 1 9 FOR NHA) REF D

1 HEATSINK ASSEtlBLY A5A4 (SEE F I G 1 7 - 1 6 FOR NHA) REF E
2 COVER 1
2 SCPEW,MACH STL, 4 - 4 0 X 1 / 4 ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 3 4 3 - 0 1 3 3 - 0 0 0 ( A P ) 2
2 WASHER,LOCK SST, 0 . 1 1 5 I D X 0 . 2 0 9 OD ( 9 6 9 C 6 ) 2
310-0279-000 ( A P I f
2 POST, HEX 2
2 SCREW,MACH STL, 4 - 4 0 X 3 / 8 ( 9 6 Q 0 6 ) 3 4 3 - 0 1 3 5 - 0 0 0 ( A P I 2
2 WASHER,LOCK SST, 0 . 1 1 5 I D X 0 . 2 0 9 OD ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 2
3 1 0 - 0 2 7 9 - 0 0 0 ( AP
2 RESISTC2,FXD CKPSN, 5 6 0 OHMS, l o % , 1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 1E
7 4 5 - 0 7 4 0 - 0 0 0 A5A4R1
2 SEMICOIID DEVICE ( 8 1 4 8 3 3 5 3 - 2 7 1 4 - 0 0 0 A5A4VR1 1 E
2 SEMICOt.ID DEVICE ( 8 1 4 8 3 ) 3 5 3 - 2 7 1 4 - 0 0 0 A5A4VR2 1E
2 TRAKSISTOR ( 0 2 7 3 5 ) 3 5 2 - 1 0 0 5 - 0 1 0 A5A341 A 5 4 4 0 1 1
2 NUT,PLAIN,HEX SST, 6 - 3 2 ( 7 7 2 5 0 ) 3 1 3 - 0 0 4 5 - 0 0 0 ( A P ) 2
2 WASHER,LOCK SST, 0 . 1 4 1 I D X 0.250 OD ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 2
310-0282-000 ( A P )
2 TERflINiLsLUG ( 7 7 1 4 7 1 3 0 4 - 0 0 1 6 - 0 0 0 CAP1 1
2 WASHERpFLAT SST, 0.147 I D X 0 . 3 7 5 OD ( 7 9 8 0 7 ) ( A P ) 2
2 BUSHING ( A P ) 2
2 ItjSULATOR ,PLATE ( 0 8 2 8 9 ) 3 5 2 - 9 6 8 2 - 0 1 0 ( AP) 1
2 SCREW,M4CH SST, 6 - 3 2 X 5 / 8 ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 3 4 3 - 0 1 7 3 - 0 0 0 ( A P ) 2
2 TRANSISTOR ( 0 2 7 3 5 ) 3 5 2 - 1 0 0 5 - 0 1 0 A5A392 A5A4Q2 1
2 NUT,PLAIN,HEX SST, 6 - 3 2 ( 7 7 2 5 0 1 3 1 3 - 0 0 4 5 - 0 0 0 ( A P ) 2
2 WISHER,LOCK SSTI 0 . 1 4 1 I D X 0 . 2 5 0 OD ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 2
3 1 0 - 0 Z 8 2 - 0 0 0 ( AP
2 TERMItiAL, LUG ( 7 7 1 4 7 ) 3 0 4 - 0 0 1 6 - 0 0 0 ( AP) 1
2 WASHER,FLAT SST. 0 . 1 4 7 I D X 0.375 OD ( 7 9 6 0 7 ) ( A P ) 2
2 BUSHING ( AP) 2
2 INSULATORIFLATE ( 0 8 2 8 9 ) 3 5 2 - 9 8 8 2 - 0 1 0 ( A P ) 1
2 SCREWyMACH SST, 6 - 3 2 X 5 / 8 ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 3 4 3 - 0 1 7 3 - 0 0 0 ( A P ) 2
2 TERKIN4LsSTDF ( 8 8 2 4 5 ) 3 0 6 - 1 1 0 2 - 0 0 0 1E
2 W4SHER,LOCK SST, 0 . 1 1 5 I D X 0.209 OD ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 1E
310-0279-000 ( A P )
2 TERMINAL, LUG ( 7 7 1 4 7 3 0 4 - 0 0 1 5 - 0 0 0 ( AP 1E
2 HEATSINK 1

Revised 15 October. /.%so

parts list 523-0769256 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

( K 3 ) 49

i K 8 ) 38

(C51 4 6

ICR 1 ) 4 5

1R 1 ) 4 4

(C1143

( C 2 ) 42

Remote Tune Assembly A8

Figure 21

Revised 15 October 1980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 parts list 523-0769256

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

C
FIG- UNITS USABLE
PART N O z
w DESCRIPTION PER ON
ITEM a CODE
Z ASSY

1 REMOTE TUNE ASSEMSLY (ESOS) A8 (SEE F I G 1 - 4 FOR NHA) REF

2 EXTPACTOR 2
2 PIN,SPR SST, 0.078 D I A X 1 / 4 ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 3 1 1 - 0 3 5 5 - 0 0 0 2
(AP)
2 WASHER, FLAT ( A P ) 4
2 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT ( 0 1 2 9 5 ) 3 5 1 - 7 6 3 2 - 0 1 0 A8U4 1
2 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT ( 3 4 3 3 5 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 9 - 0 4 0 A8U3 1
2 REL4Y,REED ( 0 1 1 0 1 ) 4 1 0 - 0 5 5 8 - 0 3 0 A8K7 1
2 CAPACITORvFXD CER D I E L , O.lUF, PORMlOZ, lOOV ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 1
9 1 3 - 5 0 1 9 - 4 4 0 APC6
2 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT ( 0 1 2 9 5 ) 3 5 1 - 7 6 3 2 - 0 1 0 A8U6 1
2 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT ( 3 4 3 3 5 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 9 - 0 4 0 A8U5 1
2 RELAY,REED ( 0 1 1 0 1 ) 4 1 0 - 0 5 5 8 - 0 3 0 A6K13 1
2 CAPACITOR,FXD CER D I E L , O.lUF, FORMlO%, lOOV ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 1
9 1 3 - 5 0 1 9 - 4 4 0 ASC7
2 RELAYVREED ( 0 1 1 0 1 ) 4 1 0 - 0 5 5 8 - 0 3 0 A8K12 1
2 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT ( 0 1 2 9 5 ) 3 5 1 - 7 6 3 2 - 0 1 0 A8U8 1
2 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT ( 3 4 3 3 5 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 9 - 0 4 0 A6U7 1
2 CAP4CITOR,FXD CER O I E L , O.lUF, FORMlO%, lOOV ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 1
9 1 3 - 5 0 1 9 - 4 4 0 A8C8
2 RELAYTREED ( 0 1 1 0 1 ) 4 1 0 - 0 5 5 8 - 0 3 0 A8K19 1
2 RELAY ,REED ( 0 1 1 0 1 4 1 0 - 0 5 5 8 - 0 3 0 A8K18 1
2 RELAY,REED ( 0 1 1 0 1 ) 4 1 0 - 0 5 5 3 - 0 3 0 ASK17 1
2 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT ( 0 1 2 9 5 ) 3 5 1 - 7 6 3 2 - 0 1 0 A8U10 1
2 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT ( 3 4 3 3 5 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 9 - 0 4 0 ASU9 1
2 CAPACITOR,FXD CER D I E L , 0 - l U F , PORMlOi!, lOOV ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 1
9 1 3 - 5 0 1 9 - 4 4 0 A6C9
2 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT ( 3 4 3 3 5 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 9 - 0 4 0 A 8 U l l 1
2 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT ( 0 1 2 9 5 ) 3 5 1 - 7 6 3 2 - 0 1 0 A8U12 1
2 CAPACITOR,FSD CER D I E L , O.lUF, FCRMlO%, lOOV ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 1
9 1 3 - 5 0 1 9 - 4 4 0 AEC10
2 RELAYsREED 1 0 1 1 0 1 ) 4 1 0 - 0 5 5 8 - 0 3 0 A8K23 1
2 RELAY,REED ( 0 1 1 0 1 ) 4 1 0 - 0 5 5 8 - 0 3 0 A6K24 1
2 RELAYvREED ( 0 1 1 0 1 ) 4 1 0 - 0 5 5 8 - 0 3 0 A6K25 1
2 RELAY,REED ( 0 1 1 0 1 ) 4 1 0 - 0 5 5 8 - 0 3 0 A8K2O 1
2 RELAYIREED ( 0 1 1 0 1 ) 4 1 0 - 0 5 5 8 - 0 3 0 A6K26 1
2 RELAYBREED ( 0 1 1 0 1 ) 4 1 0 - 0 5 5 8 - 0 3 0 ASK27 1
2 RELAY ,REED ( 0 1 1 0 1 4 1 0 - 0 5 5 8 - 0 3 0 ASK21 1
2 RELAYpREED ( 0 1 1 0 1 ) 4 1 0 - 0 5 5 8 - 0 3 0 ASK22 1
2 RELAYIREED ( 0 1 1 0 1 ) 4 1 0 - 0 5 5 8 - 0 3 0 A8K16 1
2 LAEEL,PRESS SEIIS ( 1 2 9 9 8 ) (EFF REV LTR D ) 1
2 RELAYyREED ( 0 1 1 0 1 ) 4 1 0 - 0 5 5 8 - 0 3 0 A8K15 1
2 RELAYYREED ( 0 1 1 0 1 ) 4 1 0 - 0 5 5 8 - 0 3 0 ASK14 1
2 PLUG, CAVITY (EFF TO REV LTR C ) 1
2 RELAYBREED ( 0 1 1 0 1 ) 4 1 0 - 0 5 5 8 - 0 3 0 A 8 K l l 1
2 RELAYfREED ( 0 1 1 0 1 ) 4 1 0 - 0 5 5 8 - 0 3 0 ASK10 1
2 RELAY ,REED ( 0 1 1 0 1 4 1 0 - 0 5 5 8 - 0 3 0 A8K9 1
2 RELAYPREED ( 0 1 1 0 1 ) 4 1 0 - 0 5 5 8 - 0 3 0 A8K8 1
2 CAPACITORsFXD CER D I E L , 0.1UFs PORHlO%, lOOV ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 1
9 1 3 - 5 0 1 9 - 4 4 0 A8C4
2 RELAYPREED ( 0 1 1 0 1 ) 4 1 0 - 0 5 5 8 - 0 3 0 A8K6 1
2 CAPACITOR,FXD ELCTLT, 10UF, 1 0 % ~20V ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 1
1 8 4 - 9 0 8 6 - 4 6 0 A8C3
2 CAPACITOR,FXD ELCTLT, lOUF, 1 0 % ~20V ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 1
1 8 4 - 9 0 8 6 - 4 6 0 A8C2
2 CAPACITORsFXD ELCTLT, l O U F t 1 0 % ~20V ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 1
1 8 4 - 9 0 8 6 - 4 6 0 A8C1
2 RESISTORBFXD CMFSN, 10K, 1 0 % ~1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 1
7 4 5 - 0 7 8 5 - 0 0 0 A8R1
2 SEMICOND DEVICE ( 0 3 5 0 8 ) 3 5 3 - 3 6 4 4 - 0 1 0 A8CR1 1
2 CAPACITOR,FXD CER D I E L , O.lUF, PORMlOZ, lOOV ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 1
9 1 3 - 5 0 1 9 - 4 4 0 A8C5
2 RELAY ,REED ( 0 1 1 0 1 4 1 0 - 0 5 5 8 - 0 3 0 A8K5 1

Revised 15 October 1980

parts list 523-0769256 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

+
z UNITS USABLE
FIG- w PER ON
ITEM PART NO n DESCRIPTION
z ASSY CODE

2 RELAYvREED ( 0 1 1 0 1 ) 4 1 0 - 0 5 5 8 - 0 3 0 APK4
2 RELAYsREED ( 0 1 1 0 1 ) 4 1 0 - 0 5 5 8 - 0 3 0 A 8 K 3
2 RELAY ,REED ( 0 1 1 0 1 1 4 1 0 - 0 5 5 8 - 0 3 0 ASK2
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T L O G I C GATE ( 1 8 3 2 4 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 3 - 2 6 0
AEUZ
2 RELAY ,REED ( 0 1 1 0 1 4 1 0 - 0 5 5 8 - 0 3 0 A 8 K 1
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 0 4 7 1 3 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 6 - 0 3 0 A 8 U 1
2 RESISTOR,FXD CMFSN, 1 . 5 K ~ 1 0 x 9 l / 8 N ( 8 1 3 4 9 1
7 4 5 - 2 3 4 7 - 0 0 0 A8R2
2 RESISTCR,FXD CWPSN, 4 7 OHMSI 1 0 % ~1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 1
7 4 5 - 2 2 9 2 - 0 0 0 ASR3
2 PUB-MECH ASSY
3 ,
COIJTACT E LEC
3 CONTACT E LEC
3 HOUSING,COt:N A 8 P 1

Rellised 1 5 October l ! / X O
 arts list 523-0769256
Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

Store/Recnll Assembly A9
F~gure22

Revised 15 October 1980

parts list 523-0769256 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

I-
FIG- UNITS USABLE
ITEM PART N O ,zw, DESCRIPTION PER ON
z ASSY CODE

1 STORE/RECALL ASSEMBLY ( E S D S I A 9 ( S E E F I G 1 - 1 7 FOR REF

NHA
2 EXTRACTOR
2 PIEIySPR SST, 0 . 0 7 8 D I A X 1 / 4 ( 9 6 9 0 6 I 3 1 1 - 0 3 5 5 - 0 0 0
( AP
2 WASHER ( A P I
2 CAPACITOR,FXD CER D I E L , 0 - l U F , PORMlOZ, lOOV ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
9 1 3 - 5 0 1 9 - 4 4 0 A9C5
2 RESISTOR NTRK D U A L - I N - L I N E , 1.5K, 27.9 1 2 5 V ( 0 1 1 2 1 )
3 5 0 - 4 0 2 7 - 1 3 0 A9U4
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 0 4 7 1 3 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 6 - 0 4 0 A9U8
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T LOGIC GATE ( 1 8 3 2 4 1 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 3 - 1 3 0
ASU5
2 RESISTOR NTWK D U A L - I N - L I N E * 1.5K, 2 % ~1 2 5 V ( 0 1 1 2 1 1
350-4027-130 A9U1
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( ESDS ( 1 4 9 3 6 I 3 5 1 - 8 5 3 0 - 0 1 0 A9U9
( E F F TO REV LTR A )
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( E S D S I ( 1 4 9 3 6 1 3 5 1 - 8 5 3 0 - 0 2 0 A9U9
( E F F REV LTR A )
2 SOCKET,IC ( 2 3 8 8 0 1 2 2 0 - 0 0 7 5 - 0 6 0 A9XU9
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( E S D S ) ( 1 4 9 3 6 ) 3 5 1 - 8 5 3 0 - 0 1 0 A9U2
( E F F TO REV LTR A 1
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( E S D S I ( 1 4 9 3 6 ) 3 5 1 - 8 5 3 0 - 0 2 0 A9U2
( E F F REV LTR A )
2 SOCKET,IC ( 2 3 8 8 0 ) 2 2 0 - 0 0 7 5 - 0 6 0 A9XU2
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( E S D S ) ( 1 4 9 3 6 1 3 5 1 - 8 5 3 0 - 0 1 0 A9U6
( E F F TO REV LTR A )
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( E S D S I ( 1 4 9 3 6 1 3 5 1 - 8 5 3 0 - 0 2 0 A9U6
( E F F REV LTR A 1
2 SOCKET,IC ( 2 3 8 8 0 ) 2 2 0 - 0 0 7 5 - 0 6 0 A9XU6
2 J A C K , T I P BLK ( 7 4 9 7 0 3 6 0 - 0 4 8 4 - 0 3 0 A 9 T P 1
2 J A C K S T I P WHT ( 7 4 9 7 0 ) 3 6 0 - 0 4 8 4 - 0 1 0 A9TP2
2 RESISTORpVAR WU, 5K9 PORM5%, 3 / 4 U ( 8 1 3 4 9 1
391-1721-060 A9R1
2 RESISTORVFYD CMPSN, 4 7 OHXS, 1 0 x 9 1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 4 5 - 0 7 0 1 - 0 0 0 A9R4
2 SEMICCND DEVICE ( 1 5 2 3 8 1 3 5 3 - 2 6 0 7 - 0 0 0 A9CR1
2 RESISTOR,FXD CMPSN, l K , 1 0 % ~1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 4 5 - 0 7 4 9 - 0 0 0 A9R2
2 RESISTCRsFXD CMPSN, 1 2 0 OHMS, 107.9 1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 1
7 4 5 - 0 7 1 6 - 0 0 0 A9R3
2 SEMICOND DEVICE ( 1 4 4 3 3 ) 3 5 3 - 3 1 7 4 - 0 0 0 A9CR2
2 TRANSISTOR ( 1 2 0 4 0 ) 3 5 2 - 0 5 5 0 - 0 0 0 A 9 9 1
2 CAPACITOR,FXD CER D I E L , O . l U F , PORMlOZ, l O O V ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
9 1 3 - 5 0 1 9 - 4 4 0 A9C2
2 RESISTOR,FXD F I L M , 1 5 . 4 K ~ 1 % 1/8W ~ (813491
7 0 5 - 1 0 5 3 - 0 0 0 A9R5
2 SEMICOI.(D DEVICE ( 9 9 9 4 2 ) 3 5 3 - 3 1 2 9 - 0 0 0 A9CR5
2 SEMICOtiD DEVICE ( 9 9 9 4 2 I 3 5 3 - 3 1 3 1 - 0 0 0 A?CR4
2 RESISTOR,FXD F I L M , l O K z 1 % 1/8W ~ (81349)
7 0 5 - 1 0 4 4 - 0 0 0 A9R7
2 CAPACITOR,FXD CER D I E L , O.lUF, PORNlO%, lOOV ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
9 1 3 - 5 0 1 9 - 4 4 0 A9C3
2 RESISTOR,FXD CMPSN, l O K , 1 0 % ~1/2W ( 8 1 3 4 9 1
7 4 5 - 1 3 9 4 - 0 0 0 A9R9
2 CAPACITCR,FXD CER D I E L , O.1UF. PORMlOZr lOOV ( 8 1 3 4 9 1
9 1 3 - 5 0 1 9 - 4 4 0 A9C1
2 TRANSISTOR ( 1 2 0 4 0 ) 3 5 2 - 0 5 5 0 - 0 0 0 A 9 9 2
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 0 4 7 1 3 1 3 5 1 - 1 1 1 2 - 0 3 0 A9U15
2 TRANSISTOR ( 1 5 8 1 8 1 3 5 2 - 0 5 5 1 - 0 1 0 A 9 9 3
2 RESISTOR,FXD CMPSN, 47Ks 107.r 1 / 4 U ( 8 1 3 4 9 1
7 4 5 - 0 8 0 9 - 0 0 0 A9RlO
2 TRANSISTOR ( 1 5 8 1 8 1 3 5 2 - 0 5 5 1 - 0 1 0 A 9 9 4

Rerised 1.5 October. 1.980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 parts list 523-0769256

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

I-
FIG- UNITS USABLE
PART N O z
w DESCRIPTION PER ON
ITEM o
-
Z ASSY CODE

LVAlOOA 2 SEMICOND D E V I C E ( 0 1 2 8 1 1 3 5 3 - 6 5 3 2 - 1 0 0 A9CR10 ( E F F TO

REV LTR C )
1N758A 2 SEPlICOt!D D E V I C E ( 8 1 4 6 3 3 5 3 - 2 7 2 4 - 0 0 0 A 9 C R 1 0 ( E F F REV
LTR C )
RCR07G103KS 2 RESISTCR,FXD CMPSN, 1 0 K , 1 0 % ~1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 1
745-0765-000 A9R13
2 R E S I S T O R t F X D CMPSt4, 2 . 7 K , l o % , 1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-0764-000 A9R12
2 SEHICOND D E V I C E ( 1 5 2 3 8 1 3 5 3 - 2 6 0 7 - 0 0 0 A 9 C R l 1
2 SEMIC0t:O D E V I C E ( 1 5 2 3 8 ) 3 5 3 - 2 6 0 7 - 0 0 0 A9CR12
2 RESISTOR,FXD CtlPSN, l K , 107.9 1/4W ( 6 1 3 4 9 )
745-0749-000 A 9 R l l
2 C A P A C I T O Q r F X D E L C T L T , 6 8 U F 9 1 0 % ~1 5 V ( 8 1 3 4 9 1
1 8 4 - 9 0 6 6 - 3 4 0 A9C13
2 CAFACITOR,FXD E L C T L T , ~ O O U F I l l l O % P 7 5 % , 7 5 V ( 5 6 2 8 9 )
1 8 3 - 1 2 7 7 - 4 6 0 A9C7
2 CAFACIT09,FXD ELCTLT, 2 2 U F 1 MlO%P75%, 5 0 V ( 5 6 2 8 9 )
183-1277-020 A9C10
2 R E S I S T C R s F X D CMPSN, 1 K g 1 0 % ~1/2W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-1352-000 AcR8
2 L A B E L v F R E S S SENS ( 1 2 9 9 8 ) ( E F F REV LTR E l
2 SEMICOND D E V I C E ( 1 5 2 3 8 ) 3 5 3 - 2 6 0 7 - 0 0 0 ASCR9
2 CAFACITORVFXD E L C T L T , 1 0 0 U F , M l O % P 7 5 % , 5 0 V ( 5 6 2 8 9 )
1 6 3 - 1 2 7 7 - 3 5 0 A9CS
2 SEMIC0I:D D E V I C E ( 1 5 2 3 8 ) 3 5 3 - 2 6 0 7 - 0 0 0 A9CRS
2 SEHICOND D E V I C E ( 1 5 2 3 8 ) 3 5 3 - 2 6 0 7 - 0 0 0 A 9 C R 7
2 I N T E t 4 A T E D C I R C U I T ( ESDS ( 1 4 9 3 6 I 3 5 1 - 8 5 5 0 - 0 1 0 A 9 U 2 3
( E F F TO REV LTR A )
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( E S D S ) ( 1 4 9 3 6 ) 3 5 1 - 8 5 3 0 - 0 2 0 A 9 U 2 3
( E F F REV LTR A )
2 SOCKETpIC ( 2 3 6 8 0 3 2 2 0 - 0 0 7 5 - 0 6 0 A9XU23
2 SEI1ICOt:D D E V I C E ( 1 5 2 3 8 ) 3 5 3 - 2 6 0 7 - 0 0 0 A9CR6
2 PLUG ( E F F TO REV LTR D )
2 RESISTO2,FSD F I L M , 1 . 5 K p 1 % ~1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 1
705-3605-080 A9R14
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( E S D S ) ( 1 4 9 3 6 ) 3 5 1 - 6 5 3 0 - 0 1 0 A 9 U 2 2
( E F F TO REV LTR A )
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( E S D S ) ( 1 4 9 3 6 ) 3 5 1 - 8 5 3 0 - 0 2 0 A 9 U 2 2
( E F F REV LTR A )
2 SOCKETVIC ( 2 3 8 8 0 ) 2 2 0 - 0 0 7 5 - 0 6 0 A 9 X U 2 2
2 CAPACITORIFXD CER D I E L , O . l U F , PORMlO%, l O O V ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
913-5019-440 A 9 C l l
2 CAPACITOR,FXD CER D I E L , 4 7 0 P F p 1 0 % ~2 0 0 V ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
913-4014-000 A9C15
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 1 8 3 2 4 ) 3 5 1 - 1 2 6 7 - 0 2 0 A W 2 1
2 CAFACITCR,FXD E L C T L T , 1 0 U F s 1 0 % ~2 0 V ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
164-7086-460 A9C12
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 1 8 3 2 4 1 3 5 1 - 1 2 6 7 - 0 2 0 A 9 U 2 0
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 1 8 3 2 4 1 3 5 1 - 1 2 6 7 - 0 2 3 A S U 1 9
2 CAPACITOR,FXD M I C A D I E L , 3 3 P F p 5 x 9 5 0 V ( 7 2 1 3 6 )
912-4141-220 A9C18
2 CAFACITOR,FXD CER D I E L , O . l U F , PORMlOZ, l O O V ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
913-5019-440 A9C9
2 R E S I S T O 2 , F X D F I L M , 24.9Ks 0 . 1 % ~ l / l O W ( 6 1 3 4 9 )
7 0 5 - 5 9 7 6 - 2 4 0 ASR16
2 CAPACITOR,FXD CER D I E L , 4 7 0 P F v 1 0 % ~2 0 0 V ( 8 1 3 4 9 1
913-4014-000 A9C16
2 CAPACITOR,FXD M I C A D I E L , 3 0 0 P F ~ 5 % 1 5 0 V ( 7 2 1 3 6 1
912-4141-480 A 9 C l i
2 R E S I S T O P p F X D F I L M , 1 8 . 2 K , 0.!%, l/lOW (81349)
705-5975-970 A9R15
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 3 4 3 3 5 7 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 9 - 0 4 0 A 9 U 1 6

Revised 15 October 1980

Darts list 523-0769256 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

+
z UNITS U S A B L E
FIG- w PER ON
PART N O n DESCRIPTION
ITEM ASSY CODE
z
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T LOGIC GATE ( 1 8 3 2 4 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 3 - 0 9 0
AS'U11
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 3 4 3 3 5 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 9 - 0 4 0 A9U12
2 INTEGRATED C I P C U I T ( E S D S ) ( 1 4 9 3 6 ) 3 5 1 - 6 5 3 0 - 0 1 0 A9U18
( E F F TO REV LTR A )
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( E S D S ) ( 1 4 9 3 6 ) 3 5 1 - 8 5 3 0 - 0 2 0 A9U18
( E F F REV LTR A )
2 SOCKET,IC ( 2 3 3 8 0 ) 2 2 0 - 0 0 7 5 - 0 6 0 A9XU18
2 CAPACITOR,FXD CER D I E L , O.lUF, FORfllOZ, lOOV ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
9 1 3 - 5 0 1 9 - 4 4 0 A9C14
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T F L I P FLOP ( 0 4 7 1 3 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 5 - 0 4 0
A9U13
2 RESISTOR,FXD CtlPSNs 10Kp 1 0 % ~1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 4 5 - 0 7 8 5 - 0 0 0 A9R6
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 0 4 7 1 3 ) 3 5 1 - 7 6 1 6 - 0 2 0 A9U24
2 CAPACITOR,FXO CER D I E L , O . l U F , PORtllO%, lOOV ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
9 1 3 - 5 0 1 9 - 4 4 0 A9C6
2 SEMICCKD DEVICE ( 0 3 5 0 8 ) 3 5 3 - 3 6 4 4 - 0 1 0 A9CR3
2 CAFACITOR,FXO ELCTLT, 10UFs 10%. 2 0 V ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
1 8 4 - 9 0 8 6 - 4 6 0 A9C4
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T LOGIC GATE ( 1 6 3 2 4 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 3 - 1 1 0
ACU3
2 INTEGDATED C I R C U I T F L I P FLOP ( 0 4 7 1 3 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 5 - 0 4 0
A9U7
2 C I R C U I T CARD- MECH
3 CONTACT 9 E LEC
3 CONTACT, ELEC
3 HOUS1t:G yCCt4N A 9 P 1
3 COt4TACT,ELEC

Revised 15 October 1980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 parts list 523-0769256
!

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

IEEE-4XX/19?'8 Bus Interface Assembly All1

Figure 23

Revised 1.5 October 1980

Darts list 523-0769256 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

I-
FIG- UNITS USABLE
PART N O z
w DESCRIPTION PER ON
ITEM o
Z ASSY CODE

1 IEEE-488/1978 BUS INTERFACE ASSEMBLY ( E S D S ) A 1 0 ( S E E REF

F I G 1 - 3 FOR NHA)
2 RESISTOR,FXD CMPSN, ~ K 10%; s 1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 4 5 - 0 7 4 9 - 0 0 0 C10R2
2 RESISTCR,FXD CMPSN, l K , 1 0 % ~1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 1
745-0749-000 A l O R l
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 1 8 3 2 4 ) 3 5 1 - 1 2 6 7 - 0 2 0 A10U6
2 CAPACITOR,FXD ELCTLT, 10UFp 1 0 % ~2OV ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
1 8 4 - 9 0 8 6 - 4 6 0 A10C2 ( E F F TO REV LTR B )
2 CAPACITOR,FXD ELCTLT, 4.7UFv 1 0 % ~1 0 V ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
1 8 4 - 9 0 6 6 - 1 4 0 A l O C Z ( E F F REV LTR B )
2 SWITCH,DUAL PKG ( 2 7 2 6 4 ) 2 6 6 - 0 2 4 3 - 0 2 0 A l O S l
2 RESISTOR,FXD CtlPSN, l K , 1 0 % ~1/4W ( 8 1 3 + 9 )
7 4 5 - 0 7 4 9 - 0 0 0 A 1 0 R 8 ( E F F TO REV LTR B )
2 RESISTORpFXD CHFSN, 1 0 K s 1 0 % ~1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 4 5 - 0 7 3 5 - 0 0 0 A 1 0 R 8 ( E F F REV LTR B )
2 SEMICOND DEVICE ( 0 3 5 0 8 ) 3 5 3 - 3 6 4 4 - 0 1 0 A l O C R l
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 0 7 2 6 3 ) 3 5 1 - 7 6 1 9 - 0 4 0 A l O U l
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 0 1 2 9 5 1 3 5 1 - 7 6 3 2 - 0 1 0 A 1 0 U 3
2 RESIST09,FXD CMPSN, l K , 1 0 % ~l / 8 W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 4 5 - 2 3 4 1 - 0 0 0 A l O R l l ( E F F REV LTR C )
2 CAPACITOR,FXD CER D I E L , 2 2 0 P F ~ 1 0 % ~ZOOV ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
913-4010-000 A l O C l
2 CAPACITCR,FXD CER D I E L , O.OlUF, PORNlO%, l O O V
( 8 1 3 4 9 1 9 1 3 - 5 0 1 9 - 2 0 0 A10C3
2 RESISTORpFXD CPIPSN, 4 7 0 OHMS, 1 0 % ~1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 4 5 - 0 7 3 7 - 0 0 0 A10R5
2 RESISTO2,FXD CtlPSNs l K , 10%. 1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 4 5 - 0 7 4 9 - 0 0 0 A10R6
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 0 1 2 9 5 ) 3 5 1 - 7 6 2 6 - 0 1 0 A 1 0 U 4
2 EXTRACTCR, C I R C U I T CARD
2 P I N s S P R SST, 0 . 0 7 8 D I A X 1 / 4 ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 3 1 1 - 0 3 5 5 - 0 0 0
( AP)
2 WASHER ( A P )
2 INTEG7ATED C I R C U I T ( E S D S ) ( 3 4 6 4 9 ) 3 5 1 - 8 4 3 9 - 0 3 0 A 1 0 U 7
2 CAPACITORIFXD CER D I E L , O.OlUF, PORMlOZ, l O O V
( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 9 1 3 - 5 0 1 9 - 2 0 0 A10C5
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( E S D S I ( 3 4 6 4 9 ) 3 5 1 - 8 4 3 9 - 0 3 0 A 1 0 U 8
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 0 4 7 1 3 ) 3 5 1 - 1 3 3 8 - 0 1 0 A 1 0 U 1 5
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 0 4 7 1 3 ) 3 5 1 - 1 3 3 8 - 0 1 0 A 1 0 U 1 6
2 CAPACITOR,FXD CER D I E L , O.OlUF, PORfllO%, l O O V
( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 9 1 3 - 5 0 1 9 - 2 0 0 A10C9
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 0 4 7 1 3 1 3 5 1 - 1 3 3 8 - 0 1 0 A 1 0 U 1 4
2 LABEL,PRESS SEtlS ( 1 2 9 9 8 ) ( E F F REV LTR F )
2 CAPACITORvFXD CER D I E L , 0 - O l U F s PORMlO%, l O O V
( 8 1 3 4 9 1 9 1 3 - 5 0 1 9 - 2 0 0 A10C8
2 PLUG, KEY1t:G ( E F F TO REV LTR D )
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 0 4 7 1 3 ) 3 5 1 - 1 3 3 3 - 0 1 0 A 1 0 U 1 3
2 RESISTO2,FXD CMPSNs 1 0 K , 1 0 % ~1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 4 5 - 0 7 8 5 - 0 0 0 A 1 0 R 9 ( E F F TO REV LTR B )
2 RESISTOR,FXD CflPSN, l K , 1 0 % ~1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 4 5 - 0 7 4 9 - 0 0 0 A 1 0 R 9 ( E F F REV LTR B )
2 CAP4CITOR,FXD ELCTLT, 4.7UF9 l o % , 1 0 V ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
1 8 4 - 9 0 8 6 - 1 4 0 A l O C l O ( E F F TO REV LTR B l
2 CAPACITOR,FXD ELCTLT, 10UF7 l o % , 2 0 V ( 8 1 3 4 9 1
1 8 4 - 9 0 8 6 - 4 6 0 A l O C l O ( E F F REV LTR B )
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 0 4 7 1 3 1 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 6 - 0 4 0 A 1 0 U 1 7
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 1 8 3 2 4 ) 3 5 1 - 1 2 6 7 - 0 2 0 A l O U 1 2
2 CAPACITOR,FXO CER D I E L , O.OlUF, PORMlO%, l O O V
( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 9 1 3 - 5 0 1 9 - 2 0 0 A10C7
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T LOGIC GATE ( 1 8 3 2 4 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 3 - 1 1 0
AlOUll
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 1 8 3 2 4 ) 3 5 1 - 1 2 6 7 - 0 2 0 A l O U l O

Revised 1.5 October 1980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 parts list 523-0769256

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

+
z UNITS USABLE
FIG-
ITEM PART NO W
DESCRIPTION PER ON
Z ASSY CODE

2 CAPACITORpFXD CER D I E L t O.OlUF, PORPllO%, l O O V

( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 9 1 3 - 5 0 1 9 - 2 0 0 A10C6
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T F L I P F L O P ( 0 4 7 1 3 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 5 - 0 6 0
A10U9
2 CAPACITOR,FXD CER D I E L , O.OlUF, PORMlO%, l O O V
( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 913-5019-200 AlOC4
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T F L I P F L O P ( 0 4 7 1 3 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 5 - 0 6 0
A10U5
2 RESISTOR,FXD C t l P S N t l K , 1 0 % ~1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 1
7 4 5 - 2 3 4 1 - 0 0 0 A 1 0 R 1 2 ( E F F REV LTR C )
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T L O G I C GATE ( 1 8 3 2 4 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 3 - 0 9 0
A10U2
2 R E S I S T O R s F X D CMPSN, 1 K s 1 0 % ~1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-0749-000 A10R7
2 RESISTORIFXD CMPSNI 1 K s 1 0 % ~1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-0743-000 A10R4
2 R E S I S T O R s F X D CtlPSN, 1 K s 1 0 % ) 1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-0749-000 A10R3
2 RESISTOR,FXD CMPSN, 1K, 1 0 % ~1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 4 5 - 2 3 4 1 - 0 0 0 A l O R l O ( E F F REV LTR C )
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 0 4 7 1 3 ) 3 5 1 - 1 6 9 8 - 0 1 0 A l O U 1 8 ( E F F
REV LTR E I ( S B 8 )
2 SOCKET,IC ( 2 3 8 8 0 ) 2 2 0 - 0 0 7 5 - 0 2 0 A l O X U l 8 ( E F F REV LTR
€)(SF381
2 C I R C U I T CARD MECH SUBASSY
3 CONTACT ,ELEC
3 CONTACT, E LEC
3 HOUSIIIG ,CONN

Revised 1,5 October. 1980

parts list 523-0769256 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

lLk--'
DETAIL A

kl DETAIL A

Chassis Assembly A6
Figure 24

Revised 15 October 1980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 parts 'list 523-0769256

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

I-
UNITS USABLE
FIG- z
w PER ON
ITEM PART N O a DESCRIPTION
Z ASSY CODE

1 CHASSIS ASSY A6 (SEE F I G 1-8 FOR NHA) REF

2 CAGE,CARD 1
2 SCREW,MACH STL, 4 - 4 0 X 1 / 2 ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 3 4 3 - 0 1 3 7 - 0 0 0 ( A P ) 4
3 FASTEI:ER, ANGLE 4
3 CAGE* CARD- WELDED 1
2 HARt.IESS, M I R I N G 1
2 SCREW,MACH SST, 6 - 3 2 X 5 / 1 6 ( 9 6 9 0 6 1 3 4 3 - 0 1 6 8 - 0 0 0 ( A P ) 1
2 COIiNECTOR,RCPT ELEC ( 2 7 2 6 4 ) 3 7 2 - 5 9 0 9 - 2 9 0 A 6 J l 1
2 SOCKET CONTACT ( 2 7 2 6 4 ) 3 7 2 - 5 9 0 9 - 0 9 0 9
2 BRACKET, CONNECTOR 1
2 SCREW,MACH SST, 6 - 3 2 X 5 / 1 6 ( 9 6 9 0 6 1 3 4 3 - 0 1 6 8 - 0 0 0 ( A P I 4
3 NUTpSLFLKG CD P L STL, 6 - 3 2 ( 7 2 9 6 2 ) 3 3 3 - 0 8 4 2 - 0 0 0 4
3 BRACKET* COt:t4ECTOR 1
2 ATTENUATOR,PRDG ( 2 3 0 4 2 1 3 7 8 - 0 6 2 9 - 0 1 0 A 6 A T 1 1
2 SCREW,MACH SST, 8 - 3 2 X 1/4 ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 3 4 3 - 0 1 6 5 - 0 0 0 ( A P ) 2
2 WASHER,LOCK SST, 0 . 1 6 8 I D X 0 . 2 8 0 OD ( 7 0 3 1 8 1 ( A P ) 2
2 WASYER,FLAT SST, 0 . 1 7 2 I D X 0 . 4 3 7 OD ( 7 9 6 0 7 1 ( A P ) 2
2 CABLE ASSY-RF 1
2 NUT,SLFLKG,HEX ALP 4 - 4 0 ( 7 2 9 6 2 3 3 3 - 0 3 4 7 - 0 0 0 CAP1 4
2 SCREM,NACH SST, 4 - 4 0 X 3 / 8 ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 3 4 2 - 0 0 4 6 - 0 0 0 ( A P ) 4
3 CONtlECTOR ,PLUG ELEC ( 0 2 1 5 4 3 5 7 - 7 3 9 5 - 0 1 0 1
3 CONNECTOSpJACK ( 9 1 8 3 6 ) 3 5 7 - 7 5 3 0 - 0 3 0 1
2 PLATE, SPACER 2
2 BACKPLANE A 7 1
2 SCREW,MACH STLp 4 - 4 0 X 3 / 1 6 ( 9 6 9 0 6 1 3 4 3 - 0 1 3 2 - 0 0 0 5
( A P ) ( E F F TO REV LTR 6 )
2 SCREWIHACH STL, 4 - 4 0 X 1 / 4 ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 3 4 3 - 0 1 3 3 - 0 0 0 ( A P ) 5
( E F F TO REV LTR G )
2 WASHER,LOCK SST, 0 . 1 1 5 I D X 0 . 2 0 9 OD ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 10
3 1 0 - 0 2 7 9 - 0 0 0 CAP) ( E F F TO REV LTR G )
2 WASHERyFLAT SST, 0 . 1 2 5 I D X 0 . 2 8 1 OD ( 7 9 8 0 7 ) ( A P ) 5
( E F F TO REV LTR G I
2 POST ( A P ) ( E F F TO REV LTR G ) 5
2 SCREW,MACH S S T t 6 - 3 2 X 3 / 4 ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 3 4 3 - 0 1 7 4 - 0 0 0 ( A P ) 4
( E F F REV LTR G I
2 SCREW,MACH STL, 4 - 4 0 X 3 / 4 ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 3 4 3 - 0 1 3 9 - 0 0 0 ( A P ) 1
( E F F REV LTR G )
2 WASHER,LOCK SST, 0 . 1 4 1 I D X 0 . 2 5 0 OD ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 8
3 1 0 - 0 2 8 2 - 0 0 0 ( A P ) ( E F F REV LTR G I
2 WASHERsLOCK SST, 0 . 1 1 5 I D X 0 . 2 0 9 OD ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 2
3 1 0 - 0 2 7 9 - 0 0 0 ( A P ) ( E F F REV L i R G )
2 WASHERjFLAT SST, 0 . 1 4 7 I D X 0 . 3 1 2 OD ( 7 9 8 0 7 ) ( A P ) 4
( E F F REV LTR G )
2 W4SHER9FLAT CRES, 0 . 1 2 5 I D X 0 . 2 5 0 OD ( 9 6 9 0 6 1 1
3 1 0 - 0 7 7 9 - 0 3 0 ( A P ) ( E F F REV LTR G )
2 NUTIPLAIN,HEX SST, 6 - 3 2 ( 7 7 2 5 0 1 3 1 3 - 0 0 4 5 - 0 0 0 CAP) 4
( E F F REV LTR G I
2 NUT,PLAIN,HEX SST, 4 - 4 0 ( 7 7 2 5 0 ) 3 1 3 - 0 1 3 2 - 0 0 0 ( A P ) 1
( E F F REV LTR GI
2 POST, HEX CAP) ( E F F REV LTR G I 4
2 POST, HEX ( A P ) ( E F F REV LTR GI 1
3 COt(TACT,ELEC ( E F F TO REV LTR B ) 331
3 CONTACT,ELEC ( E F F REV LTR B ) 326
3 CONTACT,ELEC ( E F F TO REV LTR B ) 64
3 CONTACTsELEC ( E F F REV LTR 8 ) 64
2 B A I L , SUPPORT 1
2 t(UT,SLFLKG,HEX AL, 4 - 4 0 ( 7 2 9 6 2 I 3 3 3 - 0 3 4 7 - 0 0 0 ( A P ) 4
2 SCREM,MACH SST, 4 - 4 0 X 3 / 8 ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 3 4 2 - 0 0 4 6 - 0 0 0 ( A P ) 4
2 CLAtIPp B A I L CAP) 2
2 BUHPER,RBR ( 7 0 4 8 5 3 2 0 0 - 2 0 6 9 - 0 0 0 ( E F F TO REV LTR HI 4
2 BU?IPER, RUEPER ( E F F REV LTR H I 4
2 POST, HEX ( A P ) ( E F F REV LTR K l 2
2 NUT,PLAIN,HEX SST, 6 - 3 2 ( 7 7 2 5 0 ) 3 1 3 - 0 0 4 5 - 0 0 0 ( A P ) 2

RezGsed 15 October 1980

parts list 523-0769256 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

+
z UNITS U S A B L E
FIG- W
PART N O DESCRIPTION PER ON
ITEM
Z ASSY CODE

2 WASHER, LOCK SST, 0 . 1 4 1 I D X 0 . 2 5 0 OD ( 9 6 9 0 6 1

3 1 0 - 0 2 8 2 - 0 0 0 ( A P I ( E F F TO REV LTR K )
2 WASHERvFLAT SSTI 0 . 1 4 7 I D X 0.312 OD ( 7 9 8 0 7 ) ( A P )
( E F F REV LTR K l
2 SCREW,WACH SST, 6 - 3 2 X 7 / 1 6 ( 9 6 9 0 6 1 3 4 3 - 0 1 7 0 - 0 0 0
I A P ) ( E F F REV LTR K )
2 COVER, CABLE
2 SCREW,MACH SST, 6 - 3 2 X 5 / 1 6 ( 9 6 9 0 6 I 3 4 3 - 0 1 6 8 - 0 0 0 ( A P I
2 SCREW9MACH SSTt 6 - 3 2 X 3 / 8 ( 9 6 9 0 6 1 3 4 3 - 0 1 6 9 - 0 0 0 ( A P I
2 SCREW,tlACH SST, 4 - 4 0 X 3 / 1 6 ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 3 4 2 - 0 0 4 3 - 0 0 0 ( A P )
2 CAPLE ASSY, REROTE TUNE
2 NUT,SLFLKG,HEX A L P 4 - 4 0 ( 7 2 9 6 2 ) 3 3 3 - 0 3 4 7 - 0 0 0 ( A P )
2 SCREWIMACH SST, 4 - 4 0 X 3 / 8 ( 9 6 9 0 6 1 3 4 2 - 0 0 4 6 - 0 0 0 ( A P )
3 COt;t4ECTOR ASSY ( 7 1 4 6 8 ) 4 2 6 - 0 0 8 4 - 0 1 0
3 COtdt4ECTOR ,RCPT ELEC ( 0 0 7 7 9 1 3 7 2 - 2 6 4 8 - 0 7 0
2 CABLE ASSY, I E E E - 4 8 3 ( E F F TO REV LTR J )
2 CAPLE ASSEMBLY, I E E E - 4 6 8 ( E F F REV LTR J )
2 WTG PCST K I T ( 0 0 7 7 9 ) 3 7 2 - 0 0 1 8 - 7 2 0 ( A P )
3 RECEPT4CLE ELEC ( 0 0 7 7 9 1 3 7 2 - 0 0 1 8 - 7 1 0
3 RCPTVSTRN RLF ELEC ( 0 0 7 7 9 ) 3 7 2 - 0 0 1 8 - 1 3 0
3 C0:Jt:ECTOR IRCPT ELEC ( 0 0 7 7 9 3 7 2 - 2 6 4 6 - 0 5 0
2 CHASSIS, INTERIOR-PRSD
3 STUDITURNLOCK FS'rNR, CD PL STL, 0 . 1 2 8 D I A X 0 . 3 8 4
( 7 1 2 8 6 ) 012-3160-000
3 WASHER,SPLIT CD P L STL, 0 . 1 5 6 I D X 0 . 2 7 4 OD ( 7 1 2 8 6 1
012-2785-000 ( A P )
3 NUTISLFLKG CD P L STL, 6 - 3 2 ( 7 2 9 6 2 ) 3 3 3 - 0 3 4 2 - 0 0 0
3 NUT,SLFLKG CD P L STL, 2 - 5 6 ( 7 2 9 6 2 ) 3 3 3 - 0 8 3 8 - 0 0 0
3 RECEPTACLE,TURti ( 7 1 2 8 6 ) 0 1 2 - 2 7 8 6 - 0 0 0
3 RIVET,SOLID A L P 3 / 3 2 D I A X 3 / 1 6 ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 3 0 5 - 1 3 6 1 - 0 0 0
3 CHASSIS, WELDED

Reryised 15 October 1980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 parts list'523-0769256

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

UNITS USABLE
FIG-
ITEM PART N O 5n DESCRIPTION PER ON
Z ASSY CODE

1 OUTPUT A M P L I F I E R BOARD A 4 A 2 [ S E E F I G 1 3 - 1 8 FOR N H A ) REF

2 C O I L ? R F 0 . 8 5 K s PORfl20Z ( 0 2 1 1 4 ) 2 4 0 - 2 6 7 9 - 0 4 0 A 4 A 2 L 7 1
2 CAPACITOR,FXD CER D I E L , 4 7 0 P F p l o % , l O O V ( 2 9 9 9 0 ) 1
914-3093-640 A4A2C18
2 R E S I S T O R P F X D CflPSNr 11 OHMS, 5 % ~1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-1863-020 A4A2R18
2 R E S I S T O R ? F S D F I L M * 3 . 1 6 K 9 1 % 1/8W
~ (81349)
705-1020-000 A 4 A 2 R l l
2 RESISTORpFXD 3 9 OHMS? 1 % 1~ W ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 7 4 7 - 2 1 8 3 - 9 8 0
A4A2R9
2 C A P A C I T O R ? F X D CER D I E L , 1 0 0 0 P F , 1 0 2 , 2OOV ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
913-4018-000 A4A2C13
2 TRAt4SISTOR ( 1 5 8 1 8 ) 3 5 2 - 0 5 5 1 - 0 1 0 A4A2QZ
2 C A P A C I T O R ? F X D CER D I E L , l O O O P F t 1 0 % ~2 0 0 V ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
913-4018-000 A4A2C12
2 C A P A C I T C R I F X D CER D I E L ? 1 0 0 0 P F , 1 0 % ~2 0 0 V ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
913-4018-000 A4A2C15
2 C A P A C I T O R I F X D CER D I E L , 1 0 0 0 P F ? 1 0 % ~2 0 0 V ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
913-4018-000 C4A2C14
2 RESISTOR,FXD F I L M , 7 8 7 OHMS? 1 % 1/8W ~ (81349)
705-0991-000 A4A2R10
2 SEMICOt<D D E V I C E ( 0 3 5 0 8 ) 3 5 3 - 3 6 4 4 - 0 1 0 A 4 A 2 C R 1
2 CAPACITOR,VAR CER D I E L , 2 . 5 TO 9PFp l O O V ( 7 2 9 8 2 )
9 1 7 - 1 2 5 6 - 0 1 0 A4A2C10
2 C O I L ? RF A 4 A 2 L 3
2 R e S I S T O R ? F X D Ct;PSN? 1 8 0 OHMS, 5 % ~1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-1863-310 A442R7
2 CRPACITOR,FXD CER D I E L , 4 7 0 P F s l o % , l O O V ( 2 9 9 9 0 )
9 1 4 - 3 0 9 8 - 6 4 0 A4A2C8
2 RESISTOR,FXD CHPSN, 6 8 OHflS, 5%. 1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 0 )
7 4 5 - 0 7 0 6 - 0 0 0 A4A2R5
2 C A P A C I T O R ? F X O CER D I E L ? 4 7 0 P F y 1 0 % ~l O O V ( 2 9 9 9 0 )
9 1 4 - 3 0 9 8 - 6 4 0 A4AZC6
2 SEflICOtJJ D E V I C E ( 0 1 2 6 1 ) 3 5 2 - 1 1 8 5 - 0 1 0 A 4 A 2 Q 1
2 WASfiERvLOCK CD P L BRZ, 0 . 1 7 6 I D X 0 . 3 4 0 OD ( 9 6 9 0 6 )
373-3030-000 ( A P )
2 RESISTOR,FXD CMPSN? 1 0 OHMS, 5 % ~1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 4 5 - 1 8 6 3 - 0 1 0 A4A2R2
2 RESISTCRVFXD CMPSN, 1 0 0 OHMS, 5 % ~1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-1863-250 A4A2R1
2 CAPACITOR?VAR CER D I E L , 5 TO 2 5 P F , l O O V ( 7 2 9 8 2 )
917-1256-030 A4A2C1
2 CAPACITOR,VAR CER D I E L ? 2 . 5 T O 9PFp l O O V ( 7 2 9 8 2 )
9 1 7 - 1 2 5 6 - 0 1 0 A4A2C2
2 C O I L , R F 0 . 8 5 K v PORfl20Z ( 0 2 1 1 4 ) 2 4 0 - 2 6 7 9 - 0 4 0 A 4 A ? L 1
2 C A P A C I T O R ? F X D CER D I E L ? 4 7 0 P F s 1 0 % ~l O O V ( 2 9 9 9 0 )
9 1 4 - 3 0 9 8 - 6 4 0 A4A2C7
2 RESISTORIFXD CMPSN, 6 8 OHMS, 5 % 1/4W ~ (81349)
7 4 5 - 0 7 0 6 - 0 0 0 A4A2R6
2 RESISTOR,FXD F I L M , 3 0 9 OHMS, I % ? 1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
705-3600-720 A4A2R4
2 R E S I S T O R v F X D F I L M , l K , 1 % 1/8W
~ ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 705-0996-000
A4A2R3
2 C A P A C I T O R ? F X D CER D I E L , 4 7 0 P F p l o % , l O O V ( 2 9 9 9 0 )
9 1 4 - 3 0 9 8 - 6 4 0 A4A2C3
2 C O I L p R F 0.15UH ( 9 6 9 0 6 ) 2 4 0 - 2 7 1 5 - 0 3 0 A 4 A 2 L 2
2 HEATSINK
2 SCREW,MACH CD P L STL, 2 - 5 6 X 1 / 4 ( 9 6 9 0 6 )
343-0124-000 ( AP)
2 WASHER , F L A T PSVT CRES, 0 . 0 8 9 I D X 0 . 1 4 9 OD ( 8 0 2 0 5 1
310-0740-080 ( A P )
parts list 523-0769256 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

I-
FIG- UNITS USABLE
PART N O z
w DESCRIPTION PER ON
ITEM a
Z ASSY CODE

RCR07G100JS 2 R E S I S T O R j F X D CMPSN, 1 0 OHVS, 5 % ~1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )

7 4 5 - 0 5 7 6 - 0 0 0 A4A2R8
CK05BX103K 2 CAPACITORpFXD CER D I E L I 0 . O l U F s PORMlOZ, l O O V
( 6 1 3 4 9 ) 9 1 3 - 5 0 1 9 - 2 0 0 A4A2C9
471KMSX200 2 CAPACITORIFXD CER D I E L , 4 7 0 P F p 1 0 % ~l O O V ( 2 9 9 9 0 )
9 1 4 - 3 0 9 8 - 6 4 0 A4A2C5
634-9737-001 2 C O I L , RF A 4 A 2 L 4
518-024A2-5-9PF 2 CAPACITOR,VAR CER D I E L , 2 . 5 TO 9 P F 1 l O O V ( 7 2 9 8 2 )
917-1256-010 A 4 A 2 C l l
634-9728-002 2 C O I L , RF A 4 A 2 L 5
RCR05Gl02JS 2 RESISTOR,FXD CMPSN, l K , 5 % ~1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-1863-490 A4AiR15
RCR05Gl51JS 2 RESISTOR,FXD CtlPSN, 1 5 0 OHMS, 5 % ~1/SW ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 4 5 - 1 8 6 3 - 2 9 0 A4AZR12
RCR05G360JS 2 RESISTOR,FXD CMPSN, 3 6 OHMS, 5 % - 1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-1663-140 A4A2R13
RCR05G151JS 2 RESISTOR,FXD CIIFSNI 1 5 0 OHMS, 5 % ) 1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 4 5 - 1 8 6 3 - 2 9 0 A4A2R14
471KMSX200 2 C A P ~ ~ C I T O R I F X DCER D I E L , 4 7 0 P F I 1 0 % ~l O O V ( 2 9 9 9 0 )
9 1 4 - 3 0 9 8 - 6 4 0 A4A2C16
471KMSX200 2 CAPACITORvFXD CER D I E L , 4 7 0 P F p 1 0 x 3 l O O V ( 2 9 9 9 0 )
914-3098-640 A4A2C17
RCR05GllOJS 2 RESISTOR,FXD CMPSN, 11 OHtlSv 5 % 1/8W ~ (81349)
745-1863-020 A4A2R17
RCR05G181JS 2 RESISTOR,FXD CMPStI, 1 8 0 OHMS, 5 % ~1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
7 4 5 - 1 6 6 3 - 3 1 0 A4A2R16
52-312-9040 2 CONNECTOR,RCPT ELEC ( 9 8 2 9 1 ) 3 5 7 - 7 2 0 7 - 2 2 0 A 4 A 2 P 2
RG17eBU 2 CABLE ,RF ( 8 1 3 4 9 4 2 5 - 1 5 3 8 - 0 0 0
RCR05G221JS 2 R E S I S T C R I F X D CflPSN, 2 2 0 OHMS, 5%, 1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-1863-330 A4A2R21
634-9728-002 2 C O I L , RF A 4 A 2 L 6
RCR05G240JS 2 RESISTORVFXD CMFSN, 2 4 OHMS, 5 % ~1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-1863-100 A4A2R20
RCR05G221JS 2 RESISTOR,FXD CMPSN, 2 2 0 OHMSt 5x9 1/8W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-1863-330 A4A2R19
471KMSX200 2 CAPACITOR,FXD CER D I E L , 4 7 0 P F 1 107.9 l O O V ( 2 9 9 9 0 )
914-3098-640 A4AZC19
LT3005 2 SEMICOblD D E V I C E ( 0 1 2 8 1 3 5 2 - 1 1 8 5 - 0 1 0 A 4 A 2 Q 3
MS35333-106 2 WASHERpLOCK CD P L B R Z t 0 . 1 7 6 I D X 0 . 3 4 0 OD ( 9 6 9 0 6 )
373-3030-000 (AP)
634-9724-001 2 C I R C U I T BOAKD
372-2601-027 3 CONTACT 9 E LEC
634-9724-002 3 C I R C U I T BOARD

Revised 15 October 1!)80

 -
Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 parts list 523-0769256

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

Re?~ised15 October. 1Y K O
parts list 523-0769256 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

-
I-
FIG- UNITS USABLE
PARTNO z
w DESCRIPTION PER ON
ITEM
L ASSY CODE

601-2309-001 1 IEEE-488/1978 BUS INTERFACE ASSEKBLY ( E S D S ) A 1 0 ( S E E REF

F I G 1 - 3 FCR CHA)
SN74 L S 1 3 8 N 2 INTEGQATED C I R C U I T DECODER ('04713) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 6 - 0 3 0 A10U4 1
CK05BX103K 2 CAFACITOQrFXD CER D I E L I 0 . 0 1 U F 1 PORM10%, lOOV 1
(813491 913-5019-200 A l O C l
CK05BX103K 2 CAPACITOR,FXD CER D J E L , O.OlUF, PORM10%, lOOV 1
1 8 1 3 4 9 ) 9 1 3 - 5 0 1 9 - 2 0 0 A10C2
N74 LS08N 2 INTESRATED C I R C U I T LOGIC GATE ( 1 8 3 2 4 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 3 - 1 2 0 1
A10U7
CK05BX103K 2 CAPACITORVFXD CER D I E L , O.OlUF, PORMlO%, lOOV 1
( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 913-5019-200 AlOC14
DM74LS367N 2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T BUFFER ( 2 7 0 1 4 ) 3 5 1 - 1 7 9 5 - 0 2 0 A10U5 1
RCR07G472KS 2 RESISTORtFXD CHPSN, 4 . 7 K ~ l o % , 1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 1
745-0773-000 A l O R l
RCR07G472KS 2 RESISTOR,FXD CMFSN, 4.7K9 1 0 % ~1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 1
7+5-0773-000 AlORZ
RCR07G47ZKS 2 RESISTOR,FXD CNPSN, 4.7K, 1 0 % ~1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 1
7 4 5 - 0 7 7 3 - 0 0 0 A10R3
RCR07G472KS 2 RESISTOR,FXD CMPSN, 4.7K, 1 0 % ~1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 1
7 6 5 - 0 7 7 3 - 0 0 0 A10R4
RCR076472KS 2 RESISTORIFXD CHPSN, 4.7K9 1 0 % ~1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 1
7 4 5 - 0 7 7 3 - 0 0 0 A10R5
01-70-0305 2 SWITCHyDUAL PKG ( 2 7 2 6 4 ) 2 6 6 - 0 2 4 3 - 0 2 0 A l O S l 1
CK05BX103K 2 CAPACITOR,FXD CER D I E L , O.OlUF, PORfllO%, l O O V 1
( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 913-5019-200 AlOC3
617-8088-001 2 EXTR4CTORI C I R C U I T CARD 2
MS16562-199 2 PIN,SFR SST, 0 . 0 7 8 D I A X 1 / 4 ( 9 6 9 0 6 1 3 1 1 - 0 3 5 5 - 0 0 0 2
( AP
609-9790-001 2 WASHER ( A P ) 4
St474 LS74AN 2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T F L I P FLOP 1 0 4 7 1 3 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 5 - 0 4 0 1
A10U9
CK05BX103K 2 CAPACITOR,FXD CER D I E L t O.OlUF, PORM10%, l O O V 1
( 8 1 3 4 9 1 9 1 3 - 5 0 1 9 - 2 0 0 A10C15
N74LS32N 2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T LOGIC GATE ( 1 8 3 2 4 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 3 - 2 6 0 1
A10U13
CK05BX103K 2 CAFACITOR,FXD CER D I E L , O.OlUF, PORMlO%, l O O V 1
( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 9 1 3 - 5 0 1 9 - 2 0 0 A10C5
CK05BX103K 2 CAPACITOR,FXD CER D I E L , O.OlUF, PORtllOXr l O O V 1
( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 9 1 3 - 5 0 1 9 - 2 0 0 A10C6
MC3448AP 2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 0 4 7 1 3 ) 3 5 1 - 1 3 9 3 - 0 1 0 A l O U 1 1 1
MC3448AP 2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 0 4 7 1 3 ) 3 5 1 - 1 3 9 3 - 0 1 0 A10U2 1
DM74191N 2 INTEG2ATED C I R C U I T ( 2 7 0 1 4 ) 3 5 1 - 7 7 6 1 - 0 2 0 A l O U 8 1
372-2234-020 2 COIITACT E LEC 64
372-2234-010 2 COEfTACT IE LEC 65
372-2622-074 2 HOUSING ,CCllN A l O P l 1
tlC3448AP 2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 0 4 7 1 3 ) 3 5 1 - 1 3 9 3 - 0 1 0 A 1 0 U 1 2 1
CK05BX103K 2 CAPACITORTFXD CER D I E L , O.OlUF, PORMlOZ, l O O V 1
( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 913-5019-200 A10C13
RCR07G152KS 2 RESISTOR,FXD CKPSN, 1 . 5 K , 1 0 % ~1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 1
7 4 5 - 0 7 5 5 - 0 0 0 A10R7
MC3448AP 2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T ( 0 4 7 1 3 ) 3 5 1 - 1 3 9 3 - 0 1 0 A l O U l O 1
CK05BX103K 2 CAPACITORIFXD CER D I E L , O.OlUF, PORMlO%, lOOV 1
( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 9 1 3 - 5 0 1 9 - 2 0 0 A10C9
CR04AU16-0000MHZ 2 CRYSTAL UNIT,QTZ 1 6 . 0 0 0 0 0 t f H Z ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 2 8 9 - 7 0 8 2 - 0 1 0 1
AlOYl
M3Q003-01-2254 2 CAPACITOR,FXD ELCTLT, 4.7UFs 1 0 % ~1 0 V ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 1
184-9086-140 A l O C l l
N74LS04N 2 INTEGPATED C I R C U I T LOGIC GATE ( 1 8 3 2 4 ) 3 5 1 - 1 5 2 3 - 0 9 0 1
A10U6
RCR07G103KS 2 RESISTOR,FXD CMPSN, 1 0 K s 1 0 % ~1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 1
7 4 5 - 0 7 8 5 - 0 0 0 A10R8
1tf4454GE 2 SEHICOND D E V I C E ( 0 3 5 0 8 ) 3 5 3 - 3 6 4 4 - 0 1 0 A l O C R l 1

Reoised 15 October* 1.980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 parts list 523-0769256

GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST

I-
FIG- z
W
UNITS USABLE
ITEM PART N O DESCRIPTION PER ON
ASSY CODE

2 RESISTOR,FXD CMPSN, 4 7 0 OHMS, 1 0 % r 1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )

745-0737-000 AlORlO
2 RESISTORVFXD CMPSN, 4 7 0 OHMSv 1 0 % ~1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-0737-000 A10R9
2 CAPACITOR,FXD E L C T L T , 1 0 U F v 1 0 % ~2 0 V 1 8 1 3 4 9 )
184-9086-460 AlOClO
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T TRANSCEIVER ( 0 1 2 9 5 ) 3 5 1 - 1 8 4 9 - 0 2 0
AlOUl
2 CAPACITOR,FXD CER D I E L , O.OlUF, FORMlO%r l O O V
( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 913-5019-200 A10C7
2 CAPACITOR,FXD CER D I E L t 0 . 0 1 U F 1 PORfllOi!, lOOV
( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 913-5019-200 A10C8
2 CAPCCITCRPFXD CER D I E L , 2 7 P F , PORMlO%, 2 0 0 V ( 8 1 3 4 9 1
913-5019-060 A10C12
2 RESISTDR,FXD CMPSN, 1 . 5 K s 1 0 % ~1/4W ( 8 1 3 4 9 )
745-0755-000 AlOR6
2 INTEGRATED C I R C U I T S I O I N T E R F A C E ( ESDS ( 3 4 6 9 6
351-8679-010 A10U3
2 CAPACITOR,FXD CER D I E L t O.OlUF, PORHlO%, l O O V
( 8 1 3 4 9 ) 913-5019-200 A10C4

Revised 15 October 1980

parts list 523-0769256 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

3. NUMERICAL INDEX
I
FIG- TTL FIG- TTL
PART NUMBER ITEM PART NUMBER ITEM REQ
REQ

AB397-1A 10-81 CK05BX102K 16-8

10-83 16-12
10-84 3 16-21
AD11-125 8-166 1 16-26
AD562KDBIN 8-151 1 16-27
AFF700 13-14 1 25-6
AIl9111BPC 6-51 25-8
6-54 25-9
6-55 25-10
6-56 CK05BX103K 3-7
6-57 3-34
6-83 3-70
6-85 3-72
6-86 8 3-77
AN366DF632A 9-9 2 3-83
A10040-105 23-5 1 3-87
A14446RSHT 14-28 2 3-90
CD40536E 7-88 3-95
7-96 2 3-95
CK05BX101K 7-7 3-102
7-15 3-104
7-56 3-103
7-64 3-118
7-76 3-127
7-131 3-138
7-133 7 3-141
CK05BX102K 7- 9 6-46
7-11 8-172
7-14 11-172
7-27 15-73
15-2 15-76
15-5 15-77
15-14 15-90
15-17 23-11
15-50 23-17
15-59 23-21
15-65 23-23
15-68 23-30
15-86 23-33
15-99 23-35
15-105 25-33
15-106 26-2
15-109 26-3
15-110 26-5
15-127 26-13
15-139 26-16
15-144 26-18
15-145 26-19
15-147 26-27
15-148 26-30
15-150 26-40
15-153 26-41
15-155 26-45 44
15-157 CK05BX104K 6-3
15-161 6-19
15-162 6-21

110 Rcj 17isccI 1.5 October 1,981)

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 parts list 523-0769256

NUMERICAL INDEX

FIG- TTL FIG- TTL

PART NUMBER ITEM PART NUMBER ITEM REQ
REQ

CK05BX104K 6-22 CK06BX104K 8-147

6-30 8-149
6-31 8-154
6-34 8-155
6-37 8-162
6-43 8-168
6-52 8-170
6-59 8-171
6-61 6-175
6-67 11-14
6-84 11-141
6-87 13-2
10-6 13-3
10-10 15-11
10-28 18 15-20
CK05BX150K 7-26 15-45
7-33 15-49
7-39 15-56
7-107 19-14
8-142 5 19-19
CKO5BX221K 23-10 1 19-22
CK056X222K 7-31 19-27
7-35 2 19-28
CK05BX270K 6-88 19-31
7-26 19-40
26-42 3 19-44
CK05BX330K 7-104 19-46
8-153 2 21-5
CK05BX332K 7-53 1 21-9
CK05BX470K 7-29A 1 21-13
CKO5BX471K 15-24 21-19
15-25 21-22
15-27 21-39
15-114 21-46
15-122 22-2
15-137 22-22
19-34 22-27
19-48 22-29
22-57 22-56
22-65 10 22-63
CK05BX560K 7- 2 9A 1 22-73
CK066X104K 7-21 22-77 64
7-41 CK06BX224K 19-17
7-42 19-20 2
7-46 CK06BX474K 13-8 1
7-123 CK62AW472M 17- 24
8-20 17-25
8-25 17-27
8-30 17-28 4
8-36 CH07FD103J03 7-22 1
8-49 CH7219 3-1
8-59 3-2
8-66 3-3
8-73 3-4
6-107 3-5
8-108 3-9
8-116 3-12
8-120 3-13
8-127 3-27
8-128 3-31
8-134 3-50
8-141 3-57
8-143 3-58

Rer~isr.rl15 October 1980 111

parts list 523-0769256 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

NUMERICAL INDEX I I

FIG- TTL FIG- TTL

PART NUMBER ITEM PART NUMBER ITEM REQ
REQ

CM7219 3-64 DC51-01 3-30

3-65 3-39
3-66 3-40
3-68 17 3-41
CR64AU16-0000MHZ 6-49 3-42
8-79 3-48
26-31 3 3-49
CY3OC105M 11-13 3-51
11-16 3-52
11-17 3-53
11-22 3-54
11-24 3-55
11-37 3-59
11-44 3-60
11-51 3-61
11-57 3-62 29
11-58 DC51-64 3-1
11-69 3-2
11-78 3-3
11-60 3-4
11-P5 3-5
11-113 3-9
11-116 3-12
11-118 3-13
11-120 3-27
11-140 3-31
11-143 3-50
11-144 3-57
11-145 3-58
11-150 3-64
11-154 3-65
11-156 3-66
11-160 3-68 17
11-161 DDU50PB 12-73 1
11-165 DM115 19-25
11-168 20-6
12-1 20-7 3
12-5 DM15F511J300WV4C 11-119
12-7 R
12-12 11-146 2
12-17 DM20FD222J04CR 7-109 1
12-18 DMSC040D300UV 8-80 1
12-32 DM5C050D300WV 11-34
12-42 11-42
12-51 11-54
12-57 39 11-145A 4
C114-1 10-58 1 DM5C1000300WV 11-42
DCtlF27WZS 14-1 1 11-110
DCF127W2PB 11-129 1 11-111
DCSP111500-28 24-22 1 11-163 4
DC51-01 3-8 Dfl5E200DlOOWV 11-32
3-10 11-121 2
3-11 DM5E300J050W 13-17
3-15 15-118 2
3-16 DM5E330J050WV 11-40A
3-17 15-132
3-18 22-62 3
3-19 DH5E510J050WV 11-29
3-20 11-33
3-21 11-122
3-22 11-131A
3-28 11-157
3-29 15-4

112 Rectis~d1.5 October 1.980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 parts list 523-0769256

NUMERICAL INDEX

FIG- TTL FIG- TTL

PART NUMBER ITEM PART NUMBER ITEM REQ
REQ

DM5E510J050WV 15-19 7 DM7489J 8-119 10

DH5FlOlJ050KV 8-??S DlLEZ40Pl 6-17 1
11-131A D53015 12-73 2
15-141 Di3291 26-44 1
15-142 4 E4C301 17-26 1
DMSF151J050WV 11-21 ER3400 22-7
11-71 22-9
11-77 22-11
11-86 22-49
15-92 5 22-54
DM5F221J050WV 7-117 1 22-71 6
DK5F301J050WV 15-e4 ER3401 22-7
15-35 22-9
22-66 3 22-11
DM5F331J050WV 12-47 1 22-49
DM5F401J050AV 7-118 1 22-54
Dtl53740-5000 11-115 1 22-71 6
Dtl53743-5000 14-2 2 FL38GWlED3-0001 10-60
DM5407J 12-72 1 10-82
Dtl74LSOZN 3-115 14-4
8-19 14-5
6-21 14-6
8-33 14-7
8-57 14-8
8-117 14-9
12-46 14-10
15-108 8 14-11
DM74LSlON 3-143 1 14-12
DM74LS367N 26-6 1 14-13
DM74S112N 12-28 14-14
12-29 2 14-15
DM74126N 8-65 14-16
8-67 2 14-17
DM74155N 8-18 14-18
8-53 2 14-19
DM7415iN 8-69 1 14-20
DM74175N 8-43 14-21
8-54 14-22
8-179 3 14-23
DM74191N 26-22 1 14-24 23
DM7447AN 3-107 FM04-125V-1-2A 18-19
3-111 18-20 2
3-112 F02A250V4AS 17-17 1
3-117 F02A32VZOAS 18-9 1
3-120 F1-12H4 2-46
3-122 2-49 2
3-125 F12NCFMA2-62 1-14
3-126 1-19
3-129 17-37
3-132 18-26
3-134 24-8
3-136 24-30 54
3-137 F22NCFMA2-26 24-31 2
3-140 14 F40496FC 6-45
DM7489J 8-1 7-6
8-5 7-54
8-8 7-127
8-11 7-128 5
8-16 F4052PC 11-1
8-34 11-171 2
8-63 62522 13-31 1
8-68 HAZ-2625-5 11-35
8-99 11-123

Rtlcqised 15 October 1980 113

parts list 523-0769256 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

NUMERICAL INDEX

FIG- TTL FIG- TTL

PART NUMBER ITEM PART NUMBER ITEM RE0
RE0

HA2-2625-5 11-142 HS15795-803 5-1

11-155 4 5-2
HKPH 17-18 1 5-6
JANlN963B 15-9 1 24-15 9
KC89-93 1-24 1 HS16535-158 18-22 1
Kt119-154M06 24-13 1 tlS16562-199 21-1
LNlOlAH 7-17 22-1
7-25 23-15
7-34 26-14 8
7-40 MS18130-1 8-114
7-74 8-115 2
7-105 NS20426AD3-3 5-9
7-108 9-9
8-159 24-32 16
11-112 MS3367-5-9 18-11 2
11-151 MS35333-106 25-19
11-162 11 25-53 2
LMlO8AH 11-23 H535333-73 17-11
11-68 17-13
11-75 17-15 6
11-64 4 HS35338-101 18-1
LHlO8H 7-59 18-3 2
7-66 HS35338-134 2-57
7- 134 2-58
7-141 4 10-81
LH118H 11-142 1 10-83
LM218H 11-15 10-84 11
11-52 MS35338-135 2-25
11-61 2-62
11-142 4 2-63
LH299H 11-67 1 5-1
LH318H 7-12 5-2
7-52 2 5-6
LM320T15 19-15 1 9-2
LP88AlA104G 11-106 1 9-4
LPS6AlAlO5J 11-159 1 9-5
LP8SAlA394G 11-102 1 10-1
LPS6AlA565J 11-30 1 12-73
LT3005 25-19 12-74
25-53 2 15-37
LVAlOOA 22-35 1 15-41
MA22130J 10-18 1 17-22
MCR649AP2 19-25 1 17-26
HC12014P 15-66 1 19-15
MC1408L-8 8-150 1 19-18
HC1536U 22-31 1 19-21
KC3441AP 23-19 20-1
23-20 20-2
23-22 20-8
23-25 4 24-15
HC3448AP 26-20 24-15 78
26-21 MS35338-136 17-29
26-26 18-13
26-29 4 18-16
MC386X2-002W 13-4 1 19-24
MC7404P 6-7 19-25
8-15 19-33
8-85 20-6
8-123 4 20-7
HC9602CEBJC 22-76 I 24-15
KK7200-06 13-30 2 24-19 29
MS14046-4 8-109 HS35338-137 1-7
8-111 2 17-4 10

Rez7ist.d 1.5 October 1980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 Darts list 523-0769256

NLlMERlCAL INDEX

FIG- TTL FIG- TTL

PART NUMBER ITEM PART NUMBER ITEM REQ
REQ

MS35338-138 1-12 MS51957-28 17-19

18-2 17-35
18-12 6 19-33
11'335489-35 18-18 2 24-20 20
MS35649-244 17-26 MS51957-29 19-24
19-15 24-19 6
19-18 MS51957-3 25-31 2
19-21 7 MS51957-30 18-16
M535649-284 17-4 3 19-25 4
NS35650-304 18-2 MS51957-31 20-6
18-12 2 20-7 4
MS51957-11 16-21C 1 MS51957-32 24-15 4
MS51957-12 10-1 MS51057-38 17-34 2
11-129 flS51957-4 14-1 2
13-1 MS51?57-41 24-10 2
13-27 MS51957-43 17-4 3
17-22 MS51957-44 17-4
24-15 34 17-10
MS51957-13 2-62 17-14 7
5-1 MS51957-52 1-7 4
5-2 NS51958-59 17-11 2
9-2 MS51958-61 17-13
9-4 17-15 4
12-74 MS51958-63 1-12 4
13-4 MS51959-12 24-20 2
13-27 MS51959-13 17-7 4
20-1 MS51959-15 24-11
24-15 38 24-18
MS51957-14 2-63 24-21 10
13-27 MS51959-27 1-5
14-26 8 1-18
MS51957-15 9-2 2-54
9-5 17-1
19-18 17-5 18
19-21 MS51959-29 17-15 2
20-2 10 MS75083-03 15-121 1
MS51957-16 15-37 MS75083-13 13-19 1
15-41 MS75084-07 15-112 1
19-15 5 MS75084-08 16-20 1
MS51957-17 17-26 MS75087-3 25-30 1
24-1 6 NS75068-13 7-43
flS51957-18 5-6 2 7-47 2
flS51957-19 24-15 1 MS75089-11 7-5
MS51957-2 1-1 7-55
2-57 7-65
2-58 7-69
13-16 18 7-130
MS51957-22 9-3 4 7-140
N551957-26 18-15 2 7-147
MS51957-27 1-5 7-148
1-13 8-157
17-1 8-169
17-5 13-5 11
17-29 MS75089-12 7-23 1
17-35 MS75089-20 7-30 1
18-13 NS75089-22 7-32 1
24-4 MS75069-6 11-98 1
24-7 MV1401 15-10
24-20 29 15-80
MS51957-28 1-2A 15-81 3
1-6 MJ1-265 18-1
1-13 18-3 4
17-16 MW562-203 16-2

Retiscjrl 1.5 October 1980

parts list 523-0769256 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

NUMERICAL INDEX

FIG- TTL FIG- TTL

PART NUMBER ITEM PART NUMBER ITEM REQ
REQ

KW562-203 18-12 4 N74LSOON 8-31

M15733-52-0003 13-23 8-32
13-24 8-174
13-25 12-49
13-26 4 15-96
M39003-01-2254 15-32 15-151
23-4 15-156
23-27 22-80
26-32 4 23-31 13
M39003-01-2257 3-142 1 N74LS04N 6-62
M39003-01-2261 8-112 22-69
8-113 2 23-37
M39003-01-2265 19-37 26-33 4
19-38 2 N74LS08N 15-111
M39003-01-2274 15-123 26-4 2
22-41 2 N74LS20N 22-5 1
M39003-01-2286 7-4 N74LS32N 3-103
7-57 6-31A
7-129 6-60
7-132 6-70
21-41 21-51
21-42 26-17 6
21-43 N74161A 8-55 1
22-59 N8T97N 3-32
22-79 3-35
23-4 3-36
23-27 3-101
26-33 12 6-14
M39003-01-2289 6-29 6-15
6-65 6-27
7-45 6-28
7-48 6-33
8-105 6-35
8-106 6-58
15-26 7 6-71
M39003-01-2295 19-43 1 6-72
M39003-01-2304 15-28 6-82
15-107 12-33
19-13 3 12-35
M39003-01-2306 15-47 12-37
15-48 2 12-40
M39003-01-2312 13-9 12-43
13-10 22-58
15-54 22-60
15-124 4 22-61
M39003-01-2356 19-16 1 23-3
M39012-67-0003 14-25 1 23-29
M39012-79-3005 1-11 1 23-32 25
M39018-03-0732 18-10 1 PA588 24-10 1
M39018-03-0741 18-11 1 PElSO-1-80-10 7-62
M39024-11-01 19-53 7-63
19-54 2 7-67
M6-476D 18-17 2 7-68
M6 E 10-64 7-137
10-64 2 7-138
tlAS620C2 25-31 2 7-142
NAS620C4 12-73 7-143 8
12-74 6 P313-0003-000 18-1
NE15F01-0003-00 2-58 1 18-3 2
N74LSOON 3-71 P313-0045-000 17-29
6-32 18-13
8-14 19-24
8-22 19-25

116 Rel~iserl1.5 October 1980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 parts list 523-0769256

NUMERICAL INDEX

FIG- TTL FIG- TTL

PART NUMBER ITEM PART NUMBER ITEM REQ
REQ

P313-0045-000 19-33 RCR05G102KS 6-80

20-6 6-81
20-7 8-24
24-15 8-29
24-19 19 15-6
P313-0050-000 10-81 15-13
10-83 15-18
10-84 15-57
13-14 15-58
13-18 15-64
14-1 10 15-69
P313-0132-000 2-25 15-104
2-56 15-146
3-144 23-96.
15-37 23-36A
15-41 23-40A 42
18-17 RCR05G103KS 15-7
24-15 20 15-8
P330-2290-000 2-25 2 15-94
P330-4058-030 1-18 4 15-95 4
P342-0145-000 13-27 2 RCR05G104JS 15-71
P343-0183-000 17-34 2 15-72
P343-0299-000 13-14 15-78
13-18 4 15-59 4
P343-0304-000 13-18 3 RCR05G104KS 6-68 1
P347-1268-000 17-21 2 RCR05GllOJS 25-3
P8255A 23-16 25-44 2
23-18 2 RCR05G112JS 10-63 AR
RCCS250437-1C 11-139 1 RCR05G113JS 10-45
RCR05G100JS 10-9 10-51 2
10-14 RCR05G120JS 15-133
16-25 16-18 2
25-20 4 RCR05G121JS 10-21
RCR05G101JS 10-63 10-23
25-21 2 10-25 3
RCR05G102JS 10-63 AR RCR05G132JS 10-63 AR
25-38 1 15-88 1
RCR05G102KS 3-23 RCR05Gl50JS 10-14
3-24 10-15
3-25 16-25A 3
3-26 RCR05G151JS 10-23
3-44 10-65
3-45 10-66
3-46 10-74
3-47 10-76
3-105 25-39
3-109 25-41 7
3-113 RCR05G151KS 4-11
3-121 4-13
3-123 4-14
3-139 4-16
6-4 4-17
6-18 4-19
6-20 4-23
6-26 4-25 8
6-64 RCR05G152KS 21-54 1
6-66 RCR05G162JS 10-63 AR
6-74 RCR05G180JS 16-5 1
6-75 RCROSG181JS 25-15
6-76 25-45 2
6-77 RCR05G183JS 10-43
6-78 10-53 2
6-79 RCR05G200JS 10-27

Rc~i.se(l1 5 October 1980 I17

parts list 523-0769256 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

NUMERICAL INDEX

FIG- TTL FIG- TTL

PART NUMBER ITEM PART NUMBER ITEM REQ
REQ

RCR05G200JS 10-69 2 RCRO5G510JS 15-120 5

RCR05G201JS 10-63 AR RCR05G511JS 10-11
15-117 1 10-63 AR
RCR05G202JS 10-63 AR 12-31 2
RCR05GZ21JS 10-63 AR RCR05G512JS 10-63 AR
15-63 RCR05C561JS 10-63 AR
25-48 12-20 1
25-51 3 RCR05G620JS 13-15 1
RCR05G222KS 15-3 RCR05G621JS 10-63 AR
15-89 2 RCR05G662JS 15-87 1
RCR05G223JS 10-41 RCR05G681JS 10-63 AR
10-43 RCR05G751JS 10-63 AR
10-45 RCR05G821JS 10-63 AR
10-47 RCR05G911JS 10-63 AR
10-49 RCR07G100JS 25-32 1
10-51 RCROiGlOlJS 16-1 1
10-53 RCR07G102JS 11-27
10-55 8 11-70
RCR05G240JS 25-50 1 12-37
RCR055241JS 10-63 AR 15-152
16-37 1 15-15?
RCR05G242JS 10-63 AR 16-11 6
RCR05G271JS 10-63 AR RCR07G102KS 7-36
RCR05G301JS 10-63 AR 12-3
16-6 12-9
16-31 2 12-10
RCR05G302JS 10-63 AR 12-13
RCR05G331JS 10-63 AR 12-30
RCR05G331KS 15-1 12-50
15-21 2 12-60
RCR05G360JS 10-67 12-61
10-73 19-29
25-40 3 22-18
RCR05G361JS 10-63 AR 22-40
RCR05G362JS 10-47 23-1
10-49 2 23-2
10-63 AR 23-6
RCR05G391JS 10-63 AR 23-13
15-62 1 23-26
RCR05G391KS 6-25 1 23-38
RCR05G430JS 13-15 1 23-39
RCR05G431JS 10-63 AR 23-40 20
15-135 RCR07G103KS 7-50
15-136 8-82
16-16 8-156
16-19 4 11-26
RCR05G432JS 10-63 AR 11-83
15-12 1 11-09
RCR05G470KS 21-55 1 11-100
RCR05G471JS 10-63 AR 11-169
RCR05G471KS 6-47 11-170
6-48 2 12-59
RCR05G472KS 8-12 15-36
8-13 2 21-44
RCR05G474KS 8-97 22-36
8-101 22-75
8-102 23-6
8-103 23-26
8-104 5 26-34 17
RCR05G510JS 10-22 RCR07G104KS 7-1
10-59 7-8
10-6lA 7-61
12-21 7-139

118 Rpt~isrrJ15 October. 1980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 parts list 523-0769256

NLlMERlCAL INDEX

FIG- TTL FIG- TTL

PART NUMBER ITEM PART NUMBER ITEM REQ
REQ

RCR07G104KS 7-144 RCR07G680JS 25-26 2

11-81 RCR07G681KS 15-53
11-82 15-140
11-166 19-39 3
11-167 9 RCR07G822KS 11-55
RCRO7G121KS 22-19 1 11-62 2
RCR07G15lhS 15-46 RCR07G91OJS 15-113 1
15-51 2 RCR20G102KS 22-44 1
RCROiG152JS 15-128 1 RCR20G103KS 18-4
RCR07G15ZKS 7-3 18-6
7-58 22-28 3
7-106 RCR4ZGl02KS 17-11 1
7-135 RCR42G471KS 17-13 1
26-28 RG17SBU 25-47 1
26-43 6 Rtl723T 15-125
RCROiG221KS 15-129 1 19-32
RCR07G222KS 7-122 1 19-47 3
RCR07G223KS 7-36 1 RN55D---IF 13-6 AR
RCR07G241JS 13-20 1 13-7 AR
RCR07G271KS 15-52 13-11 AR
15-126 RN55D1001F 25-28 1
19-41 3 RN5501002F 8-163
RCR07G272KS 7-16 8-164
22-37 2 8-165
RCR07G331JS 15-115 11-38
15-130 2 11-39
RCR07G331KS 7-13 1 11-39
RCR07G332JS 15-160 1 11-65
RCR07G333KS 8-87 11-72
11-117 2 11-74
RCR07G391KS 7-18 11-76
7-20 2 22-26 11
RCR07G470KS 7-24 RN55D1003F 11-79
7-37 11-91
7-38 11-108
22-16 4 15-74 AR
RCR07G471KS 23-12 15-75 4
26-36 RN55D1053F 15-7.i AR
26-37 3 RN55D1071F 16-29 1
RCR07G472KS 7-146 RN55D1102F 11-31 1
8-83 RN5501103F 15-74 AR
8-146 RN55D1133F 11-103
26-7 11-104 2
26-8 RN55D1212F 7-51 1
26-9 RN55D1271F 8-145 1
26-10 RN55D1302F 11-134 1
26-11 8 Rt455D1402F 11-39 1
RCR07G473KS 7-2 RN5501403F 11-132 1
7-60 RN55D1501F 22-53 1
7-136 RN55D1503F 11-148
7-145 11-164 2
11-25 RN55D1542F 22-23 1
22-33 6 RN55D1651F 16-33 1
RCR07G474KS 7-100 RN55D1782F 11-133 1
7-101 RN55D1871F 19-36 1
7-103 RN55D2003F 11-43
7-111 11-146A 2
7-112 RN55D2051F 15-102 1
7-113 6 RN55D2151F 11-49
RCR07G510JS 16-1 1 19-42 2
RCR07G511JS 15-134 1 RN55D2261F 15-29 1
RCR07G561KS 20-3 1 RN55D2490F 16-14 1
RCR07G680JS 25-17 RN5502551F 11-19

Rerlised 1.5 October 1980 119

parts list 523-0769256 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

NUMERICAL INDEX

FIG- TTL FIG- TTL

PART NUMBER ITEM PART NUMBER ITEM REQ
REQ

RN55D2551F 11-49 2 RN55E1003B 11-107

RN5552742F 11-56 11-152 2
11-63 2 RN55E10228 8-148 1
RN55D2871F 15-39 1 RN55E1052B 11-89 1
RN55D3013F 11-28 RN55E1102B 11-12 1
11-66 2 RN55E1172B 11-11 1
Rt455D3090F 25-27 1 RN55E1402B 7-102
RN55D3161F 16-30 11-12 2
25-4 2 RN55E1502B 7-110 1
RN55D3241F 11-48 1 RN55E1542B 7- 78 1
RE155D3320F 7-28 1 Rt455E1543B 7-90 1
RN55D3321F 15-30 1 RN55E1581B 11-158 1
RN55D3831F 8-144 RN55E1742B 7-116 1
11-46 2 Rt455E1822B 22-67 1
RN55D3832F 11-63 1 Rt455E1912B 11-9 1
RN55D4021F 19-50 1 RN55E2001B 11-88 1
Rt:55D4120F 16-14 1 Rt455E2002B 11-20 1
Rt455D4221F 13-12 1 Rt455E2052B 11-90 1
RN55D4421F 15-101 1 RN55E22118 11-158 1
Rti55D4531F 11-39 1 Rt455E2321B 11-87
Rti55D4640F 15-100 1 11-158 2
RE455D4642F 15-74 AR RN55E2432B 7-92 1
RN55D4872F 15-74 AR RN55E2492B 22-64 1
RN5554992F 11-18 RN55E2551B 11-89 1
11-109 2 RN55E2552B 7- 98
RN55D5111F 11-7 11-9 2
11-73 RN55E3831B 7-70 1
11-124 RN55E4022B 11-8 1
16-29 4 RN55E4641B 7-71 1
RN55D5112F 15-74 AR Rt455E46428 11-8 1
RN55D5362F 15-74 AR Rt455E4872B 7-125 1
RN55D5622F 11-105 1 RN55E5112B 7-29 1
15- 74 AR Rti55E5362B 7-126 1
Rt155D5902F 15-74 AR Rtl55E5491B 7-49 1
Rt455D6191F 11-39 1 Rt455E56216 11-90 1
RN55D6192F 15-74 AR RN55E59ilB 11-10 1
Rt455D6492F 15-74 AR RN55E6042B 7-124 1
RN55D6651F 11-149 1 RN55E6812B 7-82
FN55D6810F 16-34 1 7-e6 2
RN55D6812F 15-74 AR RN55E7872B 7-80 1
RN5557150F 19-49 1 RN55E9311B 11-68 1
RN55D7151F 19-35 1 RN60D8063F 7-114
RN55D7152F 15-74 AR 7-115 2
RN55D750OF 7-121 RT22CZP102 19-56 1
19-45 2 RT22C2P501 15-34
RN55D7502F 15-74 AR 19-55 2
RN5557870F 7-99 RT22C2P502 22-15 1
13-13 RT24C2X102 7-72
25-11 3 7-73 2
RN55D7872F 15-74 AR RT24C2X103 7-79
RN55D8252F 15-74 AR 7-89
RtJ55D8662F 15-74 AR 11-2
Rt455D9039F 11-36 1 11-3
RN55D9090F 11-40 1 11-4
RN555909ZF 15-74 AR 11-5
RN5559311F 11-50 11-6
11-135 2 11-92
RN55D9532F 15-74 AR 11-93
RN55E1001B 11-53 1 11-94 10
RN55E1002B 7-85 RT24CZX502 7-75
11-87 7-77
11-147 7-81
11-153 4 7-84

120 l,5 October 1980

Rc~rlis~rl
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 parts list 523-0769256

NUMERICAL INDEX

FIG- TTL FIG- TTL

PART NUMBER ITEM PART NUMBER ITEM REQ
REQ

RT24C2X502 7-87 SN74LS174N 3-43

7-91 3-69
7-93 3-73
7-95 8 3-74
RWR81S1001FR 11-l4OA 1 3-75
RWR81S39ROFR 25-5 1 3-78
RWS7VR13 19-1 3-60
19-3 3-81
19-5 3 3-82
RW67VlRO 19-2 3-84
19-4 3-E5
19-6 3-66
19-7 3-83
19-8 3-89
19-9 3-91
19-10 3-93
19-11 3-96
19-12 9 3-97
RW67V6R8 19-23 1 3-99
RW69VlRO 19-26 1 3-100
RU59Vl51 10-2 1 8-50
RW69V221 10-12 1 8-58
RW70UlR33F 15-40 1 8-62
RW70UlR47F 15-31 1 8-89
RWiOUlR36F 15-40 1 8-00
RW70U2210F 16-23 8-92
16-32 2 8-93
RW70U5620F 15-35 1 8-121
RW70U53R4F 16-23 1 8-122
R22t4CFMAl-40 17-8 4 8-126
SA2518 18-5 8-137
18-7 2 12-2
SC9017T2-16-7-OH 10-36 12-4
n 12-8
10-37 12-15
10-38 3 21-3
SC9017T2-50-OHM 10-60 21-7
10-75 2 21-12
SL354-351WHT 10-91 2 21-18
SL439-433WHT 18-25 10 21-20
SN54LS93J 15-97 22-68
15-98 22-70 45
15-154 3 SN74 LS175N 8-4
SN54S74J 15-60 1 8-7
SN74LS138N 3-76 6-17
3-92 8-46
3-116 8-51
6-36 8-60
12-43 8-61
12-53 8-72
21-53 8-96
26-1 8 8-161 10
SN74LS139N 6-73 SN74LS190N 15-16
22-4 15-67
23-28 3 15-70 3
SN74LS164N 8-27 SN74LS191N 6-6
8-130 15-15
8-131 15-61 3
8-132 SN74LS245N 26-39 1
8-133 5 SN74LS73AN 15-149
SN74LS174N 3-6 23-34
3-14 23-36 3
3-37 SN74LS74AN 3-33

Revised 15 October 1980

parts list 523-0769256 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

NUMERICAL INDEX

FIG- TTL FIG- TTL

PART NUMBER ITEM PART NUMBER ITEM REQ
REQ

SN74LS74AN 6-5 SN7483AN 8-3

6-63 8-6
8-9 8-52
8-26 8-70
8-28 8-74
8-118 8-78
8- 173 8-86
12-6 8-95
12-11 8-125
12-14 8-180 10
12-52 SN75450BN 23-14 1
15-138 SRAlW 10-64 1
15-143 SRF2263XRF525 10-5
22-74 10-19
22-81 16-22 3
26-15 17 TA2402A 15-37
SN74LS86N 8-23 15-41
8-44 19-24 3
8-47 TSW3800-14BW 4-40
8-77 15-163
8-124 23-40C 26
8-135 TSW3800-16BW 8-167
8-136 15-164 19
8-140 TSW3800-22BW 22-8
8-176 22-10
23-400 10 22-12
SN74LS90N 12-34 22-50
12-36 22-55
12-39 22-72 6
12-41 TSW3800-24BW 6-10
12-44 6-8
12-45 6-9
12-54 6-10
12-55 6-11
12-62 6-12
12-63 6-13
15-158 11 6-38
SN74SOON 12-25 1 6-39
SN7406N 3-79 6-40
3-94 6-41
3-106 6-42
3-110 6-44
3-114 6-50
3-119 8-152 15
3-124 TW-516-25-050 18-1
3-128 18-3 2
3-130 TW516-10 18-2
3-131 18-12 2
3-133 TXO522B 16-210 1
3-135 ULN2003A 3-38
8-160 3-56
12-16 3-63
12-56 3-67 4
21-2 VK20020-40 10-7
21-6 10-24
21-11 10-61
21-17 10-71
21-21 17-20
23-9 21 17-23
SN74170N 8-71 25-1
8-76 25-24 8
8-129 Z80 6-16 1
8-177 4 009-1766-020 17-33 1

121 Rerjised 15 October 1980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 parts list 523-0769256

NUMERICAL INDEX
I

FIG- TTL FIG- TTL

PART NUMBER ITEM PART NUMBER ITEM REQ
REQ

009-1766-050 17-34 1 1017-12-1 21-24

01-0003-00 2-59 1 21-25
01-70-0305 26-12 1 21-26
012-2785-000 17-38 21-27
24-29 6 21-28
012-2786-000 5-9 21-29
24-32 6 21-30
012-3160-000 17-38 21-31
24-29 6 21-32
028021 17-33 1 21-33
1-552298-1 24-26 2 21-35
lCCOX381X5100C4 7-120 1 21-36
1N1192 18-1 21-37
18-3 2 21-38
1N1202A 18-2 21-40
18-12 2 21-47
1t.130246 22-24 1 21-48
1N3026B 22-25 1 21-49
IN4007 14-3 1 21-50
1N4454GE 6-69 21-52 27
16-28 105-1101-001 11-59
21-45 11-60
22-78 11-95
23-7 11-96
25-12 11-97
26-35 7 12-64
1N4736A 11-41 1 12-65
IN5767 10-42 12-66
10-44 12-67
10-46 12-68
10-48 12-69
10-50 12-70
10-52 12-71
10-54 22-14 14
10-56 8 105-1103-001 22-13 1
1N645 11-125 llC9ODC 12-24
11-126 12-24
11-138 15-23
22-17 15-23 4
22-38 115058-05 17-10 1
22-39 115058-10 17-14
22-45 17-15 2
22-47 129144. 13-32 1
22-48 139-0137-000 17-10 1
22-51 10 139-0138-000 17-14
1N752A 7-19 17-15 2
7-44 2 14950 20-8 1
1N753A 11-41 150-0792-090 11-139 1
20-4 1 55EH 11-131 1
20-5 3 1560TL 2-60 4
1N754A 15-38 1 1625-6P1 2-61 1
1N758A 22-35 1 1625-6R 18-8 1
1t4825A 7-119 1 1625-917 24-5 1
IN9636 22-20 1 183-1277-020 22-43 1
101KMSX500 10-40 183-1277-350 22-46 1
10-62 2 183-1277-460 22-42 1
1017-12-1 21-4 183-1464-280 17-14
21-8 17-15 2
21-10 183-1467-120 17-10 1
21-14 184-5102-070 18-11 1
21-15 184-5102-730 18-10 1
21-16 184-9086-140 15-32
21-23 23-4

Revised 1.5 October 1980 1W

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
parts list 523-0769256

NUMERICAL INDEX

FIG- TTL FIG- TTL

PART NUMBER ITEM PART NUMBER ITEM REQ
REQ

184-9086-140 23-27 2N2907A 25-7 6

26-32 4 2N3767 19-24 1
184-9086-170 3-142 1 2N3879 15-37 1
184-9086-210 8-112 15-41
8-113 2 2N4416 7-10 1
184-9086-250 19-37 2t.15109 16-33 1
19-38 2 214918 8-84
184-9086-340 15-123 15-22
22-41 2 15-83
184-9086-460 7-4 15-116
7-57 15-119 5
7-129 2R2CMSX500 10-62A AR
7-132 200-2069-000 24-19 4
21-41 2OOJMSX500 10-13
21-42 10-18 2
21-43 2001-7941 24-12 1
22-59 201-0020-000 18-18 2
22-79 201-1080-000 17-12 2
23-4 204CB 10-4
23-27 10-17 2
26-38 12 2115 18-2
184-9086-490 6-20 18-12 3
6-65 220-0044-010 6-17 1
7-45 220-0075-020 4-40
7-48 15-163
8-105 23-40C 26
8-106 220-0075-030 8-167
15-Z6 7 15-164 19
184-9086-550 19-43 1 220-0075-050 6-15
184-9086-640 15-28 6-8
15-107 6-9
19-13 3 6-10
184-9086-660 15-47 6-11
15-48 2 6-12
184-9086-720 13-9 6-13
13-10 6-38
15-54 6-39
15-124 4 6-40
184-9087-430 19-16 1 6-41
1855TL 24-6 9 6-42
1999 10-86 1 6-44
2-552474-1 24-25 1 6-50
2AlDB15 17-22 2 8-152 15
2CCOG681X5100C4 7-97 1 220-0075-060 22-8
2N2222A 11-45 22-10
11-47 22-12
11-136 22-50
11-137 22-55
12-58 22-72 6
15-42 240-1562-000 8-114
15-43 8-115 2
15-55 240-1580-000 8-109
19-30 9 8-111 2
2N2369A 15-91 240-2013-000 15-121 1
15-93 240-2023-000 13-19 1
15-103 3 240-2030-000 15-112 1
2N2905A 22-21 240-2031-000 16-20 1
22-30 2 240-2679-040 10-7
2N2907A 15-33 10-24
15-44 10-61
16-9 10-71
22-32 17-20
22-34 17-23

124 Revised 1 5 October 1980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 parts list 523-0769256

NUMERICAL INDEX

FIG- TTL FIG- TTL

PART NUMBER ITEM PART NUMBER ITEM REQ
REQ

240-2679-040 25-1 262-2730-000 3-3

25-24 8 3-4
240-2715-030 25-30 1 3-5
240-2715-250 7-43 3-9
7-47 2 3-12
240-2715-320 11-08 1 3-13
240-2715-370 7-5 3-27
7-55 3-31
7-65 3-50
7-69 3-57
7-130 3-58
7-140 3-64
7-147 3-65
7-148 3-66
8-157 3-68 17
8-169 264-0449-000 17-17 1
13-5 11 264-0964-040 18-19
240-2715-380 7-23 1 18-20 2
240-2715-460 7-30 1 264-4160-000 18-9 1
240-2715-460 7-32 1 265-1114-000 18-22 1
241-5002-010 13-23 265-1171-000 17-18 1
13-24 266-0243-020 23-5
13-25 26-12 2
13-26 4 266-7508-090 2-57 1
241-5006-010 10-80 266-7508-120 2-59 1
10-82 266-7508-260 2-46
14-4 2-49 2
14-5 266-7524-010 2-58 1
14-6 266-7532-010 3-8
14-7 3-10
14-8 3-11
14-9 3-15
14-10 3-16
14-11 3-17
14-12 3-18
14-13 3-19
14-14 3-20
14-15 3-21
14-16 3-22
14-17 3-28
14-18 3-29
14-19 3-30
14-20 3-39
14-21 3-40
14-22 3-41
14-23 3-42
14-24 23 3-48
262-1463-010 4-41 3-49
4-42 3-51
4-43 3-52
4-44 3-53
4-45 3-54
4-53 3-55
4-54 3-59
4-56 3-60
4-57 3-61
4-59 3-62 29
4-60 266-7532-020 3-1
4-66 3-2
4-67 3-3
4-68 14 3-4
262-2730-000 3- 1 3-5
3-2 3-9

Rezised 15 October 1980 125

 parts list 523-0769256 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

NUMERICAL INDEX

FIG- TTL FIG- TTL

PART NUMBER ITEM PART NUMBER
REQ ITEM REQ

266-7532-020 3-12 304-1466-010 18-12 3

3-13 305-1361-000 5-9
3-27 9-9
3-31 24-32 16
3-50 305-1823-000 18-22 1
3-57 306-0234-000 17-22 2
3-58 306-0323-000 13-31 1
3-64 306-0983-000 13-32 1
3-65 306-1102-000 20-8 1
3-66 306-1286-000 10-81
3-68 17 10-83
277-0332-010 10-64 10-84 3
10-64 2 306-1521-000 18-25 10
277-0442-020 13-4 1 306-2474-010 10-91 2
277-0479-010 10-58 1 306-2537-040 18-17 2
277-0583-010 10-64 1 307-1217-000 14-28 2
280-1368-060 17-2 310-0045-000 9-2
17-31 9-5
18-14 3 11-129 8
280-1368-070 17-3 310-0046-000 17-35
17-27A 2 18-16
280-2745-010 3-12A 24-15
3-15A 24-19 14
5-4A 310-0048-000 1-7
6-21A 17-4
7-38A 24-10 9
8-39A 310-0049-000 18-2
11-122A 18-12 2
12-18A 310-0050-000 18-1
15-85A 18-3 2
21-31A 310-0053-000 13-14
22-44A 13-18 4
23-228 12 310-0070-000 14-1 2
280-2745-020 9-7A 310-0072-000 1-7
13-26A 2 17-4 10
289-7062-010 6-49 310-0075-000 13-14
8-79 13-16
26-31 3 13-18 12
289-7261-020 15-82 1 310-0102-000 18-1
302-0007-000 19-15 1 18-3 2
302-0640-170 18-2 310-0148-000 13-22 1
18-12 4 310-0275-000 2-57
302-0640-270 18-1 2-58
18-3 4 10-81
304-0015-000 13-14 10-83
13-14 10-84 11
14-1 310-0278-000 11-129
14-Z6 13-1
15-37 13-4
15-41 13-27
17-22 14-26
17-26 18-17 25
20-8 14 310-0279-000 2-25
304-0016-000 19-24 2-62
19-25 2-63
20-6 5-1
20-7 4 5-2
304-0087-000 17-11 5-6
17-13 4 9- 2
304-0997-030 18-1 9-4
18-3 4 9-5
304-1089-000 17-29 1 10-1
304-1466-010 18-2 12-73

126 Recised 15 October 1980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 parts list 523-0769256

NUMERICAL INDEX

FIG- TTL FIG- TTL

PART NUMBER ITEM PART NUMBER ITEM REQ
REQ

310-0279-000 12-74 313-0043-000 19-15

15-37 19-18
15-41 19-21 7
17-22 313-0045-000 17-29
17-26 18-13
19-15 19-24
19-18 19-25
19-21 19-33
20-1 20-6
20-2 20-7
20-8 24-15
24-15 24-19 19
24-15 78 313-0050-000 10-81
310-0282-000 17-29 10-83
18-13 10-84
18-16 13-14
19-24 13-18
19-25 14-1 10
19-33 313-0132-000 2-25
20-6 2-56
20-7 3-144
24-15 15-37
24-19 29 15-41
310-0283-000 24-10 2 18-17
310-0284-000 1-12 24-15 20
18-2 314A152 8-2
18-12 6 8-10
310-0468-040 13-22 1 8-35
310-0740-030 25-31 2 8-64
310-0740-240 12-73 8-75
12-74 6 8-98
310-0778-010 10-86 1 8-178
310-0779-030 5-1 22-3
5-2 22-6 9
5-6 3148151 4-1
24-15 9 4-3
310-6320-000 14-1 2 4-7
310-6340-000 13-27 4-8
14-26 4-21
15-37 4-22
15-41 4-27
17-26 4-31
19-15 4-33
19-18 4-39
19-21 4-46
24-15 22 4-50
310-6360-000 19-24 4-51
19-25 4-52
19-33 4-55
20-6 4-58
20-7 11 4-61
311-0355-000 21-1 4-65
22-1 4-72 19
23-15 316A472 8-56 1
26-14 8 330-1716-030 2-55
311OCC453V025 17-14 2-56
17-15 2 5- 3 17
313-0003-000 18-1 330-2290-000 2-25 2
18-3 2 330-4058-030 1-18 4
313-0017-000 17-4 3 333-0248-000 9-9 2
313-0019-000 18-2 333-0347-000 5-6
18-12 2 24-11
313-0043-000 17-26 24-18

Revised 15 October 1980 127

parts list 523-0769256 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

NUMERICAL INDEX

FIG- TTL FIG- TTL

PART NUMBER ITEM PART NUMBER ITEM REQ
REQ

333-0347-000 24-21 12 343-0139-000 24-15 1

333-0368-000 17-15 2 343-0142-000 9-3 4
333-0381-000 17-10 343-0167-000 18-15 2
17-14 4 343-0168-000 1-5
333-0838-000 24-31 2 1-13
333-0839-000 17-8 4 17-1
333-0842-000 1-14 17-5
1-19 17-29
17-37 17-35
18-26 18-13
24-8 24-4
24-30 54 24-7
334-1492-000 17- 34 4 24-20 29
334-2697-000 13-30 2 343-0169-000 1-2A
342-0043-000 24-20 2 1-6
342-0044-000 17-7 4 1-13
342-0046-000 24-11 17-16
24-18 17-19
24-21 10 17-35
342-0061-000 1-5 19-33
1-18 24-20 20
2-54 343-0170-000 19-24
17-1 24-19 6
17-5 18 343-0171-000 18-16
342-0063-000 17-15 2 19-25 4
342-0145-000 13-27 2 343-0173-000 20-6
343-0123-000 1-1 20-7 4
2-57 343-0174-000 24-15 4
2-58 343-0182-000 1 7 - 34 2
13-16 18 343-0183-000 17-34 2
343-0124-000 25-31 2 343-0185-000 24-10 2
343-0125-000 14-1 2 343-0187-000 17-4 3
343-0131-000 16-21C 1 343-0188-000 17-4
343-0132-000 10-1 17-10
11-129 17-14 7
13-1 343-0197-000 1-7 4
13-27 343-0224-000 17-11 2
17-22 343-0226-000 17-13
24-15 34 17-15 4
343-0133-000 2-62 343-0228-000 1-12 4
5-1 343-0299-000 13-14
5-2 13-18 4
9- 2 343-0304-000 13-18 3
9-4 347-1268-000 17-21 2
12-74 350-267 18-22 1
13-4 350-4027-010 4-1
13-27 4- 3
20-1 4-7
24-15 38 4-5
343-0134-000 2-63 4-21
13-27 4-22
14-26 8 4-27
343-0135-000 9-2 4-31
9-5 4-33
19-18 4-39
19-21 4-46
20-2 10 4-50
343-0136-000 15-37 4-51
15-41 4-52
19-15 5 4-55
343-0137-000 17-26 4-58
24-1 6 4-61
343-0138-000 5-6 2 4-05

Reuised 1.5 October 1980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 parts list 523-0769256

NUMERICAL INDEX

FIG- TTL FIG- TTL

PART NUMBER ITEM PART NUMBER
REQ ITEM REQ

350-4027-010 4-72 19 351-1267-020 6-58

350-4027-130 8-2 6-71
8-10 6-72
8-35 6-82
8-64 12-33
8-75 12-35
8-98 12-37
8-178 12-40
22-3 12-43
22-6 9 22-58
350-4030-020 8-56 1 22-60
3502-14-46s 13-22 1 22-61
351-0196-010 3-38 23-3
3-56 23-29
3-63 23-32 25
3-67 4 351-1281-010 11-35
351-1035-010 15-125 11-123
19-32 11-14?
19-47 3 11-155 4
351-1040-020 7-17 351-1298-010 8-151 1
7-25 351-1338-010 23-19
7-34 23-20
7-40 23-22
7-74 23-25 4
7-105 351-1393-010 26-20
7-108 26-21
8-159 26-26
11-112 26-29 4
11-151 351-1503-010 15-66 1
11-162 11 351-1523-090 6-62
351-1071-020 11-131 1 22-69
351-1079-020 7-59 23-37
7-66 26-33 4
7- 1 3 4 351-1523-110 3-71
7-141 4 6-32
351-1095-030 11-23 6-14
11-68 8-22
11-75 8-31
11-84 4 8-32
351-1112-030 22-31 1 8-174
351-1120-050 19-21 1 12-49
351-1120-070 19-18 1 15-96
351-1124-160 19-15 1 15-151
351-1152-010 8-150 1 15-156
351-1153-010 7-12 22-80
7-52 2 23-31 13
351-1153-020 11-15 351-1523-120 15-111
11-52 26-4 2
11-61 351-1523-130 22-5 1
11-142 4 351-1523-220 3-115
351-1153-030 11-142 1 8-19
351-1159-050 8-166 1 8-21
351-1237-010 11-67 1 8-33
351-1267-020 3-32 8-57
3-35 8-117
3-36 12-46
3-101 15-108 8
6-14 351-1523-230 3-143 1
6-15 351-1523-260 3-103
6-27 6-31A
6-28 6-60
6-33 6-70
6-35 21-51

Rellisecl 1.5 October 1980 12.9

¹ arts list 523-0769256 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

NUMERICAL INDEX

FIG- TTL FIG- TTL

PART NUMBER ITEM PART NUMBER ITEM REQ
REQ

351-1523-260 26-17 6 351-1529-04Q 8-62

351-1525-040 3-33 8-89
6-5 8-90
6-63 8-92
8-9 8-93
8-26 8-121
8-28 8-122
8-118 8-126
8-173 8-137
12-6 12-2
12-11 12-4
12-14 12-8
12-52 12-15
15-138 21-3
15-143 21-7
22-74 21-12
22-81 21-18
26-15 17 21-20
351-1525-060 15-149 22-68
23-34 22-70 45
23-36 3 351-1529-050 8-4
351-1526-030 3-76 8-7
3-92 8-17
3-116 8-46
6-36 8-51
12-48 8-60
12-53 8-61
21-53 8-72
26-1 8 6-06
351-1526-040 6-73 8-161 10
22-4 351-1529-060 8-27
23-28 3 8-130
351-1527-030 6 -6 8-131
15-15 8-132
15-61 3 8-133 5
351-1527-040 15-16 351-1636-010 12-34
15-67 12-36
15-70 3 12-38
351-1529-040 3-6 12-41
3-14 12-44
3-37 12-45
3-43 12-54
3-69 12-55
3-73 12-62
3-74 12-63
3-75 15-158 11
3-78 351-1653-020 12-24
3-80 15-23 2
3-81 351-1653-040 12-24
3-82 15-23 2
3-64 351-1656-010 15-60 1
3-85 351-1698-010 8-23
3-86 8-44
3-88 8-47
3-89 8-77
3-91 8-124
3-93 8-135
3-96 8-136
3-97 8-140
3-99 8-176
3-100 23-40B 10
8-50 351-1738-010 15-97
8-58 15-98

1.YO Revised 1,5 October 1980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 parts list 523-0769256

NUMERICAL INDEX

FIG- TTL FIG- TTL

PART NUMBER ITEM PART NUMBER ITEM REQ
REQ

351-1738-010 15-154 3 351-7728-010 8-67 2

351-1795-020 26-6 1 351-7750-010 8-55 1
351-1849-020 26-39 1 351-7752-010 8-3
351-7544-020 3-107 8-6
3-111 8-52
3-112 8-70
3-117 8-74
3-120 8-78
3-122 8-86
3-125 8-95
3-126 8-125
3-129 8-180 10
3-132 351-7761-020 26-22 1
3-134 351-7770-010 12-25 1
3-136 351-7600-010 8-43
3-137 8-54
3-140 14 8-179 3
351-7616-020 22-76 1 351-7813-020 12-28
351-7619-040 23-8 1 12-29 2
351-7626-010 23-14 1 351-7817-010 8-71
351-7630-010 6-7 8-76
8-15 8-129
8-85 8-177 4
8-123 4 351-8159-210 6-45
351-7632-010 3-79 7-6
3-04 7-54
3-106 7-127
3-110 7-128 5
3-114 351-8159-240 6-2 1
3-119 351-8227-020 11-1
3-124 11-171 2
3-128 351-8236-020 7-88
3-130 7-96 2
3-131 351-8410-020 6-51
3-133 6-54
3-135 6-55
8-160 6-56
12-16 6-57
12-56 6-83
21-2 6-85
21-6 6-86 8
21-11 351-8439-030 23-16
21-17 23-18 2
21-21 351-8453-010 6-16 1
23-9 21 351-8530-010 22-7
351-7676-020 8-1 22-9
8-5 22-11
8-8 22-49
8-11 22-54
8-16 22-71 6
8-34 351-8530-020 22-7
8-63 22-9
8-68 22-11
8-99 22-49
8-119 10 22-54
351-7681-010 8-18 22-71 6
8-53 2 351-8679-010 26-44 1
351-7703-010 8-100 1 351-9054-010 10-36
351-7715-020 12-72 1 10-37
351-7724-010 8-91 10-38 3
8-94 2 351-9054-020 10-60
351-7725-010 8-69 1 10-75 2
351-7728-010 8-65 352-0440-000 8-84

Revised 15 October 1980 131

parts list 523-0769256 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

NUMERICAL INDEX

FIG- TTL FIG- TTL

PART NUMBER ITEM PART NUMBER ITEM REQ
REQ

352-0440-000 15-22 353-0311-010 4-32

15-83 4-34
15-116 4-36
15-119 5 4-37
352-0550-000 22-21 4-38
22-30 2 4-47
352-0551-010 15-33 4-48
15-44 4-49
16-9 4-62
22-32 4-63
22-34 4-64
25-7 6 4-69
352-0596-030 15-91 4-70
15-93 4-71 25
15-103 3 353-0405-020 18-5
352-0661-020 11-45 18-7 2
11-47 353-1572-000 16-1
11-136 18-3 2
11-137 353-1889-000 18-2
12-58 18-12 2
15-42 353-2607-000 11-125
15-43 11-126
15-55 11-133
19-30 9 22-17
352-0689-020 19-24 1 22-38
352-0704-020 15-37 1 22-39
15-41 22-45
352-0756-010 7-10 1 22-47
352-0766-010 16-38 1 22-48
352-1005-010 20-6 22-51 10
20-7 2 353-2712-000 7-19
352-1109-010 10-5 7-44 2
10-19 353-2714-000 11-41
16-22 3 20-4
352-1185-010 25-19 20-5 3
25-53 2 353-2716-000 15-38 1
352-9552-200 16-22A 1 353-2724-000 22-35 1
352-9552-580 15-119A 4 353-3065-000 15-9 1
352-9555-050 16-218 1 353-3129-000 22-24 1
352-9561-010 18-2 353-3131-000 22-25 1
18-12 2 353-3174-000 22-20 1
352-9561-020 18-1 353-3262-000 7-119 1
18-3 2 353-3644-010 6-69
352-9570-020 15-37 16-28
15-41 21-45
19-24 3 22-78
352-9571-060 10-4 23-7
10-17 2 25-12
352-9605-100 19-15 1 26-35 7
352-9882-010 19-25 353-6442-070 14-3 1
20-6 353-6481-170 11-41 1
20-7 3 353-6532-100 22-35 1
353-0311-010 4-2 353-6545-020 19-25 1
4-4 357-0035-010 12-78 1
4-9 357-0093-010 1-2A 1
4-10 357-7193-010 10-78
4-12 10-79 2
4-15 357-7195-020 12-75 1
4-18 357-7195-030 10-85 1
4-20 357-7207-010 11-130 1
4-24 357-7207-220 13-21
4-26 25-46 2
4-30 357-7207-290 1-10 1

132 Reoiscd 15 October l,v80

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 parts list 523-0769256

NUMERICAL INDEX

FIG- TTL FIG- TTL

PART NUMBER ITEM PART NUMBER ITEM REQ
REQ

357-7322-010 14-25 1 372-2601-131 24-17 64

357-7395-010 24-12 1 372-2601-143 12-80 40
357-7530-030 24-13 1 372-2601-167 24-17 64
357-7541-010 1-11 1 372-2602-025 18-23 17
360-0159-000 19-53 372-2622-074 21-59
19-54 2 22-65
360-0484-010 11-59 23-44
11-60 26-25 4
11-95 372-2623-016 8-181 1
11-96 372-2623-025 8-37
11-97 8-40 2
12-64 372-2624-018 19-51 1
12-65 372-2624-025 7-149 1
12-66 372-2624-033 6-24 1
12-67 372-2624-047 4-6 1
12-68 372-2624-052 4-29 1
12-69 372-2648-050 24-27 1
12-70 372-2648-070 24-23 1
12-71 372-3392-011 7-150
22-14 14 19-52 49
360-0484-030 22-13 1 372-3392-016 6-23 57
367-0002-000 18-16 1 372-5909-030 2-60 4
368-0385-010 17-26 1 372-5909-090 24-6 9
370-2298-000 12-73 2 372-5909-230 2-61 1
371-0163-000 11-115 1 372-5909-240 18-8 1
371-0385-100 12-73 1 372-5909-290 24-5 1
371-0393-010 11-129 1 373-0043-000 17-11
371-0931-000 14-1 1 17-13
371-2470-000 14-2 2 17-15 6
372-0018-130 24-26 2 373-3030-000 25-19
372-0018-710 24-25 1 25-53 2
372-0018-720 24-24 1 378-0629-010 24-10 1
372-2234-010 8-38 381-1721-030 15-34
8-41 19-55 2
8-182 381-1721-040 19-56 1
21-58 381-1721-060 22-15 1
22-84 361-1853-270 7-72
23-43 7-73 2
26-24 299 381-1853-290 7-75
372-2234-020 8-39 7-77
8-42 7-81
8-183 7-84
21-57 7-87
22-83 7-91
23-42 7-93
26-23 295 7-95 8
372-2235-012 16-24 6 381-1853-300 7-79
372-2252-010 4-5 7-89
4-28 158 11-2
372-2255-020 10-89 7 11-3
372-2601-027 15-165 11-4
25-55 26 11-5
372-2601-033 12-76 1 11-6
372-2601-037 22-66 3 11-92
372-2601-043 24-16 331 11-93
372-2601-045 3-145 11-94 10
6-53 382-0052-290 11-2 1
7-151 4-140 18-16 1
11-101 4R3CtlSX500 10-62A AR
19-57 326 4007-4HT 13-14
372-2601-047 24-16 326 13-14
372-2601-063 15-166 2 14-1
372-2601-086 8-110 90 14-26

Revised 1.5 October 1,980 12.3

parts list 523-0769256 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

NUMERICAL INDEX

FIG- TTL FIG- TTL

PART NUMBER ITEM PART NUMBER ITEM REQ
REQ

4007-4HT 15-37 471KM5X200 10-72

15-41 10-86
17-22 12-22
17-26 12-23
20-8 14 12-26
4007-6HT 19-24 12-27
19-25 16-3
20-6 16-10
20-7 4 16-13
4021 17-11 16-17
17-13 4 16-35
403 17-29 1 16-36
404OBPC 6-2 1 25-2
410-0558-030 21-4 25-16
21-8 25-18
21-10 25-25
21-14 25-29
21-15 25-34
21-16 25-42
21-23 25-43
21-24 25-52 38
21-25 476042 17-34 1
21-26 5R2-1 5-9
21-27 24-32 6
21-28 553-1 17-38
21-29 24-29 6
21-30 555-8 17-38
21-31 24-29 6
21-32 504-7698-002 10-92 14
21-33 504-9478-002 13-33
21-35 14-27 4
21-36 50459-932459 23-8 1
21-37 5082-4670 4-2
21-38 4-4
21-40 4-9
21-47 4-10
21-48 4-12
21-49 4-15
21-50 4-18
21-52 27 4-20
425-1538-000 25-47 1 4-24
42525 17-4 1 4-26
426-0084-010 24-22 1 4-30
426-0091-010 24-24 1 4-32
43-77-2 19-15 1 4-34
435-0002-090 18-11 2 4-36
471KNSX200 10-3 4-37
10-8 4-38
10-16 4-47
10-20 4-48
10-26 4-49
10-29 4-62
10-30 4-63
10-31 4-64
10-32 4-69
10-33 4-70
10-34 4-71 25
10-35 5082-7650 4-41
10-39 4-42
10-57 4-43
10-62 4-44
10-68 4-45
10-70 4-53

134 Revised 15 October 1980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 parts list 523-0769256

NUMERICAL INDEX

FIG- TTL FIG- TTL

PART NUMBER ITEM PART NUMBER ITEM RE0
REQ

5082-7650 4-54 601-4914-001 2-56 1

4-56 3- REF
4-57 601-4915-002 9-4 1
4-59 11- REF
4-60 601-5001-001 9-5 1
4-66 10- REF
4-67 601-5221-001 17-35 1
4-68 14 19- REF
51-311-3850 12-78 1 601-5261-001 9-3 1
518-024A2-5-9PF 10-13 12- REF
10-77 601-5813-001 21-56 1
25-13 601-5881-001 1-4 1
25-23 21- REF
25-36 5 601-5882-001 1-17 1
518-024A3-5-20PF 16-4 22- REF
16-39 2 601-5883-001 1-3 1
518-024A5-25PF 16-24 23- REF
25-22 2 601-5938-001 24-15 1
52-045-0000 10-78 602D528A1 17-10 1
10-79 2 609-3929-001 1-2 1
52-052-0000 10-85 1 609-9790-001 21-1
52-053-0000 12-75 1 22-1
52-307-3188 11-130 1 23-15
52-309-9702 1-10 1 26-14 16
52-312-9040 13-21 617-8088-001 21-1
25-46 2 23-15
5202 10-77 1 26-14 6
538011COF092R 8-81 1 618-7342-007 15-131 1
540-3003-003 13-22 1 618-8088-001 22-1 2
540-7764-002 9-12 2 621-9814-001 21-34
540-9002-003 2-57 22-52
2-58 4 23-24 3
540-9031-003 5-6 2 622-4127-001 1- REF
540-9033-003 5-4 6 622-4127-002 1- REF
540-9037-003 12-74 2 622-4127-003 1- REF
540-9160-003 24-15 1 622-4127-004 1 - REF
540-9172-003 20-2 2 623-0740-002 16-15 1
540-9201-003 18-16 623-0741-001 16-7 1
24-15 623-1379-001 13-22 1
24-15 11 623-4546-001 15-41 1
540-9205-003 24-19 2 623-9022-002 2-24 1
547-5305-002 18-13 1 629-0221-001 11-128 2
547-8177-014 19-24 629-9613-001 2-63 1
19-25 629-9675-002 2-22 1
20-6 629-9691-003 18-15 1
20-7 8 629-9730-002 1-12 1
547-8177-015 15-37 2- REF
15-41 4 629-9731-004 2-27 2
552633-2 24-24 1 629-9733-004 2-54 2
563-2844-002 13-29 2 629-9734-001 2-21 2
6s 17-34 4 629-9736-001 9-6 1
600D107F075DL5 22-42 1 629-9737-001 2-62 1
600D107G050DJ5 22-46 1 629-9738-001 1-13 1
600D226G050KD5 22-43 1 629-9738-002 1-15 1
601-2099-001 6-1C 1 629-9738-003 1-13 1
601-2309-001 1-3 1 629-9738-004 1-15 1
26- REF 629-9739-001 24-7 1
601-4883-001 5-3 1 629-9739-002 24-9 1
8- REF 629-9740-002 1-16 1
601-4911-001 5-1 1 5 - REF
7- REF 629-9742-002 2-26 1
601-4913-002 2-55 1 629-9745-001 2-16 1
4- REF 629-9745-002 2-18 1

Revised 15 October. 1,980 135

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
parts list 523-0769256

NUMERICAL INDEX

FIG- TTL FIG- TTL

PART NUMBER ITEM PART NUMBER ITEM REQ
REQ

629-9745-003 2-20 1 629-9780-002 24- REF

629-9745-004 2-15 1 629-9781-001 24-11 1
629-9745-005 2-17 1 629-9782-001 1-9 1
629-9745-006 2-19 1 629-9783-001 24-18 1
629-9745-007 2-30 1 629-9848-001 17-30 1
629-9745-008 2-29 1 629-9875-001 10-94 1
629-9745-009 2-28 1 629-9885-001 24-14 2
629-9745-010 2-6 1 629-9885-001 24-18 2
629-9745-011 2-3 1 629-9887-001 19-33 1
629-9745-012 2-5 1 629-9888-001 18-21 1
629-9745-013 2-7 1 629-9888-002 18-27 1
629-9745-014 2-2 1 629-9889-002 17-5 1
629-9745-015 2-4 1 18- REF
629-9745-017 2-43 1 629-9892-002 17-1 1
629-9745-018 2-40 629-9894-001 17-36 1
2-41 2 629-9894-002 17-39 1
629-9745-019 2-39 1 629-9894-003 17-40 1
629-9745-020 2-42 1 629-9894-004 17-41 1
629-9745-021 2-38 1 629-9912-001 8-45
629-9745-022 2-44 1 8-139 2
629-9745-023 2-45 1 629-9912-002 8-48
629-9745-024 2-47 1 8-138 2
629-9745-025 2-51 1 629-9915-001 17-21 1
629-9745-026 2-50 1 629-9931-001 9-11 4
629-9745-028 2-1 1 629-9950-001 17-19 1
629-9745-029 2-53 1 20- REF
629-9745-030 2-52 1 629-9951-001 17-16 1
629-9745-032 2-48 1 20- REF
629-9745-033 2-33 1 629-9978-011 2-36 1
629-9747-001 1-18 1 629-9978-012 2-37 1
629-9747-002 1-20 1 629-9978-013 2-35 1
629-9749-001 5-8 1 629-9978-014 2-32 1
629-9749-002 5-10 1 629-9978-015 2-8 1
629-9750-002 1-6 1 629-9978-016 2-10 1
9- REF 629-9978-017 2-12 1
629-9751-001 9-8 1 629-9978-018 2-9 1
629-9751-002 9-13 1 629-9978-019 2-11 1
629-9752-001 9-1 1 629-9978-020 2-13 1
629-9753-001 10-90 1 629-9978-031 2-34 1
629-9753-002 10-93 1 629-9996-001 17-32 1
629-9754-001 10-1 1 632-5203-001 2-25 1
629-9755-001 12-79 1 634-9307-001 10-62 1
629-9756-001 12-19 1 634-9316-001 16-21C 1
629-9758-001 11-127 1 634-9318-001 16-21A 1
629-9758-002 11-114 1 634-9319-001 24-19 4
629-9758-003 12-77 1 634-9681-001 13-18 1
629-9759-001 9-7 2 25- REF
629-9760-001 1-7 1 634-9724-001 25-54 1
13- REF 634-9724-002 25-56 1
629-9764-001 9-10 4 634-9727-001 25-31 1
629-9765-001 10-87 1 634-9728-002 25-37
629-9766-001 9-2 1 25-49 2
629-9768-001 2-14 1 634-9728-003 25-14 1
629-9768-002 2-31 1 634-9737-001 25-35 1
629-9770-002 1-5 1 634-9749-001 10-63 1
17- REF 635-2288-000 1-1 1
629-9772-001 20-9 1 635-8508-001 14-26 1
629-9773-001 20-1 1 635-8508-002 14-29 1
629-9776-004 10-88 1 635-8510-001 13- 28 1
629-9778-001 17-7 1 635-8510-002 13-34 1
629-9778-002 17-9 1 635-8511-001 13-1 1
629-9779-001 17-6 1 635-8512-001 16-40 3
629-9780-002 1-8 1 635-8516-001 13-27 1

136 Revised 15 October. 1980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 arts list 523-0769256

NUMERICAL INDEX

FIG- TTL FIG- TTL

PART NUMBER ITEM PART NUMBER ITEM REQ
REQ

635-8516-001 14- REF 638-2481-001 6-1A 1

635-8517-001 13-16 1 638-7556-001 22-82 1
635-8680-001 16-2 1 638-7938-001 23-41 1
635-9615-001 2-23 1 64x203 11-2 1
637-2718-001 13-18 1 647-4013-001 15-98A 1
16- REF 662-0636-010 17-4 1
637-2720-001 14-30 1 66601 20-6
15- REF 20-7 2
637-4321-001 13-5 673-0699-010 13-14 1
13-6 66tVi40 5-6
13-10 3 24-11
638-1123-001 15-73 1 24-18
638-2197-001 24-4 1 24-21 12
638-2230-001 5-5 1 68NM62 17-15 2
638-2234-001 24-20 1 68NM32 17-10
638-2236-001 24-1 1 17-14 4
638-2236-002 24-3 1 705-0946-000 11-36 1
638-2239-001 24-28 1 705-0067-000 16-14 1
638-2239-002 24-33 1 705-0973-000 7-28 1
635-2387-001 24-2 4 705-OC80-000 15-100 1
638-2414-001 24-21 1 705-0988-000 16-34 1
638-2415-001 24-24 1 705-OQ89-000 19-49 1
638-2470-001 5-2 1 705-0990-000 7-121
6- REF 19-45 2
638-2471-001 6-37A 1 705-0991-000 7-99
638-2471-002 6-37A 1 13-13
638-2471-003 6-37A 1 25-11 3
638-2471-004 6-370, 1 705-0994-000 11-40 1
638-2471-005 6-37A 1 705-0996-000 25-28 1
638-2471-006 6-37A 1 705-1001-000 8-145 1
638-2471-007 6-37A 1 705-1009-000 19-36 1
638-2472-001 6-38A 1 705-1011-000 15-102 1
638-2472-002 6-38A 1 705-1012-000 11-49
638-2472-003 6-38A 1 19-42 2
638-2472-004 6-38A 1 705-1013-000 15-29 1
638-2473-001 6-llA 1 705-1018-000 15-39 1
638-2473-002 6-llA 1 705-1020-000 16-30
638-2473-003 6-llA 1 25-4 2
638-2473-004 6-llA 1 705-1021-000 15-30 1
639-2474-001 6-39A 1 705-1024-000 8-144
638-2474-002 6-30A 1 11-46 2
638-2474-003 6-39A 1 705-1025-000 19-50 1
638-2474-004 6-39A 1 705-1026-000 13-12 1
638-2474-005 6-39A 1 705-1027-000 15-101 1
638-2474-006 6-39A 1 705-1030-000 11-7
638-2474-007 6-398 1 11-73
638-2475-001 6-40A 1 11-124
638-2475-002 6-40A 1 16-29 4
638-2475-003 6-40A 1 705-1034-000 11-39 1
638-2475-004 6-40A 1 705-1037-000 1 9 - 35 1
638-2476-001 6-9A 1 705-1044-000 8-163
638-2476-002 6-9A 1 8-164
638-2476-003 6-9A 1 8-165
638-2476-004 6-9A 1 11-38
638-2476-005 6-9A 1 11-39
638-2477-001 6-41A 1 11-39
638-2477-002 6-41A 1 11-65
638-2477-003 6-41A 1 11-72
638-2477-004 6-41A 1 11-74
638-2477-005 6-41A 1 11-76
635-2477-006 6-41A 1 22-26 11
638-2477-007 6-41A 1 705-1046-000 11-31 1
638-2480-001 6-1 1 705-1048-000 7-51 1

Revised 1 5 October 1980

arts list 523-0769256 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

NUMERICAL INDEX

FIG- TTL FIG- TTL

PART NUMBER ITEM PART NUMBER ITEM REQ
REQ

705-1051-000 11-39 1 705-5974-660 7-70 1

705-1053-000 22-23 1 705-5974-820 7-71 1
705-1056-000 11-133 1 705-5974-960 7-49 1
705-1065-000 11-56 705-5974-980 11-90 1
11-63 2 705-5975-040 11-10 1
705-1072-000 11-63 1 705-5975-410 11-83 1
705-1076-000 15-74 AR 705-5975-470 7-65
705-1077-000 15-74 AR 11-87
705-1078-000 15-74 AR 11-147
705-1079-000 15-74 AR 11-153 4
705-1060-000 11-105 1 705-5975-490 8-148 1
15-74 AR 705-5975-510 11-69 1
705-1081-000 15-74 AR 7C5-5975-550 11-12 1
705-1062-000 15-74 AR 705-5975-600 11-11 1
705-1083-000 15-74 AR 705-5975-750 7-102
705-1084-000 15-74 AR 11-12 2
705-1085-000 15-74 AR 705-5975-610 7-110 1
705-1066-000 15-74 AR 705-5975-630 7-78 1
705-1067-000 15-74 AR 705-5975-930 7-116 1
705-1088-000 15-74 AR 705-5975-970 22-67 1
705-1089-000 15-74 AR 705-5976-020 11-9 1
705-1090-000 15-74 AR 705-5976-060 11-20 1
705-1091-000 15-74 AR 705-5976-080 11-90 1
705-1092-000 11-79 705-5976-220 7-92 1
11-91 705-5976-240 22-64 1
11-108 705-5976-260 7- 98
15-74 AR 11-9 2
15-75 4 705-5976-640 11-8 1
705-1093-000 15-74 AR 705-5976-760 11-8 1
705-1094-000 15-74 AR 705-5976-800 7-125 1
705-1099-000 11-132 1 705-5976-840 7-29 1
705-1115-000 11-28 705-5976-880 7-126 1
11-66 2 705-5976-950 7-124 1
705-3600-720 25-27 1 705-5977-090 7-82
705-3600-760 16-14 1 7-86 2
705-3601-420 7- 114 705-5977-210 7-80 1
7-115 2 705-5977-410 11-107
705-3604-030 11-103 11-152 2
11-104 2 705-5977-770 7-90 1
705-3604-090 11-148 74153FC 8-91
11-164 2 8-94 2
705-3604-150 11-43 745-0676-000 25-32 1
11-146A 2 745-0701-000 7-24
705-3605-020 16-29 1 7-37
705-3605-080 22-53 1 7-38
705-3605-100 16-33 1 22-16 4
705-3605-190 11-19 745-0702-000 16-1 1
11-49 2 745-0706-000 25-17
705-3605-240 11-48 1 25-26 2
705-3605-310 11-39 1 745-0711-000 15-113 1
705-3605-390 11-149 1 745-0712-000 16-1 1
705-3605-460 11-50 745-0716-000 22-19 1
11-135 2 745-0719-000 15-46
705-3605-530 11-134 1 15-51 2
705-3605-810 11-18 745-0725-000 15-129 1
11-109 2 745-0726-000 13-20 1
705-5973-530 11-53 1 745-0728-000 15-52
705-5973-910 11-158 1 15-126
705-5974-120 11-e8 1 19-41 3
705-5974-200 11-158 1 745-0730-000 15-115
705-5974-240 11-87 15-130 2
11-158 2 745-0731-000 7-13 1
705-5974-320 11-89 1 745-0734-000 7-18

138 Revised 15 October 1980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 ÿ arts list 523-0769256

NUMERICAL INDEX

FIG- TTL FIG- TTL

PART NUMBER ITEM PART NUMBER ITEM REQ
REQ

745-0734-000 7-20 2 745-0785-000 11-169

745-0737-000 23-12 11-170
26-36 12-59
26-37 3 15-36
745-0738-000 15-134 1 21-44
745-0740-000 20-3 1 22-36
745-0743-000 15-53 22-75
15-140 23-6
19-39 3 23-26
745-0748-000 11-27 26-34 17
11-70 745-0797-000 7-36 1
12-39 745-0603-000 8-87
15-152 11-117 2
15-159 745-0809-000 7- 2
16-11 6 7-60
745-0749-000 7-35 7-136
12-3 7-145
12-9 11-25
12-10 22-33 6
12-13 745-0821-000 7- 1
12-30 7-8
12-50 7-61
12-60 7-139
12-61 7-144
19-29 11-81
22-18 11-82
22-40 11-166
23-1 11-167 9
23-2 745-0845-000 7-100
23-6 7-101
23-13 7-103
23-26 7-111
23-38 7-112
23-39 7-113 6
23-40 20 745-1352-000 22-44 1
745-0754-000 15-128 1 745-1394-000 18-4
745-0755-000 7-3 18-6
7-58 22-28 3
7-106 745-1863-010 10-9
7- 1 3 5 10-14
26-28 16-25
26-43 6 25-20 4
745-0761-000 7-122 1 745-1863-020 25-3
745-0764-000 7-16 25-44 2
22-37 2 745-1863-030 15-133
745-0766-000 15-160 1 16-18 2
745-0773-000 7-146 745-1863-050 10-14
8-83 10-15
8-146 16-25A 3
26-7 745-1863-070 16-5 1
26-8 745-1863-050 10-27
26-9 10-69 2
26-10 745-1863-100 25-50 1
26-11 8 745-1863-140 10-67
745-0782-000 11-55 10-73
11-62 2 25-40 3
745-0785-000 7-50 745-1863-160 13-15 1
8-82 745-1863-180 10-22
8-156 10-59
11-26 10-61A
11-83 12-21
11-95, 15-120 5
11-100 745-1863-200 13-15 1

Revised 15 October 1980 139

ƒ arts list 523-0769256 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

NUMERICAL INDEX

FIG- TTL FIG- TTL

PART NUMBER ITEM PART NUMBER ITEM REQ
REQ

745-1863-250 10-63 745-1863-749 10-51 2

25-21 2 745-1863-790 10-43
745-1863-270 10-21 10-53 2
10-23 745-1863-810 10-41
10-25 3 10-43
745-1863-290 10-23 10-45
10-65 10-47
10-66 10-49
10-74 10-51
10-76 10-53
25-39 10-55 8
25-41 7 745-1864-010 15-71
745-1863-310 25-15 15-72
25-45 2 15-78
745-1863-320 10-63 AR 15-79 4
15-117 1 745-2292-000 21-55 1
745-1863-330 10-63 AR 745-2311-000 4-11
15-63 4-13
25-48 4-14
25-51 3 4-16
745-1863-340 10-63 AR 4-17
16-37 1 4-19
745-1863-350 10-63 AR 4-23
745-1863-360 10-63 AR 4-25 8
$6-6 745-2323-000 15-1
16-31 2 15-21 2
745-1863-370 10-63 AR 745-2326-000 6-25 1
745-1863-360 10-63 AR 745-2329-000 6-47
745-1863-390 10-63 AR 6-48 2
15-62 1 745-2341-000 3-23
745-1863-400 10-63 AR 3-24
15-135 3-25
15-136 3-26
16-16 3-44
16-19 4 3-45
745-1863-410 10-63 AR 3-46
745-1863-420 10-11 3-47
10-63 AR 3-105
12-31 2 3-109
745-1863-430 10-63 AR 3-113
12-20 1 3-121
745-1863-440 10-63 AR 3-123
745-1863-450 10-63 AR 3-139
745-1863-460 10-63 AR 6-4
745-1863-470 10-63 AR 6-18
745-1863-480 10-63 AR 6-20
745-1863-490 10-63 AR 6-26
25-38 1 6-64
745-1863-500 10-63 AR 6-66
745-1863-520 10-63 AR 6-74
15-68 1 6-75
745-1863-540 10-63 AR 6-76
745-1863-560 10-63 AR 6-77
745-1863-580 10-63 AR 6-78
745-1853-600 10-63 AR 6-79
745-1863-620 10-47 6-80
10-49 2 6-81
10-63 AR 8-24
745-1863-640 10-63 AR 8-29
15-12 1 15-6
745-1863-660 10-63 AR 15-13
745-1863-680 15-87 1 15-18
745-1863-740 10-45 15-57

140 Revised 15 October /!IN0

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 parts list 523-0769256

NUMERICAL INDEX

FIG- TTL FIG- TTL

PART NUMBER ITEM PART NUMBER ITEM REQ
REQ

745-2341-000 15-58 7815UC 19-21 1

15-64 78C4UC 19-18 1
15-69 8141MlOOCOG682J 7-83
15-104 7-94 2
15-146 82 73 24-19 4
23-9A 86905-1 24-27 1
23-36A 88381-7 24-23 1
23-40A 42 911 17-12 2
745-2347-000 21-54 1 912-2735-000 7-22 1
745-2353-000 15-3 912-2867-000 11-119
15-89 2 11-146 2
745-2365-000 8-12 912-3339-000 7-109 1
8-13 2 912-4141-010 11-34
745-2377-000 15-7 11-42
15-8 11-54
15-94 11-145A 4
15-95 4 912-4141-020 11-42
745-2413-000 6-68 1 11-110
745-2437-000 8-97 11-111
8-101 11-163 4
8-102 912-4141-050 8-88
8-103 11-131A
8-104 5 15-141
745-5638-000 17-13 1 15-142 4
745-5652-000 17-11 1 912-4141-080 8-80 1
747-2183-970 11-140A 1 912-4141-150 11-32
747-2183-980 25-5 1 11-121 2
747-4230-130 15-40 1 912-4141-200 13-17
747-4230-170 15-31 1 15-118 2
747-4230-290 15-40 1 912-4141-220 11-40A
747-4231-780 16-23 1 15-132
747-4232-310 16-23 22-62 3
16-32 2 912-4141-300 11-29
747-4232-700 15-35 1 11-33
747-5300-000 19-26 1 11-122
747-5347-000 10-12 1 11-131A
747-5385-000 10-2 1 11-157
747-5400-000 19-2 15-4
19-4 15-19 7
19-6 912-4141-400 11-21
19-7 11-71
19-8 11-77
19-9 11-86
19-10 15-92 5
19-11 912-4141-450 7-117 1
19-12 9 912-4141-480 15-84
747-5417-000 19-23 1 15-85
747-5539-000 19-1 22-66 3
19-3 912-4141-490 12-47 1
19-5 3 912-4141-520 7-118 1
7495P 8-100 1 913-1187-000 17-24
768-3177-004 3-144 17-25
5-7 9 17-27
768-3177-022 2-56 8 17-28 4
768-5919-003 3-146 913-3117-070 7-120 1
11-64 913-3117-090 7-97 1
19-58 5 913-3279-270 11-13
7717-15N 16-22A 1 11-16
7717-198N 15-119A 4 11-17
778-9422-001 4- 35 11-22
8-153 9 11-24
778-9422-023 3-147 8 11-37
778-9422-047 12-81 4 11-44

Revised 15 October 1980 141

parts list 523-0769256 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

NUMERICAL INDEX

FIG- TTL FIG- TTL

PART NUMBER ITEM PART NUMBER ITEM REQ
REQ

913-3279-270 11-51 913-4018-000 15-59

11-57 15-65
11-58 15-68
11-69 15-66
11-78 15-99
11-80 15-105
11-85 15-106
11-113 15-109
11-116 15-110
11-118 15-127
11-120 15-139
11-140 15-144
11-143 15-145
11-144 15-147
11-145 15-148
11-150 15-150
11-154 15-153
11-156 15-155
11-160 15-157
11-161 15-161
11-165 15-162
11-168 16-8
12-1 16-12
12-5 16-21
12-7 16-26
12-12 16-27
12-17 25-6
12-18 25-8
12-32 25-9
12-42 25-10 39
12-51 913-5019-030 7-26
12-57 39 7-33
913-3281-390 7-83 7-39
7-94 2 7-107
913-4002-000 7-29A 1 8-142 5
913-4003-000 7-29A 1 913-5019-060 6-88
913-4006-000 7-7 7-26
7-15 26-42 3
7-56 913-5019-070 7-104
7-64 8-158 2
7-76 913-5019-120 7-31
7-131 7-35 2
7-133 7 913-5019-140 7-53 1
913-4010-000 23-10 1 913-5019-200 3-7
913-4014-000 15-24 3-34
15-25 3-70
15-27 3-72
15-114 3-77
15-122 3-83
15-137 3-87
19-34 3- 90
19-48 3-95
22-57 3-08
22-65 10 3-102
913-4018-000 7-9 3-104
7-11 3-108
7-14 3-118
7-27 3-127
15-2 3-138
15-5 3-141
15-14 6-46
15-17 8-172
15-50 11-172

142 Revised 15 October 1980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
parts list 523-0769256

NUMERICAL INDEX

FIG- TTL FIG- TTL

PART NUMBER ITEM PART NUMBER ITEM REQ
REQ

913-5019-200 15-73 913-5019-440 8-143

15-76 8-147
15-77 8-149
15-90 8-154
23-11 8-155
23-17 8-162
23-21 8-168
23-23 8-170
23-30 8-171
23-33 8- 175
23-35 11-14
25-33 11-141
26-2 13-2
26-3 13-3
26-5 15-11
26-13 15-20
26-16 15-45
26-18 15-49
26-19 15-56
26-27 19-14
26-30 19-19
26-40 19-22
26-41 19-27
26-45 44 19-28
913-5019-320 6-3 19-31
6-19 19-40
6-21 19-44
6-22 19-46
6-30 21-5
6-31 21-9
6-34 21-13
6-37 21-19
6-43 21-22
6-52 21-39
6-59 21-46
6-61 22-2
6-67 22-22
6-84 22-27
6-87 22-29
10-6 22-56
10-10 22-63
10-28 18 22-73
913-5019-440 7-21 22-77 64
7-41 913-5019-480 19-17
7-42 19-20 2
7-46 913-5019-520 13-8 1
7-123 914-3098-510 10-40
8-20 10-62 2
8-25 914-3098-590 10-13
8-30 10-18 2
8-36 914-3098-640 10-3
8-49 10-8
8-59 10-16
8-66 10-20
8-73 10-26
8-107 10-29
8-108 10-30
8-116 10-31
8-120 10-32
8-127 10-33
8-128 10-34
8-134 10-35
8-141 10-39

Revised 15 October 1980 113

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
parts list 523-0769256

NUMERICAL INDEX
- -

FIG- TTL FIG- TTL

PART NUMBER ITEM PART NUMBER ITEM REQ
REQ

914-3098-640 10-57
10-62
10-68
10-70
10-72
10-86
12-22
12-23
12-26
12-27
16-3
16-10
16-13
16-17
16-35
16-36
25-2
25-16
25-18
25-25
25-29
25-34
25-42
25-43
25-52 38
914-3098-710 10-62A AR
914-3098-720 10-62A AR
914-3105-320 10-18 1
917-1222-000 8-81 1
917-1256-010 10-13
10-77
25-13
25-23
25-36 5
917-1256-020 16-4
16-39 2
917-1256-030 16-24
25-22 2
922-0583-030 10-77 1
922-6100-040 15-10
15-80
15-81 3
922-6119-010 10-42
10-44
10-46
10-48
10-50
10-52
10-54
10-56 8
933-0264-130 11-106 1
933-0264-200 11-102 1
933-1039-230 7-62
7-63
7-67
7-68
7-137
7-138
7-142
7-143 8
933-1084-250 11-159 1
933-1084-370 11-30 1

144 Revised 15 October 1980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 parts list 523-0769256

4. REFERENCE DESIGNATION INDEX

REFERENCE FIG- REFERENCE FIG-

PART NUMBER DESIGNATION ITEM PART NUMBER
DESIGNATION ITEM

A1 1-12 629-9730-002 AlA1528 3-65 DC51-64

A1 2- 629-9730-002 AlAlS29 3-64 DC51-64
A1A1 2-56 601-4914-001 AlAlS3 3-5 DC51-64
A 1A 1 3- 601-4914-001 AlAlS30 3-62 DC51-01
AlAlCl 3-142 N39003-01-2257 AlAlS31 3-60 DC51-01
AlAlClO 3-102 CK056X103K AlAlS32 3-58 DC51-64
AlAlCll 3-138 CK05BX103K AlA1533 3-55 DC51-01
AlAlC12 3-127 CK05@X103K AlAlS34 3-53 DC51-01
AlAlC13 3-118 CK05BX103K AlAlS35 3-51 DC51-01
AlAlC14 3-108 CK056X103K AlAlS36 3-49 DC51-01
AlAlCl5 3-104 CK05EX103K AlAlS37 3-42 DC51-01
AlAlC16 3-70 CK05BX103K AlA1538 3-41 DC51-01
AlAlC17 3-7 CKO5EXlO3K AlAlS39 3-40 DC51-01
AlAlC18 3-34 CK05BX103K AlAlS4 3-9 DC51-64
AlAlC2 3-141 CK05eX103K , AlAlS43 3-61 DC51-01
AlAlC3 3-72 CK056X103K AlAlS44 3-59 DC51-01
AlAlC4 3-77 CK055X103K AlAlS45 3-57 DC51-64
AlAlC5 3-83 CK05BX103K AlAlS46 3-54 DC51-01
AlAlC6 3-87 CK05EX103K AlAlS47 3-52 DC51-01
AlAlC7 3-90 CK05EY103K AlAlS43 3-50 DC51-64
AlAlC8 3-95 CK056X103K AlAlS49 3-48 DC51-01
AlAlC9 3-98 CK05EX103K AlAlS5 3-11 DC51-01
AlAlRl 3-139 RCR05G102KS AlAlS6 3-13 DC51-64
AlAlRlO 3-26 RCR05G102KS AlAlS7 3-16 DC51-01
AlAlRll 3-47 RCRO5GlO;KS AlAlS8 3-18 DC51-01
AlAlR12 3-46 RCR05G102KS AlAlS9 3-20 DC51-01
AlAlR13 3-45 RCR05G102KS AlAlUl 3-71 N74LSOCN
AlAlR14 3-44 RCR05Gl02KS AlAlUlO 3-82 SN74LS174N
AlAlR2 3-123 RCR05G102KS AlAlU11 3-84 SN74LS174N
AlAlR3 3-121 RCR05G102KS AlAlUlZ 3-85 SN74LS174N
AlAlR4 3-113 RCR05G102KS AlAlU13 3-86 SN74LS174N
AlAlR5 3-109 RCR05G102KS AlAlU15 3-88 SN74LS174N
AlAlR6 3-105 RCR05G102KS AlAlU16 3-89 SN74LS174N
AlAlR7 3-24 RCR05G102KS AlAlUl8 3-91 SN74LS174N
AlAlR8 3-25 RCR05G102KS AlAlU19 3-92 SN74LS136N
AlAlR9 3-23 RCR05G102KS AlAlU2 3-73 SN74LS174N
AlAlS1 3-1 DC51-64 AlAlU20 3-93 SN74LS174N
AlAlSlO 3-22 DC51-01 AlAlU21 3-94 SN7406N
AlAlS11 3--27 DC51-64 AlAlU22 3-96 SN74LS174N
AlAlS12 3-29 DC51-01 AlAlU23 3-97 SN74LS174N
AlAlS13 3-31 DC51-64 AlAlU25 3-99 St474LS174N
AlAlS14 3-68 DC51-64 AlAlU26 3-100 SN74LS174N
AlAlSl5 3-2 DC51-64 AlAlU27 3-101 N8T97N
AlAlS16 3-4 DC51-64 AlAlU28 3-143 Dtl74LSlON
A141517 3-8 DC51-01 AlAlU29 3-140 DH7447AN
AlAlS18 3-10 DC51-01 AlAlU3 3-74 SN74LS174N
AlAlS19 3-12 DC51-64 AlAlU30 3-137 DH7447AN
AlAlS2 3-3 DC51-64 AlAlU31 3-136 Dtl7447AN
AlAlS20 3-15 DC51-01 AlAlU32 3-135 SN7406N
AlAlS21 3-17 DC51-01 AlAlU33 3-134 Dfl7447AN
AlAlS22 3-19 DC51-01 AlAlU34 3-133 SN7406t.I
AlAlS23 3-21 DC51-01 AlAlU35 3-132 DM7447AN
AlAlS24 3-28 DC51-01 AlAlU36 3-131 SN7406N
AlAlS25 3-30 DC51-01 AlAlU37 3-130 SN7406N
AlAlS26 3-39 DC51-01 AlAlU38 3-129 DN7447AN
AlAlS27 3-66 DC51-64 AlAlU39 3-128 SN7406N

Revised 15 October 1.980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
parts list 523-0769256
--

REFERENCE DESIGNATION INDEX

REFERENCE FIG- REFERENCE FIG-

PART NUMBER DESIGNATION ITEM PART NUMBER
DESIGNATION ITEM

AlAlU4 3-75 SN74LS174N AlA2DS10 4-59 5082-7650

AlAlU40 3-126 Dfl7447AN AlA20S11 4-60 5082-7650
AlAlU41 3-125 DM7447AN AlA2DS12 4-66 5082-7650
AlAlU42 3-124 SN7406N AlA2DS13 4-67 5082-7650
AlAlU43 3-122 DM7447AN AlAZDS14 4-68 5082-7650
AlAlU44 3-120 DH7447AN AlA2DS2 4-42 5082-7650
AlAlU45 3-119 SN7406N AlAZDS3 4-43 5082-7650
AlAlU46 3-117 Dil7447AN AlAZDS4 4-44 5082-7650
AlAlU47 3-116 SN74LS138N AlACDS5 4-45 5082-7650
AlAlU48 3-115 DH74LS02N AlA2DS6 4-53 5052-7650
AlAlU49 3-114 SN7406N AlA2DS7 4-54 5082-7650
AlAlU5 3-76 SN74LS138N AlA2DS8 4-56 5082-7650
AlAlU50 3-112 DH7447AN AlA2DS9 4-57 5082-7650
AlAlU51 3-111 DH7447AN AlA2PlA 4-29 372-2624-052
AlAlU52 3-110 SN7406N AlA2P18 4-6 372-2624-047
AlAlU53 3-107 DM7447AN AlA2R1 4-25 RCR05G151KS
AlAlU54 3-106 SN7406N AlA2R2 4-23 RCROSG151KS
AlAlU55 3-103 N74LS32N AlA2R3 4-19 RCR05Gl51KS
AlAlU56 3-69 SN74LS174N AlA2R4 4-17 RCR05G151KS
AlAlU57 3-67 ULN2003A AlA2R5 4-16 RCR05G151KS
AlAlU58 3-6 SN74LS174N AlA2R6 4-14 RCR05G151KS
AlAlU59 3-63 ULN2003A AlA2R7 4-13 RCR05G151KS
AlAlU6 3-78 SN74LS174N AlA2R8 4-11 RCR05G151KS
AlAlU60 3-14 SN74LS174N AlA2U1 4-22 3148151
AlAlU61 3-56 ULN20034 AlA2UlO 4-52 3148151
AlAlU62 3-43 SN74LS174N AlA2U11 4-55 3146151
AlAlU63 3-32 N8T97N AlA2U12 4-58 3148151
AlAlU64 3-33 SN74LS74AN AlA2U13 4-61 3148151
AlAlU65 3-37 SN74LS174N AlA2U14 4-65 3148151
AlAlU66 3-36 N8T97N AlA2U15 4-7 3146151
AlAlU67 3-35 N8T97N AlA2U16 4-3 314B151
AlAlU68 3-38 ULN2003A AlA2U17 4-72 3145151
A1AlU7 3-79 SN7406N AlA2U18 4-33 3148151
AlAlU8 3-80 SN74LS174N AlAZU19 4-1 3146151
AlAlU9 3-81 SN74LSl74N AlAZU2 4-51 3148151
A1A2 2-55 601-4913-002 AlA2U3 4-8 3146151
AlA2 4- 601-4913-002 AlA2U4 4-39 3148151
AlAZCR1 4-37 5082-4670 AlAZU5 4-31 3148151
AlA2CR10 4-64 5082-4670 AlA2U6 4-27 3146151
AlA2CR11 4-69 5082-4670 AlA2U7 4-46 3146151
AlA2CR12 4-70 5082-4670 AlA2U8 4-50 3148151
AlA2CR13 4-71 5082-4670 AlAZU9 4-21 3148151
AlACCR15 4-32 5062-4670 AlA2XDSl 4-40 TSW3800-14BW
AlA2CR17 4-30 5082-4670 AlA2XDSlO 4-40 TSW3800-148W
AlA2CR19 4-26 5082-4670 AlAZXDSll 4-40 TSW3800-14EW
AlA2CR2 4-36 5082-4670 AlA2XDS12 4-40 TSW3800-148W
AlAZCR21 4-24 5082-4670 AlA2XDS13 4-40 TSW3800-14BW
AlA2CR23 4-20 5082-4670 AlA2XDS14 4-40 TSW3800-146W
AlA2CR25 4-18 5082-4670 AlA2XDS2 4-40 TSW3800-14EW
AlAZCR27 4-15 5082-4670 AlAZXDS3 4-40 TSW3600-146W
AlA2CR29 4-12 5082-4670 AlA2XDS4 4-40 TSW3800-148W
AlA2CR3 4-38 5082-4670 AlA2XDS5 4-40 TSW3800-14BW
AlA2CR31 4-10 5082-4670 AlA2XDS6 4-40 TSW3800-14BW
AlA2CR33 4-9 5082-4670 AlA2XDS7 4-40 TSW3800-14BW
AlA2CR35 4-4 5082-4670 AlAZXDS8 4-40 TSW3800-14BW
AlACCR37 4- 2 5082-4670 AlA2XDS9 4-40 TSW3800-14@W
AlACCR4 4-34 5082-4670 A1P l 2-61 1625-6P1
AlA2CR5 4-47 5082-4670 AlS53 2-57 266-7508-090
AlA2CR6 4-48 5082-4670 AlS54 2-58 NE15F01-0003-00
AlA2CR7 4-49 5082-4670 A10 1-3 601-5883-001
AlA2CR8 4-62 5082-4670 A10 1-3 601-2309-001
AlA2CR9 4-63 5082-4670 A10 23- 601-5883-001
AlA2DS1 4-41 5082-7650 A10 26- 601-2309-001

146 Rel*ised 15 October 1980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 parts list 523-0769256

REFERENCE DESIGNATION INDEX

-
REFERENCE FIG- REFERENCE FIG-
PART NUMBER DESIGNATION ITEM PART NUMBER
DESIGNATION ITEM

AlOCRl 23-7 1N4454GE A10U12 26-26 MC3448AP

AlOCRl 26-35 1N4454GE A10U13 23-25 MC3441AP
AlOCl 23-10 CK055X221K A10U13 26-17 N74LS32N
AlOCl 26-2 CK05EX103K A10U14 23-22 MC3441AP
AlOClO 23-27 M39003-01-2254 A10U15 23-19 MC3441AP
AlOClO 23-?7 M39003-01-2286 A10U16 23-20 HC3441AP
AlOClO 26-38 M39003-01-2266 A10U17 23-28 SN74LS139N
AlOCll 26-32 M39003-01-2254 A10U18 23-405 St474LSE6t4
A10C12 26-42 CK05BX270K A10U2 23-37 N74LS04N
A10C13 26-27 CK05BX103K A10U2 26-21 MC3446AP
A10C14 26-5 CK05EX103K A10U3 23-9 SN7406N
A10C15 26-16 CK05BX103K A10U3 26-44 06291
A10C2 23-4 M39003-01-2286 A10U4 23-14 St175~t50BN
AlOC2 23-4 M39003-01-2254 A10U4 26-1 SN74LS133N
A10C2 26-3 CK05BX103K A10U5 23-36 SN74LS73AN
A10C3 23-11 CK056X103K A10U5 26-6 DM74LS36iN
A10C3 26-13 CK05BX103K A10U6 23-3 N9T97N
A10C4 23-35 CK05BX103K A10U6 26-33 N74LS04N
A10C4 26-45 CK05BX103K A10U7 23-16 P8255A
A10C5 23-17 CK05SX103K A10U7 26-4 N74LS06N
A10C5 26-18 CK05BX103K AlOUS 23-18 P8255A
A10C6 23-33 CK055X103K A10US 26-22 D1174191N
A10C6 26-19 CK05BX103K A10U9 23-34 SN74LS73AN
A10C7 23-30 CK056X103K A10U9 26-15 SN74LS74AN
A10C7 26-40 CK056X103K AlOXU18 23-40C TSW3600-14BW
A10C8 23-23 CK05EX103K AlOYl 26-31 CR64AU16-0000MHZ
A10C8 26-41 CK05BX103K A2 1-16 629-9740-002
A10C9 23-21 CK05BX103K A2 5- 629-9740-002
A10C9 26-30 CK05BX103K A2A1 5-2 638-2470-001
AlOP1 26-25 372-2622-074 A2Al 6- 638-2470-001
AlORl 23-2 RCR07G102KS A2A1 6-1C 601-2099-001
AlORl 26-7 RCR07G472KS A2AlCRl 6-69 1N4454GE
AlORlO 23-40A RCR05GlO2KS A2AlC1 6-46 CK05EX103K
AlORlO 26-36 RCR07G471KS A2AlC10 6-21 CKOSBXlO4K
AlORll 23-9A RCR05G102KS A2AlC11 6-22 CK05BX104K
A10R12 23-36A RCR05G102KS A2AlC12 6-61 CK056X104K
A10R2 23-1 RCROiG102KS A241C13 6-87 CK05BX104K
A10R2 26-8 RCROiG472KS A2AlC14 6-52 CK05BX104K
A10R3 23-40 RCR07G102KS A2AlC15 6-3 CK056X104K
AlOR3 26-9 RCR07G472KS A2AlCl6 6-59 CK05BX104K
A10R4 23-39 RCR07G102KS A2AlC17 6-34 CK05BX104K
A10R4 26-10 RCR07G472KS A2AlC18 6-64 CK056Xl04K
A10R5 23-12 RCR07G471KS A2AlC19 6-19 CK05BX104K
A10R5 26-11 RCR07G472KS A2AlC2 6-88 CK05BX270K
A10R6 23-13 RCR07G102KS A2AlC3 6-67 CK05BX104K
A10R6 26-43 RCR07Gl52KS A2AlC4 6-30 CK05BX104K
A10R7 23-38 RCR07G102KS A2AlC5 6-37 CK05BX104K
A10R7 26-28 RCR07G152KS A2AlC6 6-31 CK05BX104K
AlORS 23-6 RCR07G102KS A2AlC7 6-43 CK05BX104K
A10R8 23-6 RCR07G103KS A2AlC8 6-29 M39003-01-2289
A10R8 26-34 RCROiG103KS A2AlC9 6-65 M39003-01-2289
A10R9 23-26 RCR07G103KS A2AlP1 6-24 372-2624-038
A10R9 23-26 RCR07G102KS A2AlR1 6-4 RCR05G102KS
A10R9 26-37 RCR07G471KS A2AlR10 6-79 RCR05GlOZKS
AlOSl 23-5 A10040-105 A2AlR11 6-76 RCR05GlOiKS
AlOSl 26-12 01-70-0305 A2AlR12 6-81 RCR05G102KS
AlOUl 23-8 50459-932459 A2AlR13 6-PO RCR05G102KS
AlOUl 26-39 SN74LS245N A2AlR14 6-18 RCR05G102KS
AlOUlO 23-32 N8T97N A2AlR15 6-68 RCRO5G104KS
AlOUlO 26-29 MC3448AP A2AlR16 6-77 RCR05GlO:KS
AlOUll 23-31 N74LSOON A2AlR17 6-64 RCR05G102KS
AlOUll 26-20 MC3448AP A2AlR18 6-66 RCR05G102KS
A10U12 23-29 N8T97N A2AlR2 6-47 RCR05G471KS

Revised 15 October 1980

 parts list 523-0769256 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

REFERENCE DESIGNATION INDEX

REFERENCE FIG- REFERENCE FIG-

DESIGNATION PART NUMBER DESIGNATION ITEM PART NUMBER
ITEM

AZAlR3 6-48 RCR05G471KS A2AlU41 6-62 N74LS34N

AZAlR4 6-25 RCR05G391KS AZAlU42 6-31A N74LS32N
A2AlR5 6-26 RCR05G102KS A2AlU43 6-27 N8T97N
A2AlR6 6-20 RCR05G102KS A241U44 6-71 NaT97N
AZAlR7 6-75 RCR05G102KS AZAlU45 6-63 SN74LS74AN
A2AlR8 6-74 RCR05G102KS A2AlU46 6-70 N74LS32N
A2AlR9 6-78 RCR05G102KS A2AlU5 6-7 t:C7404P
A2AlU1 6-45 F404QBPC A2AlU7 6-41A 638-2477-001
AZAlU11 6-51 Atl9111EPC AZAlU7 6-41A 638-2477-002
A2AlU12 6-54 AM9111EPC A2AlU7 6-41A 638-2477-003
AZAlU13 6-39A 638-2474-001 A2AlU7 6-41A 638-2477-004
A2AlU13 6-39A 638-2474-002 A2AlU7 6-41A 638-2477-005
A2AlU13 6-39A 638-2474-003 A2AlU7 6-41A 638-2477-006
A2AlU13 6-39A 638-2474-004 A2AlU7 6-41A 638-2477-007
A291U13 6-39A 638-2474-005 A2AlXU10 6-9 TSW3S00-2qEW
A2AlU13 6-39A 638-2474-006 AZAlXU13 6-40 TSW3800-24EW
AZAlU13 6-39A 638-2474-007 AZAlXU14 6-41 TSW3800-24EW
AZAlU14 6-40A 638-2475-001 A2AlXU15 6-10 TSW3800-24EW
A2AlU14 6-40A 638-2475-002 A2AlXU16 6-11 TSW3800-24BW
A2AlU14 6-40A 638-2475-003 AZAlXU21 6-38 TSW3300-24BW
A2AlU14 6-40A 638-2475-004 AZAlXU22 6-39 TSW3SOO-24BW
AZAlUl5 6-9A 638-2476-001 A2AlXU23 6-12 TSW3800-24EW
A2AlU15 6-9A 638-2476-002 A2AlXU24 6-13 TSW3600-24EW
A2AlU15 6-9A 633-2476-003 A2AlXU35 6-17 DlLBZ+OPl
A2AlU15 6-9A 638-2476-004 A2AlXU6 6-50 TSW3800-246W
A2AlU15 6-9A 638-2476-005 A2AlXU7 6-42 TSA3800-24BW
AZAlU17 6-86 AH9111EPC AZAlXUa 6-44 TSU3600-246W
A2AlU18 6-55 AH9111EPC A2AlXU9 6-8 TSW3800-24BW
A2AlU19 6-85 AH9111EPC A2AlY1 6-49 CR64AU16-0000MHZ
A2AlUZ 6-2 40405PC A2A2 5-1 601-4911-001
A2AlUZO 6-56 AH9111EPC A2A2 7- 601-4911-001
A2AlU21 6-37A 638-2471-001 A2A2C1 7-104 CK05BX330K
A2AlU21 6-37A 638-2471-002 AZA2C10 7-109 DP120FD222J04CR
AZAlU21 6-37A 633-2471-003 AZAZC100 7-9 CK05BX102K
A2AlU21 6-37A 638-2471-004 A2A2C101 7-14 CK05BX102K
AZAlU21 6-37A 638-2471-005 AZAZC102 7-29A CK05BX560K
A2AlU21 6-37A 638-2471-006 A2A2C102 7-29A CK05EX470K
A2AlUZ1 6-37A 638-2471-007 A2A2Cll 7-11 CK05EX102K
AZAlU22 6-38A 638-2472-001 A2A2C12 7-53 CK05BX33tK
A241U22 6-38A 638-2472-002 A2A2C13 7- 7 CK05BS101K
A2AlU22 6-38A 638-2472-003 A2A2C15 7-120 lCCOX381X510OC4
A2AlU22 6-38A 638-2472-004 A2AZC16 7-118 DPl5F401J05OWV
A2AlU23 6-llA 638-2473-001 AZAZC17 7-117 DM5F221JOSOWV
A2AlU23 6-llA 638-2473-002 A2A2C18 7-26 CK05EX150K
A2AlU23 6-llA 638-2473-003 A2AZC18 7-26 CK05EX270K
A2AlU23 6-llA 638-2473-004 A2A2C19 7-27 CK05BX102K
A2AlU25 6-83 Atl9lllEPC A2A2C20 7-31 CK05BX222K
A2AlU26 6-57 AH9111DPC A2A2C21 7-35 CK05BX222K
A2AlU27 6-36 SN74LS138N A2A2C23 7-33 CK05BX150K
A2AlU28 6-35 N8T97N A2A2C25 7-39 CK056X150K
AZAlU29 6-15 N3T97N A2A2C27 7-21 CK06BX104K
A2AlU3 6-5 SN74LS74AN A2A2C28 7-41 CK06BY104K
A2AlU30 6-14 N8T97N A2A2C29 7-48 N3QO03-01-2289
A2AlU31 6-82 N8T97N A2AZC3 7-97 2CCOG681X51OOC4
A2AlU32 6-58 N8T97N AZAZC30 7-46 CK06EX104K
A2AlU34 6-33 N8T97N A2A2C31 7-45 N39003-01-2289
A2AlU35 6-16 280 AZAZC32 7-42 CK06BX104K
A2AlU36 6-73 SN74LS139N A2A2C33 7-57 N39003-01-2286
A2AlU37 6-60 N74LS32N A2A2C34 7-129 M39003-01-2286
A2AlU38 6-32 N74LS00N A2A2C35 7-132 fl39003-01-2286
A2AlU39 6-28 N8T9TN A2A2C36 7-4 N3Q003-01-2286
A2AlU4 6-6 SN74LS19lN A2A2C37 7-62 PElS0-1-80-10
A2AlU40 6-72 N8T97N A2A2C38 7-63 PElSO-1-80-10

1-48 Revised 15 October 1980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 parts list 523-0769256

REFERENCE DESIGNATION INDEX

REFERENCE FIG- REFERENCE FIG-

PART NUMBER DESIGNATION ITEM PART NUMBER
DESIGNATION ITEM

A2A2C39 7-142 PElSO-1-80-10 AZAZR3 7-75 RT24C2X502

AZAZC4 7-94 8141P11OOCOG682J AZA2R33 7-125 RN55E4872B
AZA2C40 7-143 PElSO-1-80-10 AZA2R34 7-124 Rt455E6042B
A2A2C41 7-137 PElSO-1-80-10 A2AZR35 7-82 Rt455E0612B
AZAZC42 7-138 PElSO-1-80-10 AZA2R38 7-80 RN55EiS72B
A2A2C43 7-67 PElS0-1-80-10 A2A2R39 7-126 Rt:55E53@2B
A2AZC44 7-68 PElSO-1-80-10 A2A2R4 7-77 RT24CZX502
AZA2C45 7-56 CK05BXlOlK AZA2R41 7-111 RCROiG474KS
A2AZC46 7-133 CK05BX101K A2AtR42 7-113 RCR07G474KS
AZAZC47 7-131 CK053XlOlK A2AZR43 7-29 Rt455E5112B
A2A2C48 7-64 CK056YlOlK A2A2RS4 7-28 RN55D33LOF
AZA2C49 7-76 CK05BX101K A2A2R45 7-36 RCR07G223KS
A2A2C5 7-107 CK05BX150K A2A2R45 7-35 RCROiG102KS
A2A2C50 7-123 CK06BX104K A2A2R5 7-79 RTZrC2X103
A242C6 7-83 8141HlOOCOG682J A2A2R51 7-18 RCR07G391KS
A2A2C7 7-15 CK056X101K A2AZR52 7-20 RCR07G391KS
A2AcC9 7-22 CH07FD103J03 A2A2R53 7-58 RCR07G152KS
A2A2L1 7-23 MS75089-12 A242R54 7-146 RCR07G47ZKS
AZA2L10 7-140 MS75089-11 A2A2R55 7-135 RCR07G152KS
A2A2Lll 7-130 MS75089-11 AZA2R56 7-3 RCROiG152KS
A2A2L12 7-69 MS750S9-11 A2A2R57 7-60 RCROTG473SS
AZA2L13 7-5 tlS75089-11 A2A2R58 7-145 RCR07G473KS
A2A2L2 7-30 MS75089-20 AZA2R59 7-136 RCROiG473KS
A2A2L3 7-32 MS75089-22 A2A2R6 7-81 RT24C2X502
A2A2L4 7-47 NS75088-13 A2A2R60 7-2 RCR07G473KS
A2A2L5 7-43 MS75088-13 A2A2R61 7-61 RCR07G104KS
A2A2L6 7-65 PlS75089-11 A2A2R62 7-144 RCR07G104KS
A2AZL7 7-55 HS75089-11 AZA2R63 7-139 RCROiG104NS
A2A2L8 7-147 HS75089-11 A2A2R64 7-1 RCR07G104KS
A2AZL9 7-148 MS75089-11 AZA2R65 7-71 P1155E4641B
A242P1 7-149 372-2624-025 A2A2R67 7-70 RN55E38318
A2A291 7-10 2N4416 A2A2R68 7-122 RCROiG222KS
AiA2R1 7-72 RT24C2X102 A2A2R69 7-121 RN55D7500F
AZAZR10 7-91 RT24C2X502 A2A2R7 7-84 RT24CZX502
A2A2R100 7-115 RN60DS063F A2A2R8 7-87 RT24C2X502
AZA2R101 7-114 RN60DS063F A2A2R9 7-89 RT24C2X103
A2AZR102 7-106 RCR07G152KS AZA2U1 7-74 LHlOlAH
A2A2R103 7-24 RCR07G470KS A2AZU10 7-128 F4049SPC
AZAZRlO4 7-37 RCR07G470KS A2A2Ull 7-105 LMlOlAH
A2A2R105 7-38 RCR07G470KS A2A2U14 7-34 LMlOIAH
A292R106 7-99 RN55D7870F A2A2U15 7-25 LNlOlAH
A2A2R108 7-101 RCROiG474KS A2A2U16 7-12 LN318H
A2A2R109 7-103 RCR07G474KS A2A2U17 7-66 LMlOSH
A2A2R11 7-93 RT24C2X502 A2A2U18 7-6 F4049BPC
AZA2R110 7-98 Rt455E2552B A2A2U19 7-52 LH31GH
AZAZR112 7-92 RN55E243CB AZA2U2 7-96 CD4053BE
A2A2R113 7-102 Rt455E1402B A2A2U20 7-40 LMlOlAH
A2AZR115 7-100 RCR07G474KS A2A2U21 7-59 LM108H
A2A2R12 7-95 RT24C2X502 AZAZU22 7-54 F40406PC
AZA2R13 7-112 RCR07G474KS A2A2U3 7-88 C040536E
A2A2R14 7-78 RN55E1542B A2A2U4 7-141 LH106H
A2A2R15 7-85 RN55E10028 A242U5 7-127 F40406PC
A2A2R16 7-16 RCROiG272KS A2A2U6 7-108 LMlOlAH
A2A2R18 7-90 RN55E1543B AZA2U7 7-17 LNlOlAH
A2A2R2 7-73 RT24C2X102 A2A2U9 7-134 LM108H
AZAZRZO 7-116 RN55E1742B AZA2VR1 7-19 lN752A
A2AZR22 7-110 RN55E1502B A2AZVR2 7-44 1N752A
A2A2R23 7-86 RN55E6812B A2A2VR3 7-119 1NS25A
A2A2R25 7-49 RN55E5491B A2A3 5-3 601-4883-001
AZA2R26 7-50 RCROiG103KS A2A3 8- 601-4883-001
A2A2R27 7-51 RN55D1212F A2A3C1 8-113 H39003-01-2261
AZA2R28 7-8 RCR07G104KS A2A3Cll 8-49 CK06BX104K
AZAZRZ9 7-13 RCROiG331KS AZA3Cl2 8-175 CK06BX104K

Revised 15 October 1980 149

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
parts list 523-0769256

REFERENCE DESIGNATION INDEX

REFERENCE FIG- REFERENCE FIG-

DESIGNATION ITEM PART NUMBER DESIGNATION ITEM PART NUMBER

A2A3C13 8-128 CK06BX104K A2A3U10 8-43 DM74175N

A2A3C14 8-30 CK06BX104K A2A3U100 8-19 DM74LSO2N
A2A3C15 8-66 CK06BX104K A2A3UlO1 8-18 Dtl74155N
A2A3C16 8-141 CK06BX104K A2A3U102 8-17 SN74LS175N
A2A3C17 8-120 CK06BX104K AZA3U103 8-62 SN74LS174N
A2A3C18 8-127 CKO6BX104K A2A3U104 8-61 SN74LSli5N
A2A3C19 8-25 CK06BX104K A2A3U105 8-60 SN74LS175N
A2A3C2 8-36 CKObBX104K AZA3U106 8-58 SN74LS174N
A2A3C20 8-116 CK066X104K A2A3U107 8-57 DM74LSOZti
AZA3CZ1 8-171 CK06BX104K AZA3U108 8-56 316A472
A2A3C22 8-20 CK06BX104K A2A3Ull 8-44 SNi4LS86N
A2A3C23 8-59 CK06BX104K AZA3U112 8-98 314A152
AZA3C24 8-112 M39003-01-2261 A2A3U113 8-99 DM7489J
A2A3C29 8-168 CK06BX104K A2A3U114 8-100 7495P
A2A3C3 8-73 CKO6BX104K A2A3U115 8-161 SN74LS175N
A2A3C30 8-170 CK06BX104K A2A3U116 8-160 St17405N
A2A3C31 8-149 CK06BX104K A2A3U117 8-159 LMlOlAH
A2A3C32 8-162 CKO6PX104K AZA3Ull8 8-151 AD552KDBIN
AZA3C33 8-155 CK06BXl04K A2A3U12 8-45 629-9912-001
A243C34 8-147 CK06BX104K A2A3U13 8-77 St174LS16N
A2A3C35 8-143 CK06EX104K A2A3Ul4 8-78 SN7483AN
A2A3C36 8-142 CK05EXl50K AZA3U17 8-85 tlC7404P
A2A3C37 8-158 CK05BX330K A2A3U18 8-86 SE47483AN
A2A3C38 8-172 CK05BX103K A2A3U19 8-180 SN7483AN
A2A3C39 8-154 CK06BX104K A2A3U2 8-1 DM7489J
AZA3C4 8-134 CK06BX104K A2A3U20 8-129 SN74170N
A2A3C40 8-107 CK06BX104K A2A3U21 8-130 SN79LS164N
AiA3C41 8-108 CK066X104K A2A3U22 8-131 S1274LS164N
A2A3C5 8-105 M39003-01-2289 A2A3U23 8-132 SN74LS164N
A2A3C6 8-106 M39003-01-2289 A2A3U24 8-133 SN74LS164N
A2A3C7 8-81 538OllCOP092R A2A3U26 8-34 DMi489J
A2A3C8 8-80 DM5CO40D3OOWV A2A3U27 8-35 314A152
A2A3C9 8-88 DM5FlOlJ050WV A2A3U28 8-6 SN74P3AN
A2A3Jl 8-37 372-2623-025 A2A3U29 8-7 SN74LS175N
A2A3J2 8-40 372-2623-025 A2A3U3 8-2 314A152
A2A3J3 8-181 372-2623-016 A2A3U30 8-8 DM7489J
A2A3L1 8-114 MS18130-1 AZA3U31 8-70 SN7483AN
A2A3L2 8-115 MS18130-1 A2A3U32 8-71 SN74170N
A2A3L3 8-109 MS14046-4 A2A3U33 8-72 SN74LS175N
A2A3L4 8-111 MS14046-4 A2A3U34 8-46 SN74LS175N
A2A3L5 8-157 MS75089-11 A2A3U35 8-47 SN74LS86N
A2A3L6 8-169 MS75089-11 AZA3U36 8-48 629-9912-002
A2A341 8-84 2N918 A2A3U37 8-124 SE174LS86N
AiA3R10 8-104 RCR05G474KS A2A3U38 8-125 SN7483AN
A2A3Rll 8-148 RN55E1022B A2A3U39 8-126 SN74LS174N
A2A3R21 8-83 RCR07G472KS A2A3U4 8-3 SN74S3AN
A2A3R23 8-164 RN55D1002F A2A3U40 8-89 SN74LS174N
A2A3R24 8-163 Rt45501002F A2A3U41 8-90 SN74LS174N
A2A3R25 8-165 RN55D1002F A2A3U42 8-91 74153PC
AZA3R27 8-144 RN55D3831F A2A3U43 8-177 SN74170N
A2A3R28 8-145 Rl15501271F A2A3U44 8-178 314A152
A2A3R29 8-146 RCR07G472KS A2A3U45 8-179 DM74175N
A2A3R3 8-87 RCR07G333KS A2A3U46 8-135 SN74LSS6N
A2A3R3O 8-156 RCR07G103KS A2A3U47 8-136 SN74LSE6N
A2A3R31 8-29 RCR05GlOZKS A2A3U48 8-137 SN74LS174N
A2A3R32 8-24 RCROSGlOZKS A2A3U49 8-31 N74LSOON
A2A3R33 8-12 RCR05G472KS A2A3U5 8-4 SN74LS175N
A2A3R34 8-13 RCR05G472KS A2A3U50 8-32 N74LSOON
A2A3R35 8-82 RCR07G103KS A2A3U51 8-33 DM74LSOZN
A2A3R6 8-102 RCROSG474KS A2A3U52 8-9 SN74LS74AN
A2A3R7 8-103 RCR05G474KS A2A3U53 8-10 314A152
A2A3R8 8-97 RCR05G474KS A2A3U54 8-11 DM7489J
A2A3R9 8-101 RCR05G474KS A2A3U55 8-67 DM74126N

150 Revised 1 5 October 1980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
parts list 523-0769256

REFERENCE DESIGNATION INDEX

REFERENCE FIG- REFERENCE FIG-

PART NUMBER DESIGNATION ITEM PART NUMBER
DESIGNATION ITEM

A2A3U56 8-68 DM7489J A3AlC14 10-62 101KMSX500

A2A3U57 8-69 DM74157N A3AlC14 10-62 471KMSX200
A2A3U58 8-52 SN7483AN A3AlC15 10-57 471KNSX200
A2A3U59 8-51 SN74LS175N A3AlC16 10-35 471KMSX200
A2A3U6 8-5 DM7489J A3AlC17 10-34 471KMSX200
A2A3U60 8-50 SN74LS174N A3AlC18 10-33 471KMSX200
A2A3U61 8-121 SN74LS174N A3AlC19 10-32 471KMSX200
A2A3U62 8-122 SN74LS174N A3AlC2 10-13 2OOJPtSX500
A2A3U63 8-123 MC74C4P A3AlC2 10-13 518-024A2-5-9PF
A2A3U64 8-92 SN74LS174N A3AlC20 10-31 471KMSX:OO
A2A3U65 8-93 SN74LS174N A3AlC21 10-30 471KMSX200
A2A3U66 8-94 74153PC A3AlC22 10-29 471KMSX200
A2A3U67 8-173 SN74LS74AN A3AlC23 10-39 471KMSX200
A2A3U68 8-174 N74LS00N A3AlC24 10-40 101KMSX500
A2A3U69 8-176 SN74LS56N A3AlC25 10-86 47lKMSX200
A2A3U7 8-74 SN7483AN A3AlC28 10-77 518-024A2-5-9PF
A2A3U70 8-138 629-9912-002 A3AlC28 10-77 5202
A2A3U71 8-139 629-0912-001 A3AlC29 10-62A 2R2CHSX500
A2A3U72 8-140 SN74LS86N A3AlC29 10-62A 4R3CMSX500
A2A3U73 8-26 SN74LS74AN A3AlC3 10-16 471KHSX200
A2A3U74 8-27 SN74LS164N A3AlC4 10-10 CK05BX104K
A2A3U75 8-28 SN74LS74AN A3AlC5 10-20 471KMSX200
A2A3U76 8-14 N74LSOON A3AlC6 10-70 471KMSX200
A2A3U77 8-15 HC7404P A3AlC7 10-26 471KMSX200
A2A3U78 8-16 DM7489J A3AlC8 10-68 471KMSXZ00
A2A3U79 8-65 DM74126N A3AlC9 10-28 CK05BX104K
A2A3U8 8-75 314A152 A3AlFLl 10-80 FL38SWlED3-0001
A2A3U80 8-64 314A152 A341FL2 10-82 FL3SGWlED3-0001
AZA3USl 8-63 DM7439J A3AlJ1 10-79 52-045-0000
A2A3U82 8-55 N74161A A3AlJ2 10-85 52-052-0000
A2A3U83 8-54 Dtl74175N A3AlJ3 10-78 52-045-0000
A2A3U84 8-53 DM74155N A3AlL1 10-24 VK20020-4B
A243U85 8-117 DM74LS02N A341L2 10-71 VK200ZO-48
A2A3U86 8-118 SN74LS74AN A341L3 10-7 VK20020-4B
A2A3U87 8-119 DM7489J A3AlL4 10-61 VK2002O-48
A2A3U88 8-95 SN7483AN A3AlHl 10-64 H6E
A2A3U89 8-96 SN74LS175N A3AlM1 10-64 SRAlW
A2A3U9 8-76 SN74170N A3AlMl 10-64 M6E
A2A3U92 8-166 ADll-125 A341P1 10-88 629-9776-004
A2A3U95 8-150 MC1408L-8 A34191 10-19 SRF2263SRF525
A2A3U97 8-23 SN74LS86N A3A192 10-5 SRF2263XRF525
A2A3U98 8-22 N74LSOON A3AlR1 10-37 SC9017T2-16-7-OH
A2A3U99 8-21 Dfl74LS02N M
A2A3Y1 8-79 CR64AU16-0000MHZ A341R10 10-11 RCR05G511JS
A3 1-6 629-9750-002 A3AlRl1 10-23 RCR05G121JS
A3 9 - 629-9750-002 A3AlR11 10-23 RCR05G151JS
A3A1 9-5 601-5001-001 A3AlR12 10-69 RCROSGZOOJS
A3A1 10- 601-5001-001 A3AlR13 10-9 RCROSGlCOJS
A3AlCP1 10-58 C114-1 A3AlR14 10-2 RW69V151
A3AlCR1 10-56 IN5767 A3AlR15 10-76 RCR05G151JS
A3AlCR2 10-54 IN5767 A3AlR16 10-73 RCR05G360JS
A3AlCR3 10-52 IN5767 A3AlR17 10-74 RCROSG151JS
A3AlCR4 10-50 IN5767 A3AlR2 10-38 SC9017T2-16-7-OH
A3AlCR5 10-48 lN5767 M
A3AlCR6 10-46 IN5767 A3AlR21 10-75 SC9017T2-50-OHM
A3AlCR7 10-44 IN5767 A3AlR22 10-66 RCR05G151JS
A3AlCR8 10-42 IN5767 A3AIR23 10-67 RCR05G360JS
A3AlC1 10-18 2OOJNSX500 A3AlRZ4 10-65 RCR05G151JS
A3AlC1 10-18 MA22130J A3AlR25 10-63 RCROSGlOlJS
A3AlC10 10-3 471KNSX200 A3AlR25 10-63 RCR05G201JS
A3AlC11 10-8 471KMSX200 A3AlR25 10-63 RCR05G221JS
A3AlC12 10-6 CK05PS104K A3AlR25 10-63 RCROSG241JS
A3AlC13 10-72 471KNSX200 A3AlR25 10-63 RCR05G271JS

Rellised 15 October 1980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
parts list 523-0769256

REFERENCE DESIGNATION INDEX

REFERENCE FIG- REFERENCE FIG-

PART NUMBER DESIGNATION ITEM PART NUMBER
DESIGNATION ITEM

A3AlR25 10-63 RCR05G301JS A3A2C15 11-120 CY3OC105M

A3AlR25 10-63 RCR05G331JS A3A2C16 11-144 CY3OC105M
A3AlR25 10-63 RCR05G361JS A3A2C17 11-40A DM5E330J050WV
A3AlR25 10-63 RCR05G391JS A3A2C17 11-141 CKObPX104K
A3AlR25 10-63 RCR05G431JS A342C18 11-140 CY3OC105tl
A3AlR25 10-63 RCR05G471JS A3A2C19 11-143 CY3OClO5M
A3AlR25 10-63 RCR05G511JS A3A2C2 11-33 Dt15E510J050WV
A3AlRZ5 10-63 RCR05G561JS A3AZC2O 11-172 CK05BX103K
A341R25 10-63 RCR05G621JS A3A2C21 11-14 CK066X104K
A3AlR25 10-63 RCR05G681JS A3A2C22 11-17 CY3OC105M
A3AlR25 10-63 RCR05G751JS A3A2C23 11-13 CY30C105M
A3AlR25 10-63 RCR05G321JS A3A2C24 11-69 CY30C105M
A3AlR25 10-63 RCR05G911JS A3A2C25 11-71 Ct:5F151JO5OWV
A3CIR;5 10-63 RCR05GlOZJS A3A2C26 11-77 DMSF151J050WV
A3AlR25 10-63 RCR05G112JS A3A2C27 11-86 DM5F151J050WV
A3AlR25 10-63 RCR05G132JS A3A2C28 11-80 CY30C105M
A3AlRZ5 10-63 RCR05G162JS A3AZC29 11-85 CY30C105M
A3AlR25 10-63 RCROSG202JS A3A2C3 11-145 CY30C105M
A3AlR25 10-63 RCR05G242JS A3A2C30 11-21 DM5F151J050WV
A3AlR25 10-63 RCRO5G302JS A3A2C31 11-24 CY3OC105M
A3AlR25 10-63 RCR05G362JS A3A2C32 11-22 CY3OC105fl
A3AlR25 10-63 RCR05GQ32JS A3A2C33 11-159 LP88AlA105J
A3AlR25 10-63 RCR05S512JS A3A2C34 11-157 DM5E510J050WV
A3AlRZ6 10-60 SC9017T2-50-OHM A3AZC35 11-30 LP8SAlA565J
A3AlR27 10-55 RCR05G223JS A3A2C36 11-154 CY30C105M
A3AlRZ8 10-53 RCR05Gl83JS A3A2C37 11-156 CY3OC105M
A3AlR28 10-53 RCR05G223JS A3A2C38 11-102 LP88AlA394G
A3AlRr9 10-51 RCR05G113JS A3A2C39 11-106 LP88AlAlO4G
A3AlR29 10-51 RCR05G223JS A3AZC4 11-37 CY3OC105M
A3AlR3 10-36 SC9017T2-16-7-OH A3A2C40 11-111 DM5ClOOD300WV
M A3A2C41 11-113 CY30C105tl
A341R30 10-49 RCR05G362JS A3A2C42 11-150 CY3OC105M
A3AlR30 10-49 RCR05G223JS A3A2C43 11-110 DM5ClOOD300WV
A3AlR31 10-47 RCR05G352JS A3A2C44 11-118 CY30C105M
A3AlR31 10-47 RCR05G223JS A3A2C45 11-168 CY30C105M
A3AlR32 10-45 RCR055113JS A3A2C46 11-165 CY30C105M
A3AlR32 10-45 RCR05G223JS A3A2C47 11-16 CY30C105M
A3AlR33 10-43 RCR05G183JS A3A2C48 11-78 CY3OC105H
A341R33 10-43 RCR05G223JS A3A2C49 11-160 CY3OC105M
A3AlR34 10-41 RCR05GZ23JS A3A2C50 11-161 CY30C105M
A3AlR35 10-59 RCR05GSlOJS A3A2C51 11-163 DM5ClOOD300WV
A3AlR36 10-25 RCRO5G121JS A3A2C52 11-116 CY30C105M
A3AlR37 10-61A RCR05G510JS A3A2C53 11-42 Dfl5C050D300WV
A3AlR4 10-22 RCR05G510JS A3A2C53 11-42 DM5C1000300WV
A3AlR5 10-21 RCRO5G12lJS A392C54 11-54 DM5C050D300WV
A3AlR6 10-27 RCR05G200JS A3AZC55 11-34 DM5C050D300WV
A3AlR7 10-14 RCR05G150JS A3A2C56 11-29 DM5E510J050WV
A3AlR7 10-14 RCR05G100JS A3A2C57 11-131A DM5E510J050UV
A3AlR3 10-15 RCR05G150JS A3AZC57 11-131A DM5F101J050WV
A3AlR9 10-12 RW69V221 A3AZC58 11-145A DM5C050D300WV
A342 9-4 601-4915-002 A3A2C6 11-58 CY3OC105M
A3A2 11- 601-4915-002 A3A2C7 11-57 CY30C105M
A3A2CR1 11-126 1N645 A3AZC9 11-51 CY3OC105M
A3A2CR2 11-125 1N645 A3A2Jl 11-129 DCFlZTW2FB
A3AZCR3 11-138 1N645 A3A2L1 11-98 MS75069-6
A3A2C1 11-32 DX5EZOODlOOWV A3A2Q1 11-45 2N2222A
A3A2C10 11-44 CY3OC105M A3AZQ2 11-137 2N2222A
A3A2Cll 11-121 DM5E200DlOOWV A3A2Q3 11-47 2N2222A
A3A2C12 11-146 DM15F511J300WV4C A3A294 11-136 2N2222A
R A3A2R1 11-2 RT24CZX103
A3A2C13 11-119 DM15F511J300WV4C A3A2R1 11-2 6 4 x 203
R A3A2R10 11-147 RN55E1002B
A3A2C14 11-122 DH5E510J050WV A3A2R11 11-148 RN55D1503F

152 Revised 15 October 1980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 parts list 523-0769256

REFERENCE DESIGNATION INDEX

REFERENCE FIG- REFERENCE FIG-

PART NUMBER ITEM PART NUMBER
DESIGNATION ITEM DESIGNATION

A3A2R12 11-149 RN55D6651F A3A2R6 11-92 RT24C2X103

A3A2R13 11-124 RN5505111F A3A2R60 11-91 RN55D1003F
A3AZR14 11-39 RN5501002F A3A2R61 11-79 Rl455D1003F
A3AZR14 11-39 RN55D4531F A3A2R62 11-25 RCR076473KS
A3A2R14 11-39 RN55D6191F A3A2R63 11-107 Rti55E10033
A3A2R14 11-39 RN55D1002F A3A2R64 11-103 RK55D1133F
A3A2R14 11-39 RN55D1402F A3AZR65 11-104 RN55D1133F
A3AZRl5 11-43 RN55D2003F A3AZR66 11-105 RN5535522F
A3A2R16 11-50 RN55D9311F A3A2R67 11-109 Rt455D4992F
A3A2R17 11-132 RN55D1403F A3A2R68 11-108 RN55D1003F
A3A2R18 11-49 RN55D2551F A3AiR69 11-117 RCR07G333SS
A3A2R18 11-49 RN55D2151F A3AZR7 11-93 RTZ4C2X103
A3AfR19 11-133 RN55D1782F A3AZR70 11-170 RCR07G103KS
A3AZR2 11-3 RT24C2X103 A3A2R71 11-169 RCROiG103KS
A3A2R2O 11-48 RN55D3241F A3A2R72 11-99 RCR07G103KS
A3A2R21 11-134 RN55D1302F A342R73 11-100 RCR07G103KS
A3A2R22 11-46 Rtl55D3831F A3AZR74 11-7 RN5505111F
A3A2R23 11-135 Rt455D9311F A3A2R75 11-18 RN55D499:F
A3A2R26 11-167 RCROiG104KS A3AZR76 11-164 RN55D1503F
A3A2R27 11-166 RCR07G104KS A3A2R77 11-19 RN55DZ551F
A3AZR28 11-12 RN55EllO2B A34CR78 11-62 RCRO7GS22KS
A3A2R28 11-12 Rt455E1402B A342R79 11-152 RN55E1003B
A3A2R29 11-11 RN55E1172B A3A2R8 11-94 RT24C2X103
A3AZR3 11-4 RT24C2X103 A3ACR6O 11-53 RE155E1001B
A342R30 11-65 RN55D1002F A3AZR81 11-40 RN55D9090F
A3A2R31 11-10 RN55E5971B A3A2R82 ll-140A RKR61S1001FR
A3A2R32 11-63 R::55D3P32F A3AZR83 ll-146A RN55D2003F
A3AZR32 11-63 RN55D2742F A3A2R9 11-55 RN55D2742F
A3AZR33 11-9 RN55E1912B A3AZTP1 11-97 105-1101-001
A3AZR33 11-9 RN55EZ552B A3A2TP2 11-06 105-1101-001
A3AZR34 11-55 RCR07G82ZKS A3A2TP3 11-95 105-1101-001
A3A2R35 11-8 Rt455E4022B A3AZTP4 11-59 105-1101-001
A342R35 11-8 RN55E4642B A3AZTP5 11-60 105-1101-001
A3AiR36 11-38 RN55D1002F A342U1 11-64 LM108AH
A3A2R37 11-20 RN55E2002B A3A2U10 11-155 HA2-2625-5
A3A2R38 11-158 Rti55E1581B A3A2Ull 11-35 HA2-2625-5
A3AZR38 11-158 RN55E2211B A342U12 11-142 LP1218H
A3A2R38 11-158 RN55E2321B A3A2U12 11-142 LMllEH
A3A2R39 11-28 RN55D3013F A3A2Ul2 11-142 HA2-2625-5
A3A2R4 11-5 RT24C2X103 A3A2U13 11-171 F4052FC
A3A2R40 11-66 Rti55Dj013F A3A2U14 11-162 LMlOlAH
A3A2R41 11-26 RCR07G103KS A3A2U15 11-151 LMlOlAH
A3A2R42 11-153 RN55E1002B A3A2U16 11-123 HA2-2625-5
A3A2R43 11-27 RCR07GlOZJS A3A2U17 11-131 155SH
A3A2R44 11-72 Rt455D1002F A3A2U18 11-112 LMlOlAH
A342R45 11-70 RCROiGlOZJS A3A2U2 11-75 LMlOSAH
A3AZR46 11-74 RN55D1002F A3A2U3 11-68 LM108AH
A3A2R47 11-76 RN55D1002F A3AZU4 11-1 F4052FC
A3.&2R48 11-73 RN55D5111F A3A2U5 11-23 LMl08AH
A3A2R49 11-90 RN55E2052B A3A2U6 11-67 LM299H
A3A2R49 11-90 RN55E5621B A3A2U7 11-61 LM218H
A3Af R5 11-6 RT24CZX103 A3A2U8 11-52 LM216H
A3A2R50 11-87 RN55E1002B A3A2U9 11-15 LWZ18H
A3AZR50 11-87 RN55E2321B A3A2VR1 11-41 1Ni53A
A342R51 11-36 RN55D90R9F A3A2VR1 11-41 1N4736A
A3A2R52 11-89 RN55E1052B A3A2W1 11-127 629-9758-001
A3AZR52 11-89 RN55E2551B A3A2W2 11-114 629-9758-002
A3A2R54 11-88 RN55E9311B A3A3 9- 3 601-5261-001
A3A2R54 11-68 RN55E2001B A3A3 12- 601-5261-001
A3A2R55 11-31 RN55DllO2F A3A3C1 12-32 CY30C105M
A3A2R56 11-83 RCR07G103KS A3A3C10 12-51 CY30C105M
A3A2R57 11-82 RCROiG104KS A3A3Cll 12-22 471KMSX200
A3AZR58 11-81 RCROiG104KS A3A3C12 12-23 471KMSX200

Revised 15 October 1980 159

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
parts list 523-0769256

REFERENCE DESIGNATION INDEX

I 1

REFERENCE FIG- REFERENCE FIG-

PART NUMBER ITEM PART NUMBER
DESIGNATION ITEM DESIGNATION

A3A3C13 12-27 471KMSX200 A3A3U35 12-29 Dfl74S112N

A3A3C14 12-26 471KMSX200 A3A3U36 12-25 SN74SOON
A3A3C15 12-47 DM5F331J050WV A3A3U4 12-62 SN74LSqON
A3A3C2 12-18 CY30C105M A3A3U5 12-2 SN74LSlT4N
A3A3C3 12-17 CY30C105fl A3A3U6 12-54 SN74LS90N
A3A3C4 12-42 CY30C105M A3A3U7 12-55 SN74LS90N
A3A3C5 12-12 CY30C105fl A3A3US 12-4 SN74LS174N
A3A3C6 12-7 CY30C105fl A3A3U9 12-52 SN74LS74AN
A3A3C7 12-5 CY30C105M A3A3W3 12-77 629-9759-003
A3A3C8 12-57 CY3OC105M A4 1-7 629-9760-001
A3A3C9 12-1 CY3OC105M A4 13- 629-9760-001
A3A3J2 12-75 52-053-0000 A4A1 13-27 635-8516-001
A3A3J4 12-73 DOU5OPB A4Al 14- 635-8516-001
A3A3P1 12-78 51-311-3850 A4AlA1 14-30 637-2720-001
A3A391 12-58 2N2222A A4AlA1 15- 637-2720-001
A3A3R1 12-50 RCR07G102KS A4AlAlCRl 15-81 MV1401
A3A3R10 12-9 RCR07G102KS A4AlAlCR2 15-80 MV1401
A3A3Rll 12-13 RCR07GlOZKS A4AlAlCR3 15-10 MV1401
A3A3R12 12-21 RCR05G510JS A4AlAlC1 15-76 CK05BX103K
A3A3Rl3 12-31 RCR05S511JS A4AlAlC10 15-11 CK06BX104K
A3A3R2 12-30 RCR07G102KS A4AlAlC11 15-92 DM5F151J050WV
A3A3R3 12-10 RCROiG102KS A4AlAlC12 15-153 CK05BX102K
A343R4 12-61 RCR07GlO2KS A4AlAlC13 15-150 CK05BX102K
A3A3R5 12-60 RCR07G102KS A4AlAlC14 15-144 CKOSBXlOEK
A3A3R6 12-20 RCR05G561JS A4AlAlC15 15-157 CK05BX102K
A3A3R7 12-39 RCR07G102JS A4AlAlC16 15-155 CK05BX102K
A3A3R8 12-59 RCR07G103KS A4AlAlC17 15-148 CK059X102K
A3A3R9 12-3 RCR07G102KS A4AlAlC18 15-145 CK055X102K
A3A3TP1 12-71 105-1101-001 A4AlAlC19 15-139 CK05BX102K
A3A3TP2 12-70 105-1101-001 A441AlC2 15-77 CK05BXlO3K
A3A3TP3 12-69 105-1101-001 A4AlAlCZO 15-106 CK05EX102K
A3A3TP4 12-68 105-1101-001 A4AlAlC21 15-105 CK05BX102K
A3A3TP5 12-67 105-1101-001 A4AlAlC22 15-162 CK05BX102K
A3A3TP6 12-66 105-1101-001 A4AlAlC23 15-161 CK05BX102K
A3A3TP7 12-65 105-1101-001 A4AlAlC24 15-99 CK05BXl02K
A3A3TF8 12-64 105-1101-001 A4AlAlC25 15-107 fl39003-01-2304
A3A3U1 12-63 St474LS90N A4AlAlC26 15-68 CK05BX102K
A3A3U10 12-53 St-Ii4LS138N A4AlAlC27 15-14 CK05BX102K
A3AZU11 12-6 SN74LS74AN A4AlAlC28 15-65 CK05BX102K
A3A3U12 12-49 N74LSOON A4AlAlC29 15-17 CK05PXlOZK
A3A3U13 12-48 SN74LS13SN A4AlAlC3 15-84 DM5F301J050WV
A3A3U14 12-8 SN74LS174N A4AlAlC30 15-19 DM5E510J050WV
A3A3U15 12-46 DM74LS02N A4AlAlC31 15-20 CK06BX104K
A3A3U16 12-45 SN74LS90N A4AlAlC32 15-59 CK05BX102K
A343U17 12-11 SN74LS74AN A~tAlAlC33 15-56 CK06BX104K
A3A3U18 12-44 SN74LS90N A4AlAlC34 15-25 CK05BX471K
A3A3U19 12-43 NST97tI A4AlAlC35 15-27 CK05BX471K
A3A3U2 12-72 DC15407J A4AlAlC36 15-24 CK05BX471K
A3A3U20 12-14 SN74LS74AN A4AlAlC37 15-137 CK05BX471K
A3A3U21 12-41 SN74LS90N A4AlAlC38 15-114 CK05BX471K
A3A3U22 12-40 N8T97N A4AlAlC39 15-132 DM5E330J050WV
A3A3U23 12-15 SN74LS174N A4AlAlC4 15-73 CK05BX103K
A3A3U24 12-38 SN74LSSON A4AlAlC40 15-118 DM5E300J050W
A3A3UZ5 12-37 N8T97N A4AlAlC41 15-122 CK05BX471K
A3A3U26 12-16 SN7406N A4AlAlC42 15-54 M39003-01-2312
A3A3U27 12-36 SN74LS90N A4AlAlC43 15-50 CK05BX102K
A343U28 12-35 NST97t-I A4AlAlC44 15-26 M39003-01-2289
A343U3 12-56 SN7406N A4AlAlC45 15-28 fl39003-01-2504
A3A3U30 12-34 SN74LS90N A4AlAlC46 15-49 CK066X104K
A343U31 12-33 N8T97N A4AlAlC47 15-48 t139003-01-2306
A3A3U33 12-28 DM74S112N A4AlAlC48 15-47 P139003-01-2306
A3A3U34 12-24 11C900C A4AlAlC49 15-45 CK066X104K
A3A3U34 12-24 11C90DC A4AlAlC5 15-85 Dfl5F301J050WV

154 a Revised 15 October 1980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
parts list 523-0769256

REFERENCE DESIGNATION INDEX

REFERENCE FIG- REFERENCE FIG-

DESIGNATION PARTNUMBER ITEM PART NUMBER
ITEM DESIGNATION

A4AlAlC50 15-32 M39003-01-2254 A4AlAlR39 15-117 RCR05G201JS

A4AlAlC51 15-127 CK05BX102K A4AlAlR4 15-94 RCR05G103SS
A4AlAlC52 15-123 H39003-01-2274 A4AlAlR40 15-130 RCROiG331JS
A4AlAlC53 15-124 H39003-01-2312 A4AlAlR41 15-129 RCR07G221KS
A4AlAlC54 15-109 CK05PX102K A4AlAlR42 15-120 RCRO5G51OJS
A4AlAlC55 15-110 CK05EX102K A4AlAlR43 15-53 RCROiGs81KS
A4AlAlC56 15-5 CK05BXlOiK A4AlAlR44 15-51 RCROiG151KS
A4AlAlC57 15-147 CK055X102K A4AlAlR45 15-46 RCPOiG151KS
A4AlAlC58 15-142 DH5FlOlJ050WV A4AlAlR46 15-52 RCROiG271KS
A4AlAlC59 15-141 Dt15FlOlJ050WV A4AlAlR47 15-40 RWiOUlRC5F
A4AlAlC6 15-86 CK05EX102K A4AlAlR47 15-40 RW7OUlR33F
A4AlAlC7 15-90 CK05EX103K A4AlAlR48 15-36 RCQ07G103KS
A4AlAlC8 15-2 CK05BX102K A4AlAlR49 15-35 RWiOU5620F
A4AlAlC9 15-4 DM5E510J050WV A4AlAlR5 15-95 RCR05G103YS
A4AlAlL1 15-112 HS75084-07 A4AlAlP50 15-39 RN55D"ilF
A4AlAlL3 15-121 HS75083-03 A4AlAlR51 15-34 RT22C2P501
A4AlAlL4 15-131 618-7342-007 A4AlAlR52 15-29 RtJ55DZ261F
A4AlAlQ1 15-83 2t.1918 A4AlAlR53 15-30 RN55D3321F
A4AlAlQ10 15-22 2N918 A4AlAlR54 15-31 RU7OUlR47F
A4AlAlQ11 15-33 2N2907A A4AlAlR55 15-128 RCROiGl52JS
A4AlAlQ12 15-37 2N3379 A4AlAlR56 15-126 RCR07G271KS
A4AlAlQ13 15-116 2N918 A4AlAlR57 15-6 RCR05G102KS
A4AlAlQ14 15-119 2N918 A4AlAlR58 15-79 RCR05G104JS
A4AlAlQ2 15-93 2t42369A A4AlAlR59 15-1 RCR05G331KS
A4AlAlQ3 15-91 2N2369A A4AlAlR60 15-113 RCROiG910JS
A4AlAlQ4 15-103 2NZ369A A4AlAlR7 15-74 RN55D4642F
A4AlAlQ5 15-43 2N2222A A4AlAlR7 15-74 Rt455D4872F
A4AlAlQ6 15-44 2N2907A A4AlAlR7 15-74 Rt455D5112F
A4AlAlQ7 15-42 2N2222A A4AlAlR7 15-74 RN55D5362F
A4AlAlQ8 15-41 2N3879 A4AlAlR7 15-74 Rt155D5622F
A4AlAlQ9 15-55 2t42222A A4AlAlR7 15-74 RN55D5902F
A4AlAlRl 15-87 RCR05G662JS A4AlAlR7 15-74 RN55D6192F
A4AlAlRlO 15-78 RCR05G104JS A4AlAlR7 15-74 R1455D649ZF
A4AlAlR11 15-12 RCR05G432JS A4AlAlR7 15-74 RN55D6812F
A4AlAlR12 15-71 RCR05G104JS A4AlAlR7 15-74 Rti55D715ZF
A4AlAlR13 15-8 RCR05G103KS A4AlAlR7 15-74 RN55D7502F
A4AlAlR14 15-7 RCR05G103KS A4AlAlR7 15-74 Rt455D787CF
A4AlAlR15 15-3 RCR05G222KS A4AlAlR7 15-74 Rt455D8252F
A4AlAlR16 15-140 RCR07G681KS A4AlAlR7 15-74 RN55D8652F
A4AlAlR17 15-146 RCR05G102KS A4AlAlR7 15-74 RN55D9092F
A4AlAlR18 15-152 RCROiGlOZJS A4AlAlR7 15-74 RN55DS532F
A4AlAlR19 15-159 RCR07Gl02JS A4AlAIR7 15-74 Rt155D1003F
A4AlAlR2 15-88 RCR05G132JS A4AlAlR7 15-74 RN55D1053F
A4AlAlR20 15-160 RCROiG332JS A4AlAlR7 15-74 RtJ55D1103F
A4AlAlR21 15-100 RN55D4640F A4AlAlR8 15-75 RN5501003F
A4AlAlR22 15-101 RN55D4421F A4AlAlR9 15-72 RCR05G104JS
A4AlAlR23 15-102 RN55D2051F A4AlAlU1 15-154 SN54LS93J
A4AlAlRZ4 15-104 RCR05G102KS A4AlAlUlO 15-1C8 DN74LSOZN
A4AlAlR25 15-69 RCR05G102KS A4AlAlUl1 15-111 N74LSOeN
A4AlAlR26 15-13 RCR05GlOZKS A4AlAlU12 15-70 SNi4LS190N
A4AlAlR27 15-64 RCR05G102KS A4AlAlU13 15-15 SN74LS191N
A4AlAlR28 15-18 RCR05G102KS A4AlAlU14 15-67 SN74LS190N
A4A141R29 15-62 RCR05G391JS A4AlAlU15 15-66 HC12014P
A4AlAlR3 15-89 RCR05G222KS A4AlAlU16 15-16 SNi4LS190N
A4AlAlRzO 15-63 RCR05G221JS A4AlAlU17 15-61 SN74LS191N
A4AlAlR31 15-21 RCR05G331KS A4AlAlU18 15-60 fN54S74J
A4AlAlR32 15-58 RCR05G102KS A4AlAlU19 15-23 11C90DC
A4AlAlR33 15-57 RCR05Gl02KS A4AlAlU19 15-23 11C90DC
A4AlAlR34 15-136 RCR05G431JS A4AlAlU2 15-158 SN74LSSON
A4AlAlR35 15-133 RCR05G120JS A4AlAlU20 15-125 RH723T
A4AlAlR36 15-135 RCR05G431JS A4AlAlU21 15-149 SN74LS734N
A4AlAlR37 15-134 RCROiG511JS A4AlAlU3 15-96 N74LSOON
A4AlAlR38 15-115 RCR07G33lJS A4AlAlU4 15-151 N74LSOON

Revised 15 October 1980

parts list 523-0769256 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

REFERENCE DESIGNATION INDEX

REFERENCE FIG- REFERENCE FIG-

DESIGNATION ITEM PART NUMBER DESIGNATION ITEM PART NUMBER

A4AlAlU5 15-156 N74LSOON A4A2C6 25-18 471KMSX200

A4AlAlU6 15-97 SN54LS93J A4A2C7 16-12 CK05BX102K
A4AlAlU7 15-98 SN54LS93J A4AZC7 25-25 471KHSX200
A4AlAlU8 15-143 SN74LS74AN A4AZC8 16-8 CK05BX102K
A4AlAlU9 15-138 SS74LSi4AN A4 42C8 25-16 471KHSX200
A4AlAlVRl 15-9 JANIN9638 A4A2C9 16-10 471KMSY200
A4AlAlLR2 15-38 1N754A A4AiC9 25-33 CK05BX103K
A4AlAlY1 15-82 289-7261-020 A4A2L1 16-20 HS75054-08
A4AlCR4 14-3 IN4007 A4A2L1 25-24 VK20020-4B
A4AlFLl 14-4 FL385UlED3-0001 A4A2L2 16-15 623-0790-002
A4AlFL10 14-24 FL3SSWlED3-0001 A4AZL2 25-30 MS75087-3
A4AlFL11 14-13 FL3EGWlED3-0001 A4AZL3 16-7 623-0741-001
A4AlFL12 14-23 FL38GWlED3-0001 A4A2 L3 25-14 634-9728-003
A4AlFL13 14-14 FL3eGWlED3-0001 A4A2L4 25-35 634-9737-001
A4AlFL14 14-15 FL3SGWlED3-0001 A4A2 L5 25-37 634-9728-002
A4AlFL15 14-22 FL39GWlED3-0001 A4A2 L6 25-49 634-9728-002
A4AlFL16 14-16 FL36GWlED3-0001 A4A2L7 25-1 VKZ0020-48
A4AlFL17 14-21 FL3SGWlED3-0001 A4APP2 25-46 52-312-9040
A4AlFL18 14-17 FL3SGWlED3-0001 A4A2Q1 16-22 SRF2263XRF525
A4AlFL19 14-18 FL3eGWlED3-0001 A4A2Q1 25-19 LT3005
A4AlFLZ 14-5 FL38GWlED3-0001 A4A2Q2 16-9 2N2907A
A4AlFL20 14-19 FL3SGWlED3-0001 A44292 25-7 2N2907A
A4AlFL21 14-20 FL3EGUlED3-0001 A4A2Q3 16-38 ZN5109
A4AlFL3 14-6 FL35GWlED3-0001 A4A2Q3 25-53 LT3005
A4AlFL4 14-7 FL36GWlED3-0001 A4AZR1 16-37 RCR05G241JS
A4AlFL5 14-8 FL3SGWlED3-0001 A4AZR1 25-21 RCR05GlOlJS
A4AlF L6 14-9 FL38GWlED3-0001 A4A2R10 16-30 RN55D3161F
A4AlFL7 14-10 FL3SGUlED3-0001 A4A2R10 25-11 Rt!55D7870F
A4AlFL8 14-11 FL3EGWlED3-0001 A4AZR11 16-6 RCR05G301JS
A4AlFL9 14-12 FL36CWlED3-0001 A4A2Rll 25-4 RN55D3161F
A4AlP1 14-1 DCflF27H2S A4A2R12 16-31 RCR05G301JS
A4AlP3 14-25 M39012-67-0003 A4AER12 25-39 RCR05G151JS
A4A2 13-18 637-2718-001 A4AZR13 16-5 RCR05G180JS
A4A2 13-18 634-9681-001 A4A2R13 25-40 RCR05G360JS
A4A2 16- 637-2718-001 A4A2R14 16-32 RW70UZZlOF
A4A2 25- 634-9681-001 A4ACR14 25-41 RCR05G151JS
A4A2CR1 16-28 1N4454GE A4A2R15 16-33 RN55D1651F
A4AECR1 25-12 1K4454GE A4A2R15 25-38 RCR05G102JS
A4AZC1 16-21 Ck05EX102K A4A2R16 16-34 RIJ55D6810F
A4A2C1 25-22 518-024A5-25PF A4A2R16 25-45 RCR05G181JS
A4A2C10 16-35 471KMSX200 A4A2R17 16-1 RCR07G510JS
A4A2ClO 25-13 518-024A2-5-9PF A4AZR17 16-1 RCROiGlOlJS
A4A2C11 16-3 471KMSX200 A4A2R17 25-44 RCR05GllOJS
A4A2Cll 25-36 518-024AZ-5-9PF A4AZR18 16-25A RCR05G150JS
A4A2C12 16-4 518-024A3-5-20PF A4AZR18 25-3 RCR05GllOJS
A4AZC12 25-8 CKCSBXlOZK A4AZR19 25-51 RCR05G221JS
A4AZC13 16-36 471KtlSX200 A4A2R2 16-19 RCR05G431JS
A4A2C13 25-6 CK05BX102K A4AZR2 25-20 RCR05G100JS
A4A2C14 16-39 518-024A3-5-2OPF A4A2R20 25-50 RCR05G240JS
A4A2C14 25-10 CK05BX102K A4AZR21 25-48 RCR05G221JS
A4A2C15 25-9 CK05BXlOZK A4A2R3 16-18 RCR05G120JS
A4AZC16 25-42 471KMSX200 A4A2R3 25-28 RN55D1001F
A4AZC17 25-43 471KtlSX200 A4A2R4 16-16 RCR05G431JS
A4APC18 25-2 471KMSX200 A4A2R4 25-27 RN55D3090F
A4A2C19 25-52 471KMSX200 A4A2R5 16-14 RN55D2490F
A4A2C2 16-17 471KMSX200 A4AZR5 16-14 RN55D4120F
A4AZC2 25-23 518-024A2-5-9PF A4APR5 25-17 RCROiG680JS
A4A2C3 16-13 471KMSX200 A4A2R6 16-23 RW70U2210F
A4A2C3 25-29 471KMSX200 A4A2R6 16-23 RH70U63R4F
A4A2C4 16-24 518-024A5-25PF A4A2R6 25-26 RCR07G680JS
A4AEC5 16-27 CK058XlOZK A4AZR7 16-25 RCR05GlOOJS
A4A2C5 25-34 471KflSX200 A4AZR7 25-15 RCR055181JS
A4A2C6 16-26 CK05BX102K A4A2R8 16-11 RCR07G102JS

156 Revised 15 October 1980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 parts list 523-0769256

REFERENCE DESIGNATION INDEX

REFERENCE FIG- REFERENCE FIG-

PART NUMBER DESIGNATION ITEM PART NUMBER
DESIGNATION ITEM

A4A2R8 25-32 RCR07G100JS A5A2C4 19-40 CK06BX104K

A4AZR9 16-29 RN55D5111F A5A2C5 19-43 M39003-01-2295
A4A2R9 16-29 RN55D1071F A5A2C6 19-37 M39003-01-2265
A4A2R9 25-5 RKR81S3SROFR A5A2C7 19-38 M39003-01-2265
A4A2T1 16-2 635-8680-001 A5AZC8 19-31 CK066X104K
A4A3 13-16 635-8517-001 A5A2C9 19-27 CK068X104K
A4A4 13-4 MC386X2-002W A5A2J1 19-51 372-2624-018
A4C1 13-8 CKO6BX474K A5A2P1 19-30 ZN2222A
A4C15 13-17 DM5E300J050WV A5A2Q4 19-24 2N3767
A4CZ 13-10 H39003-01-2312 A542R1 19-56 RTZ2C2P102
A4C3 13-9 M39003-01-2312 A5A2R10 19-2 RW67VlRO
A4C4 13-3 CKO6BX104K A5A2R11 19-3 RW67VR13
A4C5 13-2 CK06EX104K A5A2R12 19-4 RW67VlRO
A4FL1 13-26 M15733-52-0003 A542R13 19-5 RU67VR13
A4FL2 13-23 M15733-52-0003 A5A2R14 19-6 RW67VlRO
A4FL3 13-24 M15733-52-0003 A5A2R15 19-7 RW67VlRO
A4FL4 13-25 M15733-52-0003 A5A2216 19-29 RCR07G102KS
A4FL5 13-14 AFF7OO A5AZR17 19-8 RW67VlRO
A4 L 1 13-5 HS75089-11 A5A2R18 19-35 RN55D7151F
A4L2 13-19 MS75083-13 A5A2R19 19-36 RN55D1871F
A4P2 13-21 52-312-9040 A5A2R2 19-55 RT22C2P501
A4R 1 13-12 RN55D4221F A542R2O 19-9 RW6iVlRO
A4R18 13-15 RCR05G430JS A5A2R21 19-26 RW69VlRO
A4R18 13-15 RCR05G620JS A5A2R22 19-10 RW57VlRO
A4R2 13-13 RtJ55D787OF A5AZR23 19-11 RW67VlRO
A4R3 13-11 RN55D---IF A542R24 19-23 RW6iVbR8
A4R4 13-6 RN55D---IF A5AZR25 19-12 RK67VlRO
A4R5 13-7 RN55D---IF A5A2R3 19-41 RCR07G271KS
A4R6 13-20 RCR07G241JS A5AZR4 19-42 Rt455D2151F
A5 1-5 629-9770-002 A5A2R5 19-45 RN55D7500F
A5 17- 629-9770-002 A5AZR6 19-50 Rtl55D+021F
A5A1 17-5 629-9889-002 A5AZR7 19-49 RN55D7150F
A5A1 18- 629-9889-002 A5A2R8 10-39 RCR07G681KS
A5AlCRl 18-7 SASS18 A5AZR9 19-1 Rk'67VR13
A5AlCR2 18-5 SA2518 A5A2TP1 19-54 M39024-11-01
A5AlCR3 18-3 IN1192 A5A2TP2 19-53 M39024-11-01
A5AlCR4 18-1 1141192 A5A2Ul 19-47 RM723T
A5AlCR5 18-2 1N1202A A542U2 19-32 RM723T
A5AlCR6 18-12 1N1202A A5A2U3 19-21 7815UC
A5AlCl 18-10 M39018-03-0732 A5A2U4 19-18 i824UC
A5AlC2 18-11 M39018-03-0741 A5A2U5 19-15 LM320T15
A5AlF1 18-9 F02A32VZOAS A5A3 17-19 629-9950-001
A5AlF2 18-19 FM04-125V-1-2A A5A3 20- 629-9950-001
A541F3 18-20 FMO4-125V-1-24 A5A3Q1 20-6 66801
A5AlJ1 18-8 1625-6R A5A3Q2 20-7 66801
A5AlR1 18-6 RCR2OG103KS A5A4 17-16 629-9951-001
A5AlR2 18-4 RCR20G103KS A5A4 20- 629-9951-001
A5AlTBl 18-16 4-140 A5A4Q1 20-6 66801
A5A2 17-35 601-5221-001 A54442 20-7 66801
A5A2 19- 601-5221-001 A5A4R1 20-3 RCR07G561KS
A5AECRl 19-25 MCR649AP2 A5A4VR1 20-4 1N753A
A5A2C1 19-46 CK06BX104K A544VR2 20-5 1N753A
A5A2C10 19-28 CK068X104K A581 17-33 028021
A5AZCll 19-34 CK058X471K A5C1 17-10 602D528Al
A5A2C12 19-13 M39003-01-2304 A5C2 17-14 3110CC453VO25
A5A2C13 19-16 M39003-01-2356 A5C3 17-15 3110CC453V025
A5A2C14 19-22 CKObBX104K A5C4 17-28 CK62AW472fl
A5A2C15 19-20 CKObBX224K A5C5 17-27 CK62AW472M
A5A2C16 19-19 CK06BX104K A5C6 17-24 CK62AW472M
A5A2C17 19-17 CK06BX224K A5C7 17-25 CK62AW472H
A5A2C18 19-14 CK06BX104K A5F 1 17-17 F02A250V4AS
A5AZC2 19-48 CK05EX471K A5J4 17-26 EAC301
A5AZC3 19-44 CK066X104K A5L1 17-20 VKZ0020-48

Revised 15 October 1980 157

parts list 523-0769256 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

REFERENCE DESIGNATION INDEX

1

REFERENCE FIG- REFERENCE FIG-

PART NUMBER ITEM PART NUMBER
DESIGNATION ITEM DESIGNATION

A5L2 17-23 VK20020-48 A8U7 21-12 SN74LS174N

A5Rl 17-11 RCR42GlO;KS A8U8 21-11 SNir06N
ASP2 17-13 RCR42G471KS A6U9 21-18 StdT4LS174N
A5T1 17-4 42525 A9 1-17 601-5682-001
A5XF1 17-18 HKPH A9 22- 601-5832-001
A6 1-8 629-9780-002 A9CR1 22-17 IN645
A6 24- 629-9780-002 AQCRlO 22-35 LVAlOOA
A6AT1 24-10 PA5SS A9CR10 22-35 1N756A
A6J1 24-5 1625-9R A9CP11 22-38 1N645
A7 24-15 601-5938-001 A9CR12 22-39 1N645
A8 1-4 601-5881-001 A9CR 2 22-20 1N963B
A8 21- 601-5681-001 A9CR3 22-78 1Nr454GE
A8CR1 21-45 1Ni454GE A9CR4 22-25 lE43026B
A8C1 21-43 fl39003-01-2286 A9CR5 22-24 1N3024B
AM10 21-22 CK066X104K A9CR6 22-51 IN645
A8C2 21-42 M39003-01-2286 AQCR7 22-48 1N645
A8C3 21-41 M39003-01-2266 A9CR8 22-47 lh'645
A8C4 21-39 CK06PXlOGK A9CR9 22-45 1Nb45
A8C5 21-46 CK066X104K A9Cl 22-29 CK06BX104K
A8C6 21-5 CK06PX104K A9C10 22-43 6000226G050KD5
A8C7 21-9 CK06BX104K A9Cll 22-56 CKO6EX104K
A8C8 21-13 CK06EX104K A9C12 22-59 M39003-01-2286
A8C9 21-19 CK06BX104K A9C13 22-41 M39003-01-2274
A8K1 21-52 1017-12-1 ACC14 22-73 CK06EX104K
ASK10 21-36 1017-12-1 A9C15 22-57 CK05BX471K
A8Kll 21-35 1017-12-1 A9C16 22-65 CK05BX471K
A8K12 21-10 1017-12-1 A9C17 22-66 Dtl5F301J050WV
AM13 21-8 1017-12-1 A9C18 22-62 DI:5E330J050UV
A8K14 21-33 1017-12-1 A9C2 22-22 CKObBX104K
AN15 21-32 1017-12-1 A9C3 22-27 CK06BY104K
A8K16 21-31 1017-12-1 AQC4 22-79 H39003-01-2286
A8K17 21-16 1017-12-1 A9C5 22-2 CK066XlOSK
ASK18 21-15 1017-12-1 A9C6 22-77 CK066Y104K
A8K19 21-14 1017-12-1 ACC7 22-42 600D107F075DL5
ASK2 21-50 1017-12-1 A9C8 22-46 600D103G050DJ5
A8K2O 21-26 1017-12-1 A9C9 22-63 CK05BX104K
A8K21 21-29 1017-12-1 A9P1 22-85 372-2622-074
ASK22 21-30 1017-12-1 A991 22-21 2N29C5A
AEK23 21-23 1017-12-1 A922 22-30 2N2905A
A8K24 21-24 1017-12-1 A993 22-32 2N2907A
A8K25 21-25 1017-12-1 A994 22-34 CN2907A
A6K26 21-27 1017-12-1 A9R1 22-15 RT22C2P502
A8K27 21-28 1017-12-1 A9R10 22-33 RCR07G473KS
A6K3 21-49 1017-12-1 A9R11 22-40 RCROiG102KS
ASK4 21-48 1017-12-1 A9R12 22-37 RCROiG272KS
A8K5 21-47 1017-12-1 A9R13 22-36 RCP07G103KS
A6S6 21-40 1017-12-1 A9R14 22-53 RN5501501F
A8K7 21-4 1017-12-1 A9R15 22-67 RN55E1822B
A6K8 21-36 1017-12-1 A9R16 22-64 RN55E2492B
A8K9 21-37 1017-12-1 A9R2 22-18 RCROiGlOZKS
A8P1 21-59 372-2622-074 A9R3 22-19 RCR07G121KS
A6R1 21-44 RCROiG103KS A9R4 22-16 RCR07G470KS
A8R 2 21-54 RCR05G152KS A9R5 22-23 Rtd55D1542F
A8R3 21-55 RCR05G470KS A9R6 22-75 RCR07G103KS
A8U1 21-53 SN74LS138N A9R7 22-26 Rt15501002F
A8U10 21-17 SN7406N A9R8 22-44 RCR20GlOZKS
ASUll 21-20 SN74LS174N A9R9 22-28 RCR20G103KS
AEU12 21-21 SN7r06N A9TP1 22-13 105-1103-001
AEU2 21-51 N74LS32N A9TP2 22-14 105-1101-001
A8U3 21-3 S N i 4 LS174N A9U1 22-6 314A152
A8U4 21-2 SNi406N A9Ull 22-69 N74LS04N
A8U5 21-7 SN74LS174N A9U12 22-70 SN74LS174N
A8U6 21-6 SN7406tJ A9U13 22-74 SN74LS74AN

Ret9ised 15 October 1980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 parts list 523-0769256

REFERENCE DESIGNATION INDEX

REFERENCE FIG- REFERENCE FIG-

PART NUMBER ITEM PART NUMBER
DESIGNATION ITEM DESIGNATION

A9U15 22-31 HC1536U

ASU16 22-68 SN74LS174N
A9U18 22-71 ER3401
A9U18 22-71 ER3400
A9U19 22-61 N8T97N
A9U2 22-9 ER3401
A9U2 22-9 ER3400
A9U20 22-60 NST97N
A9U21 22-58 NST97N
A9U22 22-54 ER3401
A9U22 22-54 ER3400
A9U23 22-49 ER3401
A9U23 22-49 ER3400
A9U24 22-76 MCF602CEBJC
A9U3 22-80 N74LSOON
A9U4 22-3 3144152
A9U5 22-5 N74LS20N
A9U6 22-11 ER3401
A9U6 22-11 ER3400
A9U7 22-81 SN74LS74AN
A9U8 22-4 SN74LS139N
A9U9 22-7 ER3401
A9U9 22-7 ER3400
A9XU18 22-72 TSW3800-22BW
A9XU2 22-10 TSW3600-226W
A9XU22 22-55 TSW3800-22BW
A9XU2 3 22-50 TSU5600-22EW
A9XU6 22-12 TSU3800-226W
A9XU9 22-8 TSW3800-22PW

Rctlisetl 15 Oc fober 1.980 l59/160

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

Rockwell
International
Collins 479s-6A
VORII LS Signal Generator diagrams
I Collins Government Avionics Division
a
$
Pnnled in USA 523-0769121-101118 $
1 Serptember 1978 B
1st Revision, 15'0ctober 1980 g

list of illustrations p
3
L
0
3
9
Figure Page 3
4
1 Front Panel Assembly Al, Schematic Diagram ............................................................ 3
2 Controller/Audio Assembly A2, Schematic Diagram ....................................................... 13
3 Controller/Audio Assembly A2, CPU Board Assembly A2A1, Schematic Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
4 Controller/Audio Assembly A2, Analog Board Assembly A2A2, Schematic Diagram .......................... 23
5 Controller/Audio Assembly A2, TDM Board A2A3, Schematic Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
6 RF Modulator Assembly A3, Schematic Diagram .......................................................... 39
7 RF Modulator Assembly A3, RF Strip Line Assembly A3A1, Schematic Diagram ............................ 43
8 RF Modulator Assembly A3, Demodulator/ALC Board Assembly A3A2, Schematic Diagram .................. 47
9 RF Modulator Assembly A3, Counter-I/O Board Assembly A3A3, Schematic Diagram ........................ 51
10 Synthesizer Assembly A4, Schematic Diagram ........................................................... 57
11 Power Supply Assembly A5, Schematic Diagram ......................................................... 63
12 Backplane Assembly A7, Interconnect Diagram ........................................................... 67
13 Remote Tune Assembly A8, Schematic Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
14 Chassis Wiring Harness, Schematic Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75

I
15 Store/Recall Assembly A9 (479s-6A CPN 622-4127-002, -003 Only), Schematic Diagram ...................... 79
16 IEEE-488/1978 Bus Interface Assembly A10 (CPN 601-5883-001) (479s-6A CPN 622-4127-003,
-004 Only), Schematic Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85
17 IEEE-488/1978 Bus Interface Assembly A10 (CPN 601-2309-001) (479s-6A CPN 622-4127-003, -004
Only), Schematic Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
List of .Effective Pages 'The asterisk indicates pages changed. added. or deleted by t h e current change .

Page No Iasue Page No Issue P a ~ eNo Issue

'Title ............................ 15 Oct 80 36 Blank ......................... 1 Sep 78 70 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Sep 7 8

'List of Effective Pages . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Oct 80
*1 thru 2 .........................15 Oct 80
3 ................................. 1 Sep 78
4 Blank ........................... 1 Sep 78
5 .......................... . .....1 Sep 78
6 Blank .......................... 1 Sep 78
7 .................................1 Sep 78
8 Blank ..........................1 Sep 78
9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1. .Sep 78
10 Blank ......................... 1 Sep 78
11 ................................ 1 Sep 78
12 Blank ......................... 1 Sep 78
13 ................................ 1 Sep 78
14 Blank ......................... 1 Sep 78
'15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Oct 80
16 Blank ......................... 1 Sep 78
17 ................................ 1 Sep 78
18 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Sep 78
19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Sep 78
20 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Sep 78
'21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15 Oct 80
22 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. Sep 78
'23 ............................... 15 Oct 80
24 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Sep 78
'25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 . Oct 80
26 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 Sep 78
'27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Oct 80
28 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 Sep 78
29 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Sep 78
30 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Sep 78
31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Sep 78
32 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Sep 78
33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Sep 78
34 Blank .........................1 Sep 78
35 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Sep 78
'37 ............................... 15 Oct 80
38 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Sep 78
39 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Sep 78
40 Blank ......................... 1 Sep 78
41 ................................ 1 Sep 78
42 Blank ......................... 1 Sep 78
'43 ............................... 15 Oct 80
44 Blank ......................... 1 Sep 78
*45 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15 . Oct 80
46 Blank ......................... 1 Sep 78
*47 thru 49 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Oct 80
50 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 Sep 78
*51 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Oct 80
52 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Sep 78
53 ............................. ...1Sep 78
54 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. Sep 78
55 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1. Sep 78
56 Blank .........................1 Sep 78
'57 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Oct 80
-58 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Sep 78
'59 ............................... 15 Oct 80
60 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1. .Sep 78
'61 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Oct 80
62 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1. .Sep 78
'62A Added . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15 Oct 80
*62B Blank Added . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Oct 80
'62C Added . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15 Oct 80
. *62D Blank Added . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15 Oct 80
*63 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15 Oct80
64 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Sep 78
'65 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15 . Oct 80
66 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1. Sep 78
67 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 Sep 78
68 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. Sep 78
69 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 Sep 78
71 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 Sep
7 8
72 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 Sep 7 8
73 ................................ 1 Sep 7 8
74 Blank ......................... 1 Sep 7 8
75 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 Sep
7 8
76 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 Sep 7 8
-77 ...............................1 5Oct8 0
78 Blank .........................1 Sep 7 8
'79 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1. 5Oct8 0
80 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1. Sep 7 8
'81 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 5Oct8 0
82 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Sep 7 8
83 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. Sep
7 8
84 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Sep 7 8
*85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 5Oct8 0
86 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Sep 7 8
*87 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 5 Oct8 0
88 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1 Sep
7 8
$89 Added . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 5Oct8 0
'90 Blank Added . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 5Oct8 0
'91 Added . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 5Oct8 0
'92 Blank Added . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 . Oct SO

RETAIh THIS KECORI) IN T H E FRONT OF M4NUAI.

Record of Revisions o h RECEIPT o~ RE\ I S ~ O ~ SIUSERT
. REVISED PAGES IU THE M A N U A L .
4CI) EUTER D.4TE INSERTED 4 N D INITIALS
L

REV KEVISION INSERTION SB NITMBEK REV REVISION IY SERTION SB NLTMBER

NO DATE DATE/BY INCLIJDED NO 1).4TE DATE/BY INCL1II)ED

IstEd 1Sep78 None

1 15 Oct 80 1 thru 10

) -
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

diagrams

1 . CONFIGURATION STATUS CONTROL For example, a unit is marked REV F and falls
between REV E and REV H on the schematic changes
Collins Government Avionics Division of Rockwell page. The electrical configuration of the unit is the
International uses a 2-character maximum alphabetic same a s units with REV E.
identifier for identifying the configuration status of a
unit or subassembly. The alphabetic identifier is 2. CONFIGURATION EFFECTIYITY
preceded by the letters REV (revision) and starts
with - if no changes have been processed. The first Refer to the schematic changes page preceding each
change is identified a s A, the second a s B, continuing subassembly schematic for any subassembly changes
through Z to AA, AB, and ultimately ZZ. The that may have occurred and the corresponding iden-
alphabetic identifier is not a serial number because tifier covering each change.
many units or subassemblies may exist with t h e same
identifier. Incorporation of design changes in a unit ) Note (
or subassembly t h a t is returned to Rockwell-Collins Configuration history before 1 September
for repair by a customer or that is removed from the 1978 is not recorded in this section.
company's finished goods inventory is defined a s
rework. At the time of rework, the unit or sub- Listed below a r e the units/subassemblies with the
assembly is re-marked to reflect the design level to latest identifier (change) covered by this document.
which it is upgraded. This is done by leaving the
original marking on the unit or subassembly and ad- COLLINS
ding the letters RWK (rework), followed by the PART LATEST
LlNIT/SUBASSEMBLY NUMBER EFFECTIVITY
alphabetic identifier of the latest change incorporated
in the rework. A reworked unit may not contain all A1 REV G
design changes made to the reworked identifier, but AlAl REV H
does contain all changes required to make unit opera- A1A2 REV E
tion identical to a newly manufactured unit with the A2 REV G
A2A1 REV H
same identifier. For example, unit one is marked A2A2 REY L
REV B - RWK F and unit two is marked REV F. A2A3 REV R
This indicates t h a t both units are a t the design level A3 REV G
of revision F. Unit one is reworked and may not look A3A1 REV P
exactly the same a s unit two. A3A2 REV Y
A3A3 RE3' H
A4 REV J
Whenever possible, t h e alphabetic identifier is A4A1 REV G
marked on the unit or subassembly approximately A4A2 with board 637-2718-001 REV E
two spaces after the 10-digit part number. When this .44A2 with hoard 634-9681-001 REV R
is not practicable, it is marked a s close a s possible to, A5 REV L
A5A1 REV F
but not immediately following, the part number. As A5A2 REV C
an example, in a subassembly with high parts densi- A5A3 REV B
ty, the 10-digit part number may appear on one side A5A4 REV B
of the subassembly, the alphabetic identifier on the Wiring Harness REV K
A7 REV C
other.
A8 REV D
A9 REV E
Only alphabetic identifiers that result in schematic A10 RE\' F
changes are covered in this section. If a unit or sub- A10 REF -
assembly has an identifier t h a t falls between iden-
tifiers on the schematic changes pages, the electrical
configuration is represented by the earlier identifier.

Revised 15 Qc tober 1980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
diagrams 523-07691 21

3. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS

The schematic diagrams are shown in figures 1

I through 17. A schematic changes page precedes each
subassembly schematic diagram. The schematic
changes page provides a description of the schematic
change, the reason for the change, an identification
designation, the service bulletin (if applicable) that
modifies the equipment, and the production cut-in
effectivity.

The digital attenuator on A6 is not considered field

repairable and should be returned to the factory for
repair. Schematic diagrams are provided for CPU
board assembly A2A1, TDM board A2A3, and rf strip
line assembly A3A1; however, it is suggested t h a t
field repair should not be attempted. A2A1, A2A3,
and A3A1 should be returned to the factory for
repair. A schematic is also included for vco assembly

I A4A3; however A4A3 is not field repairable and

must be returned to the factory for repair.

Revised 15 October 1980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 diagrams 523-0769 12 1

SCHEMATIC CHANGES

REVISION DESCRIPTION O F REVISION SERVICE EFFECTIVITY

IDENTIFICATION AND REASON FOR CHANGE BULLETIN

(This page will contain schematic

revision information.)
-
Fro)/t Panel Asaem bly A 1, Schemc~tzcDic~grum
F i g u r ~I (Sheet A )
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

-
I/O WR

SPARES

i
J
VAC IN H OUT 54
OUT 55
S54
VAC IN L
VAC L (SW)
VAC H (SW)
4
2
I
P I 0 FRONT
PANEL
I
I

I.--- -
 diagrams 523-0769 121
Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

IAW TEST A

Front Panel Assembly A l , Schematic Diagram

Figure 1 (Sheet 1 of 4)
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

I---------
--------- - _
P/O DISPLAY BOARD A I A 2

P I 0 KEYBOARD DRIVER
BOARD AlAl
 diagrams 523-0769 121
Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

- - - - - - - - ------------ -7
P/O DISPLAY BOARD A I A 2
I
I
+5 v DC +5 v DC +5 V DC +5 v DC +5 v DC I
DS2 14 OS3 14 OS4 14
+5 V D C 0 +5 v DC

o b c d e f g o b c d e f g o b c d e f g
\

m
I.Y
r-
9 r - ~ m : m ! n ~ !n
(U r-
*) 2 S : , " ! ~ Z : kr;:xzaa n" LO
*) a
$
. a
C)

+5 v DC

Front Panel Assembly AI, Schematic Diagram

Figure 1 (Sheet 2)
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

P I 0 KEYBOARD / DRIVER
BOARD AlAl
 diagrams 523-0769 121
Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

- -- -- - -
P/O DlSRAY BOARD A I A 2
- ------------------ 1

1 DSlO
+ 5 v a
114

--.) el-lc
L-• d

EACH EACH

w m
P t n ( a om ( o ~m r - -r +w
w w ~ ~ N
r- N
m E Z ~ F F S E m a
m m
r-Y mN
L O m
P7 m z~ ~ N
8 s s s g a s s .- =
% m ~~~~~~~ -
,-
7,r-
- ::2ZP:2
. - r r r r r r

Front Palhe1 Assembly A l , Schematic Diagram

Figure 1 (Sheet 3)
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

P/O D I S P L A Y BOARD A I A 2
i NOTES :
1. M E S S OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. RESISTANCE VALUES ARE U W S
AN2 CAPACITANCE VALUES ARE I N MICROFARADS.

2. PARTIAL REFERENCE DESIGNATIONS ARE SHMM. FOR CCMPLETE

DESIGNATION. PREFIX WITH W I T AKI/OR A S ~ E W L YDESIGNATION

REPRESENTATIVE ST97 CIRCUIT

DlSFlAY PANEL RESISTOR ARRAYS

U1 -U19, 15011 EACH
 diagrams 523-076912 1

_ - ~ - -
P/O
- - - -
DISPLAY BOARD A I A 2
- - - -
Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

NOTES:

ANI CAPACITANCE VALUES ARE I N MICROFARADS.

MlCROC lRCUlT I N O W A T I O N (FOR DRIVER BOARD ASSY)

I
I
2 PARTIAL REFEREHE EllGNAT l a i I R E S-
DESIGMTION, PREFIX WITH W I T ARD /OR
FOR C W L E T E
ASSEMBLY DESIGNATION.

+
OS12 14
+5 v Dc 6 0

'Z:; ef 1
1-1 2cb1
L-* d
a b c d e f g

REPRESENTATIVE 8T97 CIRCUIT

DISPLAY PANEL RESISTOR ARRAYS

UI -ui 9. 1~n EACH

10

7 8

OUT
+5v@402 2.l: +5vKA:
OUT 4C

OUT 40

Front Panel Assembly A l , Schematic Diagram

Figure 1 (Sheet 4 )
Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
T D M BOARD ANALOG BOARD
WIRING
A2A3 A2A2 HARNESS

:AUXl & - dM { :WE

I I I

DAC

€ 0 ENABLE 30 ED ENABLE
vcxo (
I L S ENABLE

VMI ENABLE cm"" (cm 63

VMI ENABLE
(: 3 ;: ::) KEY - 5 1
SAMPLE -tt( 15 SAMPLE
SPARE 46 SPARE
To + 7 + 0 7

+ 1 5 V DC OUT

- 1 5 V DC OUT

ANALCG RTN

SPARE

CPU BOARD ASSY

A2A I
I I

5 ,
, > 5 )ANALOG
CNALCG RTN 6 RTN
V I ) 6
. , 8 , -WIR SUPPLY ASSY A5

t 5 V DC RTN 9
'4
10 /,
V

A0
51

48
- A1

A2
36 ,
,
Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

FRONT PANEL ASSY A l .

ADDRESS IN Y RF MODULATOR ASSY A3,
AND BACKPLANE A 7
A4
33 ,
, ! > 33 A5
Y A5

A6

A7

= 00
58
! > 58 01
2 Dl I
45

= 02
49
BUS FRONT PANEL ASSY A l .
= 03
RF MODULATOR ASSY A 3 ,
53
AN0 BACKPLANE A 7

55

= D5
56

= 06
54

07
20,
FRONT PANEL ASSY A1,
I/OR
- RF MODULATOR ASSY A 3 .
17
I /O RD - ! <17( 1 V I- AND BACKPLANE A 7
I
rn~
15
+'5 <I 16
- 4 1 6 <I 18
I
)19** '
-
I 1 NM I
2'0 I
22
0
230
2 4 p,
>
I 24 RSVD
RSVD
HO CONNECT ION 25
28
BACKPLANE A 7
29
3' 0
32
34
37
-37 <t 3 8 0
40
44
47
KEY -+< 47
- , n.. I -
. <, .i .--.
.-

+ 1 5 V DC OUT

-15 v DC OUT

ANALOG RTN

SPARE

CPU BOARD ASSY

A2A I
I I

5 ,
,
ANALOG RTN 6
V
7 ,
,
8 )= PNR SUPPLY ASSY A 5
V
t 5 V 3C RTN 9 ,
V
10
V
11
12
+ 5 V DC 13
14
52

AD
51

A1

A2
36

ADDRESS I N A3 ,FRONT PANEL ASSY A l .

RF MODULATOR ASSY A3.
35 AND B A C K P L A N E A 7
A4
33

A5
43 ,
Y A6
30 ,-,
Y A7
46 ,

= DO
58
Dl 58 <!
Dl
45

02 I
49
49 03 DATA
/ BUS FRONT PANEL ASSY A l ,
= 03
R F M O D U L A T O R ASSY A 3 ,
53
AND BACKPLANE A 7

55
Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

= 05
56

= 06
54

07
-- 20
I/D I R 20
FRONT PANEL ASSY A l ,
R F MODULATOR ASSY A 3 ,
17
I /O RD 17 AND B A C K P L A N E A 7

15
+15 1
16
18
I
> 1 9 + f i '
Y -
1 I NMI
21 I
2 2 0
23 0
2 4A
>
I 24 &-RSVD
I RSVO
HO CONNECT l ON 25
28
BACKPLANE A 7
29
31 0
32
34
37
4 3 7 <! 3 8 0
40
44
47
KEY -47 <1 I
w,, > 50 % WT
-
WAIT

SPARE

41
57
i
I - - - -
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 diaarams 523-076912 1

SCHEMATIC CHANGES

Controller/Audzo hssentbly A2, CPU Board Assembly A2A1,

Schematzc Bagram
Fzgure 3 (Sheet A )
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

P/O C P U BOARD A2A1 1

-
RESET

SPARES

TEST
16 H z CLK ENBL

AUX CLOCK IF1

-
NM I
-
NSRp

-
WAIT

BUSAK
 diagrams 523-0769 12 1
Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
A
P/O CPU BOARD A2A1 1.

Controller/Audio Assembly A.2, CPU Board Assembly A2A1,

Schematic Diagram
Figure 3 (Sheet 1 of 2)
Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
 diaarams 523-0769 12 1
Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

NOTES :

@ PARTIAL REFERENCE DESIGNATIONS ARE Sl+X4; FOR COCQLETE

DESIGNATION. PREFIX WITH ANl/OR ASSECBLY ESIGNATICN.
@ A W E R 1 TO3FOANORMALOPERATION. M R 2 T O 3 FOR A M
CLEK.
-

@ PRINTED WIRING JUFRRS AT W 3 CWIGURES THE C W FOR 2716

2 k E m . TO USE 2732 4 k EPRWS-,I CUT JUCRRS AKI INSERT
JLHTR NADER AT U33 (STRA IGHT ACROSS W R I H ; )
SEE DETAIL BELOW.
VCC FOR 2732 E P R M ( 4 k ) . CUT 5 PLATED
XI)QER 1-16, 2-15. 3-14. 4-13. 5-12.
Ma11
MA12
W13
MA14

-
MA15
NC
NC

MICROCIRCUIT 8T97
1 6 15 114 113112 111110 19
VCC

GND
1 12 1314 151 6 1718

MICROCIRCUIT INCRMTION

Controller/Audio Assembly Al, CPU Board Assembly A2A1,

Schematic Diagram
Figure 3 (Sheet 2)

Revised 15 October 1980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
diaarams 523-0769121

SCHEMATIC CHANGES

REVISION DESCRIPTION OF REVISION SERVICE EFFECTIVITY

IDENTIFICATION AND REASON FOR CHANGE BULLETIN

Changed R106 from 1400 to 787 9, REV D

R12 from 1 to 5 k9, R15 from 11.5
to 10 k0, R3 from 2 to 5 kQ, R25
from 5760 to 5490 9, R2 from 500
to 1 k9, R38 from 82.5 to 78.7 k9,
and R5 from 5 to 1 0 k 9 to improve
adjustment ranges.

Changed connection of C45 from REV E

U21-1 to ground to improve noise
rejection.

Changed C18 from 1 5 to 27 p F to REV G

eliminate oscillation in U15.

Added C102 (56 pF) to prevent spur- REV G

ious oscillations from appearing a s
spurious signals on rf output.

Changed C102 from 56 to 47 p F to REV J

improve frequency response at
14-kHz tone.

Changed R45 from 22 to 1 k 9 to REV K

reduce output distortion.

Controller/Audio Assembly A2, Anolog Bonrd Assembly A2A2,

Schematic Dtagram
Figure 4 (Sheet A )

R ~ t ~ i s e1.5
r i October 1980
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

NOTES:

1
AUX OUT LOW
EO ENABLE
@ %;:I
VALES
ANALOG BOARD A 2 A 2
9 @ Ly;;:
5 KEY
@ ALL DC
6 SPARE
DAC A

R112 EO GAlN ADJ

' - UNFILTERED COMPOSITE
-
- 15
2
I
- I 4
3
C-IT€ HIGH
COMPOSITE LOW

ILS E l ENABLE
R13
VOR E l ENABLE
E2 LEVEL ADJ R115 470 kfl
470 k f l
7 COHWSITE MONITOR HlGH
VOR E l VOR E l
PHASE ADJ GAIN AOJ U2A 8 COMPOSITE MONITOR LOW
R14 1 13
DAC B 0
12
ILS
C6 BAUdlCE
R16
2700 R20
6800 PF pR7 R22 R23 R4
17.4 kfl - 5 k f l P 15kfl 68.1kfl 5kn 15

SPARES
GAlN ADJ
RlOO RlOl 'I -LC10
806 kfl 806 kfl C9 2200 pF
0.01 -
VOR E2 ENABLE
ILS E2 ENABLE

DAC C

..
R26
10 kfl
:"I1 kfl 2" 100 k f l

L,,f c13 T0."'

-- /r l o o +
--
- !?'TI
GAIN ADJ

+15 V DC 12 VDC R1
L1 I
220 PF
-
- AD.J@&
390 1N752A = R65
5.6 V +12 V

-15 v oc
TUNE HlGH
TUNE LOW
ANALOG RTN
 diagrams 523-0769 121
Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

R103 P/O P2
47 I
10 AUX WT HlGH NOTES :
9 AUX OUT LOW 1 UNLESS OTHERWISE SPEC I F IU). RESl STANCE V A L E S ARE I N W ,
1
-
- O CAPACITANCE VALLEI LR I N MI CRWARAOS. YO I W T Y E E
V A L E S ARE I N M I C R M N W S .
470 k f l
ANALOG BOARD A 2 A 2
2 PARTIAL REFERENCE DESIGNATIONS ARE StKMN. FOR C M V E T E
O CESIGNATIDI. PREFIX WITH UNIT ASGWLY DESlGNATlCN.
@ 5 KEY ALL DC VOLTAGES ARE NCMINAL.

47 pF 6 SPARE

POMR AN) GROUND COFEECTl ONS

7
UNFILTERED COMPOSITE
. COMWS ITE HlGH
COMPOSITE LOW

R13
R115 470 k f l
470 k n
MONITOR HlGH
/OR E l VOR E l
WAS€ AOJ GAIN AJ3J U2A MONITOR LOW
11

7
2

k k , k 1 13 O
12
I LS
B A W E
-p- - . I>-l -
-
u3B
10
l P F Z ~ 7 R22 R23 R4
- 5 k n a
/
15kfl 68.1kfl 5kfl
- 15
"b
I 1
2
@=ILS E l I
-
- PDO
\1 GAlN ADJ

HlGH
LOW

Confroller/Audzo Assembly AL, A~ulogBourd Assembly A2A2,

Schemntzc Dzugra w1
F~gure4

Rel,i.sc~cl15 October 1980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 diagrams 523-076912 1

S C H E M A T I C CHA,VGES

REVISION DESCRIPTION O F REVISION SERVICE EFFECTIVITY

IDENTlFICATION AND REASON FOR CHANGE BULLETIN

A1 Added R35 (10 kQ) and changed R3 REV N

from 10 to 33 kQ to improve per-
formance of 16-MHz oscillator.

A2 Disconnected ~ 1 0 5 - 9 / ~ 1 0 6 - 1 line
0 REV P
from ~ 7 5 - 3 / ~ 1 0 1 - 4
line, and
reconnected ~ 1 0 5 - 9 / ~ 1 0 6 - 1 0line
to U100-12 to improve digital timing
characteristics.

Coritroller/Audio Assembly AL, TDM Borrrd A2A3,

Schematic Diagrtl7r1
Figure 5 (Sheet A )

Revised 15 October 1980

Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

'1A' ' 1 A'

P/O TDM BOARD A 2 A 3

 diagrams 523-0769 12 1
Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

CARRY INH ( 2 )

P/O TDM BOARD A2A3 637-8599

Controller/Audio Assembly A2, TDM Bourd A2A3,

Schematic Diagram
Figure 5 (Sheet 1 of' 5)
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

FMINCK(1) FM l NCK
I1 I
-
I

m ( 1 ) OSC
DACACK( 1 ) DACACK
DACBCK( 1 ) OACBCK

-
L F M N
COD-CO4, COO-CO4,
C06.C07(1) CD6 , C 0 7
ENABLEB
-
A

CARRY

P/O TDM BOARD A 2 A 3

 diagrams 523-0769 12 1
Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

TDM GENERATOR
PHASE GENERATOR

DATA BUFFER

FM l NCK FMINCK(3)
I - I I I I
-
OSC OSC(3)
OACACK DACACK(3)
DACBCK OACBCK( 3 )
H(3)
-
FMWEN m ( 3 )
COO-CO4, COO-CO4,
CD6.CO7
ENPgLEB
- -
A
CC6. C07(3)
ENABLE B I 3 I
CARRY INH(3)
CARRY INH
MEN
1 REGCK( 3 )
m m 3 )
637-8599
TP5-1071-055
P/O TDM BOARD A2A3

Controller/Audio Assembly A2, TDM Board A2A3,

Schematic Diagram
Figure 5 (Sheet 2)
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

P/O TDM BOARD

FREQUENCY GENERATOR
ACCUMULATOR LOGIC

FMItCK(2) FM l NCK
TO-T4. T O - E , T I D TO-T4, E - R , T I D
OSC(2) m
DACACK( 2 ) DACACK
DACBCK(2) DACBCK
H(2)
- -
FPWN(2) FMWEN
REGCK(2 I
COO-CO4. C06. C 0 7 ( 2 )
mmI3 ( 2 )
- COD-CO4, C06. C07
tNABLE B
-
A

CARRY I M ( 2 ) , CARRY INH

m ( 2 ) rn
AM YEN(^) AMWEN
 diaararns 523-0769 12 1
Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

P/O TDM BOARD A 2 A 3

I
FM l NCK ENABLE A ( 4 )
TO-T4, ~ - ~ , T ~ o TO-T4. E-~,T~D
4)
'dSZ:
DACACK DACACK( 4 )
DACBCK OACBCK(4)
I TO-T4, ~ - ~ %l YH T( I4 D, ( ~ )
-
FMEN m ( 4 1

COO-CO4. C06. C07 -- REGCK ( 4 1

COO -C04. C06, C 0 7 ( 4 )
mAtETi4)
ENABLE B
CARRY INH CARRY INH(4)
-
- -- -- m?m REGCK(4)
EMi'imi m ~ ( 4 )
637-8599 TP5 1071-055

ControllerLAudio Assembly A2, TDM Board A2A3,

Schematic Diagram
Figure 5 (Sheet 3)
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

FM GENERATOR
 diaarams 523-0769 121
Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

Controller/Audio Assembly A2, TDM Board A2A3,

Schematic Dzagram
Figure 5 (Sheet 4 )
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

MICROCIRCUIT INFORMATION
POWER ( V [
P/O TDM BOARD A2A3 U NO TYPE
+151+5 I(
U1 SPARE
U2 1 7489 116 1
U3 / RES ARRAY 1 1 14 1

TO ANALOG t f 5 v DC
CARD

JI-1 l JI-28 J2-34 J2-36

L M j l C GNO U24 1 74LS164

U25 [ SPARE

RES ARRAY

74LS175

ANALOG CARO
GtQ

NOTES :
HES ARRAY
M L E S S OTHERWISE SPECIFIED; RESISTANCE V A L E S
@ ARE I N M S . AND CAPACITANCES VALUES ARE I N 74LS175
MICROFARADS. U46 74586

PART l A L REFERENCE DES l GNAT l ONS ARE SHOWN.

@ FOR COMRETE DESIGNATION. PREFIX CARO
WITH U N I T AND/OR ASSEMBLY OESIGNATION.

74LSO2
74LS74
RES ARRAY (150C RES ARRAY ( 4 7 0 0 US3 RES A W A Y

Revised
 diaarams 523-0769 12 1
Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

MICROCIRCUIT INFORMATIOE(

P/O T D M BOARD A 2 A 3

J3-77

TO ANALOG +15 v DC
CARD

---I::::
LOG l C GND

10
-
JI-ll JI-28 J2-34 J2-36

ANALOG CARD
GNI
18

NOTES :

NERATOR UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIEO; RESISTANCE VALlXS

@ ARE I N M S . AND CAPACITANCES VALUES ARE I N
MICROFARADS.

PARTIAL REFERENCE DESlGNATlCNS ARE SMWN;

@ FOR COMRETE DES IGNAT ION. PREF l X CARD
WITH UNIT N / O R ASSEMBLY DESIGNATION.

RES ARRAY ( 1 5 0 0 L L I RES ARRAY ( 4 7 0 0

Cor~troller/AudzoAssembly A,& TDM Board A2A.9,

Schert~uticWagrum
Fzgure 5 (Sheet 5)

Revised 15 October 1980

Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 diagrams 523-07691 2 1

SCHEMATIC CHANGES

RF Modulator Assembly A3, Schematic Diagram

Figure 6 (Sheet A )
 --------
r . r
+15 V DC
-15 v DC
15 V DC RTN
I +9 V DC
+9 V DC RTN
+24 V DC
+24 V DC RTN
I +5 V DC
+5 v DC
+5 V DC RTN
+5 V DC RTN
DEMOD OUT HlGH
DEMOD OUT LOW
EXT Ma] IN HIGH
EXT K I D I N LOW
COMPOSITE HlGH
COMPOSITE LOW
VCXO TUNE HlGH
VCXO TUNE LOW
I RF64
RF1
RF2
RF4
RF8
RF16
RF32
A0
I A1
A2
A3
A4
I A5
A6
A7
00
I 01
02
03
04
05
06
07
m u
r n D
I SPARE
SPARE
SPARE

0 I
X
RF INPUT
K
0
r
00
X
00

x r
m V)
V) m
m

-4 -4
m
- m
-
-4 -I m m
0 --I -4
-- -- - 0 I
W

L 4
Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

n
71
-
z
w
C
- 4I
7)

r - C
-4 0
2 2 2
O W 0 -4
N
W
0 -
- m
Z
C
D
4
0
n
-
1 R F F
2 VCXO SELECT
3 PHU)CK
4 10 MHz-2 I
5 OlMHz-8
6 0 1 Miz-4
7 1 0 MHz-4
8 10 MHz-8
9 10 H z - 1
0
-4 10 1 MHz-2
VI 11 100 M z LSB
2 12 100 Mia MS8
m
2 13 1 mz-1
V)
m
- 14 1 Hz-8
N
m 15 1 Hz-4
I)
16 25 kHz MSB
17 0 1 MHz-2
18 0.1 MHz-1
19 25 kHz LSB
20 +24 V DC
21 +9 V DC
22 SPARE
23 SPARE
24 SPARE
25 GNO
Z E Z Z G ULl U2l
x x a o
A vcxo 88x4,;<<
n- 2
sz On X X
-I
\
L
W
-------
9

1-- - I
 diagrams 523-0769121
Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

COUNTER - 1/0 BOARD

A3A3

TO SYNTHESIZER

RF Modulator Assembly A3, Schematic Diagram

Figure 6
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
diagrams 523-0769 12 1

SCHERZATIC CH.4NGE.S

REVISION DESCRIPTION OF REVISION SERVICE EFFECTIVITY

IDENTIFICATION AND REASON FOR CHANGE BULLETIN

A1 Changed R5 and R36 f r o m 100 to 120 REV D

9 and R4 f r o m 62 to 51 52 to improve
c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s of rf amplifier.

A2 Deleted C26 and C27 to improve the REV E

typical frequency response of the
coupler.

A3 Changed C28 f r o m 2.5-9 to 0.8-10 REV F

p F f o r improved component quality.

B1 Added C29 (test select, may not b e REV H

required f o r s o m e units) to aid in
tuning.

B2 Reversed positions of R25 and C14, REV K

added R37 (51 9 ) between U1-7 and
C14, changed C14 f r o m 100 to 470
p F , and R25 f r o m 100 52 to t e s t s e l e c t
to i n c r e a s e performance margins.

B3 Changed R11 f r o m 120 to 150 Q, R7 REV L

f r o m 15 to 10 Q, C1 f r o m 20 to 13 p F ,
C2 f r o m 20 p F to variable (2.5 thru
2.9 pF) and removed R8 (15 Q) to
i n c r e a s e performance margins.

RF Morlxk~torAs.sembly A3, RF S t n p Lzrre Assembl?l A3A1.

Schematic Dzrrgrnm
F ~ g u r7~(Sheet A )

Rpr*ised1.5 October 1980

Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 diagrams 523-0769 12 1

SCHEMATIC CHANGES

REVISION DESCRIPTION OF REVISION SERVICE EFFECTIVITY

IDENTIFICATION AND REASON FOR CHANGE BULLETIN

B1 Changed VR1 from 1N753A to REV L

1N4736A to increase component
availability.

B2 Changed U12 from LM218 to LM118, REV M

removed CR2, added R82 (1k9), and
changed R14 from 10 kQ to 4530 9 to
improve performance and increase
component availability.

B3 Changed R14 from 4530 to 6120 9, REV N

added C57 (51 pF), changed C17 from
0.1 u F to 33 pF, changed C17
connectors from +24 V ac to
ground, removed connection of U17B-
4 to 52-8, changed R81 from 90.9 Q
to 909 9, changed U10, U11, and U16
from AD507K to HA2625, and
changed U12 from LM118 to HA2625
to improve performance of mod and
demod outputs.

B4 Changed C53 from 5 to 10 pF, added REV P

C58 (100 pF), removed R82 (1kQ),
removed CR3, changed C57 from 51
to 100 pF, removed U17B, and added
R83 (200 kR) to increase performance
over mod range.

B5 Changed R28 from 11 to 14 k9, R35 REV R

from 42.2 to 46.4 k9, R33 from 19.1 to
25.5 k9, R38 f r o m 1500 to 2210 9, R14
from 6120 to 10 k9, R49 from 20.5 k9
to 5620 9, R54 from 9310 to 2 k9, R52
from 10.5 k9 to 2550 9, R50 from 10
k9 to 2320 9 to improve performance.

B6 Changed R32 from 38.3 to 27.4 k9 to REV T

prevent clipping of demod output.

RF Modulator Assembly A3, Demodulator/ALC

Board Assenzbly A3A2, Schematic Diagram
Figure 8 (Sheet A)

Revised 15 October 1980

diagrams 523-076912 1 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

SCHE I f A TIC CH.4.FC;E.S

DESCRIPTION O F REVISION EFFECTIVITY

AND REASON F O R CHANGE

Changed R38 from 2210 to 2320 52, REV V

R18 from 2530 to 2150 Q, R14 from
10 to 14 kQ, removed (214 from t 2 4
V a c and connected to ground
to change feedback characteristics
of U12.

RF' Jfotlrtltrtoi. .4ssorr bly AJ, Dei?iodrdnto,%4LC

Rotrrd A s s ~ ihl!j
t ~ A3A2. Sch~trlclticDifr{]t~ctrn
ESqltrc> X (Shrrt B)

Rezlissd 1,5 October 1980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

DEMODULATOR /ALC BOARD A3A2

VCXO NNE

15 V RETURN

EX7 MOD IN
m
VCXO SELECT
RTTZK
10 w - 2
0.1 H+L-8
0.1 w - 4
10 w - 4
10 M - 8
10 w - 1
1 mz-2
100 mz-LSB
100 mz-HSB
1 mz-1
1 m - 8
1 w - 4
2 5 kHz-HSB
0.1 m z - 2
0 1 M*-1
25 kHz-LSB
+24 V DC
+9 v X
SPARE
SPARE
SPARE
G R W
 diagrams 523-0769 12 1
Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

+24 V DC

t15 V LC

-15 V oc
VARIABLE FREO
CONT VOLTAGE
15 V RETURN

P/O J3 NOTES :
1 W S S OTERWISE SPECIFIED RESISTANCE VALES
+15 V DC t15 V OC O AFE I N hUI. C A P A C I T U X VALES ARE I N MICRO-
FARADS, I W T A N C E VALES ARE I N M l C K H N ? Y S .
-15 V OC -15 V LC AH) TRANS1S T m TYPES ARE m2222A.
R45
2 PARTIAL REFERENCE DESIGNATIONS ARE SHCIM; FOR
15 V RETURN
O CaPLTTE CESlGNATIO( PFEFlX WITH W I T UOm
A S S E M Y DESIGMTION.

MICROCIRCUIT INFORMATION

Ma)

FR
VCXO SELECT VCXO SELECT
Fmxl7 RI-C[IER
10 F M - 2 10 w - 2
0.1 M*-8 0.1 F M - 8
0.1 w - 4 0.1 F M - 4
10 w - 4 10 F M - 4
10 w - 8 10 FM-8
10 w - 1 10 m z - 1
1 mz-? 1 mz-2
100 m z - L S B 100 m - L S B
100 Mi:-HSB 100 m - P G B
1 mz-1 1 FM-1
1 M - 8 1 FM-8
1 mz-4 1 mz-4
25 k k - H S B 25 k k - H S B
0.1 k - 2 0 1 m-2
0 1 m - 1 0.1 m-1
25 kHz-LSB 25 k k - L S B
+24 V LC +24 V M:
+9 v X +9 v DC
SPARE SPARE
DEMO3 OUT
SPARE SPARE
SPARE
G R W

R F Modulator Assewtbly A3, De~nodulafor/ALC

Board Assembly AJAL, Schrmatzc Dzagruw~
Fzgure 8

Re 17i.sc2cl 15 October 1980 8%

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 diaarams 523-0769 12 1

REVISION DESCRIPTION O F REVISION SERVICE EFFECTIVITY

IDENTIFICATION AND REASON FOR CHANGE BULLETIN

A1 Added C15 (330 pF) f o r noise REV D

filtering.

A2 Added R13 (510 Q) to improve REV F

performance of p r e s c a l e r circuit.

RF Modulator kssem bly A3, Counter-I/O Board Assen~bly

A3A3, Schematic Diagram
Figure 9 (Sheet A)

Revised 1.5 October 1980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

P/O COUNTER - I/O BOARD A 3 A 3

RF LEVEL BIT
 diagrams 523-076912 1
Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

RF Modulator Assembly A3, Counter-I/O Board Assembly

A3A3, Schematic Diagram
Figure 9 (Sheet 1 of 2)
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

P/O J4

*9 v X

$24 V DC

PI0 J1

P I 0 COUNTER - 1/0 BOARD A3A3

100 MHz MSB
 diaarams 523-0769 12 1
Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

"1"

NOTES :

1. UNLESS OTHERNISE SPECIFIED RESISTANCE VALUES

ARE I N OHMS AND CAPACITANCE VALUES ARE I N
MICROFARADS.
2. PARTIAL REFERENCE DESIGNATIONS ARE SmWYN
FOR C W L E T E DESIGNATION PREFIX WITH UNIT
AND/OR ASSEMBLY DESIGNATION.

MICROCIRCUIT INFORMTION:

P I 0 COUNTER - I/O BOARD A3A3 100 M z LSB

RF Modulator Assembly A3, Counter-Z/O Board Assembly

A3A3, Schematic Diagram
Figure 9 (Sheet 2)
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
diagrams 523-0769 12 1

SCHEMATIC CHA.YGES

REVISION DESCRIPTION OF REVISION SERVICE EFFECTIVITY

IDENTIFICATION AND REASON FOR CHANGE BULLETIN

A1 Changed R 1 from 5600 to 6200 9, R E V F to

R2 from 1800 to 1300 9, and R 1 1 A4AlA1
from 1 5 It9 to 4300 9 to improve
performance of variable frequency
oscillator circuit.

A2 Changed R16 from 1500 to 680 9 to R E V G to

improve 12-volt regulation at Q 1 A4AlA1
collector.

A3 Changed C39 from 300 to 3 3 p F R E V J to

and added R60 ( 9 1 9) to improve A4AlA1
signal level to variable divider
circuit.

B1 Changed R6 from 2 2 1 to 63.4 9, REV K

R9 from 5110 to 1070 9, R17 from
5 1 to 100 52; added R18 (15 9)
and, to E7 onvco, R19 (100 9) to
reduce incidental F M of A4A2.

B2 Added sheet 3 to show A4A2 CPN NA

634-9681-001.

B3 Added sheet 4 to aid in troubleshoot- NA

ing.

Synthesizer Assembly A4, Schemcltic Diayrrrn~

Figure 10 (Sheet A )

Revised 15 October 1980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

SPARE
 diaarams 523-0769121
Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

- - - - - - - - - - - - - --
0 -- E
P I 0 REGULATOR /DIVIDER BOARD A4A1A1
635-8516-001 1 ~r

36
9 C39

T;"r.'--
70 pF R35 33 pF
L4

430

-
- -
-

- I P I 0 SYNTHESIZER ASSY A 4

L- - - - - - -

Q8 R47
2N3879 1 %

- - -
+5va I
a a

?$E47 C53
47
R56
270
Q12
2~3879
R54
.47

&+PI 7 O - - - - I
6%
a a a a

U20
-
4
v+ vC
VWT
6
- ~
C27
0 . 0 i0-
C28
- C29
k 0~. 0 0 1 & 0 . 0 0 1 $,I C31
l o .
C33
1 i P 2F I
I-1 "REF CL lo

_1 -
IN"4"&7 I b

$5; T-
NlNV
CS

INV
2
- O I
A
-0
I V- COW R55 t C52

I E R BOARD I & 19 T? -
-
68
1 7 z -

~ A&. Schematic Dzagrawt

Z PS IS. ?blg
S I / ) I ~ ~ P S IA
Fiquw 10 (Sheet 1 of 4)

Rc~tliscvi15 October 1980 59/60

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

P/O SYNTHESIZER I
- U7
P

NOTES :
ASSY A4 t 2 0 v OC 3.2 MHz TCXO ASSY
"k IN I l4 U6 1. I
2 A4 C A
t 5 VOC 623-5856-001 B 2- A . A x (

C5
0.1
- C4
TO.1
W
-
- I L O B C
11
B
200 kHz 1
B
.;
-
kHz CLOCK
\
2. f
[
-
-
- - - -1
- -
---- R01 R02 - 11 25 kHz
R01
12
R02
13
, -

I I

LOSS OF LOCK DETECTOR

5I--
LOCK F R E Q U E N C Y

+5 v DC
+20 v OC ------
637-2718-001 +20 V M:

PHASE-FMQ DlSCR

+20 v DC

'03 R3
(PA) (VCO) TESrSEL

C9

-BAN0 3
 diagrams 523-076912 1
Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

NOTES :

3 3.2 MHz TCXO ASSY

.... ..
3 , 2 Mih IN 1 Il4 A
1 . UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, RESISTANCE VALUES ARE IN M .
CAPACITANCE VALUES ARE IN MICROFARADS, AN) I W T A N C E
A 'Z A
VALUES ARE I N MICROHENRYS.
1 0 0 kHz CLOCK 2 . PARTIAL REFERENCE DESIGNATIONS ARE S W N ; FOR COMPLETE
200 kHz B C- DESIGNATION, PREFIX WITH UNIT M m R ASSEWLY DESIGNATION.
1 R01 '302 11 25 kHz

Syr~thesizerAssembly A4 (With A4AL CPN 637-2718-0011,

Schematic Diagram
Figure 10 (Sheet 2)

Revised 15 October 1980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

P/O SYNTHESIZER I U7 NOTES :

V

ASSY A4 t 2 0 V DC 3.2 MHz TCXO ASSY

3 . 2 MHz I N I l 4 j A 1. UNLESS OTHERWISE SPEl
t 5 VOC T , 2 4 4
623-5856-001 I
CAPACITANCE VALUES A
VALUES ARE IN MICROH
I 0 0 kHz CLOCK 2 . PARTIAL
DESIGNATION.
REFERENCE
PREFIX
OE

I I I 1

I I
LOSS OF LOCK DETECTOR
LOCK FREQUENCY I-
I +5 v M:
- I -
I -
I u T P u - r AMPL BOARD A4AZ
 diaarams 523-0769121
Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

--------
NOTES :
3.2 MHz TCXO ASSY
3.2 MHz IN 1 . UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. RESISTANCE VALUES ARE IN m,
A4 CAPACITANCE VALUES ARE IN MICROFARADS, AM] INDUCTANCE
623-5856-001 VALUES ARE I N MICROHENRYS.
--
U 2. PARTIAL REFERENCE DESIGNATIONS ARE SHOWN; FOR COMPLETE
DESIGNATION, PREF l X WITH UNIT ANl/OR ASSEMBLY DESIGNATION.
I
-----
----- - - , - -

,---- --I/ - OUTPUT AMPL BOARD A4A2

634-9681-001

- -
I 0 l c ID-

Syntheszzer Assewlbly A4 ( W z f h A 4 A 1 CPN 634-9681-0011.

Schematzc Lhagrawt
Fzgure 10 (Sheet 3)

Rezlised 15 October 1980

 diaarams 523-0769 12 1
Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

---
VCO-BUFFER A4A3

LEVEL 2
f
I
53
L1
108-152 MHz

R5
L3
10
1C l O
-
-
470
511 C15
Ql 8
2N5109
\I
3~ CRI C1 I
FD-700 R10
\I
-
- C7 0

ENABLE 2

+20 V DC

LEVEL 1

ENABLE i

LEVEL 3

ENABLE 3

R F OUTPUT

vct

GROUND

+20 v DC

GROUND

Synthesizer Assembly Ah, Schematic Lhagram

Figure 10 (Sheet 4)

Rc~iis~r!
1.5 October 1980 62C/62D
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 diagrams 523-076912 1

SCHEMATIC CHANGES

REVISION DESCRIPTION O F REVISION SERVICE EFFECTIVITY

IDENTIFICATION A N D R E A S O N F O R CHANGE BULLETIN

B1 Changed H and L sides of V AC IN on REV J

A5J4, added terminals 1 and 2 at
fuse F1, changed C11 f r o m 470
to 1000 p F and C2 from 470 to 1000
p F to put fuse on H side of input and
to increase compensation for U1
and U2.

Power Slcpply Assembly As, Sche,,lcctzc Diugram

Fzglire 11 (Sheet A )

Rel~ised15 October 1980

Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 diagrams 523-0769 12 1

Power Supply Assembly A5, Schematzc D n g r c ~ m

Figure 11

Revised 15 October 1980 65/66

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 diagrams 523-07691 21

INTERCONNECT DIAGRAM CHANGES

REVISION DESCRIPTION O F REVISION SERVICE EFFECTIVITY

IDENTIFICATION AND REASON FOR CHANGE BULLETIN

(This page will contain interconnect

revision information.)

Backplane Assen! bly A 7, Intercorcrcect Diagram

Figlire 12 (Sheet A )
Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
diaarams 523-076912 1

SCHEMATIC C H A Y G E S

R ~ m o t eTune Assembly AX, Schematic Din,qranr

Figure 13 (Sheet A )
Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
 diagrams 523-07691 2 1
Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

FREQ C W O N

NOTES :
1. .
lMLESS OTHEFiW l SE SPEC I F I ED RES l STANCE
VALUES ARE I N CHMS AN) CAPACITANCE VALLES
ARE IFI MICROFARADS.
2. PARTIAL REFERENCE DESIGNATIONS ARE SHOWN
FOR CCMPLETE DESIGNATION PREFIX WITH UNIT
AND/OR ASSY DESIGNATION.

MICROCIRCUIT INFORMATION
U NO 1
I
TYPE II VCC GND SPARE
U1 1 74LS138 1 16 1 8 1 7,9,10
U2 1 74LS32 1 14 1 7 1 SECT ION D

14 SECT l ON D

MODE SELECT A
NAV DISABLE
LOC/GS ENERGIZE
MODE SELECT B
COM DISABLE
TIMING TRIGGER

Remote Tune Assembly A8, Schematic Diagram

Figure 13
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 diagrams 523-0769 12 1

SCHEMATIC CHARTGES

REVISION DESCRIPTION O F REVISION SERVICE EFFECTIVITY

IDENTIFICATION AND REASON FOR CHANGE BULLETIN

(This page will contain schematic

revision information.)

Chassis Wiring Hurness, Schenrcltic Diugrum

Figure 14 (Sheet A )
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

-- - - - -- - - -
P / o P 8 r
BACK PLANE A7
I
-------- -
1 15VAC (mpfl)15vAc REMOTE TUNE A 8

I RELAY GND

+15 V DC
-15 V M: -15 v 3C
+5 V RTN +5 V RTN

I@ fiFlw2 TUNE

A3
RF
5 V J C +
12 V LX RTN MODULATOR
A5 A3
+12 v M: (
(
SPARE

AMLOG SHLD &<

n
J3

)O
-
DEMOD OUT
+15 V DC
-15 V M: P/O P4 I A N A L o G A 1z- -

I I I 1 KEY
SPARE -
IP/OP4

COMPOS I TE 4 1 ~ C a P m l T F O J T AUXW
L 15

vcxo u {; - >
b
4
I I
vcxo T u w MCN I TOR
C-sITE {~k-fi1 -
@

CPU A2A1

i
KEY ATTENUATOR AGATI
ANALOG SHLD
+15 V M: +15 V M:
-15 v M: -15 V DC
1 5 V RTN 15 V RTN
2-
t 9 V M:
9 V RTN 4-
D V RTN
8-
1 2 4 V RTN 1 39 1 44
+24 V DC
16-
32 -
64 -
SPARE

--
5 V RTN

A Pr--
 diagrams 523-07691 21
Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

NOTES :

@ WZ AN) W3 ARE ONE TO ONE R l BBON CABLES.

@ PARTIAL REFERENCE DES l GNAT l ONS ARE SHOW;

FOA CWPLETE DESIGNATION PREFIX WITH UNIT
AN)/OA ASSEMBLY OES I GNAT PON .

Chassis Winng Harness, Scherr~aticDiagram

Figure 14

R e ~ ~ i s e15
d October 1980
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 diagrams 523-0769 12 1

SCHEMATIC CH.4NGES

I
REVISION DESCRIPTION OF REVISION SERVICE EFFECTIVITY
IDENTIFICATION AND REASON FOR CHANGE BULLETIN

B1 Replaced o b s o l e t e p a r t s U2, U6, U9, REV C

U10, U14, U18, U22, U23, E R 3 4 0 l with
ER3400. Also changed CRlO f r o m
LVAlOOA to 1N758A.

B2 Changed s o f t w a r e to allow s e l e c t i o n REV E

of 329 MHz. Removed U10 and
U14; added 8T97 d i a g r a m .

Store/Rrcull Assem blu A9, Schematic Diagram

(CPN 622-4 127-002, -O!M Only)
Figure 1.5 (Sh,eet A )

Ree~ised15 October 1980

 diagrams 523-07691 2 1
Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

AC POWER
(

aeo
A01

641 1681
TP5-4784-024

Store/Recall Assembly AY, Schemutzc hagran1

ICPLV 622-4127-002, -003 Only)
Fzgure 15 (Sheel 1 of 2)

Revised 15 October. 1980

Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 diagrams 523-076912 1

Store/Recall Assembly A9, Schematic Diagram

(CPN 622-4127-002, -003 Only)
Figure 15 (Sheet 2)
 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008
diagrams 523-0769 12 1

SCHEMATIC CHANGES

REVISION DESCRIPTION O F REVISION SERVICE EFFECTIVITY

IDENTIFICATION AND REASON FOR CHANGE BULLETIN

Added R11 and R12 (1kQ) and made REV C

several cuts and adds to improve
performance.

Added U18 74LS86 to provide proper REV E

decoding of the talk/listen address.

IEEl%-.$xx/l!178 Bits Yrr f e r f i ~ c eAssevn bly A10 (CPN 601-5883-0011,

Scltr, ~ r t t rf ic Lhcl(lrcr rn (479s-6A CPN 622-4 Id 7-003, -004 Only)
Figure I6 (Sheet A )

Rwised1.5 October 1980

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

GND
 diagrams 523-0769121
Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

NOTES :

@ UNLESS DTHERW l SE SPEC I F IED. RES l STANCE VALUES

ARE I N OHMS N O CAPACITWCE VALUES ARE I N
MICROFARADS.
@ PARTIAL REFERENCE DESIGNATIONS ARE SHOWN; FOR
COMPLETE DESIGNATIONS. PREFIX w I m UNIT WER
AND/OR ASSEMBLY DESIGNATION
-
DAV
DAC
MICROCIRCUIT INFORHATION
RFO
-
SRQ

-
-
ATN
-
€
-
0I
REN

DAV

DAC
IFC
sm

Revised 15 October 1980 8 7/88

 Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008 diagrams 523-07691 2 1

SCHE,MATZC C H A N G E S

REVISION DESCRIPTION O F REVISION SERVICE EFFECTIVITY

IDENTIFICATION AND REASON FOR CHANGE BULLETIN

(This page will contain schematic

revision information.)

IEEE-488/1978 Bus Interface Assembly A10 (CPN 601-2309-001).

Schemutic Lhagrarn (4 79s-6A CPN 622-4127-003, -004 Orr ly)
A g u r e 17 (Sheet A )

Revi.~ed1.5 October 1980

 diagrams 523-0769 12 1
Scans by ArtekMedia © 2008

NOTES:

@ UNLESS
ARE I N OHMS,
OTHERWISE
AND INDUCTANCE
S P E C I F I E DVALUES
R E S I SARE
T A N IN
C EMICRO-
VALUES
HENRYS.

@ P A R T I A L REFERENCE D E S I G N A T I O N S ARE SHOWN,

COMPLETE D E S I G N A T I O N S P R E F I X WITH U N I T
FOR
GROUND NUMBER AND/OR ASSEMBLY D E S I G N A T I O N .
CAPACITORS C 1 THRU C7 C9 C 1 3 , C 1 4 , AND C 1 5 .
@ I A L U E S ARE 0 . 0 1 MICRO~AR~DS.

IEEE- : . ~ x f l ! l 7 8Birs h i to:ticcr Ass~ttt bly ..I1 0 /CPAY601-231/9-0OIj,

S ~ . / i c ' t i i t tic
r tic /J ?!lS-6.1
L)icc~~r?r 622-$l27-003, -0/)1 O?il!li
Fiqit rc? 17